Gewiss headquarters - Italy

2
Our innovation
journey
We have a great passion: innovation. A vocation that translates into a continuous passion for change, a
predisposition to excellence that requires creativity, competence, enterprise, and enthusiasm: qualities that are part
of our history and have allowed us to grow by demonstrating the ability to "look beyond".

Vision Mission
To be a reference company in the sector by promoting Create value for our customers and our team by offering
meaningful innovations for society. innovative and scalable solutions for buildings, industries,
and infrastructures that connect people and things and
improve safety and quality of life, guided by the values of
integrity, culture of excellence, and sustainability.

Sustainability Excellence Integrity

We operate to reduce waste and Our culture of excellence is driven by Integrity is the foundation on
manage human, natural, and the constant push to improve and which employees, clients, and all
financial resources efficiently. We achieve challenging goals, creating stakeholders build relationships
aim to create value for our people, something better every day than of trust. Integrity means being
our clients, the communities, and the day before, exploring innovative responsible, reliable, and guided
future generations. solutions, and maximizing our by strong ethical principles.
potential.

3
The World
is Our Home

ITALY

WEA
West Europe & Americas
Iberian Peninsula, France, Franco Africa,
UK, Benelux, Ireland, Latin, Central and
North America

DACH
Germany, Switzerland, Austria

NEE
North & East Europe
Romania, Poland, Hungary, Czech
Republic, Greece, Cyprus, Malta, Russia,
Ukraine, Nordics, Baltics, Balkans and
Armen

HGR
High Growth
Middle East, Turkey, Azerbaijan,
Kazakhstan, Israel & Palestine, Africa
(except Franco Africa), India, Far East,
Oceania

4
5
Our Journey for
Sustainable
Development

GEWISS's approach to sustainability demonstrates strong coherence and

synergy with the Company's Mission.

Our goal in daily activities is to create shared value for all stakeholders and
throughout the entire value chain in all the territories where we operate,
pursuing sustainable development and promoting innovations that
concretely improve daily life. For this reason, we have chosen to develop
a responsible business model that promotes respectful behavior towards
people and the environment.

This philosophy took shape and was expressed in the first unified Group
Sustainability Report with tangible results, some of which are expressed on
the opposite page (data refer to 2023 compared to the previous year).

6
Environment
-14% energy consumption

-31% natural gas consumption

-16% CO2 emissions

-2.5% waste produced

97% production of non hazardous waste

Social
+43K hours of training

2.235 employees

97% permanent contracts

Governance
ISO Information Security Management

27001
System within information services

UNI PdR Gender Equality Management System

125:2022
in Organizations

7
Solutions that
Generate Value

Innovation is not the end goal but the means through which GEWISS meets
stakeholders' needs. GEWISS commits to generating social and economic
value for the company and its stakeholders through services and solutions
that improve daily life, reduce costs, and respect the environment.

Constant investments in research and development, staff training, and

enhancing production facilities have enabled GEWISS to establish itself as a
reference point in the market for producing solutions and services for home &
building automation, energy protection and distribution, electric mobility, and
smart lighting.

8
Installation

Energy

Building

Lighting

Mobility

9
Products overview
IEC 309 HP IEC 309 BTS IEC 309 MA IB 68 Q-DIN

p. 24 p. 59 p. 66 p. 78 p. 112

40 CDe 42 RV 44 CE GW CONNECT 42 TV

p. 208 p. 224 p. 233 p. 245 p. 249

FK DF PZ GW FIT 90 RESTART

p. 344 p. 356 p. 363 p. 378 p. 422

97 MSS 47 CVX 160 I 47 CVX 160 E QDX 630 L QDX 630 H

p. 583 p. 593 p. 602 p. 619 p. 639

CHORUSMART SYSTEM SYSTEM 27 COMBI PLAYBUS

ANTIBACTERIAL PLATES MODULAR PLATES
RANGE DEVICES

p. 971 p. 988 p. 1004 p. 1058 p. 1072

DATA CENTER 28 SPIC DOMO CENTER I-CON EVO I-ON EVO

p. 1182 p. 1189 p. 1202 p. 1218 p. 1226

10
68 ACS 70 RT HP 74 PS 46 40 CD

p. 128 p. 147 p. 160 p. 174 p. 196

GREEN WALL 40 CDi 48 24 SC RK

p. 260 p. 280 p. 301 p. 316 p. 330

90 MCB 90 RCD 90 AM 90 PV MSX

p. 438 p. 467 p. 501 p. 539 p. 553

QDX 1600 H BUSBAR CHORUSMART CHORUSMART CHORUSMART

PLATES INSTALLATION MODULAR
ACCESSORIES DEVICES

p. 660 p. 684 p. 697 p. 769 p. 788

PLAYBUS DAHLIA DAHLIA CONNECTED HOME & BUILDING

MODULAR PLATES MONOBLOC SMART HOME PRO
DEVICES DEVICES

p. 1082 p. 1097 p. 1102 p. 1126 p. 1150

I-FAST COMPONENTS 68 Q-MC 63X 68 Q-MC

p. 1233 p. 1237 p. 1246 p. 1254

11
Index

IEC 309 HP Plugs and socket‑outlets IEC 309 standard 24

IEC 309 PLUGS IEC 309 BTS Extra‑low voltage plugs and socket‑outlets IEC 309 standard 59
AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Multiple sockets and adaptors for industrial and domestic use,
IEC 309 MA
protected and watertight
66
INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
IB Interlocked socket-outlets IEC 309 standard 78
IEC 309 STANDARD
68 Q-DIN Distribution boards 112
IEC 309 COMBINED BOARDS
68 ACS ACS distribution board system for construction sites 128
70 RT HP Rotary isolators 147
CONTROL AND SIGNALLING
74 PS Push-buttons, selectors and indicators Ø 22 mm 160
Watertight surface-mounting distribution and automation
46
boards
174
INSTALLATION

40 CD Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 196

40 CDe Enclosures and distribution boards for specific standards 208
WALL-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES 42 RV Surface and flush-mounting watertight emergency enclosures 224
44 CE Technopolymer surface-mounting watertight junction boxes 233
GW Connect Metal surface-mounting watertight junction boxes 245
42 TV Multifunctional supporting bases 249
GREEN WALL Flush-mounting system for plasterboard walls 260
40 CDi Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures 280
FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES
48 Flush-mounting junction and modular boxes system 301
24 SC Flush-mounting, surface and underfloor boxes 316
RK Rigid protective conduit systems 330
FK Pliable protective conduit systems 344
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES FOR
DF Flexible protective conduit systems 356
INSTALLATION
PZ Access chambers systems 363
GW FIT Accessories for electrical installation 378

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING DEVICES 90 ReStart Automatic reclosing devices 422

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
90 MCB Modular circuit breakers for circuit protection 438
FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL
90 RCD Modular circuit breakers for residual current protection 467
CURRENT PROTECTION

90 AM Modular accessories 501

MODULAR ACCESSORIES
90 PV Products for photovoltaic systems 539
ENERGY

MSX Moulded case circuit breakers for power distribution 553

MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BRAKERS
97 MSS Rotary switch disconnectors 583
47 CVX 160 I Flush-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A 593
Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with extractable
47 CVX 160 E
frame
602
QDX 630 L Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43 619
ELECTRICAL DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
Monobloc and modular distribution boards
QDX 630 H
up to 630 A - IP55
639
QDX 1600 H Modular enclosures up to 1600 A - IP55 660
BUSBAR Distribution systems for distribution boards 684

12
 ONE International plates 697
GEO International plates 703
EGO International plates 709
EGO SMART International plates 715
LUX International plates 722
ONE plates 729
GEO plates 735
EGO plates 741
EGO SMART plates 747
CHORUSMART DOMESTIC RANGE LUX plates 754
ICE plates 763
Installation accessories 769
Glossy white modular devices 788
Satin white modular devices 822
BUILDING

Satin natural beige modular devices 856

Satin black modular devices 890
Glossy titanium modular devices 924
Glossy ivory modular devices 958
Antibacterial range 971
Plates 988
SYSTEM DOMESTIC RANGE
Modular devices 1004
27 COMBI 27 COMBI Wall-mounting enclosures and modular components 1058
Plates 1072
PLAYBUS DOMESTIC RANGE
Modular devices 1082
Plates 1097
DAHLIA DOMESTIC RANGE
Monobloc devices 1102
CONNECTED
SMART HOME
Connected Smart Home range 1126
SMART HOME & BUILDING
HOME & BUILDING PRO Home & Building Pro range 1150
DATA CENTER Network cabling 1182
DATA AND ENERGY DISTRIBUTION
28 SPIC Plugs, sockets and adapters for domestic and similar uses 1189
Flush-mounting system columns for distribution, Home &
FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES DOMO CENTER
Building automation and data
1202

I-CON EVO AC charging wallboxes 1218

JOINON I-ON EVO AC charging stations 1226
MOBILITY

ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING I-FAST DC charging stations 1233

COMPONENTS Charging components 1237
68 Q-MC 63X Stainless steel distribution and service pedestals 1246
ENERGY AND SERVICES
DISTRIBUTION PEDESTALS Pedestals for energy distribution and service in insulating
68 Q-MC
material
1254

ITEMS WHILE STOCKS LAST 1271

13
Installation

14
IEC 309 plugs and socket- Interlocked socket-outlets IEC 309 combined boards Control and signalling
outlets IEC 309 standard

The IEC 309 system of The IEC 309 compliant A system of empty or wired A complete system for the
sockets and plugs consists interlocked socket system boards, compliant with the control and automation
of the IEC 309 HP range (16 consists of the 67 IB (vertical EN 61439 standard, able to in industrial and robotic
to 125A low-voltage sockets interlocked sockets), 66 satisfy any system necessity application, on-board
and plugs in mobile straight, IB (heavy-duty vertical for wall, flush, mast and machines and in electrical/
10° flush-mounted and interlocked sockets), 44 floor-mounting in service and electronic industry. The offer
wall-mounted versions), IEC IB (protected horizontal industrial sectors, small and consists of wall-mounted
309 BTS (very low-voltage interlocked sockets) and large construction sites and or board rotary switch-
industrial sockets and plugs COMBIBLOC (protected in ports. disconnectors, push-buttons,
for requirements below 50V) and watertight compact selectors and indicators.
and IEC 309 MA (a range interlocked sockets) series.
of protected and watertight
multipliers, adaptors and
shunts for industrial and
domestic uses).

Wall-mounting enclosures Flush-mounting enclosures Conduits and accessories for

installation

A range of containers for surface- Container system for commercial and A range of protective conduits for
mounting systems and applications residential applications. The system surface-mounting and flush-mounting
in the industrial, commercial and columns (for energy distribution, applications in the industrial, commercial
residential contexts. The range consists domotics and multimedia) are also part and residential contexts. The range
of watertight boards (in technopolymer, of the range, along with enclosures, includes medium to heavy rigid conduits
polyester reinforced with fibreglass, distribution boards, boxes for domestic (including Halogen Free versions),
metal and stainless steel), boxes ranges and junction boxes with medium folding protective conduits,
(in technopolymer and metal) and integrated DIN rail. coextruded folding protective conduits
multifunctional supporting bases. and self-recovering protective conduits
(ICTA Halogen Free).

15
IEC 309 plugs and
socket-outlets

16
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 HP IEC 309 BTS IEC 309 MA IEC 309 PLUGS

Plugs and Extra‑low voltage plugs Multiple sockets

socket‑outlets IEC 309 and socket‑outlets and adaptors for
standard IEC 309 standard industrial and domestic
use, protected and
watertight
p. 24 p. 59 p. 66

17
IEC 309 HP

16A and 32A Low voltage industrial plugs and socket-outlets IEC 309 standard - IEC 309 HP
Straight plugs Straight plugs
IP44/IP54 IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69
Rated Rated
current Voltage Frequency Poles Reference h
(In) (Un)

Fast wiring Screw wiring Fast wiring Screw wiring

2P+E 4 GW 60 001 FH GW 60 001 H GW 60 023 FH GW 60 023 H
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 60 002 FH GW 60 002 H GW 60 024 FH GW 60 024 H
3P+N+E 4 GW 60 003 FH GW 60 003 H GW 60 025 FH GW 60 025 H
2P+E 6 GW 60 004 FH GW 60 004 H GW 60 026 FH GW 60 026 H
GW 60 005 H GW 60 027 H
3P+E 9 GW 60 005 FH GW 60 027 FH
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz GW 60 005 WH (*) GW 60 027 WH (*)
GW 60 006 H GW 60 028 H
3P+N+E 9 GW 60 006 FH GW 60 028 FH
GW 60 006 WH (*) GW 60 028 WH (*)
2P+E 9 GW 60 007 FH GW 60 007 H GW 60 029 FH GW 60 029 H
GW 60 008 H GW 60 030 H
3P+E 6 GW 60 008 FH GW 60 030 FH
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz GW 60 008 WH (*) GW 60 030 WH (*)
GW 60 009 H GW 60 031 H
3P+N+E 6 GW 60 009 FH GW 60 031 FH
GW 60 009 WH (*) GW 60 031 WH (*)
2P+E 7 GW 60 701 H GW 60 735 H
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 7 GW 60 010 H GW 60 032 H
3P+N+E 7 GW 60 011 H GW 60 033 H
16 A
3P+E 5 GW 60 702 H GW 60 736 H
600 ÷ 690 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 5 GW 60 703 H GW 60 737 H
2P+E 10 GW 60 704 H GW 60 738 H
> 50 V 100 ÷ 300 Hz 3P+E 10 GW 60 705 H GW 60 739 H
3P+N+E 10 GW 60 706 H GW 60 740 H
2P+E 2 GW 60 707 H GW 60 741 H
> 50 V > 300 ÷ 500 Hz 3P+E 2 GW 60 708 H GW 60 742 H
3P+N+E 2 GW 60 709 H GW 60 743 H
3P+E 11 GW 60 710 H GW 60 744 H
440 ÷ 460 V 60 Hz
3P+N+E 11 GW 60 711 H GW 60 745 H
3P+E 3 GW 60 712 H GW 60 746 H
380 V / 440 V 50 Hz / 60 Hz
3P+N+E 3 GW 60 713 H GW 60 747 H
2P+E 12 GW 60 714 H GW 60 748 H
transf. 50/60 Hz
3P+E 12 GW 60 715 H GW 60 749 H
> 50 ÷ 250V dc 2P+E 3 GW 60 716 H GW 60 750 H
> 250V dc 2P+E 8 GW 60 717 H GW 60 751 H
2P+E 4 GW 60 012 FH GW 60 012 H GW 60 034 FH GW 60 034 H
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 60 013 FH GW 60 013 H GW 60 035 FH GW 60 035 H
3P+N+E 4 GW 60 014 FH GW 60 014 H GW 60 036 FH GW 60 036 H
2P+E 6 GW 60 015 FH GW 60 015 H GW 60 037 FH GW 60 037 H
GW 60 016 H GW 60 038 H
3P+E 9 GW 60 016 FH GW 60 038 FH
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz GW 60 016 WH (*) GW 60 038 WH (*)
GW 60 017 H GW 60 039 H
3P+N+E 9 GW 60 017 FH GW 60 039 FH
GW 60 017 WH (*) GW 60 039 WH (*)
2P+E 9 GW 60 018 FH GW 60 018 H GW 60 040 FH GW 60 040 H
GW 60 019 H GW 60 041 H
3P+E 6 GW 60 019 FH GW 60 041 FH
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz GW 60 019 WH (*) GW 60 041 WH (*)
GW 60 020 H GW 60 042 H
3P+N+E 6 GW 60 020 FH GW 60 042 FH
GW 60 020 WH (*) GW 60 042 WH (*)
2P+E 7 GW 60 718 H GW 60 752 H
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 7 GW 60 021 H GW 60 043 H
3P+N+E 7 GW 60 022 H GW 60 044 H
32 A
3P+E 5 GW 60 719 H GW 60 753 H
600 ÷ 690 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 5 GW 60 720 H GW 60 754 H
2P+E 10 GW 60 721 H GW 60 755 H
> 50 V 100 ÷ 300 Hz 3P+E 10 GW 60 722 H GW 60 756 H
3P+N+E 10 GW 60 723 H GW 60 757 H
2P+E 2 GW 60 724 H GW 60 758 H
> 50 V > 300 ÷ 500 Hz 3P+E 2 GW 60 725 H GW 60 759 H
3P+N+E 2 GW 60 726 H GW 60 760 H
3P+E 11 GW 60 727 H GW 60 761 H
440 ÷ 460 V 60 Hz
3P+N+E 11 GW 60 728 H GW 60 762 H
3P+E 3 GW 60 729 H GW 60 145 H
380 V / 440 V 50 Hz / 60 Hz
3P+N+E 3 GW 60 730 H GW 60 763 H
2P+E 12 GW 60 731 H GW 60 764 H
transf. 50/60 Hz
3P+E 12 GW 60 732 H GW 60 765 H
> 50 ÷ 250V dc 2P+E 3 GW 60 733 H GW 60 766 H
> 250V dc 2P+E 8 GW 60 734 H GW 60 767 H
(*) Straight plugs with phase inverter

18
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Straight connectors Straight connectors 10° flush-mounting 10° flush-mounting
IP44/IP54 IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69 socket-outlets IP44/IP45 socket-outlets IP66/IP67

IEC 309 PLUGS

APPLICATIONS

Fast wiring Screw wiring Fast wiring Screw wiring Fast wiring Screw wiring Fast wiring Screw wiring
GW 62 001 FH GW 62 001 H GW 62 023 FH GW 62 023 H GW 62 201 FH GW 62 201 H GW 62 224 FH GW 62 224 H
GW 62 002 FH GW 62 002 H GW 62 024 FH GW 62 024 H GW 62 202 FH GW 62 202 H GW 62 225 FH GW 62 225 H
GW 62 003 FH GW 62 003 H GW 62 025 FH GW 62 025 H GW 62 203 FH GW 62 203 H GW 62 226 FH GW 62 226 H
GW 62 004 FH GW 62 004 H GW 62 026 FH GW 62 026 H GW 62 205 FH GW 62 205 H (**) GW 62 227 FH GW 62 227 H
GW 62 005 FH GW 62 005 H GW 62 027 FH GW 62 027 H GW 62 206 FH GW 62 206 H GW 62 228 FH GW 62 228 H
Standard
GW 62 006 FH GW 62 006 H GW 62 028 FH GW 62 028 H GW 62 207 FH GW 62 207 H GW 62 229 FH GW 62 229 H use
GW 62 007 FH GW 62 007 H GW 62 029 FH GW 62 029 H GW 62 208 FH GW 62 208 H GW 62 230 FH GW 62 230 H
GW 62 008 FH GW 62 008 H GW 62 030 FH GW 62 030 H GW 62 209 FH GW 62 209 H GW 62 231 FH GW 62 231 H

GW 62 009 FH GW 62 009 H GW 62 031 FH GW 62 031 H GW 62 210 FH GW 62 210 H GW 62 232 FH GW 62 232 H

GW 62 701 H GW 62 735 H GW 62 801 H GW 62 835 H
GW 62 010 H GW 62 032 H GW 62 211 H GW 62 233 H
Use with particular
GW 62 011 H GW 62 033 H GW 62 212 H GW 62 234 H
voltage
GW 62 702 H GW 62 736 H GW 62 802 H GW 62 836 H
GW 62 703 H GW 62 737 H GW 62 803 H GW 62 837 H
GW 62 704 H GW 62 738 H GW 62 804 H GW 62 838 H
GW 62 705 H GW 62 739 H GW 62 805 H GW 62 839 H
GW 62 706 H GW 62 740 H GW 62 806 H GW 62 840 H Use with
GW 62 707 H GW 62 741 H GW 62 807 H GW 62 841 H high frequencies
GW 62 708 H GW 62 742 H GW 62 808 H GW 62 842 H
GW 62 709 H GW 62 743 H GW 62 809 H GW 62 843 H
GW 62 710 H GW 62 744 H GW 62 810 H GW 62 844 H Marine, port and naval,
GW 62 711 H GW 62 745 H GW 62 811 H GW 62 845 H installations
GW 62 712 H GW 62 746 H GW 62 812 H GW 62 846 H
Refrigeretion containers
GW 62 713 H GW 62 747 H GW 62 813 H GW 62 847 H
GW 62 714 H GW 62 748 H GW 62 814 H GW 62 848 H Isolation
GW 62 715 H GW 62 749 H GW 62 815 H GW 62 849 H transformers
GW 62 716 H GW 62 750 H GW 62 816 H GW 62 850 H Use in
GW 62 717 H GW 62 751 H GW 62 817 H GW 62 851 H direct current
GW 62 012 FH GW 62 012 H GW 62 034 FH GW 62 034 H GW 62 213 FH GW 62 213 H GW 62 235 FH GW 62 235 H
GW 62 013 FH GW 62 013 H GW 62 035 FH GW 62 035 H GW 62 214 FH GW 62 214 H GW 62 236 FH GW 62 236 H
GW 62 014 FH GW 62 014 H GW 62 036 FH GW 62 036 H GW 62 215 FH GW 62 215 H GW 62 237 FH GW 62 237 H
GW 62 015 FH GW 62 015 H GW 62 037 FH GW 62 037 H GW 62 216 FH GW 62 216 H GW 62 238 FH GW 62 238 H
GW 62 016 FH GW 62 016 H GW 62 038 FH GW 62 038 H GW 62 217 FH GW 62 217 H GW 62 239 FH GW 62 239 H
Standard
GW 62 017 FH GW 62 017 H GW 62 039 FH GW 62 039 H GW 62 218 FH GW 62 218 H GW 62 240 FH GW 62 240 H use
GW 62 018 FH GW 62 018 H GW 62 040 FH GW 62 040 H GW 62 219 FH GW 62 219 H GW 62 241 FH GW 62 241 H
GW 62 019 FH GW 62 019 H GW 62 041 FH GW 62 041 H GW 62 220 FH GW 62 220 H GW 62 242 FH GW 62 242 H

GW 62 020 FH GW 62 020 H GW 62 042 FH GW 62 042 H GW 62 221 FH GW 62 221 H GW 62 243 FH GW 62 243 H

GW 62 718 H GW 62 752 H GW 62 818 H GW 62 852 H
GW 62 021 H GW 62 043 H GW 62 222 H GW 62 244 H
Use with particular
GW 62 022 H GW 62 044 H GW 62 223 H GW 62 245 H
voltage
GW 62 719 H GW 62 753 H GW 62 819 H GW 62 853 H
GW 62 720 H GW 62 754 H GW 62 820 H GW 62 854 H
GW 62 721 H GW 62 755 H GW 62 821 H GW 62 855 H
GW 62 722 H GW 62 756 H GW 62 822 H GW 62 856 H
GW 62 723 H GW 62 757 H GW 62 823 H GW 62 857 H Use with
GW 62 724 H GW 62 758 H GW 62 824 H GW 62 858 H high frequencies
GW 62 725 H GW 62 759 H GW 62 825 H GW 62 859 H
GW 62 726 H GW 62 760 H GW 62 826 H GW 62 860 H
GW 62 727 H GW 62 761 H GW 62 827 H GW 62 861 H Marine, port and naval,
GW 62 728 H GW 62 762 H GW 62 828 H GW 62 862 H installations
GW 62 729 H GW 62 128 H GW 62 829 H GW 62 283 H
Refrigeretion containers
GW 62 730 H GW 62 763 H GW 62 830 H GW 62 863 H
GW 62 731 H GW 62 764 H GW 62 831 H GW 62 864 H Isolation
GW 62 732 H GW 62 765 H GW 62 832 H GW 62 865 H transformers
GW 62 733 H GW 62 766 H GW 62 833 H GW 62 866 H Use in
GW 62 734 H GW 62 767 H GW 62 834 H GW 62 867 H direct current
(**) APPLICATION: GW 62 204, cap of reduced dimensions (62 x 62mm) for use in restricted spaces.

19
IEC 309 HP

63A and 125A Low voltage industrial plugs and socket-outlets IEC 309 standard - IEC 309 HP
Straight mobile plugs Straight mobile plugs
IP44/IP54 IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

Rated current Rated voltage Reference

Frequency Poles
(In) (Un) h

Mantle connection Mantle connection

2P+E 4 GW 61 013 H GW 61 045 H
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 61 014 H GW 61 046 H
3P+N+E 4 GW 61 015 H GW 61 047 H

2P+E 6 GW 61 016 H GW 61 048 H

200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz
3P+E 9 GW 61 017 H GW 61 049 H
3P+N+E 9 GW 61 018 H GW 61 050 H
2P+E 9 GW 61 019 H GW 61 051 H

3P+E 6 GW 61 020 H GW 61 052 H

380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz

3P+N+E 6 GW 61 021 H GW 61 053 H

2P+E 7 GW 61 056 H

480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 7 GW 61 054 H

63 A
3P+N+E 7 GW 61 055 H
3P+E 5 GW 61 057 H
600 ÷ 690 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 5 GW 61 058 H

2P+E 10 GW 61 059 H
> 50 V 100 ÷ 300 Hz 3P+E 10 GW 61 060 H
3P+N+E 10 GW 61 061 H
2P+E 2 GW 61 062 H
> 50 V > 300 ÷ 500 Hz 3P+E 2 GW 61 063 H
3P+N+E 2 GW 61 064 H
3P+E 11 GW 61 065 H
440 ÷ 460 V 60 Hz
3P+N+E 11 GW 61 066 H
> 50 ÷ 250V dc 2P+E 3 GW 61 067 H
> 250V dc 2P+E 8 GW 61 068 H
2P+E 4 GW 60 664 H

100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 60 056 H

3P+N+E 4 GW 60 057 H
2P+E 6 GW 60 665 H
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 9 GW 60 058 H
3P+N+E 9 GW 60 059 H
2P+E 9 GW 60 666 H
GW 60 060 H
3P+E 6 GW 60 061 H
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz GW 60 667 H
GW 60 062 H
3P+N+E 6 GW 60 063 H
GW 60 668 H
125 A 2P+E 7 GW 60 669 H

3P+E 7 GW 60 670 H
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz

3P+N+E 7 GW 60 671 H

3P+E 5 GW 60 672 H
600 ÷ 690 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 5 GW 60 673 H
2P+E 10 GW 60 674 H
> 50 V 100 ÷ 300 Hz 3P+E 10 GW 60 675 H
3P+N+E 10 GW 60 676 H
2P+E 2 GW 60 677 H
> 50 V > 300 ÷ 500 Hz 3P+E 2
3P+N+E 2
3P+E 11
440 ÷ 460 V 60 Hz
3P+N+E 11
NOTE: all plugs are equipped with pilot contact.
(*) connectors equipped with pilot contact (screw wiring);
(**) IP67 connectors equipped with potential-free contact.

20
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Straight mobile connectors Straight connectors 10° fixed flush-mounting 10° fixed flush-mounting

IEC 309 PLUGS

IP44/IP54 IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69 socket-outlets IP44/IP54 socket-outlets IP66/IP67

APPLICATIONS

Mantle connection Mantle connection Mantle connection Mantle connection

GW 63 013 H GW 63 045 H GW 63 213 H GW 63 246 H
GW 63 014 H GW 63 046 H GW 63 214 H GW 63 247 H
GW 63 015 H GW 63 047 H GW 63 215 H GW 63 248 H
GW 63 048 H GW 63 249 H
GW 63 016 H GW 63 216 H
GW 63 048 PH (*) GW 63 249 PH (*)
GW 63 017 H GW 63 049 H GW 63 217 H GW 63 250 H Standard
GW 63 018 H GW 63 050 H GW 63 218 H GW 63 251 H use
GW 63 019 H GW 63 051 H GW 63 219 H GW 63 252 H
GW 63 052 H GW 63 253 H
GW 63 020 H GW 63 220 H
GW 63 052 PH (*) GW 63 253 PH (*)
GW 63 053 H GW 63 254 H
GW 63 021 H GW 63 221 H
GW 63 053 PH (*) GW 63 254 PH (*)
GW 63 056 H GW 63 257 H
GW 63 054 H GW 63 255 H
GW 63 054 PH (*) GW 63 255 PH (*)
Use with particular
GW 63 055 H GW 63 256 H
voltage
GW 63 057 H GW 63 258 H
GW 63 058 H
GW 63 259 H
GW 63 058 PH (*)
GW 63 059 H GW 63 260 H
GW 63 060 H GW 63 261 H
GW 63 061 H GW 63 262 H Use with
GW 63 062 H GW 63 263 H high frequencies
GW 63 063 H GW 63 264 H
GW 63 064 H GW 63 265 H
GW 63 065 H GW 63 266 H Marine, port and naval,
GW 63 066 H GW 63 267 H installations
GW 63 067 H GW 63 268 H Use in
GW 63 068 H GW 63 269 H direct current
GW 62 664 H GW 62 965 H
GW 62 257 H
GW 62 056 H
GW 62 257 PH (*)
GW 62 057 H GW 62 258 H
GW 62 665 H GW 62 966 H
GW 62 058 H GW 62 259 H
GW 62 059 H GW 62 260 H Standard
GW 62 666 H GW 62 967 H use
GW 62 261 H
GW 62 060 H
GW 62 261 PH (*)
GW 62 060 PH (*) GW 68 785 (**)
GW 62 262 H
GW 62 061 H
GW 62 262 PH (*)
GW 62 061 PH (*) GW 68 786 (**)
GW 62 667 H GW 62 968 H
GW 62 062 H GW 62 263 H
GW 62 062 PH (*) GW 62 263 PH (*)
Use with particular
GW 62 063 H GW 62 264 H
voltage
GW 62 063 PH (*) GW 62 264 PH (*)
GW 62 668 H GW 62 969 H
GW 62 669 H GW 62 970 H
GW 62 670 H GW 62 971 H
GW 62 671 H GW 62 972 H
GW 62 672 H GW 62 973 H Use with
GW 62 673 H GW 62 974 H high frequencies
GW 62 674 H GW 62 975 H
GW 62 675 H GW 62 976 H
GW 62 676 H GW 62 977 H Marine, port and naval,
GW 62 677 H GW 62 978 H installations

21
IEC 309 HP

16-32-63-125A Low voltage industrial plugs and socket-outlets complying with IEC 309 standard
90° 90° Straight Straight
plugs plugs flush-mounting flush-mounting
IP44 IP67 inlets IP44 inlets IP67
Rated Rated
Reference
current voltage Frequency Poles
h
(In) (Un)

Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring

2P+E 4 GW 60 082 GW 60 105 GW 60 201 GW 60 223
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 60 083 GW 60 106 GW 60 202 GW 60 224
3P+N+E 4 GW 60 084 GW 60 107 GW 60 203 GW 60 225
2P+E 6 GW 60 085 GW 60 108 GW 60 204 GW 60 226
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 9 GW 60 086 GW 60 109 GW 60 205 GW 60 227
16 A 3P+N+E 9 GW 60 087 GW 60 110 GW 60 206 GW 60 228
2P+E 9 GW 60 088 GW 60 111 GW 60 207 GW 60 229
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 6 GW 60 089 GW 60 112 GW 60 208 GW 60 230
3P+N+E 6 GW 60 090 GW 60 113 GW 60 209 GW 60 231
3P+E 7 GW 60 091 GW 60 114 GW 60 210 GW 60 232
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 7 GW 60 092 GW 60 115 GW 60 211 GW 60 233
2P+E 4 GW 60 093 GW 60 116 GW 60 212 GW 60 234
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4 GW 60 094 GW 60 117 GW 60 213 GW 60 235
3P+N+E 4 GW 60 095 GW 60 118 GW 60 214 GW 60 236
2P+E 6 GW 60 096 GW 60 119 GW 60 215 GW 60 237
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 9 GW 60 097 GW 60 120 GW 60 216 GW 60 238
3P+N+E 9 GW 60 098 GW 60 121 GW 60 217 GW 60 239
32 A
2P+E 9 GW 60 099 GW 60 122 GW 60 218 GW 60 240
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 6 GW 60 101 GW 60 123 GW 60 219 GW 60 241
3P+N+E 6 GW 60 102 GW 60 124 GW 60 220 GW 60 242
3P+E 7 GW 60 103 GW 60 125 GW 60 221 GW 60 243
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 7 GW 60 104 GW 60 126 GW 60 222 GW 60 244
380 V / 440 V 50 Hz / 60 Hz 3P+E 3 GW 60 146 GW 60 268
2P+E 4
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 4
3P+N+E 4
2P+E 6
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 9
63 A 3P+N+E 9
2P+E 9
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz 3P+E 6
3P+N+E 6
3P+E 7
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 7
3P+E 4
100 ÷ 130 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 4
3P+E 9
200 ÷ 250 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 9
125 A
3P+E 6
380 ÷ 415 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 6
3P+E 7
480 ÷ 500 V 50/60 Hz
3P+N+E 7

Domestic socket-outlets - IP54

Rated current Rated voltage Dimensions
Description Poles Code
(In) (Un) (mm)

Domestic socket-outlets, German standard - IP54 16 A 230V 2P+E 85x75 GW 62 392

Domestic socket-outlets, German standard - IP54 16 A 230V 2P+E 50x50 GW 62 393

Domestic socket-outlets, French standard - IP54 16 A 230V 2P+E 50x50 GW 62 394

22
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
90° 90° 10° surface-mounting 10° surface-mounting 90° surface-mounting 90° surface-mounting

IEC 309 PLUGS

surface-mounting surface-mounting socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets
inlets IP44 inlets IP67 IP44 IP67 IP44 IP67

APPLICATIONS

Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring
GW 60 401 GW 60 423 GW 62 401 GW 62 423 GW 62 474 GW 62 496
GW 60 402 GW 60 424 GW 62 402 GW 62 424 GW 62 475 GW 62 497
GW 60 403 GW 60 425 GW 62 403 GW 62 425 GW 62 476 GW 62 498
GW 60 404 GW 60 426 GW 62 404 GW 62 426 GW 62 477 GW 62 499
Standard
GW 60 405 GW 60 427 GW 62 405 GW 62 427 GW 62 478 GW 62 501
use
GW 60 406 GW 60 428 GW 62 406 GW 62 428 GW 62 479 GW 62 502
GW 60 407 GW 60 429 GW 62 407 GW 62 429 GW 62 480 GW 62 503
GW 60 408 GW 60 430 GW 62 408 GW 62 430 GW 62 481 GW 62 504
GW 60 409 GW 60 431 GW 62 409 GW 62 431 GW 62 482 GW 62 505
GW 60 410 GW 60 432 GW 62 410 GW 62 432 GW 62 483 GW 62 506 Use with
GW 60 411 GW 60 433 GW 62 411 GW 62 433 GW 62 484 GW 62 507 particular voltage
GW 60 412 GW 60 434 GW 62 412 GW 62 434 GW 62 485 GW 62 508
GW 60 413 GW 60 435 GW 62 413 GW 62 435 GW 62 486 GW 62 509
GW 60 414 GW 60 436 GW 62 414 GW 62 436 GW 62 487 GW 62 510
GW 60 415 GW 60 437 GW 62 415 GW 62 437 GW 62 488 GW 62 511
Standard
GW 60 416 GW 60 438 GW 62 416 GW 62 438 GW 62 489 GW 62 512
use
GW 60 417 GW 60 439 GW 62 417 GW 62 439 GW 62 490 GW 62 513
GW 60 418 GW 60 440 GW 62 418 GW 62 440 GW 62 491 GW 62 514
GW 60 419 GW 60 441 GW 62 419 GW 62 441 GW 62 492 GW 62 515
GW 60 420 GW 60 442 GW 62 420 GW 62 442 GW 62 493 GW 62 516
GW 60 421 GW 60 443 GW 62 421 GW 62 443 GW 62 494 GW 62 517 Use with
GW 60 422 GW 60 444 GW 62 422 GW 62 444 GW 62 495 GW 62 518 particular voltage
GW 60 482 GW 62 556 GW 62 557 Refrigeretion containers
GW 61 445 GW 63 445 GW 63 519
GW 61 446 GW 63 446 GW 63 520
GW 61 447 GW 63 447 GW 63 521
GW 61 448 GW 63 448 GW 63 522
Standard
GW 61 449 GW 63 449 GW 63 523
use
GW 61 450 GW 63 450 GW 63 524
GW 61 451 GW 63 451 GW 63 525
GW 61 452 GW 63 452 GW 63 526
GW 61 453 GW 63 453 GW 63 527
GW 61 454 GW 63 454 GW 63 528 Use with
GW 61 455 GW 63 455 GW 63 529 particular voltage
GW 60 456 GW 62 530
GW 60 457 GW 62 531
GW 60 458 GW 62 532 Standard
GW 60 459 GW 62 533 use
GW 60 460 GW 62 534
GW 60 461 GW 62 535
GW 60 462 GW 62 536 Use with
GW 60 463 GW 62 537 particular voltage

23
IEC 309 HP
Plugs and socket-outlets IEC 309 Standard
The IEC 309 HP system comprises plugs and socket-outlets from 16 to 125 A in
two different versions – straight mobile and 10° flush-mounting – which have
IP44/IP54 and IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69 degrees of protection (IP68/IP69 only available
for straight versions). The introduction of all the hours references for the earthing
contact completes the range for specific applications and installations. The 16-32
A versions are available with screw wiring or fast wiring with spring terminals,
while the 63-125A versions propose indirect wiring with mantle terminals.

IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE FAST WIRING STRAIGHT PLUGS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage fast wiring straight plugs - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 001 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 25
GW 60 002 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 003 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 60 004 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 004 FH GW 60 005 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 006 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 007 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 008 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 009 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 012 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 013 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 014 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 015 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 016 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 017 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 018 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 019 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 020 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated pins.

24
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage fast wiring straight plugs - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 023 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 024 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 025 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 026 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 030 FH GW 60 027 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 028 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 029 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 030 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 031 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 034 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 035 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 036 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 037 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 038 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 039 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 040 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 041 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 042 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

IP68: 2 bar/6 h in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
Halogen-free in compliance with EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated plugs.

25
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING STRAIGHT PLUGS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage screw wiring straight plugs - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 001 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 60 002 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 60 003 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 004 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 005 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 25
GW 60 004 H
GW 60 006 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 007 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 008 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 009 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 701 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 010 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 011 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 702 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 703 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 704 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 705 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 706 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 707 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 708 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 709 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 710 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 711 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 712 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 713 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 714 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 715 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 716 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 60 717 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 012 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 013 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 014 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 015 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 016 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 50
GW 60 017 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 018 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 019 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 020 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 718 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 021 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 022 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 719 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 720 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 721 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 722 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 723 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 724 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 725 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 726 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 727 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 728 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 729 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 730 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 731 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 732 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 733 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 60 734 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated pins.

26
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring straight plugs - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 023 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 25
GW 60 024 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 025 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 026 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 60 027 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 030 H
GW 60 028 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 029 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 030 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 031 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 735 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 032 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 033 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 736 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 737 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 738 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 739 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 740 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 741 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 742 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 743 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 744 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 745 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 746 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 747 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 748 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 749 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 750 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 60 751 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 034 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 035 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 036 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 60 037 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 038 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 039 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 040 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 041 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 042 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 60 752 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 043 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 044 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 60 753 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 754 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 60 755 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 756 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 757 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 60 758 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 759 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 760 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 60 761 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 762 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 60 145 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 25
GW 60 763 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 60 764 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 765 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 60 766 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 60 767 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen-free in compliance with EN 60754-2.
IP68: 2 bar/6 h according EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated plugs.

27
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING STRAIGHT PLUGS WITH PHASE INVERTERS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage screw wiring straight plugs with phase inverter - High Performance inverter

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 005 WH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 006 WH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 008 WH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 009 WH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 009 WH Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 016 WH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 017 WH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 019 WH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 020 WH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated pins.
allow the fast exchange of two phases by using a screwdriver to reverse the direction of rotation of three-phase motors.

28
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring straight plugs with phase inverter - High Performance inverter

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 027 WH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 028 WH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 030 WH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 031 WH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 030 WH Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 038 WH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 039 WH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 60 041 WH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 60 042 WH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen-free in compliance with EN 60754-2.
IP68: 2 bar/6 h according EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated plugs.
Allow the fast exchange of two phases by using a screwdriver to reverse the direction of rotation of three-phase motors.

29
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE HIGH CURRENT STRAIGHT PLUGS WITH MANTLE CONNECTION

IP44/IP54
Low voltage high current protected straight plugs with mantle terminal - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 61 013 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 014 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 015 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 016 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 016 H GW 61 017 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 018 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 019 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 020 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 021 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. Nickel-plated plugs.
Versions with pilot contact.

30
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage high current watertight straight plugs with mantle terminal - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 61 045 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 046 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 047 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 048 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 053 H GW 61 049 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 050 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 051 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 052 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 053 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 056 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 054 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 055 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 057 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 058 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 059 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 060 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 061 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 062 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 063 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 064 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 065 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 066 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 067 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 068 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 Pilot contact 1/4
Rated current (A): 125
GW 60 664 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 056 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 057 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 665 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 058 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 059 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 666 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 060 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 061 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 667 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 062 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 063 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 668 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 669 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 670 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 671 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 672 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 673 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 674 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 675 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 676 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 677 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 Pilot contact 1/2

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen-free according to EN 60754-2.
IP68:2 bar/ 6 h in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to Standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to Standard EN 60309.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. Nickel-plated plugs.
Versions with pilot contact.

31
IEC 309 HP
60 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 90°PLUGS

IP44
Low voltage screw wiring 90° plugs

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 082 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/40
GW 60 083 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 084 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 085 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 085 GW 60 086 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 087 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 088 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 089 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 090 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 091 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
GW 60 092 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 093 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 094 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 095 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 096 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 097 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 098 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 099 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 101 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 102 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 103 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 104 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG16 cable gland for 16A versions; PG21 cable gland for 32A versions.

32
IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring 90° plugs

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 105 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 106 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 107 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 108 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 112 GW 60 109 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 110 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 111 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 112 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 113 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 114 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
GW 60 115 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 116 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 117 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 118 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 119 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 120 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 121 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 122 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 123 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 124 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 125 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 126 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 146 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 8/16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG16 cable gland for 16A versions; PG21 cable gland for 32A versions.

33
IEC 309 HP
60 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING STRAIGHT FLUSH MOUNTING INLETS

IP44
Low voltage screw wiring straight flush mounting inlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 201 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 202 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 203 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 204 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 204 GW 60 205 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 206 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 207 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 208 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 209 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 210 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 10/20
GW 60 211 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 212 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 213 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 214 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 215 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 216 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 217 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 218 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 219 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 220 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 221 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 8/16
GW 60 222 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 8/16

34
IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring straight flush mounting inlets

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 223 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 224 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 225 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 60 226 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 231 GW 60 227 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 228 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 229 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 10/20
GW 60 230 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 231 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 10/20
GW 60 232 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 10/20
GW 60 233 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 234 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 235 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 236 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 8/16
GW 60 237 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 238 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 239 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 240 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 8/16
GW 60 241 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 242 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 8/16
GW 60 243 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 8/16
GW 60 244 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 8/16
GW 60 268 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 95x80 8/16

35
IEC 309 HP
60 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 90° ANGLED SURFACE MOUNTING INLETS

IP44
Low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface mounting inlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 401 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 402 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 403 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 404 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 404 GW 60 405 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 406 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 407 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 408 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 409 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/20
GW 60 410 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
GW 60 411 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 412 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 413 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 414 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 415 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 416 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 417 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 418 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 419 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 420 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 421 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 422 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG21 cable gland for 16-32A versions.

36
IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface mounting inlets

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 423 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 424 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 425 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 426 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 431 GW 60 427 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 428 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 429 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 10/20
GW 60 430 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/40
GW 60 431 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 10/20
GW 60 432 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
GW 60 433 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 434 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 435 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 436 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 8/16
GW 60 437 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 438 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 439 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 440 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 8/16
GW 60 441 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 442 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 8/16
GW 60 443 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 444 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 8/16
GW 60 482 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 8/16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG21 cable gland for 16-32A versions.

37
IEC 309 HP
60/61 - 90° SURFACE-MOUNTING FIXED PLUGS WITH LOW VOLTAGE HIGH CURRENT MANTLE CONNECTION

IP67
Low voltage high current fixed watertight 90° surface-mounting plugs with mantle connection

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 61 445 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 446 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 447 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 448 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 453 GW 61 449 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 450 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 451 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 452 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 453 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 454 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 61 455 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
Rated current (A): 125
GW 60 456 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 457 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 458 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 459 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 460 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 461 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 462 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 60 463 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2

CHARACTERISTICS: PG36 cable gland for 63A versions; PG48 cable gland for 125A versions. Equipped with pilot contact. Nickel-plated plugs.

38
ACCESSORIES FOR PLUGS

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Watertight

IEC 309 PLUGS

Watertight covers for plugs
Code For inlets Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 263 2P+E 10/120
GW 60 264 3P+E 10/120
GW 60 265 3P+N+E 10/80
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 266 2P+E and 3P+E 8/64
GW 60 267 3P+N+E 8/64
Rated current (A): 63
GW 60 269 2P+E; 3P+E; 3P+N+E 5/40
GW 60 263
Rated current (A): 125
GW 60 270 2P+E; 3P+E; 3P+N+E 5/20
APPLICATIONS: used to mantain the original IP degree on IEC 309 HP mobile or fixed (up to IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69).

39
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE FAST WIRING STRAIGHT CONNECTORS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage fast wiring straight connectors - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 001 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 002 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 003 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 004 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 62 004 FH GW 62 005 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 006 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 007 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 008 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 009 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 012 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 013 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 014 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 015 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 016 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 017 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 018 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 019 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 020 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated contacts.

40
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage fast wiring straight connectors - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 023 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 024 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 25
GW 62 025 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 026 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 62 030 FH GW 62 027 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 028 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 029 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 030 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 031 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 034 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 035 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 036 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 037 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 038 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 039 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 040 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 041 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 042 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

IP68: 2 bar/6 h according EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
Halogen-free in compliance with EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated contacts.

41
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING STRAIGHT CONNECTORS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage screw wiring straight connectors - HIGH PERFORMANCE

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 001 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 62 002 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 62 003 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 25
GW 62 004 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 62 005 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 004 H
GW 62 006 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 007 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 008 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 62 009 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 701 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 010 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 011 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 702 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 703 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 704 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 705 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 706 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 707 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 708 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 709 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 710 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 711 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 712 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 713 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 714 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 715 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 716 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 62 717 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 012 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 013 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 014 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 015 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 016 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 017 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 018 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 019 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 020 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 718 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 021 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 022 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 719 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 720 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 721 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 722 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 723 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 724 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 725 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 726 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 727 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 728 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 729 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 730 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 731 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 732 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 733 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 62 734 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen free according to EN 60754-2
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts.

42
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring straight connectors - HIGH PERFORMANCE

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 023 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 50
GW 62 024 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 025 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 026 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 50
GW 62 027 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 030 H
GW 62 028 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 029 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 030 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 031 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 25
GW 62 735 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 032 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 033 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 25
GW 62 736 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 737 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 738 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 739 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 740 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 741 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 742 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 743 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 744 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 745 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 746 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 747 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 748 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 749 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 750 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 62 751 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 034 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 035 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 036 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 15
GW 62 037 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 038 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 039 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 040 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 15
GW 62 041 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 042 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 15
GW 62 752 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 043 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 044 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 15
GW 62 753 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 754 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 15
GW 62 755 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 756 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 757 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 15
GW 62 758 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 759 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 760 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 15
GW 62 761 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 762 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 15
GW 62 128 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 25
GW 62 763 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 15
GW 62 764 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 765 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 15
GW 62 766 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 15
GW 62 767 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen-free in compliance with EN 60754-2.
IP68: 2 bar/6 h according EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN 60529 after ageing according to standard EN 60309.
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts.

43
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE HIGH CURRENT STRAIGHT CONNECTORS WITH MANTLE CONNECTION

IP44/IP54
Low voltage high current straight connectors with mantle terminal - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 013 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 1/4
GW 63 014 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 1/4
GW 63 015 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 1/4
GW 63 016 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 1/4
GW 63 016 H GW 63 017 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 1/4
GW 63 018 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 1/4
GW 63 019 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 1/4
GW 63 020 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 1/4
GW 63 021 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 1/4

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. nickel-plated contacts.
All the versions are available with a pilot contact upon request.

44
IP66/IP67/IP68/IP69

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage high current watertight straight connectors with mantle terminal - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 045 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/4
GW 63 046 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/4
GW 63 047 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/4
GW 63 048 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/4
GW 63 048 PH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 63 053 H
GW 63 049 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/4
GW 63 050 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/4
GW 63 051 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/4
GW 63 052 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/4
GW 63 052 PH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 63 053 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/4
GW 63 053 PH 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 63 056 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/4
GW 63 054 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/4
GW 63 054 PH 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 63 055 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/4
GW 63 057 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 1/4
GW 63 058 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 1/4
GW 63 058 PH 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 Pilot contact 1/4
GW 63 059 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/4
GW 63 060 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/4
GW 63 061 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/4
GW 63 062 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/4
GW 63 063 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/4
GW 63 064 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/4
GW 63 065 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 1/4
GW 63 066 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 1/4
GW 63 067 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 - 1/4
GW 63 068 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 - 1/4
Rated current (A): 125
GW 62 664 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/2
GW 62 056 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/2
GW 62 057 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 1/2
GW 62 665 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/2
GW 62 058 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/2
GW 62 059 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/2
GW 62 666 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 1/2
GW 62 060 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/2
GW 62 060 PH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 061 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 1/2
GW 62 061 PH 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 667 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/2
GW 62 062 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/2
GW 62 062 PH 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 063 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 1/2
GW 62 063 PH 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 668 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 1/2
GW 62 669 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 1/2
GW 62 670 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/2
GW 62 671 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/2
GW 62 672 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 1/2
GW 62 673 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/2
GW 62 674 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/2
GW 62 675 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 1/2
GW 62 676 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 1/2
GW 62 677 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 1/2
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen-free according to EN 60754-2.
IP68: 2 bar/ 6 h in accordance with EN60529 after ageing according to Standard EN60309.
IP69: in accordance with EN60529 after ageing according to Standard EN60309.
GW63048PH, GW63052PH, GW63053PH, GW63054PH, GW63058PH, GW62060PH, GW62061PH, GW62062PH, GW62063PH: connectors with pilot contact and direct screw wiring.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. nickel-plated contacts.
NEWS All the versions are available with a pilot contact upon request.

45
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE FAST WIRING 10° ANGLED FLUSH-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage fast wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 201 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 202 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 203 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 205 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 25
GW 62 205 FH GW 62 206 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 207 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 208 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 209 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 15
GW 62 210 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 213 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 214 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 215 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 216 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 217 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 218 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 219 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 220 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 221 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS. connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated contacts.

46
IP66/IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage fast wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 224 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 225 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 226 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 227 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 25
GW 62 231 FH GW 62 228 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 229 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 230 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 231 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 15
GW 62 232 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 235 FH 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 236 FH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 237 FH 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 238 FH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 239 FH 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 240 FH 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 241 FH 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 242 FH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 243 FH 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free according to EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with spring terminals. Nickel-plated contacts.

47
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 10° ANGLED FLUSH-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP44/IP54
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets - High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 201 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 50
GW 62 202 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 203 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 205 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 50
GW 62 206 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 25
GW 62 205 H
GW 62 207 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 208 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 209 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 50
GW 62 210 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 50
GW 62 801 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 211 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 212 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 802 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 85x75 15
GW 62 803 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 85x75 15
GW 62 804 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 805 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 806 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 807 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 808 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 809 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 810 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 85x75 15
GW 62 811 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 85x75 15
GW 62 812 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 85x75 15
GW 62 813 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 85x75 15
GW 62 814 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 85x75 15
GW 62 815 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 85x75 15
GW 62 816 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 85x75 15
GW 62 817 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 85x75 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 213 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 214 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 215 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 216 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 25
GW 62 217 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 218 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 219 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 220 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 221 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 25
GW 62 818 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 222 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 223 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 819 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 95x80 15
GW 62 820 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 95x80 15
GW 62 821 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 822 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 823 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 824 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 825 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 826 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 827 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 95x80 15
GW 62 828 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 95x80 15
GW 62 829 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 95x80 15
GW 62 830 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 95x80 15
GW 62 831 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 95x80 15
GW 62 832 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 95x80 15
GW 62 833 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 95x80 15
GW 62 834 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 95x80 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen free according to EN 60754-2
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts.

48
IP66/IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets - High Performance

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 224 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 25
GW 62 225 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 226 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 85x75 15
GW 62 227 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 50
GW 62 228 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 231 H
GW 62 229 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 230 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 85x75 15
GW 62 231 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 25
GW 62 232 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 85x75 25
GW 62 835 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 233 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 234 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 85x75 15
GW 62 836 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 85x75 15
GW 62 837 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 85x75 15
GW 62 838 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 839 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 840 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 85x75 15
GW 62 841 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 842 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 843 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 85x75 15
GW 62 844 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 85x75 15
GW 62 845 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 85x75 15
GW 62 846 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 85x75 15
GW 62 847 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 85x75 15
GW 62 848 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 85x75 15
GW 62 849 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 85x75 15
GW 62 850 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 85x75 15
GW 62 851 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 85x75 15
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 235 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 25
GW 62 236 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 237 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 95x80 15
GW 62 238 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 239 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 240 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 241 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 95x80 15
GW 62 242 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 243 H 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 95x80 15
GW 62 852 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 244 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 245 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 95x80 15
GW 62 853 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 95x80 15
GW 62 854 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 95x80 15
GW 62 855 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 856 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 857 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 95x80 15
GW 62 858 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 859 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 860 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 95x80 15
GW 62 861 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 95x80 15
GW 62 862 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 95x80 15
GW 62 283 H 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 95x80 25
GW 62 863 H 3P+N+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 95x80 15
GW 62 864 H 2P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 95x80 15
GW 62 865 H 3P+E transf. 50/60 Hz 12 95x80 15
GW 62 866 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 95x80 15
GW 62 867 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 95x80 15
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen free according to EN 60754-2
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts

49
IEC 309 HP
IEC 309 HP - LOW VOLTAGE HIGH CURRENT 10° STRAIGHT FLUSH-MOUNTING FIXED SOCKET-OUTLETS
WITH MANTLE CONNECTION
IP44/IP54
Low voltage high current protected flush-mounting 10° socket-outlets with mantle terminal - High
Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 213 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 110x100 1/4
GW 63 214 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 110x100 1/4
GW 63 215 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 110x100 1/4
GW 63 216 H GW 63 216 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 110x100 1/4
GW 63 217 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 110x100 1/4
GW 63 218 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 110x100 1/4
GW 63 219 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 110x100 1/4
GW 63 220 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 110x100 1/4
GW 63 221 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 110x100 1/4

NOTES: all products are packaged individually.

Halogen free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. nickel-plated contacts.
All the versions are available with a pilot contact upon request.

50
IP66/IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage high current watertight 10° fixed flush-mounting socket-outlets with mantle terminal -

IEC 309 PLUGS

High Performance

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions Carton
(mm)
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 246 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 247 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 248 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 254 H
GW 63 249 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 249 PH 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 110x100 1/4
GW 63 250 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 251 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 252 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 253 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 253 PH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 110x100 1/4
GW 63 254 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 254 PH 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 110x100 1/4
GW 63 257 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 255 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 255 PH 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 110x100 1/4
GW 63 256 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 258 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 259 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 260 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 261 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 262 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 263 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 264 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 265 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 266 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 267 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 268 H 2P+E >50 - 250 V d.c. 3 - 110x100 1/4
GW 63 269 H 2P+E >250 V d.c. 8 - 110x100 1/4
Rated current (A): 125
GW 62 965 H 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 257 H 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 257 PH 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 114x114 1/2
GW 62 258 H 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 966 H 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 259 H 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 260 H 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 967 H 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 261 H 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 261 PH 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 114x114 1/2
GW 62 262 H 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 262 PH 3P+N+E 346 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 114x114 1/2
GW 62 968 H 2P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 263 H 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 263 PH 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 114x114 1/2
GW 62 264 H 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 264 PH 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 114x114 1/2
GW 62 969 H 3P+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 970 H 3P+N+E 600 - 690 V 50/60 Hz 5 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 971 H 2P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 972 H 3P+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 973 H 3P+N+E >50 V 100 - 300 Hz 10 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 974 H 2P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 975 H 3P+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 976 H 3P+N+E >50 V >300 - 500 Hz 2 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 977 H 3P+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 114x114 1/2
GW 62 978 H 3P+N+E 440 - 460 V 60 Hz 11 - 114x114 1/2
NOTES: all products are packaged individually. Halogen-free according to EN 60754-2.
GW63249PH, GW63253PH, GW63254PH, GW63255PH, GW62257PH, GW62261PH, GW62262PH, GW62263PH, GW62264PH: socket-outlets with pilot contact and direct screw wiring.
CHARACTERISTICS: connection technology with mantle terminals. nickel-plated contacts. All the versions are available with a pilot contact upon request.
NEWS

51
IEC 309 HP

Flush-mounting socket-outlets with clean contact - 125 A - IP67

Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting interlocked socket-outlets 125A

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
GW 68 785 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 114x114 1
GW 68 786 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 114x114 1

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlets are equipped with a NO contact (mechanically activated by the plug pilot) to allow the creation of the electric interlock circuit. nickel-plated contacts.

GW 68 785

62 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 10° ANGLED SURFACE-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP44
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 401 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 40
GW 62 402 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 403 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 404 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 404 GW 62 405 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 406 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 407 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 408 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 409 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 410 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
GW 62 411 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 412 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 413 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 414 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 415 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 416 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 417 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 418 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 419 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 420 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 421 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 14
GW 62 422 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 14

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts. Ø 29 mm cable gland.

NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

52
IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 423 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 424 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 425 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 426 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 430 GW 62 427 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 428 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 429 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 430 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 431 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 40
GW 62 432 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
GW 62 433 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 434 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 435 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 436 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 437 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 438 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 439 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 440 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 441 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 442 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 443 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 14
GW 62 444 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 14
GW 62 556 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG21 cable gland. Nickel-plated contacts.

NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

63 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 10° ANGLED SURFACE-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP67
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets for high currents

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 445 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 446 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 447 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 448 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 453 GW 63 449 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 450 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 451 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 452 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 453 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 454 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 455 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 2/4

CHARACTERISTICS: cable gland PG36. Equipped with pilot contact. nickel-plated contacts.
NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

53
IEC 309 HP
62 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 90° ANGLED SURFACE-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP44
Low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 474 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 475 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 476 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 477 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 481 GW 62 478 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 479 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 480 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 481 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 482 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 483 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
GW 62 484 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 485 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 486 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 487 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 488 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 489 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 490 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 491 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 492 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 493 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 494 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 16
GW 62 495 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 16

CHARACTERISTICS: Ø 20 mm cable gland for 16 A versions; Ø 23 mm cable gland for 32 A versions. nickel-plated contacts.
NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

54
IP67

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 496 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 497 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 498 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 20
GW 62 499 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 499 GW 62 501 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 502 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 503 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 20
GW 62 504 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 505 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 20
GW 62 506 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
GW 62 507 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 508 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 509 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 510 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 16
GW 62 511 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 512 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 513 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 514 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 16
GW 62 515 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 516 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 16
GW 62 517 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 16
GW 62 518 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 16
GW 62 557 3P+E 380 - 440 V 50/60 Hz 3 16

CHARACTERISTICS: PG21 cable gland.

NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

55
IEC 309 HP
62/63 - LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING 90° ANGLED SURFACE-MOUNTING SOCKET-OUTLETS

IP67
Low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets for high currents

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Characteristics Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 63 519 2P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 520 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 521 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 522 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 527 GW 63 523 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 524 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 525 2P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 526 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 527 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 528 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 2/4
GW 63 529 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 2/4
Rated current (A): 125
GW 62 530 3P+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 531 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 50/60 Hz 4 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 532 3P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 533 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 9 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 534 3P+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 535 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 50/60 Hz 6 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 536 3P+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2
GW 62 537 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 50/60 Hz 7 Pilot contact 1/2

CHARACTERISTICS: PG36 cable gland for 63A versions; PG48 cable gland for 125A versions. Versions with pilot contact. nickel-plated contacts.
NOTE: all products are packaged individually.

FLUSH-MOUNTING SOCKETS FOR SPECIFIC USES

IP44/IP54
Low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets with reduced dimension flange

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 204 2P+E 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 6 62x62 10/100

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts. For use in restricted spaces.

GW 62 204

Domestic socket outlet - IP54

Code No. of poles Rated current (A) Rated voltage Colour Frequency Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Standard: German
GW 62 393 2P+E 16 230 V 50/60 Hz 50x50 1/20
GW 62 392 2P+E 16 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 85x75 1/12
Standard: French
GW 62 394 2P+E 16 230 V 50/60 Hz 50x50 1/20
GW 62 393 CHARACTERISTICS: domestic socket-outlets equipped with child protection (shutter) and with rear connection.
NOTES: domestic socket-outlets 50x50 mm can be installed also on flanges 85x75 mm using the adapter code GW68281.

56
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 PLUGS
IEC 309 HP
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

4 IP DEGREES FOR TOTAL EXCELLENT RESISTANCE TO SAFE AND INTUITIVE ASSEMBLY

PROTECTION STRESS

The HP straight plugs and socket-outlets are The use of high-performance technopolymers The 16-32A versions are distinguished by
the first and only on the electrotechnical field and the innest of rubberised surfaces to the patented SAFE-LOCK ¼ turn body-grip
with IP68 and IP69 degrees of protection. protect those most exposed to impact (in all closure, while the 63-125A versions feature a
Nickel-plated pins and slevees also offers the 63-125A versions) offer excellent resistance closure system with captive screws attached to
best protection against corrosion, oxidation to mechanical stress (IK09), also at low brass inserts made with an increased contrast-
and abrasion, even in critical environmental temperatures (down to -25 °C). flange.
conditions.

57
16A and 32A extra low voltage industrial plugs and socket-outlets to IEC 309 standard
10° flush- 10° flush- 10° surface- 90° surface-
90° 90° surface Straight
Stright plugs mounting mounting mounting mounting
plugs mounting connectors
IP44 socket-outlets socket- outlets socket- outlets socket- outlets
IP44 inlets IP44 IP44
Rated Rated IP44 IP67 IP44 IP44
Reference
current Voltage Frequency Poles
h
(In) (Un)

Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring Screw wiring

50/60 Hz 2P - GW 60 064 GW 60 127 GW 60 464 GW 62 064 GW 62 265 GW 62 365 GW 62 456 GW 62 538

20 ÷ 25 V

50/60 Hz 3P - GW 60 065 GW 60 128 GW 60 465 GW 62 065 GW 62 266 GW 62 366 GW 62 457 GW 62 539

50/60 Hz 2P 12 GW 60 066 GW 60 129 GW 60 466 GW 62 066 GW 62 267 GW 62 458 GW 62 540

40 ÷ 50 V

50/60 Hz 3P 12 GW 60 067 GW 60 130 GW 60 467 GW 62 067 GW 62 268 GW 62 459 GW 62 541

16 A 100÷200 Hz 2P 4 GW 60 068 GW 60 131 GW 60 468 GW 62 068 GW 62 269 GW 62 460 GW 62 542

100÷200 Hz 3P 4 GW 60 069 GW 60 132 GW 60 469 GW 62 069 GW 62 270 GW 62 461 GW 62 543

20 ÷ 25 V
and
40 ÷ 50 V
> 400÷500 Hz 2P 11 GW 60 070 GW 60 133 GW 60 470 GW 62 070 GW 62 271 GW 62 462 GW 62 544

> 400÷500 Hz 3P 11 GW 60 071 GW 60 134 GW 60 471 GW 62 071 GW 62 272 GW 62 463 GW 62 545

20 ÷ 25 V
and dc 2P 10 GW 60 072 GW 60 135 GW 60 472 GW 62 072 GW 62 273 GW 62 464 GW 62 546
40 ÷ 50 V

50/60 Hz 2P - GW 60 073 GW 60 136 GW 60 473 GW 62 073 GW 62 274 GW 62 465 GW 62 547

20 ÷ 25 V

50/60 Hz 3P - GW 60 074 GW 60 137 GW 60 474 GW 62 074 GW 62 275 GW 62 466 GW 62 548

50/60 Hz 2P 12 GW 60 075 GW 60 138 GW 60 475 GW 62 075 GW 62 276 GW 62 467 GW 62 549

40 ÷ 50 V

50/60 Hz 3P 12 GW 60 076 GW 60 139 GW 60 476 GW 62 076 GW 62 277 GW 62 468 GW 62 550

32 A 100÷200 Hz 2P 4 GW 60 077 GW 60 140 GW 60 477 GW 62 077 GW 62 278 GW 62 469 GW 62 551

100÷200 Hz 3P 4 GW 60 078 GW 60 141 GW 60 478 GW 62 078 GW 62 279 GW 62 470 GW 62 552

20 ÷ 25 V
and
40 ÷ 50 V
> 400÷500 Hz 2P 11 GW 60 079 GW 60 142 GW 60 479 GW 62 079 GW 62 280 GW 62 471 GW 62 553

> 400÷500 Hz 3P 11 GW 60 080 GW 60 143 GW 60 480 GW 62 080 GW 62 281 GW 62 472 GW 62 554

20 ÷ 25 V
and dc 2P 10 GW 60 081 GW 60 144 GW 60 481 GW 62 081 GW 62 282 GW 62 473 GW 62 555
40 ÷ 50 V

58
IEC 309 BTS
Extra-low voltage plugs and socket-outlets IEC 309 standard
The IEC 309 BTS range of extra-low voltage plugs and sockets for industrial

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
applications enable machinery and devices that operate on voltages of less than

IEC 309 PLUGS

50 V to be connected. The range includes different versions – straight mobile,
90° connectors, surface-mounting and flush mounting, protected and watertight.
Available for currents from 16 to 32 A.

60/62 - EXTRA LOW VOLTAGE SCREW WIRING INDUSTRIAL PLUGS AND SOCKET-OUTLETS

Straight plugs - IP44

Extra-low voltage screw wiring straight plugs

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 064 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/40
GW 60 065 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 066 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 067 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 068 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 064 GW 60 069 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 070 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 071 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 072 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 073 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 074 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 075 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 076 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 077 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 078 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 079 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 080 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 081 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated plugs. Ø 23mm cable gland.

90° plugs - IP44

Extra-low voltage screw wiring 90° plugs

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 127 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/40
GW 60 128 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 129 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 130 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 131 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 127 GW 60 132 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 133 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 134 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 135 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 136 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 137 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 138 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 139 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 140 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 141 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 142 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 143 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 144 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated plugs. PG21 cable gland.

59
IEC 309 BTS

90° surface-mounting inlets - IP44

Extra-low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface-mounting inlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 60 464 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/40
GW 60 465 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 466 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 467 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 464 GW 60 468 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 469 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 470 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 471 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 472 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 60 473 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 474 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 60 475 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 476 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 60 477 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 478 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 60 479 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 480 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 60 481 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: nickel-plated plugs. Ø 23mm cable gland.

Connectors - IP44
Extra-low voltage screw wiring straight connectors

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 064 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/40
GW 62 065 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 066 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 067 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 064 GW 62 068 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 069 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 070 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 071 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 072 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 073 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 074 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 075 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 076 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 077 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 078 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 079 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 080 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 081 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts. Ø 23mm cable gland.

60
10° flush-mounting socket-outlets - IP44

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Extra-low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 265 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/40
GW 62 266 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/20
GW 62 267 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 85x75 10/20
GW 62 268 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 85x75 10/20
GW 62 265 GW 62 269 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 62 270 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 62 271 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 85x75 10/20
GW 62 272 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 85x75 10/20
GW 62 273 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 85x75 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 274 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/20
GW 62 275 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/20
GW 62 276 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 85x75 10/20
GW 62 277 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 85x75 10/20
GW 62 278 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 62 279 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 85x75 10/20
GW 62 280 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 85x75 10/20
GW 62 281 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 85x75 10/20
GW 62 282 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 85x75 10/20

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts.

10° flush-mounting socket-outlets - IP67

Extra-low voltage screw wiring 10° angled flush-mounting socket-outlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 365 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/40
GW 62 366 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 85x75 10/20

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts.

GW 62 366

61
IEC 309 BTS

10° surface-mounting socket-outlets - IP44

Extra-low voltage screw wiring 10° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 456 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/40
GW 62 457 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 458 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 459 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 456 GW 62 460 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 461 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 462 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 463 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 464 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 465 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 466 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 467 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 468 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 469 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 470 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 471 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 472 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 473 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts. Ø 29mm cable gland.

90° surface-mounting socket-outlets - IP44

Extra-low voltage screw wiring 90° angled surface-mounting socket-outlets

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Frequency Reference h Pack

Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 62 538 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 539 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 540 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 541 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 538 GW 62 542 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 543 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 544 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 545 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 546 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20
Rated current (A): 32
GW 62 547 2P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 548 3P 20-25 V 50 - 60 Hz - 10/20
GW 62 549 2P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 550 3P 40-50 V 50 - 60 Hz 12 10/20
GW 62 551 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 552 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 100 - 200 Hz 4 10/20
GW 62 553 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 554 3P 20-25V and 40-50 V 401 - 500 Hz 11 10/20
GW 62 555 2P 20-25V and 40-50 V d.c. 10 10/20

CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated contacts. Ø 29mm cable gland.

62
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 PLUGS
IEC 309 BTS
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WIDE RANGE FOR ULTRA-LOW VOLTAGE SYNERGY WITH DISTRIBUTION

APPLICATIONS BOARDS

The range consists of 16-32A straight and 90°, The IEC 309 BTS range of plugs and sockets The 10° flush-mounting socket-outlets of
surface-mounting and flush-mounting plugs are ideal for connection and use with machinery the extra-low voltage range have the same
and socket-outlets, in protected versions (10° and devices with voltages lower than 50V (e.g. dimensions and the same fixing centre distance
flush-mounting sockets versions also available bell transformers, toy transformers, halogen as the normal IEC 309 socket-outlets, therefore
in a waterproof version IP67). lamps, etc.) they can also be installed on the Q-DIN, Q-BOX
and QMC boards.

63
IEC 309 MA

Multiple socket couplers

INPUT COUPLER OUTPUTS
Rated Rated
Reference No. 2 socket- No. 3 socket- No. 3 socket-
Type current Voltage Poles
h outlets 16A outlets 16A outlets 32A
(In) (Un)

2P+E 4 GW 64 008 GW 64 022

100 ÷ 130 V
3P+E 4 GW 64 023

2P+E 6 GW 64 010 GW 64 024

16 A 200 ÷ 250 V 3P+E 9 GW 64 011 GW 64 025

Without
cable
3P+N+E 9 GW 64 012 GW 64 026

3P+E 9 GW 64 013 GW 64 027

380 ÷ 415 V
3P+N+E 6 GW 64 014 GW 64 028

32 A 380 ÷ 415 V 3P+E 6 GW 64 068

100 ÷ 130 V 2P+E 4 GW 64 050

200 ÷ 250 V 2P+E 6 GW 64 052

With
16 A
cable
3P+E 6 GW 64 055
380 ÷ 415 V
3P+N+E 6 GW 64 056

Multiple socket adaptors

INPUT OUTLETS

Rated Rated No. 3 socket-outlets

Reference
current Voltage Poles Code
h 2P+E 3P+E 3P+N+E
(In) (Un)
230 V~ 400 V~ 400 V~

2x16A 1x16A GW 64 059

16 A 380 ÷ 415 V 3P+N+E 6
1x16A 1x16A 1x16A GW 64 060

200 ÷ 250 V 2P+E 6 3x16A GW 64 062

1x16A 1x16A 1x16A GW 64 063

32 A
380 ÷ 415 V 3P+N+E 6 2x16A 1x32A GW 64 064

1x32A 1x32A 1x32A GW 64 061

63 A 380 ÷ 415 V 3P+N+E 6 2x32A 1x63A GW 64 065

64
Phase inverter

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
INPUT OUTLETS

IEC 309 PLUGS

Rated Rated No. 1 socket outlets
Reference
current Voltage Poles 3P+E 3P+N+E Code
h
(In) (Un) 400 V~ 400 V~

3P+E 6 1x16A GW 64 066

16 A 380 ÷ 415 V
3P+N+E 6 1x16A GW 64 067

IMPORTANT NOTICE: the range of multiple socket adaptors, adaptors and shunts should be considered an integral part of the electrical system, since they are products suitable only for
temporary,trailing installations and connections, and not for permanent applications. Furthermore, the range cannot be used in areas with a fire hazard.

System adaptors
INDUSTRIAL
INPUT DOMESTIC SOCKET-OUTLET
SOCKET-OUTLET
N. 2 outputs No. 1 output No. 1 output No. 1 output No. 1 output
Rated Rated
Reference 2P+E 16A 2P+E 16A
Type current Voltage Poles 2P+E 10/16A 2P+E 16A 2P+E 13A 2P+E 16A
h dual amp. (P17/ dual amp. (P30/
(In) (Un) German Std. French Std. British Std. 230V 6h
P11) P17)
GW 64 211
GW 64 212
GW 64 210
200 ÷ 250 V 2P+E 6
GW 64 203
IEC 309
industrial 16 A GW 64 204
plug
GW 64 206 fitted for other combinations
GW 64 216
380 ÷ 415 V 3P+N+E 6 GW 64 217
GW 64 207 fitted for other combinations

Domestic 2P+E 16A 250V S17 GW 64 208

sockets 2P+E 16A 250V German/French Std. GW 64 209

System branched adaptors

OUTPUT
INPUT
INDUSTRIAL DOMESTIC
No. 2 socket-outlets
No. 2 socket-
2P+E 16A Code
Rated Rated outlets No. 1 socket outlets
Reference dual amp. (P17/P11)
Type current Voltage Poles IEC 309 2P+E 16A 2P+E 16A
h No. 1 socket-outlet
(In) (Un) dual amp. (P17/ dual amp. (P30/P17)
2P+E 16A
P11)
dual amp. (P30/P17)
• • GW 64 221

• • GW 64 222

200 ÷ 250 V 2P+E 6 • Fitted for No. 2 SYSTEM modules GW 64 223

IEC 309
industrial • • GW 64 231
plug
• Fitted for No. 2+2 SYSTEM modules GW 64 232

16 A • • GW 64 236
3P+N+E 6
• Fitted for No. 2+2 SYSTEM modules GW 64 237
380 ÷ 415 V
Cable with
IEC309 3P+N+E 6 • • GW 64 256
plug
Cable with
domestic 200 ÷ 250 V 2P+E S17 2P+E 16A - 230V • GW 64 263
plug
Fitted for cable and plug 2P+E 16A - 230V Fitted for No. 2+2 SYSTEM modules GW 64 265

IMPORTANT NOTICE: the range of multiple socket adaptors, adaptors and shunts should be considered an integral part of the electrical system, since they are products suitable only for
temporary,trailing installations and connections, and not for permanent applications. Furthermore, the range cannot be used in areas with a fire hazard.

65
IEC 309 MA
Multiple sockets and adaptors for industrial and domestic use,
protected and watertight
The IEC 309 MA range is a range of multipliers, adapters and branched. They are
available in currents of 16, 32 or 63 A and have a varying number of outlets and
poles in numerous different combinations. These products should be considered
supplementary to the system as they are only suitable for use in temporary
installations and mobile connections, and they have not been designed for
permanent applications.

64 - MULTIPLE SOCKET-COUPLERS

2-outputs
Multiple socket-couplers 2 outputs with 16A plug - 50/60Hz - IP67

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 16A
GW 64 008 2P+E 110 V 4 5/20
GW 64 010 2P+E 230 V 6 5/20
GW 64 011 3P+E 230 V 9 5/10
GW 64 012 3P+N+E 230 V 9 5/10
GW 64 013 GW 64 013 3P+E 400 V 6 5/10
GW 64 014 3P+N+E 400 V 6 5/10

3-outputs
Multiple socket-couplers 3 outputs with 16-32A plug - 50/60Hz - IP67

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 16A
GW 64 022 2P+E 110 V 4 5/10
GW 64 023 3P+E 110 V 4 5/10
GW 64 024 2P+E 230 V 6 5/10
GW 64 025 3P+E 230 V 9 5/10
GW 64 027 GW 64 026 3P+N+E 230 V 9 5/10
GW 64 027 3P+E 400 V 6 5/10
GW 64 028 3P+N+E 400 V 6 5/10
Plug IEC 309: 32A
GW 64 068 3P+E 400 V 6 1/4

3-outputs with cable and plug

Watertight multiple socket-couplers 3 outputs with 2m flexible cable and 16A plug - 50/60Hz - IP67

Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 16A
GW 64 050 2P+E 110 V 4 1/6
GW 64 052 2P+E 230 V 6 1/6
GW 64 055 3P+E 400 V 6 1/3
GW 64 056 3P+N+E 400 V 6 1/3
GW 64 052

66
64 - MULTIPLE SOCKET-ADAPTORS

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
Configuration adaptors

IEC 309 PLUGS

Watertight multiple socket-adaptors with 16A plug - 50/60 Hz - IP67

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack
Carton
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 059 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 5/10
GW 64 060 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 3P+E - 16A - 400V ac 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 5/10

GW 64 059

Watertight multiple socket-adaptors with 32A plug - 50/60Hz - IP67

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack
Carton
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 32A - 400V ac
GW 64 061 2P+E - 32A - 230V ac 3P+E - 32A - 400V ac 3P+N+E - 32A - 400V ac 1/5

GW 64 061

Current adaptors
Watertight multiple-socket adaptor with 32 A plug - 50/60 Hz - IP67

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack
Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 32A - 230V ac
GW 64 062 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/10
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 32A - 400V ac
GW 64 063 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 3P+E - 16A - 400V ac 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 5/10
GW 64 064 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 3P+N+E - 32A - 400V ac 1/5

GW 64 062

Watertight multiple socket-adaptors plug 63A - 50/60 Hz - IP67

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack
Carton
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 63A - 400V ac
GW 64 065 2P+E - 32A - 230V ac 2P+E - 32A - 230V ac 3P+N+E - 63A - 400V ac 1/2

GW 64 065

67
IEC 309 MA

Phase inverter
Protected phase inverter - 16 A - 50/60 Hz - IP44

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 3P+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 066 3P+E - 16A - 400V ac 10/20
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 067 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 10/20

GW 64 066

64 IC/CI - SYSTEM ADAPTORS

From industrial to domestic: wired

System adaptors: IEC 309 IP44 plug / Socket-outlet for residential use - 50/60Hz

Code Resid. socket-outlets 250V~ Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 203 N. 1 - 2P+E - 16A French 10/40
GW 64 204 N. 1 - 2P+E - 13A British 10/40
GW 64 210 N. 1 - 2P+E - 10/16A German 10/40
GW 64 211 N. 2 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P17/11) 10/40
GW 64 212 N. 1 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P30 - P17) 10/40
GW 64 203 Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 216 N. 2 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P17/11) 10/40
GW 64 217 N. 1 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P30 - P17) 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: GW64211 - GW64216, domestic socket-outlets with Ø 4 / 5 mm plug pins.
GW64212 - GW64217, domestic socket-outlets with Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm plug pins, with side and central earth contact.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.

From industrial to domestic: fitted

System adaptors: IEC 309 IP44 plug for Fitting for 2 module System range - 50/60Hz

Code Housing for Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 206 2 10/40
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 207 2 10/40
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: wiring cables.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.
GW 64 206

68
From domestic to industrial: wired

AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
System adaptors Domestic use plug / IEC 309 IP44 socket-outlet - 50/60Hz

IEC 309 PLUGS

Code Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack
Carton
Domestic socket-outlet: 2P+E - 16A - 250V ac S17
GW 64 208 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 10/40
Domestic socket-outlet: 2P+E - 16A - 250V ac German/French
GW 64 209 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: GW64209, with double earth contact (German standard side contact and French standard middle contact).
NOTES: only for temporary uses.
GW 64 209

64 IC/CI - SYSTEM BRANCHED ADAPTORS

1 branched outlet: wired

Conversion adaptors: Plug for domestic use / IEC 309 socket-coupler IP44 - 50/60Hz

Code Resid. socket-outlets 250V~ Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 221 N. 2 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P17/11) 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
GW 64 222 N. 1 - 2P+E - 16A Dual amp (P30 - P17) 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
CHARACTERISTICS: GW64221 domestic socket-outlets with plug pins Ø 4/5mm.
GW64222 domestic socket-outlets with plug pins Ø 4/4.8/5mm, with side and central earthing.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.
GW 64 221

1 branched outlet: fitted

Conversion adaptors: IEC 309 plug fitting for 2 SYSTEM modules/IEC 309 socket-coupler IP44 -
50/60Hz

Code Housing for Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 223 2 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: wiring cables.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.

GW 64 223

2 branched outlets: wired

Conversion adaptors: Plug IEC 309 IP44. Socket-outlet for domestic use / IEC 309 socket-coupler
IP44 - 50/60Hz

Code Resid. socket-outlets 250V~ Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 231 N. 2 (P17/11) -N. 1 (P30-P17) 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 236 N. 2 (P17/11) -N. 1 (P30-P17) 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 5/10

GW 64 231 NOTES: only for temporary uses.

69
IEC 309 MA

2 branched outlets: fitted

Conversion adaptors: IEC 309 plug. Fitting for 2+2 SYSTEM modules/IEC 309 socket-coupler IP44 -
50/60Hz

Code Housing for Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac
GW 64 232 2+2 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 237 2+2 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 5/10

GW 64 232 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: wiring cables.

NOTES: only for temporary uses.

2 branched outlets with cable and plug: wired

Conversion adaptor shunt with 2 m of flexible cable: IEC 309 plug IP44 Domestic sockets / IEC 309
socket-coupler IP44 - 50/60Hz

Code Resid. socket-outlets 250V~ Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Plug IEC 309: 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac
GW 64 256 N. 2 (P17/11) -N. 1 (P30-P17) 3P+N+E - 16A - 400V ac 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: 2 domestic socket-outlets with Ø 4 / 5 mm plug pins (P17/11) and 1 domestic socket-outlet with Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm plug pins (P30 - P17) with side and central earth control.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.

GW 64 256

Conversion adaptor shunt with 2 m of flexible cable: plug for domesticuse / sockets-outlets for
domestic use / IEC 309 socket-coupler IP44 - 50/60Hz

Code Resid. socket-outlets 250V~ Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
Domestic socket-outlet: 2P+E - 16A - 250V ac S17
GW 64 263 N. 2 (P17/11) -N. 1 (P30-P17) 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: 2 domestic socket-outlets with Ø 4 / 5 mm plug pins (P17/11) and 1 domestic socket-outlet with Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm plug pins (P30 - P17) with side and central earth control.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.

GW 64 263

2 branched outlets fitted for cable and plug

Conversion adaptor shunt: Fitting for 2+2 SYSTEM modules / IEC 309 socket-coupler IP44 -
50/60Hz

Code Housing for Socket-outlet IEC 309 Pack

Carton
GW 64 265 2+2 2P+E - 16A - 230V ac 5/20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: wiring cables.
NOTES: only for temporary uses.

GW 64 265

70
 AND SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 PLUGS
IEC 309 MA
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

MOBILE MULTIPLIERS MULTIPLE-SOCKET ADAPTORS AND

ADAPTORS BRANCHED-ADAPTORS

The IEC 309 MA range has a number of 3 versions that allow to meet even the They can transform an industrial connection
different watertight mobile multiplier models most varied connection and power take-off into a domestic connection and vice versa.
equipped with 2 or 3 outputs, with or without requirements: configuration adaptors, current Available with currents from 16A, pre-wired or
cable. Available with screw wiring and with adaptors and phase inverters. just “prearranged” to allow the user to complete
currents up to 32A. the configuration of the product depending on
the specific needs.

71
Interlocked
socket-outlets
IEC 309 standard

67 IB

Vertical interlocked
socket‑outlets
IEC 309 standard -
IP66 / IP67

p. 78

72
 INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 STANDARD
66 IB 44 IB COMBIBLOC

Vertical interlocked Horizontal protected Compact protected

socket‑outlets interlocked and watertight
IEC 309 standard for socket‑outlets IEC 309 interlocke
heavy duty - IP66 standard socket‑outlets IEC 309
standard
p. 88 p. 96 p. 102

73
IB

Vertical, horizontal and compact interlocked socket-outlets

VERTICAL SOCKET-OUTLETS
VERTICAL SOCKET-OUTLETS - 67 IB
FOR HEAVY DUTY USE - 66 IB

Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical Vertical

socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets
Rated Rated with MCB, with MCB, with rotary with rotary with with with rotary with with
Reference
current voltage No. poles without bottom with bottom switch, switch, fuse-holder base, fuse-holder base, switch, rotary switch, fuse-holder base,
h.
In Un (AUTOMATIKA) (AUTOMATIKA) without bottom with bottom without bottom with bottom without bottom with bottom without bottom
IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 / IP67 IP66 IP66 IP66
20 ÷ 25 V 2P s.r. GW 66 359 N GW 66 259 N GW 66 886
2P+E 4 GW 66 151 N GW 66 051 N GW 66 301 N GW 66 201 N GW 66 323 N GW 66 223 N GW 66 535 GW 66 501 GW 66 801
100 ÷ 130 V 3P+E 4 GW 66 152 N GW 66 052 N GW 66 302 N GW 66 202 N GW 66 324 N GW 66 224 N GW 66 536 GW 66 502 GW 66 802
3P+N+E 4 GW 66 153 N GW 66 053 N GW 66 303 N GW 66 203 N GW 66 325 N GW 66 225 N GW 66 537 GW 66 503 GW 66 803
2P+E 6 GW 66 154 N GW 66 054 N GW 66 304 N GW 66 204 N GW 66 326 N GW 66 226 N GW 66 538 GW 66 504 GW 66 804
200 ÷ 250 V 3P+E 9 GW 66 155 N GW 66 055 N GW 66 305 N GW 66 205 N GW 66 327 N GW 66 227 N GW 66 539 GW 66 505 GW 66 805
16 A
3P+N+E 9 GW 66 156 N GW 66 056 N GW 66 306 N GW 66 206 N GW 66 328 N GW 66 228 N GW 66 540 GW 66 506 GW 66 806
2P+E 9 GW 66 157 N GW 66 057 N GW 66 307 N GW 66 207 N GW 66 329 N GW 66 229 N GW 66 541 GW 66 507 GW 66 807
380 ÷ 415 V 3P+E 6 GW 66 158 N GW 66 058 N GW 66 308 N GW 66 208 N GW 66 330 N GW 66 230 N GW 66 542 GW 66 508 GW 66 808
3P+N+E 6 GW 66 159 N GW 66 059 N GW 66 309 N GW 66 209 N GW 66 331 N GW 66 231 N GW 66 543 GW 66 509 GW 66 809
3P+E 7 GW 66 310 N GW 66 210 N GW 66 332 N GW 66 232 N GW 66 544 GW 66 510 GW 66 810
480 ÷ 500 V
3P+N+E 7 GW 66 311 N GW 66 211 N GW 66 333 N GW 66 233 N GW 66 545 GW 66 511 GW 66 811
2P+E 4 GW 66 162 N GW 66 062 N GW 66 312 N GW 66 212 N GW 66 334 N GW 66 234 N GW 66 546 GW 66 512 GW 66 812
100 ÷ 130 V 3P+E 4 GW 66 163 N GW 66 063 N GW 66 313 N GW 66 213 N GW 66 335 N GW 66 235 N GW 66 547 GW 66 513 GW 66 813
3P+N+E 4 GW 66 164 N GW 66 064 N GW 66 314 N GW 66 214 N GW 66 336 N GW 66 236 N GW 66 548 GW 66 514 GW 66 814
2P+E 6 GW 66 165 N GW 66 065 N GW 66 315 N GW 66 215 N GW 66 337 N GW 66 237 N GW 66 549 GW 66 515 GW 66 815
200 ÷ 250 V 3P+E 9 GW 66 166 N GW 66 066 N GW 66 316 N GW 66 216 N GW 66 338 N GW 66 238 N GW 66 550 GW 66 516 GW 66 816
3P+N+E 9 GW 66 167 N GW 66 067 N GW 66 317 N GW 66 217 N GW 66 339 N GW 66 239 N GW 66 551 GW 66 517 GW 66 817
32 A
2P+E 9 GW 66 168 N GW 66 068 N GW 66 318 N GW 66 218 N GW 66 340 N GW 66 240 N GW 66 552 GW 66 518 GW 66 818
380 ÷ 415 V 3P+E 6 GW 66 169 N GW 66 069 N GW 66 319 N GW 66 219 N GW 66 341 N GW 66 241 N GW 66 553 GW 66 519 GW 66 819
3P+N+E 6 GW 66 170 N GW 66 070 N GW 66 320 N GW 66 220 N GW 66 342 N GW 66 242 N GW 66 554 GW 66 520 GW 66 820
3P+E 7 GW 66 321 N GW 66 221 N GW 66 343 N GW 66 243 N GW 66 555 GW 66 521 GW 66 821
480 ÷ 500 V
3P+N+E 7 GW 66 322 N GW 66 222 N GW 66 344 N GW 66 244 N GW 66 556 GW 66 522 GW 66 822
380/440 V 3P+E 3 GW 66 357 N GW 66 257 N GW 66 358 N GW 66 258 N GW 66 557 GW 66 523 GW 66 823
2P+E 4 GW 67 356 N GW 67 256 N GW 66 345 N GW 67 245 N GW 66 524
100 ÷ 130 V 3P+E 4 GW 67 357 N GW 67 257 N GW 66 346 N GW 67 246 N GW 66 525
3P+N+E 4 GW 67 358 N GW 67 258 N GW 66 347 N GW 67 247 N GW 66 526
2P+E 6 GW 67 359 N GW 67 259 N GW 66 348 N GW 67 248 N GW 66 527
200 ÷ 250 V 3P+E 9 GW 67 360 N GW 67 260 N GW 66 349 N GW 67 249 N GW 66 528
63 A 3P+N+E 9 GW 67 361 N GW 67 261 N GW 66 350 N GW 67 250 N GW 66 529
2P+E 9 GW 67 362 N GW 67 262 N GW 66 351 N GW 67 251 N GW 66 530
380 ÷ 415 V 3P+E 6 GW 67 363 N GW 67 263 N GW 66 352 N GW 67 252 N GW 66 531
3P+N+E 6 GW 67 364 N GW 67 264 N GW 66 353 N GW 67 253 N GW 66 532
3P+E 7 GW 67 365 N GW 67 265 N GW 66 354 N GW 67 254 N GW 66 533
480 ÷ 500 V
3P+N+E 7 GW 67 366 N GW 67 266 N GW 66 355 N GW 67 255 N GW 66 534
Vertical surface-mounting
socket-outlets with electric
interlock, with circuit breaker
protection

3P+E 4 GW 66 581
100 ÷ 130 V
3P+N+E 4 GW 66 582
3P+E 9 GW 66 583
125 A 200 ÷ 250 V
3P+N+E 9 GW 66 584
3P+E 6 GW 66 585
380 ÷ 415 V
3P+N+E 6 GW 66 586
NOTE: interlocked sockets 63A equipped with pilot contact, interlocked sockets 125A equiped with 1NO clean contact.

74
 VERTICAL SOCKET-OUTLETS
HORIZONTAL SOCKET-OUTLETS - 44 IB COMPACT SOCKET-OUTLETS - COMBIBLOC
FOR HEAVY DUTY USE - 66 IB

Vertical Horizontal
Vertical Vertical Horizontal Horizontal Horizontal Compact Compact Compact Compact
socket-outlets socket-outlets

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
socket-outlets for socket-outlets for socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets socket-outlets
with with fuse-holder
modular devices, modular devices, with rotary switch, with rotary switch, with fuse-holder with rotary switch, with rotary switch, with rotary switch, with rotary switch,
fuse-holder base, base, without
without bottom with bottom without bottom with bottom base, with bottom without bottom with bottom without bottom with bottom
with bottom bottom

IEC 309 STANDARD

IP66 IP66 IP66 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP44 IP55 IP55
GW 66 998
GW 66 951 GW 66 824 GW 66 974 GW 66 101 GW 66 001 GW 66 123 GW 66 023 GW 66 423 GW 66 401 GW 66 467 GW 66 445
GW 66 952 GW 66 825 GW 66 975 GW 66 102 GW 66 002 GW 66 124 GW 66 024 GW 66 424 GW 66 402 GW 66 468 GW 66 446
GW 66 953 GW 66 826 GW 66 976 GW 66 103 GW 66 003 GW 66 125 GW 66 025 GW 66 425 GW 66 403 GW 66 469 GW 66 447
GW 66 954 GW 66 827 GW 66 977 GW 66 104 GW 66 004 GW 66 126 GW 66 026 GW 66 426 GW 66 404 GW 66 470 GW 66 448
GW 66 955 GW 66 828 GW 66 978 GW 66 105 GW 66 005 GW 66 127 GW 66 027 GW 66 427 GW 66 405 GW 66 471 GW 66 449
GW 66 956 GW 66 829 GW 66 979 GW 66 106 GW 66 006 GW 66 128 GW 66 028 GW 66 428 GW 66 406 GW 66 472 GW 66 450
GW 66 957 GW 66 830 GW 66 980 GW 66 107 GW 66 007 GW 66 129 GW 66 029 GW 66 429 GW 66 407 GW 66 473 GW 66 451
GW 66 958 GW 66 831 GW 66 981 GW 66 108 GW 66 008 GW 66 130 GW 66 030 GW 66 430 GW 66 408 GW 66 474 GW 66 452
GW 66 959 GW 66 832 GW 66 982 GW 66 109 GW 66 009 GW 66 131 GW 66 031 GW 66 431 GW 66 409 GW 66 475 GW 66 453
GW 66 960 GW 66 833 GW 66 983 GW 66 110 GW 66 010 GW 66 132 GW 66 032
GW 66 961 GW 66 834 GW 66 984 GW 66 111 GW 66 011 GW 66 133 GW 66 033
GW 66 962 GW 66 835 GW 66 985 GW 66 112 GW 66 012 GW 66 134 GW 66 034 GW 66 434 GW 66 412 GW 66 478 GW 66 456
GW 66 963 GW 66 836 GW 66 986 GW 66 113 GW 66 013 GW 66 135 GW 66 035 GW 66 435 GW 66 413 GW 66 479 GW 66 457
GW 66 964 GW 66 837 GW 66 987 GW 66 114 GW 66 014 GW 66 136 GW 66 036 GW 66 436 GW 66 414 GW 66 480 GW 66 458
GW 66 965 GW 66 838 GW 66 988 GW 66 115 GW 66 015 GW 66 137 GW 66 037 GW 66 437 GW 66 415 GW 66 481 GW 66 459
GW 66 966 GW 66 839 GW 66 989 GW 66 116 GW 66 016 GW 66 138 GW 66 038 GW 66 438 GW 66 416 GW 66 482 GW 66 460
GW 66 967 GW 66 840 GW 66 990 GW 66 117 GW 66 017 GW 66 139 GW 66 039 GW 66 439 GW 66 417 GW 66 483 GW 66 461
GW 66 968 GW 66 841 GW 66 991 GW 66 118 GW 66 018 GW 66 140 GW 66 040 GW 66 440 GW 66 418 GW 66 484 GW 66 462
GW 66 969 GW 66 842 GW 66 992 GW 66 119 GW 66 019 GW 66 141 GW 66 041 GW 66 441 GW 66 419 GW 66 485 GW 66 463
GW 66 970 GW 66 843 GW 66 993 GW 66 120 GW 66 020 GW 66 142 GW 66 042 GW 66 442 GW 66 420 GW 66 486 GW 66 464
GW 66 971 GW 66 844 GW 66 994 GW 66 121 GW 66 021 GW 66 143 GW 66 043
GW 66 972 GW 66 845 GW 66 995 GW 66 122 GW 66 022 GW 66 144 GW 66 044
GW 66 973 GW 66 846 GW 66 996
GW 66 847 GW 66 866
GW 66 848 GW 66 867
GW 66 849 GW 66 868
GW 66 850 GW 66 869
GW 66 851 GW 66 870
GW 66 852 GW 66 871
GW 66 853 GW 66 872
GW 66 854 GW 66 873
GW 66 855 GW 66 874
GW 66 856 GW 66 875
GW 66 857 GW 66 876
Vertical surface-mounting
socket-outlets with electric
interlock with residual current
circuit breaker protection

GW 66 591
GW 66 592
GW 66 593
GW 66 594
GW 66 595
GW 66 596

75
IB

Complementary items
MODULAR BASES DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1 Socket- 2 Socket- 3 Socket- 1 Socket- 2 Socket- 4 Socket-

3 Socket-outlets
outlet outlets outlets outlet outlets outlets

IP67 vertical
socket-outlets with rotary
GW 68 025 N GW 68 010 N GW 68 015 N
switch, with fuse-holder GW 66 690 GW 66 691 GW 66 694
67 IB VERTICAL RANGE

(10 modules) (14 modules) GW 68 022 N (20 modules)

base and AUTOMATIKA
(20 modules)
16/32A and 24V (SELV)
1 socket-
outlet 63A
2 socket-
IP67 vertical
outlets
socket-outlets with
16/32A
rotary switch (SBF) or GW 66 693
with fuse-holder base
63A (CBF)

IP66 vertical
socket-outlets for GW 66 696 GW 66 697 GW 66 698
FOR HEAVY-DUTY USE

heavy duty use 16/32A

66 IB RANGE

IP66 vertical
socket-outlets for GW 66 700
heavy duty 63A
COMBIBLOC

IP44/55 compact
RANGE

protected watertight GW 66 491 GW 66 492 GW 66 493

socket-outlets - 16/32A

GW 68 006 N
IP44 horizontal (14 modules)
socket-outlets, GW 68 009 N
44 IB HORIZONTAL RANGE

without fuse-holder (14 modules)

base (SBF) 16/32A GW 68 019 N
(10 modules)

IP44 horizontal
socket-outlets GW 68 014 N
with fuse-holder base (20 modules)
(CBF) 16/32A

76
 MODULAR BASES WITH
LID/BOXES
WINDOW PANEL

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 STANDARD
Flush-mounting boxes (brick
1 Socket-outlet 2 Socket-outlets 3 Socket-outlets Flanged lid and plasterboard walls)
Surface-mounting bottom

GW 66 683 N (*)
(for brick wall)
GW 66 709 N GW 66 678 N GW 27 401
GW 66 683 PM (*)
(for plasterboard wall)

GW 66 686
(for SBF)

GW 66 680 N
(for CBF) GW 27 403

GW 66 781 GW 66 782 GW 66 783

GW 66 707 GW 66 685
(6 modules) (12 modules) (18 modules)

Serie IEC 309 HP

GW 66 784
(6 modules)

GW 66 498 GW 66 496 Serie IEC 309 BTS

GW 66 681
(for brick wall)
GW 66 676
Serie 74 PS
GW 66 681 PM
(for plasterboard wall)

GW 66 682
(for brick wall)
GW 66 677
GW 66 682 PM
(for plasterboard wall)

(*) Cannot be used for SELV 24V

77
IB
Interlocked socket-outlets IEC 309 standard
System of industrial socket-outlets for power distribution in the industrial and
commercial sector, equipped with locking device, enabling the most varied
professional requirements of installers and panel builder to be met. The IB
range is composed of 4 product lines: IP67 standard vertical socket-outlets,
IP66 vertical socket-outlets for heavy duty applications, IP44 horizontal
socket-outlets and IP44 and IP55 compact socket-outlets.

67 IB - VERTICAL INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS - IP66 / IP67

AUTOMATIKA - with circuit breaker protection (MCB), without bottom - IP66 / IP67
Automatika vertical interlocked socket-outlets<br/>
with miniature circuit breaker MT 6kA C characteristic - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 151 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 152 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 153 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 154 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 155 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 156 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 170 N GW 66 157 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 158 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 159 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 162 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 163 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 164 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 165 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 166 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 167 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 168 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 169 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 170 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlets use the miniature circuit breaker for control and protection.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the interlocked sockets are supplied with LED on the front that indicate the operating status of the switch and the presence of voltage.

78
AUTOMATIKA - with circuit breaker protection (MCB), with bottom - IP66 / IP67
Automatika vertical interlocked socket-outlets<br/>
with miniature circuit breaker MT 6kA C characteristic - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 051 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 052 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 053 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 054 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 055 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 056 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 070 N GW 66 057 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 058 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 059 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 062 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 063 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 064 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 065 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 066 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 067 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 068 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 069 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 070 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlets use the miniature circuit breaker for command and protection.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 14/16mm. The interlocked sockets are supplied with LED on the front that indicate the operating status of the switch and the presence of voltage.

79
IB

With rotary switch, without fuse-holder base (SBF), without bottom - IP66 / IP67
Interlocked vertical socket-outlets with rotary switch<br/>
without fuse-holder base without bottom - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 301 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 302 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 303 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 304 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 305 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 306 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 357 N GW 66 307 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 308 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 309 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 310 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 311 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 312 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 313 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 314 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 315 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 316 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 317 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 318 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 319 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 320 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 321 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 322 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 357 N 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/12

Interlocked switched vertical socket-outlets without bottom - with rotary switch<br/>

without fuse-holder base - 63A - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 67 356 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 357 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 358 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 359 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/4
GW 67 360 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/4
GW 67 361 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/4
GW 67 364 N GW 67 362 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/4
GW 67 363 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/4
GW 67 364 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/4
GW 67 365 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/4
GW 67 366 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/4

CHARACTERISTICS: 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

Vertical socket-outlets without bottom<br/>

with safety transformer (SELV) 230/24V 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Output voltage Colour Rated power Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 359 N 2P 20-25 V 160 VA 1/4

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a thermal protection device. If the device trips, extract the plug from the socket-outlet and check the applied load.

GW 66 359 N

80
With rotary switch, without fuse-holder base (SBF), with bottom - IP66 / IP67
Interlocked vertical socket-outlets with bottom with rotary switch<br/>
without fuse-holder base - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 201 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 202 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 203 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 204 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 205 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 206 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 257 N GW 66 207 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 208 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 209 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 210 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 211 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 212 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 213 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 214 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 215 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 216 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 217 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 218 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 219 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 220 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 221 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 222 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 257 N 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/12

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 14/16mm.

Interlocked switched vertical socket-outlets with bottom and rotary switch<br/>

without fuse-holder base - 63A - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 67 256 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 257 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 258 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/4
GW 67 259 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/4
GW 67 260 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/4
GW 67 261 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/4
GW 67 264 N GW 67 262 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/4
GW 67 263 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/4
GW 67 264 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/4
GW 67 265 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/4
GW 67 266 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 25mm.

CHARACTERISTICS: 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

Vertical socket-outlets with bottom<br/>

with safety transformer (SELV) 230/24V 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Output voltage Colour Rated power Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 259 N 2P 20-25 V 160 VA 1/4

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a thermal protection device. If the device trips, extract the plug from the socket-outlet and check the applied load.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 14/16mm.

GW 66 259 N

81
IB

With rotary switch and fuse-holder base (CBF) without bottom - IP66 / IP67
Interlocked vertical socket-outlets without bottom with rotary switch<br/>
and fuse-holder base - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 323 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 324 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 325 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 326 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 327 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 328 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 358 N GW 66 329 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 330 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 331 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 332 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 333 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 334 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 335 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 336 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 337 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 338 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 339 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 340 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 341 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 342 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 343 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 344 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 358 N 3P+E 380 - 440 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 3 1/12

NOTES:
fuses to be purchased separately. Measures for protection of person against electric shock by enclosures.

Interlocked switched vertical socket-outlets without bottom - with rotary switch<br/>

and fuse-holder base - 63A - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 66 345 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 66 346 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 66 347 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 66 348 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 66 349 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 66 350 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 66 353 N GW 66 351 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 66 352 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 66 353 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 66 354 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/4
GW 66 355 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/4

NOTES: fuses to be purchased separately. Measures for protection of person against electric shock by enclosures.
CHARACTERISTICS: 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

82
With rotary switch and fuse-holder base (CBF) with bottom - IP66 / IP67
Interlocked vertical socket-outlets with bottom with rotary switch<br/>
and fuse-holder base - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 223 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 224 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 225 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 226 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 227 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 228 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 258 N GW 66 229 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 230 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 231 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 232 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 233 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 234 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 235 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 236 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/12
GW 66 237 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 238 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 239 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 240 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/12
GW 66 241 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 242 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/12
GW 66 243 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 244 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/12
GW 66 258 N 3P+E 380 - 440 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 3 1/12

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 14/16mm.

NOTES: Fuses to be purchased separately. Measures for protection of person against electric shock by enclosures.

Interlocked switched vertical socket-outlets with bottom - with rotary switch<br/>

and fuse-holder base - 63A - 50/60Hz - IP66 / IP67
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 63
GW 67 245 N 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 67 246 N 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 67 247 N 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/4
GW 67 248 N 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 67 249 N 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 67 250 N 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 67 253 N GW 67 251 N 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/4
GW 67 252 N 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 67 253 N 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/4
GW 67 254 N 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/4
GW 67 255 N 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/4

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 screwcaps in insulating material, diam. 25mm.

NOTES: fuses to be purchased separately. Measures for protection of person against electric shock by enclosures.
CHARACTERISTICS: 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

83
IB

Components for vertical socket-outlets IP66 / IP67

Surface-mounting boxes for vertical socket-outlets - 16/32A - IP66 / IP67
Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB socket- Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket outlets Carton
GW 66 678 N 1 16/32 A 2xØ 23 1xØ 29/37 1/12
NOTES: GW66678N for socket-outlets with rotary (SBF), with fuse-holder base (CBF) and Automatika 16-32A. Kit of screwcaps GW44622 and wall fixing brackets GW46621 (for double insulation) to be purchased
separately.

GW 66 678 N

Surface-mounting boxes for vertical socket-outlets - 63A - SBF - IP66 / IP67

Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB socket- Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket outlets Carton
GW 66 686 1 63 A 2xØ 29/37 1xØ 37/47 1/10
NOTES: Kit of screwcaps GW44623 and wall fixing brackets GW46621 (for double insulation) to be purchased separately.

GW 66 686

Surface-mounting box for vertical socket-outlets - 63A - CBF - IP66 / IP67

Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB socket- Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket outlets Carton
GW 66 680 N 1 63A 2xØ 29/37 1xØ 37/47 1/10
NOTES: Kit of screwcaps GW44623 and wall fixing brackets GW46621 (for double insulation) to be purchased separately.

GW 66 680 N

Insulating screw caps

Code Description Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm Halogen free 10/100
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm Halogen free 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 622

84
 Wall fixing bracket, complete with self-tapping screws
Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 44 621 Halogen free 40/480
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 44 621

IEC 309 STANDARD

Surface-mounting box with flanged lid prearranged for 2 caps - IP66 / IP67
Code Houseable IB socket-outlets Top entries Bottom entries Pack
Carton
N. 1 IEC 309 16-32A IP44/67 + N.1 16A MAX 3P+E
GW 66 741 N 2xØ 23 1xØ 29/37 1/10
or GW27401/GW27403
APPLICATIONS: The flange of 85x75 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 16 A socket-outlets and COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 watertight covers; The flange of 95x80 mm dimension is suited for IEC
309 16 -32 A socket-outlets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 blank flange - blue - 16 A, 1 blank flange - blue 16 -32 A, 3 gaskets and fixing screws.

GW 66 741 N

Surface-mounting box with flanged cover fitted for 2 lids - IP55

Code Flange dimensions (mm) Top entries Bottom entries Pack
Carton
GW 66 742 85x75 - 95x80 2xØ 23 1xØ 29/37 1/10
APPLICATIONS: 75x85 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC309 16A devices or GW27401 COMBI-IN weatherproof cover.
80x95 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC309 32A devices.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blank cap 32A, 2 gaskets and mounting screws.

GW 66 742

Modular bases for mounting combinations of fixed vertical socket-outlets - IP55

Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket socket-outlets Carton
GW 66 690 1 16/32 A 2xØ 23 2xØ 23 - 1/6
GW 66 691 2 16/32 A 4xØ 23 4xØ 23 1xØ 29 1/6
GW 66 694 3 16/32 A 2xØ 23 5xØ 23 - 1/6
GW 66 693 1 63 A 6xØ 23 2xØ 37/48 - 1/6
NOTES: the bases for 16-32A can house interlocked switched socket-outlets with rotary (SBF), fuse-holder base (CBF) or Automatika.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 coupling device for combined assembly and 4 screwcaps for restoring double insulation.
GW66694: 1 blank lid for closing the socket-outlet compartment.
GW66693: already supplied with adapter for new 67IB 63A socket-outlets SBF/CBF.

GW 66 690

Box with frame for the flush-mounting assembly of fixed vertical socket-outlets - IP55
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 683 N 1 16/32 A SBF / CBF / Automatika For brick wall 1/10
NOTES: the box cannot house the version with a 24 V transformer.

GW 66 683 N

85
IB
Box with frame for lightweight and plasterboard walls, for the flush-mounting assembly of vertical
socket-outlets - IP55
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 683 PM 1 16/32 A SBF / CBF / Automatika For plasterboard 1/10
NOTES: the box cannot house the version with a 24V transformer.
Halogen-free casing, in accordance with EN 60754-2.
Casing type H in accordance with EN 60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC 60670-1.
GWT 850°C according to EN 60695-2-11.
CHARACTERISTICS: locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the box; box equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure, for lightweight and plasterboard walls.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm.

GW 66 683 PM

Boxes with frame for flush-mounting with flanged cover fitted for 2 lids - IP55
Code Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 743 N N. 1 IEC 309 16-32A IP44/67 + N.1 16A MAX 3P+E or GW27401/GW27403 1/10
APPLICATIONS: the flange of 85x75 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 16 A socket-outlets and COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 flange; the flange of 95x80 mm dimension is suited for IEC 309 16 -32 A
socket-outlets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 blank flange - blue - 16 A; 1 blank flange - blue 16 -32 A; 3 gaskets and fixing screws.

GW 66 743 N

Blank lid for closing interlocked socket-outlet compartment 16- 32A - IP65
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 66 703 N Lid for vertical interlocked socket-outlet 16-32A 1/10
GW 66 705 N Lid for vertical interlocked socket-outlet 63A 1/10
APPLICATIONS: also compatible with flush-mounting boxes for brick walls (code GW66683N) and lightweight and plasterboard walls (code GW66683PM).

GW 66 703 N

Flanged lid prearranged for 2 caps - IP67

Code Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 709 N N. 1 IEC 309 16-32A IP44/67 + N.1 16A MAX 3P+E or GW27401/GW27403 1/10
APPLICATIONS: the flange of 85x75 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 16 A socket-outlets and COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 flange; the flange of 95x80 mm dimension is suited for IEC 309 16 -32 A
socket-outlets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 blank flange - blue - 16 A; 1 blank flange - blue 16 -32 A; 3 gaskets and fixing screws.

GW 66 709 N

86
 Adapter flange IP65
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 66 715 N IP67 16/32A vertical socket-outlets 1/10
GW 66 716 N IP67 63A Vertical socket-outlets 1/10
APPLICATIONS: GW66715N to assemble all the vertical socket-outlets 16-32A IP67 of the 67 IB range on the Q-DIN boards, or on the modular bases of the previous versions for socket-outlets 16-32A CBF IP55.
GW66716N to assemble the vertical socket-outlets 63A IP67 of the 67 IB range on the modular bases of the previous versions for socket-outlets 63A CBF IP55.

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 715 N

IEC 309 STANDARD

Distribution pillar for floor-mounting and work surfaces - IP55
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Houseable IB socket- Installable Q-DIN boards Characteristics Pack
outlets Carton
GW 68 441 200x295x180 16/32 A Q-DIN 5 Halogen free 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: double-sided panels double-sided panels with smooth or honeycomb surface for fixing interlocked switched socket-outlets 16/32A of the IB range: Combibloc, horizontal IP44 with bottom and vertical
IP67 with bottom.

GW 68 441

Distribution boards for vertical socket-outlets - IP65

Q-DIN 10/14/20 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code No. IB socket-outlets houseable No. of provided blank Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
lids A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 10
GW 68 025 N 2 IB Vert. 16-32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 16 42 6
No. of modules EN 50022: 14
GW 68 010 N 3 IB Vert. 16/32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 24 64 3
No. of modules EN 50022: 20
GW 68 015 N 4IB 16/32A IP67 + 4 IEC MAX 3P+E 16A 2 IB 16/32A + 4 IEC 16A 30 92 2
GW 68 022 N 1 IB Vert. 63A IP67 + 2 IB Vert. 16/32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 30 92 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4/6 screwcaps.
NOTES: dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board.
GW 68 025 N GW68015N: the 4 flanges - measuring 85x75 - can be equipped with the COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 watertight covers.
The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions GW68025N (LxHxD): 220x435x96.
External dimensions GW68010N (LxHxD): 320x360x120.
External dimensions GW68015N and GW68022N (LxHxD): 450x560x120.

87
IB
66 IB - HEAVY DUTY, VERTICAL WATERTIGHT INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS

Without bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP66

Vertical interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 535 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 536 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 537 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 538 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 539 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 540 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 541 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 542 GW 66 542 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 543 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 544 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 545 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 546 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 547 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 548 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 549 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 550 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 551 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 552 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 553 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 554 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 555 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 556 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 557 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/6

CHARACTERISTICS: IK10, in compliance with EN 62262.

88
With bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP66
Vertical interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 501 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 502 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 503 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 504 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 505 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 506 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 507 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 508 GW 66 508 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 509 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 510 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 511 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 512 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 513 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 514 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 515 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 516 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 517 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 518 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 519 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 520 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 521 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 522 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 523 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/6
Rated current (A): 63
GW 66 524 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 525 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 526 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 527 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/3
GW 66 528 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/3
GW 66 529 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/3
GW 66 530 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/3
GW 66 531 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/3
GW 66 532 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/3
GW 66 533 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/3
GW 66 534 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/3

CHARACTERISTICS: IK10, in compliance with EN 62262. 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

89
IB

Without bottom for mounting modular devices - IP66

Vertical interlocked socket-outlets for mounting modular devices - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 824 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 825 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 826 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 827 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 828 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 829 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 830 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 831 GW 66 831 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 832 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 833 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 834 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 835 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 836 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 837 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 838 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 839 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 840 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 841 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 842 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 843 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 844 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 845 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 846 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/6

CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for 6 DIN EN 50022 modules. IK10, in compliance with EN 62262.

90
With bottom for mounting modular devices - IP66
Vertical interlocked socket-outlets for mounting modular devices - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 974 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 975 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 976 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 977 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 978 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 979 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 980 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 981 GW 66 981 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 982 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 983 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 984 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 985 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 986 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 987 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/6
GW 66 988 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/6
GW 66 989 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 990 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/6
GW 66 991 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/6
GW 66 992 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 993 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/6
GW 66 994 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 995 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/6
GW 66 996 3P+E 380 - 440 V 3 1/6
Rated current (A): 63
GW 66 866 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 867 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 868 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/3
GW 66 869 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/3
GW 66 870 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/3
GW 66 871 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/3
GW 66 872 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/3
GW 66 873 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/3
GW 66 874 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/3
GW 66 875 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/3
GW 66 876 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/3

CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for 6 DIN EN 50022 modules. IK10, in compliance with EN 62262. 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

91
IB

Without bottom with fuse holder base - IP66

Vertical interlocked socket-outlets and fuse holder base - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 801 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 802 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 803 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 804 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 805 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 806 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 807 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 808 GW 66 808 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 809 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 810 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 811 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 812 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 813 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 814 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 815 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 816 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 817 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 818 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 819 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 820 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 821 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 822 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 823 3P+E 380 - 440 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 3 1/6

CHARACTERISTICS: IK10, in compliance with EN 62262.

Vertical socket-outlet with safety transformer (SELV) 230V / 24V - 50/60Hz - IP66
Code No. of poles Output voltage Colour Rated power Type of fuse Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 886 2P 20-25 V 160 VA Ø 10.3x38 mm 1/4

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a thermal protection device. If the device trips, extract the plug from the socket-outlet and check the applied load. IK10, in compliance with EN 62262.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fuses (2A for primary and 6A for secondary).

GW 66 886

92
With bottom with fuse holder base - IP66
Vertical interlocked socket-outlets and fuse holder base - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Type of fuse Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 951 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 952 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 953 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 954 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 955 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 956 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 957 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 958 GW 66 958 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 959 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 960 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 961 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 962 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 963 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 964 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 4 1/6
GW 66 965 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 966 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 967 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 968 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 9 1/6
GW 66 969 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 970 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 6 1/6
GW 66 971 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 972 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 7 1/6
GW 66 973 3P+E 380 - 440 V Ø 10.3x38 mm 3 1/6
Rated current (A): 63
GW 66 847 2P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/3
GW 66 848 3P+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/3
GW 66 849 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V Ø 22x58 mm 4 1/3
GW 66 850 2P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/3
GW 66 851 3P+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/3
GW 66 852 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/3
GW 66 853 2P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 9 1/3
GW 66 854 3P+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/3
GW 66 855 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V Ø 22x58 mm 6 1/3
GW 66 856 3P+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/3
GW 66 857 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V Ø 22x58 mm 7 1/3

CHARACTERISTICS: IK10, in compliance with EN 62262. 63A versions equipped with a pilot contact.

Vertical socket-outlet with safety transformer (SELV) - 230V / 24V - 50Hz - IP66
Code No. of poles Output voltage Colour Rated power Type of fuse Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 998 2P 20-25 V 160 VA Ø 10.3x38 mm 1/4

CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a thermal protection device. If the device trips, extract the plug from the socket-outlet and check the applied load. IK10, in compliance with EN 62262.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fuses (2A for primary and 6A for secondary).

GW 66 998

93
IB

Complementary items for interlocked socket-outlets - IP66

Surface-mounting bottom for vertical fixed socket-outlets for heavy-duty use IP66
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 685 1 16/32 A SELV 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: Equipped with top and bottom centres to make the holes for mounting the cable glands PG 21 / 29.

GW 66 685

Modular bases for combination mounting of vertical socket-outlets for heavy-duty use - IP66
Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket socket-outlets Carton
GW 66 696 1 16/32 A SELV 2xØ 23 2xØ 23/29 - 1/6
GW 66 697 2 16/32 A SELV 4xØ 23 4xØ 23/29 1xØ 29/37 1/2
GW 66 698 3 16/32 A SELV 2xØ 23 5xØ 23/29 1xØ 29/37 1/2
GW 66 700 1 63 A 6xØ 23 2xØ 37/48 - 1/6
NOTES: Installation of the 63 A version is possible after removal of the socket-outlet base.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW66698: 1 blank lid for closing the socket-outlet compartment.

GW 66 700

Modular bases with panel and with window with EN 50022 din rail - IP66
Code Houseable Houseable IB Side entries Top entries Bottom No. of modules Dispersible Pack
interloc. socket socket-outlets entries EN 50022 power (W) Carton
GW 66 781 1 16/32 A SELV 2xØ 23 2xØ 23/29 - 6 18 1/6
GW 66 782 2 16/32 A SELV 4xØ 23 4xØ 23/29 1xØ 29/37 12 27 1/2
GW 66 783 3 16/32 A SELV 2xØ 23 5xØ 23/29 1xØ 29/37 18 34 1/2
GW 66 784 1 63 A 6xØ 23 2xØ 37/48 - 6 18 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Possibility of installing security cylinder lock GW40422 (supplied with 2 keys).
Installation of the 63 A version is possible after removal of the socket-outlet base.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW66783: 1 blank lid for closing the socket-outlet compartment.

GW 66 781

Blank lid vertical fixed socket-outlet compartment for heavy-duty use - IP66
Code For Modular bases For back boxes Pack
Carton
GW66696 - GW66697 - GW66698 - GW66781 - GW66782 -
GW 66 706 GW66685 1/10
GW66783

GW 66 706

94
 Flanged lid fitted for 2 covers - IP66
Code Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 707 Nr 2 IEC 309 16-32A IP44/67 1/10
APPLICATIONS: possibility of assembly on modular bases GW66696 - GW66697 - GW66698 - GW66781 - GW66782 - GW66783 and back-mounting box GW66685.
The flange of 85x75 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 16 A socket-outlets and COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 watertight covers.
The flange of 95x80 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 32 A socket-outlets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 blank flange 16-32A, 1 gasket and fixing screws.

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 707

IEC 309 STANDARD

66 IB - VERTICAL SOCKET-OUTLETS ELECTRICAL INTERLOCKED FOR HEAVY-DUTY

With miniature circuit breaker - IP66

Watertight vertical surface-mounting socket-outlets with electric interlock Circuit breaker protection
- 125A - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (InA): 110
GW 66 581 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1
GW 66 582 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1
GW 66 583 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1
GW 66 584 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1
GW 66 585 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1
GW 66 586 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1
GW 66 585
CHARACTERISTICS: miniature circuit breaker: In= 125A, C curve, Icu (380/415V)= 25kA, electrical life= 8,000 cycles; mechanical life= 25,000 cycles; Insulating voltage Ui= 690V;
Terminal capacity: flexible cables: 2.5-50 mm², rigid cables: 2.5-70 mm².
125A versions equipped with 1 NO clean contact.

With residual current miniature circuit breaker - IP66

Watertight vertical surface-mounting socket-outlets with electric interlock Residual current circuit
breaker protection - 125A - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (InA): 110
GW 66 591 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1
GW 66 592 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1
GW 66 593 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1
GW 66 594 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1
GW 66 595 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1
GW 66 596 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1
GW 66 595
CHARACTERISTICS: residual current circuit breaker In= 125A, class A, Sensitivity= adjustable 30-3,000mA instantaneous and selective, Insulating voltage Ui= 690V.
Terminal capacity: flexible cables: 2.5-50 mm², rigid cables: 2.5-70 mm².
125A versions equipped with 1 NO clean contact.

95
IB
44 IB - HORIZONTAL PROTECTED INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS

Without bottom, without fuse-holder base - IP44

Horizontal interlocked socket outlets - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 101 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 102 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 103 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 104 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 105 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 106 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 107 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 108 GW 66 108 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 109 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 110 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 111 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 112 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 113 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 114 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 115 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 116 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 117 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 118 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 119 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 120 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 121 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 122 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12

With bottom, without fuse-holder base - IP44

Horizontal interlocked socket outlets - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 001 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 002 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 003 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 004 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 005 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 006 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 007 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 004 GW 66 008 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 009 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 010 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 011 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 012 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 013 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 014 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 015 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 016 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 017 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 018 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 019 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 020 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 021 3P+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12
GW 66 022 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V 7 1/12

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: coupling for Ø 20 mm conduits and Ø 23 mm cable gland.

96
Without bottom, with fuse-holder base - IP44
Horizontal interlocked socket outlets with fuse holder base - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Fuses holder Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 123 2P+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 124 3P+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 125 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 126 2P+E 200 - 250 V E14 6 1/12

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 127 3P+E 200 - 250 V E14 9 1/12
GW 66 128 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V E14 9 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 129 2P+E 380 - 415 V E14 9 1/12
GW 66 130 GW 66 130 3P+E 380 - 415 V E14 6 1/12
GW 66 131 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V E14 6 1/12
GW 66 132 3P+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
GW 66 133 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 134 2P+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 135 3P+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 136 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 137 2P+E 200 - 250 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 138 3P+E 200 - 250 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 139 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 140 2P+E 380 - 415 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 141 3P+E 380 - 415 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 142 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 143 3P+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
GW 66 144 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12

CHARACTERISTIC: compatible with ND fuses, except for versions 16A - 500V that have to accomodate GG cylindrical fuses ø 10,3x38 mm and version 32A - 500V that have to accommodate GG cylindrical fuses ø
14x51 mm.

With bottom, with fuse-holder base - IP44

Horizontal interlocked socket outlets with fuse holder base - 50/60Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Fuses holder Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 023 2P+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 024 3P+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 025 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V E14 4 1/12
GW 66 026 2P+E 200 - 250 V E14 6 1/12
GW 66 027 3P+E 200 - 250 V E14 9 1/12
GW 66 028 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V E14 9 1/12
GW 66 029 2P+E 380 - 415 V E14 9 1/12
GW 66 026 GW 66 030 3P+E 380 - 415 V E14 6 1/12
GW 66 031 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V E14 6 1/12
GW 66 032 3P+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
GW 66 033 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 034 2P+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 035 3P+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 036 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V E18 4 1/12
GW 66 037 2P+E 200 - 250 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 038 3P+E 200 - 250 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 039 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 040 2P+E 380 - 415 V E18 9 1/12
GW 66 041 3P+E 380 - 415 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 042 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V E18 6 1/12
GW 66 043 3P+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12
GW 66 044 3P+N+E 480 - 500 V gG 7 1/12

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: coupling for Ø 20 mm and Ø 25 mm conduits and Ø 29 mm cable gland.

CHARACTERISTIC: compatible with ND fuses, except for versions 16A - 500V that have to accomodate GG cylindrical fuses ø 10,3x38 mm and version 32A - 500V that have to accommodate GG cylindrical fuses ø
14x51 mm.

97
IB

Complementary items for socket-outlets without fuse-holder base - SBF - IP44

Surface-mounting box for fixed horizontal socket-outlets - SBF - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket socket-outlets Carton
GW 66 676 1 16/32 A 4xØ 23 3xØ 23 3xØ 23 1/10

GW 66 676

Box with frame for the flush-mounting assembly of fixed horizontal socket-outlets SBF - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 681 1 16/32 A For brick wall 1/10

GW 66 681

Box with frame for lightweight and plasterboard walls for the flush-mounting assembly of horizontal
socket-outlets SBF - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 681 PM 1 16/32 A For plasterboard 1/10
NOTES: Halogen-free casing, in accordance with EN 60754-2.
Casing type H in accordance with EN 60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC 60670-1.
GWT 850°C according to EN 60695-2-11.
CHARACTERISTICS: locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the box; box equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure, for lightweight and plasterboard walls.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm.

GW 66 681 PM

Blank lid for the compartment containing fixed horizontal socket-outlets - SBF - IP44
Code For distribution boards For back boxes For flush-mounting boxes Pack
Carton
GW 66 701 GW68006N/09N/19N GW66676 GW66681 - GW66681PM 1/10

GW 66 701

98
 Floor mounting and workbench tower - IP55
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Houseable IB socket- Installable Q-DIN boards Characteristics Pack
outlets Carton
GW 68 441 200x295x180 16/32 A Q-DIN 5 Halogen free 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: contrasting flanges with smooth and honeycomb surface, for fixing interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A of the IB range: Combibloc, horizontal socket-outlets IP44 with bottom and vertical
socket-outlets IP67 with bottom.
APPLICATIONS: installed combined using the coupler GW26406.

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 68 441

IEC 309 STANDARD

Distribution boards for socket-outlets without fuse-holder base - SBF - IP65

Q-DIN 10/14 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code No. IB socket-outlets houseable No. of provided Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
blank lids A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 10
GW 68 019 N 2 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 overlapping 1 IB 16/32A 16 42 6
No. of modules EN 50022: 14
GW 68 006 N 2 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 side by side 1 IB 16/32A 24 64 4
GW 68 009 N 4 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 2 IB 16/32A 24 64 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board.
The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions GW68019N (LxHxD): 220x435x96.
External dimensions GW68006N (LxHxD): 320x360x120.
GW 68 006 N
External dimensions GW68009N (LxHxD): 320x510x120.

99
IB

Complementary items for socket-outlets with fuse-holder base - CBF - IP44

Surface-mounting bottom - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket socket-outlets Carton
GW 66 677 1 16/32 A 4xØ 23 2xØ 23 - 1xØ 29 2xØ 23 - 1xØ 29 1/10

GW 66 677

Box with frame for flush-mounting fixed horizontal socket-outlets - CBF - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 682 1 16/32 A For brick wall 1/10

GW 66 682

Box with frame for lightweight and plasterboard walls for the flush-mounting assembly of horizontal
socket-outlets CBF - IP44
Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 66 682 PM 1 16/32 A For plasterboard 1/10
NOTES: Halogen-free casing, in accordance with EN 60754-2.
Casing type H in accordance with EN 60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC 60670-1.
GWT 850°C in accordance with EN 60695-2-11.
CHARACTERISTICS: locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the box; box equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure, for lightweight and plasterboard walls.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm.

GW 66 682 PM

Blank lid for the compartment containing fixed horizontal socket-outlets - CBF - IP44
Code For distribution boards For back boxes For flush-mounting boxes Pack
Carton
GW 66 702 GW68014N GW66677 GW66682 - GW66682PM 1/10

GW 66 702

100
 Floor mounting and workbench tower - IP55
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Houseable IB socket- Installable Q-DIN boards Characteristics Pack
outlets Carton
GW 68 441 200x295x180 16/32 A Q-DIN 5 Halogen free 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: contrasting flanges with smooth and honeycomb surface, for fixing interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A of the IB range: Combibloc, horizontal socket-outlets IP44 with bottom and vertical
socket-outlets IP67 with bottom.
APPLICATIONS: installed combined using the coupler GW26406.

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 68 441

IEC 309 STANDARD

Distribution boards for socket-outlets with fuse-holder base - CBF - IP65

Q-DIN 20 watertight board - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code No. IB socket-outlets houseable No. of provided blank Dispersible power A (W) Dispersible power B (W) Pack
lids Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 20
GW 68 014 N 4 IB Horiz. 16/32A CBF IP44 2 IB 16/32A 30 92 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 6 screw caps.
NOTES: dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board.
The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions (LxHxD): 450x560x120.

GW 68 014 N

101
IB
COMBIBLOC - COMPACT, PROTECTED AND WATERTIGHT INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS

Without bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP44

Compact interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60 Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 423 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 424 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 425 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 426 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 427 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 428 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 429 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 441 GW 66 430 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 431 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 434 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 435 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 436 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 437 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 438 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 439 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 440 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 441 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 442 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

CHARACTERISTICS: the interlock lever can be padlocked in the ON/OFF position using the security lock GW40422.

With bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP44

Compact interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60 Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 401 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 402 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 403 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 404 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 405 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 406 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 407 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 404 GW 66 408 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 409 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 412 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 413 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 414 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 415 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 416 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 417 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 418 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 419 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 420 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

CHARACTERISTICS: the interlock lever can be padlocked in the ON/OFF position using the security lock GW40422.

102
Without bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP55
Compact interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60 Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 467 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 468 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 469 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 470 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
GW 66 471 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 472 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 473 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 471 GW 66 474 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 475 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 478 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 479 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 480 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 481 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 482 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 483 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 484 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 485 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 486 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

NOTES: the gasket is inserted in the complementary items, bottom box and distribution boards.
CHARACTERISTICS: the interlock lever can be padlocked in the ON/OFF position using the security lock GW40422.

With bottom and without fuse-holder base - IP55

Compact interlocked socket-outlets - 50/60 Hz
Code No. of poles Rated voltage Colour Reference h Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 66 445 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 446 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 447 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 448 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 449 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 450 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 451 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 453 GW 66 452 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 453 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
Rated current (A): 32
GW 66 456 2P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 457 3P+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 458 3P+N+E 100 - 130 V 4 1/12
GW 66 459 2P+E 200 - 250 V 6 1/12
GW 66 460 3P+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 461 3P+N+E 200 - 250 V 9 1/12
GW 66 462 2P+E 380 - 415 V 9 1/12
GW 66 463 3P+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12
GW 66 464 3P+N+E 380 - 415 V 6 1/12

CHARACTERISTICS: the interlock lever can be padlocked in the ON/OFF position using the security lock GW40422.

103
IB

Complementary items
Bottom for compact socket-outlets - IP55
Code Houseable interloc. Houseable IB socket- Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Pack
socket outlets Carton
GW 66 496 1 Compact 16A/32A 2xØ 23 1xØ 23/29 1xØ 29/23 1/12
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket for COMBIBLOC socket.

GW 66 496

Flush-mounting box with frame - IP55

Code Houseable interloc. socket Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 498 1 Compact 16A/32A 1/12
APPLICATIONS: possibility of mounting on rectangular flush-mounting box for modular ranges (GW24403) with 83.5mm distance between centres and on 48 PT range junction box (GW48002).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket for COMBIBLOC socket.

GW 66 498

Blank lid for IP55 combibloc cap

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 68 295 Boards GW66491/2/3, flush-mounting boxes GW66498 e enclosures base boxes GW44696 1/10

GW 68 295

Cylindrical security lock

Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: all the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Floor mounting and workbench tower - IP55

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Houseable IB socket- Installable Q-DIN boards Characteristics Pack
outlets Carton
GW 68 441 200x295x180 16/32 A Q-DIN 5 Halogen free 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: double-sided panels with smooth or honeycomb surface, for fixing interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A of the IB range: Combibloc, horizontal IP44 with bottom and vertical IP67 with bottom.
APPLICATIONS: installed combined using the coupler GW26406.

GW 68 441

104
Distribution boards for COMBIBLOC socket-outlet - IP55

Empty boards for fixed compact socket-outlets

INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
Code No. IB socket-outlets No. of modules EN 50022 No. of blank lids supplied Dispersible power (W) Pack
houseable Carton
GW 66 491 1 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 4 None 10 1/12

IEC 309 STANDARD

GW 66 492 2 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 8 1 13 1/6
GW 66 493 3 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 12 1 24 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: the transparent door is pre-arranged for the GW40422 security lock.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: sealing gaskets for COMBIBLOC socket-outlets.

GW 66 493

Blank lid for interlocked switched socket-outlets COMBIBLOC IP55

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 68 295 Boards GW66491/2/3, flush-mounting boxes GW66498 e enclosures base boxes GW44696 1/10

GW 68 295

Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) GW66493 With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 412 B
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: the installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on the GW66493 board is permitted by using the GW40413 adapter.

Adapters for screw terminal blocks

Code Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 GW66493 With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block.
INSTALLATION: it permits installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on the GW66493 board.

GW 40 413

105
IB
72 - FUSE FOR INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS

Fuses
ND fuses 380V~
Code Rated current (A) Rated voltage Type Breaking capacity Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 11 x 36
GW 72 001 2 380 V D01 E14 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 003 6 380 V D01 E14 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 005 16 380 V D01 E14 50 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 15 x 36
GW 72 013 35 380 V D02 E18 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 015 63 380 V D02 E18 50 kA 10/100
NOTES: Compatible with interlocked socket-outlets horizontal type - 44IB Range.

GW 72 003

DD fuses 500V~
Code Rated current (A) Rated voltage Type Breaking capacity Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 13 x 50
GW 72 021 2 500 V DI E16 Delayed 50 kA 10/50
GW 72 023 6 500 V DI E16 Delayed 50 kA 10/50
Dimensions (mm): Ø 22 x 50
GW 72 065 16 500 V DII E27 quick 50 kA 5/20
Dimensions (mm): Ø 28 x 50
GW 72 092 35 500 V DIII E33 Rapid 50 kA 5/20
GW 72 095 63 500 V DIII E33 Rapid 50 kA 5/20

GW 72 023

gG cylindrical fuses - 500V~

Code Rated current Rated voltage Type Breaking capacity Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 10.3 x 38
GW 72 104 2A 500 V gG 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 105 6A 500 V gG 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 101 16 A 500 V gG 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 110 32 A 400 V gG 120 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 14 x 51
GW 72 122 32 A 500 V gG 80 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 22 x 58
GW 72 103 63 A 690 V gG 80 kA 10/30
GW 72 122 NOTES: Compatible with interlocked socket-outlets vertical type - 67IB and 66IB Range.

106
 INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS
IEC 309 STANDARD
IB 67 IB 66 IB

Scan the QR Code and find out all

the technical informations.

44 IB COMBIBLOC

FULL RANGE 67 IB (AUTOMATIKA) 67 IB (CBF)

FOR ALL APPLICATIONS WITH INTEGRATED MCB WITH FUSE BASE HOLDER

In addition to the 67 IB series, the offer is The integration of the MCB switch in the socket- The knob has been designed to avoid
completed with 3 additional product lines. The outlet individually protects the load reducing the accumulations of dust and to ensure
66 IB vertical socket-outlets are appreciated the spaces on boards. The LEDs integrated an ergonomic grip. The knob can also be
by operators for their robustness and electrical on the front indicate the operating status of the padlocked to the ON/OFF position for added
performance. The 44 IB horizontal socket-outlets switch and the presence of voltage. Available safety. Available with currents 16-32-63A.
are perfect for flush-mounted installations, even with currents 16-32A.
in drywall. The compact COMBIBLOC socket-
outlets are the ideal solution for minimising
space. 107
IEC 309 combined
boards

108
 COMBINED BOARDS
68 Q-DIN 68 ACS IEC 309

Distribution ACS distribution

boards board system for
construction sites

p. 112 p. 128

109
68 Q-DIN

Unwired versions
Type No. EN 50022 modules Code Layout Pre-arrangement

1 IEC 309 socket-outlet 16A IP44/67

GW 68 017 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight cap

2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16A IP44/67

GW 68 018 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps

3 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16A IP44/67

GW 68 001 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
5
3 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16A IP44/67
GW 68 031 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps and shockproof case

2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67

GW 68 020 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps

GW 68 026 N 4 domestic socket std 50x50mm IP54

GW 68 032 N 4 domestic socket std 50x50mm IP54 and shockproof case

GW 68 002 N Blank

2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16A IP44/67

or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
GW 68 003 N
2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
10 2 horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets
GW 68 019 N
16-32A IP44 with rotary switch

2 prese interbloccate verticali Serie 67 IB

GW 68 025 N
16-32A IP67

3 domestic socket std 50x50mm IP54

GW 68 027 N
2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67

GW 68 004 N Blank

3 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67

GW 68 005 N
or GW 27 401 watertight caps

2 horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets

GW 68 006 N
16-32A IP44 with rotary switch

GW 68 007 N Blank
14

6 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67

GW 68 008 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps

4 horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets

GW 68 009 N
16-32A IP44 with rotary switch

3 vertical interlocked switched socket-outlets

GW 68 010 N
16-32A IP67

GW 68 012 N Blank

8 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67

GW 68 013 N
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
4 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16-32A IP44/67
GW 68 021 N or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
2 IEC 309 socket-outlets 63A
20
4 horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A
GW 68 014 N
IP44 with fuse-holder base
4 vertical interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A IP67
GW 68 015 N 4 IEC 309 socket-outlets 16A 2P+E or 16A 3P+E IP44/67
or GW 27 401 or GW 27 403 watertight caps
2 vertical interlocked switched socket-outlets 16-32A IP67
GW 68 022 N
1 vertical interlocked switched socket-outlet 63A IP67

14 GW 68 023 N 14 gang additional module

20 GW 68 024 N 20 gang additional module

110
Wired versions
Type No. EN 50022 modules Code Layout Equipment Code Layout Equipment

DBO DBO
1 IEC 309 - socket-outlet
GW 68 212 N 1 domestic socket-outlet 13A UK GW 68 227 N
2P+E 16A IP44 230V

DBO DBO 1 IEC 309 socket-outlet

1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
2P+E 16A IP44 230V
5 GW 68 225 N 2P+E 16A IP44 230V GW 68 226 N
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
1 Schuko domestic socket-outlet 10/16A
3P+E 16A IP44 400V

DBO
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
2P+E 16A IP44 230V
GW 68 224 N 1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
3P+E 16A IP44 400V
1 Schuko domestic socket-outlet 10/16A

COMBINED BOARDS
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
2P+E 16A IP44 230V

IEC 309
DBO 2 GW IEC 309 2P+E 16A IP44 230V DBO 1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
1 IEC 309 socket outlet 3P+E 16A IP44 400V
GW 68 202 N GW 68 228 N
3P+E 16A IP44 400V 1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
1 domestic socket-outlet 10/16A Schuko 3P+N+E 16A IP44 400V
1 Schuko domestic socket-
outlet 10/16A
10

DBO DBO 1 vert.interl.socket-outlet

2P+E 16A IP67 230V
2 vert.interl.socket-outlets 2P+E 16A IP67
GW 68 232 N GW 68 233 N 1 vert.interl.socket-outlet
230V with rotary switch
3P+E 16A IP67 400V
with rotary switch

DBO 2 IEC 309 socket-outlets

2P+E 16A IP67 230V
GW 68 205 N
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
3P+E 16A IP67 400V

2 horiz. interlocked switched

2 IEC 309 socket-outlets
socket-outlets
2P+E 16A IP44 230V
DBO 2P+E 16A IP44 230V
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet DBO
1 horiz. interlocked switched
3P+E 16A IP44 400V
socket-outlet
GW 68 229 N 1 IEC 309 socket-outlet GW 68 206 N
3P+E 16A IP44 400V
3P+N+E 16A IP44 400V
1 horiz. interlocked switched
1 IEC 309 socket-outlet
socket-outlet
3P+E 32A IP44 400V
3P+E 32A IP44 400V
14 1 Schuko domestic socket-outlet 10/16A
with rotary isolator
2 AUTOMATIKA vert.
DBO
2 vert. interlocked switched DBO interlocked switched
socket-outlets 2P+E 16A IP67 230V socket-outlets
GW 68 207 N 2 vert. interlocked switched GW 68 230 N 2P+E 16A IP67 230V
socket-outlets 3P+E 16A IP67 400V 1 AUTOMATIKA vert.
with rotary switch interlocked switched socket-
outlet 3P+N+E 16A IP67 400V

DBO
1 AUTOMATIKA vert. interlocked switched
socket-outlet 2P+E 16A IP67 230V
GW 68 231 N
2 AUTOMATIKA vert. interlocked switched
socket-outlets 3P+N+E 16A IP67 400V

2 vert. interlocked switched

DBO socket-outlets 2P+E 16A IP67 230V
1 vert. interlocked switched
20 GW 68 208 N socket-outlet 3P+E 16A IP67 400V
1 vert. interlocked switched
socket-outlet 3P+E 32A IP67 400V
with rotary switch

111
68 Q-DIN
Distribution boards
A complete system of IP65 boards for distributing energy in tertiary,
commercial sector and building applications, available both empty and pre-
wired, in accordance with the international standard IEC 61439. The Q-DIN
range comprises boards from 5 to 20 DIN modules, plus supplementary
modules of 14 or 20 M to add even more DIN spaces. They can accommodate
flush-mounting socket-outlets and interlocked socket-outlets of up to 63 A,
and they can be combined with numerous accessories.

EMPTY BOARDS FOR MOBILE AND FIXED INSTALLATIONS

Q-DIN 5 - Surface-mounting - IP65

Q-DIN 5 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code Houseable socket No. of provided blank lids Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 5
GW 68 017 N 1 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 - 10 37 16
GW 68 018 N 2 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 - 10 37 12
GW 68 001 N 3 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 1 IEC 16A 10 37 8
GW 68 031 N 3 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 1 IEC 16A 10 37 4
GW 68 020 N 2 IEC 309 16/32A IP44/67 1 IEC 16/32A 10 37 8
GW 68 026 N 4 domestic socket std.50x50 mm 1 domestic socket std.50x50 mm 10 37 8
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 2 screw caps. GW68031N complete with rubber shockproof case. Adapter flange for every IEC 309 socket-outlet housing seat - 16/32 A.
NOTES: key not installable. Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40 K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board. The IP65 degree of protection
is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
GW 68 001 N
External dimensions GW68017N (LxHxD): 105x258x96 mm.
External dimensions GW68018N (LxHxD): 105x337x96 mm.
External dimensions GW68001N and GW68020N (LxHxD): 105x430x96 mm.
External dimensions GW68031N (LxHxD): 140x560x105 mm.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.

Q-DIN 10 - Surface-mounting - IP65

Q-DIN 10 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code Houseable socket No. of provided blank Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
lids A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 10
GW 68 002 N Blank lid - 16 42 6
GW 68 025 N 2 IB Vert. 16-32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 16 42 6
GW 68 003 N 2 IEC 16A + 2 IEC 16/32A 1 IEC 309 16A+1 16/32A 16 42 6
GW 68 019 N 2 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 overlapping 1 IB 16/32A 16 42 6
GW 68 027 N 3 dom.socket 50x50 mm + 2 IEC 16/32 A 1 domestic + 1 IEC 16 A 16 42 6
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps. Adapter flange for every IEC 309 socket-outlet housing seat - 16/32 A.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board.
GW68003N: pre-arranged for two 16-32 A socket-outlets in the lower flanges and two 16A socket-outlets in the upper flanges. The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the
seats of the unwired board.
GW 68 025 N
External dimensions (LxHxD): 220x435x96.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.

112
Q-DIN 14 - Surface-mounting - IP65

Q-DIN 14 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code Houseable socket No. of provided Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
blank lids A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 14
GW 68 004 N Blank lid - 24 64 4
GW 68 005 N 3 IEC 309 16/32A IP44/67 1 IEC 16/32A 24 64 4
GW 68 006 N 2 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 side by side 1 IB 16/32A 24 64 4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps. Adapter flange for every IEC 309 socket-outlet housing seat - 16/32 A.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board. The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with
blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions (LxHxD): 320x360x120.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.

GW 68 005 N

COMBINED BOARDS
Q-DIN 14 - Surface-mounting - IP65

IEC 309
Q-DIN 14 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65
Code Houseable socket No. of provided blank Dispersible power A (W) Dispersible power B (W) Pack
lids Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 14
GW 68 007 N Blank lid - 24 64 3
GW 68 008 N 6 IEC 309 16/32A IP44/67 2 IEC 16/32A 24 64 3
GW 68 009 N 4 IB Horiz. 16/32A SBF IP44 2 IB 16/32A 24 64 3
GW 68 010 N 3 IB Vert. 16/32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 24 64 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps. Adapter flange for every IEC 309 socket-outlet housing seat - 16/32 A.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board. The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with
blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions (LxHxD): 320x510x120.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.
GW 68 008 N

Q-DIN 20 - Surface-mounting - IP65

Q-DIN 20 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code Houseable socket No. of provided blank lids Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 20
GW 68 012 N Blank lid - 30 92 2
GW 68 013 N 8 IEC 309 16/32A IP44/67 2 IEC 16/32A 30 92 2
GW 68 014 N 4 IB Horiz. 16/32A CBF IP44 2 IB 16/32A 30 92 2
GW 68 021 N 2 IEC 309 63A - 4 IEC 309 16/32A 2 IEC 309 16/32A+1 63A 30 92 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 6 screw caps. Adapter flange for every IEC 309 socket-outlet housing seat - 16/32 A.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board. The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with
blank flange lid installed correctly on all the seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions (LxHxD): 450x560x120.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.
GW 68 014 N

113
68 Q-DIN

Q-DIN 20 - Surface-mounting - IP65

Q-DIN 20 watertight boards - unwired - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code Houseable socket No. of provided blank Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
lids A (W) B (W) Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 20
GW 68 015 N 4IB 16/32A IP67 + 4 IEC MAX 3P+E 16A 2 IB 16/32A + 4 IEC 16A 30 92 2
GW 68 022 N 1 IB Vert. 63A IP67 + 2 IB Vert. 16/32A IP67 1 IB 16/32A 30 92 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 6 screw caps.
NOTES: Dispersible power (B) is calculated according to IEC 60890 standard. It refers to the 40K overtemperature, between the temperature inside and outside the board.
GW68015N: the 4 flanges - measuring 85x75 - can be equipped with the COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 watertight covers. The IP65 degree of protection is obtained with blank flange lid installed correctly on all the
seats of the unwired board.
External dimensions (LxHxD): 450x560x120.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.

GW 68 015 N

Additional Q-DIN modules - IP65

Additional Q-DIN modules - RAL 7035 - IP65

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 68 023 N 14 40 1/3
GW 68 024 N 20 52 1/3
NOTES: to be used with Q-DIN 14 and 20 M to double the DIN modules available. the dispersible power is calculated according to the document IEC 60890 (CEI 17-43) and refers to an overtemperature of 40K between
the air temperature inside the board and in the room.
External dimensions GW68023N (LxHxD): 320x241x120.
External dimensions GW68024N (LxHxD): 450x241x120.
Halogen-Free in accordance with Standard EN 60754-2.

GW 68 023 N

Complementary items
Yellow-painted metal conduit support with support for cables of up to 20 m
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) For distribution board type Pack
Carton
GW 68 431 350x715x435 Q-DIN 10 1
GW 68 433 350x770x520 Q-DIN 14/20 1
NOTES: the type of cable considered is H 07 RN - F 5 x 4 mm²; the length varies according to the type of cable.
GW68433: Q-DIN protection system against the front drops.

GW 68 431

114
 Metal carrier painted in yellow equipped with two wheels and rotating drum to wind up to 50 m of
cable
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) For distribution board type Pack
Carton
GW 68 432 495x1000x605 Q-DIN 14/20 1
NOTES: the type of cable considered is H 07 RN - F 5 x 4 mm²; the length varies according to the type of cable. 1+1 flanges for socket-outlets IEC 309 16A and 32A.

GW 68 432

Pole support kit for 68 Q-DIN boards

Code For Q-DIN Max sustainable load (kg) Pack
Carton
GW 46 552 14 12 1
GW 46 553 20 125 1
CHARACTERISTICS: fixed on the back of the boards. The maximum sustainable load values refer to Q-DIN boards.
APPLICATIONS: for application of boards on poles from 60 to 80mm.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 pieces. For the correct use of the kit, see the instructions sheet.

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
GW 46 552

Brackets for fixing boards to the wall

Code Material For Q-DIN Accessories supplied Pack
Carton
GW 44 621 Insulation 5 Self-tapping fixing screws 40/480
GW 46 446 Galvanised steel 10/14/20 Self-tapping fixing screws 20
GW 46 451 Stainless steel 10/14/20 Self-tapping fixing screws 20
NOTES: GW44621: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
GW46446 and GW46451: set composed of 4 brackets. Maximum sustainable load 8 kg for Q-DIN10, 12 kg for Q-DIN14 and 15 kg for Q-DIN20.

GW 46 446

Domestic socket outlet - IP54

Code No. of poles Rated current (A) Rated voltage Colour Frequency Flange Pack
dimensions (mm) Carton
Standard: German
GW 62 393 2P+E 16 230 V 50/60 Hz 50x50 1/20
GW 62 392 2P+E 16 200 - 250 V 50/60 Hz 85x75 1/12
Standard: French
GW 62 394 2P+E 16 230 V 50/60 Hz 50x50 1/20
GW 62 393 CHARACTERISTICS: domestic socket-outlets equipped with child protection (shutter) and with rear connection.
NOTES: domestic socket-outlets 50x50 mm can be installed also on flanges 85x75 mm using the adapter code GW68281.

Round mushroom-head emergency push-button - Mushroom Ø 40mm

Code Functions Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 74 361 With holding Not illuminated 10/60
APPLICATION: suitable for emergency use, in accordance with Standard IEC 60947-5-5.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).

GW 74 361

115
68 Q-DIN
Contacts - ITH=10A - 250V AC
Code Type Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 501 1 NO Green 1/30
GW 74 502 1 NC Red 1/30
GW 74 503 2 NO Green 1/30
GW 74 504 1 NO + 1 NC White 1/30
GW 74 505 2 NC Red 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74502 suitable for contact opening also in the event of slight sticking, in compliance with Standard EN 60947-5-1.
Clip assembly on the contact-holder flanges.
NOTES: the dual contacts type: GW74503, GW74504 and GW74505 are not compatible with the watertight emergency enclosures GW42204 and GW42207.

Cylindrical security lock

Code Material For distribution board type Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal Q-DIN 10/14/20 and additional modules 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Q-DIN transportation handle

Code Description For distribution board type Pack
Carton
GW 68 436 N Handle Q-DIN 10/14/20 and additional modules 1/10

GW 68 436 N

Blank lids for closing compartment containing IEC and IB vertical socket-outlets
Code Description Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 68 292 Lid for IEC 309 16A 85x75 1/10
GW 68 293 Lid for IEC 309 32A 95x80 1/10
GW 68 294 Lid for IEC 309 63A 110x100 1/10
GW 66 703 N Lid for vertical interlocked socket-outlet 16-32A 220x103 1/10
GW 66 705 N Lid for vertical interlocked socket-outlet 63A 270x145 1/10
GW 68 296 Lid for domestic socket outlet 50x50 mm 50x50 1/10

GW 68 292

Blank lids for closing compartment containing IB horizontal socket-outlets

Code For distribution boards For back boxes For flush-mounting boxes Pack
Carton
GW 66 701 GW68006N/09N/19N GW66676 GW66681 - GW66681PM 1/10
GW 66 702 GW68014N GW66677 GW66682 - GW66682PM 1/10

GW 66 702

116
 Flanged lid prearranged for 2 caps - IP67
Code Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack
Carton
GW 66 709 N N. 1 IEC 309 16-32A IP44/67 + N.1 16A MAX 3P+E or GW27401/GW27403 1/10
APPLICATIONS: the flange of 85x75 mm dimension is suited for mounting IEC 309 16 A socket-outlets and COMBI-IN GW27401 and GW27403 flange; the flange of 95x80 mm dimension is suited for IEC 309 16 -32 A
socket-outlets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 blank flange - blue - 16 A; 1 blank flange - blue 16 -32 A; 3 gaskets and fixing screws.

GW 66 709 N

Adapter
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 66 715 N IP67 16/32A vertical socket-outlets 1/10
GW 66 716 N IP67 63A Vertical socket-outlets 1/10
GW 68 281 Domestic socket outlet std.50x50 mm 1/10
APPLICATIONS: GW66715N to assemble all the vertical socket-outlets 16-32 A IP67 of the 67 IB range on the Q-DIN boards, or on the modular bases of the previous versions for socket-outlets 16-32 A CBF IP55.
GW66716N to assemble the vertical socket-outlets 63A IP67 of the 67 IB range on the modular bases of the previous versions for socket-outlets 63A CBF IP55.

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
GW 66 715 N

COMBI-IN watertight covers for 2 System range modules

Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Door type IP degree Colour Pack
Carton
GW 27 401 75x85 With membrane IP55 Grey RAL 7035 3/60
GW 27 403 75x85 Rigid IK09 IP65 Grey RAL 7035 3/60
NOTES: they are installed in the same seat of IEC 309 socket-outlets - 16 A IP44/67
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

GW 27 403

Watertight lids
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Suitable for Colour Pack
Carton
GW 66 708 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Grey 1/20
GW 66 745 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Yellow 1/20
APPLICATIONS: GW66745 specific for emergency push-buttons.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

GW 66 745

Back-mounting plate in insulated material with self-tapping fixing screws

Code For Q-DIN Pack
Carton
GW 44 626 10 20
GW 44 627 14 20
GW 44 628 20 4
NOTE: to be installed on the base of the Q-DIN, for inserting DIN rails/terminal blocks/components.

GW 44 626

117
68 Q-DIN
Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) Q-DIN 10/14/20 With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) Q-DIN 14/20 With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) Q-DIN 10/14/20 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) Q-DIN 14/20 With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - Q-DIN 10/14/20 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - Q-DIN 14/20 With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - Q-DIN 14/20 With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 412 B
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: the installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on Q-DIN 14/20 boards is permitted by using the GW40413 adapter.

Adapters for screw terminal blocks

Code Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 Q-DIN 14/20 With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block.
INSTALLATION: permits installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on Q-DIN 14/20 boards.

GW 40 413

Coupling for 68Q-DIN boards - IP65

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 66 673 Coupler PG29 10/120

GW 66 673

Surface-mounting for COMBIBLOC compact socket-outlets IP44 - IP55

Empty boards for fixed compact socket-outlets
Code No. IB socket-outlets No. of modules EN 50022 No. of blank lids supplied Dispersible power (W) Pack
houseable Carton
GW 66 491 1 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 4 None 10 1/12
GW 66 492 2 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 8 1 13 1/6
GW 66 493 3 COMBIBLOC 16/32A 12 1 24 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: the transparent door is pre-arranged for the GW40422 security lock.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: sealing gaskets for COMBIBLOC socket-outlets.

GW 66 493

118
 Blank covers for COMBIBLOC interlocked switched socket-outlets
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 68 295 132x71 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: sealing gasket and 4 fixing screws.

GW 68 295

Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) GW66493 With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20

COMBINED BOARDS
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - GW66492 and GW66493 With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10

IEC 309
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - GW66493 With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 412 B
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: the installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on the GW66493 board is permitted by using the GW40413 adapter.

Adapters for screw terminal blocks

Code Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 GW66493 With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block.
INSTALLATION: it permits installation of the GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on the GW66493 board.

GW 40 413

119
68 Q-DIN
WIRED BOARDS FOR FIXED APPLICATIONS

Surface-mounting
Wired Q-DIN 5 DBU boards with IEC 309 socket-outlets - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A Schuko socket-outlet UK socket-outlet 13A Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 10/16A Carton
GW 68 212 N - - - 1 1/8
GW 68 224 N 1 1 1 - 1/2
GW 68 225 N 1 - 1 - 1/6
GW 68 226 N 1 1 - - 1/6
GW 68 227 N 1 - - - 1/8
PROTECTIONS:
GW 68 226 N GW68212N: Board In: 10A
1 RCCB - SD Range 2P 230 V 25 A 0,03 A - AC Type
GW68224N: Board In: 13A
1 RCBO - MDC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA 0,03 A - AC Type
GW68225N: Board In: 13A
1 RCBO - MDC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA 0,03 A - AC Type
GW68226N: Board In: 25A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW68227N: Board In: 13A
1 RCBO - MDC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA 0,03 A - AC Type
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 2 screw caps.

Wired Q-DIN 10 DBU boards with IEC 309 socket-outlets - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 16A Schuko socket-outlet Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 - IEC 309 10/16A Carton
GW 68 202 N 2 1 - 1 1/3
GW 68 228 N 1 1 1 1 1/3
PROTECTIONS:
GW68202N: Board In: 25A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW 68 202 N GW68228N: Board In: 25A
2 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.

Watertight Q-DIN 10 DBO boards wired with vertical interlocked switched socket-outlets - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IB Pack

Carton
GW 68 232 N 2 - 1/2
GW 68 233 N 1 1 1/2
PROTECTIONS:
GW68232N: Board In: 25 A.
2 MCB - MT Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA.
GW68233N: Board In: 25 A.
GW 68 233 N 1 MCB - MT Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA.
1 MCB - MT Range 3P 400 V 16 A C characteristic 6 kA.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.

Wired Q-DIN 14 DBO distribution board with non-interlocked socket-outlets - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IEC 309 Pack
Carton
GW 68 205 N 2 1 1/3
Board In: 25A
PROTECTIONS:
2 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.
GW 68 205 N

120
 Wired Q-DIN 14 DBU board with IEC 309 socket-outlets - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E Socket-outlet 3P+E Socket-outlet 3P+N+E Socket-out 3P+E Schuko socket- Pack
16A - IEC 309 16A - IEC 309 16A - IEC 309 32A - IEC309 outlet 16A Carton
GW 68 229 N 2 1 1 1 1 1
Board In: 50A
PROTECTIONS: 1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA for the 2P+E 16 A 230 V and the 10/16 A IT/DE 230 V domestic socket-outlets
1 MCB - MTC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA for the 3P+E 16 A 400 V and 3P+N+E 16 A 400 V socket-outlets
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 32 A C 6 kA for the 3P+E 32 A 400 V socket-outlet
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.
GW 68 229 N

Wired, Q-DIN 14 DBU board with horizontal interlocked socket-outlets - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IB Socket-out 3P+E 32A - IB Pack
Carton
GW 68 206 N 2 1 1 1
Board In: 50A
PROTECTIONS: Board with horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets 44 IB

COMBINED BOARDS
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA

IEC 309
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 32 A C 6 kA
GW 68 206 N ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.

Wired Q-DIN 14 DBO boards with vertical interlocked socket-outlets - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 16A - IB Pack
Carton
GW 68 207 N 2 1 - 1
GW 68 230 N 2 - 1 1
GW 68 231 N 1 - 2 1
PROTECTIONS:
GW68207N: Board In: 25A
2 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW 68 207 N 1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW68230N: Board In: 25A
1 RCCB - SD Range 4P 400 V 40 A 0,03 A - AC Type
2 MCB - MT Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MT Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW68231N: Board In: 32A
1 RCCB - SD Range 4P 400 V 40 A 0,03 A - AC Type
1 MCB - MT Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
2 MCB - MT Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
CHARACTERISTICS: GW68230N and GW68231N board equipped with AUTOMATIKA sockets.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 4 screw caps.

Wired Q-DIN 20 DBU board with vertical interlocked socket-outlets and 4 flanges for non-
interlocked socket-outlets 16A - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IB Socket-out 3P+E 32A - IB Pack
Carton
GW 68 208 N 2 1 1 1
Board In: 50A
PROTECTIONS: 2 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 32 A C 6 kA
GW 68 208 N ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable clamp and 6 screw caps.

121
68 Q-DIN

Surface-mounting with COMBIBLOC compact socket-outlets

Wired COMBIBLOC board with compact interlocked socket-outlets - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB IP degree Pack

Carton
GW 66 391 1 IP44 1/2
Board In: 14A
PROTECTIONS: 1 RCBO - MDC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA 0,03 A - AC Type

GW 66 391

Wired COMBIBLOC boards with compact interlocked socket-outlets - IP44 / IP55

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E Socket-outlet 3P+E Socket-outlet 3P+N+E IP degree Pack

16A - IB 16A - IB 16A - IB Carton
GW 66 392 1 1 - IP44 1/2
GW 66 393 1 - 1 IP55 1/2
PROTECTIONS:
GW66392: Board In: 25A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW 66 392 GW66393: Board In: 25A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA.

Wired COMBIBLOC boards with compact interlocked socket-outlets - IP44 / IP55

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E Socket-outlet 3P+E Socket-outlet Socket-out 3P+E IP degree Pack
16A - IB 16A - IB 3P+N+E 16A - IB 32A - IB Carton
GW 66 394 1 1 1 - IP44 1
GW 66 395 2 1 - - IP55 1
GW 66 396 1 1 - 1 IP44 1
GW 66 397 1 1 1 - IP55 1
PROTECTIONS:
GW66394: Board In: 20A
GW 66 394 1 RCCB - SD Range 4P 400 V 25 A 0,03 A - AC Type
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW66395: Board In: 20A
1 RCCB - SD Range 4P 400 V 25 A 0,03 A - AC Type
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
GW66396: Board In: 50A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 32 A C 6 kA
GW66397: Board In: 38A
1 MCB - MTC Range 2P 230 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 3P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA
1 MCB - MTC Range 4P 400 V 16 A C 6 kA.

122
 COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
68 Q-DIN
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WIDE AND CONFIGURABLE RANGE INNOVATIVE TECHNICAL TOP-LEVEL ACCESSORY OPTIONS

SOLUTIONS

The power distribution board range is made The boards have many innovative technical The boards can be equipped with a key
up of 23 empty casings with IP65 degree of features, such as the ergonomic handle, which lock with a metal cylinder and mushroom
protection, for flush-mounting and interlocked simplifies the opening of the door, and the emergency button. They can be fixed to a
socket-outlets up to 63A, and with numerous screws to “hinge” the front facilitating wiring. pole, surface-mounting, flush-mounted or on
complementary items that increase the fields of Additional enclosures 14 and 20M modules are accident prevention mobile supports.
application. also available, ideal for increasing the modular
space.

123
68 ACS

68 QP ACS - Wired main boards for construction sites

MAIN SWITCH
EMERGENCY POWER MAX
TYPE DOOR N° OF CODE
In (A) PROTECTION DEVICE KIT (kW)
POLES
QP
4 125 MCB 125A 4P C 10kA + RCD adjustable - A Type YES 65 GW 68 521

MSXD 160A - 3P+N 25kA + integrated adjustable

Blind 4 160 YES 85 GW 68 526
RCD

MSXD 250A - 3P+N 36kA + integrated adjustable

4 250 YES 130 GW 68 531
RCD

68 Q-BOX ACS - Wired distribution boards for construction sites

SOCKET-OUTLETS CONFIGURATION MAIN RCBO

TOTAL N. EMERGENCY POWER
TYPE SOCKET
OUTLETS KIT MAX (kW)
16A 16A 16A 16A 32A 32A 32A 63A 63A
Std. 2P+E 3P+E 3P+N+E 2P+E 3P+E 3P+N+E 3P+E 3P+N+E N° OF POLES In (A)
DE 230 V 400 V 400 V 230 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V

4 2 32 YES 6
3 1 4 32 YES 17
2 2 4 32 YES 17
2 1 1 4 32 YES 17
3 1 2 63 YES 12
Q-BOX 4 3 1 4 32 YES 17
3 1 4 32 YES 17
2 1 1 4 32 YES 17
2 1 1 4 32 YES 17
2 1 1 4 32 YES 17
1 2 1 4 32 YES 17
2 3 4 63 YES 33
3 1 1 4 63 YES 33
3 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 2 1 4 63 YES 33
5 2 2 1 4 63 YES 33
2 1 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 1 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 1 1 1 4 80 YES 42
2 1 1 1 4 80 YES 42
6 2 32 YES 6
4 2 4 32 YES 17
3 3 4 32 YES 17
3 2 1 4 32 YES 17
3 2 1 4 63 YES 33
3 2 1 4 63 YES 33
3 2 1 4 63 YES 33
3 1 1 1 4 63 YES 33
6 3 1 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 3 1 4 63 YES 33
2 2 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 1 1 1 1 4 63 YES 33
2 2 2 4 63 YES 33
2 2 2 4 63 YES 33
2 1 3 4 63 YES 33
3 2 1 4 100 YES 53
2 2 2 4 100 YES 53
8 4 3 1 4 63 YES 33
9 4 2 2 1 4 63 YES 33
11 4 3 2 1 1 4 100 YES 53
6 3 1 2 4 63 YES 33
12 12 2 63 YES 12
6 6 4 63 YES 33

(*) Versions where n.2 sockets-outlets 16A 2P+E are type IEC 309 (not interlocked)

124
68 CDK ACS - Wired main boards for construction sites
MAIN SWITCH
EMERGENCY POWER MAX
TYPE DOOR N° OF CODE
In (A) PROTECTION DEVICE KIT (kW)
POLES
CDK 4 32 MDC 32A - 4P - 6kA - 30 mA - AC Type YES 17 GW 68 536

4 63 MT 63A - 4P - 6kA + DIFF. 30 mA - AC Type YES 33 GW 68 537

Transparent
4 100 MTHP 100A - 4P - 10kA + DIFF. 30 mA - AC Type YES 53 GW 68 538

4 125 MTHP 125A - 4P - 10kA + DIFF. 30 mA - AC Type YES 65 GW 68 539

SOCKETS TYPE
INTERLOCKED WITHOUT INTERLOCKED WITH
FIXED IEC 309
FUSE HOLDER (SBF) FUSE HOLDER (CBF)
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
SUPPLY TERMINAL SUPPLY TERMINAL SUPPLY TERMINAL
SUPPLY FIXED PLUG SUPPLY FIXED PLUG
BLOCK BLOCK BLOCK

COMBINED BOARDS
GW 68 561 GW 68 584 GW 68 561 F GW 68 584 F

IEC 309
GW 68 562 GW 68 481 GW 68 562 F GW 68 481 F
GW 68 563 GW 68 482 GW 68 563 F GW 68 482 F
Secutity lock
GW 68 564 GW 68 585 GW 68 564 F GW 46 445
GW 68 511 GW 68 511 F
GW 68 565 GW 68 565 F
GW 68 566 GW 68 566 F
GW 68 567 GW 68 586 GW 68 567 F GW 68 586 F
GW 68 568 GW 68 568 F
GW 68 569 GW 68 587 GW 68 569 F GW 68 587 F
GW 68 570 GW 68 588 GW 68 570 F GW 68 588 F
GW 68 512 (*) GW 68 512 F
GW 68 571 (*) GW 68 589 (*) GW 68 571 F GW 68 589 F
Floor mounting support
GW 68 572 GW 68 590 (*) GW 68 572 F GW 68 590 F
GW 68 463
GW 68 513 (*) GW 68 483 (*) GW 68 513 F GW 68 483 F
GW 68 573 GW 68 592 (*) GW 68 573 F GW 68 592 F
GW 68 514 (*) GW 68 484 (*) GW 68 514 F GW 68 484 F
GW 68 574 (*) GW 68 593 (*)
GW 68 574 F
GW 68 498 F
GW 68 575 GW 68 594 GW 68 575 F GW 68 594 F
GW 68 576 GW 68 595 GW 68 576 F GW 68 595 F Pole support kit
GW 68 577 GW 68 473 GW 68 577 F GW 68 473 F (only for Q-BOX4)
GW 68 578 GW 68 596 GW 68 578 F GW 68 596 F GW 46 554
GW 68 493 GW 68 471 GW 68 493 F GW 68 471 F
GW 68 579 GW 68 597 GW 68 579 F GW 68 597 F
GW 68 598 GW 68 598 F
GW 68 580 GW 68 580 F
GW 68 581
GW 68 582 GW 68 472 GW 68 582 F GW 68 472 F
Plug-socket outlets block
GW 68 583 GW 68 599 GW 68 583 F GW 68 599 F GW 68 505
GW 68 492
GW 68 494 GW 68 600 GW 68 494 F GW 68 600 F
GW 68 491 GW 68 474 GW 68 491 F
GW 68 495
GW 68 496
GW 68 497
GW 68 542
GW 68 541 Document holder wallet
GW 46 447
GW 68 543
GW 68 544
GW 68 468
GW 68 469

125
68 ACS

68 Q-DIN ACS - Wired mobile boards for construction sites

SOCKET-OUTLETS CONFIGURATION
TOTAL N. IP
TYPE SOCKET
OUTLETS DEGREE 16A 16A 16A 16A 32A 32A
16A std. DE 2P 2P+E 3P+E 3P+N+E 3P+E 3P+N+E
24 V 230 V 400 V 400 V 400 V 400 V

2 IP65 2

IP44 1 2
Q-DIN
IP65 3

IP65 3
3
IP65 2 1

IP65 1 2

IP65 3

IP44 2 2

IP44 1 2 1

IP65 4

IP65 3 1

4 IP65 3 1

IP65 2 2

IP65 4

IP65 2 1 1

IP65 2 2

IP65 6

IP65 4 2

6 IP65 3 3

IP65 3 2 1

IP44 2 2 2

8 IP44 2 2 2 2

COMBIBLOC
IP55 2 1

IP55 1 1 1

6 IP56 2 1 2 1
QMC

IP56 7

IP56 4 1 1 1

(*) Version GW68223N with yellow shockproof case versions GW68401N, GW66388 ad GW68389 with metal conduit support versions GW68411N, GW68421N and GW68424N equipped with
metal conduit carriage with two wheels

126
 MAIN RCBO SOCKETS TYPE
EMERGENCY POWER MAX
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
KIT (kW) INTERLOCKED WITHOUT
N° OF POLES In (A) FIXED IEC 309
FUSE HOLDER (SBF)

2 16 3 GW 68 235 N
Security lock
2 16 3 GW 68 241N GW 40 422
(Q-DIN 10/14/20)
2 16 3 GW 68 217 N

2 16 3 GW 68 223 N (*)

4 16 8 GW 68 242 N

4 16 8 GW 68 243 N

4 16 8 GW 68 244 N Floor mounting support

GW 68 431
2 16 3 GW 68 203 N (Q-DIN 10)

COMBINED BOARDS
4 16 8 GW 68 401 N (*) GW 68 433
(Q-DIN 14/20)

IEC 309
2 16 3 GW 68 216 N

4 16 8 GW 68 245 N

4 16 8 GW 68 246 N

4 16 8 GW 68 204 N

Metal carrier with

4 16 8 GW 68 247 N
two wheels
GW 68 432
4 63 33 GW 68 424 N (*) (Q-DIN 14/20)

2 16 3 GW 68 236 N

4 16 8 GW 68 248 N

4 32 17 GW 68 249 N

4 32 17 GW 68 250 N
Metallic
transportation
4 32 17 GW 68 251 N
handle
GW 68 436 N
4 32 17 GW 68 411 N (*) (Q-DIN 10/14/20)

4 32 17 GW 68 421 N (*)

4 40 21 GW 66 388 (*)

4 40 21 GW 66 389 (*)

4 50 YES 26 GW 68 884 A

4 40 YES 21 GW 68 881 A

4 50 YES 26 GW 68 883 A

127
68 ACS
ACS distribution board system for construction sites
The 68 ACS range is composed of an extensive selection of wired boards which
are certified in accordance with the Standard EN 61439-4, and are capable
of meeting all electrification requirements, from the smallest to the biggest
construction sites. The boards are available in numerous configurations that differ
in terms of number and type of socket-outlet, protected by MCB or fuse holder
base. A selection of ready to use pre-wired or empty versions is available, and
these can be personalised to suit all site needs and certified using ENERGY PRO
software. The range is completed by a range of portable floodlights and luminous
indicator devices.

WIRED MAIN BOARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES

68 CDK ACS - waterthight termhoplastic boards

Wired boards in thermoplastic with transparent door equipped with lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) In/out power supply MCB’S MT main RCCB Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 4
GW 68 536 298x260x140 PG29x2 RCBO 32 A 17 1
GW 68 537 298x260x140 PG36x2 RCBO 63 A 33 1
GW 68 538 410x285x140 PG36x2 RCBO 100 A 53 1
GW 68 539 410x285x140 PG42x2 RCBO 125 A 65 1
APPLICATIONS: Typical application: main boars for construction sites. It is installed downstream of the energy meter and protects the lenght of the cable from the main energy board to the secondary distribution boards.
GW 68 537 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton; PG-type cable glands for cable inlet and outlet: kit of 4 wall fixing brackets.

68 QP ACS - Watertight polyester boards

Wired polyester boards with blank door equipped with lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD In/out power Mains switch RCCB protection Power suppliable Pack
(mm) supply (kW) Carton
No. of poles: 4
GW 68 521 405x500x200 2xPG42 MTHP 125 Side-by-side -adjustable 60 1
GW 68 526 405x500x200 2xPG42 MSXD 160 Integrated adjustable 75 1
GW 68 531 515x650x250 8xPG29 MSXD 250 Integrated adjustable 140 1
CHARACTERISTICS: The last modular row of the board should be reserved for the cable input / output terminals. the cable glands for cable input / output are positioned on the back of the boards.
APPLICATIONS: Typical application: main boars for construction sites. It is installed downstream of the energy meter and protects the lenght of the cable from the main energy board to the secondary distribution boards.
GW 68 526 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Transportation handle; mushroom-head emergency push-button connected to the minimum voltage release of the mains switch; PG-type cable glands for cable inlet and outlet; set of 4
surface-mounting fixing brackets in stainless steel; key-operated security locks with handle.

128
WIRED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES

Q-BOX board with sockets IEC 309

Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with sockets IEC 309 equipped with terminal block - IP55

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IEC 309 Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 12
GW 68 468 12 - 12 1
GW 68 469 6 6 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
GW 68 469 Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX board with interlocked socket-outlets (SBF type)

Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets equipped with terminal block - IP55

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 2P+E 32 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power Pack
suppliable Carton
(kW)
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 561 4 - - - - - 6 1
GW 68 562 3 1 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 563 2 2 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 564 2 1 1 - - - 17 1
GW 68 511 3 - - 1 - - 12 1
GW 68 511
GW 68 565 3 - - - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 566 3 - - - - 1 17 1
GW 68 567 2 1 - - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 568 2 - 1 - - 1 17 1
GW 68 569 2 1 - - - 1 17 1
GW 68 570 1 2 - - 1 - 17 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and not interlocked sockets (IEC 309) equipped
with terminal block - IP55

Code 2P+ E 16 A - 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 63 A Power Pack
IEC 309 16 A 32 A suppliable (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 5
GW 68 512 2 - 3 - - - - 33 1
GW 68 571 2 1 1 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 572 2 1 1 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 513 2 - 2 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 513 GW 68 573 2 - 2 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 514 2 - 1 1 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 574 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 33 1
No. socket outlets: 8
GW 68 542 - 4 3 - - 1 - 53 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
GW68542 equipped with interlocked sockets type COMBIBLOC IP55.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

129
68 ACS
Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and domestic sockets equipped with terminal
block - IP55

Code German Std socket- 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power suppliable Pack
outlet 16 A (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 9
GW 68 541 4 2 2 1 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
GW 68 541
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 6 - wired boards with interlocked sockets equipped with terminal block - IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A 3P+N+E 63 A Power Pack

suppliable Carton
(kW)
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 575 6 - - - - - 6 1
GW 68 576 4 2 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 577 3 3 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 578 3 2 1 - - - 17 1
GW 68 493 3 2 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 491
GW 68 579 3 2 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 580 3 1 1 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 581 3 1 1 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 582 2 3 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 583 2 2 - 1 1 - 33 1
GW 68 492 2 1 1 1 1 - 33 1
GW 68 494 2 2 - 2 - - 33 1
GW 68 491 2 - 2 - 2 - 33 1
GW 68 495 2 1 - - 3 - 33 1
GW 68 496 3 - - - 2 1 53 1
GW 68 497 2 - - - 2 2 53 1
No. socket outlets: 12
GW 68 544 6 3 1 - 2 - 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
GW68544 equipped with interlocked sockets type COMBIBLOC IP55.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 914x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 6 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and domestic sockets equipped with terminal
block - IP55

Code German Std socket- 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 32 A 3P+N+E 63 A Power Pack
outlet 16 A suppliable (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 11
GW 68 543 4 3 2 1 1 53 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 914x821x400 mm.
GW 68 543
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

130
 Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets equipped with fixed plug - IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power suppliable Pack

(kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 584 4 - - - - 6 1
GW 68 481 3 1 - - - 17 1
GW 68 482 2 2 - - - 17 1
GW 68 585 2 1 1 - - 17 1
GW 68 586 2 1 - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 481 GW 68 587 2 1 - - 1 17 1
GW 68 588 1 2 - 1 - 17 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, fixed plug, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and sockets IEC 309 equipped with fixed plug -
IP55

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
Code 2P+ E 16 A - 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 63 A Power Pack
IEC 309 16 A 32 A suppliable (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 5
GW 68 589 2 1 1 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 590 2 1 1 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 483 2 - 2 - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 592 2 - 2 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 483 GW 68 484 2 - 1 1 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 593 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, fixed plug, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 6 - wired boards with interlocked sockets equipped with fixed plug - IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power suppliable Pack

(kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 594 6 - - - - 6 1
GW 68 595 4 2 - - - 17 1
GW 68 473 3 3 - - - 17 1
GW 68 596 3 2 1 - - 17 1
GW 68 471 3 2 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 473 GW 68 597 3 2 - - 1 33 1
GW 68 598 3 - 2 - 1 33 1
GW 68 472 2 3 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 599 2 2 - 1 1 33 1
GW 68 600 2 2 - 2 - 33 1
GW 68 474 2 - 2 - 2 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, fixed plug, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 914x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

131
68 ACS

Q-BOX board with interlocked socket-outlets with fuse-holder (CBF type)

Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and fuse-holder equipped with terminal bloc -
IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 2P+E 32 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power Pack

suppliable Carton
(kW)
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 561 F 4 - - - - - 6 1
GW 68 562 F 3 1 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 563 F 2 2 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 562 F GW 68 564 F 2 1 1 - - - 17 1
GW 68 511 F 3 - - 1 - - 12 1
GW 68 565 F 3 - - - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 566 F 3 - - - - 1 17 1
GW 68 567 F 2 1 - - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 568 F 2 - 1 - - 1 17 1
GW 68 569 F 2 1 - - - 1 17 1
GW 68 570 F 1 2 - - 1 - 17 1
No. socket outlets: 5
GW 68 512 F 2 3 - - - - 33 1
GW 68 571 F 3 1 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 572 F 3 1 - - - 1 33 1
GW 68 513 F 2 2 - - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 573 F 2 2 - - - 1 33 1
GW 68 514 F 2 1 1 - - 1 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses. Each sockets is
protected by fuses (supplied as accessory in the boards).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Q-BOX 6 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and fuse-holder equipped with terminal block -
IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 3P+E 63 A 3P+N+E Power Pack
16 A 32 A 63 A suppliable (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 5
GW 68 574 F 2 1 - 1 - 1 - 42 1
GW 68 498 F 2 - 1 - 1 - 1 42 1
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 575 F 6 - - - - - - 6 1
GW 68 577 F GW 68 576 F 4 2 - - - - - 17 1
GW 68 577 F 3 3 - - - - - 17 1
GW 68 578 F 3 2 1 - - - - 17 1
GW 68 493 F 3 2 - 1 - - - 33 1
GW 68 579 F 3 2 - - 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 580 F 3 1 1 1 - - - 33 1
GW 68 582 F 2 3 - 1 - - - 33 1
GW 68 583 F 2 2 - 1 1 - - 33 1
GW 68 494 F 2 2 - 2 - - - 33 1
GW 68 491 F 2 - 2 - 2 - - 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses. Each sockets is
protected by fuses (supplied as accessory in the boards).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, terminal block, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 914x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

132
 Q-BOX 4 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and fuse-holder equipped with fixed plug - IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power suppliable Pack

(kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 584 F 4 - - - - 6 1
GW 68 481 F 3 1 - - - 17 1
GW 68 482 F 2 2 - - - 17 1
GW 68 586 F 2 1 - 1 - 17 1
GW 68 587 F 2 1 - - 1 17 1
GW 68 481 F GW 68 588 F 1 2 - 1 - 17 1
No. socket outlets: 5
GW 68 589 F 3 1 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 590 F 3 1 - - 1 33 1
GW 68 483 F 2 2 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 592 F 2 2 - - 1 33 1
GW 68 484 F 2 1 1 - 1 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses. Each sockets is
protected by fuses (supplied as accessory in the boards).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, fixed plug, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 636x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
Q-BOX 6 - wired boards with interlocked sockets and fuse-holder equipped with fixed plug - IP55

Code 2P+E 16 A 3P+E 16 A 3P+N+E 16 A 3P+E 32 A 3P+N+E 32 A Power suppliable Pack

(kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 594 F 6 - - - - 6 1
GW 68 595 F 4 2 - - - 17 1
GW 68 473 F 3 3 - - - 17 1
GW 68 596 F 3 2 1 - - 17 1
GW 68 471 F 3 2 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 473 F GW 68 597 F 3 2 - - 1 33 1
GW 68 598 F 3 - 2 - 1 33 1
GW 68 472 F 2 3 - 1 - 33 1
GW 68 599 F 2 2 - 1 1 33 1
GW 68 600 F 2 2 - 2 - 33 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermoplastic boards with high resistance impact (IK10). Typical application: main or secondary distribution boards for construction sites, exibition areas, and temporary uses. Each sockets is
protected by fuses (supplied as accessory in the boards).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Emergency push-botton, fixed plug, stainless steel tear-proof cablefastening hooks, N. 2 triangolar lock, set of steel brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 914x821x400 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

WIRED MOBILE BOARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES

Q-DIN 5 - mobile, portable boards with sockets IEC 309

Protected board equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 German Std socket-outlet 16 A Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 3
GW 68 241 N 2 1 3 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 105x430x96 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

GW 68 241 N

133
68 ACS
Watertight board equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A - IEC 309 Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 3
GW 68 217 N 3 - 3 1
GW 68 242 N 2 1 8 1
GW 68 243 N 1 2 8 1
GW 68 244 N - 3 8 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
GW 68 217 N NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 105x430x96 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Watertight board in yellow schockproof equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 3
GW 68 223 N 3 3 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 140x560x105 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

GW 68 223 N

Q-DIN 10 - mobile, portable boards with sockets IEC 309

Protected board equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IEC 309 German Std socket-outlet 16 A Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 203 N 2 2 3 1
NOTES: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 140x560x105 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

GW 68 203 N

Watertight board equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 16A Power suppliable (kW) Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 - IEC 309 Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 216 N 4 - - 3 1
GW 68 245 N 3 1 - 8 1
GW 68 246 N 3 - 1 8 1
GW 68 204 N 2 2 - 8 1
GW 68 247 N - 4 - 8 1
GW 68 216 N ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 220x435x96 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

134
 Protected board equipped with cable and mobile plug, with yellow painted accident prevention
metal conduit support - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A German Std socket-outlet Power suppliable (kW) Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 16 A Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 401 N 2 1 1 8 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 15 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, yellow metal support.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 220x435x96 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.
GW 68 401 N

Q-DIN 14 - mobile, portable boards with sockets IEC 309

Watertight board equipped with cable and mobile plug - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 32A Power suppliable (kW) Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 - IEC 309 Carton

COMBINED BOARDS
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 248 N 6 - - 8 1

IEC 309
GW 68 249 N 4 2 - 17 1
GW 68 250 N 3 3 - 17 1
GW 68 251 N 3 2 1 17 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
GW 68 250 N NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 320x510x120 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

Protected board equipped with cable and mobile plug, with yellow painted accident prevention
metal conduit carriage with two wheels and rotary drum for rewinding and storing the cable - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A German Std socket-outlet Power suppliable (kW) Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 16 A Carton
No. socket outlets: 6
GW 68 411 N 2 2 2 17 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 25 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, yellow metal carriage.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 320x510x120 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.
GW 68 411 N

Q-DIN 20 - mobile, portable boards with sockets IEC 309 and interlocked socket-outlets
Protected board equipped with cable and mobile plug, with yellow painted accident prevention
metal conduit carriage with two wheels and rotary drum for rewinding and storing the cable - IP44

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E Socket-outlet 3P+E Socket-out 3P+E German Std socket- Power suppliable Pack
16A - IEC 309 16A - IEC 309 32A - IEC309 outlet 16 A (kW) Carton
No. socket outlets: 8
GW 68 421 N 2 2 2 2 17 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 35 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, yellow metal carriage.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 450x560x120 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.
GW 68 421 N

135
68 ACS
Watertight board equipped with cable and mobile plug, with yellow painted accident prevention
metal conduit carriage with two wheels and rotary drum for rewinding and storing the cable - IP65

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E Socket-outlet 3P+E Socket-out 3P+E 32A - IB Power suppliable (kW) Pack
16A - IB 16A - IB Carton
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 424 N 2 1 1 33 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 35 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, yellow metal carriage.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 450x560x120 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.
GW 68 424 N

Q-DIN - mobile, portable boards with safety transformer

Watertight board with equipped safety transformer with cable and mobile plug - IP65

Code with transformer 2P - 16A - 24V Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Power suppliable (kW) Pack
Carton
No. socket outlets: 2
GW 68 235 N 2 - 3 1/2
No. socket outlets: 4
GW 68 236 N 2 2 3 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, insulating screw caps to mantain double insulation and original IP degree of boards.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) GW68235N 220x435x96 mm; GW68236N 450x560x120 mm.
GW 68 235 N Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

66 COMBIBLOC - WIRED BOARDS FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES

COMBIBLOC - Portable distribution boards

Combibloc ACS boards equipped with cable and plug IEC309 Metal conduit support yellow-painted
support - IP55

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 16A - IB Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 32A - IB Pack
Carton
GW 66 388 2 1 - 1
GW 66 389 1 1 1 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 5 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, metal conduit support.
NOTES: external dimensions (BxHxP) 320x360x95 mm.
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.
GW 66 388

136
68 QMC - WIRED PEDESTAL FOR CONSTRUCTION SITES

Q-MC 16T - Transportable pedestal

QMC 16 T ACS transportable wired terminal with double-face take-off equipped with non-
interlocked switched socket-outlets - IP56

Code Socket-outlet 2P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 16A Socket-outlet 3P+N+E 32A Pack
- IEC 309 - IEC 309 - IEC 309 - IEC 309 Carton
GW 68 881 A 7 - - - 1
GW 68 883 A 4 1 1 1 1
GW 68 884 A 2 1 2 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Stainless steel cable fastener devices, enclosure with hinged opening that can be fitted with security lock for access to modular devices.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 5 m of cable H 07 RN - F and mobile plug, metal conduit support.
GW 68 881 A
Please refer to Gewiss web site to download the wiring diagrams of the boards.

ACS PREDETERMINED CONSTRUCTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS

COMBINED BOARDS
46 QP - Watertight polyester boards - IP66
Watertight boards in polyester with blank door fitted with lock - Grey RAL 7035

IEC 309
Code Nominal dim. LxHxD (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 No. locks Pack
Carton
GW 46 003 F 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 1
GW 46 004 F 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 1
GW 46 005 F 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 1
GW 46 006 F 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 1
NOTES: it is necessary use ENERGY PRO software to realize certification in accordance with ACS standard and the GEWISS construction standard.
Refer to section in the catalogue “ 46 QP Range - Watertight Surface mounting distribution and automation borads” for any further information related to the boards and their acceries.
GW 46 004 F

Polyester watertight boards with transparent door and lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 No. locks Pack
Carton
GW 46 203 F 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 1
GW 46 204 F 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 1
GW 46 205 F 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 1
GW 46 206 F 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 1
NOTES: It is necessary use ENERGY PRO software to realize certification in accordance with ACS standard and the GEWISS construction standard.
Refer to section in the catalogue “ 46 QP Range - Watertight Surface mounting distribution and automation borads” or any further information related to the boards and their acceries.
GW 46 203 F

40 CDK - unwired enclosures fir ingoing and measurement assemblies

Enclosures prearranged for housing terminal blocks Transparent smoked door - smooth walls - IP65
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 40 103 12 298x260x140 6
GW 40 106 18 410x285x140 3
GW 40 104 24 298x420x140 3
NOTES: It is necessary use ENERGY PRO software to realize certification in accordance with ACS standard and the GEWISS construction standard.
Refer to section in the catalogue “ 40 CDK Range - Surface mounting distribution borads and enclosures” for any further information related to the boards and their acceries.

GW 40 103

137
68 ACS

68 Q-BOX - Unwired final distribution board

Q-BOX 4 unwired distribution board - IP55
Code Supplied Earth Terminal block No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 68 465 (7x10 mm²) 12 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: modular enclosure 12+1M and blank enclosure for terminal block. Set of brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: It is necessary use ENERGY PRO software to realize certification in accordance with ACS standard and the GEWISS construction standard

GW 68 465

Q-BOX 6 unwired distribution boards - IP55

Code Supplied Earth Terminal block No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 68 466 (2x25mm²)+(10x10mm²) 24 (12+12) 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 modular enclosures 12+1M each, and blank enclosure for terminal block. Set of brackets for surface-mounting.
NOTES: It is necessary use ENERGY PRO software to realize certification in accordance with ACS standard and the GEWISS construction standard.

GW 68 466

Complementary items for 68 Q-BOX

Pole support kit
Code For distribution boards Pack
Carton
GW 46 554 Q-BOX 4 1
APPLICATIONS: for applying boards 68 Q-BOX 4 on poles from 60mm to 80mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: fixed on the back of the boards.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 pieces. For the correct use of the kit, see the instructions sheet.

GW 46 554

Panels for Q-BOX 4/6 - IP55

Code Description Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 68 551 Panel - blank 270x368 1
GW 68 552 12 modules board 270x368 1
GW 68 554 4 COMBIBLOC 16-32A IP44/55 270x368 1
GW 68 556 2 IB Vert. 16-32A IP67 + 2 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 or GW27401 270x368 1
GW 68 559 5 IB Vert. 16-32A IP67 + 4 IEC 309 16A IP44/67 or GW27401 540x368 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: panels with base, fixing screws and closure.
CHARACTERISTICS:
Internal space of Q-BOX 4: 540x415mm
Internal space of Q-BOX 6: 810x415mm.

GW 68 552

138
 Fixing kit for 160A one-way switches for GW68552 panel
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 68 591 For inserting from 160A 1/20

GW 68 591

Emergency push button kit

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 68 504 Kit equipped with red emergency push button and green light to show the integrity of the circuit 1/4

COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
GW 68 504

12-module watertight enclosure front for Q-BOX - IP55

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 68 503 12+1 1/8

GW 68 503

Watertight plug - socket-outlet block

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 68 505 Plug/socket-outlet block 1/10
NOTE: the block is suitable for 32A (only 3P+E and 3P+N+E) and 63 A socket-outlet - plug connections.

GW 68 505

Yellow metal support for Q-BOX 4/6

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 68 463 1100x1650x630 1
CHARACTERISTICS: 2 side handles for manual handling; 2 slots on the top for lifting with a crane.

GW 68 463

139
68 ACS
Security lock with handle
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 445 Security lock key and handle 10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: all the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 46 445

Document holder pocket in self-adhesive insulating material with kit of blank labels
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: the document wallet can be inserted in all Gewiss distribution boards starting with the 405x500x200 mm dimension.

GW 46 447

LUMINOUS INDICATOR DEVICES

RETTA - Rectangular luminaires

Versions for incandescent lamps - IP44 - Class II
Code Max lamp power Lamp Lamp holder Diffuser colour Weight (kg) Pack
Carton
GW 80 401 75 W IA/IB E27 Transparent 0.3 12
GW 80 403 75 W IA/IB E27 Red 0.3 12
GW 80 404 75 W IA/IB E27 Green 0.3 12

GW 80 401

TARTA - Oval luminaires

Versions for incandescent lamps - IP44 - Class II
Code Max lamp power Lamp Lamp holder Diffuser colour Weight (kg) Pack
Carton
GW 80 409 60 W IA/IB E27 Transparent 0.2 36
GW 80 411 60 W IA/IB E27 Red 0.2 36
GW 80 412 60 W IA/IB E27 Green 0.2 36
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for installation directly on to walls via screws or on to pipes using cable ties.

GW 80 411

140
 COMBINED BOARDS
IEC 309
68 ACS
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

OUT-OF-THE-BOX WIRED CUSTOMISABLE CONFIGURATIONS CONFIGURATION PANELS

SOLUTIONS

Pre-wired versions are available, equipped with Empty versions are available that can be Specific additional panels permit to create
interlocked sockets (with or without fuse holder customised for all site needs. With ENERGY different distribution board configurations,
base) up to 63A or IEC type fixed sockets. They PRO software, you can quickly and easily according to the specific needs of each
are also equipped with an emergency push create and certify your ASC configuration. construction site. Thanks to switchboard panels,
button, key locked doors, SST strain-resistant for example, it is possible to obtain panels of
cable hooks and carrying handles located at switches only (up to 60 modules), while with
the top of the enclosure. the socket-outlets panels it is possible to have
boards with 12 interlocked socket-outlets.
141
Control and signalling

142
 AND SIGNALLING
70 RT HP 74 PS CONTROL

Rotary isolators Push-buttons,

selectors and
indicators Ø 22 mm

p. 147 p. 160

143
70 RT HP

Rotary isolators
VERSIONS IN INSULATING ENCLOSURE VERSIONS IN ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE

CONTROL CONTROL EMERGENCY EMERGENCY CONTROL CONTROL

In POLES

Dim: 125 x 150 x 75,5 mm Dim: 153,6 x 200,6 x 117 mm Dim: 125 x 150 x 75,5 mm Dim: 153,6 x 200,6 x 117 mm Dim: 140 x 165 x 64 mm Dim: 200 x 230 x 110 mm
2P GW 70 401 P GW 70 431 P GW 70 401 M
3P GW 70 402 P GW 70 432 P GW 70 402 M
3P+N GW 70 402 NP GW 70 432 NP GW 70 402 NM
16A
4P GW 70 403 P GW 70 433 P GW 70 403 M
6P GW 70 601 P GW 70 641P GW 70 701 M
8P GW 70 621 P GW 70 661P GW 70 721 M
2P GW 70 416 P GW 70 486 P GW 70 416 M
3P GW 70 417 P GW 70 487 P GW 70 417 M
3P+N GW 70 417 NP GW 70 487 NP GW 70 417 NM
25A
4P GW 70 418 P GW 70 488 P GW 70 418 M
6P GW 70 602 P GW 70 642 P GW 70 702 M
8P GW 70 622 P GW 70 662 P GW 70 722 M
2P GW 70 404 P GW 70 434 P GW 70 404 M
3P GW 70 405 P GW 70 435 P GW 70 405 M
3P+N GW 70 405 NP GW 70 435 NP GW 70 405 NM
32A
4P GW 70 406 P GW 70 436 P GW 70 406 M
6P GW 70 603 P GW 70 643 P GW 70 703 M
8P GW 70 623 P GW 70 663 P GW 70 723 M
2P GW 70 413 P GW 70 441 P GW 70 413 M
3P GW 70 414 P GW 70 442 P GW 70 414 M
3P+N GW 70 414 NP GW 70 442 NP GW 70 414 NM
40A
4P GW 70 415 P GW 70 443 P GW 70 415 M
6P GW 70 604 P GW 70 644 P GW 70 704 M
8P GW 70 624 P GW 70 664 P GW 70 724 M

Dim: 156 x 200 x 95 mm 236,5 x 315,5 x 178 mm Dim: 156 x 200 x 95 mm Dim: 236,5 x 315,5 x 178 mm Dim: 215 x 252 x 91 mm Dim: 257 x 307 x 121 mm
3P GW 70 407 P GW 70 437 P GW 70 407 M
3P+N GW 70 407 NP GW 70 437 NP GW 70 407 NM
63A 4P GW 70 408 P GW 70 438 P GW 70 408 M
6P GW 70 605 P GW 70 645 P GW 70 705 M
8P GW 70 625 P GW 70 665 P GW 70 725 M
3P GW 70 419 P GW 70 489 P GW 70 419 M
80A 3P+N GW 70 419 NP GW 70 489 NP GW 70 419 NM
4P GW 70 420 P GW 70 490 P GW 70 420 M

Dim: 236,5 x 316 x 178 mm Dim: 236,5 x 316 x 178 mm Dim: 236,5 x 316 x 178 mm Dim: 236,5 x 316 x 178 mm Dim: 257 x 307 x 121 mm Dim: 257 x 307 x 121 mm
3P GW 70 421 P GW 70 491 P GW 70 421 M
3P+N GW 70 421 NP GW 70 491 NP GW 70 421 NM
100A 4P GW 70 422 P GW 70 492 P GW 70 422 M
6P GW 70 607 P GW 70 647 P GW 70 707 M
8P GW 70 627 P GW 70 667 P GW 70 727 M
3P GW 70 423 P GW 70 493 P GW 70 423 M
125A 3P+N GW 70 423 NP GW 70 493 NP GW 70 423 NM
4P GW 70 424 P GW 70 494 P GW 70 424 M
3P GW 70 425 P GW 70 495 P GW 70 425 M
160A 3P+N GW 70 425 NP GW 70 495 NP GW 70 425 NM
4P GW 70 426 P GW 70 496 P GW 70 426 M
NOTE: the dimensions shown above refer to the external dimensions of the boxes without considering the knob.

144
 DC VERSIONS FOR
VERSIONS IN ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE AUXILIARY CONTACTS PHOTOVOLTAIC APPLICATIONS ATEX VERSIONS IN ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE
IN INSULATING ENCLOSURE
EMERGENCY EMERGENCY CONTROL EMERGENCY

Dim: 140 x 165 x 64 mm Dim: 200 x 230 x 110 mm 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC Dim: 153,6 x 200,6 x 117 mm Dim: 140 x 165 x 63 mm Dim: 140 x 165 x 63 mm
GW 70 431 M GW 70 231 GW 70 451 GW 70 471
GW 70 432 M GW 70 452 GW 70 472
GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 432 NM
GW 70 433 M GW 70 453 GW 70 473
GW 70 741 M
GW 70 029
GW 70 761 M
GW 70 486 M
GW 70 487 M GW 70 235
GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 487 NM
GW 70 488 M
GW 70 742 M
GW 70 029
GW 70 762 M
GW 70 434 M GW 70 454 GW 70 474
GW 70 435 M GW 70 238 GW 70 455 GW 70 475
GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 435 NM
GW 70 436 M GW 70 239 GW 70 456 GW 70 476
GW 70 743 M
GW 70 029
GW 70 763 M
GW 70 441 M
GW 70 442 M
GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 442 NM
GW 70 443 M GW 70 242

AND SIGNALLING
GW 70 744 M
GW 70 029
GW 70 764 M

CONTROL
Dim: 215 x 252 x 91 mm 257 x 307 x 121 mm 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC Dim: 215 x 252 x 91 mm Dim: 215 x 252 x 91 mm
GW 70 437 M GW 70 457 GW 70 477
GW 70 437 NM GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 438 M GW 70 458 GW 70 478
GW 70 745 M
GW 70 029
GW 70 765 M
GW 70 489 M
GW 70 489 NM GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
GW 70 490 M

Dim: 257 x 307 x 121 mm Dim: 257 x 307 x 121 mm 1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC Dim: 307 x 257 x 120 mm Dim: 307 x 257 x 120 mm
GW 70 491 M GW 70 459 GW 70 479
GW 70 491 NM
GW 70 492 M GW 70 460 GW 70 480
GW 70 747 M
GW 70 767 M
GW 70 493 M GW 70 029
GW 70 493 NM
GW 70 494 M
GW 70 495 M
GW 70 495 NM
GW 70 496 M

145
Rotary isolators
VERSIONS FOR BOARD
PANEL/DOOR MOUNTING (*) DIN RAIL MOUNTING AUXILIARY CONTACTS

In POLES

1NO + 1NC 2NO 2NC

2P GW 70 001 GW 70 201
16A 3P GW 70 002 GW 70 202
4P GW 70 003 GW 70 203
3P GW 70 052
25A
4P GW 70 053
2P GW 70 004 GW 70 204
32A 3P GW 70 005 GW 70 205
GW 70 026 GW 70 027 GW 70 028
4P GW 70 006 GW 70 206
3P GW 70 055
40A
4P GW 70 056
3P GW 70 007 GW 70 207
63A
4P GW 70 008 GW 70 208
3P GW 70 058
80A
4P GW 70 059
3P GW 70 061
100A
4P GW 70 062
3P GW 70 064
125A GW 70 029
4P GW 70 065
3P GW 70 067
160A
4P GW 70 068
(*) Versions for panel/door mounting can be accessorized with galvanized steel extending brackets GW 70 009.

VERSIONS FOR BOARD

PANEL/DOOR MOUNTING AUXILIARY CONTACTS PHASE BARRIERS TERMINAL COVERS SHAFTS

In POLES

1NC 1EB
3P GW 70 070 GW 70 171 GW 70 181
200A
4P GW 70 071 GW 70 172 GW 70 182
3P GW 70 073 GW 70 171 GW 70 181
250A
4P GW 70 074 GW 70 172 GW 70 182
GW 70 040
3P GW 70 076 GW 70 173 GW 70 183
315A
4P GW 70 077 GW 70 174 GW 70 184
3P GW 70 079 GW 70 173 GW 70 183
400A GW 70 035 GW 70 036
4P GW 70 080 GW 70 174 GW 70 184
3P GW 70 085 GW 70 175 GW 70 185
630A
4P GW 70 086 GW 70 176 GW 70 186
3P GW 70 088 GW 70 175 GW 70 185
800A GW 70 041
4P GW 70 089 GW 70 176 GW 70 186
3P GW 70 091 GW 70 175 GW 70 185
1000A
4P GW 70 092 GW 70 176 GW 70 186

146
70 RT HP
Rotary isolators
70 RT HP is a complete offer of rotary isolator switches from 16A to 160A,
available in boxes both in insulating material and aluminium, in control or
emergency versions, compatible with the main applications for residential, tertiary
and industrial contexts. DC versions for photovoltaic applications are also available
from 16A to 40A in insulating box. The series is completed with versions for board
from 16A to 1000A and for DIN rail fixing from 16A to 63A, which can be equipped
with auxiliary contacts. The devices have been designed to reduce wiring time,
facilitate installation and guarantee the maximum safety and robustness even in
the most demanding conditions.
70 RT HP - SURFACE MOUNTING ROTARY ISOLATOR IN INSULATING
ENCLOSURE - IP66/IP67/69

Control versions
Surface-mounting isolator - control version with lockable black knob - IP66/IP67/IP69
Code No. of poles Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Holes entry Lid screws (no. and Pack
type) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 401 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 402 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 402 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 403 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 601 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 621 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 416 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 417 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 406 P GW 70 417 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 418 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16

AND SIGNALLING
GW 70 602 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 622 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4

CONTROL
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 404 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 405 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 405 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 406 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 603 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 623 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 413 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 414 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 414 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 415 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 604 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM32 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 624 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM32 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 407 P 3P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 407 NP 3P+N 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 408 P 4P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 605 P 6P 236,5x315,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 625 P 8P 315,5x236,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 80
GW 70 419 P 3P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 419 NP 3P+N 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 420 P 4P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 421 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 421 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 422 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 607 P 6P 236,5x315,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 627 P 8P 315,5x236,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 125
GW 70 423 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 423 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 424 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 160
GW 70 425 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 425 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 426 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
NOTE: can be padlocked in ON and OFF position with max. 3 locks with diameter max. 8 mm. The 63-100A 6P-8P versions can be padlocked only in the OFF position with IP66/IP69 protection degree.
Versions 100-160A up to 4P and 63-100A 6P and 8P allow to install max. 2 x M63 cable glands. All Lid screws are sealable.

147
70 RT HP

Emergency versions
Surface-mounting isolator - emergency version with lockable red knob - IP66/IP67/IP69
Code No. of poles Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Holes entry Lid screws (no. and Pack
type) Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 431 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 432 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 432 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 433 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 641 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 661 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 486 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 487 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 436 P
GW 70 487 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 488 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 642 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 662 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 434 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 435 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 435 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 436 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 643 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 663 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 441 P 2P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 442 P 3P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 442 NP 3P+N 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 443 P 4P 125x150x75,5 2 x M20/25 + 2 x M20/25 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/16
GW 70 644 P 6P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM32 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 664 P 8P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM32 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 437 P 3P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 437 NP 3P+N 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 438 P 4P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 645 P 6P 236,5x315,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 665 P 8P 315,5x236,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 80
GW 70 489 P 3P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 489 NP 3P+N 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
GW 70 490 P 4P 156x200x95 2 x M25/32 + 2 x M25/32 4 insul. 1/4 turn 1/6
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 491 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 491 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 492 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 647 P 6P 236,5x315,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 667 P 8P 315,5x236,5x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 125
GW 70 493 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 493 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 494 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
Rated current (A): 160
GW 70 495 P 3P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 495 NP 3P+N 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
GW 70 496 P 4P 236,5x316x178 - 4 insulation 1
NOTE: can be padlocked in OFF position with max. 3 locks with diameter max. 8 mm. The 63-100A 6P-8P versions can be padlocked only in the OFF position with IP66/IP69 protection degree. Versions 100-160A up to
4P and 63-100A 6P and 8P allow to install max. 2 x M63 cable glands. All Lid screws are sealable.

148
70 RT HP - SURFACE-MOUNTING ROTARY ISOLATOR IN ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE - IP66

Control versions
Surface-mounting isolator - control version with lockable black/grey knob - IP66
Code No. of poles Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Holes entry Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 401 M 2P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 402 M 3P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 402 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 403 M 4P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 701 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 721 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 416 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 417 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 406 M
GW 70 417 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 418 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 702 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 722 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 404 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 405 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 405 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 406 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 703 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 723 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 413 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 414 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 414 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 415 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 704 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM25 1
GW 70 724 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM25 1

AND SIGNALLING
Rated current (A): 63

CONTROL
GW 70 407 M 3P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 407 NM 3P+N 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 408 M 4P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 705 M 6P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 725 M 8P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 80
GW 70 419 M 3P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 419 NM 3P+N 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 420 M 4P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 421 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 421 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 422 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 707 M 6P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 727 M 8P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 125
GW 70 423 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 423 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 424 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 160
GW 70 425 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 425 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 426 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
NOTE: can be padlocked in ON and OFF position with max. 3 locks with diameter max. 8 mm.
Versions 100-160A up to 4P and 63-100A 6P and 8P allow to install max. 2 x M63 cable glands.

149
70 RT HP

Emergency versions
Surface-mounting isolator - emergency version with lockable red/yellow - IP66
Code No. of poles Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Holes entry Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 431 M 2P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 432 M 3P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 432 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 433 M 4P 140x165x64 4xM20 1
GW 70 741 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 761 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 486 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 487 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 436 M
GW 70 487 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 488 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 742 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 762 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 434 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 435 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 435 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 436 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 743 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
GW 70 763 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM20 1
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 441 M 2P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 442 M 3P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 442 NM 3P+N 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 443 M 4P 140x165x64 2 x M20 + 2 x M25 1
GW 70 744 M 6P 200x230x110 4xM25 1
GW 70 764 M 8P 200x230x110 4xM25 1
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 437 M 3P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 437 NM 3P+N 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 438 M 4P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 745 M 6P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 765 M 8P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 80
GW 70 489 M 3P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 489 NM 3P+N 215x252x91 4xM32 1
GW 70 490 M 4P 215x252x91 4xM32 1
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 491 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 491 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 492 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 747 M 6P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 767 M 8P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 125
GW 70 493 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 493 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 494 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
Rated current (A): 160
GW 70 495 M 3P 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 495 NM 3P+N 257x307x121 - 1
GW 70 496 M 4P 257x307x121 - 1
NOTE: can be padlocked in OFF position with max. 3 locks with diameter max. 8 mm.
Versions 100-160A up to 4P and 63-100A 6P and 8P allow to install max. 2 x M63 cable glands.

150
70 RT HP - SURFACE MOUNTING ROTARY ISOLATOR IN INSULATING ENCLOSURE IN DIRECT
CURRENT - IP66/IP67/IP69

Versions for photovoltaic application

Surface-mounting isolator - control version with lockable black knob - IP66/IP67/IP69
Code No. of poles Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Holes entry Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 231 2P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 235 3P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 238 3P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM20 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 239 4P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 242 4P 153,6x200,6x117 4xM25 4 insulation 1/4
GW 70 231

AND SIGNALLING
CONTROL

151
70 RT HP
ROTARY ISOLATORS FOR AUTOMATION AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Versions for boards 16 ÷ 160 A

Isolator switches for distribution board with padlockable red/yellow knob and control transmission
shaft
Code No. of poles No. of modules EN 50022 Regulation field Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 001 2P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 002 3P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 003 4P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
Rated current (A): 25
GW 70 052 3P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 053 4P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 001 GW 70 004 2P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 005 3P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 006 4P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
Rated current (A): 40
GW 70 055 3P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
GW 70 056 4P 4 87 - 145 mm 1/10
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 007 3P 5 114 - 177 mm 1/5
GW 70 008 4P 5 114 - 177 mm 1/5
Rated current (A): 80
GW 70 058 3P 5 114 - 177 mm 1/5
GW 70 059 4P 5 114 - 177 mm 1/5
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 061 3P 4 Max 194 mm 1/6
GW 70 062 4P 6 Max 194 mm 1/6
Rated current (A): 125
GW 70 064 3P 4 Max 194 mm 1/6
GW 70 065 4P 6 Max 194 mm 1/6
Rated current (A): 160
GW 70 067 3P 4 Max 194 mm 1/6
GW 70 068 4P 6 Max 194 mm 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the regulation field can be obtained by cutting the shaft supplied. Versions for panel/door mounting 16A ÷ 80A can be accessorized with galvanized steel extending brackets GW 70 009.

Galvanized steel extending brackets for rear fixing

Code For isolator Regulation field Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 009 16 A - 25 A - 32 A - 40 A - 63 A - 80 A 117-305mm (16-40A) - 144-337mm (63-80A) 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: the regulation field can be obtained by cutting both the shaft supplied and the extension brackets at the references shown.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit.

GW 70 009

152
Versions for boards 200 ÷ 1000 A
Isolator switches for distribution board with padlockable black knob and control transmission shaft
Code No. of poles No. of modules EN 50022 Regulation field Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 200
GW 70 070 3P 9 152 - 246 mm 1
GW 70 071 4P 11 152 - 246 mm 1
Rated current (A): 250
GW 70 073 3P 9 152 - 246 mm 1
GW 70 074 4P 11 152 - 246 mm 1
Rated current (A): 315
GW 70 076 3P 12 161 - 256 mm 1
GW 70 077 4P 14 161 - 256 mm 1
GW 70 070
Rated current (A): 400
GW 70 079 3P 12 161 - 256 mm 1
GW 70 080 4P 14 161 - 256 mm 1
Rated current (A): 630
GW 70 085 3P 16 212 - 282 mm 1
GW 70 086 4P 20 212 - 282 mm 1
Rated current (A): 800
GW 70 088 3P 16 212 - 282 mm 1
GW 70 089 4P 20 212 - 282 mm 1
Rated current (A): 1000
GW 70 091 3P 16 212 - 282 mm 1
GW 70 092 4P 20 212 - 282 mm 1

Versions for fixing on DIN rail

Isolator switches for DIN rail with black knob
Code No. of poles No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16

AND SIGNALLING
GW 70 201 2P 4 1/24

CONTROL
GW 70 202 3P 4 1/24
GW 70 203 4P 4 1/24
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 204 2P 4 1/24
GW 70 205 3P 4 1/24
GW 70 206 4P 4 1/24
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 207 3P 5 1/12
GW 70 203
GW 70 208 4P 5 1/12

153
70 RT HP

Complementary items
Auxiliary contacts
Code Type of contact For isolator Pack
Carton
GW 70 026 1 NO + 1 NC 16 A - 25 A - 32 A - 40 A - 63 A - 80 A 1/12
GW 70 027 2 NO 16 A - 25 A - 32 A - 40 A - 63 A - 80 A 1/12
GW 70 028 2 NC 16 A - 25 A - 32 A - 40 A - 63 A - 80 A 1/12
GW 70 029 1 NO + 1 NC 100 A - 125 A - 160 A e 16-100A 6P and 8P 1/12
GW 70 035 1 NC 200 ÷ 1000 A 1/12
GW 70 036 1 EB 200 ÷ 1000 A 1/12

GW 70 026

Shafts for board versions

Code Length For isolator Pack
Carton
GW 70 040 300 mm 200 ÷ 400 A 1/20
GW 70 041 300 mm 630 ÷ 1000 A 1/20

GW 70 040

Phase barriers
Code Kit For isolator Pack
Carton
GW 70 171 6 pieces 200 ÷ 250 A 3P 1/20
GW 70 172 8 pieces 200 ÷ 250 A 4P 1/20
GW 70 173 6 pieces 315 ÷ 400 A 3P 1/20
GW 70 174 8 pieces 315 ÷ 400 A 4P 1/20
GW 70 175 6 pieces 630 A ÷ 1000 A 3P 1/20
GW 70 176 8 pieces 630 A ÷ 1000 A 4P 1/15

GW 70 171

154
 Terminal covers
Code Kit For isolator Pack
Carton
GW 70 181 3 pieces 200 ÷ 250 A 3P 1/20
GW 70 182 4 pieces 200 ÷ 250 A 4P 1/15
GW 70 183 3 pieces 315 ÷ 400 A 3P 1/10
GW 70 184 4 pieces 315 ÷ 400 A 4P 1/10
GW 70 185 3 pieces 630 A ÷ 1000 A 3P 1/8
GW 70 186 4 pieces 630 A ÷ 1000 A 4P 1/6

GW 70 181

Insulating screw caps

Code Description Modules Pack
Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm - 10/100
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm - 10/100
NOTE: required to maintain the double insulation and the IP protection degree when drilling the internal fixing points to install the versions in insulating box.

GW 44 622

AND SIGNALLING
CONTROL

155
70 RT HP
70 ATEX - DISCONNECTING SWITCHES IN PAINTED ALUMINIUM ENCLOSURE - ZONE 22 (D)

Control versions in aluminium alloy box

ATEX rotary wall-mounting switches for control, with black knob - IP65
Code No. of poles Power AC3 400V (kW) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 451 2P 6 (230V) 140x165x135 1
GW 70 452 3P 10 140x165x135 1
GW 70 453 4P 10 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 454 2P 9 (230V) 140x165x135 1
GW 70 455 3P 15 140x165x135 1
GW 70 456 4P 15 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 457 3P 18.5 140x165x135 1
GW 70 451
GW 70 458 4P 18.5 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 459 3P 30 215x252x94 1
GW 70 460 4P 30 215x252x94 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable gland M25 for 16A versions, M32 for 32-63A versions, and M40 for 100A.
CHARACTERISTICS: box in aluminium alloy painted in Grey RAL 7037.
ATEX Classification: Equipment-group II Category 3D.
Dust protection mode: tc.
Room temperature: -20°C <= Ta <= +40 °C.
NOTES: Can be padlocked with 3 locks in the OFF position and one in the ON position.

Emergency versions in aluminium alloy box

ATEX rotary wall-mounting switches for emergency, with red knob - IP65
Code No. of poles Power AC3 400V (kW) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
Rated current (A): 16
GW 70 471 2P 6 (230V) 140x165x135 1
GW 70 472 3P 10 140x165x135 1
GW 70 473 4P 10 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 32
GW 70 474 2P 9 (230V) 140x165x135 1
GW 70 475 3P 15 140x165x135 1
GW 70 476 4P 15 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 63
GW 70 477 3P 18.5 140x165x135 1
GW 70 471
GW 70 478 4P 18.5 140x165x135 1
Rated current (A): 100
GW 70 479 3P 30 215x252x94 1
GW 70 480 4P 30 215x252x94 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable gland M25 for 16A versions, M32 for 32-63A versions, and M40 for 100A.
CHARACTERISTICS: box in aluminium alloy painted in Grey RAL 7037.
ATEX Classification: Equipment-group II Category 3D.
Dust protection mode: tc.
Room temperature: -20°C <= Ta <= +40 °C.
NOTES: Can be padlocked with 3 locks in the OFF position.

156
 AND SIGNALLING
70 RT HP

CONTROL
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

TOTAL PROTECTION QUICK MOUNTING VERSATILE AND INNOVATIVE

The versions in plastic box have a degree The frontal part of the versions in plastic box is Double metric inputs, external points for wall
of protection up to IP66/IP67/IP69, which fixed with only 4 captive and sealable screws fixing, large internal space for cable routing
guarantee a total protection against the entry with ¼ turn: a simple and innovative system, and accessorisability with different auxiliary
of dust and liquids. Thanks to their high impact which allows to fix or remove the cover in less contacts, are just some of the features
resistance, this range is suitable for all the most time than any other system currently available that make this range suitable for various
demanding application contexts. on the market. applications.

157
74 PS

Momentary round push-buttons

Colour With guard Without guard With backlit guard
Green GW 74 301 GW 74 313 GW 74 341 (*)
Black GW 74 302 GW 74 312 -
White GW 74 303 GW 74 314 GW 74 342 (*)
Red GW 74 304 GW 74 311 GW 74 343 (*)
Blue GW 74 305 GW 74 315 GW 74 344 (*)
Yellow GW 74 306 GW 74 316 GW 74 345 (*)

Round mushroom-head push-buttons - ø 40 mm

Colour With holding Without holding

GW 74 364 GW 74 363

Red

GW 74 367 (*) GW 74 366 (*)

Round mushroom-head emergency push-buttons - ø 40 mm

Colour With holding With holding and key

GW 74 361

Red GW 74 362

GW 74 365 (*)

Round selectors
Positions Lever type with fixed positions Extractable key with fixed position Lever type with return

0-1 GW 74 401 GW 74 411 GW 74 421

1-0-2 GW 74 402 GW 74 412 GW 74 422

Luminous indicators Complementary items

Colour Direct power supply Type Contact
Green GW 74 451 1 NO GW 74 501
Single contact
1 NC GW 74 502
Red GW 74 452
2 NO GW 74 503
Yellow GW 74 453
Dual contact 2 NC GW 74 505
Light blue GW 74 454
1 NO + 1 NC GW 74 504
White GW 74 455 Lamp-holder - BA9S coupling GW 74 511

(*) Backlit

158
Complete containers
Indicator lights Ø 22 With guard No. gangs Contacts Dimensions (LxHxD) mm

Generic (black) GW 27 201 1 1 NO 66x82x65

Emergency (red) GW 27 202 1 1 NO 1 NC 66x82x65

Start (green)
GW 27 203 2 1 NO 1 NC 132x82x65
Stop (red)

Start (green)

Stop (red) GW 27 204 3 1 NO 1 NC 66x171x65

Signalling (white)

Empty containers
No. gangs Code Side entries Top / Bottom entries Dimensions (LxHxD) mm

1 GW 27 101 2 x Ø 23 2 x Ø 23 66x82x65

1 GW 27 111 (*) 2 x Ø 23 2 x Ø 23 66x82x65

2 GW 27 102 6 x Ø 23 2 x Ø 23 132x82x65

3 GW 27 103 4 x Ø 23 2 x Ø 23 66x171x65

6 GW 27 104 4 x Ø 23 6 x Ø 23 132x171x65

12 GW 27 105 4 x Ø 23 6 x Ø 23 264x171x65

(*) GW 27 111: yellow lid and grey back-mounting box - Specific for emergency push-buttons.
For all illuminated versions, the LED lamp must be purchased separately: GW 74 515 (12V); GW 74 516 (24V); GW 74 517 (110V); GW 74 518 (230V).

AND SIGNALLING
CONTROL

159
74 PS
Push-buttons, selectors and indicators Ø 22 mm
The 74 PS range is a system of push-buttons, selectors and indicators
(diameter 22 mm) with a degree of protection of IP66 for creating a real
interface between man and machine, whilst at the same time controlling the
operating status of the drives and equipment to ensure the highest safety
standards. The range includes six types of empty enclosure with between
1 and 12 gangs, and enclosures that come fitted with push-buttons and
contacts.

OPERATORS Ø 22 MM - IP66

Momentary push-buttons
Momentary push-buttons with round guard
Code Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 301 Green 10/60
GW 74 302 Black 10/60
GW 74 303 White 10/60
GW 74 304 Red 10/60
GW 74 305 Blue 10/60
GW 74 306 Yellow 10/60
APPLICATION: suitable for avoiding accidental activation, e.g.: gates, tool machines, etc.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
CHARACTERISTICS: Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.

GW 74 301

Momentary push-buttons without round guard

Code Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 311 Red 10/60
GW 74 312 Black 10/60
GW 74 313 Green 10/60
GW 74 314 White 10/60
GW 74 315 Blue 10/60
GW 74 316 Yellow 10/60
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
CHARACTERISTICS: Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.

GW 74 311

Momentary push-buttons with backlit round guard

Code Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 341 Green 10/60
GW 74 342 White 10/60
GW 74 343 Red 10/60
GW 74 344 Blue 10/60
GW 74 345 Yellow 10/60
APPLICATION: ideal for viewing the user operating status without the need for additional indicator lamps.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
CHARACTERISTICS: can be combined with the lamp-holder GW74511 + LED lamp.
Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.

GW 74 345

160
Mushroom-head push-buttons
Round mushroom-head push-buttons - Mushroom Ø 40mm
Code Functions Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 74 363 Without holding Not illuminated 10/60
GW 74 364 With holding Not illuminated 10/60
GW 74 366 Without holding Backlit 10/60
GW 74 367 With holding Backlit 10/60
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
NOTE: compatible with the emergency enclosure GW42204.
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74366 and GW74367 can be combined with the lamp-holder GW74511 + LED lamp.
Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.

GW 74 367

Emergency push-buttons
Round mushroom-head emergency buttons - Mushroom Ø 40mm
Code Functions Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 74 361 With holding Not illuminated 10/60
GW 74 362 With holding and key Not illuminated 10/60
GW 74 365 With holding Backlit 10/60
APPLICATION: suitable for emergency use, in accordance with Standard IEC 60947-5-5.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
NOTE: all the keys are supplied with a standardised code.
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74365 can be combined with the lamp-holder GW74511 + LED lamp.

GW 74 361

AND SIGNALLING
CONTROL

161
74 PS

Selectors
Round lever selectors with fixed position
Code No. gangs Type Pack
Carton
GW 74 401 2 0-1 10/60
GW 74 402 3 1-0-2 10/60
CHARACTERISTICS: operator in thermoplastic material.
Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).

GW 74 401

Round key selectors with fixed position and removable key

Code No. gangs Type Pack
Carton
GW 74 411 2 0-1 10/60
GW 74 412 3 1-0-2 10/60
CHARACTERISTIC: operator in thermoplastic material.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).
NOTE: all the keys are supplied with a standardised code.

GW 74 411

Round lever selectors with - O - return position

Code No. gangs Type Pack
Carton
GW 74 421 2 0-1 10/60
GW 74 422 3 1-0-2 10/60
CHARACTERISTIC: operator in thermoplastic material. Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 und GW42207.
SUPPLIED: 3-seat flange (2 of which are contact-holders).

GW 74 421

162
INDICATORS - IP66

Indicators
Round backlit indicators with direct supply nominal voltage 230 V - BA9S lamp fixing
Code Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 451 Green 10/60
GW 74 452 Red 10/60
GW 74 453 Yellow 10/60
GW 74 454 Blue 10/60
GW 74 455 White 10/60
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included. Max lamp power 1 W.
Also compatible with the watertight emergency enclosure GW42204 and GW42207.
NOTE: the colour of the diffuser should be chosen in accordance with the colour code recommended by Standard CEI 16-3. If using 110 V LEDs code GW74517 and 230 V LEDs code GW74518, it is recommended to
remove the opal cover on the indicator to improve the light flow.

GW 74 452

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
Contacts - ITH=10A - 250V AC
Code Type Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 501 1 NO Green 1/30

AND SIGNALLING
GW 74 502 1 NC Red 1/30
GW 74 503 2 NO Green 1/30

CONTROL
GW 74 504 1 NO + 1 NC White 1/30
GW 74 505 2 NC Red 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74502 suitable for contact opening also in the event of slight sticking, in compliance with Standard EN 60947-5-1.
Clip assembly on the contact-holder flanges.
NOTES: the dual contacts type: GW74503, GW74504 and GW74505 are not compatible with the watertight emergency enclosures GW42204 and GW42207.

Lamp-holder - Lamp coupling BA9S

Code Power supply Lamp power Pack
Carton
GW 74 511 Direct 1W 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: Clip assembly on the contact-holder flanges. To be positioned in the central seat of the flange.
APPLICATIONS: to be used with the backlit momentary push-buttons with guard and backlit mushroom-head push-buttons, to produce operating signals.

GW 74 511

163
74 PS
Bulbs - BA9S lamp fixing
Code Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 74 515 LED 12 V 10/100
GW 74 516 LED 24 V 10/100
GW 74 517 LED 110 V 10/100
GW 74 518 LED 230 V 10/100
APPLICATIONS: To be used with the backlit indicators or the lamp-holder GW74511.
NOTE: If using 110 V LEDs code GW74517 and 230 V LEDs code GW74518, it is recommended to remove the opal cover on the indicator to improve the light flow.

GW 74 515

Black screwcap for unwired enclosures for push-buttons with a round shape - Ø 22 mm
Code Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 521 Black 10/100
CHARACTERISTIC: thermoplastic screw cap.

GW 74 521

Plates
Code Suitable for Shape Colour Text Pack
Carton
Push-buttons, indicators and selectors Ø
GW 74 522 Rectangular Black - 5/100
22mm
GW 74 523 Mushroom-head emergency button Round Yellow Emergency-Stop 10/100
CHARACTERISTIC: the plates allow you to assign the push-button, selector and indicator functions.
NOTE: GW74523 to be used when the emergency push-buttons are installed on the panel.

GW 74 523

Tools
Code Description Material Pack
Carton
GW 74 524 Tool for mounting ring nuts Metal 10/100
GW 74 525 extraction tool Lamp Thermoplastic 10/100

GW 74 525

164
COMBI 22 - INSULATING ENCLOSURES FOR OPERATORS AND INDICATORS - IP66

Enclosures
Unwired enclosures for push-buttons, controls and indicators Ø 22 mm - Grey RAL 7035
Code No. gangs Side entries Top entries Bottom entries Outer dim. LxHxD Pack
(mm) Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
GW 27 101 1 2xØ 23 1xØ 23 1xØ 23 66x82x65 5/60
GW 27 102 2 6xØ 23 1xØ 23 1xØ 23 132x82x65 2/30
GW 27 103 3 4xØ 23 1xØ 23 1xØ 23 66x171x65 1/20
GW 27 104 6 4xØ 23 3xØ 23 3xØ 23 132x171x65 1/10
GW 27 105 12 4xØ 23 3xØ 23 3xØ 23 264x171x65 1/10
Colour: Yellow cover
GW 27 111 1 2xØ 23 1xØ 23 1xØ 23 66x82x65 5/60
CHARACTERISTICS: degree of protection guaranteed with IP66 operators correctly installed.
GW 27 101 The hole seat has knockouts for installing operators with any reference.
GW27111 with specific yellow lid for assembling emergency push-buttons GW74361, GW74362 and GW74365.
NOTES: the empty containers can be supplied with push-buttons, commands and indicators Ø 22 mm and single contacts, type GW74501 and GW74502.

Complete enclosures
Complete enclosures - Grey RAL 7035
Code No. gangs Contacts Operators Ø 22 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 27 201 1 1 NO General (black) 66x82x65 1/30

AND SIGNALLING
GW 27 202 1 1 NO - 1 NC Emergency (red) 66x82x65 1/30

CONTROL
GW 27 203 2 1 NO - 1 NC Start (green) Stop (red) 132x82x65 1/10
GW 27 204 3 1 NO - 1 NC Start, stop, indicator 66x171x65 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: 3-seat flange. Maximum protrusion of the operator from the container: GW27201, GW20203, GW27204 - 20mm; GW27202 - 25mm.
GW27202: yellow lid, mushroom-head push-button with retainer.
GW27204: direct supply, BA9S coupling included, max 380V-2 W, lamp not included, operators Ø 22 for run (green), stop (red), signalling (white).
Complete insulation, in accordance with Standard IEC 536.

GW 27 202

Watertight lids
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Suitable for Colour Pack
Carton
GW 66 708 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Grey 1/20
GW 66 745 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Yellow 1/20
APPLICATIONS: GW66745 specific for emergency push-buttons.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

GW 66 745

165
74 PS

Complementary items
Junction box for combined assembly of modular containers Grey RAL 7035 - IP55
Code No. knockout holes Ø23 Lid screws Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 27 402 8 on sides / 1 on the bottom Stainless steel 132x82x55 2/60
CHARACTERISTICS: knockout holes removable with tool. Enclosures are fit for fixing the earth terminal GW26407. Complete insulation can be obtained by using the screwcaps GW44622.

GW 27 402

Watertight coupling device for containers, devices and boxes - IP55

Code Mounting hole Ø (mm) Type of pitch Pack
Carton
GW 26 406 23 PG16 25/250
APPLICATIONS: for the combined assembly of enclosures, junction boxes, etc.

GW 26 406

Insulating screw cap

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 622

Contacts - ITH=10A - 250V AC

Code Type Colour Pack
Carton
GW 74 501 1 NO Green 1/30
GW 74 502 1 NC Red 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74502 suitable for contact opening also in the event of slight sticking, in compliance with Standard EN 60947-5-1.
Clip assembly on the contact-holder flanges. Compatible with the emergency enclosure GW42204.

166
 AND SIGNALLING
74 PS

CONTROL
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

QUICK, RELIABLE AND SAFE SYNERGY WITH GEWISS RANGES THE BENEFITS OF LED
INSTALLATION TECHNOLOGY

Thanks to the practical clip coupling The high degree of protection - IP66 - means The products of the 74 PS range can be
mechanism of the contacts, panel assembly the 74 PS operators can be housed inside illuminated and combined with LED lamps with
times are drastically reduced. The dual contact or outside GEWISS containers such as the a BA9S coupling for optimum performance,
versions increase installation flexibility and 46 range boards, the 42 RV emergency full reliability, a longer lifespan and less
extend the maxiumum number of contacts for enclosures, the 27 COMBI boxes or the 42 TV maintenance.
each device. support bases.

167
Wall-mounting
enclosures

46 40 CD 40 CDe

Watertight surface- Surface-mounting Enclosures and

mounting distribution distribution boards and distribution boards for
and automation boards enclosures specific standards

p. 174 p. 196 p. 208

168
 WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
42 RV 44 CE GW Connect 42 TV

Surface and Technopolymer Metal surface- Multifunctional

flush-mounting surface- mounting supporting
watertight mounting watertight bases
emergency watertight junction boxes
enclosures junction boxes
p. 224 p. 233 p. 245 p. 249

169
46

Watertight surface-mounting distribution and automation boards

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
FRONT CONFIGURATION

SINGLE PANELS PANELS

BOARD

Code with window with window Blank

DIMENSIONS No. modules
Material Blank Transparent
(LxHxD) mm EN 50022
door door and DIN rail and DIN rail

44 CEP 200x254x135 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 808 GW 44 818 - - -

GWPLAST 120
IP55
GW 44 852
236x316x135 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 809 GW 44 819 8 -
8 modules

GW 44 853
14 modules
316x396x160 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 810 GW 44 820 24 (12x2) -
GW 44 854
24 modules (12x2)

GW 44 855
396x474x160 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 811 GW 44 821 32 (16x2) -
32 modules (16x2)

Polyester GW 46 001 F GW 46 201 F

46 QP 250x300x160 - - -
POLYESTER BOARD
Metal GW 46 031 -
IP66

Polyester GW 46 002 F GW 46 202 F 3 single panels

width 12 modules
310x425x160 Metal GW 46 032 GW 46 232 36 (12x3) -

GW 46 420 F GW 46 425 F
Stainless steel GW 46 052 -

3 single panels
Polyester GW 46 003 F GW 46 203 F
width 18 modules
405x500x200 54 (18x3) -

46 QM Metal GW 46 033 GW 46 233 GW 46 421 F GW 46 426 F

METAL BOARD
IP55 Polyester GW 46 004 F GW 46 204 F 4 single panels
width 18 modules
405x650x200 Metal GW 46 034 GW 46 234 72 (18x4) -

GW 46 421 F GW 46 426 F
Stainless steel GW 46 054 -

4 single panels
Polyester GW 46 005 F GW 46 205 F
width 24 modules
515x650x250 96 (24x4) -

Metal GW 46 035 GW 46 235 GW 46 422 F GW 46 427 F

46 QX
STAINLESS STEEL Polyester GW 46 006 F GW 46 206 F 5 single panels
BOARD width 28 modules
IP55 585x800x300 Metal GW 46 036 GW 46 236 140 (28x5) -

GW 46 423 F GW 46 428 F
Stainless steel GW 46 056 -

5 single panels
Polyester GW 46 007 F GW 46 207 F
width 28 modules
800x1060x350 180 (36x5) -

Metal GW 46 037 GW 46 237 GW 46 424 F GW 46 429 F

170
 COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
FRONT CONFIGURATION INTERNAL CONFIGURATION SERVICE ACCESSORIES
BACK-MOUNTING
DOUBLE PANELS INNER DOORS UPRIGHTS DIN RAILS PLATES
PLATES POLE MISCELLANEOUS
SUPPORT

Blank Material: Pair Material:

insulating/ simple/ metal/ H 1 module: H 2 modules:
metal double steel (perforated)/ full full
insulating

GW 44 636
- - - - - - -
GW 44 646
Resin bracket Safety lock with
GW 44 637 GW 44 621 handle
- - - - - - - GW 46 445
GW 44 647

GW 44 638
- - - - - - -
GW 44 648
4 stainless steel Set 4 galvanised
GW 44 639 brackets brackets
- - - - - - - GW 46 451 GW 46 446
GW 44 649

GW 46 401 GW 46 551

- - - - GW 46 461 - - Clip nut 4 stainless steel

GW 46 450 brackets
GW 46 408 -
GW 46 451

1 double 3 single 1 double GW 46 552

GW 46 402
panel plates plate
GW 46 414 GW 46 430 F
GW 46 435 F GW 46 462 -
GW 46 564 GW 46 530 F GW 46 540 GW 46 580 Set 4 galvanised
Gasket for
GW 46 475 F GW 46 409 - brackets
board coupling
GW 46 446
GW 46 449
1 double GW 46 403 3 single 1 double
GW 46 553
panel plates plate
GW 46 415 GW 46 431 F
GW 46 436 F GW 46 463
GW 46 565 GW 46 531 F GW 46 541 GW 46 581

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
GW 46 476 F GW 46 410 - Set of 4 reversible
squares for back-
mounting plate fixing
2 double 4 single 2 double GW 46 553 or uprights for modular Safety lock with
GW 46 404
panels plates plates equipment fixing handle
GW 46 416 GW 46 431 F
GW 46 437 F GW 46 464 - For back plate fixing GW 46 445
GW 46 566 GW 46 531 F GW 46 541 GW 46 581 GW 46 521 F
GW 46 476 F GW 46 411 -

2 double GW 46 405 4 single 2 double

GW 46 554
panels plates plates
GW 46 417 GW 46 432 F
GW 46 437 F GW 46 465 Document holder wallet Ventilation kit
GW 46 567 GW 46 532 F GW 46 542 GW 46 582 GW 46 447 IP 44
GW 46 477 F GW 46 412 -
GW 46 448 and
GW 46 471
2 double 5 single 2 double GW 46 555
GW 46 406
panels plates plates
GW 46 418 GW 46 433 F
GW 46 438 F GW 46 466 - KIT for wiring trunking Double insulation KIT
GW 46 568 GW 46 533 F GW 46 543 GW 46 583 GW 46 557 F GW 46 526
GW 46 478 F GW 46 413
-

2 double 5 single 2 double

panels plates plates
GW 46 419 GW 46 434 F GW 46 407
GW 46 439 F - Pair of handles for Kit inserts
GW 46 569 GW 46 534 F GW 46 467 GW 46 544 GW 46 584 transport GW 46 592 F
GW 46 479 F
GW 46 591

171
46

Compatibility between 46 range boards and kit for MCCBs MSX range
and kit switch disconnectors MSS range
BOARD

Code
DIMENSIONS No. modules
Material
(LxHxD) mm EN 50022

Blank Transparent
door door

44 CEP
200x254x135 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 808 GW 44 818 -
GWPLAST 120 IP55

236x316x135 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 809 GW 44 819 8

316x396x160 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 810 GW 44 820 24 (12x2)

396x474x160 GWPLAST 120 GW 44 811 GW 44 821 32 (16x2)

Polyester GW 46 001 F GW 46 201 F

46 QP 250x300x160 -
POLYESTER BOARD Metal GW 46 031 -
IP66
Polyester GW 46 002 F GW 46 202 F

310x425x160 Metal GW 46 032 GW 46 232 36 (12x3)

Stainless steel GW 46 052 -

Polyester GW 46 003 F GW 46 203 F

405x500x200 54 (18x3)
Metal GW 46 033 GW 46 233
46 QM
METAL BOARD
IP55 Polyester GW 46 004 F GW 46 204 F

405x650x200 Metal GW 46 034 GW 46 234 72 (18x4)

Stainless steel GW 46 054 -

Polyester GW 46 005 F GW 46 205 F

515x650x250 96 (24x4)
Metal GW 46 035 GW 46 235

46 QX
STAINLESS STEEL Polyester GW 46 006 F GW 46 206 F
BOARD
IP55 585x800x300 Metal GW 46 036 GW 46 236 140 (28x5)

Stainless steel GW 46 056 -

Polyester GW 46 007 F GW 46 207 F

800x1060x350 180 (36x5)
Metal GW 46 037 GW 46 237

NOTES: The configurations reported in the table are ONLY valid if the peak current of the indicated switch (in correspondence of the assumed short-circuit current in the installation point) is
NOT higher than 17kA, or if the assumed short-circuit current in the delivery point, in line with the main board switch, is NOT greater than 10kA.
Check the thermal power according to the method indicated in the pages of the technical catalogue.
The kits are fixed by means of uprights. The kit panels are 2-modules high.
MSX/M 160c (both 3P and 4P) must be fixed to the DIN rail through the specific brackets contained in the kit GWD8875.
MSX/M 250c, MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 e MSX/D 250 (both 3P and 4P) require the kit GWD8876.
In the case of cable entry from below, it is recommended to insert a blank panel above the moulded-case/switch disconnector kit, so the wires can be pulled more easily.
MSX moulded case circuit breakers can be mounted on the same DIN rail close to modular devices and MSS switch disconnectors using GWD3317 depth adapter in order to compensate
difference in depth.

172
 MCCBs SWITCH DISCONNECTOR
MSX/M 160c - MSX/M 250c - MSX/D 125 - MSX/D 160 - MSX/D 250 MSS 160 MSS 250

- - -

- - -

GW 44 853
- -
(for MSX/M 160c and MSX/D 160 only)

GW 44 855
- -
(for MSX/M 160c and MSX/D 160 only)

- - -

- - -

GW 46 570 F GW 46 570 F -

GW 46 570 F GW 46 570 F -

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
GW 46 571 F GW 46 571 F GW 46 577 F

GW 46 572 F GW 46 572 F GW 46 578 F

GW 46 573 F GW 46 573 F GW 46 579 F

173
46
Watertight surface-mounting distribution and automation
boards
The offer includes: 46 QP boards - monobloc, Halogen Free glass fiber loaded
polyester, degree of protection IP66; 46 QM boards - IP55 in metal; 46 QX
boards - IP55 in stainless steel; 44 CEP boards - monobloc, Halogen Free
technopolymer. The 46 QP, QM and 44 CEP boards are available in transparent
and blank door versions. In addition, 46 QP, QM and QX boards features Fast &
Easy accessories with metal snap fastening.

46 QP - POLYESTER WATERTIGHT BOARDS - IP66

Distribution boards
Polyester watertight boards with blank door fitted with lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 46 001 F 250x300x160 - 1 34 - 1
GW 46 002 F 310x425x160 36 (12x3) 2 48 39 1
GW 46 003 F 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 95 53 1
GW 46 004 F 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 118 81 1
GW 46 005 F 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 126 106 1
GW 46 006 F 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 205 146 1
GW 46 004 F
GW 46 007 F 800x1060x350 180 (36x5) 2 324 226 1
CHARACTERISTICS: boxes equipped with inserts pre-assembled in the slots, to speed up the configuration of the board. Doors equipped with functional grid of reference for fixing the devices. From board GW46002F to
board GW46006F it is possible to fix the panels with windows or blank (1 or 2 modules) directly in the seats housed in the vertical walls of the boards; for the board GW46007F use uprights GW46439F. Impact resistance:
IK10 according to EN 62262.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 reversible brackets with relative screws for fixing back-mounting plates or uprights for modular devices.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
Dispersible power A (W): board configuration with back-mounting plate (as far back as possible).
Dispersible power B (W): board configuration with DIN rails + panels with windows.
The nominal dimensions in the table above refer to the external size of the boards; for the real outer dimensions refer to the technical data sheet downloadable from professionals website GEWISS or to the technical
section of this catalogue.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.

174
 Polyester watertight boards with transparent door and lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 46 201 F 250x300x160 - 1 34 - 1
GW 46 202 F 310x425x160 36 (12x3) 2 48 39 1
GW 46 203 F 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 95 53 1
GW 46 204 F 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 118 81 1
GW 46 205 F 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 126 106 1
GW 46 206 F 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 205 146 1
GW 46 203 F
GW 46 207 F 800x1060x350 180 (36x5) 2 324 226 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: boxes equipped with inserts pre-assembled in the slots, to speed up the configuration of the board. For the transparent door version: GWT 650°C. From board GW46202F to board GW46206F
it is possible to fix the panels with windows or blank (1 or 2 modules) directly in the seats housed in the vertical walls of the boards; for the board GW46207F use uprights GW46439F. Impact resistance of the bottom:
IK10 according to EN 62262.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 reversible brackets with relative screws for fixing back-mounting plates or uprights for modular devices.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
Dispersible power A (W): board configuration with back-mounting plate (as far back as possible).
Dispersible power B (W): board configuration with DIN rails + panels with windows.
The nominal dimensions in the table above refer to the external size of the boards; for the real outer dimensions refer to the technical data sheet downloadable from professionals website GEWISS or to the technical
section of this catalogue.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.

Spare parts
Blank door with lock

Code For boards LxH (mm) No. locks Pack

Carton
GW 46 501 F 250x300 1 1/6
GW 46 502 F 310x425 2 1/6
GW 46 503 F 405x500 2 1/8
GW 46 504 F 405x650 2 1/8
GW 46 505 F 515x650 2 1
GW 46 506 F 585x800 2 1
GW 46 504 F
GW 46 507 F 800x1060 2 1
NOTE: spare blank doors as compatible with the respective back plates of the previous boards of the 46QP range.

Transparent door and lock

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
Code For boards LxH (mm) No. locks Pack
Carton
GW 46 511 F 250x300 1 1/6
GW 46 512 F 310x425 2 1/6
GW 46 513 F 405x500 2 1/8
GW 46 514 F 405x650 2 1/8
GW 46 515 F 515x650 2 1
GW 46 516 F 585x800 2 1
GW 46 513 F
GW 46 517 F 800x1060 2 1
NOTE: spare transparent doors as compatible with the respective back plates of the previous boards of the 46QP range.

175
46
46 QM - WATERTIGHT METAL BOARDS - IP55

Distribution boards
Watertight boards in metal with blank door fitted with lock Grey RAL 7035

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 46 031 250x300x160 - 1 49 - 1
GW 46 032 310x425x160 36 (12x3) 2 70 58 1
GW 46 033 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 106 80 1
GW 46 034 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 135 97 1
GW 46 035 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 180 115 1
GW 46 036 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 240 159 1
GW 46 034
GW 46 037 800x1060x350 180 (36x5) 2 400 284 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps, threaded pins or reversible squares with the relative bolts and screws for fixing the back-mounting plates or uprights for modular devices.
GW46034, GW46035, GW46036, GW46037 with perforated bottom equipped with flange for cables to pass through.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
For the front configuration (via panels and DIN rails), it is necessary to use the uprights.
Dispersible power A (W): board configuration with back-mounting plate (as far back as possible).
Dispersible power B (W): board configuration with DIN rails + panels with windows.
The technical and functional characteristics, and the nominal values, refer to vertical installation only.
APPLICATIONS: for indoor use (e.g. in industrial systems, on machines, etc.).
The nominal dimensions in the table above refer to the external size of the boards; for the real outer dimensions refer to the technical data sheet downloadable via the QR code at the end of the section.

Watertight boards in metal with blank door fitted with tempered glass window and lock Grey RAL
7035

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 46 232 310x425x160 36 (12x3) 2 70 58 1
GW 46 233 405x500x200 54 (18x3) 2 106 80 1
GW 46 234 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 135 97 1
GW 46 235 515x650x250 96 (24x4) 2 180 115 1
GW 46 236 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 240 159 1
GW 46 232 GW 46 237 800x1060x350 180 (36x5) 2 400 284 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps, threaded pins or reversible squares with the relative bolts and screws for fixing the back-mounting plates or uprights for modular devices.
GW46234, GW46235, GW46236, GW46237 with perforated bottom equipped with flange for cables to pass through.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
For the front configuration (via panels and DIN rails), it is necessary to use the uprights.
Dispersible power A (W): board configuration with back-mounting plate (as far back as possible).
Dispersible power B (W): board configuration with DIN rails + panels with windows.
The technical and functional characteristics, and the nominal values, refer to vertical installation only.
APPLICATIONS: for indoor use (e.g. in industrial systems, on machines, etc.).
The nominal dimensions in the table above refer to the external size of the boards; for the real outer dimensions refer to the technical data sheet downloadable via the QR code at the end of the section.

176
46 QX - WATERTIGHT BOARDS IN STAINLESS STEEL - IP55

Distribution boards
Watertight boards in satin stainless steel with blank door fitted with lock

Code Nominal dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 46 052 310x425x160 36 (12x3) 2 70 58 1
GW 46 054 405x650x200 72 (18x4) 2 135 97 1
GW 46 056 585x800x300 140 (28x5) 2 240 159 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps, threaded pins or reversible squares with the relative bolts and screws for fixing the back-mounting plates or uprights for modular equipment.
GW46054, GW46056 with perforated bottom equipped with flange for cables to pass through.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
GW 46 054 For the front configuration (via panels and DIN rails), it is necessary to use the uprights.
Dispersible power A (W): board configuration with back-mounting plate (as far back as possible).
Dispersible power B (W): board configuration with DIN rails + panels with windows.
The technical and functional characteristics, and the nominal values, refer to vertical installation only.
The nominal dimensions in the table above refer to the external size of the boards; for the real outer dimensions refer to the technical data sheet downloadable via the QR code at the end of the section.
APPLICATIONS: for indoor use, in areas that are frequently cleaned with water jets for reasons of hygiene (e.g. industrial kitchens, butchers’ shops, etc.).

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

177
46
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS FOR 46 QP, QM AND QX BOARDS

Front configuration
Hinged enclosure doors in polyester for assembly of command, signalling and measuring devices -
Grey RAL 7035

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 46 414 310x425 1/5
GW 46 415 405x500 1/4
GW 46 416 405x650 1/5
GW 46 417 515x650 1/2
GW 46 418 585x800 1/2
GW 46 414 GW 46 419 800x1060 1
NOTES: for further information about the distances between board door, inner door and back-mounting plate, refer to the dimensional data in the technical catalogue.
CHARACTERISTICS: these are reversible (for the technical details refer to the dedicated section in the technical catalogue).

Hinged enclosure doors in metal for assembly of command, signalling and measuring devices -
Grey RAL 7035
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 564 310x425 1/5
GW 46 565 405x500 1/4
GW 46 566 405x650 1/5
GW 46 567 515x650 1/2
GW 46 568 585x800 1/2
GW 46 569 800x1060 1
NOTES: for further information about the distances between board door, inner door and back-mounting plate, refer to the dimensional data in the technical catalogue. The use of the metal inner door in the boards of the
46QP range requires the earth pin to be connected to the relative PE protection conductor only if non-class 2 devices are assembled on it.
GW 46 566 CHARACTERISTICS: these are reversible (for the technical details refer to the dedicated section in the technical catalogue).

Covering panels with window, height 1 module, Fast and Easy quick assembly - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 For standard boards (mm) Pack

Carton
Height: 1 Module
GW 46 420 F 12 310 1/10
GW 46 421 F 18 405 1/10
GW 46 422 F 24 515 1/10
GW 46 423 F 28 585 1/5
GW 46 424 F 36 800 1/5
GW 46 421 F CHARACTERISTICS: captive panel 1/4 turn sealing screws.
GW46420F, GW46421F, GW46422F, GW464223F, possibility to fix directly on the inner walls of the polyester boards.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. Complete with DIN rail.
NOTES: in all boards, the panel GW46424F can be fixed only with uprights GW46439F.

178
 Fast and Easy quick assembly blank covering panels - Grey RAL 7035

Code For standard boards (mm) Pack

Carton
Height: 1 Module
GW 46 425 F 310 1/10
GW 46 426 F 405 1/10
GW 46 427 F 515 1/13
GW 46 428 F 585 1/5
GW 46 429 F 800 1/5
GW 46 425 F Height: 2 Modules
GW 46 475 F 310 1/5
GW 46 476 F 405 1/5
GW 46 477 F 515 1/5
GW 46 478 F 585 1/5
GW 46 479 F 800 1
CHARACTERISTICS:
GW46425F, GW46426F, GW46427F, GW46428F, GW46475F, GW46476F, GW46477F, GW46478F possibility to fix directly on the inner walls of the polyester boards. captive panel 1/4 turn sealing screws.
in all boards, the panel GW46429F and GW46479F can be fixed only with uprights GW46439F.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories.

Pair of uprights for installation of Fast and Easy quick assembly technical components, for modular
devices, moulded-case devices, switch- disconnectors and blank/perforated plates H = 1 and 2
modules
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 435 F 310x425 1/10
GW 46 436 F 405x500 1/10
GW 46 437 F 405x650/515x650 1/10
GW 46 438 F 585x800 1/10
GW 46 439 F 800x1060 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the uprights are provided with a kit with 4 inserts to be inserted in the seats located on the lower and upper horizontal surfaces. The position of the seats where the inserts have to be housed
is shown on the instruction sheet inside the 46QP boards. The insert is fixed in the seat through the expansion of the plate located inside the insert, using a pin with diameter 4 mm. The uprights are installed using the 4
GW 46 437 F brackets provided with the 46QP boards.
APPLICATIONS: the uprights make it possible to implement extractable frames by using: panels without and with windows, perforated or non-perforated plate with height of 1 or 2 modules, MCCB or switch disconnector
kits.

Fast and Easy quick assembly DIN rails

Code No. of modules EN 50022 For standard boards (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 430 F 12 310 1/10
GW 46 431 F 18 405 1/10
GW 46 432 F 24 515 1/10

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 46 433 F 28 585 1/10

ENCLOSURES
GW 46 434 F 36 800 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: accessories for fixing to panel brackets.
NOTES: To use the DIN rails without the relative blank panel, use the GW46524F kit.
To restore the minimum degree of protection of the open door board, use the relative inner door.

GW 46 431 F

Fast and Easy quick assembly double DIN rails

Code No. of modules EN 50022 For standard boards (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 530 F 12 310 1/10
GW 46 531 F 18 405 1/10
GW 46 532 F 24 515 1/10
GW 46 533 F 28 585 1/10
GW 46 534 F 36 800 1/10
APPLICATIONS: suitable for use with the GWFIX 100 system.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: accessories for fixing to panel brackets.
NOTES: the use of the double DIN rails GW46531F, GW46532F, GW46533F, GW46534F prevents the positioning of the vertical trunking.
To use the DIN rails without the relative blank panel, use the GW46524F kit.
To restore the minimum degree of protection of the open door board, use the relative inner door.
GW 46 531 F

179
46
Kit of moulded-case devices and switch-disconnectors - fixing by means of uprights - 2-module
panel height - Grey RAL 7035
Code MSX Type Disconnector Type For standard boards Pack
(mm) Carton
Equipment fixing: Plate, DIN rail EN 50022
GW 46 570 F MSX/M 160c - MSX/M 250c - MSX/D 125 - MSX/D 160 - MSX/D 250 MSS 160 405 1
GW 46 571 F MSX/M 160c - MSX/M 250c - MSX/D 125 - MSX/D 160 - MSX/D 250 MSS 160 515 1
GW 46 572 F MSX/M 160c - MSX/M 250c - MSX/D 125 - MSX/D 160 - MSX/D 250 MSS 160 585 1
GW 46 573 F MSX/M 160c - MSX/M 250c - MSX/D 125 - MSX/D 160 - MSX/D 250 MSS 160 800 1
Equipment fixing: on plate
GW 46 577 F - MSS 250 515 1
GW 46 578 F - MSS 250 585 1
GW 46 570 F GW 46 579 F - MSS 250 800 1
CHARACTERISTICS: panels with windows H=45mm; captive and sealing 1/4 turn screws; Fixed with uprights.
Pre-arrangement for vertically positioned devices. Halogen-free plastic material in accordance with EN 60754-2 (CEI EN 50267-2-2).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories.
NOTES: the MSX/M 160c (both 3P and 4P) must be fixed to the DIN rail through the brackets of the kit GWD8875.
The MSX/M 250c, MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 and MSX/D 250 (both 3P and 4P) require the kit GWD8876.
You are advised to always insert a blank panel above the moulded-case/switch-disconnector kit, to facilitate the cord positioning in the case of cord entry from the bottom. The MSX can be installed together with MSS on
the same DIN rail through the depth adapter GWD3317 to compensate the different heights
The peak current of the one-way switch indicated (in line with the presumed short-circuit current in the installation point) must NOT be greater than 17kA.
The presumed short-circuit current in the power supply line of the main switch of the board must NOT be greater than 10kA.

Internal configuration
Steel back-mounting plates with anti-corrosion treatment for the assembly of non-modular
equipment
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 401 250x300 1/5
GW 46 402 310x425 1/5
GW 46 403 405x500 1/5
GW 46 404 405x650 1/4
GW 46 405 515x650 1/2
GW 46 406 585x800 1/2
GW 46 407 800x1060 1
NOTES: for further information relating to the maximum applicable loads, see the table on the corresponding pages of the technical catalogue.
GW 46 401

Perforated back-mounting plates in galvanised steel for the assembly of non-modular equipment
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 461 250x300 1/5
GW 46 462 310x425 1/5
GW 46 463 405x500 1/5
GW 46 464 405x650 1/5
GW 46 465 515x650 1/4
GW 46 466 585x800 1/3
GW 46 467 800x1060 1/2
NOTES: to install devices, use nut and clips GW46450.
for further information relating to the maximum applicable loads, see the table on the corresponding pages of the technical catalogue.

GW 46 464

Back-mounting plates in insulating material for the assembly of non-modular equipment

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 408 250x300 1/5
GW 46 409 310x425 1/5
GW 46 410 405x500 1/5
GW 46 411 405x650 1/4
GW 46 412 515x650 1/3
GW 46 413 585x800 1/2
NOTES: for further information relating to the maximum applicable loads, see the table on the corresponding pages of the technical catalogue.

GW 46 408

180
 Blank plates in steel - Fixing by means of uprights
Code For boards LxH (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
Height: 1 Module
GW 46 540 310x425 12 1/5
GW 46 541 405x500/405x650 18 1/5
GW 46 542 515x650 24 1/5
GW 46 543 585x800 28 1/5
GW 46 544 800x1060 36 1/4
Height: 2 Modules
GW 46 580 310x425 12 1/5
GW 46 581 405x500/405x650 18 1/5
GW 46 582 515x650 24 1/5
GW 46 540
GW 46 583 585x800 28 1/5
GW 46 584 800x1060 36 1/2
NOTES: to install non-standard devices and/or moulded-case devices.

Nut and clips in galvanised steel for the fixing of devices on to perforated back-mounting plates
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 450 Clip nut for screw M5 10/100

GW 46 450

Service complementary items

Double insulation and drainage kit
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 526 4 caps for resetting double insulation and 1 cap for closing the drain hole 1/20
CHARACTERISTICS: isolating technopolymer.
APPLICATIONS: correctly installed, makes it possible to restore original IP degree and double insulation of 46QP range boards in case of direct fixing of the board to the wall by drilling the back plate and without using the
set of 4 steel brackets.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
GW 46 526

Set of 4 steel brackets for fixing surface-mounting boards

Code Material Accessories supplied Pack
Carton
GW 46 446 Galvanised steel Self-tapping fixing screws 20
GW 46 451 Stainless steel Self-tapping fixing screws 20
CHARACTERISTICS: To restore the double insulation and original IP degree of the boards in case of indirect fixing to the wall. Suitable also for 46QP photovoltaic application.

GW 46 451

181
46
Pole support kit for boards 46 QP
Code For boards LxH (mm) Max sustainable load (kg) Pack
Carton
GW 46 551 250x300 125 1
GW 46 552 310x425 125 1
GW 46 553 405x500/405x650 125 1
GW 46 554 515x650 125 1
GW 46 555 585x800 125 1
CHARACTERISTICS: fixed on the back of the boards.
APPLICATIONS: for applications of the 46QP boards on poles from 60 to 80mm and, by means of a banding (not included with the accessories supplied), from 80 to 200mm. To restore the double insulation and original
IP degree of the boards in case of indirect fixing to the wall. Suitable also for 46QP photovoltaic application.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 pieces. For the correct use of the kit, see the instructions sheet.

GW 46 551

Kit for wiring trunking assembly

Code Trunking use Pack
Carton
GW 46 557 F Horizontal and/or vertical 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: fixing on the board uprights. In the boards of size 3, 4, 5 and 6, vertical trunking support up to (LxH) 60x60 mm and horizontal trunking up to (LxH) 60x40 mm, while for boards of size 7, vertical and
horizontal trunking support up to (LxH) 40x60 mm.
APPLICATIONS: for boards of at least 405x500 mm.
NOTES: the kit for wiring trunking assembly is used to create flat horizontal and vertical routes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 trunking fixing brackets, 2 DIN rail assembly brackets and 6 - 4x6 mm screws. For the use of the kit, see the instructions sheet.

GW 46 557 F

Fast and Easy quick assembly brackets kit with support slide, adjustable for DIN rails
Code Used for DIN rails Pack
Carton
GW 46 524 F Simple and double 1/4
NOTES: use the GW46524F kit to assembly the 18, 24, 28 and 36M DIN rails without the specific blanck panel.
To restore the minimum degree of protection of the open door board, use the relative inner door.

GW 46 524 F

Handles for transportation

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 591 Pair of handles 1/10
APPLICATIONS: allows the 46QP boards to be transported.
NOTES: the handle kit can be used simultaneously with the pole support kit or the set of brackets, for wall mounting.

GW 46 591

182
 Blanking module profile in plastic material - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50
GW 47 291 24 Grey RAL 7035 10
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

GW 47 291

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

Seal for coupling boards equipped with drilling template - IP55

Code Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 449 300x171 1/10
APPLICATIONS: can be used on enclosures starting with the 515x650x250 mm dimension.

GW 46 449

Set of 4 reversible squares for fixing back-mounting plates or uprights for modular equipment
Code Description Pack
Carton

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 46 521 F Reversible squares 1/20

ENCLOSURES
APPLICATIONS: allows the combined installation of the back-mounting plate and the frame.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws; 4 inserts.

GW 46 521 F

183
46
Inserts kit
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 592 F M6 inserts kit 1/100
APPLICATIONS: allows you to extend the possibility of adding functional accessories to all the slots of the 46QP boards.
NOTES: the inserts are inserted in the free slots of the 46QP boards and are expanded in the housing using a small dowel with a diameter of 4mm. One insert kit package contains 10 inserts.

GW 46 592 F

Triangular key
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 522 Triangular key 10
APPLICATIONS: for boards 46QP, QX, QM e CEP.

GW 46 522

Triangular lock
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 523 Triangular lock 10
APPLICATIONS: for boards 46QP, QX, QM e CEP.

GW 46 523

Security lock with handle

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 445 Security lock key and handle 10
APPLICATIONS: for boards 46QP, QX, QM e CEP.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 46 445

184
 Ventilation kit
Code IP degree Rated voltage Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 46 448 IP44 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz 125x117 123x115 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed
power equal to 20 W.
APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 448

Aeration kit
Code IP degree Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 471 IP44 125x117 123x115 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 471

Document holder pocket in self-adhesive insulating material with kit of blank labels
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: can be inserted in all GEWISS enclosures from dimension 405x500x200 mm upwards.

GW 46 447

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

185
46
Two-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover - fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 691 68x47x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/40
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 693 134x47x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.
NOTES: products bearing the IMQ quality mark.

GW 44 693

Four-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover. Fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 696 72x98x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/20
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 698 138x98x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/10
Rated current (A): 160
GW 44 699 186x136x70 11 1x(16-50) mm² [2x(10-35) + 2x(6-25) + 8x(4-16)] mm² 10 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: terminal tightening torque: input cables 4 Nm, output cables 1.5 Nm.
the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.
GW 44 696 NOTES: products bearing the IMQ quality mark.

Horizontal four-pole divider 250 A with pre-drilled threaded M6 bars - 20x5 mm

Code Dimensions No. of modules Installation Input Output Icw (1s) Pack
(mm) EN 50022 connecting connecting Carton
capacity capacity
GW 44 700 285x190x70 16 On profile EN 50022 1xM12 10xM6 17 kA 1/2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: installation clip on DIN rail.

GW 44 700

186
44 CEP - WATERTIGHT BOARDS IN GWPLAST 120 - GWT 650 °C - IP55

Distribution boards
Watertight boards with blank door fitted with lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 44 808 200x254x135 - 1 16 17 4
GW 44 809 236x316x135 8 1 26 31 4
GW 44 810 316x396x160 24 (12X2) 2 42 34 2
GW 44 811 396x474x160 32 (16X2) 2 52 46 2
CHARACTERISTICS: Doors equipped with functional grid of reference for fixing the devices. Impact resistance: 5 J.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: frame for semi-flush-mounting installations, screwcap for double insulation, triangle key.
GW 44 810 NOTES: The technical and functional characteristics, and the nominal values, refer to vertical installation only.
Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49:
Dispersible power A (W): configuration of the board with relative back-mounting plate.
Dispersible power B (W): configuration of the board with relative panel with windows.

Watertight boards with transparent door fitted with lock - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD No. of modules EN No. locks Dispersible power Dispersible power Pack
(mm) 50022 A (W) B (W) Carton
GW 44 818 200x254x135 - 1 16 17 4
GW 44 819 236x316x135 8 1 26 31 4
GW 44 820 316x396x160 24 (12X2) 2 42 34 2
GW 44 821 396x474x160 32 (16X2) 2 52 46 2
CHARACTERISTICS: Doors equipped with functional grid of reference for fixing the devices. Impact resistance: 5 J.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: frame for semi-flush-mounting installations, screwcap for double insulation, triangle key.
GW 44 820 NOTES: The technical and functional characteristics, and the nominal values, refer to vertical installation only.
Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49:
Dispersible power A (W): configuration of the board with relative back-mounting plate.
Dispersible power B (W): configuration of the board with relative panel with windows.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

187
46

Internal configuration
Back-mounting plate in galvanised steel with self-tapping fixing screws
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 44 636 200x254 20
GW 44 637 236x316 20
GW 44 638 316x396 5
GW 44 639 396x474 5

GW 44 639

Back-mounting plate in insulated material with self-tapping fixing screws

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 44 646 200x254 20
GW 44 647 236x316 20
GW 44 648 316x396 4
GW 44 649 396x474 5
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with functional grid for fixing devices.

GW 44 649

Panels with window for modular devices and moulded-case circuit breakers in fixed position
execution, up to 160 A coupling - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 For boards LxH (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 44 852 8 236x316 Moulded case max 125 A 8
GW 44 853 14 316x396 Moulded case max 160 A 8
GW 44 854 24 (12X2) 316x396 Moulded case max 125 A 8
GW 44 855 32 (16X2) 396x474 Moulded case max 160 A 8
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing uprights and DIN rails, module masks, user labels.
GW 44 854

188
Service complementary items
Set of 4 steel brackets for fixing surface-mounting boards
Code Material Accessories supplied Pack
Carton
GW 46 446 Galvanised steel Self-tapping fixing screws 20
GW 46 451 Stainless steel Self-tapping fixing screws 20

GW 46 451

Wall fixing bracket

Code Material Accessories supplied For enclosures For dist. boards Pack
Carton
GW 44 621 Insulation Self-tapping fixing screws All wall types 40/480
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

GW 44 621

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

GW 40 423

WALL-MOUNTING
Triangular key

ENCLOSURES
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 522 Triangular key 10
APPLICATIONS: for boards 46QP, QX, QM e CEP.

GW 46 522

189
46
Triangular lock
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 523 Triangular lock 10
APPLICATIONS: for boards 46QP, QX, QM e CEP.

GW 46 523

Security lock with handle

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 46 445 Security lock key and handle 10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 46 445

190
46
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
46 QP - NEW STYLE 46 QP - SOLUTIONS FOR EVERY FAST & EASY - ROBUSTNESS, SPEED
AND PERFORMANCE APPLICATION AND MULTIPLE ACCESSORY OPTIONS

EN 62208

The 46 QP polyester boards feature an IP66 GEWISS has subjected the 46 QP boards The FAST & EASY system, common to the 46
protection rating, and the modern-design to rigorous testing in order to obtain valid QP/QM/QX boards, reduces assembly time by
transparent door versions offer more than 20% certifications for their use in various applications. up to 40% compared to traditional systems.
extra internal visibility than previous versions. 46 QP boards are, for example, ASC approved Robustness and reliability are achieved through
and certified for site applications and are ideal the use of metal components and via a rapid
for photovoltaic installations. and intuitive usage.

191
40 CD

Surface-mounting enclosures
40 CDK 40 CD
SURFACE-MOUNTING SURFACE-MOUNTING
MODULAR WATERTIGHT WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES
ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS IP65 IP55

Colour:
Colour: RAL 7035 Grey
RAL 7035 Grey Walls: with
Walls: smooth perforations
centres

Door: smoked transparent

Without terminal With 80A - IP20 bipolar terminal block Door: smoked transparent
block 1st level 2nd level

2 - - - -

4 GW 40 101 - - GW 40 001

6 - - - -

8 GW 40 102 GW 40 102 BS - GW 40 003

12 GW 40 103 GW 40 103 BS - GW 40 005

Modules

18 GW 40 106 GW 40 106 BS - -

24 GW 40 104 GW 40 104 BS GW 40 104 BD GW 40 007

(12x2)

36 GW 40 105 GW 40 105 BD GW 40 105 UD -

(12x3)

36 GW 40 107 GW 40 107 BS GW 40 107 BD GW 40 009

(18x2)

54 GW 40 108 GW 40 108 BD GW 40 108 BT -

(18x3)

72 GW 40 109 GW 40 109 BD GW 40 109 BQ -

(18x4)

Surface-
mounting
fixing brackets 4 x GW 44 621 4 x GW 44 621
INSTALLATION

for enclosures
and boards

Stylish coupling Modules Code

covers for
conduit 12-24-36(12x3) GW 40 473 -
and
trunking entry 18-36(18x2)-54-72 GW 40 474
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Modules Code
Internal
horizontal 24-36(12x3) GW 40 487 -
dividers
36(18x2)-54-72 GW 40 488
WIRING

Modules Code
Blind cover
panels
1 module
24-36(12x3) GW 40 492 -
height
36(18x2)-54-72 GW 40 493

Modules Code
MISCELLANEOUS

Cylindrical 4-8-12-18-24-36(18x2) 1 x GW 40 422 -

safety lock
36(12x3)-54-72 2 x GW 40 422
Triangular
key
- 1 x GW 40 421

192
 40 CD 40 CD
PROTECTED SURFACE-MOUNTING PROTECTED SURFACE-MOUNTING
DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES ENCLOSURES
IP40 IP40

Colour: Colour:
RAL 9016 White RAL 7035 Grey
Walls: smooth Walls: awith perforation centres

Door: smoked transparent Door: blank Door: no

Without terminal With 80A - IP20 bipolar terminal block Without terminal With 80A - IP20 bipolar terminal block
Without terminal block
block 1st level 2nd level block 1st level 2nd level

- - - - - - GW 40 022

- - - - - - GW 40 023

- - - - - - GW 40 024

GW 40 043 GW 40 043 BS - GW 40 063 GW 40 063 BS - GW 40 026

GW 40 045 GW 40 045 BS - GW 40 065 GW 40 065 BS - GW 40 028

- - - - - - -

GW 40 047 GW 40 047 BS GW 40 047 BD GW 40 067 GW 40 067 BS GW 40 067 BD GW 40 030

- - - - - - GW 40 032

GW 40 049 GW 40 049 BS GW 40 049 BD GW 40 069 GW 40 069 BS GW 40 069 BD -

GW 40 051 GW 40 051 BD - GW 40 071 GW 40 071 BD - -

GW 40 053 GW 40 053 BD GW 40 053 BQ GW 40 073 GW 40 073 BD GW 40 073 BQ -

WALL-MOUNTING
4 x GW 44 621 4 x GW 44 621

ENCLOSURES
- -

- -

- -

Modules Code

8-12-18-24-36-54 1 x GW 40 422 -

72 2 x GW 40 422

- -

193
40 CD

Compatibility of surface mounting enclosures with bipolar and unipolar terminal blocks
Screw terminal blocks

Terminal blocks
position
Terminal block size 1

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

Surface-mounting 2 x [(1x35)+(7x10)] 2 x [(2x16)+(7x10)] 1 x [(2x16)+(7x10)]
Modules Door Code
encloure range
GW 40 401 GW 40 408 B GW 40 408 U

40 CDK Door: smoked

8 GW 40 102 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
SURFACE-MOUNTING transparent
MODULAR WATERTIGHT Door: smoked
ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS IP65 12 GW 40 103 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
transparent
Door: smoked
18 GW 40 106 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
transparent
24 Door: smoked
GW 40 104 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(12x2) transparent
36 Door: smoked
GW 40 105 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(12x3) transparent
36 Door: smoked
GW 40 107 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2) transparent
54 Door: smoked
GW 40 108 N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*)
(18x3) transparent
72 Door: smoked
GW 40 109 N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*)
(18x4) transparent

40 CD SURFACE-MOUNTING Door: smoked

8 GW 40 003 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES transparent
IP55
Door: smoked
12 GW 40 005 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
transparent

24 Door: smoked
GW 40 007 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2
(12x2) transparent

36 Door: smoked
GW 40 009 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2) transparent
Door: smoked
40 CD GW 40 043
transparent
PROTECTED SURFACE-MOUNTING 8 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES Door: blank GW 40 063
IP40
Door: smoked
GW 40 045
transparent
12 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
Door: blank GW 40 065
Door: smoked
GW 40 047
24 transparent
N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(12x2)
Door: blank GW 40 067
Door: smoked
GW 40 049
36 transparent
N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2)
Door: blank GW 40 069
Door: smoked
GW 40 051
54 transparent
N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x3)
Door: blank GW 40 071
Door: smoked
GW 40 053
72 transparent
N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*)
(18x4)
Door: blank GW 40 073

40 CD PROTECTED
8 Door: no GW 40 026 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
SURFACE-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES IP40
12 Door: no GW 40 028 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)

24
Door: no GW 40 030 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2
(12x2)

36
Door: no GW 40 032 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(12x3)

(*) The installation is allowed using No.1 adapter GW40413 for each terminal block installed.

194
 Screw terminal blocks

Terminal block size 2 Terminal block size 3

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

2 x [(3x35)+(10x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(29x10)] 2 x [(5x35)+(14x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(17x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(17x10)]

GW 40 402 GW 40 412 B GW 40 412 U GW 40 422 U GW 40 404 GW 40 418 B GW 40 418 U

- - - - - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 N° 1 N° 1

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 N° 3 N° 3

N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 N° 4 N° 4

- - - - - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

- - - - - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

- - - - - - -

WALL-MOUNTING
N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

ENCLOSURES
N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 N° 4 N° 4

- - - - - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

- - - - - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

195
40 CD
Surface-mounting distribution boards and enclosures
The 40CD Series of control units, available in transparent or blind door versions
and in sizes from 8 to 72 modules, guarantees aesthetic integration with all
types of furniture. The offer includes: 40CDK - IP65 watertight panels with
removable frame (from 24M) and lead-in panels; accessories with wiring ducts,
locks, aesthetic covers and blind panels, 40CD - IP55 watertight control units
with drilling doilies on the walls, door with lock for each modular row; 40CD
control units protected by furniture - IP40 up to 72M in the smoke and blind door
versions; 40CD control units without door - IP40. All materials are Halogen Free.

40 CDK - MODULAR WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - IP65

Smoked transparent door - Smooth walls

Enclosures - predisposed for terminal block - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 101 4 143x210x100 13 19
GW 40 102 8 215x210x100 16 12
GW 40 103 12 298x260x140 26 6
GW 40 106 18 410x285x140 38 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. GW40102, GW40103 and GW40106, self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter.
GW 40 101 To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621).
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

Enclosures - equipped with 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal block - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 102 BS 8 215x210x100 16 N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 12
GW 40 103 BS 12 298x260x140 26 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 6
GW 40 106 BS 18 410x285x140 38 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be
installed on the frame before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or
GW 40 102 BS the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

196
 Distribution boards with panels with window and extractable frame predisposed for terminal block -
Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 104 24 (12X2) 298x420x140 32 3
GW 40 105 36 (12x3) 298x570x140 42 2
GW 40 107 36 (18x2) 410x463x140 43 2
GW 40 108 54 (18x3) 410x655x140 66 1
GW 40 109 72 (18x4) 410x878x160 89 1
GW 40 105
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621).
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.
CHARACTERISTICS: removable and plumbable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

Distribution boards with windowed removable panels, extractable frame equipped with 80 A IP20
bipolar screw terminal blocks - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
EN 50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 104 BS 24 (12X2) 298x420x140 32 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 3
GW 40 104 BD 24 (12X2) 298x420x140 32 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 3
GW 40 105 BD 36 (12x3) 298x570x140 42 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 2
GW 40 105 UD 36 (12x3) 298x570x140 42 N/E (3x16) + (29x10) N/E (3x16) + (29x10) 2
GW 40 107 BS 36 (18x2) 410x463x140 43 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 2
GW 40 105 BD GW 40 107 BD 36 (18x2) 410x463x140 43 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 108 BD 54 (18x3) 410x655x140 66 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 108 BT 54 (18x3) 410x655x140 66 N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 109 BD 72 (18x4) 410x878x160 89 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 109 BQ 72 (18x4) 410x878x160 89 N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be
installed on the frame before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or
the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621). For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

197
40 CD
40 CD - WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES - IP55

Smoked transparent door - Walls with perforation centres

Enclosures predisposed for terminal block - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 001 4 105x170x98 12 24
GW 40 003 8 180x180x98 13 24
GW 40 005 12 250x250x135 25 8
GW 40 007 24 (12X2) 250x375x135 27 6
GW 40 009 36 (18x2) 376x400x135 41 4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screwcaps and module masks, circuit labels, spare screws in insulating material.
GW 40 001 Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
GW40005, GW40007, GW40009: doors equipped with lock, with 2 triangular keys.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621).
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

198
40 CD - PROTECTED DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES - IP40

Smoked transparent door - Smooth walls

Enclosures predisposed for terminal block - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 043 8 200x180x100 15 14
GW 40 045 12 280x225x100 22 9
GW 40 047 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 6
GW 40 049 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 2
GW 40 051 54 (18x3) 400x550x130 63 2
GW 40 053 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 1
GW 40 043 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
GW40049, GW40051, GW40053, fitted with removable frame, to carry out the wiring operations outside the enclosure.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps or brackets for surface-mounting).
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

Enclosures equipped with 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal blocks - White RAL 9016
Code No. of modules Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
EN 50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 043 BS 8 200x180x100 15 N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 14
GW 40 045 BS 12 280x225x100 22 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 9
GW 40 047 BS 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 6
GW 40 047 BD 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 6
GW 40 049 BS 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 2
GW 40 049 BD 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 051 BD 54 (18x3) 400x550x130 63 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 053 BD 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 053 BQ 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. GW40049BS,GW40049BD GW40051BD,GW40053BD GW40053BQ, fitted
GW 40 043 BS

WALL-MOUNTING
with removable frame, to carry out the wiring operations outside the enclosure. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the frame before wiring.

ENCLOSURES
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps or
brackets for surface-mounting).
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

199
40 CD

Blank door - Smooth walls

Enclosures predisposed for terminal block - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 063 8 200x180x100 15 14
GW 40 065 12 280x225x100 22 9
GW 40 067 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 6
GW 40 069 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 2
GW 40 071 54 (18x3) 400x550x130 63 2
GW 40 073 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 1
GW 40 067 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. GW40069, GW40071, GW40073, fitted with removable frame, to carry out the
wiring operations outside the enclosure.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps or
brackets for surface-mounting).
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

Enclosures equipped with 80A IP20 bipolar screw terminal blocks - White RAL 9016
Code No. of modules Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
EN 50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 063 BS 8 200x180x100 15 N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 14
GW 40 065 BS 12 280x225x100 22 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 9
GW 40 067 BS 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 6
GW 40 067 BD 24 (12X2) 280x350x100 25 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 6
GW 40 069 BS 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 2
GW 40 069 BD 36 (18x2) 400x400x130 45 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 071 BD 54 (18x3) 400x550x130 63 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 073 BD 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 073 BQ 72 (18x4) 400x850x150 75 N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. GW40069BS, GW40069BD, GW40071BD, GW40073BD, GW40073BQ fitted
GW 40 067 BD
with removable frame, to carry out the wiring operations outside the enclosure. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the frame) before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter. To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps or
brackets for surface-mounting).
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.

200
40 CD - PROTECTED ENCLOSURES - IP40

Without door - Walls with perforation centres

Enclosures pre-arranged for terminal block - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 022 2 45x130x85 7 84
GW 40 023 4 90x130x85 9 36
GW 40 024 6 140x155x85 14 34
GW 40 026 8 180x180x95 18 24
GW 40 028 12+1 250x215x95 27 12
GW 40 030 24+2 (12x2) 250x340x95 40 12
GW 40 022
GW 40 032 36+3 (12x3) 250x465x95 54 9
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. GW40022 plumbable front.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels.
GW40026, GW40028, GW40030, GW40032 supplied with self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. For the perforations, use the GW52401 milling cutter.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps or brackets for surface-mounting). To maintain the IP degree declared, install devices with a degree of protection of at
least IP40 and use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Installation and coupling

Wall fixing bracket

Code Material Accessories supplied For enclosures For dist. boards Pack
Carton

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 44 621 Insulation Self-tapping fixing screws All wall types 40/480

ENCLOSURES
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

GW 44 621

Aesthetic coupling covers for conduit and trunking entry for CDK distribution boards and enclosures

Code For encl. /boards with rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 473 12 Modules Clip 20
GW 40 474 18 Modules Clip 20
CHARACTERISTICS: covers with internal knockouts for trunking from 60x30mm to 200x60mm.

GW 40 474

201
40 CD

Wiring
Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) With screws and/or clip 10
GW 40 404 N (5x35) + (14x10) E (5x35) + (14x10) With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 B N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 U N/E (3x16) + (17x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
USES: Ideal also for earth connection of SPD.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CD range.

Adapters for screw terminal blocks

Code For enclosures Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 12 M (and multiples) and 18 M (and multiples) With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block and pre-cut to allow installation also in enclosures with a 12 M modular step.
INSTALLATION: used to expand the number of possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL
BLOCKS” in the selection guides of 40CD range.

GW 40 413

202
 Internal horizontal dividers for CDK distribution boards

Code For boards EN 50022 rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 487 12 Modules Clip 10/100
GW 40 488 18 Modules Clip 10/100
NOTES: they permit making internal separation between the circuits having different voltages located on more than one row inside the same shell.

GW 40 488

Blank cover panels 1 module high for CDK distribution boards

Code Suitable for For boards EN 50022 Colour Pack

rail Carton
GW 40 492 CDK enclosures and boards decorative (Surface-mounting) 12 Modules Grey RAL 7035 20
GW 40 493 CDK enclosures and boards decorative (Surface-mounting) 18 Modules Grey RAL 7035 20
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

GW 40 493

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

203
40 CD

Miscellaneous
Security triangular key

Code For enclosures Material Pack

Carton
GW 40 421 40 CD Watertight IP55 Insulation 10/100

GW 40 421

Cylindrical security lock - for 40 CDK and 40 CD decorative enclosures

Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 467

Insulating screw caps

Code Description Pack

Carton
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 623

204
40 CD
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
40 CDK - WATERTIGHT 40 CD - DECORATIVE PROTECTED ONE-POLE AND TWO-POLE
ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION ENCLOSURES TERMINAL BLOCKS - 80 A - IP20
BOARDS

IP65 40 CDK 4 to 72M watertight enclosure The IP40-rated 40 CD protected decorative Available with screw wiring, the two-pole and
range in smoked transparent door version. The enclosures are available in sizes from 8 to 72M single-pole terminal blocks enable quick wiring
main technical features are: reversible bottoms and ensure seamless aesthetic integration as the cable screws are supplied unscrewed.
and fronts, removable windowed frames and with any interior design scheme. Available with The terminal blocks can be fixed directly on the
panels, and doors that open up to 180°, are smoked transparent or white blank doors, back plate of the enclosures or with specific
removable and can be fitted with a lock. feature the “PUSH” opening and closing adapter.
system.

205
40 CDe

Surface-mounting enclosures and distribution boards

40 CDe FRENCH STANDARD
ENCLOSURES - IP30

Colour:
White RAL 9016

Door: no

With terminal blocks

13 GW 40 501
MODULES

26 (13x2) GW 40 502

39 (13x3) GW 40 503

52 (13x4) GW 40 504

13 modules GW 40 516
26 modules GW 40 517
Kit of modular spacers
39 modules GW 40 518
52 modules GW 40 519
13 modules GW 40 531
Blank door with frame 26 modules GW 40 532
- White RAL 9016
- IP40 39 modules GW 40 533
52 modules GW 40 534
13 modules GW 40 536
Transparent smoked 26 modules GW 40 537
door with frame - White
RAL 9016 - IP40 39 modules GW 40 538
52 modules GW 40 539
13 modules GW 40 526
26 modules GW 40 527
Black-mounting plate
39 modules GW 40 528
INSTALLATION

52 modules GW 40 529
13 modules
GW 40 511
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

(P=40mm)
Support base
13 modules
GW 40 512
(P=55mm)

White RAL 9016 door

13 modules GW 40 541
with frame - IP40

Transparent smoked
13 modules GW 40 542
door with frame - IP40

2 pipe fitting for vertical

and horizontal coupling Clip GW 40 546
of enclosures

Home VDI enclosure -

4xRJ45 connectors +
Grade 1 - White RAL GW 40 506
4xTV/SAT output
9016

3x25 + 12x4 - Green GW 40 591

WIRING

Isolated unipolar 4x25 + 24x4 - Green GW 40 592

terminal blocks 1x35 + 5x25 - Black GW 40 593
1x35 + 5x25 - Blue GW 40 594
ACCESSORIES

Cylindrical security lock - GW 40 422

206
 40 CDe GERMAN STANDARD ENCLOSURES

Colour: Colour: Colour:

Gray Gray White
RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 9016

IP65 IP30

Door: smoked transparent Door: no

With terminal blocks and two
With terminal blocks With terminal blocks
interchangeable flanges
GW 40 101
4 - -
(ready for terminal blocks)

8 GW 40 112 - -

GW 40 113 *
12 - GW 43 021 S
GW 40 123 **

18 GW 40 116 - -

GW 40 114 *
MODULES

24 (12x2) - GW 43 022 S
GW 40 124 **
GW 40 115 *
36 (12x3) - GW 43 023 S
GW 40 125 **

36 (18x2) GW 40 117 - -

48 (12x4) - - GW 43 024 S

54 (18x3) GW 40 118 - -

72 (18x4) GW 40 119 - -
INSTALLATION

Wall fixing brackets - 4 x GW 44 621 -

Design coupling cover 12-24-36(12x3) mod. GW 40 473 -

for conduit entry 18-36(18x2)-54-72 mod. GW 40 474 -

Internal horizontal 24-36(12x3) mod. GW 40 487 -

divider
WIRING

36(18x2)-54-72 mod. GW 40 488 -

Blank lid panels - 1 24-36(12x3) mod. GW 40 492 -

WALL-MOUNTING
module height 36(18x2)-54-72 mod. GW 40 493 -

ENCLOSURES
4-8-12-18-24-36(18x2) mod. 1 x GW 40 422 -
ACCESSORIES

Cylindrical security lock

36(12x3)-54-72 mod. 2 x GW 40 422 -
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Interchangeable flange
with quick-entry cable - GW 40 428 -
glands
12 mod. - GW 43 071 S
Blank doors - White 24 (12x2) mod. - GW 43 072 S
INSTALLATION

RAL 9016 36 (12x3) mod. - GW 43 073 S

48 (12x4) mod. - GW 43 074 S
12 mod. - GW 43 111 S
Plastic frontal - White 24 (12x2) mod. GW 43 112 S
RAL 9016 36 (12x3) mod. - GW 43 113 S
48 (12x4) mod. - GW 43 114 S
12 modules - GW 40 451
WIRING

24 modules - GW 40 452
Bipolar terminal blocks
36-48 modules - GW 40 453
ACCESSORIES

Security lock - - GW 40 463

* 2 flanges with knockout holes

** 1 flange with knockout holes + 1 flange with quick-entry cable glands

207
40 CDe
Enclosures and distribution boards for country-specific
standards
The range of enclosures and distribution boards for specific country standards:
40 CD French standard enclosures (IP30), also including VDI multimedia
enclosures (Grade 1, Grade 2 and Grade 3); 40 CDKE German standard
enclosures - IP65 watertight with flanges for quick cable insertion, and 40CDE
German standard enclosures - IP40 for home use, either surface-mounted or
flush-mounted in masonry or plasterboard. The range is completed by the 40
CDE Spanish standard enclosures - IP40 with smoked transparent doors.

40 CDE - SPANISH STANDARD SURFACE-MOUNTING AND FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES

Flush-mounting enclosures with door - IP40

Distribution boards to house ICP power limiting circuit breaker sealable - In=40A - Smoked
transparent door
Code No. EN 50022 mod. ICP N. EN 50022 mod. CB Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) R.U. 1407-D Pack
sect. section Classifications Carton
GW 40 336 4 8 329x225x75 CCE-ICP32 10
GW 40 337 4 12 400x225x75 CCE-ICP32 6
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: service labels.

GW 40 336

40 CDKE - GERMAN STANDARD SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Enclosures with smoked transparent door - IP65

Enclosures and distribution boards fitted with bipolar 125 A terminal blocks
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 40 112 8 215x210x100 N (1x25) + (7x10) E (1x25) + (7x10) 1/12
GW 40 116 18 410x285x140 N (5x25) + (14x10) E (5x25) + (14x10) 1/3

GW 40 112

Enclosures and distribution boards fitted with bipolar 125 A terminal blocks
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 40 117 36 (18x2) 410x463x140 N (10x25)+(28x10) E (10x25)+(28x10) 1/2
GW 40 118 54 (18x3) 410x655x140 N (10x25)+(28x10) E (10x25)+(28x10) 1
GW 40 119 72 (18x4) 410x878x160 N (10x25)+(28x10) E (10x25)+(28x10) 1

GW 40 119

208
 Distribution boards and enclosures equipped with bipolar 125 A terminal blocks and two
interchangeable flanges (2 flanges with knockouts hole) - Grey RAL 7035
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 40 113 12 298x260x140 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) 6
GW 40 114 24 (12X2) 298x420x140 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) 3
GW 40 115 36 (12x3) 298x570x140 N (6x35)+(20x10) E (6x35)+(20x10) 2
CHARACTERISTICS: the flanges with knockout holes have the following inputs: 4xM16; 4xM20; 3xM25; 1xM32; Glow Wire Test: 750°C
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, screwcaps and module masks for double insulation, circuit labels.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

GW 40 113

Distribution boards and enclosures equipped with bipolar 125 A terminal blocks and two
interchangeable flanges (1 flange with knockouts hole + 1 flange with quick entry cable glands) -
Grey RAL 7035
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 40 123 12 298x260x140 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) 6
GW 40 124 24 (12X2) 298x420x140 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) 3
GW 40 125 36 (12x3) 298x570x140 N (6x35)+(20x10) E (6x35)+(20x10) 2
CHARACTERISTICS: the flanges with knockout holes have the following inputs: 4xM16; 4xM20; 3xM25; 1xM32; Glow Wire Test: 750°C
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal block, screwcaps and module masks for double insulation, circuit labels.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks, screwcaps or wall mounting brackets).

GW 40 124

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

209
40 CDe

Complementary items
Wall fixing bracket

Code Material Accessories supplied For enclosures For dist. boards Pack
Carton
GW 44 621 Insulation Self-tapping fixing screws All wall types 40/480
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

GW 44 621

4.5 Modules cover

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 423

Insulating screw caps

Code Description Pack

Carton
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to restore the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 623

Design coupling cover for conduit and trunking entry for CDK enclosures and boards

Code For encl. /boards with rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 473 12 Modules Clip 20
GW 40 474 18 Modules Clip 20
CHARACTERISTICS: covers with internal knockouts for trunking from 60x30mm to 200x60mm.

GW 40 473

Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws and/or clip 10
GW 40 404 N (5x35) + (14x10) E (5x35) + (14x10) - With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 412 B
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws and/or clip 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: The GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks can be installed on the Germany standard 40CDKe enclosures using the GW40413 adapter.

210
 Adapter for screw terminal blocks
Code Suitable for Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 40 CDKe std. Germany With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block and pre-cut to allow installation also on enclosures with a 12 M modular step.
INSTALLATION: permits the installation of GW40401, GW40408B and GW40408U terminal blocks on Germany standard 40CDKe enclosures.

GW 40 413

Internal horizontal divider for CDK boards

Code For boards EN 50022 rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 487 12 Modules Clip 10/100
GW 40 488 18 Modules Clip 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

GW 40 487

Blank lid panels - 1 module height for CDKe boards

Code Suitable for For boards EN 50022 Colour Pack

rail Carton
GW 40 492 CDK enclosures and boards decorative (Surface-mounting) 12 Modules Grey RAL 7035 20
GW 40 493 CDK enclosures and boards decorative (Surface-mounting) 18 Modules Grey RAL 7035 20
NOTES: for creating internal separation between circuits of differing voltages on several rows within a single casing.

GW 40 492

Cylindrical security lock - for 40 CDKe enclosures

Code Material Pack
Carton

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 40 421 Insulation 10/100

ENCLOSURES
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Interchangeable flange with quick-entry cable glands

Code Entries for flanged Pack
Carton
GW 40 428 1 for cables Ø 16-29 mm 4 for cables Ø 11-20 m 8 f 1/20

GW 40 428

211
40 CDe
40 CDE - GERMAN STANDARD SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

40 CDe IP30 with terminal block

Surface-mounting small distribution boards - White RAL 9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 43 021 S 12 300x245x95 1
GW 43 022 S 24 (12X2) 300x370x95 1
GW 43 023 S 36 (12x3) 300x515x95 1
GW 43 024 S 48 (12x4) 300x640x95 1

GW 43 022 S

212
Complementary items
Blank doors for surface-mounting small distribution boards - White RAL 9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack
Carton
GW 43 071 S 12 White RAL 9016 1/4
GW 43 072 S 24 (12X2) White RAL 9016 1/6
GW 43 073 S 36 (12x3) White RAL 9016 1/2
GW 43 074 S 48 (12x4) White RAL 9016 1/2

GW 43 071 S

Plastic frontal for surface-mounting small distribution boards

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 43 111 S 12 1
GW 43 112 S 24 (12X2) 1
GW 43 113 S 36 (12x3) 1
GW 43 114 S 48 (12x4) 1

GW 43 112 S

Bipolar terminal blocks with support for german standard surface-mounting small distribution
boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 40 451 N (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) E (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) 12 modules 20
GW 40 452 N (2x25)+(6x16)+(16x10) E (1x25)+(3x16)+(14x10) 24 modules 20
GW 40 453 N (2x25)+(6x16)+(22x10) E (1x25)+(5x16)+(22x10) 36-48 modules 20
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 451

WALL-MOUNTING
Sealable closure

ENCLOSURES
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 43 042 S Wall mounting 2/20

GW 43 042 S

Security lock
Code For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 40 463 40 CDE German standard surface-mounting 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 463

213
40 CDe
4.5 Modules cover - Colour white

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 467

Circuit lettering strips

Code Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 43 122 S 265x120 1/10

GW 43 122 S

Circuit lettering strips

Code Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 43 044 S 350x165 10/100

GW 43 044 S

Enclosure door lock closing shutter

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 43 052 S Lock seat shutter 1/10

GW 43 052 S

Screw for enclosure front

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 43 040 S Screws for enclosure front 100

GW 43 040 S

214
40 CDE - GERMAN STANDARD FLUSH-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Metal door distribution boards - IP40

Distribution boards for brick walls equipped with bipolar terminal blocks - RAL 9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 151 N 12+2 N (2x16)+(8x10) PE (2x16)+(8x10) 60 1
GW 40 152 N 24+4 (12x2) N (2x16)+(14x10) PE (2x16)+(14x10) 80 1
GW 40 153 N 36+6 (12x3) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 90 1
GW 40 154 N 48+8 (12x4) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 100 1
GW 40 155 N 60+10 (12x5) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 120 1
Accessories supplied: positioning brackets, mortar guard, certification label, modules cover, terminal blocks.
Notes: extractable frame already installed.

GW 40 153 N

Distribution boards for plasterboard (GWT 850 °C) walls equipped with bipolar terminal blocks - RAL
9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 161 N 12+2 N (2x16)+(8x10) PE (2x16)+(8x10) 60 1
GW 40 162 N 24+4 (12x2) N (2x16)+(14x10) PE (2x16)+(14x10) 80 1
GW 40 163 N 36+6 (12x3) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 90 1
GW 40 164 N 48+8 (12x4) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 100 1
GW 40 165 N 60+10 (12x5) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 120 1
Accessories supplied: installation brackets, plaster guard, certification label, modules cover, terminal blocks.
Notes: extractable frame already installed.

GW 40 161 N

Metal door multimedia enclosure - IP40

Multimedia enclosures for brick walls - RAL 9016
Code No. line Pack
Carton
GW 40 173 N 3 1
GW 40 174 N 4 1
Accessories supplied: positioning brackets, mortar guard, 1x multimedia device bracket, 2x Schuko socket, 2x supports, 1x Dahlia plate
Notes: perforated mounting plates and patch panel already installed.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
GW 40 173 N

Multimedia enclosures for plasterboard (GWT 850 °C) walls - RAL 9016
Code No. line Pack
Carton
GW 40 178 N 3 1
GW 40 179 N 4 1
Accessories supplied: installation brackets, plaster guard, 1x multimedia device bracket, 2x Schuko socket, 2x supports, 1x Dahlia plate
Notes: perforated mounting plates and patch panel already installed.

GW 40 178 N

215
40 CDe

Complementary items
Terminal blocks
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 40 454 N N+PE terminal block (2x16 mm² + 14x10 mm²) 1
GW 40 455 N Terminal block N (7x16mm²) 1

GW 40 454 N

Accessories
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 40 461 N Pair of brackets for horizontal coupling 1
GW 40 463 N Safety lock for German standard flush-mounting enclosures 1
GW 40 467 Plastic module cover profile 50

GW 40 467

216
40 CDE - FRENCH STANDARD MODULAR SURFACE-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES

Enclosures without door - IP30

Enclosures equipped with multipolar terminal blocks - walls with knockout elements - White RAL
9016
Code No. of modules EN Outer dim. LxHxD Phase terminal Neutral terminal Earth terminal block Pack
50022 (mm) block (mm²) block (mm²) (mm²) Carton
GW 40 501 13 250x225x93.5 - - E(3x25)+(12x4) 8
GW 40 502 26 (13x2) 250x350x93.5 L(1x35)+(5x25) N(1x35)+(5x25) E(4x25)+(24x4) 4
GW 40 503 39 (13x3) 250x475x93.5 L(1x35)+(5x25) N(1x35)+(5x25) E(7x25)+(36x4) 4
GW 40 504 52 (13x4) 250x600x93.5 L(1x35)+(5x25) N(1x35)+(5x25) E(8x25)+(48x4) 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: terminal blocks, module masks, circuit labels with self-adhesive pictograms, instruction sheet.
NOTES: earth terminal blocks with Push-Wire technology.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories (module masks and screwcaps)

GW 40 501

Support bases for TARIF BLEU connecting switch

Support bases without door for EDF connection switch - plumbable White RAL 9016
Code Depth Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 40 511 40 mm 250x225x43.5 4
GW 40 512 55 mm 250x225x58.5 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws for the circuit breaker, screwcaps for sealing.

GW 40 512

Home VDI enclosure - Grade 1

Home VDI enclosure grade 1 with 4 connectors RJ 45 and 4 TV-SAT outputs - White RAL 9016
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 40 506 250x225x112 4
APPLICATIONS: allows to distribute Voice (telephone), Data (Internet) and Image (television) signals in every room of the house.
Complete and pre-equipped enclosure fitted with:
1 DTI RJ45 connection box with RC module integrated.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
1 xDSL filter 4 outputs for phone et 1 output for modem.
1 TV-SAT splitter 5-2500 MHz 4 outputs.
1 Patch panel with 8 seats RJ45 “Keystone”.
4 Connectors RJ45 Cat.5e UTP wiring without tool.
1 Kit of cords RJ45 for connection.
1 Earth terminal block.
GW 40 506 1 Free space 100mm on DIN rail for the optical fiber DTI.
NOTES: complies with the minimum equipment required by the French standard NF C 15-100 and guide UTE C 90-483.

Accessories for expansion and wiring

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 40 596 Expansion kit with 2 RJ45 connectors cat. 5e 1/10
GW 40 597 Quadruple RJ45 cord 1/10
GW40596 is composed with:
2 Connectors RJ45 Cat.5e UTP wiring without tool:
1 Patch cord RJ45 - L = 30 cm.
NOTES: GW40597 cord RJ45 1 input/ 4 outputs RJ45 for delivering the phone on 4 connectors from only one input.

217
40 CDe

Complementary items
Kit of modular spacers for subscriber enclosures, bases, containers and boards 50mm thick - Clip
assembly - White RAL 9016
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 40 516 250x225x50 8
GW 40 517 250x350x50 4
GW 40 518 250x475x50 4
GW 40 519 250x600x50 2
NOTE: code GW40516 is also suitable for the support bases and containers for services via cable (T.R.I.)

GW 40 516

2 pipe fittings for vertical and horizontal coupling of enclosures, bases and spacers
Code Fixing type Pack
Carton
GW 40 546 Clip 20
APPLICATIONS: for creating combined compositions and subscriber boards.

GW 40 546

Back-mounting plates in insulating material for surface-mounting enclosures and spacer kit - Slide
fixing on rail
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 40 526 156x216x2 13 mod.- 1 row 8
GW 40 527 156x341x2 26 mod.- 2 rows 4
GW 40 528 156x466x2 39 mod.- 3 rows 4
GW 40 529 156x591x2 52 mod.- 4 rows 2

GW 40 526

218
 Isolated unipolar terminal blocks IP20 for French standard modular enclosures
Code Type Cap colour Connections no. x Type of connection For enclosures Pack
section (mm²) Carton
GW 40 591 Earth Green (3x25)+(12x4) Push-Wire 13M-39M 20
GW 40 592 Earth Green (4x25)+(24x4) Push-Wire 26M-39M-52M 20
GW 40 593 Phase Black (1x35)+(5x25) With screw 26M-39M-52M 20
GW 40 594 Neutral Blue (1x35)+(5x25) With screw 26M-39M-52M 20
CHARACTERISTICS: Terminal blocks for phase and neutral with In=100 A and Vn=450V.

GW 40 591

Blank door with frame for finishing French Standard modular enclosures without door - White RAL
9016 - IP40
Code For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 40 531 13 mod.- 1 row 8
GW 40 532 26 mod.- 2 rows 4
GW 40 533 39 mod.- 3 rows 4
GW 40 534 52 mod.- 4 rows 2
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks

GW 40 531

Transparent smoked door with frame for finishing French Standard modular enclosures without door
- White RAL 9016 - IP40
Code For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 40 536 13 mod.- 1 row 8
GW 40 537 26 mod.- 2 rows 4
GW 40 538 39 mod.- 3 rows 4
GW 40 539 52 mod.- 4 rows 2
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks

GW 40 536

Door with frame for finishing support bases - Clip fixing - White RAL 9016 - IP40
Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Door colour Pack
Carton

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 40 541 250x225 White RAL 9016 4

ENCLOSURES
GW 40 542 250x225 Smoked Transparent 4
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arranged for housing the GW40422 cylinder security locks.

GW 40 542

219
40 CDe
Cylindrical security lock - for 40 CDe (French standard) enclosures
Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Screwcaps in insulating material

Code Description For enclosures Pack

Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm GW42201 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 622

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 467

220
40 CDe
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
FRENCH STANDARD ENCLOSURES GERMAN STANDARD ENCLOSURES SPANISH STANDARD ENCLOSURES

Surface-mounting enclosures equipped with IP65-rated surface-mounting enclosures Flush-mounted versions with smoked door and
phase, neutral and earth terminal blocks, with with top or bottom cable-entry flanges. IP30 IP40 rating. The enclosures are designed to
an IP20 rating in accordance with French surface- and IP40 flush-mounting versions accommodate the ICP power limiter.
regulations. Earth terminal blocks with Push- with metal frame and door for masonry and
Wire clamping. VDI enclosures complete the plasterboard. Also available flush-mounting
offer for the distribution of TV, internet and multimedia enclosures.
telephony signals.

221
42 RV

Surface and flush-mounting watertight emergency enclosures

EQUIPPED WITH ILLUMINABLE PUSH-BUTTON

Code GW 42 201

Red
Colour
RAL 3000

Hammer GW 42 216

Replacement
GW 42 211
glass

Watertight
cylinder security -
lock

NO GW 74 201

Contacts

NC GW 74 202

Code GW 10 893 GW 30 943 GW 30 947 GW 30 958 GW 30 959 GW 30 960

Voltage
12-24 230 110-230 12-24 110-230 48
(V ac/dc)
Signalling
unit

Power (W) 0.4 0.4 1

Light emission White Red White Green Green Green

222
PRE-ARRANGED WITH
FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURE
WITH WITH DIN RAIL BACKMOUNTING
WITH DIN RAIL
Ø 22 mm HOLE PLATE

GW 42 206 GW 42 202 GW 42 207 GW 42 208 GW 42 231 GW 42 232

GW 42 204 GW 42 203
(4 modules) (8 modules) (4 modules) (8 modules) (4 modules) (4 modules)
Red Red Red Grey Grey Red Red Grey
RAL 3000 RAL 3000 RAL 3000 RAL 7035 RAL 7035 RAL 3000 RAL 3000 RAL 7035

GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216 GW 42 216

GW 42 213 GW 42 213 GW 42 212 GW 42 213 GW 42 212 GW 42 212 GW 42 214 GW 42 214

GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644 GW 48 644

- - - - -

WALL-MOUNTING
- - - - -

ENCLOSURES

223
42 RV
Surface and flush-mounting watertight emergency enclosures
IP55 watertight enclosures, Red RAL 3000, available in 5 versions: with backlit
push button; can be equipped with 22 mm dia. stop button or with rail coupling,
the latter being available in Grey RAL 7035. The best seller is the GW42201,
equipped with 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact and expandable up to 4 contacts,
supplied with 1 long automatically operated push-button when glass is broken or
short button for manual operation.

42 RV - WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES FOR EMERGENCY MANOEUVRES - IP55

Equipment with illuminable push-button

Watertight enclosure for emergency systems, equipped with illuminated push-button and 2 contacts
1NO+1NC that can be expanded up to 4 contacts - Pre-arrangement for use of green LED to
indicate the good condition of the emergency circuit

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Colour No. of contacts that can be Pack
installed Carton
GW 42 201 120x120x50 Red RAL 3000 4 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: can be mounted on flush-mounting box GW24403. Contact-holder flange with 4 seats.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: substitute button key for the possible configuration of manual or automatic activation when the glass is broken, self-adhesive pictograms “Break the glass” and “Press the button key”,
GW 42 201 screwcaps for double insulation, screws and accessories for plumbing the front, 1 NO contact and 1 NC contact.
Sicur Push breakable glass.
NOTES: substitute NO contacts: GW74201, NC: GW74202: lamps for push-button backlighting: GW10893 12-24 V~/-, GW30943 230 V~/-; green LEDs for signalling the integrity of the emergency circuit: GW30958 for
12 to 24 V~/-, GW30959 for 110 to 230 V~/-, GW30960 for 48 V~/-;
To restore the double insulation use the relative screwcaps supplied.
Pre-arranged for installation of 4 contacts type NO or NC.

Fitted with hole Ø 22 mm

Watertight enclosure for emergency systems fitted with hole Ø 22mm

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Colour Pack

Carton
GW 42 204 108x180x100 Red RAL 3000 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Door fitted with lock with 2 keys, self adhesive pictogram “Break glass” and screwcaps for double insulation.
Sicur Push breakable glass.
To restore the double insulation, use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps) or the brackets for surface-mounting (GW44621).
NOTES: compatible with momentary push-buttons, selectors and indicators Ø 22 mm of the 74 PS series.

GW 42 204

224
With DIN rail
Watertight enclosures for emergency use and special applications with rail DIN

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
Colour: Red RAL 3000
GW 42 206 4 108x180x100 12 1/10
GW 42 202 8 180x180x100 18 1/10
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
GW 42 207 4 108x180x100 12 1/10
GW 42 208 8 180x180x100 18 1/10
GW 42 202 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: door fitted with lock with 2 keys, self adhesive pictogram “Break glass”, circuit label and screwcaps for double insulation. Sicur Push breakable glass.
GW44207 pre-arranged also for the installation of momentary push-buttons, mushroom-head push-buttons, selectors and indicators ø 22 mm of the 74PS series.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
To restore the double insulation use the relative accessories supplied (module mask and screwcaps) or brackets for surface mounting GW44621.

With back-mounting plate

Watertight enclosure for emergency use and special applications with galvanised metal back
mounting plate

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Colour Pack

Carton
GW 42 203 180x180x100 Red RAL 3000 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Door fitted with lock with 2 keys, self adhesive pictogram “Break glass” and screwcaps for double insulation.
“Sicur Push” breakable glass.
To restore the double insulation use the relative accessories supplied (module mask and screwcaps) or brackets for surface mounting GW44621

GW 42 203

Flush-mounting enclosure with DIN rail

Watertight flush-mounting enclosures for emergencies and special applications with rail DIN

WALL-MOUNTING
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Colour Pack

ENCLOSURES
Carton
GW 42 231 4 145x200x70 12 Red RAL 3000 1/10
GW 42 232 4 145x200x70 12 Grey RAL 7035 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: door equipped with security lock with 1 key, self-adhesive pictogram “Break the glass”, user label.
“Sicur Push” breakable glass.
NOTES: if the flush-mounting box is not embedded in line with the wall, use the screw kit plus the spacers GW48645.
dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.
GW 42 232 To restore the double insulation use the relative accessories supplied (module masks and screwcaps)

PLATES FOR LIFTS / EMERGENCY

Wired plates for lift and emergency

Self-supporting wired plates for lift/emergency with illuminable button switch triangle key and
breakable glass - IP40
Code Output contacts Colour Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 32 450 1 NO + 1 NC 10A (AC1) / 6A (AC15) 380 V ac White Lift 1/10
GW 32 451 1 NO + 1 NC Red Emergency 1/10
The articles are supplied with an 11mm button key already assembled, without a lamp. They use the GW30943 230V-/~ signalling units.
CHARACTERISTICS: the plates are suitable for the GW40422 security lock, available as an accessory.
For flush-mounting box GW24403; for surface-mounting box GW32431, GW32432;
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: accessory button key, 17mm high, to operate the contacts when glass is broken.

GW 32 450

225
42 RV
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Glass breaker
Glass breaker with universal fixing support
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 42 216 Toner black 70x60 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: the hammer is joined to the base with a fine chain, so it can not be lost.

GW 42 216

Spare glass
Spare Sicur Push glass for watertight enclosures for emergencies
Code For enclosures Pack
Carton
GW 42 211 GW42201 1/10
GW 42 213 GW42204, GW42206, GW42207 1/10
GW 42 212 GW42202, GW42203, GW42208 1/10
GW 42 214 GW42231, GW42232 1/10

GW 42 212

Spare breakable glass for plates for lifts/emergencies

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 32 457 GW32450, GW32451, GW32452, GW32453 1/10

GW 32 457

Accessories and spare parts

Miniature lamps with wired lead
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Pack
Carton
GW 30 943 230 V ac 0.4 W Fluorescent Red 50
GW 10 893 12-24V ac/dc 0.4 W LED White 50
GW 30 947 110 / 230V ac 0.6 W LED White 50

226
 Signalling unit for integrity of emergency circuit - With LEDs
Code Lamp voltage Lamp Light emitted Pack
Carton
GW 30 958 12-24V ac/dc LED Green 10
GW 30 959 110-230V ac/dc LED Green 10
GW 30 960 48V ac/dc LED Green 10

GW 30 958

Contacts - Ith 10A - 240V ac

Code Type Category of use Category of use Colour For enclosure Pack
240V ac15 240V dc13 Carton
GW 74 201 1 NO 3A 0.27 A Green GW42201 10/60
GW 74 202 1 NC 3A 0.27 A Red GW42201 10/60
CHARACTERISTICS: GW74202, suitable for opening the contact also in the event of it slightly sticking, in conformity with the EN 60947-5-1 standard.
Clip assembly on the contact-holder flanges. Contacts compatible with emergency control unit GW42201.

Cylindrical security lock - suitable for plates used in lifts/emergencies

Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Watertight cylindrical security lock

Code For enclosures Material Pack
Carton

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 48 644 48 PTC and 42 RV range Pressure die-cast metal 1/10

ENCLOSURES
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 48 644

227
42 RV
Kit containing 4 long self-threading screws with spacers for fixing lids and fronts
Code Screw dimension (mm) Spacer thickness (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 48 645 Ø 4x45 Max 10 mm reducible 1/100
CHARACTERISTICS: the kit can also be used for the following flush-mounting ranges: CD/CDK (starting from 6 modules), 48 CM and 42 RV.

GW 48 645

Wall fixing bracket, complete with self-tapping screws

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW 44 621 Enclosures 42 RV wall range 40/480
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

GW 44 621

Screwcaps in insulating material

Code Description For enclosures Pack

Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm GW42201 10/100
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm from GW42202 to GW42208 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 622

4.5 Modules cover - Colour white

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50

GW 40 423

228
42 RV
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
ENCLOSURES FOR EMERGENCY FUNCTIONALITY AND FLEXIBILITY MAXIMUM SECURITY
SYSTEMS IN A SINGLE ITEM

The GW42201 emergency-system enclosure The GW42201 enclosure can be fitted with All the enclosures have a high IP55 protection
is the ideal product for handling emergency a short or long push button for voluntary rating and thanks to the emergency hammer
systems. It can be fitted with up to four NO and movement or intrinsically safe operation, and (available as accessory), breakable panel and
NC contacts, and it also offers the possibility of has a back panel flange that expands the halogen-free materials, they are suitable for use
signalling emergency circuit integrity, thanks to number of contacts installable up to four, thus even in areas open to the public.
the green LED. increasing the configurable solutions.

229
44 CE

Technopolymer surface-mounting watertight junction boxes

Material Technopolymer GW PLAST 75

Heat resistance Thermo-pressure with ball: 85°C

Fire resistance Glow Wire Test: 650°C - UL94: HB

Applications For ordinary junctions

Degree of protection IP44 IP55 IP56

with quick entry

Walls with quick entry cable glands smooth smooth
cable glands

Depth of back-
standard standard standard standard high capacity
mounting box

1/4 turn screws 1/4 turn screws transparent

Cover blank plain blank plain blank plain deep blank blank plain
blank plain blank plain plain

Dimensioni
(mm)

Ø 65 GW 44 001 - - - - - - -

Ø 80 GW 44 002 - - - - - - -
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF BOX BASE LxH (mm)

80x80 GW 44 003 - - - - - - -

100x100 - GW 44 024 GW 44 004 GW 44 234 GW 44 204 GW 44 214 GW 44 114 -

120x80 - - GW 44 005 - GW 44 205 GW 44 215 - -

150x110 - GW 44 026 GW 44 006 GW 44 236 GW 44 206 GW 44 216 - -

190x140 - - GW 44 007 - GW 44 207 GW 44 217 GW 44 117 GW 44 137

240x190 - - GW 44 008 - GW 44 208 GW 44 218 GW 44 118 GW 44 138

300x220 - - GW 44 009 - GW 44 209 GW 44 219 GW 44 119 GW 44 139

380x300 - - GW 44 010 - GW 44 210 GW 44 220 GW 44 120 GW 44 140

460x380 - - GW 44 011 - GW 44 211 GW 44 221 - -

(*) Versions with red back-mounting box and grey cover

(**) Versions CSA approved (in accordance to the UL50 Standard)
(***) UL94: V0 only back-mounting box and cover
In green: insulation voltage Ui=1000V according to EN 60670-1 and EN 60670-22. For photovoltaic applications use the wall fixing brackets , code GW 44 621.
In bold: Halogen-Free material versions.

230
 Technopolymer GW PLAST 75 Technopolymer GW PLAST 120

Thermo-pressure with ball: 85°C Thermo-pressure with ball: 110°C

Glow Wire Test: 960 °C - UL94: V0 (***) Glow Wire Test: 650°C - UL94: HB

For special uses (e.g. raised floors, suspended ceilings...) For industrial uses

IP44 IP55 IP56 IP56

with quick
entry cable with quick entry cable glands smooth smooth
glands

standard standard standard standard

1/4 turn screws transparent

blank plain blank plain blank plain deep blank blank plain deep blank transparent plain
blank plain deep

GW 44 051
- - - - - - - -
GW 44 051 R (*)

GW 44 052 - - - - - - - -

GW 44 053
- - - - - - - -
GW 44 053 R (*)
GW 44 054
- - GW 44 274 GW 44 254 GW 44 404 GW 44 414 - -

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 44 054 R (*)

ENCLOSURES
- - GW 44 055 GW 44 275 GW 44 255 GW 44 405 GW 44 415 - -

GW 44 056 GW 44 276
- GW 44 256 GW 44 406 GW 44 416 GW 44 426 GW 44 436
GW 44 056 R (*) GW 44 276 C (**)
GW 44 277
- - GW 44 057 GW 44 257 GW 44 407 GW 44 417 GW 44 427 GW 44 437
GW 44 277 C (**)

- - GW 44 058 GW 44 278 GW 44 258 GW 44 408 GW 44 418 GW 44 428 GW 44 438

- - GW 44 059 GW 44 279 GW 44 259 GW 44 409 GW 44 419 GW 44 429 GW 44 439

- - GW 44 060 GW 44 280 GW 44 260 GW 44 410 GW 44 420 GW 44 430 GW 44 440

- - GW 44 061 GW 44 281 GW 44 261 GW 44 411 GW 44 421 GW 44 431 GW 44 441

231
Accessories
INTERNAL DIMENSIONS OF BOX BASE (mm)
Code Ø 65 Ø 80 80x80 100x100 120x80 150x110 190x140 240x190 300x220 380x300 460x380

GW 44 704 • • • • • • • • • • •
EQUIPOTENTIAL SINGLE-POLE TERMINAL

GW 44 706 • • • • • • • • • • •
GW 44 708 • • • • • • • • • •
GW 44 671 • • • • • • • • • • •
BLOCKS

GW 44 672 • • • • • • • • • •
GW 44 673
GW 44 674 • • • • • • •
GW 44 675 • • • • • •
GW 44 676 • • • • • •
GW 44 606 • • • • •
TERMINAL
MULTIPLE

BLOCKS

GW 44 607 • • • • •
ACCESSORIES FOR COUPLING AND JUNCTION SURFACE-MOUNTING BOXES

GW 44 608 • • • • •
GW 44 609
• • • • • • • • • •
TERMINAL BLOCKS

GW 44 610
FEEDTHROUGH
MULTIPLE

GW 44 611
GW 44 610 C (*) • • • • • • • •
GW 44 612
GW 44 613
GW 44 614 • • • • •
Galvanised sheet
metal
GW 44 615 • • (1)
GW 44 616 • • (2)
GW 44 617 • • (3)
BACK-MOUNTING PLATES

GW 44 618 •
GW 44 619 •
Insulating material
GW 44 625 • • (1)
GW 44 626 • • (2)
GW 44 627 • • (3)
GW 44 628 •
GW 44 629 •
COUPL.

GW 44 620 • • • • • •
GW 44 622 2 2 2 4 4 4 4 4 4
SCREW
CAPS

GW 44 623 6 supplied
BRACKET

GW 44 621 6 8 12 16 8

GW 50 428
CABLE GLANDS

GW 50 429 4 4 6

GW 50 430 6 6 10

GW 50 431 10 12

GW 50 432 12 12 14

(*) CSA certified version (in according with UL50 standards).

(1) Only for GW 44 118 and GW 44 138.
(2) Only for GW 44 119 and GW 44 139.
(3) Only for GW 44 120 and GW 44 140.
NOTE: quick entry cable glands with exception of GW 50 428

232
44 CE
Technopolymer surface-mounting watertight junction boxes
The 44 CE junction boxes range consists of 3 families made of different
technopolymers (two of which are Halogen Free) and available in 11 sizes with
an ordinary or high-capacity base, high or low lids, blank or transparent lids,
smooth walls or with quick-entry cable glands.

SURFACE-MOUNTING BOXES IN GWPLAST 75 - GWT 650°C - FOR ORDINARY JUNCTIONS

Walls with quick entry cable glands - IP44 and IP55

Junction boxes with plain press-on lid - IP44 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Pack

Carton
GW 44 001 Ø 65x35 4 / 23 5/280
GW 44 002 Ø 80x40 4 / 23 5/135
GW 44 003 80x80x40 6 / 23 5/90
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
CHARACTERISTICS: IP 44 boxes with IK07 impact resistance.
The external part of the junction box bottom is provided of central threaded seat. Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 mm. pressure closing lid.
GW 44 001

Junction boxes with plain quick fixing lid - IP55 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 024 100x100x50 6 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 66

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 44 026 150x110x70 10 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 40

ENCLOSURES
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
CHARACTERISTICS: Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 and 25 mm. the box bottom has 2 windows of dimensions 6 x 4 mm that allows the box mounting of the box,
using the cables ties, to mesh wire cables trays, perforated cables trays, pole supports, etc.

GW 44 024

Junction boxes with plain screwed lid - IP55 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 004 100x100x50 6 / 29 4 - Stainless steel 66
GW 44 005 120x80x50 6 / 29 4 - Stainless steel 66
GW 44 006 150x110x70 10 / 29 4 - Stainless steel 40
GW 44 007 190x140x70 10 / 37 4 insul. sealable hinged 24
GW 44 008 240x190x90 12 / 37 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 009 300x220x120 12 / 48 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 007
GW 44 010 380x300x120 12 / 48 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 011 460x380x120 14 / 48 6 insul. sealable hinged 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44011 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
CHARACTERISTICS:
quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm.
For GW44007 and GW44008 quick entry cable glands suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25 and 32mm.
For GW44007, GW4408 quick entry cable glands suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25 and 32 mm.
For GW44009, GW44010, GW44011 quick entry cable glands suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25, 32 and 40mm.

233
44 CE

Smooth walls - IP55 and IP56

Junction boxes with plain quick fixing lid - IP55 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 234 100x100x50 29 mm 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 105
GW 44 236 150x110x70 29 mm 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 50
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.

GW 44 234

Junction boxes with plain screwed lid - IP56 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 204 100x100x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 105
GW 44 205 120x80x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 91
GW 44 206 150x110x70 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 50
GW 44 207 190x140x70 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 30
GW 44 208 240x190x90 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 14
GW 44 209 300x220x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 207
GW 44 210 380x300x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 211 460x380x120 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44211 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.

Junction boxes with deep screwed lid - IP56 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 214 100x100x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 45
GW 44 215 120x80x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 55
GW 44 216 150x110x140 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 24
GW 44 217 190x140x140 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 218 240x190x160 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 219 300x220x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 7
GW 44 217
GW 44 220 380x300x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 3
GW 44 221 460x380x180 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44221 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.

234
High capacity bottom with smooth walls - IP56
Junction boxes with high capacity bottom and plain screwed lid - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Effective height of Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
bottom Carton
GW 44 114 100x100x80 48 mm 63 mm 4 - Stainless steel 1/45
GW 44 117 190x140x110 54 mm 83 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/16
GW 44 118 240x190x130 54 mm 100 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/12
GW 44 119 300x220x170 54 mm 119 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/7
GW 44 120 380x300x170 54 mm 119 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/3
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
GW 44 117 For all box/back-mounting plate combinations, refer to the summary.
APPLICATIONS: used to connect conduits up to Ø 40mm (for the 100x100x80mm version) and up to Ø 50mm (for the other sizes).
CHARACTERISTICS: for applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

Junction boxes with high capacity bottom and transparent plain screwed lid - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Effective height of Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
bottom Carton
GW 44 137 190x140x110 54 mm 83 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/16
GW 44 138 240x190x130 54 mm 100 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/12
GW 44 139 300x220x170 54 mm 119 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/7
GW 44 140 380x300x170 54 mm 119 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 1/3
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
For all box/back-mounting plate combinations, refer to the summary.
GW 44 137 APPLICATIONS: used to connect conduits up to Ø 50mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: for applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

235
44 CE
SURFACE-MOUNTING BOXES IN GWPLAST 75 - GWT 960°C - FOR SPECIAL USES

Walls with quick entry cable glands - IP44 and IP55

Junction boxes with plain press-on lid - IP44 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Pack

Carton
GW 44 051 Ø 65x35 4 / 23 5/280
GW 44 052 Ø 80x40 4 / 23 5/135
GW 44 053 80x80x40 6 / 23 5/90
CHARACTERISTICS: casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
IK07 impact resistance.
The external part of the junction box bottom is provided of central threaded seat.
GW 44 051 Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 mm.
pressure closing lid.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 mm.

Junction boxes with plain quick fixing lid - IP55 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 054 100x100x50 6 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 66
GW 44 056 150x110x70 10 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 40
CHARACTERISTICS: casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1. Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 and 25 mm. the
box bottom has 2 windows of dimensions 6 x 4 mm that allows the box mounting of the box, using the cables ties, to mesh wire cables trays, perforated cables trays, pole supports, etc.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
GW 44 054

236
 Junction boxes with plain press-on lid - IP44 - Box base Red RAL 3000, lid and cable gland Grey
RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Pack

Carton
GW 44 051 R Ø 65x35 4 / 23 5/280
GW 44 053 R 80x80x40 6 / 23 5/90
CHARACTERISTICS: Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1. thermo-pressure with ball = 75° C.
The external part of the junction box bottom is provided of central threaded seat.
Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 mm.
GW 44 051 R pressure closing lid.
APPLICATION: Ideal for safety circuits (door release, illumination, signal) and for ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors
and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 mm.

Junction boxes with plain quick fixing lid - IP55 - Box base Red RAL 3000, lid and cable gland Grey
RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 054 R 100x100x50 6 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 66
GW 44 056 R 150x110x70 10 / 29 4 insul. a 1/4 turn, sealable 40
CHARACTERISTICS: Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1. thermo-pressure with ball = 75° C. Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and
tubes with Ø 16, 20 and 25 mm. the box bottom has 2 windows of dimensions 6 x 4 mm that allows the box mounting of the box, using the cables ties, to mesh wire cables trays, perforated cables trays, pole supports,
etc.
GW 44 054 R APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps.
Quick entry cable glands for cables with Ø from 4 to 14 mm and tubes with Ø 16, 20 and 25 mm.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

237
44 CE
Junction boxes with plain screwed lid - IP55 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 055 120x80x50 6 / 29 4 - Stainless steel 66
GW 44 057 190x140x70 10 / 37 4 insul. sealable hinged 24
GW 44 058 240x190x90 12 / 37 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 059 300x220x120 12 / 48 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 060 380x300x120 12 / 48 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 061 460x380x120 14 / 48 4 insul. sealable hinged 3
GW 44 057 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44061 screwcaps for double insulation.
CHARACTERISTICS: Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
For GW44055 quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm and conduits Ø 16, 20 and 25mm.
For GW44057 and GW44058 quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm and conduits Ø 16, 20, 25 and 32mm.
For GW44059, GW44060 and GW44061 quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm and conduits Ø 16, 20, 25, 32 and 40mm.

238
Smooth walls - IP56
Junction boxes with plain screwed lid - IP56 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 274 100x100x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 105
GW 44 275 120x80x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 91
GW 44 276 150x110x70 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 50
GW 44 276 C 150x110x70 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 50
GW 44 277 190x140x70 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 30
GW 44 277 C 190x140x70 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 30
GW 44 277
GW 44 278 240x190x90 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 14
GW 44 279 300x220x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 280 380x300x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 281 460x380x120 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44281 screwcaps for double insulation.
CHARACTERISTICS: for applications in a photovoltaic environment, use the surface-mounting brackets - code GW44621. Type H casing in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
For junction boxes GW44276C and GW44277C, thermo-pressure with ball TP = 75°C according to EN 60670-1 and IEC 60670-1. Maximum installation temperature +50°C.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190 x 140mm.
Junction boxes GW44276C and GW44277C certified CSA (in accordance with UL50). To be used with multipolar terminal blocks 5 x 6mm² GW44610C.

Junction boxes with deep screwed lid - IP56 - Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 254 100x100x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 45
GW 44 255 120x80x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 55
GW 44 256 150x110x140 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 24
GW 44 257 190x140x140 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 16
GW 44 258 240x190x160 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 259 300x220x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 7
GW 44 260
GW 44 260 380x300x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 3
GW 44 261 460x380x180 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44261 screwcaps for double insulation.
CHARACTERISTICS: for applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621. Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for applications requiring a minimum GWT of 850°C in compliance with standards EN 60670 and IEC 60670, such as floating floors and suspended ceilings.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

239
44 CE
SURFACE-MOUNTING BOXES IN GWPLAST 120 - GWT 650°C - FOR INDUSTRIAL USES

Blank lid - IP56

Boxes with smooth walls for junctions and for electric and electronic equipment - Plain screwed lid
- Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 404 100x100x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 108
GW 44 405 120x80x50 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 108
GW 44 406 150x110x70 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 50
GW 44 407 190x140x70 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 32
GW 44 408 240x190x90 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 14
GW 44 407 GW 44 409 300x220x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 410 380x300x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 411 460x380x120 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44411 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: Ui=1000V in accordance with EN 60670-1 and EN 60670-22.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

Boxes with smooth walls for junctions and for electric and electronic equipment - Deep screwed lid
- Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 414 100x100x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 45
GW 44 415 120x80x120 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 55
GW 44 416 150x110x140 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 24
GW 44 417 190x140x140 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 16
GW 44 418 240x190x160 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 417 GW 44 419 300x220x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 7
GW 44 420 380x300x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 3
GW 44 421 460x380x180 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44421 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: Ui=1000V in accordance with EN 60670-1 and EN 60670-22.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

240
Transparent lid - IP56
Boxes with smooth walls for junctions and for electric and electronic equipment - Plain screwed lid
- Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 426 150x110x70 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 50
GW 44 427 190x140x70 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 32
GW 44 428 240x190x90 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 14
GW 44 429 300x220x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 6
GW 44 430 380x300x120 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 4
GW 44 427 GW 44 431 460x380x120 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44431 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: Ui=1000V in accordance with EN 60670-1 and EN 60670-22.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

Boxes with smooth walls for junctions and for electric and electronic equipment - Deep screwed lid
- Grey RAL 7035

Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) Max Ø holes possible Lid screws (no. and type) Pack
Carton
GW 44 436 150x110x140 29 mm 4 - Stainless steel 24
GW 44 437 190x140x140 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 16
GW 44 438 240x190x160 37 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 12
GW 44 439 300x220x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 7
GW 44 440 380x300x180 48 mm 4 insul. sealable hinged 3
GW 44 437 GW 44 441 460x380x180 48 mm 6 insul. sealable hinged 2
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW44441 screwcaps for double insulation.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation and original IP degree of protection of the boxes, use the isolating screwcaps or the surface-mounting fixing brackets for boxes measuring at least 190x140mm.
CHARACTERISTICS: Ui=1000V in accordance with EN 60670-1 and EN 60670-22.
For applications in the photovoltaic environment, use the wall fixing brackets - code GW44621.

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Back-mounting plates

WALL-MOUNTING
Back-mounting plate in galvanised steel with self-tapping fixing screws

ENCLOSURES
Code For boxes centre distance BxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 44 615 190x140 20
GW 44 616 240x190 20
GW 44 617 300x220 20
GW 44 618 380x300 5
GW 44 619 460x380 5
NOTES: GW44615 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44118 and GW44138.
GW44616 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44119 and GW44139.
GW44617 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44120 and GW44140.

GW 44 615

Back-mounting plate in insulated material with self-tapping fixing screws

Code For boxes centre distance BxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 44 625 190x140 20
GW 44 626 240x190 20
GW 44 627 300x220 20
GW 44 628 380x300 4
GW 44 629 460x380 5
NOTES: GW44625 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44118 and GW44138.
GW44626 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44119 and GW44139.
GW44627 also fitted for high capacity boxes GW44120 and GW44140.

GW 44 625

241
44 CE

Installation and coupling elements

Insulating screw caps

Code Description Pack

Carton
GW 44 622 Screwcap Ø16mm 10/100
GW 44 623 Screwcap Ø25mm 10/100
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.

GW 44 622

Wall fixing bracket, complete with self-tapping screws

Code For boxes centre distance BxH (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 44 621 300x220 380x300 460x380 190x140 240x190 40/480
APPLICATIONS: used to maintain the double insulation and the original IP degree of protection of the boxes, containers and other GEWISS products.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 fixing screws.

GW 44 621

Watertight coupler - IP56

Code For boxes centre distance For holes Ø (mm) Ø ring nut (mm) Internal Ø (mm) Length (mm) Pack
BxH (mm) Carton
GW 44 620 300x220 380x300 460x380 48 58.5 39 37.5 10/160

GW 44 620

Cable glands in flexible polymer - Grey RAL 7035 - IP55

Code For ext. conduits max (mm) Mounting hole Ø (mm) Glow Wire Test Pack
Carton
GW 50 428 16 19 960 °C 100/1000
GW 50 429 20 23 960 °C 100/1000
GW 50 430 25 29 960 °C 100/1000
GW 50 431 32 37 960 °C 50/500
GW 50 432 40 48 960 °C 35/350
NOTES: quick entry cable glands, except GW50428.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm.
Cable gland GW50429, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20mm.
Cable gland GW50430, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25mm.
Cable gland GW50431, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25, 32mm.
GW 50 430 Cable gland GW50432, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40mm.

Multi-diameter drill milling cutter in HSS steel to drill boxes, boards and trunking in insulating
material
Code Description Ø of perforation Pack
Carton
GW 52 401 Drill milling cutter From 3.5 to 40 1/4

GW 52 401

242
44 CE
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
VERSIONS WITH QUICK-ENTRY LARGE CAPACITY BOXES HINGED LID VERSIONS
CABLE GLANDS

The boxes with cable glands enable quick The boxes with high-capacity bottoms have All GEWISS junction boxes 190x140 mm
insertion of rigid and flexible cables. The been studied in every detail for practicality and and larger in size have plastic screws with a
innovative geometric shape guarantees high- robustness, even for the connection of larger spherical head allowing the lid to open like a
levels of mechanical performance and ensures diameter conduits (up to 50 mm). This attention small distribution board (GEWISS patent). This
that IP rating of the box is maintained even to detail has produced a range of boxes that innovative system also allows the covers to be
with cables or conduits inserted, thanks to the are ideal in systems with a high-density of sealed.
special suction effect. connections.

243
Metal surface-mounting watertight junction boxes
DIE-CAST ALUMINIUM JUNCTION BOXES - IP66
VARNISHED NOT VARNISHED ATEX BOTTOM PLATES
DIMENSIONS
LxHxD (mm)

91x91x54 GW 76 261 GW 76 281 GW 76 291 -

128x103x57 GW 76 262 GW 76 282 GW 76 292 GW 76 272

155x130x58 GW 76 263 GW 76 283 GW 76 293 GW 76 273

178x156x75 GW 76 264 GW 76 284 GW 76 294 GW 76 274

239x202x85 GW 76 265 GW 76 285 GW 76 295 GW 76 275

294x244x114 GW 76 266 GW 76 286 GW 76 296 GW 76 276

392x298x149 GW 76 267 GW 76 287 GW 76 297 GW 76 277

244
GW Connect
Metal surface-mounting watertight junction boxes
Made of die-cast aluminium. In addition to junction and connection, they are
also used in automation applications. The offer includes painted and unpainted
versions and ATEX versions for Zone 2 (G) and Zone 22 (D). The cover is equipped
with stainless steel captive screws. The back plate of the box has a ground insert
and is ready for the assembly of the DIN rail. Accessories include back-mounting
plates in galvanised steel (available from the second dimension).

WALL-MOUNTING BOXES IN DIE-CAST ALUMINIUM - IP66

Painted boxes
Metallised grey boxes
Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) IP degree Pack
Carton
GW 76 261 91x91x54 IP66 1/40
GW 76 262 128x103x57 IP66 1/32
GW 76 263 155x130x58 IP66 1/24
GW 76 264 178x156x75 IP66 1/16
GW 76 265 239x202x85 IP66 1/8
GW 76 266 294x244x114 IP66 1/4
GW 76 267 392x298x149 IP66 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Temperature range: -60° C to +100° C.

GW 76 261

Unpainted boxes
Boxes
Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) IP degree Pack
Carton
GW 76 281 91x91x54 IP66 1/40
GW 76 282 128x103x57 IP66 1/32

WALL-MOUNTING
GW 76 283 155x130x58 IP66 1/24

ENCLOSURES
GW 76 284 178x156x75 IP66 1/16
GW 76 285 239x202x85 IP66 1/8
GW 76 286 294x244x114 IP66 1/4
GW 76 287 392x298x149 IP66 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Temperature range: -60° C to +100° C.

GW 76 281

245
GW Connect

76 ATEX - painted boxes - zone 2 (G) zone 22 (D)

Grey RAL 7037 boxes
Code Internal dim. LxHxD (mm) IP degree Pack
Carton
GW 76 291 91x91x54 IP66 1/40
GW 76 292 128x103x57 IP66 1/32
GW 76 293 155x130x58 IP66 1/24
GW 76 294 178x156x75 IP66 1/16
GW 76 295 239x202x85 IP66 1/8
GW 76 296 294x244x114 IP66 1/4
GW 76 297 392x298x149 IP66 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: kit for external earthing.
ATEX Classification: Equipment-group II Category 3GD.
Type of protection for use in explosive gas atmospheres: nA.
GW 76 291
Type of protection for use in explosive dust atmospheres: tc.
Ambient temperature range: -20°C <= Ta <= +85°C.

Complementary items
Back-mounting plate in galvanised steel
Code For boxes LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 272 128x103 1/10
GW 76 273 155x130 1/10
GW 76 274 178x156 1/10
GW 76 275 239x202 1/5
GW 76 276 294x244 1/5
GW 76 277 392x298 1/5

GW 76 272

246
GW Connect
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
CONVENIENCE AND ROBUSTNESS PROFESSIONAL RANGE ATEX VERSIONS

The 7 sizes are designed for surface mounting, The IP66 rated boxes can be used as junction The GW Connect Series boxes are available in
with both internal and external fixing. The boxes, with options to mount bottom plates or coated and uncoated versions and also in an
cover has stainless steel captive screws, DIN rails. The cover is equipped with stainless ATEX version, to integrate perfectly with other
with thicknesses optimised for maximum steel captive fixing screws and the bottom GEWISS solutions for potentially explosive
mechanical strength and resistance to climate contains a earthing insert. environments, classified as 2(G) and 22(D)
and environmental stresses. areas.

247
Multifunctional supporting bases
SURFACE-MOUNTING BOARDS BACK-MOUNTING PLATES
METAL INSULATING

External
Dimensions
dimensions Input Input
Code LxH
LxHxD number diameter (mm)
(mm)
(mm)

GW 42 001 200x150x40 16 GW 44 615 GW 44 625

GW 42 002 200x150x60 12 GW 44 615 GW 44 625 190x140
Ø 20,5
GW 42 003 200x150x80 12 GW 44 615 GW 44 625
GW 42 004 300x200x40 16 GW 44 616 GW 44 626
GW 42 005 300x200x60 16 GW 44 616 GW 44 626
240x190
GW 42 006 300x200x80 16 GW 44 616 GW 44 626
GW 42 007 300x200x120 16 GW 44 616 GW 44 626
Ø 23/29
GW 42 008 400x300x60 22 GW 44 617 GW 44 627
GW 42 009 400x300x80 22 GW 44 617 GW 44 627 300x220
GW 42 010 400x300x120 22 GW 44 617 GW 44 627

FLOOR-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARD SOCKET-OUTLETS IB 16/32 A

Vertical 67 IB
with back- Horizontal 44 IB with
External Combibloc IP44/55
mounting box back-mounting box IP44
dimensions Input Input IP67
Code
LxHxD number diameter (mm)
- SBF
(mm) Without back- With back- Without fuse- With fuse-
- CBF
- AUTOMATIKA (MT) mounting box mounting box holder base holder base

They can only be installed

in the high part of the support base

GW 68 441 200x295x180 - -
Q-DIN 5 27 COMBI IP55
GW 68 227 N

GW 68 212 N

GW 68 017 N
Up to 12-module version

248
42 TV
Multifunctional supporting bases
A range of boards for universal applications, as for example the support of
electronic devices, power supply units or for the creation of small control
boards with indicators and push-buttons. The cover with honeycomb finish
offers the possibility of direct screw mounting of exposed equipment.
Completing the offer is the watertight floor version outlet box ideal for example
for the fixing of surface or recessed sockets-outlets.

DISTRIBUTION TOWER AND BOARDS

Surface-mounting distribution boards - IP41

Boards with reversible door - smooth and honeycomb surface - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) No. input Pack

Carton
GW 42 001 200x150x40 Ø 20.5 = 16 32
GW 42 002 200x150x60 Ø 20.5 = 12 Ø 20.5/23 = 4 44
GW 42 003 200x150x80 Ø 20.5 = 12 Ø 20.5/23 = 4 32
GW 42 004 300x200x40 Ø 20.5 = 16 16
GW 42 005 300x200x60 Ø 23/29 = 16 21
GW 42 006 300x200x80 Ø 23/29 = 16 16
GW 42 001
GW 42 007 300x200x120 Ø 23/29 = 16 10
GW 42 008 400x300x60 Ø 23/29 = 22 10
GW 42 009 400x300x80 Ø 23/29 = 22 8
GW 42 010 400x300x120 Ø 23/29 = 22 5
CHARACTERISTICS: TV board (BxH) 200x150 mm with impact resistance IK07.
NOTES: to restore the double insulation, use the screwcaps provided.

Floor mounting and workbench tower - IP55

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
Pillar with reversible door with smooth and honeycombed surface - Grey RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Houseable IB socket-outlets Installable Q-DIN boards Pack
Carton
GW 68 441 200x295x180 16/32 A Q-DIN 5 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: double-sided panels with smooth or honeycomb surface, for fixing interlocked switched socket-outlets 16/32A of the IB range: Combibloc, horizontal IP44 with bottom and vertical IP67 with bottom.

GW 68 441

249
42 TV

Complementary items
Waterproof coupler
Code Mounting hole Ø (mm) Type of pitch Pack
Carton
GW 26 406 23 PG16 25/250
APPLICATIONS: for the combined assembly of enclosures, junction boxes, etc.

GW 26 406

Back-mounting plate with self-tapping fixing screws

Code For boxes dimensions For distribution boards Pack
Carton
Material: Galvanized metal
GW 44 615 190x140 GW42001 - GW42002 - GW42003 20
GW 44 616 240x190 GW42004 - GW42005 - GW42006 - GW42007 20
GW 44 617 300x220 GW42008 - GW42009 - GW42010 20
Material: Insulation
GW 44 625 190x140 GW42001 - GW42002 - GW42003 20
GW 44 626 240x190 GW42004 - GW42005 - GW42006 - GW42007 20
GW 44 627 300x220 GW42008 - GW42009 - GW42010 20

GW 44 615

Cup drill milling cutter to drill panels

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 52 402 Cup drill milling Ø56 10
APPLICATIONS: suitable for low voltage flush-mounting socket-outlets IEC 309 2P+E 16A and for all the extra-low voltage flush-mounting socket-outlets IEC 309.

GW 52 402

250
42 TV
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WALL-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES
A COMPLETE OFFER APPLICATION FLOOR-STANDING TOWER VERSION
MULTIFUNCTIONALITY

The range consists of three sizes with different The front panel of the support bases is The practical and functional floor-standing
depths, and the practical floor-mounted tower. reversible: one face is smooth, to facilitate the tower, with an IP55 rating, enables
The accessories line includes back-mounting fitting of recessed components and the other configurations with IB interlocked sockets,
plates in sheet metal or insulating material, has a hollow structure to facilitate visible fitting Q-DIN distribution boards and enclosures of
screwcaps to restore the IP protection rating of the products. Ideal for control and signalling the 27 COMBI range.
and double insulation. boards.

251
Flush-mounting
enclosures

Domo Center Green Wall

Flush-mounting Flush-mounting system

system columns for for plasterboard walls
distribution, Home &
Building automation
and data
p. 1202 p. 260

252
40 CDi 48 24 SC FLUSH-MOUNTING

Flush-mounting Flush-mounting Flush-mounting,

ENCLOSURES

distribution boards and junction and modular surface and underfloor

enclosures boxes system boxes

p. 280 p. 301 p. 316

253
Green Wall

40 CDKi Range Green Wall - Modular and protected enclosure and distribution boards - IP40
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
Element Cylindrical
1-module kit long self Internal horizontal Blank
for combined security
cover profile -threading screws dividers covering panels
coupling lock

Color: RAL 9016 white

Door: smoked transparent
Modules Code Code Code Code Code Code Code

12 GW 40 605 PM - -

24 (12x2) GW 40 606 PM GW 40 487 GW 40 495 1 x GW 40 422

36 (18x2) GW 40 609 PM GW 40 467 GW 48 645 2 x GW 40 425

54 (18x3) GW 40 610 PM GW 40 488 GW 40 496

2 x GW 40 422
72 (18x4) GW 40 611 PM

48 PT DIN Green Wall - Boxes for junction and domotics - IP40

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
Spare Spare
No. of internal Joining
Protective shield lid plain lid deep
divider element
IP40 IP40

(equipped with DIN rail on the bottom)

Code Dimensions Lid colour Code Code Code Code Code

GW 48 006 PM 196x152x75 RAL 9016 white

GW 48 006 P 1 x GW 48 012 GW 48 017 GW 48 086
GW 48 126 PM 196x152x75 Transparent

GW 48 007 PM 294x152x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 007 P 2 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051 GW 48 018 GW 48 087

GW 48 008 PM 392x152x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 008 P 3 x GW 48 012 GW 48 019 GW 48 088

GW 48 009 PM 480x160x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 009 P 2 x GW 48 012 GW 48 020 -

254
48 CM Green Wall - Large capacity connection and junction boxes - IP40
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Spare Spare
No. of internal Joining
lid plain lid deep
divider element
IP44 IP44

Code Dimensions Lid colour Code Code Code Code

GW 48 207 PM 260x260x121 RAL 9016 white 1 supplied 2 supplied GW 48 247 GW 48 267

GW 48 211 PM 520x260x121 RAL 9016 white 4 supplied 2 supplied GW 48 251 GW 48 271

40 CDKI Green Wall - Protected enclosures 48 PT DIN Green Wall - Boxes for junction
and distribution boards - IP40 with and domotics - IP40 with antibacterial lid
antibacterial front IK10
Antibacterial Green Wall Antibacterial Green Wall
Modules Dimensions Lid colour
Front Back box Lid Back box

12 GW 41 885 AB GW 40 685 PM 196x152x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 017 AB GW 48 116 PM

24 (12x2) GW 41 886 AB GW 40 687 PM 294x152x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 018 AB GW 48 117 PM

36 (18x2) GW 41 889 AB GW 40 688 PM 392x152x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 019 AB GW 48 118 PM

54 (18x3) GW 41 890 AB GW 40 689 PM 480x160x75 RAL 9016 white GW 48 020 AB GW 48 119 PM

72 (18x4) GW 41 891 AB GW 40 690 PM

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

255
Green Wall

Green Wall boxes for interlocked sockets

Flush-mounting boxes
for 67 IB sockets

Code Houseable sockets

GW 66 683 PM 16/32A version SBF-CBF-AUTOMATIKA

Flush-mounting boxes
for 44 IB horizontal sockets

Code Houseable sockets

GW 66 681 PM 16/32A version SBF
GW 66 682 PM 16/32A version CBF

256
24 SC Green Wall - flush-mounting boxes for modular range
24 SC RANGE GREEN WALL CHORUSMART RANGE SYSTEM RANGE COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
No. place
Boxes Code Support Plates Support Support Internal divider Lid

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO GW 24 201 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

GW 24 403 PM 2

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE GW 24 262 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE -

GW 16 803 - GW 16 803 N* GW 24 201 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA
ICE TOUCH - ICE TOUCH KNX
GW 24 321 -
RECTANGULAR

GW 24 404 PM 4

GW 16 804 - GW 16 804 N*
ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE GW 24 202 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA
GW 16 824

GW 16 806 ONE - GEO - LUX - ICE GW 24 230 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

GW 24 406 PM

7 - -

GW 16 807 N EGO

GW 24 237 PM (4+4) - -

GW 16 808 ONE GW 24 240 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

1 -

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ROUND

ENCLOSURES

GW 24 234 PM - - - GW 24 218

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO - ICE

2

ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX

GW 16 822 - GW 16 822 N*
(International)

* For EGO SMART

257
Green Wall

Compatibility of flush-mounting enclosures with bipolar and unipolar terminal blocks

SCREW TERMINAL TYPE

Terminal block
position
TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 1

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

2 x [(1x35)+(7x10)] 2 x [(2x16)+(7x10)] 1 x [(2x16)+(7x10)]
Enclosures Code
GW 40 401 GW 40 408 B GW 40 408 U

40 CDK GREEN WALL

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION GW 40 605 PM N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
BOARDS FOR PLASTERBOARD
WALLS IP40
GW 40 606 PM N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)

GW 40 609 PM N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)

GW 40 610 PM N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*)

GW 40 611 PM N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*)

(*) The installation is allowed using No.1 adapter GW40413 for each terminal block installed.

Compatibility between GEWISS domotic device and 48 PT DIN green wal

48 PT DIN GREEN WALL BOXES
GW 48 006 PM
Code GW 48 007 PM GW 48 008 PM GW 48 009 PM
GW 48 126 PM

GEWISS DOMOTIC DEVICES Compartments 2 3 4 3

No. of EN 50022
4,5 5 5 8
modules per compartment
MAX pde
No. mod. 11 13 17 25
(W)*
EN 50022

KNX line/field couplers 2 • • • •

KNX power supplies 4 • • • •
4 • • • •
KNX motor control actuators
KNX DEVICES FROM DIN RAIL

KNX dimmer 4 • • • •
4 • • • •
KNX general actuators
8 •
DALI/KNX, Gateway 4 • • • •
KNX input modules 4 • • • •
KNX BUS interfaces 1 • • • •
DOMOTIC DEVICES

• • • •
FOR DOMESTIC

KNX domestic range actuators 3

RANGES

Relay 1,5 and 3 • • • •

* Dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60674-24.

258
 SCREW TERMINAL TYPE

TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 2 TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 3

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

2 x [(3x35)+(10x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(29x10)] 2 x [(5x35)+(14x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(17x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(17x10)]

GW 40 402 GW 40 412 B GW 40 412 U GW 40 422 U GW 40 404 GW 40 418 B GW 40 418 U

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 N° 3 N° 3

N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 N° 4 N° 4

Compatibility between 48 Green Wall boxes and and terminal blocks 44 Range
MULTI-POLE SINGLE-POLE EQUIPOTENTIAL
GW 44 609
GW 44 611 GW 44 613 GW 44 673
GW 44 610 GW 44 704 GW 44 706 GW 44 708 GW 44 671 GW 44 672 GW 44 675 GW 44 676
GW 44 612 GW 44 614 GW 44 674
GW 44 610 C

Serie Code

GW 48 006 PM • • • • • • • • • - -
GREEN WALL

• • • • • • • • •
48 PT DIN

GW 48 126 PM - -

GW 48 007 PM • • • • • • • • • - -

GW 48 008 PM • • • • • • • • • - -

GW 48 009 PM • • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • •
GREEN
48 CM

GW 48 207 PM - - -
WALL

GW 48 211 PM • • - • • • • • • - -
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

259
Green Wall
Flush-mounting system for plasterboard walls
The most complete system of containers for lightweight and plasterboard walls;
GEWISS patented solutions. Made with halogen-free technopolymer and GWT
850°C. The range include: enclosures and distribution boards up to 72 M; 48
PT DIN GREENWALL range junction boxes with integrated DIN rail on the back
plate, compliant with CEI 23-49, ideal for the pre-arrangement and installation
of domotic devices; boxes for wiring devices and boxes for interlocked switched
socket-outlets.
40 CDKI GREEN WALL - ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS FOR LIGHTWEIGHT AND
PLASTERBOARD WALLS - IP40

Smoked transparent door

Modular enclosures and distribution boards with windowed panel and extractable frame
predisposed for housing terminal blocks - White RAL 9016 - smoked door

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 605 PM 12 330x270x85 36 8
GW 40 606 PM 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 6
GW 40 609 PM 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 3
GW 40 610 PM 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 3
GW 40 611 PM 72 (18x4) 465x880x95 95 1
GW 40 606 PM
CHARACTERISTICS: Lead sealable and removable panels with windows, except for code GW40605PM. Back plates equipped with tabs for fixing on a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Locators to
mark the wall along the edges of the back plate. Horizontal modularity using the joining element GW40425 for enclosure GW40605PM. Vertical modularity using the joining element GW40425 for boards GW40606PM-
GW40609PM-GW40610PM-GW40611PM.
NOTES: Dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Casing type H according to EN 60670-1, and type Ha according to IEC 60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, related to the green flush-mounting box.
Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Self-tapping screws kit ø 4x45 mm with spacers for fixing frontal panels.
INSTALLATION: For the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

Antibacterial front kit

Distribution front kit windowed panels and extractable frame predisposed for housing the terminal
blocks - White RAL 9016 - Antibacterial

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 41 885 AB 12 330x270x16 36 12
GW 41 886 AB 24 (12X2) 330x420x16 37 5
GW 41 889 AB 36 (18x2) 465x505x16 52 3
GW 41 890 AB 54 (18x3) 465x680x25 62 2
GW 41 891 AB 72 (18x4) 465x880x25 95 1
GW 41 890 AB
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49. The antibacterial front kit is composed of frame, door, lock covers, opening handles. The kit includes also functional frame and DIN rails.
CHARACTERISTICS: lead sealable and removable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C. Flush-mounting boxes can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING GREEN WALL ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” at
the beginning of the section.

260
 Flush-mounting Green Wall back box for Antibacterial front kit - For plasterboard wall
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Suitable for ANTIBACTERIAL front kit Pack
Carton
GW 40 685 PM 12 GW41885AB 1/12
GW 40 687 PM 24 (12X2) GW41886AB 1/5
GW 40 688 PM 36 (18x2) GW41889AB 1/5
GW 40 689 PM 54 (18x3) GW41890AB 1/3
GW 40 690 PM 72 (18x4) GW41891AB 1/2
CHARATTERISTICS: equipped with tabs for fixing on a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Locators to mark the wall along the edges of the back box. Back boxes can be coupled with the accessory
GW40425.
NOTE: GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: the matching antibacterial front kit must be ordered separately.

GW 40 689 PM

Complementary items for enclosures and boards 40 CDKi GREEN WALL

Cylinder security lock for 40 CDKi enclosures
Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.

GW 40 467

Element for combined coupling of CDKi and CDi flush-mounting decorative enclosures and
distribution boards

Code Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 425 Clip 10
APPLICATIONS: for CDKi enclosures and boards from 12 modules upwards. Also suitable for 40 CDi decorative enclosures with 8 and 12 modules and for the QDSA enclosures. For CDKi GREEN WALL enclosures and
boards, the GW40425 element permits horizontal paths for the 12M enclosure and vertical paths for 24M to 72M boards.
FLUSH-MOUNTING

NOTES: GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

ENCLOSURES

GW 40 425

Internal horizontal dividers for CDKi distribution boards

Code For boards EN 50022 rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 487 12 Modules Clip 10/100
GW 40 488 18 Modules Clip 10/100
NOTES: they permit making internal separation between the circuits having different voltages located on more than one row inside the same shell.

GW 40 487

261
Green Wall
Blank covering panels - 1-module height - for CDKi boards

Code Suitable for For boards EN 50022 rail Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 495 Flush mounting distr. boards 12 Modules White RAL 9016 20
GW 40 496 Flush mounting distr. boards 18 Modules White RAL 9016 20
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

GW 40 495

Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) With screws and/or clip 10
GW 40 404 N (5x35) + (14x10) E (5x35) + (14x10) With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 B N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 U N/E (3x16) + (17x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “EQUIPPABILITY OF GREEN WALL FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH TWO-POLE OR ONE-POLE TERMINAL” within the
selection guides for the GREEN WALL range.

Adapter for screw terminal blocks

Code For enclosures Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 12 M (and multiples) and 18 M (and multiples) With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block and pre-cut to allow installation also in enclosures with a 12 M modular step.
INSTALLATION: used to expand the numer of possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL
BLOCKS” in the selection guides of GREEN WALL range.

GW 40 413

Kit of 4 long self-tapping screws with spacers for fixing lids and fronts
Code Screw dimension (mm) Spacer thickness (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 48 645 Ø 4x45 Max 10 mm reducible 1/100
CHARACTERISTICS: the kit can be used for the following flush-mounting ranges: CD Chorus, CDi/CDKi (from 6 modules upwards), 48 CM and 42 RV.

GW 48 645

262
40 CDKI GREEN WALL - MULTI-SERVICE SYSTEM ENCLOSURES

Multimedia enclosures
Multimedia enclosure compact version 36 DIN modules - White RAL 9016 - Blank door

Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 40 390 C Front cover, inner frame and accessories 36 DIN modules 465x505x85 1
GW 40 688 PM Empty Green Wall back box 36 DIN modules - 1/5
APPLICATIONS: the compact multimedia enclosure is the central element of multi-service wiring within the home, allowing the distribution of signals to the various rooms. The compact version is ideal for settings where
the available space is limited and a small number of services need to be managed.
CHARACTERISTICS: the product is compliant with the CEI 306-2 Guide. The back of the box has plastic tabs for an easier installation on metal frames and drywall panels. The product can be joined vertically with other
enclosures of the CDKi range (minimum size 36 DIN modules) using GW40425 coupling elements.
GW 40 390 C ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the GW40390C is composed of 1 pc front cover with blank door, 1 pc detachable frame with 2 pcs perforated mounting plates (1 pc with 18 Keystone Jack slots), 2 m velcro roll w=16 mm, 4
pcs brackets with screws, 4 pcs self-adhesive cable clips with cable ties, 5 pcs RJ45 Cat.6 keystone jacks.
INSTALLATION: the product can be installed on both lightweight and plasterboard partition walls.

Multimedia enclosure compact version 54 DIN modules - White RAL 9016 - Blank door

Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 40 390 F Front cover, inner frame and accessories 54 DIN modules 465x680x95 1
GW 40 689 PM Empty Green Wall back box 54 DIN modules - 1/3
APPLICATIONS: the complete multimedia enclosure is the central element of multi-service wiring within the home, allowing the distribution of signals to the various rooms. The full version is ideal for residential settings
where a large number of services and reception/transmission devices need to be managed.
CHARACTERISTICS: the product is compliant with the CEI 306-2 Guide. The back box has plastic tabs for easier installation on metal frames and drywall panels. The product can be joined vertically with other enclosures
of the CDKi range (minimum size 36 DIN modules) using GW40425 coupling elements.
GW 40 390 F ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the GW40390F includes of 1 pc front cover with blank door, 1 pc detachable frame with 3 pcs perforated mounting plates (1 pc with 18 Keystone Jack slots), 3 m velcro roll w=16 mm, 6 pcs
brackets with screws, 6 pcs self-adhesive cable clips with cable ties, 6 pcs RJ45 Cat.6 data sockets, 6 pcs RJ45-RJ45 Cat.6 Ethernet cable 0.6 m, 1 pc telephone splitter with 5 pcs RJ11 socket and 5 pcs RJ11-RJ45
telephone cables, 1 pc multiple socket.
INSTALLATION: the product can be installed on both lightweight and plasterboard partition walls.

Technical accessories for home networking enclosures

Cylindrical security lock
Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: all the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

GW 40 422

263
Green Wall
Element for combined coupling of CDKi and CDi flush-mounting decorative enclosures and
distribution boards

Code Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 425 Clip 10
APPLICATIONS: for CDKi enclosures and boards from 12 modules upwards. Also suitable for 40 CDi decorative enclosures with 8 and 12 modules and for the QDSA enclosures. For CDKi GREEN WALL enclosures and
boards, the GW40425 element permits horizontal paths for the 12M enclosure and vertical paths for 24M to 72M boards.
NOTES: GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 40 425

Telephone jack expansion kit

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 38 098 RJ11 telephone socket and telephone cable 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 multiple telephone socket-outlet with 5 RJ11 socket-outlets.

GW 38 098

264
48 PT DIN GREEN WALL - JUNCTION BOXES FOR LIGHTWEIGHT AND PLASTERBOARD
WALLS - IP40

For lightweight and plasterboard walls

Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly with DIN rail integrated - on the back-
mounting box - Colour: White lid RAL 9016

Code Outer dim. Compartment No. EN 50022 Domotic equipment Dispersible No. supports Pack
LxHxD (mm) pre-arrangement mod. per comp. coupling max power (W) GW44720 Carton
GW 48 006 PM 196x152x75 2 4.5 DIN rail 11 2 1/30
GW 48 007 PM 294x152x75 3 5 DIN rail 13 3 1/21
GW 48 008 PM 392x152x75 4 5 DIN rail 17 4 1/14
GW 48 009 PM 480x160x75 3 8 DIN rail 25 5 1/12
APPLICATIONS: boxes with a built-in DIN rail on the back-mounting box, in accordance with regulations that require to fix by DIN rail the devices that disperse a certain amount of power inside the junction boxes
GW 48 006 PM
(calculated in compilance with CEI 23-49). ideal for relocation of domotic equipment as actuators, power supplies, etc.
CHARACTERISTICS: surface embossing of the covers to facilitate painting. Pre-arrangement combined horizontal coupling using joining element, code GW48051. Lid protected with heat-shrinking film that also contains
the bag of fixing screws. Locators to aid tracing the wall along the edges of the box. Boxes equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Possibility of fixing
directly on the back-mounting box of the box.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: ø3x38 mm screw kit for lid fixing.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors. Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance
with IEC60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box. Also for KNX devices from DIN rail, domotic devices for domestic ranges, and devices for video entryphones.

Junction and connection box for side-by-side assembly with DIN rail integrated - on the back-
mounting box - Transparent lid

Code Outer dim. Compartment No. EN 50022 Domotic equipment Dispersible No. supports Pack
LxHxD (mm) pre-arrangement mod. per comp. coupling max power (W) GW44720 Carton
GW 48 126 PM 196x152x75 2 4.5 DIN rail 11 2 1/30
APPLICATION: boxes with a built-in DIN rail on the back-mounting box, in accordance with regulations that require to fix by DIN rail the devices that disperse a certain amount of power inside the junction boxes (calculated
in compilance with CEI 23-49).
CHARACTERISTICS: Pre-arrangement combined horizontal coupling using joining element, code GW48051. Lid protected with heat-shrinking film that also contains the bag of fixing screws. Locators to aid tracing the
wall along the edges of the box. Boxes equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Possibility of fixing directly on the back-mounting box of the box.
GW 48 126 PM ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: ø3x38 mm screw kit for lid fixing.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors. Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance
with IEC60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box. Ideal for medical room applications where the earthing point must be inspectable.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

265
Green Wall

Antibacterial shockproof lids

Antibacterial shockproof lids for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN Green Wall boxes white RAL 9016 - IP40

Code Suitable for Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 017 AB GW48116 and GW48116PM IK10 1/50
GW 48 018 AB GW48117 and GW48117PM IK10 80/40
GW 48 019 AB GW48118 and GW48118PM IK10 1/20
GW 48 020 AB GW48119 and GW48119PM IK10 1/20
CHARACTERISTICS:the packaging includes screws for installation in brick walls or plasterboard walls. GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 48 017 AB

Flush-mounting Green Wall back boxes for Antibacterial shockproof lids - For brick wall

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW 48 116 PM GW48017AB 30
GW 48 117 PM GW48018AB 20
GW 48 118 PM GW48019AB 10
GW 48 119 PM GW48020AB 10
NOTE: the Antibacterial shockproof lid must be ordered separately.

GW 48 116 PM

Complementary items for boxes for lightweight and plasterboard walls

Protective shield for junction, connection and domotics boxes PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL

Code For boxes PT DIN For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 006 P GW48006 GW48006PM and GW48126PM 70
GW 48 007 P GW48007 GW48007PM 60
GW 48 008 P GW48008 GW48008PM 50
GW 48 009 P GW48009 GW48009PM 40
CHARACTERISTICS: in technopolymer. applying the protective shield beneath the lid, the dispersible power of the box is reduced by 2W for GW48006PM, GW48007PM, GW48008PM boxes and by 3W for GW48009.
NOTES: clip fixing to speed up assembly and removal operations. Reusable.
GW 48 006 P

Joining element for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes

Code For PT / PT DIN boxes For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 051 GW48003 - GW48011 GW48006PM - GW48009PM 10
NOTES: the use of the joining element makes it possible to create horizontal and/or vertical sets of boxes PT/PT DIN. For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes, GW40425 element permits horizontal paths. GW48051 also for the
box with transparent lid GW48126PM. GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 48 051

266
 Internal divider for PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes

Code For boxes PT DIN For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 012 GW48006 - GW48011 GW48006PM - GW48009PM 50/300

GW 48 012

High-resistance shockproof plain covers for PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes White RAL
9016 - IP40

Code Suitable for Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 017 GW48006 and GW48006PM IK10 10/100
GW 48 018 GW48007 and GW48007PM IK10 10/80
GW 48 019 GW48008 and GW48008PM IK10 10/40
GW 48 020 GW48009 and GW48009PM IK10 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: surface embossing of the covers to facilitate painting.
GW 48 018

Deep lids for PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW 48 086 GW48006 and GW48006PM 1/10
GW 48 087 GW48007 and GW48007PM 1/5
GW 48 088 GW48008 and GW48008PM 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: the deep lids are ideal for passing from an exposed system to a chased one. They have a removable front plate and a frame for connecting with trunking.
Max lid H = 49mm for boxes up to 196x152; max lid H = 66mm for boxes up to 392x152 and conduits with max Ø = 32mm.

GW 48 086

Long self-tapping screws for securing cover

Code Dimensions (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 48 023 Ø3x38 Junction boxes range 48 PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL 300/4200

FLUSH-MOUNTING

GW 48 023
ENCLOSURES

267
Green Wall
44 ME - UNIPOLAR EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS

Terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Terminal blocks with indirect plate tightening - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 704 4 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 706 6 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 708 8 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
APPLICATIONS: embedded fixing on the GW44720 support, for coupling with the DIN rail.
NOTES: for the connection capacity, refer to the technical catalogue

GW 44 706

Accessories for terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Support for fixing side-by-side terminal blocks on DIN rail
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Fixing on DIN rail Pack
Carton
GW 44 720 GW44704, GW44706, GW44708 Clip Lock-joint 1/50
NOTES: ideal for applications on boxes of the 48 PT DIN range.
CHARACTERISTICS: supports a combination of terminal blocks with maximum 12-way capacity.
Possible combinations: 3xGW44704; 2xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44708; Modular overall dimensions (width): 4.5 modules EN 50022.

GW 44 720

Modular terminal blocks

Terminal blocks with indirect screw tightening - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 671 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 672 5 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 673 4 ways x 16 mm² 10/50
GW 44 674 2 ways x 16mm² + 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/50
GW 44 675 2 ways x 16mm² + 9 ways x 6 mm² 5/25
GW 44 676 2 ways x 35 mm² + 4 ways x 16 mm² 1/10
APPLICATIONS: especially suitable for creating equipotential nodes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive label for identification of electrical lines.
NOTES: GW44676 equipped with feedthrough terminals. These allow the creation of cut-outs from the main cables which, unsheathed in the part concerned, are not interrupted.

GW 44 671

268
Accessories for modular terminal blocks
Support for fixing modular terminal blocks on DIN rail
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 681 From GW44671 to GW44676 Clip 100

GW 44 681

Adapter for fixing modular terminal blocks

Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 682 From GW44671 to GW44676 Lock-joint 200
APPLICATIONS: for fixing the equipotential terminal blocks on the plates or directly on the base inside the junction boxes and watertight boxes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing the adapter.

GW 44 682

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

269
Green Wall
48 CM GREEN WALL - HIGH-CAPACITY BOXES FOR LIGHTWEIGHT AND
PLASTERBOARD WALLS - IP40

Plain lid
Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly, for uprights for lightweight and
plasterboard walls plain plumbable lid - White RAL 9016

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Dispersible max power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 207 PM 260x260x121 2 13 8
GW 48 211 PM 520x260x121 5 30 6
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: internal dividers, joint elements for combined assembly, self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and plumbable screws.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box.
GW 48 207 PM CHARACTERISTICS: Locators to aid tracing the wall along the edges of the box. Boxes equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls. Possibility of fixing directly
on the back-mounting box of the box. Horizontal modularity.

Complementary items
Shockproof plumbable plain lids for boxes for uprights - White RAL 9016- IP44

Code Front dim. LxH (mm) Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 247 260x260 IK10 1/15
GW 48 251 520x260 IK10 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and plumbable screws.

GW 48 251

Shockproof sealable deep lids for boxes for uprights - Grey RAL 7035 - IP44

Code For boxes dimensions Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 267 260x260 IK10 1/10
GW 48 271 520x260 IK10 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: the lid has a removable front plate and a frame for connection with trunking (max h = 65mm) and conduits (max Ø = 40mm).
The frame is fitted for fixing the DIN rails (not supplied).
Pre-arrangement EN 50022: GW48267 horizontal 24 modules (2x12), vertical 24 modules (2x12); GW48271 horizontal 78 modules (26x3), vertical 36 modules (12x3)
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and plumbable screws.
GW 48 271

270
24 SC GREEN WALL - BOXES FOR MODULAR RANGES AND KNX DEVICES

Rectangular boxes for lightweight and plasterboard walls

High capacity rectangular boxes for modular domestic ranges

Code Description Fixing supports axles Compartment pre- Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
distance arrangement Carton
GW 24 403 PM 3 modules 83.5 mm 2 110x73x50 9/180
GW 24 404 PM 4 modules 108.5 mm 2 133x73x50 2/120
GW 24 406 PM 6-7 modules 100 mm 3 182x73x50 2/60
GW 24 237 PM 8 modules (4+4) 108.5 mm 2 131x129x53 2/24
CHARACTERISTICS: high resistance to mechanical stress and crushing. Removal of the knockouts without the use of tools. GW24403PM, GW24404PM, GW24406PM with unlosable metal grips and inserts with
adjustable depth for fixing. GW24237PM with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure.
GW 24 403 PM It is recommended to use a Ø 68 mm hollow mill for the correct installation of the rectangular boxes.
NOTES: Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting box.

Round boxes for lightweight and plasterboard walls

Flush-mounting round boxes ø65 with adjustable depth inserts

Code Description Fixing supports axles distance Dimensions (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 24 234 PM Round 60 mm Ø 65x45 5/200
GW 24 282 PM Double - 125x72x45 2/108
CHARACTERISTICS: high resistance to mechanical stress and crushing. GW24282PM vertical assembly to be used in combination with 2 pcs vertically coupled GW16821 or GW16822 or GW16823 supports, (removing
the knockouts located on their contact side) and the ChoruSmart International plates, 2 vertical gangs, 57 mm centre distance; Supplied with 4 pcs fixing screws. GW24234PM to be used in combination with GW16821
or GW16822 or GW16823 supports and the ChoruSmart International plates. Supplied with 4 pcs fixing screws. Removal of the knockouts without the use of tools. It is recommended to use a Ø 65 mm router bit for the
correct installation of the round boxes.
GW 24 234 PM NOTES: Casing type H in accordance with EN60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11 relative to the green flush-mounting box. for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs using scissors.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

271
Green Wall

Complementary items for boxes for lightweight and plasterboard walls - 24 SC Green Wall
Functional divider for rectangular boxes

Code For BIG BOX boxes For GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 24 321 GW24403, GW24404, GW24406 GW24403PM, GW24404PM, GW24406PM 200
APPLICATIONS: to separate circuits of different voltages in accordance with Systems Standard IEC 60364 (international) and HD 384 (european).

GW 24 321

Lid for round flush-mounting boxes - White

Code Description Fixing Pack
Carton
GW 24 218 Ø 65mm With fixing clutches 50/400

GW 24 218

272
GREEN WALL BOXES FOR INTERLOCKED SOCKET-OUTLETS 67IB AND 44IB

Flush-mounting box for vertical interlocked switched socket-outlets 67IB for lightweight and plasterboard walls
Box with frame for flush-mounting of vertical interlocked socket-outlets - IP55

Code Houseable interloc. socket For 67IB socket-outlets Pack

Carton
GW 66 683 PM 1 - 1/10
NOTES: the box cannot house the version with a 24V transformer. Halogen-free casing, in accordance with EN 60754-2. Casing type H in accordance with EN 60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC 60670-1
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box.
CHARACTERISTICS: locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the box; box equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure, for lightweight and plasterboard walls.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm.

GW 66 683 PM

Flush-mounting boxes for horizontal interlocked switched socket-outlets 44IB for lightweight and plasterboard walls
Boxes with frame for flush-mounting of fixed horizontal socket-outlets SBF and CBF - IP44

Code Houseable interloc. socket For 44 IB socket-outlets Houseable IB socket-outlets Pack

Carton
GW 66 681 PM 1 16/32 A SBF 16/32 A 1/10
GW 66 682 PM 1 16/32 A CBF 16/32 A 1/10
NOTES: Halogen-free casings, in accordance with EN 60754-2.
Casing type H in accordance with EN 60670-1, and type Ha in accordance with IEC 60670-1.
GWT 850°C, according to EN 60695-2-11, relative to the green flush-mounting back-mounting box.
CHARACTERISTICS: locators for tracing the wall along the edges of the boxes; Boxes equipped with tabs for direct fixing on panels or a metal structure for lightweight and plasterboard walls.
GW 66 681 PM ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-tapping screw kit ø 4x45mm.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

273
Green Wall
PLIABLE CONDUITS FOR THE GREEN WALL SYSTEM

ICTA - Halogen Free and Low Smoke medium pliable conduit

Medium pliable conduit, green , self-extinguishing and self- recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 22 016 R 16 100/2800
DX 22 020 R 20 100/2400
DX 22 025 R 25 75/1500
DX 22 032 R 32 50/800
DX 22 040 R 40 25/500
DX 22 016 R DX 22 050 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 22 116 R 16 100/2800
DX 22 120 R 20 100/2400
DX 22 125 R 25 75/1500
DX 22 132 R 32 50/800
DX 22 140 R 40 25/500
DX 22 150 R 50 25/400
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

274
Green Wall
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

VERSATILE AND SAFE FIXING SIMPLE AND INNOVATIVE HIGH QUALITY MATERIALS FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

The fixing tabs on the enclosures allow fixing on The 24 SC Green Wall range has been Constant research in the field of plastic
plasterboard metal struts or panels. The clamps completely renewed: the special geometry materials has enabled the use of materials with
on the wiring devices boxes allow installation of the knock-out holes enables convenient high mechanical strength, that are halogen-
on plasterboard panels. The fixing holes allow insertion of the conduit, which is held firmly in free, and that pass the GWT 850°C Glow Wire
surface mounting in the case of renovation. place. The “L” profile allows the conduit to be Test, in accordance with the specific product
rotated vertically within its fitting. standard and the CEI [Comitato Elettrotecnico
Italiano] 64/8 system standard.

275
40 CDi

Flush-mounting enclosures
40 CDKI RANGE - MODULAR 40 CDKI RANGE - MODULAR
40 CDi RANGE
PROTECTED ENCLOSURES PROTECTED ENCLOSURES
PROTECTED DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES
AND DISTRIBUTION AND DISTRIBUTION
IP40
BOARDS - IP40 BOARDS - ANTIBACTERIAL - IP40

Varnished Varnished White RAL 9016

White Black White RAL 9016
titanium slate Antibacterial Back box Back box for
Door Smoked Smoked Smoked Smoked for brickwall plasterboard
Enclosure Blank Smoked transparent Blank Blank
transparent transparent transparent transparent
2 with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 601 (*) - - - -

with back-mounting box GW 40 237 TB GW 40 287 TB GW 40 237 TN GW 40 237 VT GW 40 237 VA GW 40 602 GW 40 882 - - -
4
front cover GW 41 237 TB - GW 41 237 TN GW 41 237 VT GW 41 237 VA - - - - -
6 with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 603 GW 40 883 - - -
with back-mounting box GW 40 225 TB GW 40 285 TB GW 40 225 TN GW 40 225 VT GW 40 225 VA GW 40 604 GW 40 884 - - -
including back-mounting
8 - - - - - - - - - -
box and terminal block
front cover GW 41 225 TB - GW 41 225 TN GW 41 225 VT GW 41 225 VA - - - - -
with back-mounting box GW 40 229 TB GW 40 289 TB GW 40 229 TN GW 40 229 VT GW 40 229 VA GW 40 605 GW 40 885
including back-mounting
12 - - - - - - - GW 41 885 AB GW 40 685 GW 40 685 PM
box and terminal block
front cover GW 41 229 TB - GW 41 229 TN GW 41 229 VT GW 41 229 VA - -
with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 608 GW 40 888 - - -
18 including back-mounting
- - - - - - - - - -
box and terminal block
MODULES

with back-mounting box GW 40 233 TB GW 40 293 TB GW 40 233 TN GW 40 233 VT GW 40 233 VA GW 40 606 GW 40 886
24 including back-mounting
- - - - - - - GW 41 886 AB GW 40 687 GW 40 687 PM
(12x2) box and terminal block
front cover GW 41 233 TB - GW 41 233 TN GW 41 233 VT GW 41 233 VA - -
with back-mounting box GW 40 239 TB GW 40 299 TB GW 40 239 TN GW 40 239 VT GW 40 239 VA - - - - -
36 including back-mounting
- - - - - - - - - -
(12x3) box and terminal block
front cover GW 41 239 TB - GW 41 239 TN GW 41 239 VT GW 41 239 VA - - - - -
with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 609 GW 40 889
36
GW 41 889 AB GW 40 688 GW 40 688 PM
(18x2) including back-mounting - - - - - - -
box and terminal block
48 including back-mounting
- - - - - - - - - -
(12x4) box and terminal block
with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 610 GW 40 890
54
GW 41 890 AB GW 40 689 GW 40 689 PM
(18x3) including back-mounting - - - - - - -
box and terminal block
60 including back-mounting
- - - - - - - - - -
(12x5) box and terminal block
with back-mounting box - - - - - GW 40 611 GW 40 891
72
GW 41 891 AB GW 40 690 GW 40 690 PM
(18x4) including back-mounting - - - - - - -
box and terminal block
Anti-deformation brackets for
- GW 40 479 dal 36M
walling back-mounting boxes
Combined coupling
2 x GW 40 425 for 8M and 12M 2 x GW 40 425 dal 12M
component
Kit of 4 long screws with spacers GW 48 645 from 8M GW 48 645 dal 6M

Modules Code
horizontal

Internal dividers
- 24 (12x2) GW 40 487
(horizontal and vertical)
36-54-72 GW 40 488
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Modules Code
1-module high blank
- 24 GW 40 495
cover panels
36-54-72 GW 40 496
Modules Code Modules Code
Security lock 24 1 x GW 40 422 4-6-8-12-18-24-36 1 x GW 40 422
36 2 x GW 40 422 54-72 2 x GW 40 422
Modules Code
4 GW 40 671
8 GW 40 673
Back-mounting boxes -
12 GW 40 674
24 GW 40 677
36 GW 40 679
6,5M 4,5M
Blanking module profile GW 40 467 TB GW 40 467 TB GW 40 467 TN GW 40 467 VT GW 40 467 VA White RAL 9016
(White) (White) (Black) (Titanium) (Slate) GW 40 467
Expansion kit for home network
- -
enclosure

(*) Without door.

276
 48 PTC RANGE 40 CDKI RANGE GREEN WALL
40 CDi RANGE 40 CDE RANGE
MODULAR WATERTIGHT MODULAR AND PROTECTED
PROTECTED ENCLOSURES PROTECTED DISTRIBUTION BOARDS HOME NETWORKING KIT
ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS ENCLOSURE AND DISTRIBUTION
IP40 METAL DOOR - IP40
IP55 BOARDS FOR PLASTERBOARD - IP40

White RAL 9016 Grey RAL 7035 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016 White RAL 9016

Blank Smoked transparent Smoked transparent Brickwall Plasterboard Blank

- - - - - -
GW 48 686 (prepared to housing
- - - - -
N°2 IEC309 socket-outlets)
- - - - - -
- GW 48 681 - - - -
GW 40 655 - - - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - - -
GW 40 657 GW 48 682 GW 40 605 PM - - -

- - - GW 40 151 N GW 40 161 N -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -

- - - - - -

GW 40 659 - GW 40 606 PM - - -

- - - GW 40 152 N GW 40 162 N -

- - - - - -
- - - - - -
GW 40 153 N GW 40 163 N
- - - -
GW 40 173 N (*) GW 40 178 N (*)
- - - - - -
GW 40 661 - GW 40 609 PM - - Front kit 36M GW 40 390 C
Plasterboard box GW 40 688 PM
- - - - - Brickwall box GW 40 688
GW 40 154 N GW 40 164 N
- - - -
GW 40 174 N (*) GW 40 179 N (*)
- - GW 40 610 PM - - Front kit 54M GW 40 390 F
Plasterboard box GW 40 689 PM
- - - - - Brickwall box GW 40 689

- - - GW 40 155 N GW 40 165 N -

- - GW 40 611 PM - - -

- - - - - -

- - - - -
GW 48 026
- 2 x GW 40 425 PM for 12 M 1 x GW 40 461 N 2 x GW 40 425
(also more than one)
GW 48 645 GW 48 645 GW 48 645 for 12 M - -

Modules Code
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

- - 24 GW 40 487 (horizontal) - -
36-54-72 GW 40 488 (horizontal)
Modules Code
- - 24 GW 40 495 - -
36-54-72 GW 40 496
Modules Code
1 x GW 40 421 1 x GW 48 644 1 x GW 40 463 1x GW 40 422 (36M)
12-24-36 1 x GW 40 422
(triangular) from 12M (watertight metal cylinder) (metal cylinder) 2x GW 40 422 (54M)
54-72 2 x GW 40 422

GW 40 688 PM (36M)
- - - -
GW 40 689 PM (54M)

4,5M 4,5M 4,5M 4,5M -

White RAL 9016 - GW 40 467 Grey RAL 7035 - GW 40 423 White RAL 9016 - GW 40 467 White RAL 9016 - GW 40 467 -

- - - - GW 38 098

(*) Multimedia enclosure - IP30

277
40 CDi

Compatibility of flush-mounting enclosures with bipolar and unipolar terminal blocks

SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS TYPE

Terminal blocks
position
TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 1

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

Flush-mounting enclosure range MODULES Door Code 2 x [(1x35)+(7x10)] 2 x [(2x16)+(7x10)] 1 x [(2x16)+(7x10)]

GW 40 401 GW 40 408 B GW 40 408 U

40CDI DECORATIVE Smoked transparent GW 40 225 TB
ENCLOSURES IP40 Smoked transparent GW 40 225 TN
8 Smoked transparent GW 40 225 VT N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
Smoked transparent GW 40 225 VA
Blank GW 40 285 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 229 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 229 TN
12 Smoked transparent GW 40 229 VT N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
Smoked transparent GW 40 229 VA
Blank GW 40 289 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 233 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 233 TN
24 (12x2) Smoked transparent GW 40 233 VT N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
Smoked transparent GW 40 233 VA
Blank GW 40 293 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 239 TB
Smoked transparent GW 40 239 TN
36
Smoked transparent GW 40 239 VT N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(12x3)
Smoked transparent GW 40 239 VA
Blank GW 40 299 TB
40 CDKi Smoked transparent GW 40 604
PROTECTED MODULAR 8 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
Blank GW 40 884
ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION
BOARDS Smoked transparent GW 40 605
12 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
IP40 Blank GW 40 885
Smoked transparent GW 40 608
18 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
Blank GW 40 888
Smoked transparent GW 40 606
24 (12x2) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
Blank GW 40 886
36 Smoked transparent GW 40 609
N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2) Blank GW 40 889
Smoked transparent GW 40 610
54 (18x3) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*)
Blank GW 40 890
Smoked transparent GW 40 611
72 (18x4) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*)
Blank GW 40 891
40 CDi
PROTECTED ENCLOSURES 8 Blank GW 40 655 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1
IP40
12 Blank GW 40 657 N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)

24 (12x2) Blank GW 40 659 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

36
Blank GW 40 661 N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2)
40 CDK GREEN WALL
12 Smoked transparent GW 40 605 PM N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*)
ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION
BOARDS FOR PLASTERBOARD
WALLS - IP40 24 (12x2) Smoked transparent GW 40 606 PM N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)

36
Smoked transparent GW 40 609 PM N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*)
(18x2)

54 (18x3) Smoked transparent GW 40 610 PM N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*)

72 (18x4) Smoked transparent GW 40 611 PM N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*)

(*) The installation is allowed using No.1 adapter GW40413 for each terminal block installed.

278
 SCREW TERMINAL BLOCKS TYPE

TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 2 TERMINAL BLOCK SIZE 3

Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A Bipolar 125 A Bipolar 80 A Unipolar 80 A

2 x [(3x35)+(10x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(11x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(29x10)] 2 x [(5x35)+(14x10)] 2 x [(3x16)+(17x10)] 1 x [(3x16)+(17x10)]

GW 40 402 GW 40 412 B GW 40 412 U GW 40 422 U GW 40 404 GW 40 418 B GW 40 418 U

- - - - - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

- - - - - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 (*) N° 1 N° 1 N° 1

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 N° 3 N° 3

N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 N° 4 N° 4

- - - - - - -
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

- - - - - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 N° 1 - - -

N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 N° 2 - - -

N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 (*) N° 2 N° 2 N° 2

N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 (*) N° 3 N° 3 N° 3

N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 (*) N° 4 N° 4 N° 4

279
40 CDi
Flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures
The widest offer of flush-mounting distribution boards and enclosures
currently available on the market. Seven families designed to offer advanced
solutions in the residential and commercial sector, also available in halogen-
free material. Versions from 2 to 72 modules, degree of protection from IP40
to IP55 and special versions for plasterboard. The range includes also two
Multimedia Enclosures: Full Version (54 modules) and Compact Version (36
modules).

40 CDI - DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES - IP40

Smoked transparent door

Decorative enclosures pre-arranged for housing terminal blocks

Code Colour Front dim. LxHxD (mm) Spare base Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 4+1/2
GW 40 237 TB White 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 40 237 TN Toner black 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 40 237 VT Varnished titanium 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 40 237 VA Varnished slate 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
No. of modules EN 50022: 8+1/2
GW 40 229 TB GW 40 225 TB White 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 40 225 TN Toner black 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 40 225 VT Varnished titanium 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 40 225 VA Varnished slate 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
No. of modules EN 50022: 12+1
GW 40 229 TB White 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 40 229 TN Toner black 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 40 229 VT Varnished titanium 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 40 229 VA Varnished slate 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
No. of modules EN 50022: 24+2 (12x2)
GW 40 233 TB White 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 40 233 TN Toner black 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 40 233 VT Varnished titanium 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 40 233 VA Varnished slate 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
No. of modules EN 50022: 36+3 (12x3)
GW 40 239 TB White 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
GW 40 239 TN Toner black 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
GW 40 239 VT Varnished titanium 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
GW 40 239 VA Varnished slate 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 6.5 M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front (for 4, 8 and 12-module enclosures - 1 profile; for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles; for 36-module
enclosures- 3 profiles), circuit labels, mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied.
Bottoms of 8 and 12 module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.
Enclosures composed by front cover;Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Range DIN frame, terminal blocks and back
plastic bottom.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

280
Blank door
Decorative enclosures predisposed for housing terminal blocks -White

Code No. of modules EN Colour Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Spare base Pack
50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 287 TB 4 White 146x165x108 13 GW40671 12
GW 40 285 TB 8 White 248x195x107 19 GW40673 16
GW 40 289 TB 12 White 328x218x106 24 GW40674 12
GW 40 293 TB 24 (12X2) White 328x338x108 25 GW40677 5
GW 40 299 TB 36 (12x3) White 328x493x118 42 GW40679 5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 6.5 M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front (for 4, 8 and 12-module enclosures - 1 profile; for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles; for 36-module
GW 40 293 TB enclosures- 3 profiles), circuit labels, mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied.
Bottoms of 8 and 12 module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.
Enclosures composed by front cover;Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Range DIN frame, terminal blocks and back
plastic bottom.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

Complementary items for decorative enclosures

Front covers and relative functional frames with DIN rail for decorative enclosures

Code Colour Front dim. LxHxD (mm) Corresponding back plate Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
No. of modules EN 50022: 4+1/2
GW 41 237 TB White 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 41 237 TN Black 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 41 237 VT Varnished titanium 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
GW 41 237 VA Varnished slate 148x165x23 GW40671 13 12
No. of modules EN 50022: 8+1/2
GW 41 229 VT GW 41 225 TB White 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 41 225 TN Black 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 41 225 VT Varnished titanium 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
GW 41 225 VA Varnished slate 250x195x26 GW40673 19 16
No. of modules EN 50022: 12+1
GW 41 229 TB White 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 41 229 TN Black 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 41 229 VT Varnished titanium 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
GW 41 229 VA Varnished slate 330x218x25 GW40674 24 12
No. of modules EN 50022: 24+2 (12x2)
GW 41 233 TB White 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 41 233 TN Black 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 41 233 VT Varnished titanium 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
GW 41 233 VA Varnished slate 330x338x28 GW40677 25 5
No. of modules EN 50022: 36+3 (12x3)
FLUSH-MOUNTING

GW 41 239 TB White 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5

ENCLOSURES

GW 41 239 TN Black 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5

GW 41 239 VT Varnished titanium 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
GW 41 239 VA Varnished slate 330x493x28 GW40679 42 5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 6.5M module-covering profiles co-ordinated with the colour of the enclosure front (for 4, 8 and 12-module enclosures - 1 profile; for 24-module enclosures - 2 profiles; for 36-module
enclosures- 3 profiles), service labels.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.
CHARACTERISTICS: Module-covering profiles can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
IP40 guaranteed even with open door, in the case of wall-embedded installation using devices of at least IP40 and the module-covering profiles supplied.
Front of the enclosure and DIN rail frame fully compatible with the bottom of the previous decorative flush mounting enclosures 40CDi Range.

281
40 CDi
Back-mounting boxes for decorative enclosures designed to house a terminal block

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Back plate dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 40 671 4 115x142x85 12
GW 40 673 8 209x174x81 16
GW 40 674 12 293x189x81 12
GW 40 677 24 294x310x80 5
GW 40 679 36 294x461x90 5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Mortar guard element in cardboard with clip-fixing on the opening of the back-mounting box - supplied as standard and packed with paper banding.
GW 40 674 CHARACTERISTICS: there is an identification code on the back-mounting box, along with the word “up” to aid installation.

282
40 CDKI - PROTECTED MODULAR ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION BOARDS - IP40

Smoked transparent door

Enclosures predisposed for terminal block housing with extractable frame - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 601 2 83x160x74 12 60
GW 40 602 4 120x160x85 18 36
GW 40 603 6 200x170x85 19 21
GW 40 604 8 240x195x85 20 12
GW 40 605 12 330x270x85 36 8
GW 40 608 18 465x310x85 50 4
GW 40 602 CHARACTERISTICS: GW40601, provided without the door and with the DIN rail fixed directly on the back plate.
Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C.
Flush-mounting boxes in 12 and 18 modules can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Module masks, circuit labels.
For GW40604, GW40605 and GW40608, self-adhesive labels to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: Dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
Upon request, starting from the 8 modules version, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
INSTALLATION: For the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

Enclosures equipped with 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal block and extractable frame - White RAL
9016
Code No. of modules EN Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 604 BS 8 240x195x85 20 N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 12
GW 40 605 BS 12 330x270x85 36 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 8
GW 40 608 BS 18 465x310x85 50 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 4
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. Bottoms of 12 and 18 module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive labels to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the
frame before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.

GW 40 604 BS

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

283
40 CDi
Distribution boards with windowed panel and extractable frame predisposed for terminal block
housing - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 606 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 6
GW 40 609 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 3
GW 40 610 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 2
GW 40 611 72 (18x4) 465x880x95 95 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
GW 40 606
NOTES: Dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: Lead sealable and removable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C.
Flush-mounting boxes can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
INSTALLATION: For the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

Distribution boards with windowed and 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal block and extractable
frame White RAL 9016
Code No. of modules Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
EN 50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 606 BS 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 6
GW 40 606 BD 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 6
GW 40 609 BS 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 3
GW 40 609 BD 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 3
GW 40 610 BD 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 610 BT 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 611 BD 72 (18x4) 465x855x95 95 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 611 BQ 72 (18x4) 465x880x95 95 N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 606 BD ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the frame
before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: removable and plumbable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. Bottoms of enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

284
Blank door
Enclosures predisposed for terminal block housing and extractable frame - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 882 4 120x160x85 18 36
GW 40 883 6 200x170x85 19 21
GW 40 884 8 240x195x85 20 12
GW 40 885 12 330x270x85 36 8
GW 40 888 18 465x310x85 50 4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Module masks, circuit labels.
GW 40 885 For GW40884, GW40885 and GW40888, self-adhesive labels to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: Dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Upon request, starting from the 8 modules version, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C.
Flush-mounting boxes in 12 and 18 modules can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
INSTALLATION: For the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

Enclosures equipped with 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal block and extractable frame - White RAL
9016
Code No. of modules EN Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 884 BS 8 240x195x85 20 N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) 12
GW 40 885 BS 12 330x270x85 36 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 8
GW 40 888 BS 18 465x310x85 50 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive labels to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the
frame before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. Bottoms of 12 and 18 module enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

GW 40 885 BS
Distribution boards windowed panels and extractable frame predisposed for housing the terminal
blocks- White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 886 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 6
GW 40 889 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 3
GW 40 890 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 2
GW 40 891 72 (18x4) 465x880x95 95 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
GW 40 890
NOTES: Dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: Lead sealable and removable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C.
Flush-mounting boxes can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
INSTALLATION: For the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.
FLUSH-MOUNTING

Distribution boards with windowed panels and 80 A IP20 bipolar screw terminal block and
ENCLOSURES

extractable frame White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules Outer dim. LxHxD Dispersible power Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Pack
EN 50022 (mm) (W) Carton
GW 40 886 BS 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) 6
GW 40 886 BD 24 (12X2) 330x420x85 37 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (11x10)] 6
GW 40 889 BS 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) 3
GW 40 889 BD 36 (18x2) 465x505x85 52 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 3
GW 40 890 BD 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 890 BT 54 (18x3) 465x680x95 62 N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 3x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 2
GW 40 891 BD 72 (18x4) 465x855x95 95 N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 2x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 891 BQ 72 (18x4) 465x880x95 95 N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] N/E 4x[(3x16) + (17x10)] 1
GW 40 890 BT ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51. Insulated bipolar screw 80A - IP20 terminal blocks to be installed on the frame
before wiring.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49. Upon request, flush-mounting boxes and cabinets (including frame and DIN rails) can be supplied separately.
CHARACTERISTICS: removable and plumbable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C. Bottoms of enclosures can be assembled side-by-side using combined coupling element GW40425.

285
40 CDi

Antibacterial front kit

Distribution front kit windowed panels and extractable frame predisposed for housing the terminal
blocks - White RAL 9016 - Antibacterial

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 41 885 AB 12 330x270x16 36 12
GW 41 886 AB 24 (12X2) 330x420x16 37 5
GW 41 889 AB 36 (18x2) 465x505x16 52 3
GW 41 890 AB 54 (18x3) 465x680x25 62 2
GW 41 891 AB 72 (18x4) 465x880x25 95 1
GW 41 890 AB
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
NOTES: dissipated power calculated according to CEI 23-49. The antibacterial front kit is composed of frame, door, lock covers, opening handles. The kit includes also functional frame and DIN rails.
CHARACTERISTICS: lead sealable and removable panels with windows. Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70 °C. Flush-mounting boxes can be assembled side-by-side through the coupling tool code GW40425.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING GREEN WALL ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” at
the beginning of the section.

Flush-mounting back box for Antibacterial front kit - For brick wall
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Suitable for ANTIBACTERIAL front kit Pack
Carton
GW 40 685 12 GW41885AB 1/12
GW 40 687 24 (12X2) GW41886AB 1/5
GW 40 688 36 (18x2) GW41889AB 1/5
GW 40 689 54 (18x3) GW41890AB 1/3
GW 40 690 72 (18x4) GW41891AB 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: back boxes can be coupled with the accessory GW40425.
INSTALLATION: the matching antibacterial front kit must be ordered separately.

GW 40 689

286
40 CDKI GREEN WALL - MULTI-SERVICE SYSTEM ENCLOSURES

Multimedia enclosures

Multimedia enclosure compact version 36 DIN modules - White RAL 9016 - Blank door

Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 40 390 C Front cover, inner frame and accessories 36 DIN modules 465x505x85 1
GW 40 688 Empty masonry bottom for compact multimedia enclosure - 1/5
APPLICATIONS: the compact multimedia enclosure is the central element of multi-service wiring within the home, allowing the distribution of signals to the various rooms. The compact version is ideal for settings where
the available space is limited and a small number of services need to be managed.
CHARACTERISTICS: the product is compliant with the CEI 306-2 Guide. The back of the box has plastic tabs for an easier installation on metal frames and drywall panels. The product can be joined vertically with other
enclosures of the CDKi range (minimum size 36 DIN modules) using GW40425 coupling elements.
GW 40 390 C ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the GW40390C is composed of 1 pc front cover with blank door, 1 pc detachable frame with 2 pcs perforated mounting plates (1 pc with 18 Keystone Jack slots), 2 m velcro roll w=16 mm, 4
pcs brackets with screws, 4 pcs self-adhesive cable clips with cable ties, 5 pcs RJ45 Cat.6 keystone jacks.
INSTALLATION: suitable for recessed installation on masonry walls.

Multimedia enclosure compact version 54 DIN modules - White RAL 9016 - Blank door

Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 40 390 F Front cover, inner frame and accessories 54 DIN modules 465x680x95 1
GW 40 689 Empty masonry bottom for full multimedia enclosure - 1/3
APPLICATIONS: the complete multimedia enclosure is the central element of multi-service wiring within the home, allowing the distribution of signals to the various rooms. The full version is ideal for residential settings
where a large number of services and reception/transmission devices need to be managed.
CHARACTERISTICS: the product is compliant with the CEI 306-2 Guide. The back box has plastic tabs for easier installation on metal frames and drywall panels. The product can be joined vertically with other enclosures
of the CDKi range (minimum size 36 DIN modules) using GW40425 coupling elements.
GW 40 390 F ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: the GW40390F includes of 1 pc front cover with blank door, 1 pc detachable frame with 3 pcs perforated mounting plates (1 pc with 18 Keystone Jack slots), 3 m velcro roll w=16 mm, 6 pcs
brackets with screws, 6 pcs self-adhesive cable clips with cable ties, 6 pcs RJ45 Cat.6 data sockets, 6 pcs RJ45-RJ45 Cat.6 Ethernet cable 0.6 m, 1 pc telephone splitter with 5 pcs RJ11 socket and 5 pcs RJ11-RJ45
telephone cables, 1 pc multiple socket.
INSTALLATION: suitable for recessed installation on masonry walls.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

287
40 CDi
40 CDE - GERMAN STANDARD FLUSH-MOUNTING DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

Metal door distribution boards - IP40

Distribution boards for brick walls equipped with bipolar terminal blocks - RAL 9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 151 N 12+2 N (2x16)+(8x10) PE (2x16)+(8x10) 60 1
GW 40 152 N 24+4 (12x2) N (2x16)+(14x10) PE (2x16)+(14x10) 80 1
GW 40 153 N 36+6 (12x3) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 90 1
GW 40 154 N 48+8 (12x4) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 100 1
GW 40 155 N 60+10 (12x5) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 120 1
Accessories supplied: positioning brackets, mortar guard, certification label, modules cover, terminal blocks.
Notes: extractable frame already installed.

GW 40 153 N

Distribution boards for plasterboard (GWT 850 °C) walls equipped with bipolar terminal blocks - RAL
9016
Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 161 N 12+2 N (2x16)+(8x10) PE (2x16)+(8x10) 60 1
GW 40 162 N 24+4 (12x2) N (2x16)+(14x10) PE (2x16)+(14x10) 80 1
GW 40 163 N 36+6 (12x3) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 90 1
GW 40 164 N 48+8 (12x4) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 100 1
GW 40 165 N 60+10 (12x5) N 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] PE 2x[(2x16)+(14x10)] 120 1
Accessories supplied: installation brackets, plaster guard, certification label, modules cover, terminal blocks.
Notes: extractable frame already installed.

GW 40 161 N

Metal door multimedia enclosure - IP40

Multimedia enclosures for brick walls - RAL 9016
Code No. line Pack
Carton
GW 40 173 N 3 1
GW 40 174 N 4 1
Accessories supplied: positioning brackets, mortar guard, 1x multimedia device bracket, 2x Schuko socket, 2x supports, 1x Dahlia plate
Notes: perforated mounting plates and patch panel already installed.

GW 40 173 N

Multimedia enclosures for plasterboard (GWT 850 °C) walls - RAL 9016
Code No. line Pack
Carton
GW 40 178 N 3 1
GW 40 179 N 4 1
Accessories supplied: installation brackets, plaster guard, 1x multimedia device bracket, 2x Schuko socket, 2x supports, 1x Dahlia plate
Notes: perforated mounting plates and patch panel already installed.

GW 40 178 N

288
Complementary items
Terminal blocks
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 40 454 N N+PE terminal block (2x16 mm² + 14x10 mm²) 1
GW 40 455 N Terminal block N (7x16mm²) 1

GW 40 454 N

Accessories
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 40 461 N Pair of brackets for horizontal coupling 1
GW 40 463 N Safety lock for German standard flush-mounting enclosures 1
GW 40 467 Plastic module cover profile 50

GW 40 467

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

289
40 CDi
40 CDI - PROTECTED ENCLOSURES - IP40

Blank door
Enclosures predisposed for terminal block - White RAL 9016

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 40 655 8 236x195x89 19 18
GW 40 657 12+1 326x217x89 26 8
GW 40 659 24+2 (12x2) 326x346x89 36 6
GW 40 661 36+2 (18x2) 453x396x95 47 3
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, circuit labels, spare hinges. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
GW40657, GW40659, GW40661 door equipped with lock, with 2 triangular keys.
GW 40 655 NOTES: Dispersible power calculated according to CEI 23-49.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

290
48 PTC - COMBINATION WATERTIGHT ENCLOSURES AND BOARDS - IP55

Modular enclosures with smoked transparent door

Watertight flush-mounting modular enclosures with shockproof fronts - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Front dim. LxH (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 681 6 138x169x70 175x210 15 1/6
GW 48 682 12 308x169x70 345x210 25 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, user labels, kit of self-tapping stainless steel screws Ø 4x32mm.
mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
GW 48 681 pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.

Combination board with smoked transparent door

Watertight flush-mounting combined board fitted for modular devices and for 2 flanges 85x75 mm
for mounting IEC 309 standard socket-outlets - shockproof front - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Front dim. LxH (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 686 4 308x169x70 345x210 19 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: user labels, kit of self-tapping screws of Ø 4 x 32mm in stainless steel. mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Compatible with IEC 309 16A 10° angled receptacle.
CHARACTERISTICS: Thermo-pressure with ball equal to 70°C.
pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
GW 48 686

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

291
40 CDi
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Installation and coupling

Module cover profile in plastic - Colours co-ordinated with 40CDi flush-mounting decorative
enclosures

Code Colour No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 TB White 6.5 50
GW 40 467 TN Black 6.5 50
GW 40 467 VT Titanium 6.5 50
GW 40 467 VA Slate 6.5 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on the windows of the front. Can be divided into 1/2 module elements, using scissors.
GW 40 467 VT

Kit containing 4 long self-threading screws with spacers for fixing lids and fronts
Code Screw dimension (mm) Spacer thickness (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 48 645 Ø 4x45 Max 10 mm reducible 1/100
CHARACTERISTICS: the kit can be used for the following flush-mounting ranges: CD Chorus, CDi/CDKi (from 6 modules upwards), 48 CM and 42 RV.

GW 48 645

Element for combined coupling of CDKi and CDi flush-mounting decorative enclosures and
distribution boards

Code Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 425 Clip 10
APPLICATIONS: for CDKi enclosures and boards from 12 modules upwards. Also suitable for 40 CDi decorative enclosures with 8 and 12 modules and for the Home Networking enclosure.
NOTE: GWT 850° C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 40 425

Anti-deformation bracket for walling base boxes of CDKi boards

Code For boards EN 50022 rail Pack

Carton
GW 40 479 18 Modules 5
APPLICATIONS: avoid back-mounting box deformations during masonry work.

GW 40 479

292
 PTC box coupling adaptor

Code Description Pack

Carton
GW 48 026 Base box coupling 5/25
APPLICATIONS: allows the creation of vertical/horizontal combined compositions and easier cable passage.

GW 48 026

Galvanized steel extending brackets for rear fixing complete with self-tapping screws - Set of 4
brackets - 70 RT range
Code Adjustament range Pack
Carton
GW 70 009 90 - 160 mm 1/10
APPLICATIONS: when creating upright columns, it allows the creation of an air gap for the passage of conduits between the PTC box and the wall.

GW 70 009

Wiring
Insulated screw terminal block bipolar and unipolar for enclosures and boards
Code Pole 1 (mm²) Pole 2 (mm²) Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 125 A
GW 40 401 N (1x35) + (7x10) E (1x35) + (7x10) With screws 10
GW 40 402 N (3x35) + (10x10) E (3x35) + (10x10) With screws and/or clip 10
GW 40 404 N (5x35) + (14x10) E (5x35) + (14x10) With screws and/or clip 10
Type: Bipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 B N/E (2x16) + (7x10) N/E (2x16) + (7x10) With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B N/E (3x16) + (11x10) N/E (3x16) + (11x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 B N/E (3x16) + (17x10) N/E (3x16) + (17x10) With screws and/or clip 1/10
Type: Unipolar - Rated current 80 A - IP20
GW 40 408 U N/E (2x16) + (7x10) - With screws 1/10
GW 40 412 B
GW 40 412 U N/E (3x16) + (11x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 418 U N/E (3x16) + (17x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
GW 40 422 U N/E (3x16) + (29x10) - With screws and/or clip 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws. The 80 A terminal blocks are equipped with N and E labels to be placed on the respective spaces to identify the poles.
CHARACTERISTICS: GWT 960°C according to EN60695-2-11.
INSTALLATION: for the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL BLOCKS” in the selection
guides of 40CDì range.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

293
40 CDi
Adapters for screw terminal blocks
Code Material For enclosures Fastener to supports Pack
Carton
GW 40 413 Metal 12 M (and multiples) and 18 M (and multiples) With screws 20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
CHARACTERISTICS: the adapter is pre-drilled for the correct assembly of the terminal block and pre-cut to allow installation also in enclosures with a 12 M modular step.
INSTALLATION: used to expand the number of the possible enclosure-terminal block combinations, refer to the summary “COMPATIBILITY OF FLUSH-MOUNTING ENCLOSURES WITH BIPOLAR AND UNIPOLAR TERMINAL
BLOCKS” in the selection guides of 40CDì range.

GW 40 413

Internal horizontal dividers for CDKi distribution boards

Code For boards EN 50022 rail Fixing Pack

Carton
GW 40 487 12 Modules Clip 10/100
GW 40 488 18 Modules Clip 10/100
NOTES: they permit making internal separation between the circuits having different voltages located on more than one row inside the same shell.

GW 40 488

Blank covering panels - 1-module height - for CDKi boards

Code Suitable for For boards EN 50022 rail Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 495 Flush mounting distr. boards 12 Modules White RAL 9016 20
GW 40 496 Flush mounting distr. boards 18 Modules White RAL 9016 20
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing.

GW 40 495

Watertight lids for combined enclosure 48 PTC range, of the GW48686 type
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Suitable for Colour Pack
Carton
GW 66 708 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Grey 1/20
GW 66 745 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Yellow 1/20
GW 27 403 75x85 2 SYSTEM modules Grey RAL 7035 3/60
GW 27 401 75x85 2 SYSTEM modules Grey RAL 7035 3/60
APPLICATIONS: GW66745 specific for emergency push-buttons. Possibility of assembly on Q-DIN boards, PTC junction boxes, flanged lids and panels.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

GW 66 745

294
Others
Triangular security key - for 40CDi enclosures protected with a blank door

Code Material Pack

Carton
GW 40 421 Insulation 10/100

GW 40 421

Cylinder security lock - for 40 CDKi and 40 CDi decorative enclosures

Code Material Pack
Carton
GW 40 422 Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
APPLICATIONS: for all the 40 CDKi with door, for the decorative 40 CDi with 24 and 36 modules and for QDSA.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 40 422

Watertight cylindrical security lock

Code For enclosures Material Pack
Carton
GW 48 644 48 PTC and 42 RV range Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 48 644

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 467 4.5 White RAL 9016 50
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50
GW 40 468 4.5 Toner black 50
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing.
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

GW 40 467

295
40 CDi

Technical accessories for home networking enclosures

Telephone jack expansion kit
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 38 098 RJ11 telephone socket and telephone cable 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 multiple telephone socket-outlet with 5 RJ11 socket-outlets.

GW 38 098

296
40 CDi
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

40 CDI - DECORATIVE ENCLOSURES 40 CDKI - PROTECTED MULTIMEDIA ENCLOSURES FOR

ENCLOSURES AND DISTRIBUTION MULTISERVICE SYSTEMS
BOARDS
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

The enclosures feature a modern, elegant and The 40 CDKi enclosures and distribution The offer is completed by the multimedia
linear design that matches the shapes and boards come in 10 sizes (from 2 to 72 modules) enclosures, which contain and sort the services
colours of the ChoruSmart wiring devices. and various models, available in smoked and optical signals intended for the apartment,
Available in four colours, the white version is transparent door versions (particularly suitable hosting the passive components (apartment
available with smoked transparent or blank for the tertiary and industrial sectors) and termination box, mixers, filters) and active
doors. with blank doors ideal for home automation devices (modems, switches, signal amplifiers)
applications. of the home system.

297
48

Accessories
Spare lids
48 PT / PT DIN and 48 PTC:
cardboard mortar guard element supplied
No. of
Protective Coupling
internal Boxes
shield element Antibacterial Plain Deep
dividers
48 CM:
Dimensions
protective technopolymer shield supplied (mm)
RANGE

Code

IP40
GW 48 001 92x92x45 - - - - - -
GW 48 013

IP40
GW 48 002 118x96x50 - - - - - -
GW 48 014

IP40
GW 48 003 118x96x70 - - 2 x GW 48 051 - - -
GW 48 014

IP40 IP40
GW 48 004 152x98x70 - - 2 x GW 48 051 - -
GW 48 015 GW 48 084

IP40 IP40
GW 48 005 160x130x70 - - 2 x GW 48 051 - -
GW 48 016 GW 48 085
Brickwall
GW 48 116 IP40 - IK10 IP40 - IK10 IP40
GW 48 006 196x152x70 1 x GW 48 006 P 1 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051
48 PT / PT DIN

Plasterboard GW 48 017 AB GW 48 017 GW 48 086

GW 48 116 PM
Brickwall
GW 48 117 IP40 - IK10 IP40 - IK10 IP40
GW 48 007 294x152x70 1 x GW 48 007 P 2 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051
Plasterboard GW 48 018 AB GW 48 018 GW 48 087
GW 48 117 PM
Brickwall
GW 48 118 IP40 - IK10 IP40 - IK10 IP40
GW 48 008 392x152x70 1 x GW 48 008 P 3 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051
Plasterboard GW 48 019 AB GW 48 019 GW 48 088
GW 48 118 PM
Brickwall
GW 48 119 IP40 - IK10 IP40 - IK10
GW 48 009 480x160x70 1 x GW 48 009 P 2 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051 -
Plasterboard GW 48 020 AB GW 48 020
GW 48 119 PM
IP40 - IK10
GW 48 010 516x202x80 1 x GW 48 010 P 2 x GW 48 012 2 x GW 48 051 - - -
GW 48 021

IP40 - IK10
GW 48 011 516x294x80 1 x GW 48 011 P 5 supplied 2 x GW 48 051 - - -
GW 48 022

IP44 IP44
GW 48 207 260x260x121 - 1 supplied 2 supplied - -
GW 48 247 GW 48 267

IP44 IP44
GW 48 211 520x260x121 - 4 supplied 2 supplied - -
GW 48 251 GW 48 271
48 CM

IP44 IP44
GW 48 227 260x260x121 - 2 supplied 2 supplied - -
GW 48 247 GW 48 267

IP44 IP44
GW 48 231 520x260x121 - 5 supplied 2 supplied - -
GW 48 251 GW 48 271
In-line
GW 48 661 138x169x70 - - coupling GW 48 611 -
48 PTC - IP 40

connector
GW 48 026
GW 48 662 308x169x70 - 1 x GW 48 024 GW 48 612 -

GW 48 663 398x169x70 - 2 x GW 48 024 GW 48 613 -

- -
GW 48 671 GW 48 621
138x169x70 - - -
GW 48 691 GW 48 651
48 PTC - IP 55

GW 48 672 308x169x70 - 1 x GW 48 024 GW 48 622 -

GW 48 673 398x169x70 - 2 x GW 48 024 GW 48 623 -

298
 Terminal blocks

Multi-pole feedthrough Single-pole equipotential

GW 44 609
GW 44 611 GW 44 613 GW 44 673
GW 44 610 GW 44 704 GW 44 706 GW 44 708 GW 44 671 GW 44 672 GW 44 675 GW 44 676

GW 44 610 C GW 44 612 GW 44 614 GW 44 674

• - - • • • • • - - -

• • - • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • - • • • • • • - -

• • - • • • • • • - -

• • - • • • • • • - -
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

• • - • • • • • • - -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • • •

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • • -

• • • • • • • • • • -

299
Compatibility between GEWISS domotic devices and 48 PT DIN range boxes
The PT DIN boxes for domotics establish a new market standard in the world of domotic Home & Building Automation systems, as
they allow you to distribute the domotic devices in the key points of the building; this widens the advantages of domotics, producing
innovative solutions while optimising resources and reducing wiring.
The following table shows all the possible combinations - in terms of dimensions and dispersible power - of individual Gewiss domotic
devices and individual PT DIN compartment.

48 PT DIN BOXES
Code GW 48 006 GW 48 007 GW 48 008 GW 48 009 GW 48 010 GW 48 011

Compartments 2 3 4 3 3 6
GEWISS DOMOTIC DEVICES No. of EN 50022
modules per 4,5 5 5 8 9 4
compartment
MAX pde
No. mod. (W) 11 13 17 25 29 30
EN 50022

KNX line/field couplers 2 • • • • • •

KNX power supplies 4 • • • • • •
4 • • • • • •
KNX motor control actuators
KNX DEVICES FROM DIN RAIL

8 •
KNX dimmer 4 • • • • • •
4 • • • • • •
KNX general actuators
8 • •
DALI/KNX Gateway 4 • • • • • •
KNX input modules 4 • • • • • •
Combined devices 4 • • • • • •
KNX BUS interfaces 1 • • • • • •
FOR DOMESTIC

KNX domestic range actuators 3 • • • • • •

DOMOTIC
DEVICES

RANGES

Relay 1,5 and 3 • • • • • •

300
48
Flush-mounting junction and modular boxes range
The system is composed of three ranges:
48 PT / 48 PT DIN Range with moulded DIN rail, compliant to CEI 23-48,
suitable to install also H&B devices; 48 CM Range composed of high-capacity
junction boxes, suitable to create distribution columns; 48 PTC Range
composed of modular junction, control and distribution boxes. All boxes are
made with Halogen Free technopolymer.

48 PT / PT DIN - JUNCTION, CONNECTION AND DOMOTIC BOXES - IP40

For brick walls

48 PT - Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly - White lid RAL 9016

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Pack

Carton
GW 48 001 92x92x45 1 162
GW 48 002 118x96x50 1 114
GW 48 003 118x96x70 1 84
GW 48 004 152x98x70 1 64
GW 48 005 160x130x70 1 49
CHARACTERISTICS: surface embossing of the lids to facilitate painting.
GW 48 004 External knurling of the base to improve mortar adherence.
Pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the joining element GW48051.
Lid protected with heat-shrinking film that also contains the bag of fixing screws.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: ø3x25 mm screw kit for lid fixing. mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors.

48 PT DIN - Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly with DIN rail integrated on
the back-mounting box Colour: White lid RAL 9016

Code Outer dim. Compartment No. EN 50022 Domotic equipment Dispersible No. supports Pack
LxHxD (mm) pre-arrangement mod. per comp. coupling max power (W) GW44720 Carton
GW 48 006 196x152x75 2 4.5 DIN rail 11 2 34
GW 48 007 294x152x75 3 5 DIN rail 13 3 22
GW 48 008 392x152x75 4 5 DIN rail 17 4 17
GW 48 009 480x160x75 3 8 DIN rail 25 5 17
GW 48 010 516x202x90 3 9 DIN rail 29 5 9
FLUSH-MOUNTING

GW 48 006 GW 48 011 516x294x90 6 4 DIN rail 30 5 5

ENCLOSURES

APPLICATIONS: boxes with a built-in DIN rail on the back-mounting box, in accordance with regulations that require to fix by DIN rail the devices that disperse a certain amount of power inside the junction boxes
(calculated in compilance with CEI 23-49). Ideal for installation of home and building automation equipment as actuators, power supplies, etc.
CHARACTERISTICS: surface embossing of the covers to facilitate painting. External knurling of the base to improve mortar adherence. Pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the joining
element GW48051. Lid protected with heat-shrinking film that also contains the bag of fixing screws. Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Junction box GW48011 supplied with 5 internal separators. ø 3x25mm screw kit for lid fixing. Mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper
banding.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors.

301
48

Antibacterial shockproof lids

Antibacterial shockproof lids for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN Green Wall boxes white RAL 9016 - IP40

Code Suitable for Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 017 AB GW48116 and GW48116PM IK10 1/50
GW 48 018 AB GW48117 and GW48117PM IK10 80/40
GW 48 019 AB GW48118 and GW48118PM IK10 1/20
GW 48 020 AB GW48119 and GW48119PM IK10 1/20
CHARACTERISTICS:the packaging includes screws for installation in brick walls or plasterboard walls. GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 48 017 AB

Flush-mounting back boxes for Antibacterial shockproof lids - For brick wall

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW 48 116 GW48017AB 30
GW 48 117 GW48018AB 20
GW 48 118 GW48019AB 10
GW 48 119 GW48020AB 10
NOTE: the Antibacterial shockproof lid must be ordered separately.

GW 48 116

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS FOR 48 PT / PT DIN E 48 PT DIN GREEN WALL

Complementary items
Protective shield for junction, connection and domotics boxes

Code For boxes PT DIN For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 006 P GW48006 GW48006PM and GW48126PM 70
GW 48 007 P GW48007 GW48007PM 60
GW 48 008 P GW48008 GW48008PM 50
GW 48 009 P GW48009 GW48009PM 40
GW 48 010 P GW48010 - 30
GW 48 011 P GW48011 - 25
GW 48 007 P CHARACTERISTICS: in technopolymer. Total protection during brick wall work, painting and finishing operations. Applying the protective shield beneath the lid, the dispersible power of the box is reduced by 2 W for
GW48006, GW48007, GW48008, GW48010, GW48011, GW48006PM, GW48007PM, GW48008PM boxes and by 3W GW48009 and GW48009PM boxes.
NOTES: clip fixing to speed up assembly and removal operations. Reusable.

Joining element for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes

Code For PT / PT DIN boxes For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 051 GW48003 - GW48011 GW48006PM - GW48009PM 10
NOTES: the use of the joining element makes it possible to create horizontal and/or vertical sets of boxes PT/PT DIN. For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes, GW40425 element permits horizontal paths. GW48051 also for the
box with transparent lid GW48126PM. GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

GW 48 051

302
 Internal separator for PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes

Code For boxes PT DIN For PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 48 012 GW48006 - GW48011 GW48006PM - GW48009PM 50/300

GW 48 012

High resistance shockproof plain lids for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes - White RAL
9016 - IP40

Code Suitable for Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 013 GW48001 IK10 10/120
GW 48 014 GW48002 - GW48003 IK10 10/100
GW 48 015 GW48004 IK10 10/100
GW 48 016 GW48005 IK10 10/100
GW 48 017 GW48006 and GW48006PM IK10 10/100
GW 48 018 GW 48 018 GW48007 and GW48007PM IK10 10/80
GW 48 019 GW48008 and GW48008PM IK10 10/40
GW 48 020 GW48009 and GW48009PM IK10 10/40
GW 48 021 GW48010 IK10 10/30
GW 48 022 GW48011 IK10 10/20
CHARACTERISTICS: surface embossing of the covers to facilitate painting. GWT 850 °C according to EN 60695-2-11.

Deep lids for PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL boxes - White RAL 9016 - IP40

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW 48 084 GW48004 1/10
GW 48 085 GW48005 1/8
GW 48 086 GW48006 and GW48006PM 1/10
GW 48 087 GW48007 and GW48007PM 1/5
GW 48 088 GW48008 and GW48008PM 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: the deep lids are ideal for passing from an exposed system to a chased one. They have a removable front plate and a frame for connecting with trunking.
GW 48 084 GWT 850 °C secondo EN 60695-2-11; max lid H = 66mm for boxes up to 392x152 and conduits with max Ø = 32mm.

Long self-tapping screws for securing cover

Code Dimensions (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 48 023 Ø3x38 Junction boxes range 48 PT / PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL 300/4200
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

GW 48 023

303
48
44 ME - UNIPOLAR EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS

Terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Terminal blocks with indirect plate tightening - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 704 4 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 706 6 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 708 8 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
APPLICATIONS: embedded fixing on the GW44720 support, for coupling with the DIN rail.
NOTES: for the connection capacity, refer to the technical catalogue

GW 44 706

Accessories for terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Support for fixing side-by-side terminal blocks on DIN rail
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Fixing on DIN rail Pack
Carton
GW 44 720 GW44704, GW44706, GW44708 Clip Lock-joint 1/50
NOTES: ideal for applications on boxes of the 48 PT DIN range.
CHARACTERISTICS: supports a combination of terminal blocks with maximum 12-way capacity.
Possible combinations: 3xGW44704; 2xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44708; Modular overall dimensions (width): 4.5 modules EN 50022.

GW 44 720

Modular terminal blocks

Terminal blocks with indirect screw tightening - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 671 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 672 5 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 673 4 ways x 16 mm² 10/50
GW 44 674 2 ways x 16mm² + 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/50
GW 44 675 2 ways x 16mm² + 9 ways x 6 mm² 5/25
GW 44 676 2 ways x 35 mm² + 4 ways x 16 mm² 1/10
APPLICATIONS: especially suitable for creating equipotential nodes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive label for identification of electrical lines.
NOTES: GW44676 equipped with feedthrough terminals. These allow the creation of cut-outs from the main cables which, unsheathed in the part concerned, are not interrupted.

GW 44 671

304
Accessories for modular terminal blocks
Support for fixing modular terminal blocks on DIN rail
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 681 From GW44671 to GW44676 Clip 100

GW 44 681

Adapter for fixing modular terminal blocks

Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 682 From GW44671 to GW44676 Lock-joint 200
APPLICATIONS: for fixing the equipotential terminal blocks on the plates or directly on the base inside the junction boxes and watertight boxes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing the adapter.

GW 44 682

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

305
48
48 CM - LARGE CAPACITY CONNECTION AND JUNCTION BOXES - IP40

Plain lid
Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly, for uprights - plain plumbable lid - White
RAL 9016

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Dispersible max power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 207 260x260x121 2 13 8
GW 48 211 520x260x121 5 30 6
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: internal dividers, joint elements for combined assembly, self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and sealing screws.
Mortar-proof paint protection shield in technopolymer with additional electro-acoustic insulation function, with central handles making it easier to pull it out.
NOTES: applying the protective shield beneath the lid, the dispersible power of the box is reduced by 2W for GW48207 and by 3W for the GW48211 box.
GW 48 207 dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

Deep lid
Junction and connection boxes for side-by-side assembly, for uprights - deep plumbable lid - Grey
RAL 7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Dispersible max power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 227 260x260x121 2 13 4
GW 48 231 520x260x121 5 30 4
CHARACTERISTICS: the lid has a removable front plate and a frame for the connection with the trunking (max height = 66mm) and conduits (max Ø = 40mm).
The frame is fitted for fixing the DIN rails (not supplied).
Pre-arrangement EN 50022: GW48227 horizontal - 24 modules (2x12), vertical - 24 modules (2x12); GW48231: horizontal - 78 modules (26x3), vertical - 36 modules (12x3).
GW 48 227 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: internal dividers, joint elements for combined assembly, self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and sealing screws.
Mortar-proof paint protection shield in technopolymer with additional electro-acoustic insulation function, with central handles making it easier to pull it out.
NOTES: applying the protective shield beneath the lid, the dispersible power of the box is reduced by 2W for GW48227 and by 3W for the GW48231 box.
dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

306
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS FOR 48 CM AND 48 CM GREEN WALL

Complementary items
Shockproof sealable plain lids for boxes for uprights - White RAL 9016 - IP44

Code Front dim. LxH (mm) Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 247 260x260 IK10 1/15
GW 48 251 520x260 IK10 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and plumbable screws.

GW 48 251

Shockproof sealable deep lids for boxes for uprights - Grey RAL 7035 - IP44

Code For boxes dimensions Mechanical resistance Pack

Carton
GW 48 267 260x260 IK10 1/10
GW 48 271 520x260 IK10 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: the lid has a removable front plate and a frame for connection with trunking (max h = 65mm) and conduits (max Ø = 40mm).
The frame is fitted for fixing the DIN rails (not supplied).
Pre-arrangement EN 50022: GW48267 horizontal 24 modules (2x12), vertical 24 modules (2x12); GW48271 horizontal 78 modules (26x3), vertical 36 modules (12x3)
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol labels for circuit identification, and plumbable screws.
GW 48 271

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

307
48
48 PTC - MODULAR JUNCTIONS, CONTROL AND DISTRIBUTION BOXES

Boxes with lid - IP55

Modular, watertight, flush-mounting junction and connection boxes - shockproof lid - Grey RAL
7035

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Pack

Carton
GW 48 671 138x169x70 1 1/28
GW 48 672 308x169x70 2 1/14
GW 48 673 398x169x70 3 1/9
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol discs for the identification of circuits, kit of Ø 4x32mm stainless steel self-tapping screws, hinge for constrained lid opening.
GW48672 pre-arranged to house a DIN rail. Space available: 14 modules.
GW 48 671 Mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors.
The IP55 degree of protection is guaranteed with the lid closed and with installations on waterproof walls made of tiles or similar materials, without joints.

Boxes with transparent shockproof lid - IP55

Modular, watertight, flush-mounting junction and connection box - transparent shockproof lid

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Compartment pre-arrangement Pack

Carton
GW 48 691 138x169x70 1 1/28
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive symbol discs for the identification of circuits, kit of Ø 4x32mm stainless steel self-tapping screws, hinge for constrained lid opening.
Mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
NOTES: for the inputs, remove the knockouts after cutting the relative tangs with scissors.
GW 48 691 The IP55 degree of protection is guaranteed with the lid closed and with installations on waterproof walls made of tiles or similar materials, without joints.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for medical room applications where the earthing point must be inspectable.

308
Modular enclosures with smoked transparent door - IP55
Watertight flush-mounting modular enclosures with shockproof fronts - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Front dim. LxH (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 681 6 138x169x70 175x210 15 1/6
GW 48 682 12 308x169x70 345x210 25 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: module masks, user labels, kit of self-tapping stainless steel screws Ø 4x32mm.
Mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding. Enclosures with back plastic bottom.
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026.
Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
GW 48 681 NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24.

Watertight flush-mounting combined board fitted for modular devices and for 2 flanges 85x75 mm
for mounting IEC 309 standard socket-outlets - shockproof front - Grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Front dim. LxH (mm) Dispersible power (W) Pack
Carton
GW 48 686 4 308x169x70 345x210 19 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: user labels, kit of self-tapping screws of Ø 4 x 32mm in stainless steel.
Mortar guard element in cardboard supplied as standard in the packs and packed with paper banding.
Enclosures with back plastic bottom.
CHARACTERISTICS: pre-arrangement for combined coupling (both horizontal and vertical) via the feedthrough coupling device GW48026.
GW 48 686 Mortar guard element assembled by pressing on the base opening.
NOTES: dispersible power calculated according to IEC 60670-24. Compatible with IEC 309 16A 10° angled receptacle.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

309
48

Complementary items
Internal divider for PTC boxes

Code For boxes dimensions Pack

Carton
GW 48 024 398x169x70 and 308x169x70 mm 10/200
APPLICATIONS: guarantees that circuits of a different nature are separated according to Standard CEI 64-8.

GW 48 024

PTC box coupling adaptor

Code Description Pack

Carton
GW 48 026 Base box coupling 5/25
APPLICATIONS: allows the creation of vertical/horizontal combined compositions and easier cable passage.

GW 48 026

Galvanized steel extending brackets for rear fixing, complete with self-tapping screws - Set of 4
brackets - 70 RT range
Code Adjustament range Pack
Carton
GW 70 009 90 - 160 mm 1/10
APPLICATIONS: when creating upright columns, it allows the creation of an air gap for the passage of conduits between the PTC box and the wall.

GW 70 009

Rail for fixing equipotential terminal blocks in the PTC modular flush- mounting boxes

Code Installable terminal blocks Pack

Carton
GW 44 683 4xGW44671; 3xGW44672; 2xGW44673; 2xGW44674; 1xGW44675 1/50
CHARACTERISTICS: width: 1 compartment. For applications with PTC boxes with 2 and 3 compartments, the rail is fixed on the dividers GW48024.

GW 44 683

310
 Kit for sealing lids / fronts of PTC boxes 2 screws with head with through hole
Code Description Screw dimension (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 48 643 Screws nichel-plated brass Ø 4x32 1/100
APPLICATIONS: in areas that can be accessed by unauthorised personnel, it prevents anyone tampering with the system.

GW 48 643

Kit containing 4 long self-threading screws with spacers for fixing lids and fronts
Code Screw dimension (mm) Spacer thickness (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 48 645 Ø 4x45 Max 10 mm reducible 1/100
CHARACTERISTICS: the kit can be used for the following flush-mounting ranges: CD/CDK (from 6 modules upwards), 48 CM and 42 RV.

GW 48 645

Watertight cylindrical security lock

Code For enclosures Material Pack
Carton
GW 48 644 48 PTC and 42 RV range Pressure die-cast metal 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 keys.
NOTES: All the keys and relative locks with the same product code are identical.

GW 48 644

Watertight lids for combined enclosure 48 PTC range, of the GW48686 type
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Suitable for Colour Pack
Carton
GW 66 708 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Grey 1/20
GW 66 745 75x85 1 Button Ø22 mm Range 74 PS Yellow 1/20
GW 27 401 75x85 2 SYSTEM modules Grey RAL 7035 3/60
GW 27 403 75x85 2 SYSTEM modules Grey RAL 7035 3/60
APPLICATIONS: GW66745 specific for emergency push-buttons. Possibility of assembly on Q-DIN boards, PTC junction boxes, flanged lids and panels.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: gasket and mounting screws.

GW 66 745
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

311
48

Spare parts
Watertight shockproof lids for PTC junction boxes - RAL 7035 - IP55

Code For boxes dimensions Pack

Carton
GW 48 621 138x169x70 1/30
GW 48 622 308x169x70 1/20
GW 48 623 398x169x70 1/15
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: stainless steel self-tapping screw kit 4x32 mm.

GW 48 621

Protected watertight transparent shockproof lids for PTC junction boxes - I55

Code For boxes dimensions Pack

Carton
GW 48 651 138x169x70 1/30
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: stainless steel self-tapping screw kit 4x32 mm.

GW 48 651

Plastic module cover profile

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Colour Pack

Carton
GW 40 423 4.5 Grey RAL 7035 50

GW 40 423

312
48
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

48 PT / PT DIN BOXES 48 CM BOXES 48 PTC BOXES FLUSH-MOUNTING

ENCLOSURES

The range comes in 11 sizes, complete with Thanks to the great depth of the box, all the A system of boxes, enclosures and modular
mortar guard elements, which enable the models in the range are able to accommodate distribution boards for junctions, control
creation of junctions for all needs. The sizes a greater number of conduits, even of large and distribution. The IP55 version is the
of boxes from 6 to 11 have a built-in DIN rail diameter, vertically and horizontally along the ideal solution in technical rooms, kitchens or
on the bottom, a feature that makes the range walls. The range has ideal features for junctions spaces where the devices can be accidentally
unique. Dispersible max power can be used along the system uprights. subjected to water jets.
to match the value with domotic and video
entryphone devices, a feature that makes the
range unique in the market. 313
24 SC

Underfloor boxes
UNDERFLOOR OUTLET BOXES ACCESSORIES

With hollow lid With stainless steel lid Metal casing Kit for installation of
10 mod. 20 mod. 10 mod. 20 mod. 10 mod. 20 mod. devices on DIN rail

GW 24 601 GW 24 602 GW 24 611 GW 24 612 GW 24 621 GW 24 622 GW 24 633

314
Flush-mounting boxes for modular range
24 SC RANGE CHORUSMART RANGE SYSTEM RANGE COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
No. place
Boxes Code Support Plates Support Plates Internal divider Lid

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO GW 24 201 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

GW 24 403 2

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE GW 24 262 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE -

GW 16 803 - GW 16 803 N* GW 24 201 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA
ICE TOUCH - ICE TOUCH KNX GW 24 321 -

GW 24 404 4
RECTANGULAR

GW 16 804 - GW 16 804 N*
ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX - ICE GW 24 202 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA
GW 16 824

GW 16 806 ONE - GEO - LUX - ICE GW 24 230 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

GW 24 406

7 - -

GW 16 807 N EGO

GW 24 237 (4+4) - -

GW 16 808 ONE GW 24 240 TOP SYSTEM - VIRNA

GW 24 238 (6+6) - - - -

GW 16 812 ONE
FLUSH-MOUNTING

1 -
ENCLOSURES

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO

ROUND/SQUARE

GW 24 231 GW 24
- - -
GW 24 232 218 **

GW 16 802 ONE - GEO - EGO - ICE

2

ONE - GEO - EGO - LUX

GW 16 822 - GW 16 822 N*
(International)

* For EGO SMART

** For round box

315
24 SC
Flush-mounting, surface and underfloor boxes
Wide range of surface-mounting and flush-mounting boxes for domestic
ranges with high mechanical robustness and accessories supplied: dividers,
junction elements, mortarguard shield, etc. Completing the range, the
distribution outlet boxes for floor-mounting installations can be personalised
in terms of capacity, external design finish, and internal fittings (they take both
System range components and DIN rail devices).

UNDERFLOOR OUTLET BOXES

Underfloor outlet boxes - With supports positioned vertically

Underfloor outlet boxes with hollow lid - Glow wire test 850° C

Code Internal modularity No. of supports Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 601 10 SYSTEM modules 2 supports with 5 System mod. 212x98x320 1
GW 24 602 20 SYSTEM modules 4 supports with 5 System mod. 364x98x320 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the supports are suitable for the insertion of plastic mobile dividers (energy/data) included.
The lid can be removed with the aid of a tool, and can be assembled on either side of the box.
The lid can be completed by inserting the same finish as used for the floor of the installation area.

GW 24 601

Underfloor outlet boxes with stainless steel lid - Glow wire test 850° C

Code Internal modularity No. of supports Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 611 10 SYSTEM modules 2 supports with 5 System mod. 212x98x320 1
GW 24 612 20 SYSTEM modules 4 supports with 5 System mod. 364x98x320 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the supports are suitable for the insertion of plastic mobile dividers (energy/data) included.
The lid can be removed with the aid of a tool, and can be assembled on either side of the box.
The lid has a stainless steel design surface finish.

GW 24 612

316
Underfloor outlet boxes - With supports positioned horizontally
Underfloor outlet boxes with hollow lid - Glow wire test 850° C

Code Internal modularity No. of bases No. of supports Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 606 16 SYSTEM modules 1 base 8 supports with 2 System mod. 212x98x320 1
GW 24 607 32 SYSTEM modules 2 bases 16 supports with 2 System mod. 364x98x320 1
CHARACTERISTICS: each base includes 8 snap-fit System supports.
The base is fixed with screws to the underfloor outlet box.
Plastic dividers (energy/data) are already included in the base.
The lid can be removed with the aid of a tool, and can be assembled on either side of the box.
GW 24 606 The lid can be completed by inserting the same finish as used for the floor of the installation area.

Underfloor outlet boxes with stainless steel lid - Glow wire test 850° C

Code Internal modularity No. of bases No. of supports Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 616 16 SYSTEM modules 1 base 8 supports with 2 System mod. 212x98x320 1
GW 24 617 32 SYSTEM modules 2 bases 16 supports with 2 System mod. 364x98x320 1
CHARACTERISTICS: each base includes 8 snap-fit System supports.
The base is fixed with screws to the underfloor outlet box.
Plastic dividers (energy/data) are already included in the base.
The lid can be removed with the aid of a tool, and can be assembled on either side of the box.
GW 24 616 The lid has a stainless steel design surface finish.

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

317
24 SC

Accessories
Metal casing
Code Suitable for outlet boxes Pack
Carton
GW 24 621 GW24601, GW24611, GW24606, GW24616 1
GW 24 622 GW24602, GW24612, GW24607, GW24617 1
NOTES: suitable for the laying of the underfloor outlet boxes in cast flooring. Supplied with coupling flanges for conduits and channels. With lid.

GW 24 622

Kit for installation of devices on DIN rail

Code Suitable for outlet boxes Pack
Carton
GW 24 633 GW24601, GW24611, GW24602, GW24612 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for the installation of DIN rail devices - max. 2 modules, only for underfloor outlet boxes with supports positioned vertically.
NOTES: the kit includes a DIN rail to be fixed on the back-mounting box of the underfloor outlet box, along with a plastic covering support.

GW 24 633

FLUSH-MOUNTING BOXES FOR MASONRY WALLS

Rectangular boxes - BIG BOX

BIG BOX high capacity rectangular boxes for domestic, modular and domotics ranges

Code Description Fixing supports axles Compartment pre- Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
distance arrangement Carton
GW 24 403 3 modules 83.5 mm 3 119x80x50 15/345
GW 24 404 4 modules 108.5 mm 4 144x85x50 5/135
GW 24 406 6-7 modules 100 mm 6 194x90x50 3/36
GW 24 206 6 modules (3+3) 83.5 mm 1 108x124x50 5/150
GW 24 237 8 modules (4+4) 108.5 mm 2 131x129x53 2/24
GW 24 238 12 modules (6+6) 163.5 mm 2 186x132x53 2/24
GW 24 403
GW 24 239 18 modules (6+6+6) 163.5 mm 3 186x190x65 2/16
CHARACTERISTICS: GW24403, GW24404 and GW24406 can be combined with a reusable, mortar-proof, protective shield; functional dividers and joint elements.
GW24206: suitable for assembly of GW24005 self-supporting “Compact” plates and GW24215 - GW24216 blank “Compact” plates.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW24237, GW24238 and GW24239 include functional dividers.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in the Home and Building Automation.
NOTES: GW24239 for PLAYBUS range only.

318
 Mortar-proof protective shields for BIG BOX rectangular boxes

Code For BIG BOX boxes Pack

Carton
GW 24 403 P GW24403 200
GW 24 404 P GW24404 50
GW 24 406 P GW24406 50
CHARACTERISTICS: in technopolymer. Total protection during brick wall work, painting and finishing operations.
Equipped with soft technopolymer antennas for identification purposes, and a central handle making it easier to pull it out.
NOTES: clip fixing to speed up assembly and removal operations.
GW 24 403 P

Functional divider for rectangular boxes

Code For BIG BOX boxes For GREEN WALL boxes Pack
Carton
GW 24 321 GW24403, GW24404, GW24406 GW24403PM, GW24404PM, GW24406PM 200
APPLICATIONS: to separate circuits of different voltages in accordance with Systems Standard IEC 60364 (international) and HD 384 (european).

GW 24 321

Connection element for the combined assembly of BIG BOX rectangular boxes

Code For BIG BOX boxes Pack

Carton
GW 24 330 GW24403, GW24404, GW24406 150
APPLICATIONS: for horizontal/vertical composition of BIG BOX boxes from 3/4/6 gang.
NOTES: GW24330 allows for the mounting of System, Playbus and ChoruSmart series plates.

GW 24 330

Square box
Modular square box

Code Description Fixing supports axles distance Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 231 2 modules sectional 60 mm 70x70x50 5/200
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for multiple horizontal/vertical configurations, with centre distance 71 mm between the boxes. Supplied with 2 fixing screws.
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

GW 24 231

319
24 SC

Round boxes
Round modular boxes Ø 60mm with columns for the fixing screws

Code Description Fixing supports axles Dimensions (mm) Pack

distance Carton
GW 24 232 Modular round 60 mm Ø 60 x 42 5/200
GW 24 233 Base/unit spacer for coupling at 91 mm - - 20/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW24232, fitted for single or double installation, with centre distance composition of 71mm (or 91mm with the special spacer available as an accessory).
Supplied with 2 fixing screws.

GW 24 232

Round boxes

Code Description Dimensions (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 24 208 Conical Ø 60 x 46 270
GW 24 209 Cylindrical Ø 65x38 312
GW 24 210 Cylindrical Ø 85x42 152

GW 24 208

Telephone systems box

Telephone systems box - Ivory colour lid
Code Type of installation Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 221 Conventional 68x68x30 280
CHARACTERISTICS: entries for conduits Ø 20 mm.

GW 24 221

320
WALL-MOUNTING BOXES

Boxes for CHORUSMART range

Wall-mounting boxes for mini-trunking and trunking used as skirting for ONE plates

Code Description Support Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
Colour: Satin White
GW 16 743 3 modules GW16803 118x90x46 3/60
GW 16 744 4 modules GW16804 140x90x46 1/30
Colour: Satin black
GW 16 773 3 modules GW16803 118x90x46 3/30
GW 16 774 4 modules GW16804 140x90x46 1/30
GW 16 743 CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of plates). Pre-arranged for mini-trunking with dimensions BxH (mm): 15x8, 15x10, 22x10, 30x15.
NOTES: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

Wall-mounting boxes for mini-trunking and trunking used as skirting for ONE International plates

Code Description Type Support Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack

Carton
Colour: Satin White
GW 16 752 2 modules - GW16822 90x90x46 1/30
GW 16 753 2+2 modules Horizontal GW16822 161x90x46 1/15
GW 16 754 2+2 modules Vertical GW16822 90x161x46 1/15
Colour: Satin black
GW 16 782 2 modules - GW16822 90x90x46 1/30
GW 16 752 GW 16 783 2+2 modules Horizontal GW16822 161x90x46 1/15
GW 16 784 2+2 modules Vertical GW16822 90x161x46 1/15
CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE International plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of the plates).
Pre-arranged for mini-trunking with dimensions BxH (mm): 15x15, 20x20, 22x10, 30x10, 30x15, 35x15, 45x15.
GW16754 and GW16784 to be used together with plates with a centre distance of 71mm.
GW16752 - GW16782 supplied with 2 fixing screws. GW16753 - GW16754 - GW16783 - GW16784 supplied with 6 fixing screws.
NOTES: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

Boxes for SYSTEM range

Wall-mounting boxes for TOP SYSTEM plates
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

Code Suitable for Colour For trunking dim. (mm) For conduits max Ø Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 22 471 1/2/3 modules TOP SYSTEM Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 3/60
GW 22 472 4 modules TOP SYSTEM Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 3/30
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 22 471

321
24 SC
Wall-mounting boxes for COMPACT self-supporting plates

Code Suitable for Colour For trunking dim. (mm) For conduits max Ø Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 24 006 1/2/3 modules COMPACT Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 - 25 3/60
GW 24 007 3+3 modules COMPACT Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 - 25 3/30
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 24 006

Wall-mounting boxes for VIRNA plates

Code Suitable for plates Colour For trunking dim. (mm) For conduits max Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 32 431 1/2/3 modules Cloud white 15x17 / 22x10 / 25x17 16 - 20 3/60
GW 32 432 1/2/3 modules Toner black 15x17 / 22x10 / 25x17 16 - 20 3/60
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 32 431

Boxes for PLAYBUS range

Wall-mounting boxes

Code Suitable for Colour Pack

Carton
GW 32 431 1/2/3 modules PLAYBUS Cloud white 3/60
GW 32 432 1/2/3 modules PLAYBUS Toner black 3/60
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407. Suitable for conduit Ø 16 - 20 mm.

GW 32 431

322
Complementary items
Functional dividers in metal for modular, flush-mounting containers
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 24 322 GW24237 10/100
GW 24 323 GW24238 10/100
GW 24 324 GW24239 10/100
APPLICATIONS: energy separation - signal / separation special circuits.

GW 24 322

Deep lids for 3-gang flush-mounting rectangular boxes to interface between wall and flush
installations - IP40
Code Description Colour Pack
Carton
GW 24 227 Blank lid Cloud white 5/50
GW 24 228 Device frame Cloud white 5/50
APPLICATIONS: the deep lids allow the system to be extended, deriving additional points for drawing and controlling power from a 3 gang flush-mounting rectangular box.
The version with a window, GW24228, permits installing frames and plates with up to 3 gang.
CHARACTERISTICS: for trunking, 15x17 - 22x10 - 25x17mm.

GW 24 227

Blank plates for rectangular flush-mounting boxes

Code Description Configuration Fixing Colour Pack

Carton
GW 24 211 3 modules - With screw Cloud white 1/120
GW 24 212 3 modules - With screw Toner black 1/120
GW 24 213 4 modules - With screw Cloud white 1/60
GW 24 214 4 modules - With screw Toner black 1/60
GW 24 215 3+3 modules Overlapping With screw Cloud white 1/60
GW 24 216 3+3 modules Overlapping With screw Toner black 1/60
GW 24 211

FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

323
24 SC
Lids for round flush-mounting boxes
Code Description Colour Fixing Pack
Carton
GW 24 218 Ø 65mm White RAL 9016 With fixing clutches 50/400
GW 24 220 Ø 85mm White With fixing clutches 50/600

GW 24 218

Special self-tapping screws for fixing the supports and COMPACT self- supporting plates
Code Dimensions (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 24 224 TC 3.5x17 Wood, plastic, aluminium 500/7000
GW 24 225 TC 3.5x30 Deep-mounted boxes 300/4200
GW 24 229 TC 3.5x50 Deep-mounted boxes 300/4200

GW 24 224

324
24 SC
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

BOXES FOR BRICK WALLS BOXES FOR UNDERFLOOR BOXES FOR SURFACE-MOUNTING
APPLICATIONS DOMESTIC RANGE PLATES
FLUSH-MOUNTING
ENCLOSURES

The BIG BOX robust, high-capacity boxes The range of underfloor boxes meets the Developed with an aesthetic line that adapts
are ideal for traditional and smart home demands for safety, connectivity and energy to the GEWISS domestic series plate design,
applications. They differ to conventional usage. 10-20 or 16-32 System module the wall boxes for the ChoruSmart, System
products due to their greater internal space versions, with walkable cover (empty or and Playbus ranges make quality installations
and the large number of accessories available stainless finish). Also available metal casing for possible even in environments where concealed
(mortar guards, separators, joining elements, installation in poured cement floors. installation is not possible.
etc.).

325
Conduits and
accessories for
installation

RK FK

Rigid protective Pliable protective

conduit systems conduit systems

p. 330 p. 344

326
DF PZ GW FIT

Flexible protective Access chambers Accessories for

conduit systems systems electrical installation
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

p. 356 p. 363 p. 378

FOR INSTALLATION

327
RK

Rigid protective conduit systems

RIGID CONDUITS
RK9 RK9 HF IRL/B RK 15 RKB RKHF
range range range range range range

Ø Conduit
(mm)

2M 3M 3M 3M 3M 2M 3M 2M 3M 3M 2M 3M

16 DX 24 816 DX 24 916 DX 25 116 DX 25 116 W DX 26 716 W DX 27 616 DX 27 716 DX 25 216 DX 25 316 DX 25 716 DX 26 216 DX 26 316

20 DX 24 820 DX 24 920 DX 25 120 DX 25 120 W DX 26 720 W DX 27 620 DX 27 720 DX 25 220 DX 25 320 DX 25 720 DX 26 220 DX 26 320

25 DX 24 825 DX 24 925 DX 25 125 DX 25 125 W DX 26 725 W DX 27 625 DX 27 725 DX 25 225 DX 25 325 DX 25 725 DX 26 225 DX 26 325

32 DX 24 832 DX 24 932 DX 25 132 DX 25 132 W DX 26 732 W DX 27 632 DX 27 732 DX 25 232 DX 25 332 DX 25 732 DX 26 232 DX 26 332

40 DX 24 840 DX 24 940 DX 25 140 DX 25 140 W - DX 27 640 DX 27 740 - DX 25 340 DX 25 740 DX 26 240 -

50 - DX 24 950 DX 25 150 - - DX 27 650 DX 27 750 - DX 25 350 DX 25 750 DX 26 250 -

63 - - - - - DX 27 663 DX 27 763 - DX 25 363 DX 25 763 DX 26 263 -

BOXES COUPLING DEVICES FOR TRIX AND QUADRIX BOXES - IP54

Coupling device for smooth
Cap Box-box coupling device
conduits

Description

Conduit Ø 16 mm

TRIX BOX
DX 45 003 DX 47 000 DX 47 001 DX 47 616
3-inlet

QUADRIX BOX
DX 45 004 DX 47 000 DX 47 001 DX 47 616
4-inlet

QUADRIX BOX
DX 45 007 DX 47 000 DX 47 001 DX 47 616
7-inlet

QUADRIX BOX
DX 45 010 DX 47 000 DX 47 001 DX 47 616
10-inlet

IP 44 - IP 66 ROUTING COMPONENTS ACCESSORIES

Flexible couplings Conduit-bending springs Conduit-bending springs
Conduit cutting shears
SPEEDY-FLEX range RK 15 RKB

Ø Conduit
(mm)

IP66 IP44

16 GW 50 201 GW 50 207 DX 51 416 DX 51 316

20 GW 50 202 GW 50 208 DX 51 420 DX 51 320

DX 51 600
25 GW 50 203 GW 50 209 DX 51 425 DX 51 325

32 GW 50 204 GW 50 210 DX 51 432 -

40 GW 50 205 GW 50 211 DX 51 440 -

-
50 GW 50 206 GW 50 212 DX 51 450 -

In bold: Halogen Free material versions

328
 RK RANGE - IP40 COUPLINGS MORBIDX RANGE - WATERTIGHT COUPLINGS

Narrow radius Conduit-sheath Conduit-sheath La Svolta

Coupling Narrow radius Inspectionable Inspectionable Coupling Conduit-box coupling
curves coupling device coupling device conduit-conduit
IP40 curves IP40 T-joint IP40 bend IP40 IP67 IP67
IP67 IP65 equal diameter - IP65 IP65

Metric pitch Sheath Ø Sheath Ø

DX 40 016 DX 40 116 DX 40 216 DX 40 316 DX 43 016 DX 43 116 M16x1,5 DX 43 216 12 DX 43 316 16 DX 43 416 DX 43 516

DX 40 020 DX 40 120 DX 40 220 DX 40 320 DX 43 020 DX 43 120 M20x1,5 DX 43 220 16 DX 43 320 20 DX 43 420 DX 43 520

DX 40 025 DX 40 125 DX 40 225 DX 40 325 DX 43 025 DX 43 125 M25x1,5 DX 43 225 20 DX 43 325 25 DX 43 425 DX 43 525

DX 40 032 DX 40 132 DX 40 232 DX 40 332 DX 43 032 DX 43 132 M32x1,5 DX 43 232 25 DX 43 332 28 DX 43 432 DX 43 532

DX 40 040 DX 40 140 - - DX 43 040 DX 43 140 M40x1,5 DX 43 240 32 DX 43 340 40 DX 43 440 DX 43 540

DX 40 050 DX 40 150 - - DX 43 050 DX 43 150 M50x1,5 DX 43 250 40 DX 43 350 - - DX 43 550

DX 40 063 DX 40 163 - - - - - - - - - - -

COUPLING DEVICES FOR TRIX AND QUADRIX BOXES - IP54

Coupling device for smooth conduits Coupling device for spiral sheaths Cable gland coupling device

Conduit Ø 20 mm Conduit Ø 25 mm Sheath Ø 12 mm Sheath Ø 16 mm Sheath Ø 20 mm Cables Ø 3-6 mm Cables Ø 6-9 mm Cables Ø 9-12 mm

DX 47 620 DX 47 625 DX 47 212 DX 47 216 DX 47 220 DX 47 503 DX 47 506 DX 47 509

DX 47 620 DX 47 625 DX 47 212 DX 47 216 DX 47 220 DX 47 503 DX 47 506 DX 47 509

DX 47 620 DX 47 625 DX 47 212 DX 47 216 DX 47 220 DX 47 503 DX 47 506 DX 47 509

DX 47 620 DX 47 625 DX 47 212 DX 47 216 DX 47 220 DX 47 503 DX 47 506 DX 47 509

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

329
RK
Rigid protective conduit systems
The system of rigid protective conduits, made of extremely high quality material,
guarantees excellent quality such as to offer greater performance. Available
with diameters from 16 to 63 mm, in versions RK9 (light), RK15 (medium) and
RKB (heavy), made of PVC. Also available Halogne Free versions RK9 HF (light)
and RKHF (heavy), made of PP. They may be fully integrated into flexible conduit
systems and junction boxes. Completing the offer, a wide range of couplings and
routing components with IP40 and IP67 protection ratings.

RIGID CONDUITS

RK9 light rigid conduit - Grey RAL 7035

Light rigid conduit - Straight end - Lenght: 3 meters - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 25 116 16 111/3330
DX 25 120 20 57/2223
DX 25 125 25 57/1311
DX 25 132 32 30/780
DX 25 140 40 30/540
DX 25 150 50 15/360

DX 25 116

Light rigid conduit - Sleeved - Lenght: 2 meters - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 24 816 16 74/2220
DX 24 820 20 48/1344
DX 24 825 25 48/864
DX 24 832 32 38/532
DX 24 840 40 14/350

DX 24 816

Light rigid conduit - Sleeved - Lenght: 3 meters - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 24 916 16 75/3150
DX 24 920 20 51/2142
DX 24 925 25 51/1224
DX 24 932 32 30/780
DX 24 940 40 21/525
DX 24 950 50 15/360

DX 24 916

330
RK9 light rigid conduit - White RAL 9010
Light rigid conduit - Straight end - Lenght: 3 meters - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 25 116 W 16 111/3330
DX 25 120 W 20 57/2223
DX 25 125 W 25 57/1311
DX 25 132 W 32 30/780
DX 25 140 W 40 30/540

DX 25 116 W

RK9 HF light rigid conduit Halogen Free (EN 50642) - White RAL 9010

Light rigid conduit - Straight end - Lenght: 3 meters - PP HF

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 26 716 W 16 87/1827
DX 26 720 W 20 69/1449
DX 26 725 W 25 60/840
DX 26 732 W 32 36/504

DX 26 716 W

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

331
RK

IRL/B medium rigid conduit - Grey RAL 7035

Medium rigid conduit - Sleeved - length: 2 metres - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 27 616 16 74/2220
DX 27 620 20 48/1344
DX 27 625 25 48/864
DX 27 632 32 38/532
DX 27 640 40 14/350
DX 27 650 50 10/240
DX 27 663 63 6/120

DX 27 616

Medium rigid conduit - Sleeved - length: 3 metres - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 27 716 16 75/3150
DX 27 720 20 51/2142
DX 27 725 25 51/1224
DX 27 732 32 30/780
DX 27 740 40 21/525
DX 27 750 50 15/360
DX 27 763 63 9/180

DX 27 716

332
RK 15 medium rigid conduit - Grey RAL 7035

Medium rigid conduit - Straight end - Lenght: 2 meters - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 25 216 16 74/2220
DX 25 220 20 48/1344
DX 25 225 25 48/864
DX 25 232 32 38/532

DX 25 216

Medium rigid conduit - Straight end - Lenght: 3 meters - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 25 316 16 111/3330
DX 25 320 20 57/2223
DX 25 325 25 57/1311
DX 25 332 32 30/780
DX 25 340 40 30/540
DX 25 350 50 15/360
DX 25 363 63 9/180

DX 25 316

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

333
RK

RKB heavy rigid conduit - Grey RAL 7035

Heavy rigid conduit - Straight end - Length: 3 metres - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 25 716 16 57/3192
DX 25 720 20 57/2223
DX 25 725 25 57/1311
DX 25 732 32 30/780
DX 25 740 40 30/540
DX 25 750 50 15/360
DX 25 763 63 9/180

DX 25 716

RKHF heavy rigid conduit Halogen Free (EN 50642) - Grey RAL 7035

Heavy rigid conduit - Straight end - Length: 2 meters - PP HF

Code External Ø conduits (mm) Internal Ø conduits (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 26 216 16 10.8 60/4620
DX 26 220 20 14.5 46/3542
DX 26 225 25 19.3 48/2640
DX 26 232 32 25.8 36/1980
DX 26 240 40 32.8 30/1080
DX 26 250 50 42.4 18/648
DX 26 216
DX 26 263 63 54.6 12/420
NOTE: to fix the RKHF conduit, you are advised to use collar clip with a distance between clip to clip equal 50 ÷ 60cm.

Heavy rigid conduit - Straight end - Length: 3 meters - PP HF

Code External Ø conduits (mm) Internal Ø conduits (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 26 316 16 10.8 87/1827
DX 26 320 20 14.5 69/1449
DX 26 325 25 19.3 60/840
DX 26 332 32 25.8 36/504
NOTE: to fix the RKHF conduit, you are advised to use collar clip with a distance between clip to clip equal 50 ÷ 60cm.

DX 26 316

334
 ROUTING COMPONENTS

RK connections - Grey RAL 7035

Coupling - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 40 016 16 30/300
DX 40 020 20 30/450
DX 40 025 25 20/240
DX 40 032 32 10/100
DX 40 040 40 5/25
DX 40 050 50 15
DX 40 016
DX 40 063 63 8

Tight radius bend - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 40 116 16 30/300
DX 40 120 20 30/300
DX 40 125 25 20/100
DX 40 132 32 10/50
DX 40 140 40 5/25
DX 40 150 50 10
DX 40 116
DX 40 163 63 1
NOTE: DX40163 not Halogen Free.

Inspectable T - IP40
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 40 216 16 30/120
DX 40 220 20 30/120
DX 40 225 25 20/60
DX 40 232 32 10/30

DX 40 216

Inspectable bend - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 40 316 16 30/180
DX 40 320 20 30/120
DX 40 325 25 20/60
DX 40 332 32 10/40

DX 40 316
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

335
RK

MORBIDX connections - Grey RAL 7035

Release coupling - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 016 16 10/300
DX 43 020 20 10/240
DX 43 025 25 5/150
DX 43 032 32 5/120
DX 43 040 40 5/90
DX 43 050 50 3/54
DX 43 016

Release tight bend - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 116 16 10/100
DX 43 120 20 10/80
DX 43 125 25 5/50
DX 43 132 32 5/30
DX 43 140 40 5/15
DX 43 150 50 8
DX 43 116

Release conduit-box coupling - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) ISO pitch For holes Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 216 16 M 16x1.5 16 10/360
DX 43 220 20 M 20x1.5 20 10/300
DX 43 225 25 M 25x1.5 25 5/180
DX 43 232 32 M 32x1.5 32 5/150
DX 43 240 40 M 40x1.5 40 5/30
DX 43 250 50 M 50x1.5 50 5/15
DX 43 216

Release conduit-sheath coupling - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 316 16 12 10/450
DX 43 320 20 16 10/300
DX 43 325 25 20 5/210
DX 43 332 32 25 5/120
DX 43 340 40 32 5/25
DX 43 350 50 40 5/20
DX 43 316

Release conduit-sheath coupling equal diameter - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 416 16 16 10/360
DX 43 420 20 20 10/240
DX 43 425 25 25 5/150
DX 43 432 32 28 5/40
DX 43 440 40 40 5/20
USE: coupling of a rigid protective conduit with a spiral sheath of the DIFLEX range these connections allow rigid conduits and sheaths to have the same internal diameter, making the wiring easy.
DX 43 416

336
 LA SVOLTA conduit-conduit coupling - IP65
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Working length (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 43 516 16 110 60
DX 43 520 20 132 40
DX 43 525 25 209 20
DX 43 532 32 301 20
DX 43 540 40 302 12
DX 43 550 50 311 9

DX 43 516

SPEEDY-FLEX couplings - Grey RAL 7035

Watertight flexible couplings - IP66
Code For external conduits External Ø (mm) Internal Ø (mm) Length (mm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 50 201 16 27 13 140 20/60
GW 50 202 20 31.5 17 160 20/120
GW 50 203 25 41 21.5 205 10/40
GW 50 204 32 55 28 290 10/60
GW 50 205 40 65 35.5 400 6/30
GW 50 206 50 72 44.5 515 6/36
CHARACTERISTICS: multifunctional couplings allowing the realisation of 0-90° variable angle curves and misaligned conduit-conduit couplings.

GW 50 201

Protected flexible couplings - IP44

Code For external conduits External Ø (mm) Internal Ø (mm) Length (mm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 50 207 16 24 13 135 20/60
GW 50 208 20 30 17 160 20/120
GW 50 209 25 35 21.5 205 20/120
GW 50 210 32 45 28 280 10/20
GW 50 211 40 55 35.5 400 6/30
GW 50 212 50 65 44.5 515 6/36
CHARACTERISTICS: multifunctional couplings allowing the realisation of 0-90° variable angle curves and misaligned conduit-conduit couplings.

GW 50 210

Accessories
Conduit-bending spring for RK15
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 51 416 16 1/10
DX 51 420 20 1/10
DX 51 425 25 1/5
DX 51 432 32 1/5
DX 51 440 40 1
DX 51 450 50 1
USE: for cold bending rigid conduits.
MATERIAL: special galvanised steel square wire mesh.

DX 51 416
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

337
RK
Conduit-bending spring for RKB
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 51 316 16 1/10
DX 51 320 20 1/10
DX 51 325 25 1/5
USE: for cold bending rigid conduits.
MATERIAL: special galvanised steel square wire mesh.

DX 51 316

Conduit cutter
Code Description Pack
Carton
DX 51 600 Conduit cutter 1/5

DX 51 600

338
 JUNCTION BOXES

TRIX - Grey RAL 7035

TRIX box - IP54
Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 45 003 TX3-3 inputs 87x64x53 3/15
NOTES: Without coupling devices and without caps.

DX 45 003

QUADRIX - Grey RAL 7035

QUADRIX box - IP54
Code Description Accessories supplied Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 45 004 QX4-4 inputs 1 cap 100x106x53 5/60
DX 45 007 QX7-7 inputs 3 caps 106x106x53 5/60
DX 45 010 QX10-10 inputs 4 caps 140x140x53 1/16
NOTE: Without coupling devices.

DX 45 004

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

339
RK

Couplings and accessories - Grey RAL 7035

TRIX/QUADRIX-Conduit MORBIDX coupling
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 47 616 16 10/390
DX 47 620 20 10/360
DX 47 625 25 10/300

DX 47 616

Sheath -TRIX/QUADRIX coupling

Code Sheath Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 47 212 12 10/450
DX 47 216 16 10/450
DX 47 220 20 10/390

DX 47 212

Cable - TRIX/QUADRIX cable gland coupling

Code For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 47 503 6 10/300
DX 47 506 9 10/300
DX 47 509 12 10/300

DX 47 503

Closure cap
Code Description Pack
Carton
DX 47 000 Closing Cap 50/450

DX 47 000

Box-box coupling
Code Description Pack
Carton
DX 47 001 Box-box pipe-fitting 20/60

DX 47 001

340
RK
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

FOR EVERY INSTALLATION NEED SIMPLE AND RELIABLE SYSTEM HALOGEN-FREE RANGE CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

The GEWISS rigid conduit range includes The MORBIDX quick connect system allows RK9 HF, RKHF and a wide range of HF routing
the RK9 (classification 22211), RK9 HF the creation of surface mounted systems components enable the installation of Halogen
(classification 23431), RK15 (classification with IP65 and IP67 ratings, and a significant Free surface-mounting systems, ideal for
3321), RKB (classification 4321) and RKHF reduction in installation time. The perfect fit of installations in public environments with high
(classification 4422), available in 7 sizes from the O-ring seal material ensures a firm conduit concentrations of people, thanks to lower toxic
16 to 63 mm, and specific routing components seal even in vertical position or if the conduit is emissions and less smoke opacity in the event
for the creation of watertight or protected not cut perfectly to size. of fire.
surface-mounted systems.
341
FK

Medium pliable conduits FK15

Natural white Black Green

Ø CONDUITS
(mm)

with probe with probe with probe

16 DX 16 216 R DX 16 316 R DX 15 016 R DX 15 116 R DX 15 216 R DX 15 316 R
20 DX 16 220 R DX 16 320 R DX 15 020 R DX 15 120 R DX 15 220 R DX 15 320 R
25 DX 16 225 R DX 16 325 R DX 15 025 R DX 15 125 R DX 15 225 R DX 15 325 R
32 DX 16 232 R DX 16 332 R DX 15 032 R DX 15 132 R DX 15 232 R DX 15 332 R
40 DX 16 240 R - DX 15 040 R DX 15 140 R DX 15 240 R -
50 DX 16 250 R - DX 15 050 R DX 15 150 R DX 15 250 R -
63 - - DX 15 063 R DX 15 163 R - -

Medium co-extruded pliable conduits FK-Xtreme

Natural white Black Green

Ø CONDUITS
(mm)

20 DX 16 220 X DX 15 020 X DX 15 220 X

25 DX 16 225 X DX 15 025 X DX 15 225 X
32 DX 16 232 X DX 15 032 X DX 15 232 X
40 DX 16 240 X DX 15 040 X DX 15 240 X

Medium Halogen Free pliable self-recovering conduits ICTA

Grey Dark grey Green

Ø CONDUITS
(mm)

with probe with probe with probe

16 DX 20 016 R DX 20 116 R DX 20 416 R DX 20 516 R DX 22 016 R DX 22 116 R
20 DX 20 020 R DX 20 120 R DX 20 420 R DX 20 520 R DX 22 020 R DX 22 120 R
25 DX 20 025 R DX 20 125 R DX 20 425 R DX 20 525 R DX 22 025 R DX 22 125 R
32 DX 20 032 R DX 20 132 R DX 20 432 R DX 20 532 R DX 22 032 R DX 22 132 R
40 DX 20 040 R DX 20 140 R DX 20 440 R DX 20 540 R DX 22 040 R DX 22 140 R
50 DX 20 050 R DX 20 150 R DX 20 450 R DX 20 550 R DX 22 050 R DX 22 150 R
63 DX 20 063 R DX 20 163 R DX 20 463 R DX 20 563 R - -

Cable puller probes Components

Probe Ø 3 mm Probe Ø 4 mm Conduit-box

Coupling Cap
coupling device
Length (m) Flexible head Tail ring DX 52 016 DX 52 116 GW 50 415
5 DX 52 205 DX 52 305 DX 52 299 DX 52 399 DX 52 020 DX 52 120 GW 50 416
10 DX 52 210 DX 52 310 DX 52 299 DX 52 399 DX 52 025 DX 52 125 GW 50 417
15 DX 52 215 DX 52 315 DX 52 299 DX 52 399 DX 52 032 DX 52 132 GW 50 418
20 DX 52 220 DX 52 320 DX 52 299 DX 52 399 DX 52 040 DX 52 140 GW 50 419
25 DX 52 225 DX 52 325 DX 52 299 DX 52 399 DX 52 050 DX 52 150 GW 50 420

In bold: halogen-free material versions DX 52 063 DX 52 163 -

342
 Light blue Brown Lilac

with probe with probe with probe

DX 15 416 R DX 15 516 R DX 15 616 R DX 15 716 R DX 15 816 R DX 15 916 R
DX 15 420 R DX 15 520 R DX 15 620 R DX 15 720 R DX 15 820 R DX 15 920 R
DX 15 425 R DX 15 525 R DX 15 625 R DX 15 725 R DX 15 825 R DX 15 925 R
DX 15 432 R DX 15 532 R DX 15 632 R DX 15 732 R DX 15 832 R DX 15 932 R
DX 15 440 R - DX 15 640 R - DX 15 840 R -
DX 15 450 R - DX 15 650 R - DX 15 850 R -
- - - - - -

Light blue Brown Lilac

DX 15 420 X DX 15 620 X DX 15 820 X

DX 15 425 X DX 15 625 X DX 15 825 X
DX 15 432 X DX 15 632 X DX 15 832 X
DX 15 440 X DX 15 640 X DX 15 840 X

Light Halogen Free pliable

conduits FKHF
Blue Grey

Ø CONDUITS
(mm)

with probe with probe

DX 23 016 R DX 23 116 R 16 DX 23 216 R DX 23 316 R
DX 23 020 R DX 23 120 R 20 DX 23 220 R DX 23 320 R
DX 23 025 R DX 23 125 R 25 DX 23 225 R DX 23 325 R
DX 23 032 R DX 23 132 R 32 DX 23 232 R DX 23 332 R
DX 23 040 R DX 23 140 R 40 DX 23 240 R DX 23 340 R
DX 23 050 R DX 23 150 R 50 DX 23 250 R DX 23 350 R
- - 63 - -

Medium pliable conduits Light pliable

FKMF - SUPERSPEED conduits FK9
Grey Light grey

Ø CONDUITS
(mm) Ø CONDUITS
(mm)
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

16 DX 24 216 R with probe

FOR INSTALLATION

20 DX 24 220 R 16 DX 10 016 R DX 10 116 R

25 DX 24 225 R 20 DX 10 020 R DX 10 120 R
32 DX 24 232 R 25 DX 10 025 R DX 10 125 R
40 DX 24 240 R 32 DX 10 032 R DX 10 132 R
50 DX 24 250 R 40 DX 10 040 R DX 10 140 R
63 DX 24 263 R 50 DX 10 050 R DX 10 150 R

NOTES: diameter 20, 25 and 32 mm with SUPERSPEED layer.

343
FK
Pliable protective conduit systems
System of protective corrugated conduits for concealed installation, available
in two materials: PVC and Polypropylene (PP) and in different colours for
easy identification of the lines according to normative recommendations. The
pallets are protected with white stretch film to prevent exposure of the coils to
UV rays and ensure at the same time a greater resistance to weathering and
improved preservation during external storage.

SELF-EXTINGUISHING PLIABLE CONDUITS

FK9 light pliable conduit

Light grey RAL 7035 pliable conduit - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack Carton

Type: without cable puller

DX 10 016 R 16 100/6400
DX 10 020 R 20 100/5200
DX 10 025 R 25 75/3300
DX 10 032 R 32 50/1800
DX 10 040 R 40 25/1100
DX 10 050 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 10 116 R 16 100/6400
DX 10 120 R 20 100/5200
DX 10 016 R DX 10 125 R 25 75/3300
DX 10 132 R 32 50/1800
DX 10 140 R 40 25/500
DX 10 150 R 50 25/400
APPLICATION: recommended for chased wall and ceiling installation. Cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do
not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods. Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

ARCOBALENO SELF-EXTINGUISHING PLIABLE CONDUITS

FK15 medium pliable conduit

Medium natural white pliable conduit - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack Carton

Type: without cable puller

DX 16 216 R 16 100/2800
DX 16 220 R 20 100/2400
DX 16 225 R 25 75/1500
DX 16 232 R 32 50/800
DX 16 240 R 40 25/500
DX 16 250 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 16 316 R 16 100/2800
DX 16 320 R 20 100/2400
DX 16 216 R DX 16 325 R 25 75/1500
DX 16 332 R 32 50/800
USE: natural white is recommended for the identification of the co-axial computer cables.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

344
 Medium black pliable conduit - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack Carton

Type: without cable puller

DX 15 016 R 16 100/6400
DX 15 020 R 20 100/5200
DX 15 025 R 25 75/3300
DX 15 032 R 32 50/1800
DX 15 040 R 40 25/1100
DX 15 050 R 50 25/400
DX 15 063 R 63 20/240
Type: with cable puller
DX 15 116 R 16 100/6400
DX 15 116 R DX 15 120 R 20 100/5200
DX 15 125 R 25 75/3300
DX 15 132 R 32 50/1800
DX 15 140 R 40 25/500
DX 15 150 R 50 25/400
DX 15 163 R 63 20/240
USE: black is recommended for the identification of the distribution and force lines.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

Medium green pliable conduit - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 216 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 220 R 20 100/5200
DX 15 225 R 25 75/3300
DX 15 232 R 32 50/800
DX 15 240 R 40 25/500
DX 15 250 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 15 316 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 320 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 216 R
DX 15 325 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 332 R 32 50/800
USE: the green colour is recommended for identifying the telephone lines, BUS lines and domestic automation lines.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

Medium light blue pliable conduit - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 416 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 420 R 20 100/5200
DX 15 425 R 25 75/3300
DX 15 432 R 32 50/800
DX 15 440 R 40 25/500
DX 15 450 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 15 516 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 520 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 516 R
DX 15 525 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 532 R 32 50/800
USE: light blue is recommended for the identification of the entryphone lines.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

345
FK
Medium brown pliable conduit - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 616 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 620 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 625 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 632 R 32 50/800
DX 15 640 R 40 25/500
DX 15 650 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 15 716 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 720 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 616 R
DX 15 725 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 732 R 32 50/800
USE: brown is recommended for the identification of the emergency light and alarm lines.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

Medium lilac pliable conduit - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 816 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 820 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 825 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 832 R 32 50/800
DX 15 840 R 40 25/500
DX 15 850 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 15 916 R 16 100/2800
DX 15 920 R 20 100/2400
DX 15 916 R
DX 15 925 R 25 75/1500
DX 15 932 R 32 50/800
USE: lilac is recommended for the identification of the cable radio and hi-fi lines.
The cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily.
Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder. Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

346
SELF-EXTINGUISHING PLIABLE CONDUITS FOR LIQUID CONCRETE

FK-Xtreme medium pliable conduit coextruded

Medium natural white pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 16 220 X 20 100/2400
DX 16 225 X 25 75/1500
DX 16 232 X 32 50/800
DX 16 240 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20, 25 and 32 mm feature internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Natural white colour is recommended for identifying the computer coaxial cables.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 16 220 X

Medium black pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 020 X 20 100/5200
DX 15 025 X 25 75/3300
DX 15 032 X 32 50/1800
DX 15 040 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20, 25 and 32 mm with internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Black colour is recommended for identifying the force distribution lines.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 15 020 X

Medium green pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 220 X 20 100/2400
DX 15 225 X 25 75/1500
DX 15 232 X 32 50/800
DX 15 240 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20; 25 and 32 mm with internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Green colour is recommended for identifying the telephone lines, BUS lines and domestic automation lines.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 15 220 X

Medium light blue pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 420 X 20 100/2400
DX 15 425 X 25 75/1500
DX 15 432 X 32 50/800
DX 15 440 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20; 25 and 32 mm with internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Light blue is recommended for the identification of the entryphone lines.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 15 420 X
FOR INSTALLATION

347
FK
Medium brown pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 620 X 20 100/2400
DX 15 625 X 25 75/1500
DX 15 632 X 32 50/800
DX 15 640 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20; 25 and 32 mm with internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Brown is recommended for the identification of the emergency light and alarm lines.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 15 620 X

Medium lilac pliable conduit, coextruded - PVC

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 15 820 X 20 100/5200
DX 15 825 X 25 75/3300
DX 15 832 X 32 50/1800
DX 15 840 X 40 25/500
NOTE: conduits with diameter 20; 25 and 32 mm with internal lubrication.
APPLICATIONS: ideal for use in self-levelling liquid cement. Lilac blue is recommended for the identification of the cable radio and hi-fi lines.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

DX 15 820 X

348
SELF-EXTINGUISHING PLIABLE CONDUITS FKMF - SUPERSPEED

FKMF - SUPERSPEED - Medium pliable conduit

Medium pliable conduit, grey
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 24 216 R 16 100/5600
DX 24 220 R 20 100/4400
DX 24 225 R 25 75/2700
DX 24 232 R 32 50/1600
DX 24 240 R 40 25/500
DX 24 250 R 50 25/400
DX 24 263 R 63 20/240
NOTE: SUPERSPEED versions, with specific internal layer for high speed cables sliding, related to 20,25,32 mm diameters.
DX 24 220 R

PLIABLE SELF-RECOVERING CONDUITS ICTA HALOGEN FREE

ICTA - Medium pliable self-recovering conduit - Halogen Free - Low Smoke

Medium pliable conduit, grey RAL 7035, self-extinguishing and self-recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 20 016 R 16 100/6400
DX 20 020 R 20 100/5200
DX 20 025 R 25 75/3300
DX 20 032 R 32 50/1800
DX 20 040 R 40 25/500
DX 20 016 R DX 20 050 R 50 25/400
DX 20 063 R 63 20/240
Type: with cable puller
DX 20 116 R 16 100/6400
DX 20 120 R 20 100/5200
DX 20 125 R 25 75/3300
DX 20 132 R 32 50/1800
DX 20 140 R 40 25/500
DX 20 150 R 50 25/400
DX 20 163 R 63 20/240
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

349
FK
Medium pliable conduit, dark grey, self-extinguishing and self-recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 20 416 R 16 100/6400
DX 20 420 R 20 100/5200
DX 20 425 R 25 75/3300
DX 20 432 R 32 50/1800
DX 20 440 R 40 25/500
DX 20 516 R DX 20 450 R 50 25/400
DX 20 463 R 63 20/240
Type: with cable puller
DX 20 516 R 16 100/6400
DX 20 520 R 20 100/5200
DX 20 525 R 25 75/3300
DX 20 532 R 32 50/1800
DX 20 540 R 40 25/500
DX 20 550 R 50 25/400
DX 20 563 R 63 20/240
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

Medium pliable conduit, green , self-extinguishing and self- recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 22 016 R 16 100/2800
DX 22 020 R 20 100/2400
DX 22 025 R 25 75/1500
DX 22 032 R 32 50/800
DX 22 040 R 40 25/500
DX 22 016 R DX 22 050 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 22 116 R 16 100/2800
DX 22 120 R 20 100/2400
DX 22 125 R 25 75/1500
DX 22 132 R 32 50/800
DX 22 140 R 40 25/500
DX 22 150 R 50 25/400
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

Medium pliable conduit, Light blue , self-extinguishing and self- recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 23 016 R 16 100/2800
DX 23 020 R 20 100/2400
DX 23 025 R 25 75/1500
DX 23 032 R 32 50/800
DX 23 040 R 40 25/500
DX 23 116 R DX 23 050 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 23 116 R 16 100/2800
DX 23 120 R 20 100/2400
DX 23 125 R 25 75/1500
DX 23 132 R 32 50/800
DX 23 140 R 40 25/500
DX 23 150 R 50 25/400
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.
Do not expose the conduits to direct solar irradiation for long periods.
Do not remove the protective white film during the storage.

350
PLIABLE CONDUIT FKHF HALOGEN-FREE

FKHF - Light pliable conduit - Halogen Free - Low Smoke

Light pliable conduit, grey, halogen-free, self-extinguishing and self-recovering - PP

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
Type: without cable puller
DX 23 216 R 16 100/2800
DX 23 220 R 20 100/5200
DX 23 225 R 25 75/3300
DX 23 232 R 32 50/800
DX 23 240 R 40 25/500
DX 23 216 R DX 23 250 R 50 25/400
Type: with cable puller
DX 23 316 R 16 100/2800
DX 23 320 R 20 100/5200
DX 23 325 R 25 75/3300
DX 23 332 R 32 50/800
DX 23 340 R 40 25/500
DX 23 350 R 50 25/400
USE: the cable puller-feeder allows the wires to be pulled easily. Conformity to standards refers to the protective conduit and not to the cable puller-feeder.

COMPONENTS FOR PLIABLE CONDUITS

Coupling
GF coupling for pliable conduit
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 52 016 16 50/200
DX 52 020 20 50/300
DX 52 025 25 50/200
DX 52 032 32 25/150
DX 52 040 40 10/40
DX 52 050 50 10/40
DX 52 063 63 25
USE: for the jointing of corrugated conduits of the same diameter. the corrugation creates a vacuum effect between the crest and its underside, making the connection highly effective.
This accessory allows you to recover and use pieces of corrugated conduit, thereby minimising waste.
MATERIAL: Soft transparent PVC.
DX 52 016

Caps
Pliable conduit cap
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 52 116 16 100/500
DX 52 120 20 100/400
DX 52 125 25 50/250
DX 52 132 32 25/125
DX 52 140 40 25/100
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

DX 52 150 50 25/75
DX 52 163 63 50
FOR INSTALLATION

USE: protects tubing from undesired entry of liquids or solid bodies during the installation phase or when left empty. Ready for the subsequent passage of the cables. Accidental obstructions are avoided, and the caps can
be removed/re-used when the work is finished.
MATERIAL: PP - Grey RAL 7035.
DX 52 116

351
 FK

Couplings and cable-glands

Shockproof polymer conduit/box couplings Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits Mounting hole Ø (mm) IP with rigid conduit IP with corrugated Pack
(mm) conduit Carton
GW 50 415 16 20 IP66 IP54 25/200
GW 50 416 20 23 IP66 IP54 25/200
GW 50 417 25 29 IP66 IP54 25/150
GW 50 418 32 37 IP66 IP54 10/100
GW 50 419 40 48 IP66 IP44 6/60
GW 50 420 50 54 IP66 IP44 5/50
CHARACTERISTICS: the box conduit coupling device allows corrugated conduits to be connected to the junction boxes, guaranteeing the minimum IP4X degree of protection in areas at greater risk in the event of a fire
whenever required.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.

GW 50 415

Cable puller-feeder
Ø 3 mm nylon cable puller-feeder
Code Length (m) Pack
Carton
DX 52 205 5 1/10
DX 52 210 10 1/10
DX 52 215 15 1/10
DX 52 220 20 1/10
DX 52 225 25 1/10
USE: for the insertion of electrical cables into protective conduits. It consists of a solid nylon rod 3 mm in diameter giving the probe extreme lightnessand flexibility, ideal for systems with short and simple sections. It is
also equipped at one end with a probe with extreme resistance to wear and therefore very durable.

DX 52 205

Ø 4 mm nylon cable puller-feeder and accessories

Code Description Length (m) Pack
Carton
DX 52 305 - 5 1/40
DX 52 310 - 10 1/25
DX 52 315 - 15 1/15
DX 52 320 - 20 1/15
DX 52 325 - 25 1/15
DX 52 299 Flexible head - 10/200
DX 52 399 Tail ring - 10/200
USE: this probe is powerful and flexible, allowing it to cope with even sharp bends in conduit, thanks to a 4mm nylon rod and soft flexible head. The interchangeability of the head with the tail ring also helps to reduce the
times for inserting the cables in short sections.

DX 52 305

352
FK
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

FK-XTREME COEXTRUDED MEDIUM FK15 ARCOBALENO MEDIUM ICTA SELF-RECOVERING MEDIUM

CONDUIT CONDUIT CONDUIT
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

The FK-Xtreme conduits, thanks to their Available in versions with or without cable Those with classification 34223 have high
special double-walled design, ensure total puller feeder and in six different colourways for resistance to impact and a wide range of
protection from the penetration of liquid all ordinary construction installations. A ringed operating temperatures. Made of “Halogen
cement components. The outer coating offers profile gives the conduits better flexibility, higher Free” and “Low Smoke” material, they are ideal
additional resistance during construction work load resistance and reduced thermal memory. in public environments (e.g. theatres, schools,
against trampling, crushing and impact, even at etc.). Also available in version with cable pullers.
low temperatures (down to -25°C).

353
DF

Flexible protective conduit systems

SPIRALLED SHEATHS
DIFLEX range LIGHT range
Grey Black Grey
SHEATH
Ø (mm)

8 DX 30 008 DX 30 108 -

10 DX 30 010 DX 30 110 -

12 DX 30 012 DX 30 112 DX 30 812

14 DX 30 014 DX 30 114 -

16 DX 30 016 DX 30 116 DX 30 816

20 DX 30 020 DX 30 120 DX 30 820

22 DX 30 022 DX 30 122 -

25 DX 30 025 DX 30 125 DX 30 825

28 DX 30 028 DX 30 128 -

32 DX 30 032 DX 30 132 -

35 DX 30 035 DX 30 135 -

40 DX 30 040 DX 30 140 -

50 DX 30 050 DX 30 150 -

60 DX 30 060 DX 30 160 -

FIXED STRAIGHT PIPE FITTINGS - RUN IP54 RANGE PIPE FITTINGS IP65
Conduit-sheath pipe fitting
Conduit-sheath pipe fitting
Grey Grey Grey (equal diameter)

SHEATH
Ø (mm)

Metric pitch GAS pitch PG pitch Ø Conduit Ø Conduit

8 M12x1 DX 56 008 1/4” DX 56 208 7 DX 56 408 - - - -
10 M16x1,5 DX 56 010 1/4” DX 56 210 7 DX 56 410 - - - -
9 DX 56 411
12 M16x1,5 DX 56 012 3/8” DX 56 212 11 DX 56 412 16 DX 43 316 - -
13,5 DX 56 413
14 M16x1,5 DX 56 014 1/2” DX 56 214 13,5 DX 56 414 - - - -
11 DX 56 415
16 M20x1,5 DX 56 016 1/2” DX 56 216 13,5 DX 56 416 20 DX 43 320 16 DX 43 416
16 DX 56 417
16 DX 56 422
20 M25x1,5 DX 56 022 3/4” DX 56 222 25 DX 43 325 20 DX 43 420
21 DX 56 423
16 DX 56 422
22 M25x1,5 DX 56 022 3/4” DX 56 222 - - - -
21 DX 56 423
25 M25x1,5 DX 56 025 3/4” DX 56 225 21 DX 56 425 32 DX 43 332 25 DX 43 425
28 M32x1,5 DX 56 028 1” DX 56 228 29 DX 56 428 - - 32 DX 43 432
32 11/4” DX 56 232 36 DX 56 432 40 DX 43 340 - -
35 11/4” DX 56 235 36 DX 56 435 - - - -
40 M40x1,5 DX 56 040 11/4” DX 56 240 42 DX 56 440 50 DX 43 350 40 DX 43 440
50 M50x1,5 DX 56 050 2” DX 56 250 48 DX 56 450 - - - -

354
 ROTATING STRAIGHT PIPE FITTINGS - IP54 RANGE

Grey Black Grey Black Grey Black

Metric pitch GAS pitch PG pitch

M12x1,5 DX 54 008 DX 54 108 1/4” DX 54 208 DX 54 308 7 DX 54 408 DX 54 508

7 DX 54 410 DX 54 510
M16x1,5 DX 54 010 DX 54 110 1/4” DX 54 210 DX 54 310
9 DX 54 411 DX 54 511

11 DX 54 412 DX 54 512
M16x1,5 DX 54 012 DX 54 112 3/8” DX 54 212 DX 54 312
13,5 DX 54 413 DX 54 513

- - - 1/2” DX 54 214 DX 54 314 13,5 DX 54 414 DX 54 514

13,5 DX 54 416 DX 54 516

M20x1,5 DX 54 016 DX 54 116 1/2” DX 54 216 DX 54 316
16 DX 54 417 DX 54 517

M25x1,5 DX 54 020 DX 54 120 3/4” DX 54 220 DX 54 320 21 DX 54 420 DX 54 520

M25x1,5 DX 54 022 DX 54 122 3/4” DX 54 222 DX 54 322 21 DX 54 422 DX 54 522

M32x1,5 DX 54 025 DX 54 125 1” DX 54 225 DX 54 325 29 DX 54 425 DX 54 525

M32x1,5 DX 54 028 DX 54 128 1” DX 54 228 DX 54 328 29 DX 54 428 DX 54 528

M40x1,5 DX 54 032 DX 54 132 1 1/4” DX 54 232 DX 54 332 36 DX 54 432 DX 54 532

1 1/4” DX 54 235 DX 54 335 36 DX 54 435 DX 54 535

M50x1,5 DX 54 040 DX 54 140 1 1/2” DX 54 240 DX 54 340 - - -

M63x1,5 DX 54 050 DX 54 150 2” DX 54 250 DX 54 350 - - -

- - - - - - - - -

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

355
DF
Flexible protective conduit systems
The DF range of flexible protective conduits and accessories provide protection
for the wiring of moving mechanical parts, as well as the interface between
rigid conduits, junction boxes and distribution boards for the completion of
exposed systems in tertiary and industrial sectors. Available in two mechanical
strength levels, two colours and 14 diameters from 8 to 60 mm.

SELF-EXTINGUISHING INSULATING SHEATHS

DIFLEX spiralled sheath

DIFLEX spiralled sheath - Grey RAL 7035 - PVC
Code Sheath Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 30 008 8 30/2070
DX 30 010 10 30/1800
DX 30 012 12 30/1800
DX 30 014 14 30/1440
DX 30 016 16 30/1080
DX 30 020 20 30/1080
DX 30 022 22 30/720
DX 30 025 25 30/600
DX 30 028 28 30/480
DX 30 032 32 30/480
DX 30 008 DX 30 035 35 30/480
DX 30 040 40 30/360
DX 30 050 50 30/180
DX 30 060 60 30/120
NOTE: the specified measurements must be considered internal diameters. Do not expose the sheaths to direct sunlight.

DIFLEX spiralled sheath - Black RAL 9005 - PVC

Code Sheath Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 30 108 8 30/2070
DX 30 110 10 30/1800
DX 30 112 12 30/1800
DX 30 114 14 30/1440
DX 30 116 16 30/1080
DX 30 120 20 30/1080
DX 30 122 22 30/720
DX 30 125 25 30/600
DX 30 128 28 30/480
DX 30 132 32 30/480
DX 30 108 DX 30 135 35 30/480
DX 30 140 40 30/360
DX 30 150 50 30/180
DX 30 160 60 30/120
NOTE: the specified measurements must be considered internal diameters. Do not expose the conduits to direct sunlight.

356
 COUPLINGS

Rotating unions
Straight, revolving coupling device - Metric pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) ISO pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 008 8 M 12x1.5 20/180
DX 54 010 10 M 16x1.5 20/160
DX 54 012 12 M 16x1.5 10/100
DX 54 016 16 M 20x1.5 10/150
DX 54 020 20 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 022 22 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 025 25 M 32x1.5 5/60
DX 54 028 28 M 32x1.5 5/40
DX 54 032 32 M 40x1.5 5/30
DX 54 020 DX 54 040 40 M 50x1.5 25
DX 54 050 50 M 63x1.5 15
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 108 8 M 12x1.5 20/180
DX 54 110 10 M 16x1.5 20/160
DX 54 112 12 M 16x1.5 10/100
DX 54 116 16 M 20x1.5 10/150
DX 54 120 20 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 122 22 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 125 25 M 32x1.5 5/60
DX 54 128 28 M 32x1.5 5/40
DX 54 132 32 M 40x1.5 5/30
DX 54 140 40 M 50x1.5 25
DX 54 150 50 M 63x1.5 15
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with metric pitch or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Straight, revolving coupling device - GAS pitch - IP54

Code Sheath Ø (mm) GAS pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 208 8 1/4” 20/180
DX 54 210 10 1/4” 20/160
DX 54 212 12 3/8” 10/100
DX 54 214 14 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 216 16 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 220 20 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 222 22 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 225 25 1” 5/60
DX 54 228 28 1” 5/40
DX 54 220 DX 54 232 32 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 235 35 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 240 40 1 1/2” 25
DX 54 250 50 2” 15
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 308 8 1/4” 20/180
DX 54 310 10 1/4” 20/160
DX 54 312 12 3/8” 10/100
DX 54 314 14 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 316 16 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 320 20 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 322 22 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 325 25 1” 5/60
DX 54 328 28 1” 5/40
DX 54 332 32 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 335 35 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 340 40 1 1/2” 25
DX 54 350 50 2” 15
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with GAS pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.
FOR INSTALLATION

357
DF
Straight, revolving coupling device - PG pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) PG pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 408 8 7 20/180
DX 54 410 10 7 20/160
DX 54 411 10 9 20/160
DX 54 412 12 11 10/100
DX 54 413 12 13.5 10/100
DX 54 414 14 13.5 10/150
DX 54 416 16 13.5 10/150
DX 54 417 16 16 10/150
DX 54 420 20 21 10/100
DX 54 420 DX 54 422 22 21 10/100
DX 54 425 25 29 5/60
DX 54 428 28 29 5/40
DX 54 432 32 36 5/30
DX 54 435 35 36 5/30
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 508 8 7 20/180
DX 54 510 10 7 20/160
DX 54 511 10 9 20/160
DX 54 512 12 11 10/100
DX 54 513 12 13.5 10/100
DX 54 514 14 13.5 10/150
DX 54 516 16 13.5 10/150
DX 54 517 16 16 10/150
DX 54 520 20 21 10/100
DX 54 522 22 21 10/100
DX 54 525 25 29 5/60
DX 54 528 28 29 5/40
DX 54 532 32 36 5/30
DX 54 535 35 36 5/30
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with Pg pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Fixed unions
Straight, fixed coupling device - Metric pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) ISO pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 008 8 M12x1,5 20/160
DX 56 010 10 M16x1.5 10/170
DX 56 012 12 M16x1.5 10/150
DX 56 014 14 M16x1.5 10/130
DX 56 016 16 M20x1.5 10/110
DX 56 022 22 M25x1.5 10/50
DX 56 025 25 M25x1.5 10/50
DX 56 028 28 M32x1.5 10/40
DX 56 040 40 M40x1.5 15
DX 56 008 DX 56 050 50 M50x1.5 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with metric pitch or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Straight, fixed coupling device - GAS pitch - IP54

Code Sheath Ø (mm) GAS pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 208 8 1/4” 20/160
DX 56 210 10 1/4” 10/170
DX 56 212 12 3/8” 10/150
DX 56 214 14 1/2” 10/130
DX 56 216 16 1/2” 10/110
DX 56 222 22 3/4” 10/50
DX 56 225 25 3/4” 10/50
DX 56 228 28 1” 10/40
DX 56 232 32 1 1/4” 3/18
DX 56 208 DX 56 235 35 1 1/4” 3/18
DX 56 240 40 1 1/2” 15
DX 56 250 50 2” 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with GAS pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

358
 Straight, fixed coupling device - PG pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) PG pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 408 8 7 20/160
DX 56 410 10 7 10/170
DX 56 411 12 9 10/150
DX 56 412 12 11 10/150
DX 56 413 12 13.5 10/150
DX 56 414 14 13.5 10/130
DX 56 415 16 11 10/110
DX 56 416 16 13.5 10/110
DX 56 417 16 16 10/110
DX 56 408 DX 56 422 22 16 10/50
DX 56 423 22 21 10/50
DX 56 425 25 21 10/50
DX 56 428 28 29 10/40
DX 56 432 32 36 3/18
DX 56 435 35 36 3/18
DX 56 440 40 42 15
DX 56 450 50 48 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with Pg pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Conduit-sheath unions
MORBIDX release conduit-sheath union - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 316 16 12 10/450
DX 43 320 20 16 10/300
DX 43 325 25 20 5/210
DX 43 332 32 25 5/120
DX 43 340 40 32 5/25
DX 43 350 50 40 5/20
DX 43 316

Release conduit-sheath union equal diameter - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 416 16 16 10/360
DX 43 420 20 20 10/240
DX 43 425 25 25 5/150
DX 43 432 32 28 5/40
DX 43 440 40 40 5/20
USE: coupling of a solid protective conduit with a spiral sheath of the DIFLEX range;
DX 43 416 allows the maintenance of the same internal diameter in line with the joint; the internal section for cable passage remains constant, increasing the space available for the system wires.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

359
DF
SHEATH FOR NON-HEAVY DUTY USES

LIGHT Spiralled sheath

LIGHT spiralled sheath - Grey RAL 7035 - PVC
Code Sheath Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 30 812 12 30/1800
DX 30 816 16 30/1080
DX 30 820 20 30/1080
DX 30 825 25 30/600
NOTE: all measurements are internal diameters. Do not expose the sheaths to direct solar irradiation.

DX 30 812

360
DF
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

PROFESSIONAL SPIRALLED FLEXIBILITY AND DURABILITY COUPLING DEVICES FOR EASY

SHEATHS INSTALLATION
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

The range of spiralled sheaths with classification The particular shape of the sheath, which has Once in place, the sheath can rotate freely,
2311 is available in 14 different diameters in a rigid PVC inner coil and plasticised PVC outer while maintaining IP54 rated protection, thanks
grey and black. They are also available in the coating, provides high resistance to crushing to the straight swivel couplings. This facilitates
Light version, with classification 1311 (in 12, and ensures the flexibility necessary for every the movement of sheaths already connected to
16, 20 and 25 mm diameters), ideal for use in type of application and routing. boxes and distribution boards.
air conditioning equipment.

361
Access chambers systems
THERMOPLASTIC ACCESS CHAMBERS
Covers Separator Sealing Kit of 4 Central bolt
Access Closed Gridded Plate gaskets screws for lifting kit
Complete Grey Green Blue Grey Green Blue
Dimensions chambers
Type access
(mm) without
chambers
covers

Square base
access chambers 200x200x200 DX 59 401 DX 59 402 DX 59 410 DX 59 430 DX 59 411 DX 59 431 DX 59 440 DX 59 451 DX 59 450 -

300x300x300 DX 59 701 DX 59 702 DX 59 710 DX 59 730 DX 59 711 DX 59 731 DX 59 740 DX 59 751 DX 59 450 -

400x400x400 DX 59 801 DX 59 802 DX 59 810 DX 59 830 DX 59 811 DX 59 831 DX 59 840 DX 59 851 DX 59 452 DX 59 453

550x550x520 DX 59 901 DX 59 902 DX 59 910 DX 59 930 DX 59 911 DX 59 931 DX 59 940 DX 59 951 DX 59 452 DX 59 453

Rectangular
base access
chambers Transversal
DX 59 240
Longitudinal
360x260x326 DX 59 501 DX 59 502 DX 59 511 DX 59 230 DX 59 220 DX 59 520 DX 59 231 DX 59 221 DX 59 551 DX 59 650 -
DX 59 241
Diagonal
DX 59 242

362
PZ
Access chambers systems
The range of PZ access chambers, available in 5 sizes, is ideal for junctions
and manholes in electrical and telecommunication systems. These are
provided with knockouts for cable ducts and knockouts base for stacking
installation. Thanks to the thermoplastic material, knockouts for cable ducts
and knockouts base for stacking installation, the PZ range is an efficient
alternative to the access chambers made of concrete.

THERMOPLASTIC ACCESS CHAMBERS

Square access chambers

Square access chamber 200x200x200
Code Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 401 Flat knockout base and high resistance lid Grey 1/60
DX 59 402 Flat semi-pierced base for boosting Grey 1/60

DX 59 401

Covers and components

Code Description Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 410 Closed cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 430 Closed cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 411 Gridded cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 431 Gridded cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 440 Separator plate - - 1/10
DX 59 451 Seal - - 1/10
DX 59 450 4 screws kit Self-threading steel screws - 1/50

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

363
PZ

Square access chamber 300x300x300

Code Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 701 Flat knockout base and high resistance lid Grey 1/36
DX 59 702 Flat semi-pierced base for boosting Grey 1/36

DX 59 701

Covers and components

Code Description Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 710 Closed cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 730 Closed cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 711 Gridded cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 731 Gridded cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 740 Separator plate - - 1/10
DX 59 751 Seal - - 1/10
DX 59 450 4 screws kit Self-threading steel screws - 1/50

364
 Square access chambers 400x400x400
Code Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 801 Flat knockout base and high resistance lid Grey 1/18
DX 59 802 Flat semi-pierced base for boosting Grey 1/24

DX 59 801

Covers and components

Code Description Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 810 Closed cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 830 Closed cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 811 Gridded cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 831 Gridded cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 840 Separator plate - - 1/10
DX 59 851 Seal - - 1/10
DX 59 452 4 screws kit Self-threading steel screws - 1/50
DX 59 453 Kit - central bolt for lifting - - 1/20

Square access chambers 550x550x520

Code Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 901 Flat knockout base and high resistance lid Grey 1/8
DX 59 902 Flat semi-pierced base for boosting Grey 1/8

DX 59 901

Covers and components

Code Description Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 910 Closed cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 930 Closed cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 911 Gridded cover High resistance Grey 1/5
DX 59 931 Gridded cover High resistance Green 1/5
DX 59 940 Separator plate - - 1/10
DX 59 951 Seal - - 1/10
DX 59 452 4 screws kit Self-threading steel screws - 1/50
DX 59 453 Kit - central bolt for lifting - - 1/20 CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

365
PZ

Rectangular access chamber

Rectangular access chamber 360x260x320
Code Characteristics Accessories supplied Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 501 Flat semi-pierced base Cover high resistance and 4 S/Steel screws Grey 1
DX 59 502 Flat semi-pierced base for boosting 4 stainless steel screws Grey 1
NOTE: the lids supplied are without the gasket, available as an accessory DX59551.

DX 59 501

Covers and components

Code Description Characteristics Colour Pack
Carton
DX 59 511 Closed cover High resistance Grey 1/6
DX 59 520 Gridded cover - Grey 1/6
DX 59 230 Closed cover - Green 1/6
DX 59 231 Gridded cover - Green 1/6
DX 59 240 Separator plate Cross - 1/6
DX 59 241 Separator plate Longitudinal - 1/4
DX 59 242 Separator plate Diagonal - 1/4
DX 59 551 Seal - - 1/10
DX 59 650 4 screws kit Self-threading steel screws - 1/50

366
PZ
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

WIDE AND FUNCTIONAL RANGE KNOCKOUTS AND STAKING HIGH-STRENGTH LIDS

OPTIONS
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

A broad offering that includes square and The sides of the access chamber have knock- The high-resistance PZ access chamber
rectangular access chambers and related outs of different dimeters for cable ducts entry. covers can be secured with 4 stainless steel
technical components. The rectangular access The removable base allows the PZ access self-threading screws for added safety and
chamber offers the option of a double junction chambers be layered, creating a modular stability during installation. Only one tool is
on the long side, and of installing separators system to increase access chamber depth and required to open the access chamber.
longitudinally, transversely or diagonally. capacity.

367
GW FIT

Accessories for electrical installation

PLASTIC CABLE GLANDS METAL CABLE GLANDS
IP68 IP66 IP66 with housing IP54 IP68 IP 65

For cables For cables For conduits For cables For cables For cables For cables
Thread Code Code Code Code Code Code
Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Ø (mm) Ø (mm)
PG7 GW 52 071 3 ÷ 6,5 GW 52 001 3÷6 - - - GW 52 081 4÷6 - - - -
PG9 GW 52 072 4÷8 GW 52 002 5÷8 - - - GW 52 082 4,5 ÷ 7 - - - -
PG11 GW 52 073 5 ÷ 10 GW 52 003 7 ÷ 10,5 - - - GW 52 083 6÷9 GW 76 825 4÷9 GW 76 841 7,5/10/12,5
PG13,5 GW 52 074 6 ÷ 12 GW 52 004 9 ÷ 12,5 GW 52 024 16 9 ÷ 12,5 GW 52 084 9 ÷ 12 GW 76 826 7 ÷ 11 GW 76 842 7,5/10/12,5
PG16 GW 52 075 10 ÷ 14 GW 52 005 13 ÷ 16 GW 52 025 20 13 ÷ 16 GW 52 085 11 ÷ 14 GW 76 827 10 ÷ 13 GW 76 843 7,5/10/12,5
9 ÷ 10 9 ÷ 10
PG21 GW 52 076 13 ÷ 18 GW 52 006 GW 52 026 25 GW 52 086 14 ÷ 18 GW 76 828 12 ÷ 17 GW 76 844 10/13/16/19
17 ÷ 20 17 ÷ 20
13,5 ÷ 15 13,5 ÷ 15
PG29 GW 52 077 18 ÷ 25 GW 52 007 GW 52 027 32 GW 52 087 18 ÷ 25 GW 76 829 17 ÷ 24 GW 76 845 18/21/24/27
21 ÷ 26 21 ÷ 26
17 ÷ 20 17 ÷ 20 20 ÷ 26
PG36 GW 52 078 22 ÷ 32 GW 52 008 GW 52 028 40 GW 52 088 26 ÷ 32 GW 76 830 GW 76 846 24/27/30/33
30 ÷ 34 30 ÷ 34 27 ÷ 24
36 ÷ 39 36 ÷ 39
PG42 GW 52 079 30 ÷ 38 GW 52 009 GW 52 029 50 - - GW 76 897 32 ÷ 36 GW 76 847 30/33/36/39
40 ÷ 43 40 ÷ 43
38 ÷ 40
PG48 GW 52 080 34 ÷ 44 GW 52 010 - - - - - - - - -
46 ÷ 50

M12 GW 52 042 3 ÷ 6,5 - - - - - - - GW 76 894 3 ÷ 6,5 - -

M16 GW 52 043 5 ÷ 10 - - - - - - - GW 76 896 4÷9 - -
M20 GW 52 044 10 ÷ 14 - - - - - - - GW 76 831 10 ÷ 13 GW 76 848 4/7/10/13
M25 GW 52 045 13 ÷ 18 - - - - - - - GW 76 832 12 ÷ 17 GW 76 849 8,5/11,5/14,5/17,5
M32 GW 52 046 18 ÷ 25 - - - - - - - GW 76 833 14 ÷ 21 GW 76 850 16/19/22/25
M40 GW 52 047 22 ÷ 32 - - - - - - - GW 76 834 19 ÷ 27 GW 76 851 23/26/29/32
M50 GW 52 048 30 ÷ 38 - - - - - - - GW 76 835 25 ÷ 34 GW 76 852 30/33/36/39
M63 GW 52 049 35 ÷ 44 - - - - - - - GW 76 895 34 ÷ 48 - -

PLASTIC ACCESSORIES METAL ACCESSORIES GASKETS

Caps Nuts Caps Nuts Extensions O-ring for caps

Spanner Male Female

Thread Code Code Code Code Spanner (mm) Code Code
(mm) thread thread
PG7 GW 52 361 GW 52 341 19 - - - - - - GW 52 441
PG9 GW 52 362 GW 52 342 22 - - - - - - GW 52 442
PG11 GW 52 363 GW 52 343 24 GW 76 980 GW 76 957 21 GW 76 865 PG11 PG13,5 GW 52 443
PG13,5 GW 52 364 GW 52 344 27 GW 76 981 GW 76 958 23 GW 76 866 PG13,5 PG16 GW 52 444
PG16 GW 52 365 GW 52 345 30 GW 76 982 GW 76 959 26 GW 76 867 PG16 PG21 GW 52 445
PG21 GW 52 366 GW 52 346 36 GW 76 983 GW 76 960 32 GW 76 868 PG21 PG29 GW 52 446
PG29 GW 52 367 GW 52 347 46 GW 76 984 GW 76 961 41 GW 76 869 PG29 PG36 GW 52 447
PG36 GW 52 368 GW 52 348 60 GW 76 985 GW 76 962 51 - - - GW 52 448
PG42 GW 52 369 GW 52 349 65 GW 76 986 GW 76 963 60 - - - GW 52 449
PG48 GW 52 370 GW 52 350 70 - - - - - - GW 52 450

M12 GW 52 372 GW 52 352 18 GW 76 972 GW 76 966 15 - - - GW 52 452

M16 GW 52 373 GW 52 353 22 GW 76 973 GW 76 951 19 - - - GW 52 453
M20 GW 52 374 GW 52 354 26 GW 76 975 GW 76 952 23 GW 76 870 M20 M25 GW 52 454
M25 GW 52 375 GW 52 355 32 GW 76 976 GW 76 953 29 GW 76 871 M25 M32 GW 52 455
M32 GW 52 376 GW 52 356 41 GW 76 977 GW 76 954 36 GW 76 872 M32 M40 GW 52 456
M40 GW 52 377 GW 52 357 50 GW 76 978 GW 76 955 45 GW 76 873 M40 M50 GW 52 457
M50 GW 52 378 GW 52 358 60 GW 76 979 GW 76 956 55 - - - GW 52 458
M63 GW 52 379 GW 52 359 75 GW 76 974 GW 76 967 70 - - - GW 52 459

368
 METAL CABLE GLANDS WITH FIXING NUTS - IP68 - ATEX VERSION
Cable glands Fixing nuts

Thread Thread Thread Thread

PG7 GW 76 901 M12 GW 76 921 PG7 GW 76 941 M12 GW 76 949

PG9 GW 76 902 M16 GW 76 922 PG9 GW 76 942 M16 GW 76 951

PG11 GW 76 903 M20 GW 76 923 PG11 GW 76 957 M20 GW 76 952

PG13,5 GW 76 904 M25 GW 76 924 PG13,5 GW 76 958 M25 GW 76 953

PG16 GW 76 905 M32 GW 76 925 PG16 GW 76 959 M32 GW 76 954

PG21 GW 76 906 M40 GW 76 926 PG21 GW 76 960 M40 GW 76 955

PG29 GW 76 907 M50 GW 76 927 PG29 GW 76 961 M50 GW 76 956

PG36 GW 76 908 M63 GW 76 928 PG36 GW 76 962 M63 GW 76 950

PG42 GW 76 909 - - PG42 GW 76 963 - -

PG48 GW 76 910 - - PG48 GW 76 943 - -

NOTE: the ATEX products are only available in the following countries: Austria, France, Germany, Italy, Liechtenstein, Luxemburg, the Principality of Monaco, the United Kingdom and Spain. For
all other countries, contact GEWISS Technical service assistance.

COUPLINGS FOR CONDUITS AND CABLES

Conduit-box couplings
Conduit-box couplings Cable glands in flexible polymer IP55
in flexible polymer IP44

For conduits/
cables
(mm)

Assembly hole IP with rigid IP with corrugated Assembly hole Assembly hole
Code Code Code
(mm) conduits conduits (mm) (mm)

16 GW 50 415 20 IP66 IP54 GW 50 421 23 GW 50 428 19

GW 50 422 23
20 GW 50 416 23 IP66 IP54 GW 50 429 23
GW 50 423 29

25 GW 50 417 29 IP66 IP54 GW 50 424 29 GW 50 430 29

32 GW 50 418 37 IP66 IP54 GW 50 425 37 GW 50 431 37

40 GW 50 419 48 IP66 IP44 GW 50 426 37 GW 50 432 48

50 GW 50 420 54 IP66 IP44 GW 50 427 42 - -

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

369
GW FIT

Accessories for electrical installation

PLASTIC FIXING DEVICES
Rail for clip-on Supports with
Clip-on supports Collar supports
and collar supports multi-diameter clamp

Ø conduits
(mm)

16 GW 50 601 GW 50 605 GW 50 609 GW 50 651

20 GW 50 602 GW 50 606 GW 50 609 GW 50 651

25 GW 50 603 GW 50 607 GW 50 609 GW 50 652

32 GW 50 604 GW 50 608 GW 50 609 GW 50 652

40 GW 50 628 GW 50 630 GW 50 609 GW 50 653

50 GW 50 629 GW 50 631 GW 50 609 GW 50 653

In bold: halogen-free material versions

PLASTIC FIXING DEVICES

Wall plugs
Re-openable fixing collars Non re-openable fixing collars

Ø conduits
(mm)

Wall plug Wall plug

Ø 6mm Ø 8mm
16 DX 51 120 DX 51 232 - DX 51 306 DX 51 308

20 DX 51 120 DX 51 232 - DX 51 306 DX 51 308

25 - DX 51 232 DX 51 263 DX 51 306 DX 51 308

32 - DX 51 232 DX 51 263 DX 51 306 DX 51 308

40 - - DX 51 263 DX 51 306 DX 51 308

50 - - DX 51 263 DX 51 306 DX 51 308

63 - - DX 51 263 DX 51 306 DX 51 308

In bold: halogen-free material versions

FIXING SUPPORTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR CABLES

Staples with nail
Staples with nail
for flat cables
Width of
Ø cables
flat cables
(mm)
(mm)

3-4 GW 50 610 - -

GW 50 611
5-6 5-6 GW 50 623
GW 50 621*

GW 50 612
7-8 7-8 GW 50 624
GW 50 622*
9-10 GW 50 613 10-11 GW 50 625
11-12 GW 50 614 - -
13-14 GW 50 615 - -
15-16 GW 50 616 - -
19-20 GW 50 617 - -
21-22 GW 50 618 - -
25-26 GW 50 619 - -
31-32 GW 50 620 - -

* Colour: White

370
 METAL FIXING DEVICES
Galvanized steel collars Galvanized steel staples Galvanized steel staples
with 2 screws with a single hole with a double hole

Ø cables/conduits
(mm)

10-11 GW 50 801 GW 50 811 GW 50 821

12-13 GW 50 802 GW 50 812 GW 50 822

14-15 GW 50 803 GW 50 813 GW 50 823

16-17 GW 50 804 GW 50 814 GW 50 824

19-20 GW 50 805 GW 50 815 GW 50 825

21-22 GW 50 806 GW 50 816 GW 50 826

25-26 GW 50 807 GW 50 817 GW 50 827

31-32 GW 50 808 GW 50 818 GW 50 828

38-40 GW 50 809 GW 50 819 GW 50 829

48-50 GW 50 810 GW 50 820 GW 50 830

FIXING STRAPS
Galvanized steel fixing Fabric fixing Steel nail,
Firing pin for manual nailing
strap - 10m strap - 10m 18mm long

GW 50 791 GW 50 792 GW 50 798 GW 50 799

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

371
GW FIT

Accessories for electrical installation

RK RANGE - IP40 COUPLINGS
Coupling Tight radius elbow Controllable “T” joint Controllable elbow
IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
CONDUITS
Ø (mm)

16 DX 40 016 DX 40 116 DX 40 216 DX 40 316

20 DX 40 020 DX 40 120 DX 40 220 DX 40 320

25 DX 40 025 DX 40 125 DX 40 225 DX 40 325

32 DX 40 032 DX 40 132 DX 40 232 DX 40 332

40 DX 40 040 DX 40 140 - -

50 DX 40 050 DX 40 150 - -

63 DX 40 063 DX 40 163 - -

MORBIDX RANGE - WATERTIGHT COUPLINGS

Tight Conduit-sheath coupling
Coupling Conduit-box coupling Conduit-sheath coupling
radius elbow (equal diameter)
IP67 IP67 IP65
IP67 IP65

CONDUITS
Ø (mm)

Code Code Metric pitch Code Sheath Ø Code Sheath Ø Code

16 DX 43 016 DX 43 116 M16x1,5 DX 43 216 12 DX 43 316 16 DX 43 416

20 DX 43 020 DX 43 120 M20x1,5 DX 43 220 16 DX 43 320 20 DX 43 420

25 DX 43 025 DX 43 125 M25x1,5 DX 43 225 20 DX 43 325 25 DX 43 425

32 DX 43 032 DX 43 132 M32x1,5 DX 43 232 25 DX 43 332 28 DX 43 432

40 DX 43 040 DX 43 140 M40x1,5 DX 43 240 32 DX 43 340 40 DX 43 440

50 DX 43 050 DX 43 150 M50x1,5 DX 43 250 40 DX 43 350

FLEXIBLE COUPLINGS
Flexible couplings La Svolta
SPEEDY-FLEX range conduit-conduit

CONDUITS
Ø (mm)

IP66 IP44 IP 65

16 GW 50 201 GW 50 207 DX 43 516

20 GW 50 202 GW 50 208 DX 43 520

25 GW 50 203 GW 50 209 DX 43 525

32 GW 50 204 GW 50 210 DX 43 532

40 GW 50 205 GW 50 211 DX 43 540

50 GW 50 206 GW 50 212 DX 43 550

In bold: versions with halogen-free material.

372
 STRAIGHT ROTATING COUPLING DEVICES - IP54 RANGE
Grey Black Grey Black Grey Black

Ø sheaths
(mm)
M GAS PG
pitch pitch pitch

8 M12 DX 54 008 DX 54 108 1/4” DX 54 208 DX 54 308 7 DX 54 408 DX 54 508

7 DX 54 410 DX 54 510
10 M16 DX 54 010 DX 54 110 1/4” DX 54 210 DX 54 310
9 DX 54 411 DX 54 511
11 DX 54 412 DX 54 512
12 M16 DX 54 012 DX 54 112 3/8” DX 54 212 DX 54 312
13,5 DX 54 413 DX 54 513

14 - - - 1/2” DX 54 214 DX 54 314 13,5 DX 54 414 DX 54 514

13,5 DX 54 416 DX 54 516

16 M20 DX 54 016 DX 54 116 1/2” DX 54 216 DX 54 316
16 DX 54 417 DX 54 517

20 M25 DX 54 020 DX 54 120 3/4” DX 54 220 DX 54 320 21 DX 54 420 DX 54 520

22 M25 DX 54 022 DX 54 122 3/4” DX 54 222 DX 54 322 21 DX 54 422 DX 54 522

25 M32 DX 54 025 DX 54 125 1” DX 54 225 DX 54 325 29 DX 54 425 DX 54 525

28 M32 DX 54 028 DX 54 128 1” DX 54 228 DX 54 328 29 DX 54 428 DX 54 528

32 M40 DX 54 032 DX 54 132 1 1/4” DX 54 232 DX 54 332 36 DX 54 432 DX 54 532

35 - - - 1 1/4” DX 54 235 DX 54 335 36 DX 54 435 DX 54 535

40 M50 DX 54 040 DX 54 140 1 1/2” DX 54 240 DX 54 340 - - -

50 M63 DX 54 050 DX 54 150 2” DX 54 250 DX 54 350 - - -

STRAIGHT FIXED COUPLING DEVICES - IP54 RANGE COUPLING DEVICES IP65

Grey Grey Grey Conduit-sheath pipe coupling Conduit-sheath coupling (equal diameter)

Ø sheaths
(mm)
M pitch

Ø conduits Ø conduits
pitch

pitch
GAS

PG

(mm) (mm)

8 M12 DX 56 008 1/4” DX 56 208 7 DX 56 408 - - - -

10 M16 DX 56 010 1/4” DX 56 210 7 DX 56 410 - - - -

9 DX 56 411
12 M16 DX 56 012 3/8” DX 56 212 11 DX 56 412 16 DX 43 316 - -
13,5 DX 56 413
14 M16 DX 56 014 1/2” DX 56 214 13,5 DX 56 414 - - - -
11 DX 56 415
16 M20 DX 56 016 1/2” DX 56 216 13,5 DX 56 416 20 DX 43 320 16 DX 43 416
16 DX 56 417
16 DX 56 422
20 M25 DX 56 022 3/4” DX 56 222 25 DX 43 325 20 DX 43 420
21 DX 56 423
16 DX 56 422
22 M25 DX 56 022 3/4” DX 56 222 - - - -
21 DX 56 423
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

25 M25 DX 56 025 3/4” DX 56 225 21 DX 56 425 32 DX 43 332 25 DX 43 425

FOR INSTALLATION

28 M32 DX 56 028 1” DX 56 228 29 DX 56 428 - - 32 DX 43 432

32 - - 11/4” DX 56 232 36 DX 56 432 40 DX 43 340 - -

35 - - 11/4” DX 56 235 36 DX 56 435 - - - -

40 M40 DX 56 040 11/4” DX 56 240 42 DX 56 440 50 DX 43 350 40 DX 43 440

50 M50 DX 56 050 2” DX 56 250 48 DX 56 450

373
GW FIT

Accessories for electrical installation

CABLE TIES
STANDARD FOR HEAVY WITH WITH
RE-OPENABLE
TYPE DUTY EYELET PLATE
Tightening
Dimensions
capacity
LxH (mm)
Ø (mm)

2,4x75 1.5 - 18 GW 52 231 GW 52 251 - - -

2,5x96 1.5 - 23 GW 52 232 GW 52 252 - - -
2,5x100 1.5 - 25 - - - GW 52 281 -
2,5x100 5 - 25 - - - - GW 52 291
2,5x110 1.5 - 25 - - - - GW 52 292
2,5x140 1.5 - 35 GW 52 233 GW 52 253 - - -
2,5x200 10 - 50 - - - - GW 52 293
2,5x203 1.5 - 55 GW 52 234 GW 52 254 - - -
3,6x150 2.5 - 39 GW 52 235 GW 52 255 - - -
3,6x203 2.5 - 55 GW 52 236 GW 52 256 - - -
3,6x292 2.5 - 85 GW 52 237 GW 52 257 - - -
4,2x205 2.5 - 60 - - - GW 52 282 -
4,6x200 10 - 50 - - - - GW 52 294
4,8x190 3 - 52 GW 52 238 GW 52 258 - - -
4,8x280 3 - 81 GW 52 239 GW 52 259 - - -
4,8x368 3 - 182 GW 52 240 GW 52 260 - - -
7,6x150 4 - 35 - - GW 52 271 - -
7,6x200 4 - 50 - - GW 52 272 - -
7,6x300 4 - 80 - - GW 52 273 - -
7,6x380 4 - 110 GW 52 241 GW 52 261 - - -
9,0x610 5 - 185 GW 52 242 GW 52 262 - - -
9,0x914 5 - 270 GW 52 243 GW 52 263 - - -

TECHNICAL COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR CABLE TIES

Self-adhesive fixing clips GW 52 226 For tie widths up to 4.5mm
for ties GW 52 227 For tie widths up to 5mm

GW 52 228 For tie widths up to 5mm

Fixing supports for ties
GW 52 229 For tie widths up to 9mm

Tie-puller clamp GW 52 410 Tie-puller clamp for standard ties

OUTDOOR TIES
Tightening LTR TIES
Dimensions
capacity
LxH (mm)
Ø (mm)

6x115 5 - 25 GW 52 201
6x180 9 -45 GW 52 202
6x290 20 - 78 GW 52 203
9x180 10 - 40 GW 52 204
9x265 26 - 60 GW 52 205
9x360 26 - 93 GW 52 206
9x510 70 - 140 GW 52 207
9x760 70 - 220 GW 52 208

TECHNICAL COMPONENTS AND ACCESSORIES FOR OUTDOOR TIES

Supports for outdoor ties GW 52 209 Screw support

Fixing supports for ties GW 52 210 Wall plug support

Tie-puller clamp GW 52 411 Tie-puller clamp for outdoor ties

374
 44 MS - MOBILE AND MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCKS
CONNECTION CAPACITY MODULAR BARS TRAILING TERMINAL BLOCKS 12-POLE MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCKS
TRANSPARENT - IP20 WITH BRASS TERMINALS - BLACK
SCREW TYPE: SLOTTED -
2,5 mm² GW 44 661 GW 44 601
4 mm² GW 44 665 GW 44 602
6 mm² GW 44 662 -
10 mm² GW 44 663 GW 44 603
16 mm² GW 44 664 GW 44 604
SCREW TYPE: HEXAGONAL -
25 mm² GW 44 666 GW 44 605
35 mm² GW 44 667 -

44 MM - MULTI-POLE TERMINAL BLOCKS

CONNECTION CAPACITY PRESS-ON FIXING MULTI-POLE SCREW-ON FIXING MULTI-POLE FEEDTHROUGH
TERMINAL BLOCKS - GREY RAL 7035 TERMINAL BLOCKS - GREY RAL 7035
3 poles x 4 mm² GW 44 606 -
3 poles x 6 mm² - GW 44 609
3 poles x 16 mm² - GW 44 611
3 poles x 35 mm² - GW 44 613
4 poles x 4 mm² GW 44 607 -
5 poles x 4 mm² GW 44 608 -
5 poles x 6 mm² - GW 44 610
5 poles x 16 mm² - GW 44 612
5 poles x 35 mm² - GW 44 614

44 ME - SINGLE-POLE EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS

CONNECTION CAPACITY
SINGLE-POLE EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH INDIRECT PLATE-TIGHTENING - TRANSPARENT
4 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 704
6 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 706
8 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 708

Support for fixing on DIN rail GW 44 720

SINGLE-POLE EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH INDIRECT SCREW-TIGHTENING - TRANSPARENT

3 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 671
5 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 672
4 ways x 16 mm² GW 44 673
2 ways x 16 mm² + 3 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 674
2 ways x 16 mm² + 9 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 675
2 ways x 35 mm² + 4 ways x 16 mm² GW 44 676

Support for fixing on DIN rail GW 44 681

Adapter GW 44 682

Rail for fixing in PTC boxes GW 44 683

44 MP - MODULAR DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL BLOCKS

RATED CURRENT MAX. INPUT MAX. OUTPUT
Code Icw (1s)
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

CONNECTION CONNECTION
TWO-POLE MODULAR DIVIDER TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH TRANSPARENT PROTECTION COVER
FOR INSTALLATION

In: 100 A GW 44 691 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1,5-10)] mm² 6 kA

In: 125 A GW 44 693 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1,5-10)] mm² 6 kA
FOUR-POLE MODULAR DIVIDER TERMINAL BLOCKS WITH TRANSPARENT PROTECTION COVER
In: 100 A GW 44 696 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1,5-10)] mm² 6 kA
In: 125 A GW 44 698 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1,5-10)] mm² 6 kA
In: 160 A GW 44 699 1x(16-50) mm² [2x(10-35) + 2x(6-25) + 8x(4-16)] mm² 10 kA

375
GW FIT

Accessories for electrical installation

COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN TERMINAL BLOCKS AND JUNCTION BOXES
44 MM RANGE - MULTI-POLE TERMINAL BLOCKS

PRESS-ON FIXING SCREW-ON FIXING WITH FEEDTHROUGH TERMINALS

GW 44 609 GW 44 611 GW 44 613

GW 44 606 GW 44 607 GW 44 608 3x6 mm² 3x16 mm² 3x35 mm²
Type Range Dimensions (mm)
3x4 mm² 4x4 mm² 5x4 mm² GW 44 610 GW 44 612 GW 44 614
5x6 mm² 5x16 mm² 5x35 mm²

IP 44 Ø 65 • • •
Ø 80 • • • •
80x80 • • • •
SURFACE-MOUNTING JUNCTION BOXES

100x100 • • • • •
120x80 • • • • •
44 CE RANGE:

150x110 • • •
190x140 • • •
IP 55 - IP 56
240x190 • • •
300x220 • • •
380x300 • • •
460x380 • • •
92x92 • •
118x96 • •
152x98 • •
160x130 • • •
196x152 • • •
FLUSH-MOUNTING JUNCTION BOXES

48 PT/PT DIN
294x152 • • •
392x152 • • •
48 RANGE:

480x160 • • •
516x202 • • •
516x294 • • •
48 CM
260x260 • •
520x260 • •
48 PTC 138x169 • • • • • •
308x169 • • •
398x169 • • •
• = Suitable

376
 COMPATIBILITY BETWEEN TERMINAL BLOCKS AND JUNCTION BOXES
44 ME RANGE - SINGLE-POLE EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS

With indirect plate-tightening With indirect screw-tightening

GW 44 673
4 ways x 16 mm² GW 44 675 GW 44 676
Dimensions GW 44 704 GW 44 706 GW 44 708 GW 44 671 GW 44 672
Type Range (2x16)+(9x6) (2x35)+(4x16)
(mm) 4 ways x 6 mm² 6 ways x 6 mm² 8 ways x 6 mm² 3 ways x 6 mm² 5 ways x 6 mm² GW 44 674 mm² mm²
(2x16)+(3x6) mm2
IP 44 Ø 65 • • •
Ø 80 • • • • •
80x80 • • • • •
SURFACE-MOUNTING JUNCTION BOXES

100x100 • • • • • •
120x80 • • • • • •
44 CE RANGE:

150x110 • • • • • • • •
190x140 • • • • • • • •
IP 55 - IP 56 240x190 • • • • • • • •
300x220 • • • • • • • •
380x300 • • • • • • • •
460x380 • • • • • • • •
92x92 • • • • •
118x96 • • • • • •
152x98 • • • • • •
48 PT/PT DIN 160x130 • • • • • • •
196x152 • • • • • •
294x152 • • • • • •
392x152 • • • • • •
FLUSH-MOUNTING JUNCTION BOXES

480x160 • • • • • •
(with GW 44 682
516x202 • • • • • • •
48 RANGE:

adapter)
516x294 • • • • • • •
48 CM
260x260 • • • • • •
(with GW 44 682
adapter)
520x260 • • • • • •
48 PTC 138x169 • • • • • • • •
308x169 • • • • • •
(with adapter) 398x169 • • • • • •
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

48 PTC 138x169 • • • • • • •
FOR INSTALLATION

308x169 • • • • • • •
(with GW 44 683 rail) 398x169 • • • • • • •
• = Suitable
NOTE: The 44 ME range terminal blocks with indirect screw-tightening are mounted on plates, or on the bottom of the boxes, using the suitable GW 44 682 adapter.
For 48 PTC range boxes on the other hand, use code GW 44 683.
The 44 ME range terminal blocks with indirect plate-tightening are mounted on the DIN rail of the 48 PT DIN boxes, using the suitable GW 44 720 support.

377
GW FIT
Accessories for electrical installation
Complete system comprising cable glands, plastic and metal fixings,
couplings for rigid conduits and sheaths, cable ties for external and junction
and connection terminal blocks. The depth of the range and breadth of
the offers of each family makes GEWISS the specialist and ideal partner
when implementing any type of system, from residential to commercial and
industrial sector.

PLASTIC CABLE GLANDS AND ACCESSORIES

Cable glands

Nylon cable glands - PG pitch - grey RAL 7035 - IP66

Code PG pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 001 7 12.5 from 3 to 6 50/900
GW 52 002 9 16 from 6 to 8 50/600
GW 52 003 11 19 from 8 to 10.5 25/500
GW 52 004 13.5 20 from 9 to 12.5 25/500
GW 52 005 16 23 from 13 to 16 25/375
GW 52 006 21 29 from 9 to 10/from 17 to 20 25/400
GW 52 007 29 37 from 13.5 to 15/from 21 to 26 25/250
GW 52 008 36 48 from 17 to 20/from 30 to 34 10/130
GW 52 009 42 54 from 36 to 39/from 40 to 43 6/120
GW 52 010 48 60 from 38 to 40/from 46 to 50 5/100
GW 52 001
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.
APPLICATIONS: for making watertight installations with direct grip on cable.

Nylon cable glands - PG pitch - grey RAL 7035 - IP68

Code PG pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 071 7 12.5 from 3.5 to 6.5 50/600
GW 52 072 9 16 from 4 to 8 50/400
GW 52 073 11 19 from 5 to 10 50/600
GW 52 074 13.5 20 from 6 to 12 25/300
GW 52 075 16 23 from 10 to 14 25/300
GW 52 076 21 29 from 13 to 18 25/200
GW 52 077 29 37 from 18 to 25 25/150
GW 52 078 36 48 from 22 to 32 10/120
GW 52 079 42 54 from 30 to 38 6/84
GW 52 080 48 60 from 34 to 44 5/60
GW 52 075
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.

Nylon cable glands - METRIC pitch - grey RAL 7035 - IP68

Code ISO pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 042 12x1.25 12 from 3 to 6.5 50/600
GW 52 043 16x1.5 16 from 5 to 10 50/400
GW 52 044 20x1.5 20 from 10 to 14 25/300
GW 52 045 25x1.5 25 from 13 to 18 25/200
GW 52 046 32x1.5 32 from 18 to 25 25/150
GW 52 047 40x1.5 40 from 22 to 32 10/120
GW 52 048 50x1.5 50 from 30 to 38 6/84
GW 52 049 63x1.5 63 from 35 to 44 5/60
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.
APPLICATIONS: direct installation on fixing enclosures or components in feedthrough holes.
GW 52 042
Coupling in installations where a high protection rating is required in the presence of chemical substances, shocks and vibrations.

378
 Nylon cable glands - PG pitch with housing for rigid conduit - grey RAL 7035 - IP66
Code PG pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For external conduits For cables Ø (mm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 52 024 13.5 20 16 from 9 to 12.5 15/300
GW 52 025 16 23 20 from 13 to 16 15/240
GW 52 026 21 29 25 from 9 to 10/from 17 to 20 15/240
GW 52 027 29 37 32 from 13.5 to 15/from 21 to 26 15/135
GW 52 028 36 48 40 from 17 to 20/from 30 to 34 6/54
GW 52 029 42 54 50 from 36 to 39/from 40 to 43 4/80
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.
APPLICATIONS: for making watertight installations with direct clamping on the cable and attractive conduit-box coupling.

GW 52 025

Closure caps
Nylon closure caps - grey RAL 7035 - IP65
Code Pitch Pack
Carton
GW 52 361 PG7 100/500
GW 52 362 PG9 100/500
GW 52 363 PG11 100/400
GW 52 364 PG13.5 100/400
GW 52 365 PG16 100/300
GW 52 366 PG21 100/300
GW 52 367 PG29 50/250
GW 52 368 PG36 25/150
GW 52 369 PG42 25/125
GW 52 370 PG48 10/100
GW 52 366 GW 52 372 M12 100/500
GW 52 373 M16 100/500
GW 52 374 M20 100/400
GW 52 375 M25 100/400
GW 52 376 M32 50/250
GW 52 377 M40 50/200
GW 52 378 M50 25/150
GW 52 379 M63 10/100
NOTE: IP65 - only obtained with the aid of an O-ring.

O-ring for closure caps

Code For caps with pitch Pack
Carton
GW 52 441 PG7 500/2500
GW 52 442 PG9 500/2500
GW 52 443 PG11 500/2000
GW 52 444 PG13.5 500/2000
GW 52 445 PG16 500/2000
GW 52 446 PG21 500/1500
GW 52 447 PG29 250/1250
GW 52 448 PG36 100/1000
GW 52 449 PG42 50/500
GW 52 450 PG48 50/400
GW 52 452 GW 52 452 M12 500/2500
GW 52 453 M16 500/2500
GW 52 454 M20 500/2000
GW 52 455 M25 500/2000
GW 52 456 M32 250/1250
GW 52 457 M40 50/1250
GW 52 458 M50 500/1000
GW 52 459 M63 50/500
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

379
GW FIT

Fixing nuts
Nylon fixing nuts - Grey RAL 7035
Code Pitch Pack
Carton
GW 52 341 PG7 100/1000
GW 52 342 PG9 100/1000
GW 52 343 PG11 100/800
GW 52 344 PG13.5 100/800
GW 52 345 PG16 100/600
GW 52 346 PG21 100/500
GW 52 347 PG29 50/250
GW 52 348 PG36 25/200
GW 52 349 PG42 25/150
GW 52 350 PG48 25/100
GW 52 341 GW 52 352 M12 100/1000
GW 52 353 M16 100/1000
GW 52 354 M20 100/800
GW 52 355 M25 100/800
GW 52 356 M32 100/600
GW 52 357 M40 100/500
GW 52 358 M50 50/250
GW 52 359 M63 25/125

380
Couplings and cable-glands

Shockproof polymer conduit/box couplings Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits Mounting hole Ø (mm) IP with rigid conduit IP with corrugated Pack
(mm) conduit Carton
GW 50 415 16 20 IP66 IP54 25/200
GW 50 416 20 23 IP66 IP54 25/200
GW 50 417 25 29 IP66 IP54 25/150
GW 50 418 32 37 IP66 IP54 10/100
GW 50 419 40 48 IP66 IP44 6/60
GW 50 420 50 54 IP66 IP44 5/50
GW 50 415 CHARACTERISTICS: the box conduit coupling device allows corrugated conduits to be connected to the junction boxes, guaranteeing the minimum IP4X degree of protection in areas at greater risk in the event of a fire
whenever required.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing nut.

Flexible polymer conduit/box couplings Grey RAL 7035 - IP44

Code For external conduits (mm) Mounting hole Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
GW 50 421 16 23 50/700
GW 50 422 20 23 50/700
GW 50 423 20 29 25/350
GW 50 424 25 29 25/350
GW 50 425 32 37 15/210
GW 50 426 40 37 10/160
GW 50 421
GW 50 427 50 48 10/90

Flexible polymer cable gland - Grey RAL 7035 - IP55

Code For ext. conduits max (mm) Mounting hole Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 428 16 19 100/1000
GW 50 429 20 23 100/1000
GW 50 430 25 29 100/1000
GW 50 431 32 37 50/500
GW 50 432 40 48 35/350
NOTE: quick entry cable glands, except GW50428.
GW 50 430 CHARACTERISTICS: quick entry cable glands, suitable for cables with Ø from 4 to 14mm.
Cable gland GW50429, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20mm.
Cable gland GW50430, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25mm.
Cable gland GW50431, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25, 32mm.
Cable gland GW50432, suitable for conduits ø 16, 20, 25, 32, 40mm.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

381
GW FIT
METAL CABLE GLANDS AND ACCESSORIES

Cable glands
Insulated cable gland - IP65
Code Type of pitch Seals Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 837 PG11 7.5 / 10 / 12.5 1/50
GW 76 839 M20 4 / 7 / 10 / 13 1/50

GW 76 837

Nickel-plated brass cable glands - IP65

Code Type of pitch Seals Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 841 PG11 7.5 / 10 / 12.5 1/50
GW 76 842 PG13.5 7.5 / 10 / 12.5 1/50
GW 76 843 PG16 7.5 / 10 / 12.5 1/50
GW 76 844 PG21 10 / 13 / 16 / 19 1/50
GW 76 845 PG29 18 / 21 / 24 / 27 1/10
GW 76 846 PG36 24 / 27 / 30 / 33 1/10
GW 76 847 PG42 30 / 33 / 36 / 39 1/10
GW 76 848 M20 4 / 7 / 10 / 13 1/50
GW 76 849 M25 8.5 / 11.5 / 14.5 / 17.5 1/50
GW 76 850 M32 16 / 19 / 22 / 25 1/10
GW 76 845 GW 76 851 M40 23 / 26 / 29 / 32 1/10
GW 76 852 M50 30 / 33 / 36 / 39 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated brass cable gland with complete sealing gaskets for a wide range of cable diameters.

382
 Nickel-plated brass cable glands - IP68
Code Type of pitch For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 825 PG11 from 4 to 9 10/100
GW 76 826 PG13.5 from 7 to 11 10/100
GW 76 827 PG16 from 10 to 13 10/100
GW 76 828 PG21 from 12 to 17 5/50
GW 76 829 PG29 from 17 to 24 5/50
GW 76 830 PG36 from 20 to 26 / from 27 to 34 5/50
GW 76 897 PG42 from 32 to 36 2/10
GW 76 894 M12 from 3 to 6.5 50/250
GW 76 896 M16 from 4 to 9 10/100
GW 76 831 M20 from 10 to 13 10/100
GW 76 829 GW 76 832 M25 from 12 to 17 10/100
GW 76 833 M32 from 14 to 21 5/50
GW 76 834 M40 from 19 to 27 5/50
GW 76 835 M50 from 25 to 34 2/10
GW 76 895 M63 from 34 to 48 5/40
CHARACTERISTICS: nickel-plated brass cable gland with mechanic cable-snap device.
NOTE: fixing nuts not supplied.

Extensions
Nickel-plated brass extensions - IP65
Code Male thread Female thread Pack
Carton
GW 76 865 PG11 PG13.5 10/100
GW 76 866 PG13.5 PG16 10/100
GW 76 867 PG16 PG21 10/100
GW 76 868 PG21 PG29 5/50
GW 76 869 PG29 PG36 5/50
GW 76 870 M20 M25 10/100
GW 76 871 M25 M32 10/100
GW 76 872 M32 M40 5/50
GW 76 873 M40 M50 5/50
NOTE: IP degree of protection: depends on the other components with which they are coupled.
GW 76 867

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

383
GW FIT

Closure caps
Nickel-plated brass closure caps - IP65
Code Type of pitch Pack
Carton
GW 76 980 PG11 10/100
GW 76 981 PG13.5 10/100
GW 76 982 PG16 10/100
GW 76 983 PG21 10/100
GW 76 984 PG29 5/50
GW 76 985 PG36 5/50
GW 76 986 PG42 5/50
GW 76 972 M12 100/400
GW 76 973 M16 100/300
GW 76 975 M20 10/100
GW 76 979 GW 76 976 M25 10/100
GW 76 977 M32 10/100
GW 76 978 M40 5/50
GW 76 979 M50 5/50
GW 76 974 M63 10/100
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: sealing gasket.

Fixing nuts
Nickel-plated brass fixing nuts
Code Type of pitch Pack
Carton
GW 76 957 PG11 25/100
GW 76 958 PG13.5 25/100
GW 76 959 PG16 25/100
GW 76 960 PG21 25/100
GW 76 961 PG29 25/100
GW 76 962 PG36 10/50
GW 76 963 PG42 10/50
GW 76 966 M12 100/500
GW 76 951 M16 25/100
GW 76 952 M20 25/100
GW 76 959 GW 76 953 M25 25/100
GW 76 954 M32 25/100
GW 76 955 M40 10/50
GW 76 956 M50 10/50
GW 76 967 M63 25/125

384
METAL CABLE GLANDS AND ACCESSORIES FOR ATEX ENVIRONMENTS - ZONE 1(G) - ZONE 20(D)

Metal cable glands

ATEX cable glands in nickel-plated brass with PG-pitch and long thread - IP68
Code Type of pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 901 PG7 12.5 from 3 to 6.5 10/100
GW 76 902 PG9 16 from 4 to 8 10/100
GW 76 903 PG11 19 from 5 to 10 10/100
GW 76 904 PG13.5 20 from 6.5 to 12 10/100
GW 76 905 PG16 23 from 7 to 12 10/100
GW 76 906 PG21 29 from 13 to 18 5/50
GW 76 907 PG29 37 from 18 to 25 5/50
GW 76 908 PG36 48 from 22 to 32 5/50
GW 76 909 PG42 54 from 32 to 38 2/10
GW 76 910 PG48 60 from 37 to 44 2/10
GW 76 901
NOTE: fixing nuts not supplied.
ATEX Classification. Equipment-group II Category 2G 1D.
Type of protection for use in explosive gas atmospheres: e.
Type of protection for use in explosive dust atmospheres: ta.
Ambient temperature range: -60°C <= Ta <= +95°C.

ATEX cable glands in nickel-plated brass with metric pitch and long thread - IP68
Code Type of pitch Mounting hole Ø (mm) For cables Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 76 921 M12 12 from 3 to 6.5 10/100
GW 76 922 M16 16 from 6 to 10 10/100
GW 76 923 M20 20 from 10 to 14 10/100
GW 76 924 M25 25 from 14 to 18 10/100
GW 76 925 M32 32 from 20 to 25 5/50
GW 76 926 M40 40 from 22 to 32 5/50
GW 76 927 M50 50 from 32 to 38 2/10
GW 76 928 M63 63 from 37 to 44 2/10
NOTE: fixing nuts not supplied.
ATEX Classification. Equipment-group II Category 2G 1D.
GW 76 921
Type of protection for use in explosive gas atmospheres: e.
Type of protection for use in explosive dust atmospheres: ta.
Ambient temperature range: -60°C <= Ta <= +95°C.

Fixing nuts
Nickel-plated brass fixing nuts
Code Type of pitch Pack
Carton
GW 76 941 PG7 25/100
GW 76 942 PG9 25/100
GW 76 957 PG11 25/100
GW 76 958 PG13.5 25/100
GW 76 959 PG16 25/100
GW 76 960 PG21 25/100
GW 76 961 PG29 25/100
GW 76 962 PG36 10/50
GW 76 963 PG42 10/50
GW 76 943 PG48 10/50
GW 76 941 GW 76 949 M12 25/100
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

GW 76 951 M16 25/100

GW 76 952 M20 25/100
FOR INSTALLATION

GW 76 953 M25 25/100

GW 76 954 M32 25/100
GW 76 955 M40 10/50
GW 76 956 M50 10/50
GW 76 950 M63 10/50

385
GW FIT
PLASTIC FIXINGS FOR CONDUITS AND CABLES

Fixings for conduits

Shockproof polymer saddle snap clip - Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits (mm) Wall-conduit axis distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 601 16 20 100/1800
GW 50 602 20 22 100/1600
GW 50 603 25 24.5 100/900
GW 50 604 32 28 100/900
GW 50 628 40 32 50/450
GW 50 629 50 37 50/450
GW 50 603 NOTES: suitable for riveting machines.GW50628 and GW50629 are not Halogen Free.
APPLICATIONS: recommended for surface mounting

Shockproof polymer saddle collar clip - Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits (mm) Wall-conduit axis distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 605 16 20 100/900
GW 50 606 20 22 100/900
GW 50 607 25 24.5 100/600
GW 50 608 32 28 50/450
GW 50 630 40 32 35/350
GW 50 631 50 37 25/200
GW 50 605 APPLICATIONS: Recommended for ceiling applications.

Modular lock-joint rail to fix shockproof polymer supports - Grey RAL 7035
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 609 200 50/350

GW 50 609

Multi-diameter clamp supports - Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits (mm) Wall-conduit axis distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 651 16-20 14-16 75/900
GW 50 652 25-32 21.5-25 25/250
GW 50 653 40-50 30-35 15/150

GW 50 651

386
 Fixing collar - Grey RAL 7035

Code For external conduits (mm) Description Pack

Carton
DX 51 120 16-20 Reopened collar 100/1500
DX 51 232 16-32 Collar cannot be reopened 100/800
DX 51 263 25-63 Collar cannot be reopened 100/400
USE: rigid conduits can be fixed to the wall with the aid of the wall plugs. Assembly hole Ø7mm.
MATERIAL: self-extinguishing polyamide.
NOTE: for an optimal collar closing use the tie tool.
DX 51 120

Fixing dowels for collar - Grey RAL 7035

Code For mounting holes Ø (mm) Characteristics Pack
Carton
DX 51 306 6 1 Impact insert included 200/600
DX 51 308 8 1 Impact insert included 200/600
USE: allow fixing of rigid conduits fixing collars to walls.

DX 51 306

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

387
GW FIT

Fixings for cables

Shockproof polymer clips with hardened steel pin - Grey RAL 7035
Code For external conduits (mm) Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
GW 50 610 3-4 100/8000
GW 50 611 5-6 100/8000
GW 50 612 7-8 100/8000
GW 50 613 9-10 100/6000
GW 50 614 11-12 100/6000
GW 50 615 13-14 100/6000
GW 50 616 15-16 100/3000
GW 50 617 19-20 100/1800
GW 50 618 21-22 100/2000
GW 50 610 GW 50 619 25-26 50/900
GW 50 620 31-32 50/1000
Colour: White
GW 50 621 5-6 100/8000
GW 50 622 7-8 100/8000

Flat shockproof polymer clips with pin of hardened steel - White

Code Colour For flat cables width Pack
Carton
GW 50 623 White 5 - 6 mm 100/4000
GW 50 624 White 7 - 8 mm 100/15000
GW 50 625 White 10 - 11 mm 100/4800

GW 50 623

Hardened steel pins

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 50 626 Totally insulated 100/1000
GW 50 627 With insulating collar 100/1000
NOTE: Each package contains 100 small nails.

GW 50 626

388
METAL COLLARS FOR CONDUITS AND CABLES

Collars in galvanized steel

Galvanised steel collars M6 thread with 2 screws
Code For external conduits (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 801 10-11 100/1600
GW 50 802 12-13 100/800
GW 50 803 14-15 100/800
GW 50 804 16-17 100/800
GW 50 805 19-20 100/800
GW 50 806 21-22 100/600
GW 50 807 25-26 100/600
GW 50 808 31-32 100/600
GW 50 809 38-40 100/300
GW 50 810 48-50 50/300
GW 50 801

Clips in galvanized steel

Galvanised steel clips hole 12x6 mm
Code For external conduits (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 811 10-11 100/2400
GW 50 812 12-13 100/2000
GW 50 813 14-15 100/2000
GW 50 814 16-17 100/1600
GW 50 815 19-20 100/1000
GW 50 816 21-22 50/1000
GW 50 817 25-26 50/1000
GW 50 818 31-32 50/600
GW 50 819 38-40 50/600
GW 50 820 48-50 50/300
GW 50 811

Galvanised steel U-bolts with two holes

Code For external conduits (mm) Pack
Carton
Hole dimension (mm): 7x4
GW 50 821 10-11 100/2400
GW 50 822 12-13 100/3500
GW 50 823 14-15 100/2000
GW 50 824 16-17 100/1600
GW 50 825 19-20 100/2000
GW 50 826 21-22 50/1000
GW 50 827 25-26 50/800
Hole dimension (mm): 10x6
GW 50 828 31-32 50/600
GW 50 821
GW 50 829 38-40 50/600
GW 50 830 48-50 50/300

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

389
GW FIT
STRAPS FOR CORRUGATED CONDUITS

Fixing straps
Straps for positioning the conduits on the floor
Code Description Roll length (m) Ribbon height (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 50 791 Strap in perforated, galvanized steel 10 12 1/10
GW 50 792 Strap in fabric 10 15 10/100

GW 50 791

Kit for manual riveting

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 50 798 Firing pin 1/10
GW 50 799 Steel pin - 18mm 200/4000

GW 50 798

DISPENSER FOR ACCESSORIES

Dispenser case for electrical installation accessories

Multi-compartment dispenser case with snap-on security closure
Code Accessories supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 420 Upper compartment and 4 extractable compartments 420x400x320 mm 1

GW 52 420

390
TOOLS FOR PERFORATING ENCLOSURES

Drill milling cutter

Multi-diameter drill milling cutter in HSS steel to drill boxes, boards and trunking in insulating
material
Code Description Ø of perforation Pack
Carton
GW 52 401 Drill milling cutter From 3.5 to 40 1/4

GW 52 401

Cup drill milling cutter to drill panels

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 52 402 Cup drill milling Ø56 10
APPLICATIONS: suitable for low voltage flush-mounting socket-outlets IEC 309 2P+E 16A and for all the extra-low voltage flush-mounting socket-outlets IEC 309.

GW 52 402

Cup drill milling cutter to drill hollow cavity wall

Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 52 403 Cup drill milling Ø62 10

GW 52 403

Tapered drill milling cutter in HSS steel to finish and countersink holes for metal boards and trunking
Code Description For holes Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 412 Tapered drill milling cutter 40 1/4

GW 52 412
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

391
GW FIT
COUPLING DEVICES FOR RIGID CONDUITS

RK connections - Grey RAL 7035

Coupling - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 40 016 16 30/300
DX 40 020 20 30/450
DX 40 025 25 20/240
DX 40 032 32 10/100
DX 40 040 40 5/25
DX 40 050 50 15
DX 40 016
DX 40 063 63 8

Tight radius bend - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 40 116 16 30/300
DX 40 120 20 30/300
DX 40 125 25 20/100
DX 40 132 32 10/50
DX 40 140 40 5/25
DX 40 150 50 10
DX 40 116
DX 40 163 63 1
NOTE: DX40163 not Halogen Free.

Inspectable T - IP40
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 40 216 16 30/120
DX 40 220 20 30/120
DX 40 225 25 20/60
DX 40 232 32 10/30

DX 40 216

Inspectable bend - IP40

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 40 316 16 30/180
DX 40 320 20 30/120
DX 40 325 25 20/60
DX 40 332 32 10/40

DX 40 316

392
MORBIDX connections - Grey RAL 7035
Release coupling - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 016 16 10/300
DX 43 020 20 10/240
DX 43 025 25 5/150
DX 43 032 32 5/120
DX 43 040 40 5/90
DX 43 050 50 3/54
DX 43 016

Release tight bend - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 116 16 10/100
DX 43 120 20 10/80
DX 43 125 25 5/50
DX 43 132 32 5/30
DX 43 140 40 5/15
DX 43 150 50 8
DX 43 116

Release conduit-box coupling - IP67

Code Conduits Ø (mm) ISO pitch For holes Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 216 16 M 16x1.5 16 10/360
DX 43 220 20 M 20x1.5 20 10/300
DX 43 225 25 M 25x1.5 25 5/180
DX 43 232 32 M 32x1.5 32 5/150
DX 43 240 40 M 40x1.5 40 5/30
DX 43 250 50 M 50x1.5 50 5/15
DX 43 216

Release conduit-sheath coupling - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 316 16 12 10/450
DX 43 320 20 16 10/300
DX 43 325 25 20 5/210
DX 43 332 32 25 5/120
DX 43 340 40 32 5/25
DX 43 350 50 40 5/20
DX 43 316
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

393
GW FIT
Release conduit-sheath coupling equal diameter - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 416 16 16 10/360
DX 43 420 20 20 10/240
DX 43 425 25 25 5/150
DX 43 432 32 28 5/40
DX 43 440 40 40 5/20
USE: coupling of a rigid protective conduit with a spiral sheath of the DIFLEX range these connections allow rigid conduits and sheaths to have the same internal diameter, making the wiring easy.
DX 43 416

LA SVOLTA conduit-conduit coupling - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Working length (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 43 516 16 110 60
DX 43 520 20 132 40
DX 43 525 25 209 20
DX 43 532 32 301 20
DX 43 540 40 302 12
DX 43 550 50 311 9

DX 43 516

SPEEDY-FLEX couplings - Grey RAL 7035

Watertight flexible couplings - IP66
Code For external conduits External Ø (mm) Internal Ø (mm) Length (mm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 50 201 16 27 13 140 20/60
GW 50 202 20 31.5 17 160 20/120
GW 50 203 25 41 21.5 205 10/40
GW 50 204 32 55 28 290 10/60
GW 50 205 40 65 35.5 400 6/30
GW 50 206 50 72 44.5 515 6/36
CHARACTERISTICS: multifunctional couplings allowing the realisation of 0-90° variable angle curves and misaligned conduit-conduit couplings.

GW 50 201

Protected flexible couplings - IP44

Code For external conduits External Ø (mm) Internal Ø (mm) Length (mm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 50 207 16 24 13 135 20/60
GW 50 208 20 30 17 160 20/120
GW 50 209 25 35 21.5 205 20/120
GW 50 210 32 45 28 280 10/20
GW 50 211 40 55 35.5 400 6/30
GW 50 212 50 65 44.5 515 6/36
CHARACTERISTICS: multifunctional couplings allowing the realisation of 0-90° variable angle curves and misaligned conduit-conduit couplings.

GW 50 210

394
Accessories
Conduit-bending spring for RK15
Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 51 416 16 1/10
DX 51 420 20 1/10
DX 51 425 25 1/5
DX 51 432 32 1/5
DX 51 440 40 1
DX 51 450 50 1
USE: for cold bending rigid conduits.
MATERIAL: special galvanised steel square wire mesh.

DX 51 416

Conduit-bending spring for RKB

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Pack
Carton
DX 51 316 16 1/10
DX 51 320 20 1/10
DX 51 325 25 1/5
USE: for cold bending rigid conduits.
MATERIAL: special galvanised steel square wire mesh.

DX 51 316

Conduit cutter
Code Description Pack
Carton
DX 51 600 Conduit cutter 1/5

DX 51 600

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

395
GW FIT
COUPLING DEVICES FOR SPIRAL SHEATH

Rotating unions
Straight, revolving coupling device - Metric pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) ISO pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 008 8 M 12x1.5 20/180
DX 54 010 10 M 16x1.5 20/160
DX 54 012 12 M 16x1.5 10/100
DX 54 016 16 M 20x1.5 10/150
DX 54 020 20 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 022 22 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 025 25 M 32x1.5 5/60
DX 54 028 28 M 32x1.5 5/40
DX 54 032 32 M 40x1.5 5/30
DX 54 020 DX 54 040 40 M 50x1.5 25
DX 54 050 50 M 63x1.5 15
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 108 8 M 12x1.5 20/180
DX 54 110 10 M 16x1.5 20/160
DX 54 112 12 M 16x1.5 10/100
DX 54 116 16 M 20x1.5 10/150
DX 54 120 20 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 122 22 M 25x1.5 10/100
DX 54 125 25 M 32x1.5 5/60
DX 54 128 28 M 32x1.5 5/40
DX 54 132 32 M 40x1.5 5/30
DX 54 140 40 M 50x1.5 25
DX 54 150 50 M 63x1.5 15
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with metric pitch or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

396
 Straight, revolving coupling device - GAS pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) GAS pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 208 8 1/4” 20/180
DX 54 210 10 1/4” 20/160
DX 54 212 12 3/8” 10/100
DX 54 214 14 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 216 16 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 220 20 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 222 22 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 225 25 1” 5/60
DX 54 228 28 1” 5/40
DX 54 220 DX 54 232 32 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 235 35 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 240 40 1 1/2” 25
DX 54 250 50 2” 15
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 308 8 1/4” 20/180
DX 54 310 10 1/4” 20/160
DX 54 312 12 3/8” 10/100
DX 54 314 14 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 316 16 1/2” 10/150
DX 54 320 20 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 322 22 3/4” 10/100
DX 54 325 25 1” 5/60
DX 54 328 28 1” 5/40
DX 54 332 32 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 335 35 1 1/4” 5/30
DX 54 340 40 1 1/2” 25
DX 54 350 50 2” 15
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with GAS pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

397
GW FIT
Straight, revolving coupling device - PG pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) PG pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 54 408 8 7 20/180
DX 54 410 10 7 20/160
DX 54 411 10 9 20/160
DX 54 412 12 11 10/100
DX 54 413 12 13.5 10/100
DX 54 414 14 13.5 10/150
DX 54 416 16 13.5 10/150
DX 54 417 16 16 10/150
DX 54 420 20 21 10/100
DX 54 420 DX 54 422 22 21 10/100
DX 54 425 25 29 5/60
DX 54 428 28 29 5/40
DX 54 432 32 36 5/30
DX 54 435 35 36 5/30
Colour: Black RAL 9005
DX 54 508 8 7 20/180
DX 54 510 10 7 20/160
DX 54 511 10 9 20/160
DX 54 512 12 11 10/100
DX 54 513 12 13.5 10/100
DX 54 514 14 13.5 10/150
DX 54 516 16 13.5 10/150
DX 54 517 16 16 10/150
DX 54 520 20 21 10/100
DX 54 522 22 21 10/100
DX 54 525 25 29 5/60
DX 54 528 28 29 5/40
DX 54 532 32 36 5/30
DX 54 535 35 36 5/30
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with Pg pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

398
Fixed unions
Straight, fixed coupling device - Metric pitch - IP54
Code Sheath Ø (mm) ISO pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 008 8 M12x1,5 20/160
DX 56 010 10 M16x1.5 10/170
DX 56 012 12 M16x1.5 10/150
DX 56 014 14 M16x1.5 10/130
DX 56 016 16 M20x1.5 10/110
DX 56 022 22 M25x1.5 10/50
DX 56 025 25 M25x1.5 10/50
DX 56 028 28 M32x1.5 10/40
DX 56 040 40 M40x1.5 15
DX 56 008 DX 56 050 50 M50x1.5 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with metric pitch or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Straight, fixed coupling device - GAS pitch - IP54

Code Sheath Ø (mm) GAS pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 208 8 1/4” 20/160
DX 56 210 10 1/4” 10/170
DX 56 212 12 3/8” 10/150
DX 56 214 14 1/2” 10/130
DX 56 216 16 1/2” 10/110
DX 56 222 22 3/4” 10/50
DX 56 225 25 3/4” 10/50
DX 56 228 28 1” 10/40
DX 56 232 32 1 1/4” 3/18
DX 56 208 DX 56 235 35 1 1/4” 3/18
DX 56 240 40 1 1/2” 15
DX 56 250 50 2” 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with GAS pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.

Straight, fixed coupling device - PG pitch - IP54

Code Sheath Ø (mm) PG pitch Pack
Carton
Colour: Grey RAL 7035
DX 56 408 8 7 20/160
DX 56 410 10 7 10/170
DX 56 411 12 9 10/150
DX 56 412 12 11 10/150
DX 56 413 12 13.5 10/150
DX 56 414 14 13.5 10/130
DX 56 415 16 11 10/110
DX 56 416 16 13.5 10/110
DX 56 417 16 16 10/110
DX 56 408 DX 56 422 22 16 10/50
DX 56 423 22 21 10/50
DX 56 425 25 21 10/50
DX 56 428 28 29 10/40
DX 56 432 32 36 3/18
DX 56 435 35 36 3/18
DX 56 440 40 42 15
DX 56 450 50 48 12
USE: for the coupling of spiral sheaths to junction boxes in threaded holes with Pg pitches or in non-threaded holes via the nut and gasket supplied.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

399
GW FIT

Conduit-sheath unions
MORBIDX release conduit-sheath union - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 316 16 12 10/450
DX 43 320 20 16 10/300
DX 43 325 25 20 5/210
DX 43 332 32 25 5/120
DX 43 340 40 32 5/25
DX 43 350 50 40 5/20
DX 43 316

Release conduit-sheath union equal diameter - IP65

Code Conduits Ø (mm) Sheath Ø (mm) Pack

Carton
DX 43 416 16 16 10/360
DX 43 420 20 20 10/240
DX 43 425 25 25 5/150
DX 43 432 32 28 5/40
DX 43 440 40 40 5/20
USE: coupling of a solid protective conduit with a spiral sheath of the DIFLEX range;
DX 43 416 allows the maintenance of the same internal diameter in line with the joint; the internal section for cable passage remains constant, increasing the space available for the system wires.

400
52 FS - CABLE TIES

Standard type
Standard cable ties in colourless polymer
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Pack Carton
GW 52 231 2.4x75 8 2 - 13 mm 1000/20000
GW 52 232 2.5x96 8 2 - 19 mm 1000/20000
GW 52 233 2.5x142 8 3 - 32 mm 100/10000
GW 52 234 2.5x203 8 4 - 50 mm 100/10000
GW 52 235 3.6x150 18 3 - 33 mm 100/10000
GW 52 236 3.6x203 18 5 - 47 mm 100/10000
GW 52 237 3.6x292 18 7 - 75 mm 100/5000
GW 52 238 4.8x190 18 4 - 45 mm 100/5000
GW 52 239 4.8x280 22 7 - 70 mm 100/5000
GW 52 240 4.8x368 22 7 - 96 mm 100/5000
GW 52 231 GW 52 241 7.6x380 55 8 - 96 mm 100/1000
GW 52 242 9.0x610 80 11 - 162 mm 50/500
GW 52 243 9.0x914 80 12 - 253 mm 50/500
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
CHARACTERISTICS: sloping tail and rounded edges. Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.

Heavy-duty
Heavy duty wiring ties - black polymer
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Pack Carton
GW 52 251 2.4x75 8 2 - 13 mm 1000/20000
GW 52 252 2.5x96 8 2 - 19 mm 1000/20000
GW 52 253 2.5x142 8 3 - 32 mm 100/10000
GW 52 254 2.5x203 8 4 - 50 mm 100/10000
GW 52 255 3.6x150 18 3 - 33 mm 100/10000
GW 52 256 3.6x203 18 5 - 47 mm 100/10000
GW 52 257 3.6x292 18 7 - 75 mm 100/5000
GW 52 258 4.8x190 18 4 - 45 mm 100/5000
GW 52 259 4.8x280 22 7 - 70 mm 100/5000
GW 52 260 4.8x368 22 7 - 96 mm 100/5000
GW 52 251 GW 52 261 7.6x380 55 8 - 96 mm 100/1000
GW 52 262 9.0x610 80 11 - 162 mm 50/500
GW 52 263 9.0x914 80 12 - 253 mm 50/500
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
CHARACTERISTICS: sloping tail and rounded edges. Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

401
GW FIT

Re-openable
Re-openable cable ties in black polymer
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Pack Carton
GW 52 271 7.6x150 22 6 - 32 mm 100/1000
GW 52 272 7.6x203 22 6 - 46 mm 100/1000
GW 52 273 7.6x300 22 6 - 73 mm 100/1000
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
CHARACTERISTICS: Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.

GW 52 271

With eyelet
Cable ties with eyelet in colourless polymer
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Hole dimensions (mm) Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Pack
Carton
GW 52 281 2.5x110 4.8 8 3 - 23 mm 100/5000
GW 52 282 4.2x219 4.8 22 4 - 47 mm 100/2000
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
CHARACTERISTICS: sloping tail and rounded edges. Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.

GW 52 281

With plate
Cable ties with identification tag in colourless polymer
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Label Pack
Carton
GW 52 291 2.5x100 8 6 - 21 mm 25 x 8 crossways 100/5000
GW 52 292 2.5x110 8 4 - 18 mm 25 x 8 double-sided 100/5000
GW 52 293 2.5x200 8 6 - 46 mm 30 x 15 crossways 100/2000
GW 52 294 4.6x200 22 12 - 46 mm 28 x 13 lenghtways 100/2000
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
CHARACTERISTICS: sloping tail and rounded edges. Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.

GW 52 291

Complementary items
Two-way self-adhesive bases in colourless polymer to secure cable ties
Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 226 For ties up to 4.5mm 19x3.9x19 100/3000
GW 52 227 For ties up to 5mm 28x4.0x28 100/3000
USE: use the self-adhesive clips for non heavy-duty applications only, In all other cases where it is necessary to guarantee the hold, use the special supports.
NOTES: to install the product correctly, fix the clip on a smooth, clean, dry surface, with a maximum distance of 10cm between the clips, and place on a horizontal surface with the self-adhesive part facing downwards.

GW 52 227

402
 Colourless polymer saddles to secure cable ties
Code Description Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 52 228 For ties up to 5mm 15x7x10 100/3000
GW 52 229 For ties up to 9mm 23x9x16 100/3000
CHARACTERISTICS: screw fixing.

GW 52 229

Tie tool
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 52 410 Cable ties 1/10

GW 52 410

CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES

FOR INSTALLATION

403
GW FIT
52 FS - OUTDOOR TIES

L.T.R. ties
Outdoor black ties in L.T.R. polyamide 12
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Number of heads Tensile stress (daN) Terminal grip capacity Ø Pack
Carton
GW 52 201 6x115 1 24.5 5 - 25 mm 100/4000
GW 52 202 6x180 1 24.5 9 - 45 mm 100/3000
GW 52 203 6x290 1 24.5 20 - 78 mm 100/1000
GW 52 204 9x180 1 36 10 - 40 mm 100/3000
GW 52 205 9x265 2 50 26 - 60 mm 100/1200
GW 52 206 9x360 2 50 26 - 93 mm 100/1000
GW 52 207 9x510 2 53 70 - 140 mm 100/500
GW 52 208 9x760 2 53 70 - 220 mm 100/500
daN = Decanewton (approx. 1kg).
L.T.R. (Low Temperature Resistance): high resistance to tensile stress at low temperatures.
GW 52 201
CHARACTERISTICS: Values for resistance to tensile stress refer to T=20°C, in compliance with Standard EN 62275.

Complementary items
Shockproof polymer saddles to secure outdoor cable ties
Code Description Pack
Carton
GW 52 209 Screw support 100/3000
GW 52 210 Wall plug base 100/3000
CHARACTERISTICS: GW52209 can be installed with Ø 4.8 mm self-tapping screws.
GW52210 can be installed with Ø 8 mm holes in hard materials (e.g. concrete) and Ø 7 mm in soft materials (e.g. hollow brick).

Tie tool
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 52 411 Outdoor ties 1/10

GW 52 411

404
44 MS - TRAILING AND MODULAR TERMINAL BLOCKS

Trailing terminals blocks

Mobile terminal blocks with modular busbars - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent - IP20
Code Max. section flex. cables Min. section flex. cables No. poles per bar Pack
Carton
Type of screw: Slotted
GW 44 661 2.5 mm² 1 mm² 10 10/450
GW 44 665 4 mm² 1.5 mm² 10 10/450
GW 44 662 6 mm² 2.5 mm² 10 10/450
GW 44 663 10 mm² 4 mm² 10 10/300
GW 44 664 16 mm² 6 mm² 5 10/240
Type of screw: Socket head 5mm
GW 44 666 25 mm² 10 mm² 1 5/150
GW 44 667 35 mm² 16 mm² 1 5/150

GW 44 665 CHARACTERISTICS: GW44666 and GW44667 supplied in single terminals.

Modular terminal blocks

Polymer 12 pole modular terminal blocks with brass terminals - 450V - T 85°C - Black
Code Max. section Min. section flex. hole Ø Max load Outer dim. Fixing Pack
flex. cables cables LxHxD (mm) Carton
GW 44 601 2.5 mm² 0.75 mm² 2.9 mm 24 A 95x15x16 With screw 10/480
GW 44 602 4 mm² 1.5 mm² 3.4 mm 32 A 117x17x20 With screw 10/240
GW 44 603 10 mm² 4 mm² 4.4 mm 57 A 141x20x23 With screw 10/160
GW 44 604 16 mm² 6 mm² 5.8 mm 76 A 172x25x32 With screw 10/120
GW 44 605 25 mm² 10 mm² 7.4 mm 101 A 210x34x38 With screw 3/36

GW 44 601

44 MM - MULTI-POLE TERMINAL BLOCKS

Press-on fixing
Press-on multi-pole terminal blocks - 450 V - Grey RAL 7035
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 606 3 holes x 4 mm² 10/100
GW 44 607 4 holes x 4 mm² 10/100
GW 44 608 5 holes x 4 mm² 10/100
NOTES: press-on fixing on 44 CE range boxes. (see “Selection Guide” synoptic table).
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

GW 44 608

405
GW FIT

Screw-on fixing
Screw-on feedthrough multi-pole terminal blocks - 750V- T 85°C - Grey RAL 7035
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 609 3 holes x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 610 5 holes x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 610 C 5 holes x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 611 3 holes x 16 mm² 10/100
GW 44 612 5 holes x 16 mm² 10/100
GW 44 613 3 holes x 35 mm² 1/10
GW 44 614 5 holes x 35 mm² 1/10
APPLICATIONS: These allow the creation of cut-outs from the main cables which, unsheathed in the part concerned, are not interrupted.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.
NOTE: Multi-pole terminal block GW44610C is certified CSA (according to UL1059). For use also with junction boxes GW44276C and GW44277C.
GW 44 610

44 ME - UNIPOLAR EQUIPOTENTIAL TERMINAL BLOCKS

Terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Terminal blocks with indirect plate tightening - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 704 4 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 706 6 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 708 8 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
APPLICATIONS: embedded fixing on the GW44720 support, for coupling with the DIN rail.
NOTES: for the connection capacity, refer to the technical catalogue

GW 44 706

Accessories for terminal blocks for side-by-side assembly

Support for fixing side-by-side terminal blocks on DIN rail
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Fixing on DIN rail Pack
Carton
GW 44 720 GW44704, GW44706, GW44708 Clip Lock-joint 1/50
NOTES: ideal for applications on boxes of the 48 PT DIN range.
CHARACTERISTICS: supports a combination of terminal blocks with maximum 12-way capacity.
Possible combinations: 3xGW44704; 2xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44706; 1xGW44704 + 1xGW44708. Modular overall dimensions (width): 4.5 modules EN 50022.

GW 44 720

406
Modular terminal blocks
Single-pole equipotential terminal blocks with blanket grip - 450V - T 85°C - Transparent
Code Connecting capacity Pack
Carton
GW 44 671 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 672 5 ways x 6 mm² 10/100
GW 44 673 4 ways x 16 mm² 10/50
GW 44 674 2 ways x 16mm² + 3 ways x 6 mm² 10/50
GW 44 675 2 ways x 16mm² + 9 ways x 6 mm² 5/25
GW 44 676 2 ways x 35 mm² + 4 ways x 16 mm² 1/10
APPLICATIONS: especially suitable for creating equipotential nodes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: self-adhesive label for identification of electrical lines.
NOTES: GW44676 equipped with feedthrough terminals. These allow the creation of cut-outs from the main cables which, unsheathed in the part concerned, are not interrupted.

GW 44 671

Accessories for modular terminal blocks

Support for fixing equipotential terminal blocks on rail DIN
Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 681 From GW44671 to GW44676 Clip 100
NOTE: not compatible with PT DIN and PT DIN GREEN WALL.

GW 44 681

Adaptor for fixing equipotential terminal blocks

Code For equipotential terminal blocks Terminal block fixing Pack
Carton
GW 44 682 From GW44671 to GW44676 Lock-joint 200
APPLICATIONS: for fixing the equipotential terminal blocks on the plates or directly on the base inside the junction boxes and watertight boxes.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: screws for fixing the adapter.

GW 44 682

Rail for fixing equipotential terminal blocks in PTC flush-mounting modular boxes
Code Installable terminal blocks Pack
Carton
GW 44 683 4xGW44671; 3xGW44672; 2xGW44673; 2xGW44674; 1xGW44675 1/50
CHARACTERISTICS: width: 1 compartment. For applications with PTC boxes with 2 and 3 compartments, the rail is fixed on the dividers GW48024.

GW 44 683
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

407
GW FIT
44 MP - MODULAR DISTRIBUTING FRAME TERMINAL BLOCKS

Two-pole
Two-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover - fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 691 68x47x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/40
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 693 134x47x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.
NOTES: products bearing the IMQ quality mark.

GW 44 691

Four-pole
Four-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover - fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 696 72x98x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/20
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 698 138x98x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/10
Rated current (A): 160
GW 44 699 186x136x70 11 1x(16-50) mm² [2x(10-35) + 2x(6-25) + 8x(4-16)] mm² 10 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: terminal tightening torque: input cables 4 Nm, output cables 1.5 Nm.
the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.
GW 44 696 NOTES: products bearing the IMQ quality mark.

408
GW FIT
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

HIGH PERFORMANCE CABLE AN EXTENSIVE CONDUIT CABLE TIES AND TERMINAL

GLANDS AND CABLE FIXING SYSTEM BLOCKS FOR EFFECTIVE WIRING
CONDUITS AND ACCESSORIES
FOR INSTALLATION

The GEWISS cable gland range includes Available in plastic and metal and designed to The cable-tie range includes 6 different
plastic and metal versions with IP54, IP66 and meet every need: the range consists of snap- product lines, from versions for wiring in PA66
IP68 protection ratings, developed to adapt to fit or collar conduit fixings accessories, also in to external “Low Temperature Resistance”
all installation requirements, including industrial multidiameter version and with a built-in wall versions in PA12. The range of terminal blocks
and machine applications. Metal glands for plug version for faster installation. covers various types: single-screw, multi-
ATEX environments complete the offer. pole, modular distribution and single-pole
equipotential terminal blocks for DIN rails.

409
Energy

410
Automatic reclosing devices Circuit breakers for circuit protection Circuit breakers for residual current
protection

In the event that the automatic circuit The 90 MCB range meets any The RCD 90 range is ideal for ground
breaker trips, the ReStart devices requirement for protection against fault protection. The range consists of
restore the power supply after checking overcurrent and short-circuit, for all MDC compact miniature circuit breakers,
the system status, thereby ensuring domestic, commercial and industrial BD and BDHP add-on residual current
continuity of service in complete safety. applications. The range consists of MTC devices for MT and MTHP circuit
Available both for residual current circuit (compact miniature circuit breakers), MT breakers and IDP residual current circuit
breakers and miniature circuit breakers, (traditional miniature circuit breakers) and breaker.
the Restart range also includes Autotest MTHP (high performance miniature circuit
and PRO versions. breakers).

Modular accessories Moulded case circuit breakers Electrical distribution boards

The 90 AM range, in addition to The GEWISS range of moulded-case The GEWISS metal distribution boards
auxiliaries common for the all circuit protection circuit breakers and control are the best solution for the installation of
breakers, comprises many modular switch disconnectors ensures maximum all modular and moulded-case products.
accessories for the protection, reliability and safety in every environment. With a design that seamlessly integrates
command, programming, measurement The range includes a wide range of into any environment, these floor and
and signalling in electrical systems. accessories, releases and connection surface-mounting boards provide
terminals. increased robustness with reduced
overall dimensions.

411
Automatic reclosing
devices

412
 AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
DEVICES
90 ReStart

Automatic reclosing
devices

p. 422

413
90 ReStart

ReStart Autotest PRO - Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the
insulation and automatic test of the residual current circuit breaker
COUPLED VERSIONS WITH RCCB
ATR2 - 2 poles ATR4 - 4 poles

5 mod. 7 mod. 7 mod.

A[IR] type B type A[IR] type B type A[S] type

In (A) IΔn = 30 mA IΔn = 300 mA IΔn = 30 mA IΔn = 30 mA IΔn = 300 mA IΔn = 30 mA IΔn = 300 mA IΔn = 300 mA
25 GW 90 901 N GW 90 917 GW 90 911 B GW 90 921 GW 90 927 GW 90 921 B GW 90 927 B -
40 GW 90 902 N GW 90 918 GW 90 912 B GW 90 922 GW 90 928 GW 90 922 B GW 90 928 B -
63 GW 90 913 GW 90 919 GW 90 913 B GW 90 923 GW 90 929 GW 90 923 B GW 90 929 B GW 90 930

NOTE: ARD must be supplied with 230 V ac phase-neutral for working.

ReStart Configurator
Selection of ReStart automatic reclosing devices
RESTART is an online software that can be used
by any device connected to Internet (smartphones,
tablets or PCs), with which it is possible to find
ReStart automatic reclosing devices.
Scan the QR code to find out more about the
ReStart range and choose the device most
suited to your needs.

414
ReStart RD - Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation
COUPLED VERSIONS WITH RCCB IDP

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
RD2 - 2 poles RD2 - 2 poles, PRO version

3 mod.

DEVICES
I∆n = 30 mA

In (A) A type

25 GW D4 817 R GW D4 817 P

40 GW D4 827 R GW D4 827 P

VERSIONS TO BE COUPLED WITH RCCB IDP

RD2 - 2 poles RD2 - 2 poles, PRO version RD4 - 4 poles, PRO version

GW D0 971 GW D0 976 GW D0 978 GW 90 967 GW 90 969

1 mod. 1 mod. 3 mod.

+ + + + +
RCCB IDP 2P RCCB IDP 4P
2 mod. 4 mod.

In (A) Type I∆n = 30 mA I∆n = 100 mA I∆n = 300 mA I∆n = 500 mA I∆n = 30 mA I∆n = 100 mA I∆n = 300 mA I∆n = 500 mA

GW D4 002
AC GW D4 003 GW D4 004 - GW D4 102 GW D4 103 GW D4 104 -
GW D4 617*
GW D4 012
A GW D4 013 GW D4 014 - GW D4 112 GW D4 113 GW D4 114 -
GW D4 817*
25
A[IR] GW D4 202 - GW D4 203 - GW D4 217 - GW D4 218 -
F GW D4 261 - - - GW D4 281 - - -
- - - - GW D4 502 ** - GW D4 504 ** -
B
- - - - GW D4 527 - GW D4 529 -
GW D4 022
AC GW D4 023 GW D4 024 GW D4 025 GW D4 122 GW D4 123 GW D4 124 GW D4 125
GW D4 627*
GW D4 032
A GW D4 033 GW D4 034 GW D4 035 GW D4 132 GW D4 133 GW D4 134 GW D4 135
GW D4 827*
40 A[IR] GW D4 205 - GW D4 206 - GW D4 220 - GW D4 221 -
A[S] - - GW D4 234 GW D4 235 - - GW D4 249 GW D4 250
F GW D4 265 - - - GW D4 285 - - -
- - - - GW D4 507 ** - GW D4 509 ** -
B
- - - - GW D4 532 - GW D4 534 -
AC GW D4 042 GW D4 043 GW D4 044 GW D4 045 GW D4 142 GW D4 143 GW D4 144 GW D4 145
A GW D4 052 GW D4 053 GW D4 054 GW D4 055 GW D4 152 GW D4 153 GW D4 154 GW D4 155
A[IR] GW D4 208 - GW D4 209 - GW D4 223 - GW D4 224 -
63 A[S] - - GW D4 237 GW D4 238 - - GW D4 252 GW D4 253
F GW D4 269 - - - GW D4 289 - - -
- - - - GW D4 512 ** - GW D4 514 ** -
B
- - - - GW D4 537 - GW D4 539 -
AC GW D4 062 - - - - - - -
80
A GW D4 072 - - - - - - -
GW90967 and GW90969 ARD’s can be coupled with RCCB IDP 2 poles.
NOTE: ARD must be supplied with 230 V ac phase-neutral for working.
*Additional accessories not available, **2P 4 Modules, ***RCCB with Neutral on the left.

415
90 ReStart

ReStart RM - Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of
the short circuit
COUPLED VERSIONS WITH RCBO MDC
RM2 - 2 poles RM2 - 2 poles, PRO version

3 mod.

I∆n = 30 mA

Icn (A) Curve In (A) A type

16 GW D4 227 R GW D4 227 P
4500 C
25 GW D4 229 R GW D4 229 P

VERSIONS TO BE COUPLED WITH RCBO MDC 2 POLES

RM2 - 2 poles RM2 - 2 poles, PRO version

GW D0 991 GW D0 996 GW D0 998

1 mod. 1 mod.

+ + +
RCBO MDC 1P+N, 2P
2 mod.

I∆n = 30 mA I∆n = 300 mA

AC type A type A[IR] type F type AC type A type A[S] type
Icn (A) Curve In (A) 1P+N 2P 1P+N 2P 2P 2P 1P+N 2P 1P+N 2P 2P
6 GW 94 005 GW 94 025 GW 94 205 GW 94 225 - - GW 94 015 GW 94 035 GW 94 215 GW 94 235 -
10 GW 94 006 GW 94 026 GW 94 206 GW 94 226 - - GW 94 016 GW 94 036 GW 94 216 GW 94 236 -
13 GW 94 011 GW 94 031 GW 94 211 GW 94 231 - - - - - - -
4500 C 16 GW 94 007 GW 94 027 GW 94 207 GW 94 227 - - GW 94 017 GW 94 037 GW 94 217 GW 94 237 -
20 GW 94 008 GW 94 028 GW 94 208 GW 94 228 - - GW 94 018 GW 94 038 GW 94 218 GW 94 238 -
25 GW 94 009 GW 94 029 GW 94 209 GW 94 229 - - GW 94 019 GW 94 039 GW 94 219 GW 94 239 -
32 GW 94 010 GW 94 030 GW 94 210 GW 94 230 - - GW 94 020 GW 94 040 GW 94 220 GW 94 240 -
6 GW 94 105 GW 94 125 GW 94 305 GW 94 325 GW 95 805 GW 95 935 GW 94 115 GW 94 135 GW 94 315 GW 94 335 -
10 GW 94 106 GW 94 126 GW 94 306 GW 94 326 GW 95 806 GW 95 936 GW 94 116 GW 94 136 GW 94 316 GW 94 336 -
13 GW 94 111 GW 94 131 GW 94 311 GW 94 331 GW 95 811 GW 95 941 - - - - -
C 16 GW 94 107 GW 94 127 GW 94 307 GW 94 327 GW 95 807 GW 95 937 GW 94 117 GW 94 137 GW 94 317 GW 94 337 GW 95 847
20 GW 94 108 GW 94 128 GW 94 308 GW 94 328 GW 95 808 GW 95 938 GW 94 118 GW 94 138 GW 94 318 GW 94 338 GW 95 848
25 GW 94 109 GW 94 129 GW 94 309 GW 94 329 GW 95 809 GW 95 939 GW 94 119 GW 94 139 GW 94 319 GW 94 339 GW 95 849
32 GW 94 110 GW 94 130 GW 94 310 GW 94 330 GW 95 810 GW 95 940 GW 94 120 GW 94 140 GW 94 320 GW 94 340 GW 95 850
6000
6 - - GW 95 105 GW 95 125 - GW 95 975 - - GW 95 115 GW 95 135 -
10 - - GW 95 106 GW 95 126 - GW 95 976 - - GW 95 116 GW 95 136 -
13 - - GW 95 111 GW 95 131 - GW 95 981 - - - - -
B 16 - - GW 95 107 GW 95 127 - GW 95 977 - - GW 95 117 GW 95 137 -
20 - - GW 95 108 GW 95 128 - GW 95 978 - - GW 95 118 GW 95 138 -
25 - - GW 95 109 GW 95 129 - GW 95 979 - - GW 95 119 GW 95 139 -
32 - - GW 95 110 GW 95 130 - GW 95 980 - - GW 95 120 GW 95 140 -
NOTE: ARD must be supplied with 230 V ac phase-neutral for working.
The automatic reclosing devices ReStart RM can also be coupled with RCBO 2P MDC 100 (Icn=10000A).

416
 VERSIONS TO BE COUPLED WITH RCBO MDC 4 POLES
RM4 - 4 poles, PRO version

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
DEVICES
GW 90 986 GW 90 988
3 mod. 3 mod.
+ +
RCBO MDC 4P
4 mod. 4 mod.

IΔn = 30 mA IΔn = 300 mA

Icn (A) Curve In (A) AC type A type A[IR] type AC type A type A[S] type
6 GW 94 065 GW 94 265 - GW 94 075 GW 94 275 -
10 GW 94 066 GW 94 266 - GW 94 076 GW 94 276 -
13 GW 94 071 GW 94 271 - - - -
4500 C 16 GW 94 067 GW 94 267 - GW 94 077 GW 94 277 -
20 GW 94 068 GW 94 268 - GW 94 078 GW 94 278 -
25 GW 94 069 GW 94 269 - GW 94 079 GW 94 279 -
32 GW 94 070 GW 94 270 - GW 94 080 GW 94 280 -
6 GW 94 165 GW 94 365 GW 95 815 GW 94 175 GW 94 375 -
10 GW 94 166 GW 94 366 GW 95 816 GW 94 176 GW 94 376 -
13 GW 94 171 GW 94 371 GW 95 821 - - -
C 16 GW 94 167 GW 94 367 GW 95 817 GW 94 177 GW 94 377 GW 95 857
20 GW 94 168 GW 94 368 GW 95 818 GW 94 178 GW 94 378 GW 95 858
25 GW 94 169 GW 94 369 GW 95 819 GW 94 179 GW 94 379 GW 95 859
32 GW 94 170 GW 94 370 GW 95 820 GW 94 180 GW 94 380 GW 95 860
6000
6 - GW 95 165 - - GW 95 175 -
10 - GW 95 166 - - GW 95 176 -
13 - GW 95 171 - - - -
B 16 - GW 95 167 - - GW 95 177 -
20 - GW 95 168 - - GW 95 178 -
25 - GW 95 169 - - GW 95 179 -
32 - GW 95 170 - - GW 95 180 -
NOTE: they are also compatible with RCBO 1P+N and 2 poles (MDC 1P+N and 2P).
ARD must be supplied with 230 V ac phase-neutral for working.

417
90 ReStart

ReStart RM TOP - Adjustable reclosing device with/without preventive check of the

insulation and/or short-circuits
VERSION TO BE COUPLED WITH MCB AND ADD-ON RCD 4 POLES

GW 90 893
4 mod.
+
MCB MT 4 POLES
4 mod.

Curve In (A) Icn = 6000 A Icn = 10000 A Icn = 25000 A

1 GW 92 081 - -
2 GW 92 082 - -
3 GW 92 083 - -
4 GW 92 084 - -
6 GW 92 085 GW 92 685 GW 92 885
10 GW 92 086 GW 92 686 GW 92 886
13 GW 92 094 GW 92 694 -
C
16 GW 92 087 GW 92 687 GW 92 887
20 GW 92 088 GW 92 688 GW 92 888
25 GW 92 089 GW 92 689 GW 92 889
32 GW 92 090 GW 92 690 GW 92 890
40 GW 92 091 GW 92 691 GW 92 891
50 GW 92 092 GW 92 692 GW 92 892
63 GW 92 093 GW 92 693 GW 92 893
6 GW 92 285 GW 92 585 -
10 GW 92 286 GW 92 586 -
13 GW 92 294 GW 92 587 -
16 GW 92 287 GW 92 588 -
20 GW 92 288 GW 92 589 -
B
25 GW 92 289 GW 92 590 -
32 GW 92 290 GW 92 591 -
40 GW 92 291 GW 92 592 -
50 GW 92 292 GW 92 593 -
63 GW 92 293 GW 92 594 -
1 - GW 92 781 -
2 - GW 92 782 -
3 - GW 92 783 -
4 - GW 92 784 -
6 GW 92 485 GW 92 785 -
10 GW 92 486 GW 92 786 -
D
13 GW 92 494 GW 92 794 -
16 GW 92 487 GW 92 787 -
20 GW 92 488 GW 92 788 -
25 GW 92 489 GW 92 789 -
32 GW 92 490 GW 92 790 -
40 GW 92 491 GW 92 791 -
+
ADD-ON RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES BD 4 POLES
3.5 mod.

In (A) IΔn (mA) AC type A type A[IR] type A[S] type

30 GW 94 422 GW 94 522 - -
≤25 300 GW 94 423 GW 94 523 - -
500 GW 94 424 GW 94 524 - -
30 GW 94 432 GW 94 532 GW 94 586 -
300 GW 94 433 GW 94 533 - GW 94 583
≤63
500 GW 94 434 GW 94 534 - -
1000 - - - GW 94 585

NOTE: they are also compatible with MCB MTC (except for 1P+N), RCBO MDC, MCB MT 1P+N, 2P and 3P and with add-on RCD BD 2P and 3P. ARD must be supplied with 230 V ac phase-
neutral for working.

418
Technical data - ReStart Autotest PRO
TYPE ReStart with Autotest PRO 2P ReStart with Autotest PRO 4P

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
DEVICES
Electrical characteristics
Standards: IEC EN 63024, IEC EN 61008-1
Distribution system: TT - TN-S
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V) 230 ac (1) 400 ac
Minimum operating voltage (min Ue): (V) 85% Ue
Maximum operating voltage (max Ue): (V) 110% Ue
Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500
Dielectric strength test voltage between pole and earth: (V) 2500 ac for 1 minute
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4
Overvoltage category: III
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50
Residual making and breaking capacity (IΔm): (A) 630
Type A[IR] and A[S]
10000 (gL 63A) for In=25-40A
Rated conditional
(A) 10000 (gL 80A) for In=63A
residual short-circuit current with fuse (IΔc):
Type B
10000 (gL 63A) for In=25-40-63A
Number of poles: 2 4
Type of associated residual current circuit breaker: A[IR], A[S], B
Rated current (In): (A) 25 - 40 - 63
Rated residual operating current (IΔn): (mA) 30 - 300
Rated non-operating resistance between live parts and earth (Rdo): (kΩ) 8 (30mA) - 2.5 (300mA)
Rated operating resistance between live parts and earth (Rd): (kΩ) 16 (30mA) - 5 (300mA)
Power loss at In: (W) 2.2 (25A) - 5.4 (40A) - 6.2 (63A) 3.5 (25A) - 6 (40A) - 12 (63A)
Off-load absorbed power: (VA) 4 (cosφ=0.2)
Power absorbed during automatic reclosing: (VA) 41 (cosφ=0.5)
Power supply: from above
Mechanical characteristics
Width in DIN modules: Type A[IR]: 5 - Type B: 7 7
Reclosing time: (s) 10
Autotest cycle time: (s) 7
Maximum operational frequency: (oper./h) 30
Max mechanical endurance (total no. operations): 4000
Maximum no. of consecutive automatic reclosure operations (2): 3
Counter reset time no. of consecutive automatic reclosure operations: (s) 60
flexible cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10 rigid
Section of circuit breaker terminals: (mm2)
cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 2
Mounting position: any
Degree of protection: IP20 (terminals) - IP40 (front)
Pollution degree: 2
Operating temperature: (°C) -25 +60 (3)
Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70
Tropicalization: 55°C - RH 95%
Auxiliary contact characteristics
Type of contact: Photomos (potential free contact)
Operating voltage: (V) 5÷230 ac/dc
Operating current: (mA) 0.6 (min) - 100 cosφ=1 (max)
Operating frequency: (Hz) 50
Category of use: AC12
Operating mode: NO / NC / NC + impulse (4)
Terminal section: (mm2) ≤ 2.5
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 0.4
Autotest function
Regular and automatic RCCB test: •
Light signalling for autotest cycle in progress: •
Light signalling for any device anomaly: •
ReStart function
Automatic reclosure for untimely tripping: •
Earth leakage check: •
Continuous system check: •
Interruption of reclosure operation in the event of a fault: •
Signalling of reclosure operation in progress: •
Light signalling of failure: •
Activation / exclusion of ReStart function: •
Auxiliary contact for remote operating status access: •
Compatible with ModBus interface module: •
Internal electrical protection: PTC
(1)
230V phase-neutral power supply (2) In the absence of failure in the system (3) Average daily temperature ≤ +35°C
(4)
By setting NC+pulse mode, the auxiliary contact switches for 100ms at the end of each Autotest cycle performed successfully.

419
90 ReStart

Technical data - ReStart RD

TYPE ReStart RD 2P ReStart RD PRO 2P ReStart RD PRO 4P

Electrical characteristics
Standards: IEC EN 63024
Distribution system: TT - TN-S
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V) 230 ac (1)
Minimum operating voltage (min Ue): (V) 85% Ue
Maximum operating voltage (max Ue): (V) 110% Ue
Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500
Dielectric strength test voltage between pole and earth: (V) 2500 ac for 1 minute
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4
Overvoltage category: III
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50
Residual making and breaking capacity (IΔm): (A) IΔm of the associated circuit breaker
Rated conditional residual short-circuit current with fuse (IΔc): (A) IΔc of the associated circuit breaker
Number of poles: 2P 4P
Type of IDP RCCB: AC - A - A[IR] - A[S] -F -B
Rated current (In): (A) 25 - 40 - 63 - 80
Rated residual operating current (IΔn): (mA) 30 - 100 - 300 - 500
Rated non-operating resistance
(kΩ) 8 (30mA) - 2.5 (100/300/500mA)
between live parts and earth (Rdo):
Rated operating resistance between live parts and earth (Rd): (kΩ) 16 (30mA) - 5 (100/300/500mA)
Power loss at In: (W) Power loss of the associated circuit breaker
Off-load absorbed power: (VA) 3 (cosφ=0.4) 4 (cosφ=0.2)
Power absorbed during automatic reclosing: (VA) 18 (cosφ=0.5) 45 (cosφ=0.5)
Mechanical characteristics
Width in DIN modules: 1 3
Reclosing time: (s) 10
Maximum operational frequency: (man/h) 30
Max mechanical endurance (total no. operations): 4000
Maximum no. of consecutive automatic reclosure operations (2): 3
Counter reset time no. of consecutive automatic reclosure operations: (s) 60
flexible cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10
Section of circuit breaker terminals: (mm2)
rigid cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10
Circuit breaker rated tightening torque: (Nm) 3 (IDP) - 2 (IDP NA)
Mounting position: any
Circuit breaker degree of protection: IP20 (terminals) - IP40 (front)
Pollution degree: 2
Operating temperature: (°C) -5 +40 -5 +60 (3) -25 +60 (3)
Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70
Tropicalization: 55°C - UR 95%
Auxiliary contact characteristics
Can be fitted with auxiliary: no yes (with GWD0951) already integrated in the ReStart
Type of contact: - Photomos (potential free contact)
Operating voltage: (V) - 5÷230 ac/dc
Operating current: (mA) - 0,6 (min) - 100 cosφ=1 (max)
Operating frequency: (Hz) - 50
Category of use: - AC12
Operating mode: - NO\NC\NO as signal of handle position
Terminal section: (mm2) - ≤ 2,5
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) - 0.4
ReStart function
Automatic reclosure for untimely tripping: • • •
Earth leakage check: • • •
Continuous system check: • •
Interruption of reclosure operation in the event of a fault: • • •
Signalling of reclosure operation in progress: • • •
Light signalling of failure: • • •
Activation / exclusion of ReStart function: • • •
Auxiliary contact for remote operating status access: • •
Compatible with WiFi/ModBus interface module: • •
Internal electrical protection: PTC PTC PTC
(1)
Power supply 230V phase-neutral (2)
In the absence of a system fault (3)
Average daily temperature ≤ +35°C

420
Technical data - ReStart RM
ReStart RM ReStart RM
TYPE ReStart RM 2P RM TOP CM

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
PRO 2P PRO 4P

DEVICES
Electrical characteristics
Standards: IEC EN 63024 - -
Distribution system: TT - TN-S TT - TN - IT (1) TT - TN - IT
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V) 230 ac (2)

Minimum operating voltage (min Ue): (V) 85% Ue

Maximum operating voltage (max Ue): (V) 110% Ue
Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500
Dielectric strength test voltage between pole and earth: (V) 2500 ac for 1 minute
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4
Overvoltage category: III
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50
Residual making and breaking capacity (IΔm): (A) IΔm of the associated circuit breaker
Number of poles: 2P 4P
Type of MDC RCBO: AC - A - A[IR] - A[S] -F
Type of MT+BD RCBO: - AC - A - A[IR] - A[S]
Rated current (In): (A) from 6 to 32 from 1 to 63
Rated residual operating current (IΔn): (mA) 30 - 300 30 - 300 - 500 - 1000
Rated non-operating resistance between live parts and earth (Rdo): (kΩ) 8 (30mA) - 2.5 (300mA) 8 (30mA) - 2.5 (300/500/1000mA) -
Rated operating resistance between live parts and earth (Rd): (kΩ) 16 (30mA) - 5 (300mA) 16 (30mA) - 5 (300/500/1000mA) -
Rated non-operating resistance between live parts (Rcco): (Ω) 0.4 0.3 -
Rated operating resistance between live parts (Rcc): (Ω) 2.3 1.8 -
Power loss at In: (W) Power loss of the associated circuit
Off-load absorbed power: (VA) 3 (cosφ=0.4) 16 (cosφ=0.2) 15 (cosφ=0.1) 0 (cosφ=0.2)
Power absorbed during automatic reclosing: (VA) 18 (cosφ=0.5) 34 (cosφ=0.7) 30 (cosφ=0.6) 30 (cosφ=0.6)
Reclosing control: automatic automatic / remote (3) remote (3)
Mechanical characteristics
Width in DIN modules: 1 3 4 2
3 (without system test)
Reclosing time: (s) 10 3
10 (with system test)
Remote control opening time: (s) - 2
Maximum operational frequency: (man/h) 30
Max mechanical endurance (total no. operations): 4000 10000
Maximum no. of consecutive automatic reclosure operations (4): 3 -
Counter reset time No. of consecutive automatic reclosure
(s) 60 -
operations:
flexible cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10
Section of circuit breaker terminals: (mm2)
rigid cable: ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10
Circuit breaker rated tightening torque: (Nm) 2
Mounting position: any
Circuit breaker degree of protection: IP20 (terminals) - IP40 (front)
Pollution degree: 2
Operating temperature: (°C) -5 +40 -5 +60 (5) -25 +60 (5)
Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70
Tropicalization: 55°C - UR 95%
Auxiliary contact characteristics
yes (with already integrated already integrated already integrated in the already integrated
Can be fitted with auxiliary: no
GWD0951) in the ReStart in the ReStart ReStart in the ReStart
Photomos Photomos
Type of contact: - Changeover Changeover
(potential free contact) (potential free contact)
Operating voltage: (V) - 5÷230 ac/dc 230 ac / 30 dc 5÷230 ac/dc 230 ac / 30 dc
Operating current: (mA) - 0.6 (min) - 100 cosφ=1 (max) 1.5 ac / 0.8 dc 0.6 (min) - 100 cosφ=1 (max) 1.5 ac / 0.8 dc
Operating frequency: (Hz) - 50
Category of use: - AC12
Operating mode: - NO\NC\NO as signal of handle position CO NO/NC/ INTERMITTENT CO
Terminal section: (mm2) - ≤ 2.5
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) - 0.4
ReStart Function
Automatic reclosure for untimely tripping: • • • •
Earth leakage check: • • • •
Short-circuit check: • • • •
Adjustable insulation threshold: •
Continuous system check: • • •
Adjustable reset standby time (6): •
Adjustable reclosing mode: •
Interruption of reclosure operation in the event of a fault: • • • •
Signalling of reclosure operation in progress: • • • •
Light signalling of failure: • • • •
Activation / exclusion of ReStart function: • • • • •
Auxiliary contact for remote operating status access: • • • •
Compatible with WiFi/ModBus interface module: • •
Internal electrical protection: PTC PTC PTC PTC PTC
(1)
For IT system reclosing without fault check (2)
Power supply 230V phase-neutral (3)
Impulse duration ≥ 200ms
(4)
In the absence of a system fault (5)
Average daily temperature ≤ +35°C (6)
Automatic reclosure delay time: 0-1h

421
90 ReStart
Automatic reclosing devices
In the event the switch trips, the ReStart devices, after checking the system
status, restore the power supply thereby ensuring maximum continuity of
service in complete safety.Available for both residual current circuit breakers
and residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection, the range is
characterized by the Autotest functions, with periodic and automatic control of
the residual current protection without interrupting the power supply and PRO
with extended control of the system.

RESTART AUTOTEST PRO

ReStart Autotest PRO 2 poles - Versions coupled with RCCB’s

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and automatic test of the
residual current circuit breaker

Code Rated current Idn Type of RCCB Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
GW 90 901 N 25 A 30 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
GW 90 911 B 25 A 30 mA B 230 V 7 1/2
GW 90 902 N 40 A 30 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
GW 90 912 B 40 A 30 mA B 230 V 7 1/2
GW 90 913 63 A 30 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
GW 90 901 N GW 90 913 B 63 A 30 mA B 230 V 7 1/2
GW 90 917 25 A 300 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
GW 90 918 40 A 300 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
GW 90 919 63 A 300 mA A[IR] 230 V 5 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will continue to monitor the
circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so. In the meantime the integrated configurable auxiliary contact will change state to indicate that the automatic reset did not take place.
Compatible with:
-GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module.
NOTE: the Autotest function automatically and periodically (every 28 days) tests the RCCB, without interrupting the electric power supply, thus maintaining the performance of the residual current protection over time.
230 V ac power supply, phase-neutral.
RCCB’s type B and A[IR] Impulse Resistant presents greater resistance to untimely tripping in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers. Immunity level 8/20µs: 3000A for IR type, 250A for standard type.

422
ReStart Autotest PRO 4 poles - Versions coupled with RCCB’s

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and automatic test of the
residual current circuit breaker

DEVICES
Code Rated current Idn Type of RCCB Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
GW 90 921 25 A 30 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 921 B 25 A 30 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 922 40 A 30 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 922 B 40 A 30 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 923 63 A 30 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 921 GW 90 923 B 63 A 30 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 927 25 A 300 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 927 B 25 A 300 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 928 40 A 300 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 928 B 40 A 300 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 929 63 A 300 mA A[IR] 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 929 B 63 A 300 mA B 400 V 7 1/2
GW 90 930 63 A 300 mA A[S] 400 V 7 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: when the’ RCCB switch trips, ReStart performs’ the isolation check before the automatic reset. In the event of a ground fault, ReStart does not reset’the switch but continues to check the’system every
2 minutes until, once the safety conditions are restored, it resets the’switch. The auxiliary contact that can be configured and integrated in the meantime switches on to signal the failure of automatic resetting.
Coupled with:
-ModBus RS485 GW90992 interface
module.
NOTE: the SELF-TEST function automatically and periodically (every 28 days) tests the RCCB without cutting off power to the’system to maintain the’ efficiency of the RCCB protection over time.
Reinforced Immunity Type A[S], B and A[IR] circuit breakers are equipped with greater resistance to unexpected trips than standard RCCBs. Immunity level 8/20μs: 3000A for IR versions and S, 250A for standard versions.

RESTART RD

ReStart RD 2 poles - versions coupled with RCCB’S IDP

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation

Code Rated current Idn Type of RCCB Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
GW D4 817 R 25 A 30 mA A 230 V 3 1/4
GW D4 827 R 40 A 30 mA A 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker.
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

GW D4 817 R

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation - PRO version

Code Rated current Idn Type of RCCB Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
GW D4 817 P 25 A 30 mA A 230 V 3 1/4
GW D4 827 P 40 A 30 mA A 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure.
In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will continue to monitor the circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so.
Compatible with:
-GWD0951 auxiliary contact
GW D4 817 P -GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module (only if already coupled with GWD0951 auxiliary contact).
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

423
90 ReStart

ReStart RD 2 poles - versions to be coupled with RCCB’S IDP

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW D0 971 IDP RCCBs - 2P up to 80 A - 30 mA 230 V 1 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker.
NOTES. cannot be used with 4P RCCBs in 3 modules and type B RCCBs. the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

GW D0 971

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive control of the insulation - PRO version

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW D0 976 IDP RCCBs - 2P up to 80 A - 30 mA 230 V 1 1/4
GW D0 978 IDP RCCBs - 2P up to 63 A - 100/300/500 mA 230 V 1 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will continue to monitor the
circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so.
Compatible with:
-GWD0951 auxiliary contact
GW D0 976 -GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module (only if already coupled with GWD0951 auxiliary contact)
NOTES: cannot be used with 4P RCCBs in 3 modules and type B RCCBs. The ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

ReStart RD 4 poles - versions to be coupled with RCCB’S IDP

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive control of the insulation - PRO version

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW 90 967 IDP RCCBs - 2P up to 80 A and 4P up to 63 A - 30 mA 230 V 3 1/4
GW 90 969 IDP RCCBs - 2P/4P up to 63 A - 100/300/500 mA 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCCB has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but willcontinue to monitor the
circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so. In the meantime the integrated configurable auxiliary contact will change state to indicate thatthe automatic reset did not take place.
Compatible with:
-GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module.
GW 90 967 NOTES: they cannot be used with 4P RCCBs in 3 modules. 230 V ac power supply, phase-neutral.

424
RESTART RM

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
ReStart RM 2 poles - versions coupled with compact RCBO’S MDC

DEVICES
Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of the short circuit

Code Rated current Idn Type of RCBO Curve Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
Breaking capacity (EN 61009-1): 4500 A
GW D4 227 R 16 A 30 mA A C 230 V 3 1/4
GW D4 229 R 25 A 30 mA A C 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCBO has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation and the short circuit prior to the automatic reclosure.. In the event of a fault (earth leakage or short circuit), ReStart will not reset the circuit
breaker.
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.
GW D4 229 R

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of the short circuit - PRO
version

Code Rated current Idn Type of RCBO Curve Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
Breaking capacity (EN 61009-1): 4500 A
GW D4 227 P 16 A 30 mA A C 230 V 3 1/4
GW D4 229 P 25 A 30 mA A C 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCBO has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation and the short circuit prior to the automatic reclosure.
In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will continue to monitor the circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so.
GW D4 229 P
Compatible with:
-GWD0951 auxiliary contact
-GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module (only if already coupled with GWD0951 auxiliary contact).
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

425
90 ReStart

ReStart RM 2 poles - versions to be coupled with compact RCBO’S MDC

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of the short circuit

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW D0 991 RCBO’s MDC - 1P+N/2P - 30 mA 230 V 1 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCBO has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation and the short circuit prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage or short circuit), ReStart will not reset the circuit
breaker.
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

GW D0 991

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of the short circuit - PRO
version

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW D0 996 RCBO’s MDC - 1P+N/2P - 30 mA 230 V 1 1/4
GW D0 998 RCBO’s MDC - 1P+N/2P - 100-300 mA 230 V 1 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCBO has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation and the short circuit prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will
continue to monitor the circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so.
Compatible with:
GW D0 996 -GWD0951 auxiliary contact
-GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module (only if already coupled with GWD0951 auxiliary contact).
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

ReStart RM 4 poles - versions to be coupled with compact RCBO’S MDC

Automatic reclosing devices with preventive check of the insulation and of the short circuit - PRO
version

Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
GW 90 986 RCBO’s MDC - 1P+N/2P/4P - 30 mA 230 V 3 1/4
GW 90 988 RCBO’s MDC - 1P+N/2P/4P - 100 and 300 mA 230 V 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: after RCBO has tripped, ReStart checks the insulation and the short circuit prior to the automatic reclosure. In the event of a fault (earth leakage), ReStart will not reset the circuit breaker but will
continue to monitor the circuit every 2 minutes reclosing the circuit breaker when safe to do so. In the meantime the integrated configurable auxiliary contact will change state to indicate that the automatic reset did not
take place.
GW 90 986 Compatible with:
- GW90992 ModBus RS485 interface module
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 Vac phase-neutral.

426
ReStart RM TOP - Version to be coupled with RCBO’s MDC/MT+BD or MCB’s MTC/MT

AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
Adjustable automatic reclosing device with/without preventive check of the insulation and/or of the
short circuit

DEVICES
Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 90 893 RCBO’s MDC/MT+BD and MCB’s MTC/MT 230 V 4 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: The ReStart Rm TOP allows to:
- set the reclosing mode (reclosing with system check, reclosing by attempts, remote reclosing and excluded reclosing)
- adapt the insulation threshold in according to the associated circuit breaker
- regulate the reclosing time dealy.
The device is equipped with 2 integrated auxiliary contacts of position and/or tripped relay.
NOTE: the ARD must be supplied at 230 V ac phase-neutral. The compact miniature circuit breakers MTC 1P+N can not be used with ReStart RM TOP.

GW 90 893

ReStart CM - Motor operating device to be coupled with RCBO’s MDC/MT+BD or MCB’s MTC/MT
Motor operating device without preventive control of the insulation and of the short circuit
Code Suitable for Rated coil voltage Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
GW 90 896 RCBO’s MDC/MT+BD or MCB’s MTC/MT 230 V ac 230 V 2 1/4
GW 90 898 RCBO’s MDC/MT+BD or MCB’s MTC/MT 12 V dc 230 V 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: the device is equipped with 1 integrated auxiliary position contact or tripped relay.
NOTE: the reclosing device must be supplied at 230 V ac phase-neutral. The compact miniature circuit breakers MTC 1P+N can not be used with ReStart CM.

GW 90 896

Electric auxiliary for ReStart devices

Shunt trip release with simultaneous reclosing
Code Suitable for Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 96 014 ReStart RM TOP/Restart CM 230 V ac 1 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: when the circuit breaker trips, thanks to GW96014, it can be reclosed remotely by means the ReStart RM TOP or the motor operating ReStart CM, even before the shunt trip release has been
reclosed. ReStart RM TOP and ReStart CM activate a remote reclosing of both the circuit breaker lever and the shunt trip release lever simultaneously.
APPLICATIONS: it is used to cause the remote opening of the circuit breaker coupled with the ReStart RM TOP or the motor operating ReStart CM. When using a release associated with ReStart RM TOP, pay attention to
the system control and reclose logic set on the ReStart RM TOP.
NOTE: when using a ReStart RM TOP, the shunt trip release must be placed between the ReStart RM TOP device and the circuit breaker.
When using a ReStart CM, the shunt trip release must be placed to the left of the ReStart CM device. A position auxiliary contact or a fault indication switch can also be added to the left of the release GW96014.

GW 96 014

427
90 ReStart
RESTART ACCESSORIES

Accessories for ReStart devices

Auxiliary contact
Code Suitable for Voltage operating Current operating No. of modules EN Pack
50022 Carton
ReStart RD PRO 2P (GWD0976
GW D0 951 and GWD0978)/ReStart Rm PRO 2P 5-230 V ac/dc 0,6-100 mA ac/dc 1 1/4
(GWD0996 and GWD0998)
CHARACTERISTICS: the auxiliary contact, coupled on the right side of ReStart device, will change state to indicate that the automatic reset did not take place because there is a fault in the electrical system.
The auxiliary contact can be set in three operating modes:
- NO (default condition)
- NC
- NO as signal of handle position
NOTE: the auxiliary contacts is free potential type.

GW D0 951

BUS RS485 communication interface module

Code Suitable for No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
ReStart Autotest PRO 2P-4P/ReStart Rd PRO 2P-4P/
GW 90 992 1 1
ReStart Rm PRO 2P-4P
CHARACTERISTICS: the BUS module, by means software TEST available on www.gewiss.com website, allows to:
- monitor the status of circuit breaker coupled with ReStart
- control AUTOTEST function remotely
- manage automatic reclosing function remotely.
APPLICATIONS: it allows the installation of ReStart device in monitoring systems with BUS RS485 communication protocol.
NOTE: in case of coupling of the BUS module only with the following codes of the ReStart devices: GWD4817P GWD4827P GWD0976 GWD0978 GWD4227P GWD4229P GWD0996 GWD0998 it is also necessary to
couple the auxiliary contact GWD0951 for correct assembly.

GW 90 992

428
 AUTOMATIC RECLOSING
DEVICES
90 ReStart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

SAVINGS ON MAINTENANCE COSTS CONTINUOUS POWER SUPPLY IMPROVED SAFETY

Automatic solution of involuntary The ReStart devices automatically restore The ReStart automatic reclosing devices
disconnections from the electrical power the power supply if the circuit breaker is prevent dangerous situations because they
supply and automated checking of the circuit unexpectedly tripped. This means less quickly identify faults in the electrical system
breaker significantly reduce the need for interruption of activities and increased and restore the power supply under optimal
manual intervention by technicians, which continuity of service, especially in environments safety conditions only.
means a reduction in operating costs. where a reliable power supply is critical.

429
Circuit breakers for
circuit protection

430
 FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION
90 MCB CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Modular circuit
breakers for circuit
protection

p. 438

431
90 MCB

Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MTC

Icn [A] 1P 1P+N (*) 2P 3P 4P

Curve In [A]
(EN60898) 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod.
MTC 45
2 - GW 90 022 - - -
6 GW 90 005 GW 90 025 GW 90 045 GW 90 065 GW 90 085
10 GW 90 006 GW 90 026 GW 90 046 GW 90 066 GW 90 086
13 GW 90 011 GW 90 031 GW 90 051 GW 90 071 GW 90 091
4500 C 16 GW 90 007 GW 90 027 GW 90 047 GW 90 067 GW 90 087
20 GW 90 008 GW 90 028 GW 90 048 GW 90 068 GW 90 088
25 GW 90 009 GW 90 029 GW 90 049 GW 90 069 GW 90 089
32 GW 90 010 GW 90 030 GW 90 050 GW 90 070 GW 90 090
40 - - - - -
MTC 60
6 - GW 90 225 GW 90 245 GW 90 265 GW 90 285
10 - GW 90 226 GW 90 246 GW 90 266 GW 90 286
13 - GW 90 231 GW 90 251 GW 90 271 GW 90 291
C 16 - GW 90 227 GW 90 247 GW 90 267 GW 90 287
20 - GW 90 228 GW 90 248 GW 90 268 GW 90 288
25 - GW 90 229 GW 90 249 GW 90 269 GW 90 289
32 - GW 90 230 GW 90 250 GW 90 270 GW 90 290
6000
6 - GW 90 325 GW 90 345 - -
10 - GW 90 326 GW 90 346 - -
13 - GW 90 327 GW 90 347 - -
B 16 - GW 90 328 GW 90 348 - -
20 - GW 90 329 GW 90 349 - -
25 - GW 90 330 GW 90 350 - -
32 - GW 90 331 GW 90 351 - -

MTC 100
6 - - GW 90 445 - -
10 - - GW 90 446 - -
13 - - GW 90 451 - -
10000 C 16 - - GW 90 447 - -
20 - - GW 90 448 - -
25 - - GW 90 449 - -
32 - - GW 90 450 - -

(*) Versions than cannot be equipped with auxiliary contacts, trip coils, add-on RCD and reclosing devices.

432
Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MT

Icn [A] 1P 1P+N 2P 3P 4P

Curve In [A]
(EN60898) 1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod.
MT 4 (*)
6 GW D2 105 GW D2 125 GW D2 145 GW D2 165 GW D2 185
10 GW D2 106 GW D2 126 GW D2 146 GW D2 166 GW D2 186

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

13 GW D2 107 GW D2 127 GW D2 147 GW D2 167 GW D2 187

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
16 GW D2 108 GW D2 128 GW D2 148 GW D2 168 GW D2 188
20 GW D2 109 GW D2 129 GW D2 149 GW D2 169 GW D2 189
C
25 GW D2 110 GW D2 130 GW D2 150 GW D2 170 GW D2 190
32 GW D2 111 GW D2 131 GW D2 151 GW D2 171 GW D2 191
40 GW D2 112 GW D2 132 GW D2 152 GW D2 172 GW D2 192
50 GW D2 113 GW D2 133 GW D2 153 GW D2 173 GW D2 193
63 GW D2 114 GW D2 134 GW D2 154 GW D2 174 GW D2 194
4500
6 GW D2 305 GW D2 325 GW D2 345 GW D2 365 GW D2 385
10 GW D2 306 GW D2 326 GW D2 346 GW D2 366 GW D2 386
13 GW D2 307 GW D2 327 GW D2 347 GW D2 367 GW D2 387
16 GW D2 308 GW D2 328 GW D2 348 GW D2 368 GW D2 388
20 GW D2 309 GW D2 329 GW D2 349 GW D2 369 GW D2 389
B
25 GW D2 310 GW D2 330 GW D2 350 GW D2 370 GW D2 390
32 GW D2 311 GW D2 331 GW D2 351 GW D2 371 GW D2 391
40 GW D2 312 GW D2 332 GW D2 352 GW D2 372 GW D2 392
50 GW D2 313 GW D2 333 GW D2 353 GW D2 373 GW D2 393
63 GW D2 314 GW D2 334 GW D2 354 GW D2 374 GW D2 394

MT 6 (*)
6 GW D2 005 GW D2 025 GW D2 045 GW D2 065 GW D2 085
10 GW D2 006 GW D2 026 GW D2 046 GW D2 066 GW D2 086
13 GW D2 014 GW D2 034 GW D2 054 GW D2 074 GW D2 094
16 GW D2 007 GW D2 027 GW D2 047 GW D2 067 GW D2 087
20 GW D2 008 GW D2 028 GW D2 048 GW D2 068 GW D2 088
C
25 GW D2 009 GW D2 029 GW D2 049 GW D2 069 GW D2 089
32 GW D2 010 GW D2 030 GW D2 050 GW D2 070 GW D2 090
40 GW D2 011 GW D2 031 GW D2 051 GW D2 071 GW D2 091
50 GW D2 012 GW D2 032 GW D2 052 GW D2 072 GW D2 092
63 GW D2 013 GW D2 033 GW D2 053 GW D2 073 GW D2 093
6000
6 GW D2 205 GW D2 225 GW D2 245 GW D2 265 GW D2 285
10 GW D2 206 GW D2 226 GW D2 246 GW D2 266 GW D2 286
13 GW D2 214 GW D2 234 GW D2 254 GW D2 274 GW D2 294
16 GW D2 207 GW D2 227 GW D2 247 GW D2 267 GW D2 287
20 GW D2 208 GW D2 228 GW D2 248 GW D2 268 GW D2 288
B
25 GW D2 209 GW D2 229 GW D2 249 GW D2 269 GW D2 289
32 GW D2 210 GW D2 230 GW D2 250 GW D2 270 GW D2 290
40 GW D2 211 GW D2 231 GW D2 251 GW D2 271 GW D2 291
50 GW D2 212 GW D2 232 GW D2 252 GW D2 272 GW D2 292
63 GW D2 213 GW D2 233 GW D2 253 GW D2 273 GW D2 293
(*) Versions than cannot be equipped with auxiliary contacts, trip coils, add-on RCD and reclosing devices.

433
90 MCB

Miniature circuit breakers

MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MT

Icn [A] 1P 1P+N 2P 3P 4P

Curve In [A]
(EN60898) 1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod.
MT 45
6 GW 92 105 GW 92 125 GW 92 145 GW 92 165 GW 92 185
10 GW 92 106 GW 92 126 GW 92 146 GW 92 166 GW 92 186
13 GW 92 107 GW 92 127 GW 92 147 GW 92 167 GW 92 187
16 GW 92 108 GW 92 128 GW 92 148 GW 92 168 GW 92 188
C
20 GW 92 109 GW 92 129 GW 92 149 GW 92 169 GW 92 189
25 GW 92 110 GW 92 130 GW 92 150 GW 92 170 GW 92 190
32 GW 92 111 GW 92 131 GW 92 151 GW 92 171 GW 92 191
40 GW 92 112 GW 92 132 GW 92 152 GW 92 172 GW 92 192
4500
6 GW 92 305 GW 92 325 GW 92 345 GW 92 365 GW 92 385
10 GW 92 306 GW 92 326 GW 92 346 GW 92 366 GW 92 386
13 GW 92 307 GW 92 327 GW 92 347 GW 92 367 GW 92 387
16 GW 92 308 GW 92 328 GW 92 348 GW 92 368 GW 92 388
C
20 GW 92 309 GW 92 329 GW 92 349 GW 92 369 GW 92 389
25 GW 92 310 GW 92 330 GW 92 350 GW 92 370 GW 92 390
32 GW 92 311 GW 92 331 GW 92 351 GW 92 371 GW 92 391
40 GW 92 312 GW 92 332 GW 92 352 GW 92 372 GW 92 392
MT 60
1 GW 92 001 GW 92 021 GW 92 041 GW 92 061 GW 92 081
2 GW 92 002 GW 92 022 GW 92 042 GW 92 062 GW 92 082
3 GW 92 003 GW 92 023 GW 92 043 GW 92 063 GW 92 083
4 GW 92 004 GW 92 024 GW 92 044 GW 92 064 GW 92 084
6 GW 92 005 GW 92 025 GW 92 045 GW 92 065 GW 92 085
10 GW 92 006 GW 92 026 GW 92 046 GW 92 066 GW 92 086
13 GW 92 014 GW 92 034 GW 92 054 GW 92 074 GW 92 094
C
16 GW 92 007 GW 92 027 GW 92 047 GW 92 067 GW 92 087
20 GW 92 008 GW 92 028 GW 92 048 GW 92 068 GW 92 088
25 GW 92 009 GW 92 029 GW 92 049 GW 92 069 GW 92 089
32 GW 92 010 GW 92 030 GW 92 050 GW 92 070 GW 92 090
40 GW 92 011 GW 92 031 GW 92 051 GW 92 071 GW 92 091
50 GW 92 012 GW 92 032 GW 92 052 GW 92 072 GW 92 092
63 GW 92 013 GW 92 033 GW 92 053 GW 92 073 GW 92 093
6 GW 92 205 - GW 92 245 GW 92 265 GW 92 285
10 GW 92 206 - GW 92 246 GW 92 266 GW 92 286
6000
13 GW 92 214 - GW 92 254 GW 92 274 GW 92 294
16 GW 92 207 - GW 92 247 GW 92 267 GW 92 287
20 GW 92 208 - GW 92 248 GW 92 268 GW 92 288
B
25 GW 92 209 - GW 92 249 GW 92 269 GW 92 289
32 GW 92 210 - GW 92 250 GW 92 270 GW 92 290
40 GW 92 211 - GW 92 251 GW 92 271 GW 92 291
50 GW 92 212 - GW 92 252 GW 92 272 GW 92 292
63 GW 92 213 - GW 92 253 GW 92 273 GW 92 293
6 GW 92 405 - GW 92 445 GW 92 465 GW 92 485
10 GW 92 406 - GW 92 446 GW 92 466 GW 92 486
13 GW 92 414 - GW 92 454 GW 92 474 GW 92 494
16 GW 92 407 - GW 92 447 GW 92 467 GW 92 487
D
20 GW 92 408 - GW 92 448 GW 92 468 GW 92 488
25 GW 92 409 - GW 92 449 GW 92 469 GW 92 489
32 GW 92 410 - GW 92 450 GW 92 470 GW 92 490
40 GW 92 411 - GW 92 451 GW 92 471 GW 92 491

434
Miniature circuit breakers
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MT MTHP

Icn [A] 1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 3P 4P
Curve In [A]
(EN60898) 1 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 1.5 mod. 3 mod. 4.5 mod. 6 mod.
MT 100
6 GW 92 605 GW 92 645 GW 92 665 GW 92 685 - - - -
10 GW 92 606 GW 92 646 GW 92 666 GW 92 686 - - - -

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

13 GW 92 614 GW 92 654 GW 92 674 GW 92 694 - - - -
16 GW 92 607 GW 92 647 GW 92 667 GW 92 687 - - - -

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
20 GW 92 608 GW 92 648 GW 92 668 GW 92 688 - - - -
C
25 GW 92 609 GW 92 649 GW 92 669 GW 92 689 - - - -
32 GW 92 610 GW 92 650 GW 92 670 GW 92 690 - - - -
40 GW 92 611 GW 92 651 GW 92 671 GW 92 691 - - - -
50 GW 92 612 GW 92 652 GW 92 672 GW 92 692 - - - -
63 GW 92 613 GW 92 653 GW 92 673 GW 92 693 - - - -
6 GW 92 505 GW 92 545 GW 92 565 GW 92 585 - - - -
10 GW 92 506 GW 92 546 GW 92 566 GW 92 586 - - - -
13 GW 92 507 GW 92 547 GW 92 567 GW 92 587 - - - -
16 GW 92 508 GW 92 548 GW 92 568 GW 92 588 - - - -
20 GW 92 509 GW 92 549 GW 92 569 GW 92 589 - - - -
B
25 GW 92 510 GW 92 550 GW 92 570 GW 92 590 - - - -
10000
32 GW 92 511 GW 92 551 GW 92 571 GW 92 591 - - - -
40 GW 92 512 GW 92 552 GW 92 572 GW 92 592 - - - -
50 GW 92 513 GW 92 553 GW 92 573 GW 92 593 - - - -
63 GW 92 514 GW 92 554 GW 92 574 GW 92 594 - - - -
1 GW 92 701 GW 92 741 GW 92 761 GW 92 781 - - - -
2 GW 92 702 GW 92 742 GW 92 762 GW 92 782 - - - -
3 GW 92 703 GW 92 743 GW 92 763 GW 92 783 - - - -
4 GW 92 704 GW 92 744 GW 92 764 GW 92 784 - - - -
6 GW 92 705 GW 92 745 GW 92 765 GW 92 785 - - - -
10 GW 92 706 GW 92 746 GW 92 766 GW 92 786 - - - -
D
13 GW 92 714 GW 92 754 GW 92 774 GW 92 794 - - - -
16 GW 92 707 GW 92 747 GW 92 767 GW 92 787 - - - -
20 GW 92 708 GW 92 748 GW 92 768 GW 92 788 - - - -
25 GW 92 709 GW 92 749 GW 92 769 GW 92 789 - - - -
32 GW 92 710 GW 92 750 GW 92 770 GW 92 790 - - - -
40 GW 92 711 GW 92 751 GW 92 771 GW 92 791 - - - -
MTHP 160
80 - - - - GW 93 307 GW 93 327 GW 93 337 GW 93 347
C 100 - - - - GW 93 308 GW 93 328 GW 93 338 GW 93 348
10000 125 - - - - GW 93 309 GW 93 329 GW 93 339 GW 93 349
(16kA 50 - - - - GW 93 355 GW 93 375 GW 93 385 GW 93 395
EN60947-2) 63 - - - - GW 93 356 GW 93 376 GW 93 386 GW 93 396
D
80 - - - - GW 93 357 GW 93 377 GW 93 387 GW 93 397
100 - - - - GW 93 358 GW 93 378 GW 93 388 GW 93 398
MT 250 MTHP 250
50 GW 92 812 GW 92 852 GW 92 872 GW 92 892 - - - -
12500 C
63 GW 92 813 GW 92 853 GW 92 873 GW 92 893 - - - -
32 GW 92 810 GW 92 850 GW 92 870 GW 92 890 - - - -
15000 C
40 GW 92 811 GW 92 851 GW 92 871 GW 92 891 - - - -
20000 C 25 GW 92 809 GW 92 849 GW 92 869 GW 92 889 - - - -
6 GW 92 805 GW 92 845 GW 92 865 GW 92 885 - - - -
10 GW 92 806 GW 92 846 GW 92 866 GW 92 886 - - - -
16 GW 92 807 GW 92 847 GW 92 867 GW 92 887 - - - -
20 GW 92 808 GW 92 848 GW 92 868 GW 92 888 GW 93 201 GW 93 221 GW 93 231 GW 93 241
25000 C 25 - - - - GW 93 202 GW 93 222 GW 93 232 GW 93 242
32 - - - - GW 93 203 GW 93 223 GW 93 233 GW 93 243
40 - - - - GW 93 204 GW 93 224 GW 93 234 GW 93 244
50 - - - - GW 93 205 GW 93 225 GW 93 235 GW 93 245
63 - - - - GW 93 206 GW 93 226 GW 93 236 GW 93 246

435
90 MCB

Technical data - MCB - MTC - MT - MTHP

TYPE MTC MT
MTC 45 MTC 60 MTC 100 MT 4 MT 45 MT 6

Standards: IEC EN 60898-1

Rated current (In): (A) 2-32 6-32 6-32 6-63 6-40 6-63
Utilization category: A A A A A A
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V) 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230 - 240 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415
Minimum operating voltage (Ue min): (V) 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac 12 ac/dc 12 ac
Maximum operating voltage (Ue max): (V) 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 253 ac/ 125 dc 440 ac 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac
Insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500 500 500 500 500 500
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4 4 4 4 4 4
Overvoltage category: III III III III III III
Number of poles: 1P, 1P+N 2P 3P, 4P 1P+N 2P 3P, 4P 2P 1P, 1P+N 2P, 3P, 4P 1P, 1P+N 2P, 3P, 4P 1P, 1P+N 2P, 3P, 4P
3 (≤16A)
Energy limiting class (B and C curve): 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1 (>16A)
Breaking capacity
IEC/EN Icn (A) 4500 6000 (1) 6000 10000 (1) 4500 4500 6000
60898-1 Ics (A) 1 Icn 1 Icn 0.75 Icn 1 Icn 1 Icn 1 Icn
Alternating
230/240 V (kA) 4.5 6 6 6 10 10 15 6 6 4,5 6 6 6
current: IEC/EN Icu
400/415 V (kA) - - 4.5 - - 6 - - 6 - 6 - 6
60947-2
Ics (kA) 100% Icu 100% Icu 75% Icu 100% Icu 50% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu 100% Icu
Icu (1 pole) 6 10 - - 6 -
72 V (kA)
Ics 6 10 - - 6 -
Direct IEC/EN Icu (2 poles in series) (2) 6 10 10 (15 at 72V) - 6 -
125 V (kA)
current: 60947-2 Ics 6 10 10 (15 at 72V) - 6 -
Icu (4 poles in series) 4.5 6 - - 4.5 -
250 V (kA)
Ics 4.5 6 - - 4.5 -
≤ 1x16 - ≤ ≤ 1x25 - ≤ 2x10 ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 ≤ 1x25 - ≤ 2x10
rigid ≤ 1x16 - ≤ 1x10+1x6 ≤ 1x16 - ≤ 1x10+1x6
1x10+1x6 ≤ 1x16+1x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+1x10
Wiring: cable section (mm2) (3)
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16
flexible ≤ 1x10- ≤ 2x6 ≤ 1x10- ≤ 2x6 ≤ 1x10- ≤ 2x6
≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10
Screwdriver suggested: PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
Electrical endurance: 10000 10000 10000 8000 10000 8000
Mechanical endurance: 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
Max. no. of usable modular accessories: 2 (5) 2 (5) 2 - 2 -
Upline/downline power supply: yes yes yes yes yes yes
ON/OFF status displayed: yes yes yes yes yes yes
Mounting position: any any any any any any
Type of residual current device: - - - - Add-on RCB BD -
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2
terminals IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Degree of protection:
front IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Pollution degree: 2 2 2 2 2 2
Tropicalization: 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95%
Reference temperature: (°C) 30 30 30 30 30 30
Operating temperature: (°C) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6)
Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70
yes (only yes (only yes (only
Double connection (cable+fork busbar): no no no
downstream) downstream) downstream)
135
Weight: (g) 135 (per module) 135 (per module) 115 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 115 (per pole)
(per module)
Curve: C C B D C C B C B C B
- - - - - - - -
2 - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
6 6 6 - 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
13 13 13 - 13 13 13 13 13 13 13
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16
Rated currents available In: (A) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25 25
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32
- - - - - 40 40 40 40 40 40
- - - - - 50 50 - 50 50
- - - - - 63 63 - 63 63
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
Grid distance: (mm) 35 35 35 40 70 40
(1)
Breaking capacity of the single pole Icn1=4500A (4)
≤95mm² with reduced connection terminal (width flap connection < 17mm)
(2)
1P+N version not allowed (5)
1P+N versions cannot be accessorised
(3)
Minimum cable section is 1mm² for MTC and MT, 1,5mm² for MTHP (6)
With temperatures greater than 30°C, derating of In rated current is expected

436
 MT MTHP
MT 60 MT 100 MT 250 MTHP 160 MTHP 250

IEC EN 60898-1 IEC EN 60898-1 IEC EN 60947-2

1-63 1-25 32-63 6-20 25 32-40 50-63 50-125 20-63
A A A A A A A A A
230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 230/400

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 12 ac/dc
440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc 440 ac/ 250 dc

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
4 4 4 4 4 4 4 6 6
III III III III III III III IV IV
1P, 1P+N 2P, 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P 1P 2P, 3P, 4P 1P 2P 3P, 4P

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

6000 10000 10000 25000 20000 15000 12500 10000 25000

1 Icn 0.75 Icn 0.75 Icn 0.5 Icn 0.5 Icn 0.5 Icn 0.5 Icn 0.75 Icn 0.75 Icn
10 20 15 30 25 12.5 25 20 25 50 40 20 40 30 15 30 25 15 25 20 16 20 25 50 30
- 10 - 20 15 - 15 12.5 - 30 25 - 25 20 - 20 15 - 15 15 4.5 16 6 25 25
75% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu 75% Icu
10 10 10 20 20 20 20 10 25
10 10 10 15 15 15 15 10 20
10 15 15 25 25 25 25 15 30
6 15 15 20 20 20 20 12 25
10 15 15 25 25 25 25 15 25
10 12 12 20 20 20 20 12 20
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 ≤1x35 - ≤2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x70 - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 1x70 - ≤ 2x25 -
≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 2x25+1x10 ≤ 2x25+1x10
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 ≤1x35 - ≤2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x50 (4) - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 1x50 (4) - ≤ 2x25 -
≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 3x16 ≤ 3x16
PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000 10000
20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000 20000
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes yes
any any any any any any any any any
Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BD Add-on RCD BDHP Add-on RCD BDHP
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3.5 / 3 (terminal) 3.5 / 3 (terminal)
IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95%
30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 30
-25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6) -25 +70 (6)
-40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70
yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream
no no
terminals) terminals) terminals) terminals) terminals) terminals) terminals)

145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 145 (per pole) 250 (per pole) 250 (per pole)

C B D C B D C C D C
1 - - - - 1 - - - -
2 - - - - 2 - - - -
3 - - - - 3 - - - -
4 - - - - 4 - - - -
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 - - -
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 - - -
13 13 13 13 13 13 - - - -
16 16 16 16 16 16 16 - - -
20 20 20 20 20 20 20 - - 20
25 25 25 25 25 25 25 - - 25
32 32 32 32 32 32 32 - - 32
40 40 40 40 40 40 40 - - 40
50 50 - 50 50 - 50 - 50 50
63 63 - 63 63 - 63 - 63 63
- - - - - - - 80 80 -
- - - - - - - 100 100 -
- - - - - - - 125 - -
70 70 70 70

437
90 MCB
Modular circuit breakers for circuit protection
The 90 MCB range meets any requirement for protection against overcurrent
and shortcircuit, for all domestic, commercial and industrial applications.The
range comprises MTC, compact miniature circuit breakers (from 2 to 32 A,
curves B and C up to 10 kA) MT traditional miniature circuit breakers (from 1
to 63 A, curves B, C and D up to 25 kA) MTHP High-Power Miniature circuit
breakers (from 20 to 125 A, curves C and D up to 25 kA).

MTC - COMPACT MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

MTC 45 - C curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 4.5 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 90 005 6A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 006 10 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 011 13 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 007 16 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 008 20 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 009 25 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 010 32 A 230 - 400 V Yes 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 90 022 2A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 046
GW 90 025 6A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 026 10 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 031 13 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 027 16 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 028 20 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 029 25 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 030 32 A 230 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N (N-conductor left)
GW 90 602 2A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 605 6A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 606 10 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 607 16 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 608 20 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 609 25 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 610 32 A 230 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 90 045 6A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 046 10 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 051 13 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 047 16 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 048 20 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 049 25 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 050 32 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
No. of poles: 3P
GW 90 065 6A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 066 10 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 071 13 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 067 16 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 068 20 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 069 25 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 070 32 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
No. of poles: 4P
GW 90 085 6A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 086 10 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 091 13 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 087 16 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 088 20 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 089 25 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 090 32 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12

438
MTC 45 - D curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 4.5 kA (EN 60947-2)
Compact miniature circuit breakers
Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N (N-conductor left)
GW 90 626 10 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 627 16 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 628 20 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 629 25 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 630 32 A 230 V No 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 90 626

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
MTC 60 - C curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 90 225 6A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 226 10 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 231 13 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 227 16 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 228 20 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 229 25 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 230 32 A 230 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 90 245 6A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 290
GW 90 246 10 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 251 13 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 247 16 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 248 20 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 249 25 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 250 32 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
No. of poles: 3P
GW 90 265 6A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 266 10 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 271 13 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 267 16 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 268 20 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 269 25 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 270 32 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
No. of poles: 4P
GW 90 285 6A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 286 10 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 291 13 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 287 16 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 288 20 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 289 25 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12
GW 90 290 32 A 230 - 400 V Yes 2 3/12

NEWS

439
90 MCB

MTC 60 - B curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 90 325 6A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 326 10 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 327 13 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 328 16 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 329 20 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 330 25 A 230 V No 1 6/24
GW 90 331 32 A 230 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 90 345 6A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 326
GW 90 346 10 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 347 13 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 348 16 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 349 20 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 350 25 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 351 32 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24

MTC 100 - C curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 90 445 6A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 446 10 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 451 13 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 447 16 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 448 20 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 449 25 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24
GW 90 450 32 A 230 V Yes 1 6/24

GW 90 446

440
 MT - MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITHOUT ACCESSORIES

MT 4 - C curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Carton
No. of poles: 1P

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW D2 105 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 106 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 107 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 108 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 109 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 110 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 111 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 112 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 128
GW D2 113 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 114 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D2 125 j 6A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 126 j 10 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 127 j 13 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 128 j 16 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 129 j 20 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 130 j 25 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 131 j 32 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 132 j 40 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 133 j 50 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 134 j 63 A 230 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW D2 145 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 146 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 147 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 148 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 149 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 150 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 151 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 152 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 153 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 154 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW D2 165 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 166 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 167 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 168 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 169 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 170 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 171 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 172 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 173 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 174 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW D2 185 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 186 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 187 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 188 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 189 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 190 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 191 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 192 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 193 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 194 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3

NEWS
Availability: j December 2025

441
90 MCB

MT 4 - B Curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW D2 305 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 306 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 307 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 308 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 309 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 310 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 311 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 312 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 328
GW D2 313 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 314 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D2 325 j 6A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 326 j 10 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 327 j 13 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 328 j 16 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 329 j 20 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 330 j 25 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 331 j 32 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 332 j 40 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 333 j 50 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 334 j 63 A 230 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW D2 345 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 346 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 347 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 348 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 349 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 350 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 351 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 352 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 353 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 354 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW D2 365 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 366 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 367 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 368 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 369 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 370 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 371 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 372 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 373 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 374 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW D2 385 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 386 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 387 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 388 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 389 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 390 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 391 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 392 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 393 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 394 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3

NEWS
Availability: j December 2025

442
 MT 6 - C Curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW D2 005 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW D2 006 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW D2 014 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 007 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 008 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 009 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 010 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 011 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 027
GW D2 012 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 013 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D2 025 j 6A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 026 j 10 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 034 j 13 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 027 j 16 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 028 j 20 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 029 j 25 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 030 j 32 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 031 j 40 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 032 j 50 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 033 j 63 A 230 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW D2 045 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 046 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 054 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 047 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 048 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 049 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 050 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 051 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 052 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 053 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW D2 065 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 066 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 074 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 067 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 068 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 069 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 070 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 071 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 072 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 073 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW D2 085 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 086 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 094 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 087 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 088 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 089 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 090 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 091 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 092 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 093 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3

NEWS
Availability: j December 2025

443
90 MCB

MT 6 - B Curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW D2 205 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 206 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 214 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 207 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 208 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 209 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 210 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 211 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 227
GW D2 212 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
GW D2 213 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D2 225 j 6A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 226 j 10 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 234 j 13 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 227 j 16 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 228 j 20 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 229 j 25 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 230 j 32 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 231 j 40 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 232 j 50 A 230 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 233 j 63 A 230 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW D2 245 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 246 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 254 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 247 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 248 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 249 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 250 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 251 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 252 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
GW D2 253 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW D2 265 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 266 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 274 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 267 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 268 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 269 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 270 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 271 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 272 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
GW D2 273 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW D2 285 j 6A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 286 j 10 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 294 j 13 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 287 j 16 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 288 j 20 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 289 j 25 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 290 j 32 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 291 j 40 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 292 j 50 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3
GW D2 293 j 63 A 230 - 400 V No 4 1/3

NEWS
Availability: j December 2025

444
MT - MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

MT 45 - C curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

Carton
No. of poles: 1P

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 92 105 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 106 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 107 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 108 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 109 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 110 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 111 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 112 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 92 149
GW 92 125 6A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 126 10 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 127 13 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 128 16 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 129 20 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 130 25 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 131 32 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 132 40 A 230 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 145 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 146 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 147 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 148 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 149 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 150 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 151 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 152 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 165 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 166 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 167 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 168 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 169 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 170 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 171 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 172 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 185 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 186 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 187 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 188 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 189 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 190 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 191 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 192 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

445
90 MCB

MT 45 - B curve - 4500 A (EN 60898) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 305 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 306 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 307 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 308 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 309 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 310 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 311 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 312 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 92 371
GW 92 325 6A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 326 10 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 327 13 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 328 16 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 329 20 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 330 25 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 331 32 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 332 40 A 230 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 345 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 346 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 347 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 348 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 349 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 350 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 351 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 352 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 365 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 366 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 367 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 368 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 369 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 370 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 371 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 372 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 385 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 386 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 387 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 388 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 389 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 390 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 391 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 392 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

446
MT 60 - C curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 001 1A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 92 002 2A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 92 003 3A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 004 4A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 005 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 006 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 014 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 007 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 008 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 009 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 010 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 048 GW 92 011 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 012 50 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 013 63 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 92 021 1A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 022 2A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 023 3A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 024 4A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 025 6A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 026 10 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 034 13 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 027 16 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 028 20 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 029 25 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 030 32 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 031 40 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 032 50 A 230 V 2 3/12
GW 92 033 63 A 230 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 041 1A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 042 2A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 043 3A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 044 4A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 045 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 046 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 054 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 047 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 048 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 049 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 050 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 051 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 052 50 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 053 63 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 061 1A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 062 2A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 063 3A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 064 4A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 065 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 066 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 074 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 067 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 068 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 069 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 070 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 071 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 072 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 073 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 081 1A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 082 2A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 083 3A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 084 4A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 085 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 086 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 094 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 087 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 088 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 089 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 090 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 091 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 092 50 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 093 63 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

447
90 MCB

MT 60 - B curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 205 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 206 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 214 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 207 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 208 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 209 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 210 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 211 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 212 50 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 292
GW 92 213 63 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 245 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 246 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 254 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 247 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 248 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 249 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 250 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 251 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 252 50 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 253 63 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 265 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 266 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 274 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 267 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 268 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 269 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 270 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 271 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 272 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 273 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 285 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 286 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 294 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 287 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 288 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 289 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 290 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 291 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 292 50 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 293 63 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

448
MT 60 - D curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 405 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 92 406 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 92 414 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 407 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 408 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 409 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 410 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 411 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 470
GW 92 445 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 446 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 454 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 447 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 448 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 449 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 450 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 451 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 465 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 466 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 474 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 467 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 468 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 469 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 470 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 471 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 485 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 486 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 494 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 487 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 488 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 489 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 490 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 491 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

449
90 MCB

MT 100 - C curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - Up to 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 605 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 606 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 614 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 607 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 608 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 609 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 610 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 611 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 612 50 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 692
GW 92 613 63 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 645 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 646 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 654 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 647 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 648 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 649 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 650 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 651 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 652 50 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 653 63 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 665 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 666 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 674 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 667 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 668 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 669 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 670 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 671 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 672 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 673 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 685 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 686 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 694 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 687 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 688 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 689 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 690 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 691 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 692 50 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 693 63 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

450
MT 100 - B curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - Up to 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 505 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 92 506 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 92 507 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 508 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 509 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 510 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 511 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 512 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 513 50 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 549
GW 92 514 63 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 545 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 546 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 547 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 548 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 549 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 550 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 551 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 552 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 553 50 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 554 63 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 565 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 566 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 567 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 568 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 569 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 570 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 571 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 572 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 573 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 574 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 585 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 586 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 587 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 588 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 589 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 590 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 591 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 592 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 593 50 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 594 63 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

451
90 MCB

MT 100 - D curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - Up to 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 701 1A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 702 2A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 703 3A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 704 4A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 705 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 706 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 714 13 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 707 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 708 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 770
GW 92 709 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 710 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 711 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 741 1A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 742 2A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 743 3A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 744 4A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 745 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 746 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 754 13 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 747 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 748 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 749 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 750 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 751 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 761 1A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 762 2A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 763 3A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 764 4A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 765 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 766 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 774 13 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 767 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 768 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 769 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 770 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 771 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 781 1A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 782 2A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 783 3A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 784 4A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 785 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 786 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 794 13 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 787 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 788 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 789 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 790 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 791 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

452
MT 250 - C curve - 25000 A (EN 60898) - Up to 25 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 92 805 6A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 92 806 10 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 92 807 16 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 808 20 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 809 25 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 810 32 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 811 40 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 812 50 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 813 63 A 230 - 400 V 1 6/24
GW 92 892
No. of poles: 2P
GW 92 845 6A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 846 10 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 847 16 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 848 20 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 849 25 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 850 32 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 851 40 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 852 50 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
GW 92 853 63 A 230 - 400 V 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 92 865 6A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 866 10 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 867 16 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 868 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 869 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 870 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 871 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 872 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
GW 92 873 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 92 885 6A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 886 10 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 887 16 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 888 20 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 889 25 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 890 32 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 891 40 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 892 50 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3
GW 92 893 63 A 230 - 400 V 4 1/3

453
90 MCB
MTHP - HIGH PERFORMANCE MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

MTHP 160 - C curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - 16 kA (EN 60947-2)

High performance miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 93 307 80 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 308 100 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 309 125 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 93 327 80 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 328 100 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 329 125 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 3P
GW 93 337 80 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 349
GW 93 338 100 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 339 125 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 93 347 80 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 348 100 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 349 125 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: kit for cable terminals wiring and poles separators.

MTHP 160 - D curve - 10000 A (EN 60898) - 16 kA (EN 60947-2)

High performance miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 93 355 50 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 356 63 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 357 80 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 358 100 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 93 375 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 376 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 377 80 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 378 100 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 388
No. of poles: 3P
GW 93 385 50 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 386 63 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 387 80 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 388 100 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 93 395 50 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 396 63 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 397 80 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 398 100 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: kit for cable terminals wiring and poles separators.

454
MTHP 250 - C curve - 25000 A (EN 60898) - 25 kA (EN 60947-2)

High performance miniature circuit breakers

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 93 201 20 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12

FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION

GW 93 202 25 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12

CIRCUIT BREAKERS
GW 93 203 32 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 204 40 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 205 50 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
GW 93 206 63 A 230 - 400 V 1.5 1/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 93 221 20 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 222 25 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 222
GW 93 223 32 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 224 40 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 225 50 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
GW 93 226 63 A 230 - 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 3P
GW 93 231 20 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 232 25 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 233 32 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 234 40 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 235 50 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
GW 93 236 63 A 230 - 400 V 4.5 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 93 241 20 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 242 25 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 243 32 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 244 40 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 245 50 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
GW 93 246 63 A 230 - 400 V 6 1/4
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: kit for cable terminals wiring and poles separators.

455
90 MCB
MINIATURE CIRCUIT BREAKERS WITH ELECTRICAL ARC FAULT DETECTION AFDD

AFDD - C curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 7.5 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers AFDD

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 91 925 6A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 926 10 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 927 13 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 928 16 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 929 20 A 230 V No 2 1/6
APPLICATIONS: arc fault protection, short circuit and overload protection.
CHARACTERISTICS: LED for monitoring the operating status of the AFDD.
Test button to check the correct functioning of the AFDD device.
Contact position signalling window to identify contact status (red: closed; green: open).
GW 91 928

AFDD - B curve - 6000 A (EN 60898) - 7.5 kA (EN 60947-2)

Miniature circuit breakers AFDD

Code Rated current Rated voltage Auxiliaries compatibility No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 91 906 10 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 907 13 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 908 16 A 230 V No 2 1/6
GW 91 909 20 A 230 V No 2 1/6
APPLICATIONS: device for protection against faults caused by electrical arcing and overcurrents.
CHARACTERISTICS: LED for monitoring the operating status of the AFDD device.
Test button to verify the correct functioning of the AFDD device.
Contact position indicator for identifying the status of the contacts (red: closed; green: open).

GW 91 906

NEWS

456
 FOR CIRCUIT PROTECTION
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
90 MCB
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

REDUCED FOOTPRINT MAXIMUM SECURITY SIMPLIFIED ACCESSORY

MANAGEMENT

The compact MCCB protect 2 poles per To ensure the most secure fastening and The 90 MCB range of circuit breakers integrate
module, reducing space by up to 50%. This protection from possible contact with live parts, seamlessly with the 90 range of electrical
also allows installation of smaller enclosures, the terminals are equipped with a protective, auxiliaries, providing simplified and streamlined
for savings on costs. sliding insulating insert. In addition, the double accessory management.
DIN hook provides a more stable fastening and
facilitates maintenance operations.

457
Circuit breakers
for residual current
protection

458
 CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL
CURRENT PROTECTION
90 RCD

Modular circuit
breakers for residual
current protection

p. 467

459
90 RCD

Residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection and add-on residual current
devices
RCBO
IΔn = 30mA IΔn = 300mA

Icn [A] 1P+N 2P 3P 4P 1P+N 2P 3P 4P

Curve Type In [A]
(EN 61009-1) 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod.

MDC 45
6 GW 94 005 GW 94 025 GW 94 045 GW 94 065 GW 94 015 GW 94 035 GW 94 055 GW 94 075
10 GW 94 006 GW 94 026 GW 94 046 GW 94 066 GW 94 016 GW 94 036 GW 94 056 GW 94 076
13 GW 94 011 GW 94 031 GW 94 051 GW 94 071 - - - -
AC 16 GW 94 007 GW 94 027 GW 94 047 GW 94 067 GW 94 017 GW 94 037 GW 94 057 GW 94 077
20 GW 94 008 GW 94 028 GW 94 048 GW 94 068 GW 94 018 GW 94 038 GW 94 058 GW 94 078
25 GW 94 009 GW 94 029 GW 94 049 GW 94 069 GW 94 019 GW 94 039 GW 94 059 GW 94 079
32 GW 94 010 GW 94 030 GW 94 050 GW 94 070 GW 94 020 GW 94 040 GW 94 060 GW 94 080
4500 C
6 GW 94 205 GW 94 225 GW 94 245 GW 94 265 GW 94 215 GW 94 235 GW 94 255 GW 94 275
10 GW 94 206 GW 94 226 GW 94 246 GW 94 266 GW 94 216 GW 94 236 GW 94 256 GW 94 276
13 GW 94 211 GW 94 231 GW 94 251 GW 94 271 - - - -
A 16 GW 94 207 GW 94 227 GW 94 247 GW 94 267 GW 94 217 GW 94 237 GW 94 257 GW 94 277
20 GW 94 208 GW 94 228 GW 94 248 GW 94 268 GW 94 218 GW 94 238 GW 94 258 GW 94 278
25 GW 94 209 GW 94 229 GW 94 249 GW 94 269 GW 94 219 GW 94 239 GW 94 259 GW 94 279
32 GW 94 210 GW 94 230 GW 94 250 GW 94 270 GW 94 220 GW 94 240 GW 94 260 GW 94 280
MDC 60
6 GW 94 105 GW 94 125 GW 94 145 GW 94 165 GW 94 115 GW 94 135 GW 94 155 GW 94 175
10 GW 94 106 GW 94 126 GW 94 146 GW 94 166 GW 94 116 GW 94 136 GW 94 156 GW 94 176
13 GW 94 111 GW 94 131 GW 94 151 GW 94 171 - - - -
AC 16 GW 94 107 GW 94 127 GW 94 147 GW 94 167 GW 94 117 GW 94 137 GW 94 157 GW 94 177
20 GW 94 108 GW 94 128 GW 94 148 GW 94 168 GW 94 118 GW 94 138 GW 94 158 GW 94 178
25 GW 94 109 GW 94 129 GW 94 149 GW 94 169 GW 94 119 GW 94 139 GW 94 159 GW 94 179
32 GW 94 110 GW 94 130 GW 94 150 GW 94 170 GW 94 120 GW 94 140 GW 94 160 GW 94 180
6 GW 94 305 GW 94 325 GW 94 345 GW 94 365 GW 94 315 GW 94 335 GW 94 355 GW 94 375
10 GW 94 306 GW 94 326 GW 94 346 GW 94 366 GW 94 316 GW 94 336 GW 94 356 GW 94 376
13 GW 94 311 GW 94 331 GW 94 351 GW 94 371 - - - -
A 16 GW 94 307 GW 94 327 GW 94 347 GW 94 367 GW 94 317 GW 94 337 GW 94 357 GW 94 377
20 GW 94 308 GW 94 328 GW 94 348 GW 94 368 GW 94 318 GW 94 338 GW 94 358 GW 94 378
25 GW 94 309 GW 94 329 GW 94 349 GW 94 369 GW 94 319 GW 94 339 GW 94 359 GW 94 379
32 GW 94 310 GW 94 330 GW 94 350 GW 94 370 GW 94 320 GW 94 340 GW 94 360 GW 94 380
6 - GW 95 805 - GW 95 815 - - - -
10 - GW 95 806 - GW 95 816 - - - -
C
13 - GW 95 811 - GW 95 821 - - - -
A[IR] 16 - GW 95 807 - GW 95 817 - - - -
20 - GW 95 808 - GW 95 818 - - - -
25 - GW 95 809 - GW 95 819 - - - -
32 - GW 95 810 - GW 95 820 - - - -
16 - - - - - GW 95 847 - GW 95 857
20 - - - - - GW 95 848 - GW 95 858
6000 A[S]
25 - - - - - GW 95 849 - GW 95 859
32 - - - - - GW 95 850 - GW 95 860
6 - GW 95 935 - - - - - -
10 - GW 95 936 - - - - - -
13 - GW 95 941 - - - - - -
F 16 - GW 95 937 - - - - - -
20 - GW 95 938 - - - - - -
25 - GW 95 939 - - - - - -
32 - GW 95 940 - - - - - -
6 GW 95 105 GW 95 125 GW 95 145 GW 95 165 GW 95 115 GW 95 135 GW 95 155 GW 95 175
10 GW 95 106 GW 95 126 GW 95 146 GW 95 166 GW 95 116 GW 95 136 GW 95 156 GW 95 176
13 GW 95 111 GW 95 131 GW 95 151 GW 95 171 - - - -
A 16 GW 95 107 GW 95 127 GW 95 147 GW 95 167 GW 95 117 GW 95 137 GW 95 157 GW 95 177
20 GW 95 108 GW 95 128 GW 95 148 GW 95 168 GW 95 118 GW 95 138 GW 95 158 GW 95 178
25 GW 95 109 GW 95 129 GW 95 149 GW 95 169 GW 95 119 GW 95 139 GW 95 159 GW 95 179
32 GW 95 110 GW 95 130 GW 95 150 GW 95 170 GW 95 120 GW 95 140 GW 95 160 GW 95 180
B
6 - GW 95 975 - - - - - -
10 - GW 95 976 - - - - - -
13 - GW 95 981 - - - - - -
F 16 - GW 95 977 - - - - - -
20 - GW 95 978 - - - - - -
25 - GW 95 979 - - - - - -
32 - GW 95 980 - - - - - -

460
 RCBO
IΔn = 30mA IΔn = 100mA IΔn = 300mA

Icn [A] 2P 3P 2P 2P
Curve Type In [A]
(EN 61009-1) 2 mod. 3 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod.
MDC 100
6 GW 95 025 GW 95 025 MA* - - GW 95 035
10 GW 95 026 GW 95 026 MA* - - GW 95 036
13 GW 95 031 GW 95 031 MA* - - -
AC 16 GW 95 027 GW 95 027 MA* - - GW 95 037
20 GW 95 028 GW 95 028 MA* - - GW 95 038
25 GW 95 029 GW 95 029 MA* - - GW 95 039
32 GW 95 030 GW 95 030 MA* - - GW 95 040
6 GW 95 225 GW 95 225 MA* GW 95 245** GW 95 785 GW 95 235
10 GW 95 226 GW 95 226 MA* GW 95 246** GW 95 786 GW 95 236
13 GW 95 231 GW 95 231 MA* - GW 95 791 -
A 16 GW 95 227 GW 95 227 MA* GW 95 247** GW 95 787 GW 95 237
20 GW 95 228 GW 95 228 MA* GW 95 248** GW 95 788 GW 95 238
25 GW 95 229 GW 95 229 MA* GW 95 249** GW 95 789 GW 95 239
32 GW 95 230 GW 95 230 MA* GW 95 250** GW 95 790 GW 95 240
C
6 GW 95 825 - - -
10 GW 95 826 - - -
13 GW 95 831 - - -
A[IR] 16 GW 95 827 - - -
20 GW 95 828 - - -
25 GW 95 829 - - -
32 GW 95 830 - - -

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

6 GW 95 955 - - -
10 GW 95 956 - - -

CURRENT PROTECTION
13 GW 95 961 - - -
10000 F 16 GW 95 957 - - -
20 GW 95 958 - - -
25 GW 95 959 - - -
32 GW 95 960 - - -
6 GW 95 325 - GW 95 795 GW 95 335
10 GW 95 326 - GW 95 796 GW 95 336
13 GW 95 331 - GW 95 801 -
A 16 GW 95 327 - GW 95 797 GW 95 337
20 GW 95 328 - GW 95 798 GW 95 338
25 GW 95 329 - GW 95 799 GW 95 339
32 GW 95 330 - GW 95 800 GW 95 340
6 GW 95 835 - - -
10 GW 95 836 - - -
13 GW 95 841 - - -
B A[IR] 16 GW 95 837 - - -
20 GW 95 838 - - -
25 GW 95 839 - - -
32 GW 95 840 - - -
6 GW 95 965 - - -
10 GW 95 966 - - -
13 GW 95 971 - - -
F 16 GW 95 967 - - -
20 GW 95 968 - - -
25 GW 95 969 - - -
32 GW 95 970 - - -
* Rated operating voltage equal to 110V ac ** Rated operating voltage equal to 230V ac

ADD-ON RCD
BD BDHP

2P 3P 4P 2P 3P 4P
Type IΔn [mA] 2 mod. 3.5 mod. 3.5 mod. 4 mod. 6 mod. 6 mod.
In≤25 A In≤63 A In≤25 A In≤63 A In≤25 A In≤63 A In≤125 A In≤125 A In≤125 A
10 GW 94 401 - - - - - - - -
30 GW 94 402 GW 94 412 GW 94 442 GW 94 448 GW 94 422 GW 94 432 - GW 95 416 GW 95 426
AC
300 GW 94 403 GW 94 413 GW 94 443 GW 94 449 GW 94 423 GW 94 433 GW 95 408 GW 95 418 GW 95 428
500 GW 94 404 GW 94 414 GW 94 444 GW 94 450 GW 94 424 GW 94 434 - - -
30 GW 94 502 GW 94 512 GW 94 542 GW 94 547 GW 94 522 GW 94 532 - GW 95 446 GW 95 456
A 300 GW 94 503 GW 94 513 GW 94 543 GW 94 548 GW 94 523 GW 94 533 GW 95 438 GW 95 448 GW 95 458
500 GW 94 504 GW 94 514 GW 94 544 GW 94 549 GW 94 524 GW 94 534 - - -
A[IR] 30 GW 94 566 GW 94 595 GW 94 586 - - -
300 GW 94 563 GW 94 598 GW 94 583 GW 95 468 GW 95 478 GW 95 488
A[S]
1000 GW 94 565 GW 94 600 GW 94 585 GW 95 470 GW 95 480 GW 95 490
A reg. 300-3000 - - - - - GW 95 512

RCD SAFETY SOCKET RCD SAFETY UNIT

WALL-MOUNTING BOX
IP21 IP44 IP41
In [A] Ue [V] Type IΔn [mA] White Black White Black White Black White Black
10 GW 95 521 GW 95 521N GW 95 523 GW 95 523N GW 95 525 GW 95 525N
16 230 A GW 95 527 GW 95 527N
30 GW 95 522 GW 95 522N GW 95 524 GW 95 524N GW 95 526 GW 95 526N

461
90 RCD

Residual current circuit breakers

RCCB
2P 4P
IDP NA* IDP IDP 4P (3M) IDP NA* IDP

In [A] Type IΔn [mA] 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 4 mod. 4 mod.****
10 - GW D4 001 - - - -
30 GW D4 617 GW D4 002 GW 94 662 GW D4 427 GW D4 102 GW D4 302
AC
100 - GW D4 003 - - GW D4 103 -
300 - GW D4 004 GW 94 664 GW D4 429 GW D4 104 GW D4 304
10 - GW D4 011 - - GW D4 111 -
30 GW D4 817 GW D4 012 GW D4 012 MA** GW 94 867 GW D4 439 GW D4 112 GW D4 312
A
25 100 - GW D4 013 - - GW D4 113 -
300 - GW D4 014 GW 94 869 GW D4 441 GW D4 114 GW D4 314
30 - GW D4 202 - - GW D4 217 GW D4 317
A[IR]
300 - GW D4 203 - - GW D4 218 -
F 30 - GW D4 261 - - GW D4 281 -
30 - GW D4 502 *** - - GW D4 527 -
B
300 - GW D4 504 *** - - GW D4 529 -
30 GW D4 627 GW D4 022 GW 94 667 GW D4 431 GW D4 122 GW D4 322
100 - GW D4 023 GW 94 668 - GW D4 123 -
AC
300 - GW D4 024 GW 94 669 GW D4 433 GW D4 124 GW D4 324
500 - GW D4 025 GW 94 670 - GW D4 125 -
30 GW D4 827 GW D4 032 GW D4 032 MA** GW 94 897 GW D4 443 GW D4 132 GW D4 332
100 - GW D4 033 GW 94 898 - GW D4 133 -
A
300 - GW D4 034 GW 94 899 GW D4 445 GW D4 134 GW D4 334
40 500 - GW D4 035 GW 94 900 - GW D4 135 -
30 - GW D4 205 - - GW D4 220 GW D4 337
A[IR]
300 - GW D4 206 - - GW D4 221 -
300 - GW D4 234 - - GW D4 249 -
A[S]
500 - GW D4 235 - - GW D4 250 -
F 30 - GW D4 265 - - GW D4 285 -
30 - GW D4 507 *** - - GW D45 32 -
B
300 - GW D4 509 *** - - GW D4 534 -
30 - GW D4 042 - - GW D4 142 GW D4 342
100 - GW D4 043 - - GW D4 143 -
AC
300 - GW D4 044 - - GW D4 144 GW D4 344
500 - GW D4 045 - - GW D4 145 -
30 - GW D4 052 GW D4 052 MA** - - GW D4 152 GW D4 352
100 - GW D4 053 - - GW D4 153 -
A
300 - GW D4 054 - - GW D4 154 GW D4 354
63 500 - GW D4 055 - - GW D4 155 -
30 - GW D4 208 - - GW D4 223 GW D4 357
A[IR]
300 - GW D4 209 - - GW D4 224 -
300 - GW D4 237 - - GW D4 252 -
A[S]
500 - GW D4 238 - - GW D4 253 -
F 30 - GW D4 269 - - GW D4 289 -
30 - GW D4 512 *** - - GW D4 537 -
B
300 - GW D4 514 *** - - GW D4 539 -
30 - GW D4 062 - - GW 94 761 K -
AC
80 300 - - - - GW 94 766 K -
A 30 - GW D4 072 - - - -
30 - - - - GW 94 777 K -
AC
300 - - - - GW 94 779 K -
30 - - - - GW 94 957 K -
100 A
300 - - - - GW 94 959 K -
A[IR] 30 - - - - GW 95 696 K -
A[S] 300 - - - - GW 94 996 K -
30 - - - - GW 95 631 -
AC
300 - - - - GW 95 633 -
30 - - - - GW 95 636 -
125
A 300 - - - - GW 95 638 -
500 - - - - GW 95 639 -
A[S] 300 - - - - GW 95 640 -
* Version that cannot be completed with auxiliary contacts and trip coils. Version that can be completed with automatic reclosing devices ReStart RD
** Rated operational voltage is 110V ac
*** 4 Modules
**** RCCBs with left neutral

462
Technical data - RCBO - MDC
TYPE MDC 45 MDC 60 MDC 100 MDC 100 MA

IEC EN 61009-1 IEC EN 61009-1

IEC EN 61009-1 IEC EN 61009-1
Standards: IEC EN 61009-2-1 IEC EN 61009-2-1
IEC EN 61009-2-1 IEC EN 61009-2-1
IEC EN 62423 (type F) IEC EN 62423 (type F)
Rated current (In): (A) 6-32 6-32 6-32 6-32
Utilization category: A A A A
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V ac) 230/400 - 240/415 230/400 - 240/415 230 - 240 110
Insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500 500 500 500
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4 4 4 4
Overvoltage category: III III III III
Number of poles: 1P+N, 2P 3P, 4P 1P+N, 2P 3P, 4P 2P, 3P 2P
Energy limiting class (B and C): 3 1 3 1 3 3
Breaking capacity
Icn (A) 4500 6000 10000 10000
IEC/EN 61009-1
Ics (A) 1 Icn 1 Icn 0.75 Icn 0.75 Icn
Alternating
230/240 V (kA) 6 - 10 - 15 15

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

current: Icu
IEC/EN 60947-2 400/415 V (kA) - 4,5 - 6 - -
Ics (kA) 100% Icu 75% Icu 100% Icu 50% Icu 50% Icu

CURRENT PROTECTION
Rated residual operating current (IΔn) (mA)
30 30 30 30
AC
300 300 300 -
30 30 30 30
Type: A - - 100 -
300 300 300 -
A[IR] - 30 30 -
A[S] - 300 - -
F - 30 30 -
250 (for AC and A types) 250 (for AC and A types)
Level of immunity (8/20 μs): (A) 250 250
3000 (for A[IR], A[S], F types) 3000 (for type A[IR], F)
Residual making and breaking capacity (IΔm): (A) 4500 4500 4500 4500
Voltage independent working: yes yes yes yes
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 -
rigid
cable ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10
Wiring:
section (mm2)(1) ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 -
flexible
≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10
Electrical endurance: 10000 10000 10000 10000
Mechanical endurance: 20000 20000 20000 20000
Max. no. of usable modular accessories: 2 2 2 2
Upline/Downline power supply: yes yes yes yes
Status displayed: yes yes yes yes
Mounting position: any any any any
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 2 2 2 2
Screwdriver suggested: PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
terminals IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Degree of protection:
front IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Pollution degree: 2 2 2 2
Tropicalization: 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95%
Reference temperature: (°C) 30 30 30 30
Operating temperature: (°C) -25 +60 (2) -25 +60 (2) -25 +60 (2) -25 +60 (2)
Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70
yes (only downstream yes (only downstream yes (only downstream
Double connection (cable+fork busbar): terminals)
yes (only downstream terminals)
terminals) terminals)
Weight per pole: (g) 120 120 120 120
Curve: C C B C B C
6 6 6 6 6 6
10 10 10 10 10 10
13 13 13 13 13 13
Rated currents available (In): (A) 16 16 16 16 16 16
20 20 20 20 20 20
25 25 25 25 25 25
32 32 32 32 32 32
(1)
Minimum cable section is 1mm2
(2)
With temperatures greater than 30°C, derating of In rated current is expected

463
90 RCD

Technical data - Add-on RCD - BD - BDHP

TYPE BD BDHP BDHP ADJUSTABLE

IEC EN 61009-1 Annex G IEC EN 61009-1 Annex G

Standards: EN 60947-2 app. B
IEC EN 61009-2-1 IEC EN 61009-2-1
Rated current (In): (A) ≤ 25 ≤ 63 ≤ 125 ≤ 125

Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V ac) 230/400 230/400 400

Insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500 500 500

Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4 4 4

Overvoltage category: III III III

Number of poles: 2P, 3P, 4P 2P, 3P, 4P 4P

Rated residual operating current (IΔn) (mA)

10 (1) - - -

30 30 30 -
AC
300 300 300 -

500 500 - -

30 30 30 -

Type: A 300 300 300 -

500 500 - -

A[IR] - 30 - -

- 300 300 -
A[S]
- 1000 1000 -

A[Adj.] - - - 300 - 500 - 1000 - 3000

Adjustable tripping time (t): (ms) - - 0 - 60 - 150

250 (for AC and A types) 250 (for AC and A types)

Level of immunity (8/20 μs): (A) 3000
3000 (for A[IR] and A[S] types) 3000 (for A[S] type)

Residual making and breaking capacity (IΔm): (A) Icn circuit breaker Icn circuit breaker Icn circuit breaker

Voltage independent working: yes yes yes

cable rigid ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x70 - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 2x25+1x10 ≤ 1x70 - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 2x25+1x10
Wiring: section
(mm2) flexible ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x50 - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 3x16 ≤ 1x50 - ≤ 2x25 - ≤ 3x16

Upline/Downline power supply: yes yes yes

Mounting position: any any any

Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 2 3.5 / 3 (terminal) 3.5 / 3 (terminal)

Screwdriver suggested: PZ2 PZ2 PZ2

terminals IP20 IP20 IP20

Degree of protection:
front IP40 IP40 IP40

Pollution degree: 2 2 2

Tropicalization: 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95% 55°C - RH 95%

Reference temperature: (°C) 30 30 30

Operating temperature: (°C) -25 +40 -25 +40 -25 +40

Stocking temperature: (°C) -40 +70 -40 +70 -40 +70

Weight per pole: (g) 100 200 200

(1)
Only for 2P versions

464
Technical data - RCCB - IDP
TYPE IDP NA IDP IDP 4P (3M) SD K IDP 125A

IEC EN 61008-1
IEC EN 61008-1 IEC EN 61008-2-1 IEC EN 61008-1 IEC EN 61008-1 IEC EN 61008-1
Standard:
IEC EN 61008-2-1 IEC 62955 (type A[EV]) IEC EN 61008-2-1 IEC EN 61008-2-1 IEC EN 61008-2-1
IEC EN 62423 (type F and B)
Rated current (In): (A) 25-40-63 25-80 25-40 80-100 125
230/400 - 240/415
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V ac) 230/400 - 240/415
110 (for MA versions)
400 400 - 415 400
Insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 500 500 500 400 400
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): kV 4 4 4 4 4
Overvoltage category: III III III III III
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50 50/60 50/60 50 50
2P (Up to 40A)
Poles: 4P (Up to 63A)
2P, 4P 4P 4P 4P

2 (2P)
2 (2P)
Number of modules: 4 (4P)
4 (4P) 3 4 4
4 (2P/4P type A[EV] and B)
Rated residual operating current (IΔn) (mA)
- 10 (1) - - -
30 30 30 30 30
AC - 100 100 - -
300 300 300 300 300
- 500 500 - -

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

- 10 (1) - - -
30 30 30 30 30
A - 100 100 - -

CURRENT PROTECTION
300 300 300 300 300
Type: - 500 500 - 500
- 30 - 30 -
IR - Impulse resistant - 300 - - -
EV - electric vehicles(2) - 30 - - -
- 300 - 300 300
S - Selective - 500 - - -
F - 30 - - -
- 30 - - -
B - 300 - - -
250 (Type AC - A)
250 (Type AC - A) 200 (type AC and A)
Level of immunity (8/20μs): (A) 250 3000 (type A[IR], A[S], 250
3000 (Type A[IR] - A[S]) 3000 (type A[S])
A[EV], F and B)
Residual making and breaking capacity (Idm): (A) 10 x In (630A min) 10 x In (630A min) 630 800 (80A) - 1000 (100A) 1250
Making and breaking capacity (Im): (A) 10 x In (630A min) 10 x In (630A min) 630 800 (80A) - 1000 (100A) 1250
Voltage independent working: yes yes yes yes yes
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 -
Cable section rigid ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10
≤35 ≤50
Wiring:
(mm2) (3) flexible
≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x35 - ≤ 2x16 - ≤ 1x25 -
≤35 ≤50
≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+2x10 ≤ 1x16+1x10 - ≤ 3x6
Electrical endurance: 5000 10000 5000 4000 4000
Mechanical endurance: 10000 20000 10000 10000 10000
Upstrem / Downstream supply: yes yes yes yes yes
Mounting position: any any any any any
Rated tightening torque: (Nm) 2 3 2 2 2,5
Screw type: PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2 PZ2
Pollution degree: 2 2 2 2 2
Fire resistance: Glow wire Test IEC 60695-2-11 according with IEC 61008-1
IP degree (inside the distribution board): IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40 IP40
Tropicalization: 55°C - UR 95% 55°C - UR 95% 55°C - UR 95% 55°C - UR 95% 55°C - UR 95%
Installation altitude: (m) ≤ 2000 ≤ 2000 ≤ 2000 ≤ 2000 ≤ 2000
Operating temperature (average daily temperature ≤35°C): (°C) -5 ÷ +40 -25 ÷ +60 (4) -25 ÷ +40 -25 ÷ +40 -25 ÷ +40
Storage temperature: (°C) -40 ÷ +70 -40 ÷ +70 -40 ÷ +70 -35 ÷ +60 -35 ÷ +60
no (for 2P) yes yes yes
yes
Double connection (cable + fork busbar): yes
(Upstream and downstream)
(Upstream and (Upstream and (Upstream and
(only downstream for 4P) downstream) downstream) downstream)
Signalization of the relay tripping: no yes no no no
175 (2P), 320 (4P)
Weight of device: (g) 160 (2P), 300 (4P) 275 (2P type A[EV] and B) 280 350 350
340 (4P type A[EV] and B)
(1)
Up to 25A
(2)
Type A[EV] trips in the event of a fault current with smooth residual direct current equal to or above 6mA
(3)
Minimum cable section is 1.5mm2
(4)
With temperatures greater than 40°C, derating of In rated current is expected

RATED CONDITIONAL RESIDUAL SHORT-CIRCUIT CURRENT IΔc (kA)

Rated current In 25A / 40A (NA) 25A / 40A 63A(NA) 63A 80A 100A 125A
Poles 2P 4P 2P 4P 4P (3M) 2P/4P 2P/4P 2P 4P 4P 4P
gG 63A 6 6 10 10 6 6 10* - - - -
Fuse gG 80A - - - - - 10 6 10 - -
gG 100 - - - - - - - - 10 -
gG 125 - - - - - - - - - 10
MTC 45 4.5 4.5 - - -
MTC 60 6 6 - - -
MTC 100 10 10 - - -
MT 45 4.5 4.5 - - -
MCB MT 60 6 6 - - -
MT 100 10 10 - - -
MT 250 10 10 - - -
MTHP 160 - 10 10 10 10
MTHP 250 10 10 - - -
* Only A[EV], F and B type RCCBs
465
Technical data - Local RCCB
SAFETY SOCKET WITH RCCB
TYPE SAFETY SOCKET WITH RCCB RCCB SAFETY UNIT
(WATER PROTECTED)

IEC EN 61008-1 IEC EN 61008-1

IEC EN 61008-1
Standard: IEC EN 61008-2-1 IEC EN 61008-2-1
IEC EN 61008-2-1
IEC 60884-1 IEC 60884-1
Degree of protection: IP21 IP44 IP41
Type of installation: flush-mounting or surface-mounting (when installed inside the box GW 95 527 or GW 95 527 N)
Codes (white colour): GW 95 521 GW 95 522 GW 95 523 GW 95 524 GW 95 525 GW 95 526
Codes (black colour): GW 95 521 N GW 95 522 N GW 95 523 N GW 95 524 N GW 95 525 N GW 95 526 N
Rated residual operating current (IΔn): (mA) 10 30 10 30 10 30
Rated current (In): (A) 16
Rated operational voltage (Ue): (V ac) 230 - 240
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 4
Overvoltage category: III
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50
Poles: 1P+N
RCCB type: A
Level of immunity (8/20μs): (A) 250
Residual making and breaking capacity (Idm): (A) 500
Making and breaking capacity (Im): (A) 500
Rated conditional residual short-circuit
(A) 3000 (fuse gG 20A)
current (IΔc):
Voltage independent working: yes
cable rigid min 1.5 - max 2.5
Wiring:
section (mm2) flexible min 1.5 - max 2.5
Electrical endurance: 2000
Mechanical endurance: 4000
Type of terminal: Screwless
Pollution degree: 2
Tropicalization: 55°C - RH 95%
Operating temperature: (°C) -25 ÷ + 40
Storage temperature: (°C) -40 ÷ + 70
Weight: (g) 155 165 145

466
90 RCD
Modular circuit breakers for residual current protection
The 90 RCD range meets any ground fault protection requirement for any area
of application. The range comprises MDC compact residual current c.b. with
overcurrent protection. (from 6 to 32 A, curves B and C, up to 10 kA and lΔn from
30 and 300 mA type AC, A, A[IR] and A[S] and F) BD and BDHP, add-on residual
current devices for circuit breakers MT and MTHP (lΔn from 10 mA to 3 A type AC,
A, A[IR], A[S] and A adjustable) IDP residual current circuit breakers (up to 125 A,
lΔn from 10 to 500 mA type AC, A, A[IR], A[S], F, B).

MDC - MONOBLOC COMPACT RCBO’S

MDC 45 - AC type - C curve - 4500 A (EN 61009-1) - 4.5 kA (EN 60947-2)

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

CURRENT PROTECTION
Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 94 005 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 006 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 011 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 007 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 008 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 027 GW 94 009 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 010 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 015 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 016 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 017 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 018 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 019 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 020 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 025 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 026 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 031 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 027 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 028 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 029 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 030 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 035 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 036 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 037 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 038 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 039 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 040 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 045 30 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 046 30 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 051 30 mA 13 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 047 30 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 048 30 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 049 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4

CONTINUES

467
90 RCD
Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 94 050 30 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 055 300 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 056 300 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 057 300 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 058 300 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 059 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 060 300 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 065 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 066 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 071 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 067 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 068 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 069 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 070 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 075 300 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 076 300 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 077 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 078 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 079 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 080 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

468
MDC 45 - A type - C curve - 4500 A (EN 61009-1) - 4.5 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 94 205 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 206 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 211 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 207 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 208 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 227 GW 94 209 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 210 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 215 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 216 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 217 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW 94 218 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 219 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW 94 220 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 225 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 226 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 231 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 227 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 228 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 229 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 230 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 235 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 236 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 237 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 238 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 239 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 240 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 245 30 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 246 30 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 251 30 mA 13 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 247 30 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 248 30 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 249 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 250 30 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 255 300 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 256 300 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 257 300 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 258 300 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 259 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 260 300 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 265 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 266 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 271 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 267 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 268 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 269 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 270 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 275 300 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 276 300 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 277 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 278 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 279 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 280 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

469
90 RCD

MDC 60 - AC type - C curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 94 105 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 106 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 111 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 107 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 108 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 168 GW 94 109 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 110 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 115 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 116 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 117 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 118 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 119 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 120 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 125 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 126 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 131 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 127 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 128 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 129 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 130 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 135 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 136 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 137 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 138 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 139 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 140 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 145 30 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 146 30 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 151 30 mA 13 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 147 30 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 148 30 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 149 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 150 30 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 155 300 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 156 300 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 157 300 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 158 300 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 159 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 160 300 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 165 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 166 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 171 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 167 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 168 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 169 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 170 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 175 300 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 176 300 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 177 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 178 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 179 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 180 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

470
MDC 60 - A type - C curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 94 305 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 306 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 311 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 307 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 308 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 347 GW 94 309 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 310 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 315 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 316 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 317 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW 94 318 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 319 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW 94 320 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 325 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 326 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 331 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 327 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 328 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 329 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 330 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 335 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 336 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 337 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 338 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 339 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 94 340 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 345 30 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 346 30 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 351 30 mA 13 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 347 30 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 348 30 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 349 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 350 30 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 355 300 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 356 300 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 357 300 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 358 300 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 359 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 94 360 300 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 365 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 366 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 371 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 367 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 368 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 369 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 370 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 375 300 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 376 300 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 377 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 378 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 379 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 94 380 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

471
90 RCD

MDC 60 - A[IR] type Impulse Resistant - C curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 805 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 806 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 811 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 807 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 808 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 817 GW 95 809 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 810 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 815 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 816 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 821 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 817 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 818 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 819 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 820 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20
µs is 3000 A.

472
MDC 60 - A[S] type Selective - C curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 847 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 848 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 849 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 850 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 850 GW 95 857 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 858 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 859 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 860 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

CURRENT PROTECTION

473
90 RCD

MDC 60 - F Type - C Curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 935 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 936 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 941 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 937 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 938 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 937 GW 95 939 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 940 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: F type presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20 μs
is 3000 A.

474
MDC 60 - A type - B curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 6 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 95 105 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 106 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 111 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 107 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 108 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 168 GW 95 109 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 110 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 115 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 116 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 117 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW 95 118 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 119 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW 95 120 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 125 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 126 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 131 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 127 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 128 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 129 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 130 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 135 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 136 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 137 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 138 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 139 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 140 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 95 145 30 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 146 30 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 151 30 mA 13 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 147 30 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 148 30 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 149 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 150 30 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 155 300 mA 6A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 156 300 mA 10 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 157 300 mA 16 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 158 300 mA 20 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 159 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3 1/4
GW 95 160 300 mA 32 A 400 V 3 1/4
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 165 30 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 166 30 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 171 30 mA 13 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 167 30 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 168 30 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 169 30 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 170 30 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 175 300 mA 6A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 176 300 mA 10 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 177 300 mA 16 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 178 300 mA 20 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 179 300 mA 25 A 400 V 4 1/3
GW 95 180 300 mA 32 A 400 V 4 1/3

475
90 RCD

MDC 60 - F Type - B Curve - 6000 A (EN 61009-1) - 10 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 975 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 976 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 981 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 977 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 978 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 977 GW 95 979 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 980 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: F type presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20 μs
is 3000 A.

MDC 100 - AC type - C curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 025 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 026 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 031 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 027 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 028 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 027 GW 95 029 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 030 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 035 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 036 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 037 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 038 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 039 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 040 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6

476
MDC 100 MA - AC type - C curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 025 MA 30 mA 6A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 026 MA 30 mA 10 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 031 MA 30 mA 13 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 027 MA 30 mA 16 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 028 MA 30 mA 20 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 025 MA GW 95 029 MA 30 mA 25 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 030 MA 30 mA 32 A 110 V 2 1/6

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

MDC 100 - A type - C curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

CURRENT PROTECTION
Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 225 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 226 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 231 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 227 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 228 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 227 GW 95 229 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 230 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 785 100 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 786 100 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 791 100 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 787 100 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 788 100 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 789 100 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 790 100 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 235 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 236 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 237 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 238 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 239 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 240 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 95 245 30 mA 6A 230 V 3 1/4
GW 95 246 30 mA 10 A 230 V 3 1/4
GW 95 247 30 mA 16 A 230 V 3 1/4
GW 95 248 30 mA 20 A 230 V 3 1/4
GW 95 249 30 mA 25 A 230 V 3 1/4
GW 95 250 30 mA 32 A 230 V 3 1/4

477
90 RCD

MDC 100 MA - A type - C curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 225 MA 30 mA 6A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 226 MA 30 mA 10 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 231 MA 30 mA 13 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 227 MA 30 mA 16 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 228 MA 30 mA 20 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 225 MA GW 95 229 MA 30 mA 25 A 110 V 2 1/6
GW 95 230 MA 30 mA 32 A 110 V 2 1/6

MDC 100 - A[IR] type Impulse Resistant - C curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 825 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 826 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 831 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 827 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 828 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 827 GW 95 829 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 830 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20
µs is 3000 A.

478
MDC 100 - F Type - C Curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 955 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 956 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 961 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 957 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 958 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 957 GW 95 959 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 960 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: F type presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges rn comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20 μs
is 3000 A.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

CURRENT PROTECTION
MDC 100 - A type - B curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 325 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 326 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 331 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 327 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 328 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 327 GW 95 329 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 330 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 795 100 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 796 100 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 801 100 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 797 100 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 798 100 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 799 100 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 800 100 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 335 300 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 336 300 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 337 300 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 338 300 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 339 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 340 300 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6

479
90 RCD

MDC 100 - A[IR] type Impulse Resistant - B curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 835 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 836 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 841 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 837 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 838 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 837 GW 95 839 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 840 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20
µs is 3000 A.

MDC 100 - F Type - B Curve - 10000 A (EN 61009-1) - 15 kA (EN 60947-2)

Compact residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 965 30 mA 6A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 966 30 mA 10 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 971 30 mA 13 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 967 30 mA 16 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 968 30 mA 20 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 967 GW 95 969 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/6
GW 95 970 30 mA 32 A 230 V 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: F type presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges rn comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20 μs
is 3000 A.

480
BD - ADD-ON RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES FOR MT CIRCUIT BREAKERS

BD - AC type (instantaneous)
Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 401 10 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 402 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 403 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 404 500 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 412 30 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 402 GW 94 413 300 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 414 500 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
No. of poles: 3P

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW 94 442 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 443 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW 94 444 500 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 448 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 449 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 450 500 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 422 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 423 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 424 500 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 432 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 433 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 434 500 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2

BD - A type (instantaneous)
Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 502 30 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 503 300 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 504 500 mA 25 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 512 30 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 513 300 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 502 GW 94 514 500 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 542 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 543 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 544 500 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 547 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 548 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 549 500 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 522 30 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 523 300 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 524 500 mA 25 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 532 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 533 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 534 500 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2

481
90 RCD

BD - A[IR] type (impulse resistant)

Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 566 30 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 595 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 586 30 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 566
CHARACTERISTICS: type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to add-on residual current devices.
Immunity level 8/20 µs is 3000 A.

BD - A[S] type (selective)

Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 94 563 300 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
GW 94 565 1000 mA 63 A 230 V 2 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 94 598 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 600 1000 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 563 No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 583 300 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2
GW 94 585 1000 mA 63 A 400 V 3.5 1/2

BDHP - ADD-ON RESIDUAL CURRENT DEVICES FOR MTHP CIRCUIT BREAKERS

BDHP - AC type (instantaneous)

Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 408 300 mA 125 A 230 V 4 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 95 416 30 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 418 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 416 GW 95 426 30 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 428 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2

482
BDHP - A type (instantaneous)
Add-on residual current devices

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 438 300 mA 125 A 230 V 4 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 95 446 30 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 448 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 446 GW 95 456 30 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 458 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2

BDHP - A[S] type (selective)

Add-on residual current devices

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

Code Idn Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

CURRENT PROTECTION
Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 95 468 300 mA 125 A 230 V 4 1/2
GW 95 470 1000 mA 125 A 230 V 4 1/2
No. of poles: 3P
GW 95 478 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 480 1000 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 478 No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 488 300 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
GW 95 490 1000 mA 125 A 400 V 6 1/2

BDHP - Type A[IR] Adjustable boosted immunity

Add-on residual current device

Code Idn Adjustable tripping Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN Pack
time 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW 95 512 300 - 3000 mA 0 - 60 - 150 ms 125 A 400 V 6 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Ida: adjustable 300-500-1000-3000 mA; adjustable tripping time 0-60-150 ms.
Type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard add-on residual current devices. Immunity level 8/20 µs is 3000 A.

GW 95 512

483
90 RCD
IDP NA - RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS (ACCESSORIES NOT AVAILABLE)

IDP NA - AC Type instantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 617 25 A 30 mA 230 V No Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 627 40 A 30 mA 230 V No Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 427 25 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 429 25 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 617 GW D4 431 40 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 433 40 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 435 63 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 437 63 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3

IDP NA - A Type istantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 817 25 A 30 mA 230 V No Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 827 40 A 30 mA 230 V No Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 439 25 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 441 25 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 817 GW D4 443 40 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 445 40 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 447 63 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW D4 449 63 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3

484
IDP - RESIDUAL CURRENT CIRCUIT BREAKERS

IDP - AC Type instantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 001 25 A 10 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 002 25 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 003 25 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 004 25 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 022 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 001 GW D4 023 40 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 024 40 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 025 40 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW D4 042 63 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 043 63 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW D4 044 63 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 045 63 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 062 80 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 662 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 664 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 667 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 668 40 A 100 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 669 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 670 40 A 500 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW D4 102 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 103 25 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 104 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 122 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 123 40 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 124 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 125 40 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 142 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 143 63 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 144 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 145 63 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 94 761 K 80 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 94 766 K 80 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 94 777 K 100 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 94 779 K 100 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 95 631 125 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1
GW 95 633 125 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1
No. of poles: 4P (N-conductor left)
GW D4 302 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 304 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 322 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 324 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 342 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 344 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3

NEWS

485
90 RCD

IDP - A Type istantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 011 25 A 10 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 012 25 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 012 MA 25 A 30 mA 110 V Yes No 2 1/6
GW D4 013 25 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 014 25 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 011 GW D4 032 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 032 MA 40 A 30 mA 110 V Yes No 2 1/6
GW D4 033 40 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 034 40 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 035 40 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 052 63 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 052 MA 63 A 30 mA 110 V Yes No 2 1/6
GW D4 053 63 A 100 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 054 63 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 055 63 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 072 80 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW 94 867 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 869 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 885 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 897 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 898 40 A 100 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 899 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW 94 900 40 A 500 mA 400 V Yes No 3 1/4
GW D4 111 25 A 10 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 112 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 113 25 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 114 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 132 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 133 40 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 134 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 135 40 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 152 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 153 63 A 100 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 154 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 155 63 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 94 957 K 100 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 94 959 K 100 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 95 636 125 A 30 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1
GW 95 638 125 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1
GW 95 639 125 A 500 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1
No. of poles: 4P (N-conductor left)
GW D4 312 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 314 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 332 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 334 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 352 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 354 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3

NEWS

486
IDP - A[IR] Type (impulse resistant)
Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 202 25 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 203 25 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 205 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 206 40 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 208 63 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 217 GW D4 209 63 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 217 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 218 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 220 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 221 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 223 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 224 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 95 696 K 100 A 30 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
No. of poles: 4P (N-conductor left)
GW D4 317 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 337 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

GW D4 357 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3

CURRENT PROTECTION
CHARACTERISTICS: type A[IR] presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers. Immunity level 8/20 µs is 3000 A.

IDP - A[S] Type (selective)

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 234 40 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 235 40 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 237 63 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 238 63 A 500 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 249 GW D4 249 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 250 40 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 252 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 253 63 A 500 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 94 996 K 100 A 300 mA 400 V No No 4 1/3
GW 95 640 125 A 300 mA 400 V Yes No 4 1

NEWS

487
90 RCD

IDP - F Type istantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 261 25 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 265 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW D4 269 63 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 281 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 261 GW D4 285 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 289 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
No. of poles: 4P (N-conductor left)
GW D4 307 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 327 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 347 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: F type presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges rn comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers with overcurrent protection. Immunity level 8/20 μs
is 3000 A.

IDP - B Type istantaneous

Residual current circuit breakers

Code Rated current Idn Rated voltage Auxiliaries ReStart No. of modules Pack
compatibility compatibility EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW D4 502 25 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 504 25 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 507 40 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 509 40 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 512 63 A 30 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 539 GW D4 514 63 A 300 mA 230 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
No. of poles: 4P
GW D4 527 25 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 529 25 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 532 40 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 534 40 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 537 63 A 30 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW D4 539 63 A 300 mA 400 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: type B presents greater resistance to mains disturbances and atmospheric discharges in comparison to standard residual current circuit breakers. Immunity level 8/20 µs is 3000 A.

488
LOCAL RESIDUAL CURRENT PROTECTION DEVICES

Socket outlets with residual current protection

IP21 RCD safety socket outlets - white colour
Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 521 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 522 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD socket-outlets can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527 is necessary.

GW 95 522

IP44 RCD safety socket outlets - white colour

Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 523 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 524 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD socket-outlets can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527 is necessary.

CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL

CURRENT PROTECTION
GW 95 524

IP41 RCD safety unit - white colour

Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 525 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 526 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD safety units can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527 is necessary.

GW 95 526

Wall-mounting box - white colour

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Pack
Carton
GW 95 527 80x80x50 6 / 19 117
CHARACTERISTICS: box suitable for all RCD socket-outlets and RCD safety unit types.
NOTE: only for wall-mounting application. The IP protection rating depends on IP of RCD socket-outlet or RCD safety unit chosen.

GW 95 527

489
90 RCD
IP21 RCD safety socket outlets - black colour
Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 521 N 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 522 N 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD socket-outlets can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527N is necessary.

GW 95 521 N

IP44 RCD safety socket outlets - black colour

Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 523 N 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 524 N 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD socket-outlets can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527N is necessary.

GW 95 523 N

IP41 RCD safety unit - black colour

Code Idn Rated current Type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 95 525 N 10 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
GW 95 526 N 30 mA 16 A A 230 V 1/2
NOTE: RCD safety units can be used for flush-mounting or wall-mounting application. Only for wall-mounting application, GW95527N is necessary.

GW 95 525 N

Wall-mounting box - black colour

Code Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Entries No. holes / Ø Pack
Carton
GW 95 527 N 80x80x50 6 / 19 117
CHARACTERISTICS: box suitable for all RCD socket-outlets and RCD safety unit types.
NOTE: only for wall-mounting application. The IP protection rating depends on IP of RCD socket-outlet or RCD safety unit chosen.

GW 95 527 N

NEWS

490
 CIRCUIT BREAKERS FOR RESIDUAL
CURRENT PROTECTION
90 RCD
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

A CIRCUIT BREAKER SERVING CONTINUITY MAXIMUM PROTECTION IN

FOR EVERY NEED MINIMUM SPACE

The Series 90 RCD meets all the protection The 90 RCD range also includes IR Reinforced The use of MDC compact residual current
requirements against earth leakage in electrical Immunity versions, which are characterised by circuit breakers reduces the number of modules
systems with different types of current, from high resistance to untimely tripping caused by installed, allowing the installation of smaller, and
sinusoidal (AC type) and one-way pulse power surges. These versions are particularly therefore less costly, enclosures.
(A type), to variable frequency (F type) and suitable in systems where continuity of service
continuous component (B type). is essential.

491
Modular accessories

492
 ACCESSORIES
90 AM 90 PV MODULAR

Modular accessories Products for

photovoltaic systems

p. 501 p. 539

493
90 AM

Auxiliaries and accessories for circuit breakers

ELECTRICAL AUXILIARIES FOR CIRCUIT BREAKERS MTC / MT / MTHP / MDC
Auxiliary contact Auxiliary contact Adjustable auxiliary contact of
Under voltage releases
of open/closed of fault indicator fault indicator switch or Shunt trip releases
(delayed)
position switch open/closed position

Contact rating in AC 6 A (230 V) - 3 A (400 V) Rated voltage 12-48 V ac/dc 110-125 V dc - 110-415 V ac 230 V ac 24 V ac/dc 48 V ac/dc
Contact rating in DC 6 A (24 V) - 2 A (60 V) - 1.5 A (110 V) - 1 A (250 V) 1 mod. GW 96 011 GW 96 012 GW 96 016 GW 96 017 GW 96 018
Type of contacts 1 changeover
0.5 mod. GW 96 001 GW 96 006 GW 96 009

AUSILIARI ELETTRICI PER INTERRUTTORI DIFFERENZIALI PURI IDP

Adjustable auxiliary
Auxiliary contacts of open/closed position Fault indicator switches Shunt trip releases
contact

IDP 25-80A 2P IDP 4P IDP 25-80A 2P IDP 4P IDP 25-80A 2P Suitable IDP 25-80A 2P IDP 25-80A 2P IDP 4P
Suitable for IDP 125 A
IDP 25-63A 4P 3 modules IDP 25-63A 4P 3 modules IDP 25-63A 4P for IDP 25-63A 4P IDP 25-63A 4P 3 modules

Contact rating 6 A (230 V) 6 A (230 V) 6 A (230 V) 6 A (230 V) 6 A (230 V) 6 A (230 V) Rated 110-125 V dc
12-48 V ac/dc 230 V ac
in AC 3 A (400 V) 2 A (400 V) 4 A (400 V) 3 A (400 V) 2 A (400 V) 3 A (400 V) voltage 110-415 V ac
Contact rating 6 A (24 V) - 2 A (60 V) 4 A (24 V) 6 A (24 V) - 3 A (60 V) 6 A (24 V) - 2 A (60 V) 4 A (24 V) 6 A (24 V) - 2 A (60 V)
0,5 mod. - - GW 96 015
in DC 1.5 A (110 V) - 1 A (250 V) 1 A (110 V) 1.5 A (110 V) - 1 A (220 V) 1,5 A (110 V) - 1 A (250 V) 1 A (110 V) 1,5 A (110 V) - 1 A (250 V)
Type of contacts 1 changeover 1 NO - 1 NC 1 NO - 1 NC 1 changeover 1 NO - 1 NC 1 changeover 1 mod. GW D6 013 GW D6 015 -
0.5 mod. GW D6 002 GW 96 003 GW 96 008 GW D6 007 GW 96 004 GW D6 010

ELECTRICAL AUXILIARIES FOR SWITCH DISCONNECTORS WITH ACCESSORY OPTIONS

Auxiliary contacts of open/closed position Shunt trip releases Under voltage releases (delayed)

Contact rating in AC 6 A (230 V) - 3 A (400 V) Rated voltage 12-48 V ac/dc 110-125 V dc - 110-415 V ac 230 V ac 24 V ac/dc 48 V ac/dc
Contact rating in DC 6 A (24 V) - 2 A (60 V) - 1,5 A (110 V) - 1 A (250 V) 1 mod. GW D6 013 GW D6 015 GW D6 019 GW D6 020 GW D6 021
Type of contacts 1 changeover
0.5 mod. GW D6 002

CONNECTION
CLOSING CAPS FOR TEETH-COVER ROW
PIN BUSBARS FORK BUSBARS TERMINAL FOR
BUSBARS FOR BUSBARS
PIN BUSBARS

12 mod. 1 metro 12 mod. 1 metro 5 teeth-cover

1P GW 96 984 GW 96 988 GW 96 992 GW 96 996 GW 96 963
2P GW 96 985 GW 96 989 GW 96 993 GW 96 997 GW 96 961 GW 96 964
For MT/MDC/IDP
3P GW 96 986 GW 96 990 GW 96 994 GW 96 998 GW 96 965
4P GW 96 987 GW 96 991 GW 96 995 GW 96 999 GW 96 962 GW 96 966
13 mod. 1 metro
1P (grey) GW 96 500 - - - GW 96 967
For MTC 1P (blue) GW 96 501 - - GW 96 503 -
1P (white) - GW 96 988 - -
13 mod.
Type of main: IDP/MDC/MT 2P
GW 96 507F - - -
Type of outgoing: 11 MTC 1P+N/2P

494
Protection
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES
LST POP

TIPO 1+2 TIPO 2 TYPE 1+2 TYPE 2 For telecom TIPO 2

1P+N 3P+N 1P 1P+N 3P+N For photovoltaic applications and data line 1P+N
Imax (kA) 230 Vac 400 Vac 230 Vac 400 Vac 230 Vac 400 Vac 1000 Vdc 600 Vdc 1000 Vdc 50 Vdc 230 Vac
GW D6 430
10 - - - - - - - - - -
1 mod.
GW D6 461
15 - - - - - - - - - -
2 mod.
GW D6 407 GW D6 409
20 - - - - - - - - -
2 mod. 4 mod.
GW D6 411 GW D6 417 GW D6 419
GW D6 413 GW D6 429 GW D6 426 GW D6 428 - -
1 mod. 2 mod. 4 mod.
40 - -
GW D6 412* GW D6 418* GW D6 420* 3 mod. /
1 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. - -
1 mod. 2 mod. 4 mod. Iimp=5kA
65 GW D6 401 GW D6 402
- - - - - - - - -
(Iimp=12,5kA) 2 mod. 4 mod.
100 GW D6 404* GW D6 405*
- - - - - - - - -
(Iimp=25kA) 4 mod. 8 mod.
* With auxiliary

DISCONNECTABLE FUSE-HOLDERS MOTOR PROTECTION SWITCHES

In (A) Fuse dim. (mm) 1P 1P+N 2P 3P 3P+N In (A) 2.5 mod.

GW 96 206 GW 96 216 GW 96 301 GW 96 306 GW 96 311 0.1-0.16A GW D6 501
8.3x31.5
1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 0.16-0.25A GW D6 502
20
GW 96 226* GW 96 227* 0.25-0.4A GW D6 503
10.3x38 - - -
1 mod. 2 mod. 0.4-0.63A GW D6 504

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 96 205 GW 96 215 GW 96 302 GW 96 307 GW 96 312 0.63-1A GW D6 505
1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 1-1.6A GW D6 506
32 10.3x38
GW 96 220 1.6-2.5A GW D6 507
- - - -
1 mod. 2.5-4A GW D6 508
GW 96 207 GW 96 217 GW 96 303 GW 96 308 GW 96 313 4-6.3A GW D6 509
50 14x51
1.5 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 4.5 mod. 6 mod. 6.3-10A GW D6 510
GW 96 218 GW 96 314 9-14A GW D6 511
100 22x58 - - -
4 mod. 8 mod. 13-18A GW D6 512
17-23A GW D6 513
* For DC applications
23-27A GW D6 514
25-32A GW D6 515

RESIDUAL CURRENT RELAYS WITH SEPARATE TOROID SEPARATE TOROID FOR RESIDUAL CURRENT RELAYS

Type A Type B + Diameter (mm) In max (A) Type A Type B

GW 96 331 3 mod. GW 96 331 B 3 mod. 125 GW 96 332 -
35
160 - GW 96 332 B
400 GW 96 333 -
80
320 - GW 96 333 B
630 GW 96 334 -
110
450 - GW 96 334 B
1600 GW 96 335 -
210
720 - GW 96 335 B

495
90 AM

Command
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
AC AC DC
Without accessory option With accessory option Without accessory option

1P 2P 3P 4P 2P 4P 2P 4P
In (A) 1 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 4 mod. 2 mod. 4 mod. 3.5 mod. 3.5 mod.
25 - - - - - - GW 96 186 -
32 GW 96 104 GW 96 114 GW 96 124 GW 96 134 - - - GW 96 187
40 GW 96 105 GW 96 115 GW 96 125 GW 96 135 GW 96 182 GW 96 192 - -
63 GW 96 106 GW 96 116 GW 96 126 GW 96 136 GW 96 183 GW 96 193 - -
80 GW 96 147 GW 96 157 GW 96 167 GW 96 177 - GW 96 194 - -
100 GW 96 148 GW 96 158 GW 96 168 GW 96 178 - - - -
125 GW 96 149 GW 96 159 GW 96 169 GW 96 179 - - - -

ROTARY SWITCHES
Voltmeter switches Ammeter switch Line switches

2 Positions 3 Positions
4 Positions 7 Positions 4 Positions
2P
Characteristics Phase - Neutral Phase - Phase Phase - Phase and Phase - Neutral - - 0 central With 0 return position
In (A) 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod.
16 GW 96 851 GW 96 852 GW 96 853 GW 96 856 GW 96 951 GW 96 952 GW 96 953

ISOLATING SWITCHES ON-OFF SWITCHES LEVER SWITCHES

1P 2P 3P 4P 1P 2P 1P 2P 2P (1NO +1NC)
In (A) 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod.
GW 96 551* GW 96 552*
16 GW 96 531 GW 96 533 GW 96 535 GW 96 537 GW 96 539 GW 96 541 GW 96 555***
GW 96 553** GW 96 554**
32 GW 96 532 GW 96 534 GW 96 536 GW 96 538 GW 96 540 GW 96 542 - - GW 96 556***
* Change-over switch (1-2) ** 3-way switch (1-0-2) *** 2-way switch (1-2)

INSTALLATION RELAYS RLM MONITORING RELAYS

In (A) 16
Control coil voltage (V) 8 ac 12 ac 24 ac 230 ac Current Phase Under voltage Under voltage
1 NO 1 mod. GW D6 601 GW D6 602 GW D6 603 GW D6 604 monitoring relay monitoring relay monitoring relay monitoring relay
TYPE OF CONTACTS

1-phase 3-phase 1-phase AC/DC 3-phase AC

2 NO 1 mod. - - - GW D6 624
4 NO 2 mod. - GW D6 632 GW D6 633 GW D6 634
1 changeover 1 mod. GW D6 606 GW D6 608* GW D6 610* GW D6 611
2 changeover 2 mod. GW D6 626 GW D6 627 GW D6 629* GW D6 630 GW 96 906 GW 96 907 GW 96 908 GW 96 909
1 NO + 1 NC 1 mod. - GW D6 617 GW D6 618 GW D6 619
* Even in DC voltage.

496
 CONTACTORS CTR

In (A) 20 25 32 40 63
Control coil voltage (V) 24 ac 230 ac 24 ac/dc 230 ac/dc 12 ac/dc 24 ac/dc 230 ac/dc 24 ac/dc 230 ac/dc
GW D6 701
1 NO - - - - - - - -
1 mod.
GW D6 702 GW D6 703 GW D6 712
GW D6 711 GW D6 721 GW D6 731
2 NO GW D6 741* GW D6 742* GW D6 751* - - -
1 mod. 1 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod.
GW D6 713
GW D6 708 GW D6 722 GW D6 732
3 NO - - GW D6 752* - - -
2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod.
GW D6 718 GW D6 735
TYPE OF CONTACTS

3 NO + 1 NC - - - - - - -
2 mod. 3 mod.
GW D6 714 GW D6 715
GW D6 709 GW D6 723 GW D6 724 GW D6 733 GW D6 734
4 NO - GW D6 753* GW D6 754* -
2 mod. 2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod.
GW D6 705
2 NC - GW D6 743* - - - - - - -
1 mod.
GW D6 716 GW D6 717 GW D6 726 GW D6 736
4 NC - - - - -
2 mod. 2 mod. 3 mod. 3 mod.
GW D6 707
GW D6 706
1 NO + 1 NC GW D6 744* - - - - - - -
1 mod. 1 mod.
GW D6 755* GW D6 725
2 NO + 2 NC - - - - - - -
2 mod. 3 mod.
* Manual control contactors

LATCHING RELAY RLB

In (A) 16

ACCESSORIES
Control coil voltage (V) 8 ac 12 ac 24 ac 230 ac

MODULAR
1 NO 1 mod. GW D6 641 GW D6 642 GW D6 643 GW D6 644
TYPE OF CONTACTS

2 NO 1 mod. - GW D6 657 GW D6 658 GW D6 659

4 NO 2 mod. - GW D6 667 GW D6 668 GW D6 669
GW D6 648
1 changeover 1 mod. GW D6 646 GW D6 647 GW D6 650
GW D6 649*
2 changeover 2 mod. - - GW D6 663 GW D6 664
1 NO + 1 NC 1 mod. - GW D6 652 GW D6 653 GW D6 654

* DC voltage

LOAD MANAGEMENT RELAY P-COMFORT P-COMFORT - ZIGBEE VERSION BIOCOMFORT

Wired Zigbee KNX Accessories Kit

In (A) 16

In (A) 32 32 32 Smart plug ChoruSmart No. of Smart plugs Monitoring voltage (V) 5-230 dc
1-channel
(2P+E - blank
actuator
CONTACTS

10A) module 1 2 1 mod. GW 96 339

TYPE OF

1
2 mod. GW D6 916 GW A1 916 GW A9 916
changover GW A1 526 GW A1 523 GW 1x 750* GW A1 911 GW A1 912

* GW 10 750: glossy white - GW 12 750: satin black -

GW 13 750: satin natural beige - GW 14 750: glossy
titanium - GW 15 750: satin white

497
90 AM

Programming
TIMERS

Multifunction timer Asymmetrical cycle timer Staircase lighting time delay switch

Rated coil voltage (V) 24-240 ac/dc 12-240 ac/dc 230 ac

Contact rating In (A) 8 8 16

Regulation field 0.05 s - 100 h 0.05 s - 100 h 30 s - 12 min

1 changeover 1 mod. GW 96 814 GW 96 815 -

CONTACTS
TYPE OF

1 NO 1 mod. - - GW 96 809

TIME SWITCHES TMR

Analogue/electromechanical Digital
1 NO Without charge 1 NO Charge reserve
GW D6 771 1 mod. GW D6 781 - 1 mod.
(daily) reserve (daily) 4 years
1 NO Charge reserve 1 changeover Charge reserve
GW D6 772 1 mod. GW D6 782 NFC 2 mod.
(daily) 150h (daily) 5 years
1 changeover Charge reserve 2 changeover Charge reserve
GW D6 773 2 mod. GW D6 783 NFC 2 mod.
(daily) 150h (weekly) 5 years
1 changeover Charge reserve
GW D6 776 2,5 mod.
(weekly) 150h

ASTRONOMICAL SWITCHES TMR TWILIGHT SWITCH TMR

Without outdoor probe With outdoor probe

Astronomical

GW D6 785 1 changeover - 2 mod. GW D6 779 1 NO 1...100 lux 1 mod.

switches

GW D6 786 2 changeover NFC 2 mod.

1 changeover
astronomical

GW D6 788 Bluetooth 2 mod.

switches

(weekly)
Time/

2 changeover
GW D6 789 Bluetooth 2 mod.
(weekly)

498
Measurement
VOLTMETERS AMMETERS

Digital Analogue Digital

GW 96 872 Direct (max 20A) Using C.T.

GW 96 867 0-500V 2 mod. 3 mod. GW 96 879 2 mod.
GW 96 878 Using C.T. / 5A (5-999A)

DIGITAL ENERGY METERS COMMUNICATION INTERFACES

+
Single-phase Three-phase KNX RS485 MODBUS LAN-TCP/IP
Integrated
GW D6 804 Direct (max 80A) MID
GW D6 801 40 A - - Modbus
Integrated
GW D6 805 Using C.T. / 5A MID
Modbus GW 90 876 GW D6 820 GW D6 821
GW D6 802 40 A MID - 1 mod. 4 mod.
1 mod. 1 mod. 1 mod.
GW D6 807 Direct (max 80A) MID -
Integrated
GW D6 803 40 A MID
Modbus GW D6 809 Using C.T. / 5A MID -

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
MEASURING DEVICES

Network analyzer Voltage/Current multimeter Hour counter

GW 96 899 4 mod. GW 96 897 2 mod. GW D6 911 2 mod.

499
Signalling
INDICATOR LIGHTS ILLUMINATED PUSH-BUTTONS (WITH LED)

1 mod. Un (V) 1 mod. Un (V)

LED colour 12-24-48 ac/dc 230 ac Type of contact LED colour 12-24-48 ac/dc 230 ac
Red GW 96 586 GW 96 581 1 NO Green GW 96 570 GW 96 566
1 NC Red GW 96 571 GW 96 567
Green GW 96 587 GW 96 582
1 NO + 1 NC Green - GW 96 568
Yellow GW 96 588 GW 96 583 1 NO + 1 NC Red - GW 96 569
Blue GW 96 589 GW 96 584

White GW 96 590 GW 96 585

Double (green/red) - GW 96 591 PUSH-BUTTONS WITHOUT LIGHTING

Triple (red/red/red) - GW 96 592

Triple (red/green/yellow) - GW 96 598

1 mod. Un (V)
Type of contact Push-button 230 ac
1 NO Single GW 96 561
1 NC Single GW 96 562
1 NO + 1 NC Single GW 96 563
1 NO + 1 NC Double (grey/grey) GW 96 564
1 NO + 1 NC Double (green/red) GW 96 565

BELLS AND BUZZERS BELLS TRANSFORMERS (for discontinuous use)

Un (V) 12 230 Secondary voltage (V)

P (VA) No. of modules
GW 96 401 - 4 + 8 = 12 12 + 12 = 24
1 mod.
Bells - GW 96 402 5 GW 96 421 GW 96 422
2 mod. - GW 96 403 10 GW 96 423 GW 96 424 2 mod.
GW 96 406 - 15 GW 96 425 GW 96 426
1 mod.
Buzzers - GW 96 407 30 GW 96 431 GW 96 432
3 mod.
2 mod. - GW 96 408 40 GW 96 433 GW 96 434

Bell + Buzzer + Transformer 2 mod. - GW 96 411

SAFETY TRANSFORMERS (for continuous use)

Secondary voltage (V)

P (VA) No. of modules
12 + 12 = 24 24
15 GW 96 321 -
3 mod.
25 GW 96 322 -
40 GW 96 323 - 4 mod.
63 GW 96 324 - 6 mod.
100 - GW 96 325 8 mod.

500
90 AM
Modular accessories
The 90 AM range, in addition to auxiliaries common for the all circuit
breakers, comprises many modular accessories for the protection, command,
programming, measurement and signalling in electrical systems.

AUXILIARIES AND ACCESSORIES FOR MODULAR CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Electrical auxiliaries for circuit breakers MTC / MT / MTHP / MDC

Auxiliary contact of open/closed position
Code Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of contacts No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 001 6 A (230 V) 3 A (400 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V) 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
APPLICATIONS: signals the position of circuit breaker contacts, when manually open or tripped.
NOTE: up to max. 2 auxiliary contacts can be fitted to each circuit breaker.

GW 96 001

Auxiliary contact of fault indicator switch

Code Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of contacts No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 006 6 A (230 V) 3 A (400 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V) 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
APPLICATIONS: signals the automatic trip of the circuit breaker caused by overloading, short-circuiting or earth leakage.
In the event of manual manoeuvring, it does not indicate the change of position of the contacts.
NOTE: up to max. 2 auxiliary contacts can be fitted to each circuit breaker.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 96 006

Adjustable auxiliary contact of fault indicator switch or open/closed position

Code Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of contacts No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 009 6 A (230 V) 3 A (400 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V) 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
APPLICATIONS: using the specific button key, 2 separate functions can be obtained: signalling of automatic trip of the circuit breaker (auxiliary contact of fault indicator switch) or signalling of the circuit breaker contact
position (auxiliary contact of position).
NOTE: up to max. 2 auxiliary contacts can be fitted to each circuit breaker.

GW 96 009

501
90 AM
Shunt trip releases
Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 011 12-48 ac/dc 1 1/8
GW 96 012 110-125 dc 110-415 ac 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: used for the remote trip of the coupled circuit breaker.
CHARACTERISTICS: minimum operating voltage: 0.7 Vn min. Maximum operating voltage: 1.1 Vn max.
NOTE: up to max. one release (shunt trip or under voltage) can be fitted to each circuit breaker with an auxiliary contact.

GW 96 012

Under voltage releases (delayed)

Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 016 230 ac 1 1/8
GW 96 017 24 ac/dc 1 1/8
GW 96 018 48 ac/dc 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: constantly controls the effective value of the voltage, and trips the coupled circuit breaker when the voltage falls below its minimum value.
The 300 ms delay allows any tiny blackouts to be avoided, preventing the untimely tripping of circuit breaker.
NOTE: up to max. one release (shunt trip or under voltage) can be fitted to each circuit breaker with an auxiliary contact.

GW 96 016

Accessories for circuit breakers MTC / MT / MTHP / MDC

Sealable screw caps
Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW 96 022 MTC/MT/MDC 1 10/100
GW 96 026 MTHP/BDHP 1 10/100
APPLICATIONS: allows for sealing of terminal screws, preventing access to cable connections.
NOTE: with 1 piece of the GW96022 è it is possible to seal 2 modules, upper or lower, of the MTC, MT and MDC circuit breakers.
With 1 piece of the GW96026 è It is possible to seal 1 module, upper or lower, of the MTHP and BDHP circuit breakers.

GW 96 022

Pole separator
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 96 042 MT/MDC 10/100

GW 96 042

502
Electrical auxiliaries for RCCBs IDP
Auxiliary contacts for open/closed position
Code Suitable for Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of No. of modules Pack
contacts EN 50022 Carton
IDP 25-80A 2P / 6 A (230 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V)
GW D6 002 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
IDP 25-63A 4P 3 A (400 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V)
GW 96 003 IDP 4P - 3 modules 6 A (230 V) 2 A (400 V) 4 A (24 V) 1 A (110 V) 1 NO - 1 NC 0.5 1/12
GW 96 008 IDP 125 A 6 A (230 V) 4 A (400 V) - 2 NO 0.5 1
APPLICATIONS: signals the position of circuit breaker contacts, when manually open or tripped.

GW D6 002

Fault indicator switch

Code Suitable for Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of No. of Pack
contacts modules Carton
EN 50022
IDP 25-80A 2P / 6 A (230 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V)
GW D6 007 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
IDP 25-63A 4P 3 A (400 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V)
GW 96 004 IDP 4P - 3 modules 6 A (230 V) 2 A (400 V) 4 A (24 V) 1 A (110 V) 1 NO - 1 NC 0.5 1/12
APPLICATIONS: indicates the automatic trip of the circuit breaker due to an earth leakage. In the event of manual manoeuvring, it does not indicate the change of position of the contacts.

GW D6 007

Adjustable auxiliary contact or fault indicator switch

Code Suitable for Contact rating Contact rating Type of No. of Pack
in AC in DC contacts modules Carton
EN 50022
IDP 25-80A 2P / 6 A (230 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V)
GW D6 010 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
IDP 25-63A 4P 3 A (400 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V)
APPLICATIONS: using the specific button key, 2 separate functions can be obtained: signalling of automatic trip of the circuit breaker (auxiliary contact of fault indicator switch) or signalling of the circuit breaker contact
position (auxiliary contact of position).
NOTE: they cannot be used with 4P RCCBs in 3 modules.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW D6 010

Shunt trip releases

Code Suitable for Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 013 IDP 25-80A 2P / IDP 25-63A 4P 12-48 ac/dc 1 1/8
GW D6 015 IDP 25-80A 2P / IDP 25-63A 4P 110-125 dc 110-415 ac 1 1/8
GW 96 015 IDP 4P - 3 modules 230 ac 0.5 1/12
APPLICATIONS: used for the remote trip of the coupled circuit breaker.
CHARATERISTICS: minimum operating voltage: 0.7 Vn min. maximum operating voltage: 1.1 Vn max.

GW D6 015

Accessories for RCCB’s - IDP

Couple of sealable screw caps
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D6 026 IDP 25-80A 2P 1/50
GW D6 027 IDP 25-63A 4P 1/10
GW 96 038 IDP 4P - 3 modules 1/10

GW D6 026

NEWS

503
90 AM

Electrical auxiliaries for switch disconnectors with accessory option

Auxiliary contact of open/closed position
Code Contact rating in AC Contact rating in DC Type of contacts No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 002 6 A (230 V) 3 A (400 V) 6 A (24 V) 2 A (60 V) 1.5 A (110 V) 1 A (250 V) 1 Changeover 0.5 1/16
APPLICATIONS: signals the position of switch disconnector contacts, when manually open.

GW D6 002

Shunt trip releases

Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 013 12-48 ac/dc 1 1/8
GW D6 015 110-125 dc 110-415 ac 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: used for the remote trip of the coupled switch disconnector.
CHARATERISTICS: minimum operating voltage: 0.7 Vn min. maximum operating voltage: 1.1 Vn max.
NOTES: up to max. one release (shunt trip or undervoltage) can be fitted to each switch disconnector with one auxiliary contact.

GW D6 015

Under voltage releases (delayed)

Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 019 230 ac 1 1/8
GW D6 020 24 ac/dc 1 1/8
GW D6 021 48 ac/dc 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: constantly controls the effective value of the voltage, and trips the coupled switch disconnector when the voltage falls below its minimum value. The 300 ms delay allows any momentary voltage drops to
be avoided, preventing th e untimely tripping of switch disconnector.
NOTE: up to max. one release (shunt trip or undervoltage) can be fitted to each switch disconnector with an auxiliary contact.

GW D6 019

Accessories for switch disconnectors with accessory options

Couple of sealable screw caps
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D6 026 2P isolators 1/50
GW D6 027 4P isolators 1/10

GW D6 026

504
Accessories for modular circuit breakers
Padlocking lever block
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 96 041 MTC/MT/MTHP/MDC/IDP/Switch disconnectors 10/100
APPLICATIONS: to lock the control lever in “ON” or “OFF” positions. For padlocks max Ø 5 mm.

GW 96 041

Spacer insert
Code No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 766 0.5 12
CHARACTERISTICS: it reduces heating when modular devices are installed side-by-side and it allows crossing of wiring cables.
APPLICATIONS: it’s suggested the use of spacer insert to separate the elettromechanical devices (e.g. circuit breakers, contactors, latching relays etc...) from electronic devices (e.g. time switches etc...) for optimum
operation.

GW D6 766

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR

505
90 AM
BUSBARS

Monobloc busbars
Monobloc busbars 2P
Code Type of main Type of outgoing Rated current Pack
Carton
Length: 13 modules
GW 96 507 F IDP/MDC/MT 2P 11 MTC 1P+N/2P 63 A 1/10
ACCESSORY SUPPLIED: closing plug (to be used only if the busbar is cut); plumbable screw caps with an adhesive indicating voltage presence.
APPLICATIONS: busbars indicated for domestic enclosures.

GW 96 507 F

Busbars for circuit breakers MTC

Pin busbars
Code Type Colour Rated current Pack
Carton
Length: 13 modules
GW 96 500 1P Grey 80 A 25
GW 96 501 1P Blue 80 A 25
Length: 1 meter (56 modules)
GW 96 988 1P White 63 A 50
NOTE: not compatible with GW96963 end caps.

GW 96 500

Busbars for circuit breakers MT / MDC / IDP

Pin busbars
Code Type Rated current Pack
Carton
Length: 12 modules
GW 96 984 1P 63 A 50
GW 96 985 2P 63 A 25
GW 96 986 3P 63 A 25
GW 96 987 4P 80 A 20
Length: 1 meter (56 modules)
GW 96 988 1P 63 A 50
GW 96 989 2P 63 A 20
GW 96 990 3P 63 A 20
GW 96 991 4P 80 A 15
GW 96 984
NOTES: 12 module versions complete with end caps.
The 1P versions are not compatible with GW96963 end caps.
Busbars are suitable also for modular switch-disconnectors with red lever.

Fork busbars
Code Type Rated current Pack
Carton
Length: 12 modules
GW 96 992 1P 63 A 50
GW 96 993 2P 63 A 25
GW 96 994 3P 63 A 25
GW 96 995 4P 80 A 20
Length: 1 meter (56 modules)
GW 96 996 1P 63 A 50
GW 96 997 2P 63 A 20
GW 96 998 3P 63 A 20
GW 96 999 4P 80 A 15
GW 96 992
NOTES: 12 module versions complete with end caps.
Busbars are suitable also for modular switch-disconnectors with red lever.

506
Wiring components
Connection terminals for pin busbars
Code Suitable for Type Length (mm) Conductors section Pack
(mm²) Carton
GW 96 503 1P busbar for MTC - - 25 50
GW 96 961 1P, 2P, 3P busbar for MT/MDC/IDP Short 14 25 50
GW 96 962 4P busbar for MT/MDC/IDP Long 27 25 50

GW 96 962

Closing caps for busbars

Code Type Pack
Carton
GW 96 963 1P 10
GW 96 964 2P 10
GW 96 965 3P 10
GW 96 966 4P 10
APPLICATIONS: to isolate the ends of the connection busbars.
NOTE: code GW96963 is not compatible with push rod 1P busbars.

GW 96 963

Teeth-cover row for busbars

Code No. teeth-cover Pack
Carton
GW 96 967 5 10
APPLICATIONS: to insulate the unused busbar teeth.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 96 967

507
90 AM
PROTECTION

Disconnectable fuse-holders
Disconnectable fuse-holders

Code Rated current Fuse dimension (mm) No. of modules Rated voltage Pack
EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 96 206 20 A 8.5x31.5 1 400 V ac 12
GW 96 226 20 A 10.3x38 1 1000 V dc 12
GW 96 205 32 A 10.3x38 1 690 V ac 12
GW 96 207 50 A 14x51 1.5 690 V ac 12
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW 96 312 GW 96 216 20 A 8.5x31.5 2 400 V ac 6
GW 96 220 32 A 10.3x38 1 690 V ac 12
GW 96 215 32 A 10.3x38 2 690 V ac 6
GW 96 217 50 A 14x51 3 690 V ac 6
GW 96 218 100 A 22x58 4 690 V ac 2
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 301 20 A 8.5x31.5 2 400 V ac 6
GW 96 227 20 A 10.3x38 2 1000 V dc 6
GW 96 302 32 A 10.3x38 2 690 V ac 6
GW 96 303 50 A 14x51 3 690 V ac 6
No. of poles: 3P
GW 96 306 20 A 8.5x31.5 3 400 V ac 4
GW 96 307 32 A 10.3x38 3 690 V ac 4
GW 96 308 50 A 14x51 4.5 690 V ac 4
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW 96 311 20 A 8.5x31.5 4 400 V ac 3
GW 96 312 32 A 10.3x38 4 690 V ac 3
GW 96 313 50 A 14x51 6 690 V ac 3
GW 96 314 100 A 22x58 8 690 V ac 1
APPLICATIONS: protection against low voltage overcurrents in industrial and advanced tertiary application in case of high short-circuit currents.
NOTES: the products GW96226 and GW96227 are suitable for the protection and isolation of the photovoltaic strings too (Utilization category DC20B)

Fuses
Cylindrical fuses - Type GG
Code Rated current Rated voltage AC Breaking capacity AC Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 8.5 x 31.5
GW 72 111 2A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 112 4A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 113 6A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 114 10 A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 115 16 A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 116 20 A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
GW 72 117 25 A 400 V 50 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 10.3 x 38
GW 72 104 2A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 105
GW 72 105 6A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 107 10 A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 101 16 A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 108 20 A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 109 25 A 500 V 120 kA 10/100
GW 72 110 32 A 400 V 120 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 14 x 51
GW 72 121 25 A 690 V 80 kA 10/100
GW 72 122 32 A 500 V 80 kA 10/100
GW 72 123 40 A 500 V 80 kA 10/100
GW 72 124 50 A 400 V 80 kA 10/100
Dimensions (mm): Ø 22 x 58
GW 72 103 63 A 690 V 80 kA 10/30
NOTE: fast fuse type.

508
 Cylindrical fuses - Type GPV
Code Rated current Rated voltage DC Breaking capacity DC Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 10.3 x 38
GW 72 131 6A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 132 8A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 133 10 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 134 12 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 135 16 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 136 20 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
APPLICATIONS: photovoltaic systems.

GW 72 131

Motor protection switches

Motor protection switches SMT
Code Operating current Max operating voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D6 501 0.1 - 0.16 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 502 0.16 - 0.25 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 503 0.25 - 0.4 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 504 0.4 - 0.63 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 505 0.63 - 1 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 506 1 - 1.6 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 507 1.6 - 2.5 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 508 2.5 - 4 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 509 GW D6 509 4 - 6.3 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 510 6.3 - 10 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 511 9 - 14 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 512 13 - 18 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 513 17 - 23 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 514 20 - 27 A 690 ac 2.5 1
GW D6 515 25 - 32 A 690 ac 2.5 1
APPLICATIONS: protection of electric motors both in single-phase and 3-phase distribution.
CHARACTERISTICS: fixed tripping magnetic threshold, adjustable thermal. Lockable to block the operating push button in “OFF” position. For padlocks Ø5 mm max.
NOTE: up to a maximum of 2 accessories consisting of 1 auxiliary contact and 1 opening release (shunt trip or undervoltage) can be assembled on each motor protection switch.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR

NEWS

509
90 AM

Accessories for motor protection switches SMT

Auxiliary contact for motor protection switches
Code Contacts Description No. of contacts Type of contacts No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 516 Position 2 1NO + 1NC 0.5 1

GW D6 516

Shunt trip release for motor protection switches

Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 517 230 ac 1 1
GW D6 518 400 ac 1 1

GW D6 517

Under voltage release for motor protection switches

Code Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 519 230 ac 1 1
GW D6 520 400 ac 1 1

GW D6 519

NEWS

510
Surge protective devices LST
Surge protective devices type 1+2

Code Impulse current Maximum discharge Rated voltage AC No. of modules Aux end-of-life Pack
current EN 50022 contact Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D6 401 12.5 kA 65 kA 230 V 2 No 1
GW D6 404 25 kA 100 kA 230 V 4 Yes 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D6 402 12.5 kA 65 kA 400 V 4 No 1
GW D6 405 25 kA 100 kA 400 V 8 Yes 1
GW D6 405
CHARACTERISTICS: SPDs are equipped with extractable cartridges with optic end-of-life signal.

Surge protective devices type 2

Code Maximum discharge Rated voltage AC No. of modules Aux end-of-life contact Pack
current EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW D6 411 40 kA 230 V 1 No 1
GW D6 412 40 kA 230 V 1 Yes 1
GW D6 413 40 kA 400 V 1 No 1
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D6 407 20 kA 230 V 2 No 1
GW D6 420 GW D6 417 40 kA 230 V 2 No 1
GW D6 418 40 kA 230 V 2 Yes 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D6 409 20 kA 400 V 4 No 1
GW D6 419 40 kA 400 V 4 No 1
GW D6 420 40 kA 400 V 4 Yes 1
CHARACTERISTICS: SPDs are equipped with extractable cartridges with optic end-of-life signal.

Surge protective devices for photovoltaic applications

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Code Impulse current Maximum discharge Rated voltage DC No. of modules Aux end-of-life Pack
current EN 50022 contact Carton
Type: 1+2
GW D6 429 5 kA 40 kA 1000 V 3 No 1/4
Type: 2
GW D6 426 - 40 kA 600 V 3 No 1
GW D6 428 - 40 kA 1000 V 3 No 1
CHARACTERISTICS: SPDs are equipped with extractable cartridges with optic end-of-life signal.
GW D6 426

Surge protective devices for telecom and dataline

Code Maximum discharge Rated voltage AC No. of modules Aux end-of-life contact Pack
current EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 430 10 kA 50 V 1 No 1

GW D6 430

NEWS

511
90 AM
Extractable spare cartridges for LST type 1+2
Code Type Impulse current Pack
Carton
Suitable for: GWD6401 and GWD6402
GW D6 451 Phase 12.5 kA 1
GW D6 452 Neutral 25 kA 1
GW D6 453 Neutral 50 kA 1
Suitable for: GWD6404 and GWD6405
GW D6 433 Phase 25 kA 1
GW D6 434 Neutral 50 kA 1
GW D6 435 Neutral 100 kA 1
CHARACTERISTICS: a fissure on the base of the surge protection devices will help you to insert the cartridges, and prevents the insertion of the phase cartridge in place of the neutral one, or viceversa.
GW D6 433

Extractable spare cartridges for LST type 2

Code Type Maximum discharge current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
Suitable for: from GWD6407 to GWD6420
GW D6 436 Phase 20 kA 230 V ac 1
GW D6 438 Neutral 20 kA - 1
GW D6 441 Phase 40 kA 230 V ac 1
GW D6 442 Phase 40 kA 400 V ac 1
GW D6 443 Neutral 40 kA - 1
CHARACTERISTICS: a fissure on the base of the surge protection devices will help you to insert the cartridges, and prevents the insertion of the phase cartridge in place of the neutral one, or viceversa.

GW D6 436

Extractable spare cartridges for LST for photovoltaic applications

Code Impulse current Maximum discharge current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
Suitable for: GWD6429
GW D6 449 5 kA 40 kA 1000 V dc 1
Suitable for: GWD6426 and GWD6428
GW D6 446 - 40 kA 600 V dc 1
GW D6 448 - 40 kA 1000 V dc 1

GW D6 446

Permanent and transient surge protective device POP

Combined SPD+POP
Code Type of SPD SPD Maximum discharge Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
current EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P+N
GW D6 461 Type 2 15 kA 230 V 2 1/6
NOTES: it is necessary to use a MCB and a shunt trip release for correct working of the device
APPLICATIONS: protection of single-phase electrical system both from voltage transients indirect (produced by discharges from lightning or switching operations on the network) to permanent overvoltages (produced by
instable networks or neutral loss). When permanent overvoltages occurs, SPD+POP devices use release coil to open circuit breaker. Instead, when transient overvoltages occurs, SPD+POP device works as a common
surge protective device without opening the circuit breaker.

GW D6 461

NEWS

512
Residual current relay type A with separate toroid
Residual current relay type A with separate toroid
Code Rated voltage (V) Type No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 331 230 ac A 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: the tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
Idn (A): 0,03 - 0,1 - 0,3 - 0,5 - 1 - 1,5 - 2 - 3 - 5 - 10 - 20 - 30.
dt (s): 0 - 0.25 - 0.5 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7 - 8 - 10.
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022. For the operation of the residual current protection, it is necessary to use: the residual current relay, a suitable toroid, and a release for the associated circuit breaker.

GW 96 331

Separate toroid for residual current relay GW96331

Code Description Internal diameter Operating current Maximum wire Minimum Idn Pack
Imax section (3F+N) threshold Carton
GW 96 332 Solid-core toroid 35 mm 160 A 16 mm² 30 mA 1
GW 96 333 Solid-core toroid 80 mm 400 A 70 mm² 30 mA 1
GW 96 334 Solid-core toroid 110 mm 630 A 100 mm² 100 mA 1
GW 96 335 Solid-core toroid 210 mm 1600 A 2x185 mm² 300 mA 1
NOTE: The Imax operating current is the maximum current value that can circulate through the toroid when the set of cables is positioned in the centre, perpendicularly, and occupies less than 60% of the toroid’s
diameter.

GW 96 332

Residual current relay type B with separated toroid

Residual current relay type B with separated toroid
Code Rated voltage (V) Type No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 331 B 230 ac B 3 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
Idn (A): 0,03 - 0,1 - 0,3 - 0,5 - 1 - 3 - 5 - 10.
dt (s): 0,1 - 0,2 - 0,3 - 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,75 - 1 - 5 - 10.
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022. For the operation of the residual current protection, it is necessary to use: the residual current relay, a suitable toroid, and a release for the associated circuit breaker.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 96 331 B

Separate toroid for residual current relay GW96331B

Code Description Internal diameter Operating current Maximum wire Minimum Idn Pack
Imax section (3F+N) threshold Carton
GW 96 332 B Solid-core toroid 35 mm 160 A 16 mm² 30 mA 1
GW 96 333 B Solid-core toroid 80 mm 320 A 70 mm² 30 mA 1
GW 96 334 B Solid-core toroid 110 mm 450 A 100 mm² 100 mA 1
GW 96 335 B Solid-core toroid 210 mm 720 A 2x185 mm² 300 mA 1
NOTE: The Imax operating current is the maximum current value that can circulate through the toroid when the set of cables is positioned in the centre, perpendicularly, and occupies less than 60% of the toroid’s
diameter.

GW 96 332 B

NEWS

513
90 AM
COMMAND

Switch disconnectors (EN 60947-3)

AC switch disconnectors, with accessory option

Code Rated current Rated voltage AC Accessorisable with Accessorisable with No. of modules Pack
auxiliary contacts opening releases EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 182 40 A 415 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
GW 96 183 63 A 415 V Yes Yes 2 1/6
No. of poles: 4P
GW 96 192 40 A 415 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 96 193 63 A 415 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
GW 96 193 GW 96 194 80 A 415 V Yes Yes 4 1/3
NOTES: can be combined with GWD6002 open/closed position auxiliary contact, with shunt trip release (GWD6013, GWD6015) and undervoltage release (GWD6019, GWD6020, GWD6021). Up to a maximum of 2
accessories consisting of 1 auxiliary contact and 1 opening release (shunt trip or undervoltage) can be assembled on each switch disconector. Lockable with accessory GW96041 to block the operating lever in either the
“ON” or “OFF” position. For padlocks Ø5 mm max.

AC switch disconnectors, without accessory option

Code Rated current Rated voltage AC Accessorisable with Accessorisable with No. of modules Pack
auxiliary contacts opening releases EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 96 104 32 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
GW 96 105 40 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
GW 96 106 63 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
GW 96 147 80 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
GW 96 148 100 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
GW 96 134 GW 96 149 125 A 240 V Yes No 1 6/24
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 114 32 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
GW 96 115 40 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
GW 96 116 63 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
GW 96 157 80 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
GW 96 158 100 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
GW 96 159 125 A 415 V Yes No 2 3/12
No. of poles: 3P
GW 96 124 32 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
GW 96 125 40 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
GW 96 126 63 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
GW 96 167 80 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
GW 96 168 100 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
GW 96 169 125 A 415 V Yes No 3 2/8
No. of poles: 4P
GW 96 134 32 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
GW 96 135 40 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
GW 96 136 63 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
GW 96 177 80 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
GW 96 178 100 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
GW 96 179 125 A 415 V Yes No 4 1/3
NOTES: Can ONLY be accessorised with an auxiliary open/closed position contact GW96001.

514
 DC rotary switch disconnectors
Code No. of poles Rated current Rated voltage DC No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 186 2P 25 A 600 V 3.5 1
GW 96 187 4P 32 A 1000 V 3.5 1
NOTE: utilisation category DC21B. These switch disconnectors cannot be combined.

GW 96 187

Isolating switches (EN 60669-2-4)

Compact isolating switches

Code Rated current No. of modules Rated voltage Pack

EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 96 531 16 A 1 250 V 3/12
GW 96 532 32 A 1 250 V 3/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 533 16 A 1 250 - 415 V 3/12
GW 96 534 32 A 1 250 - 415 V 3/12
GW 96 538 No. of poles: 3P
GW 96 535 16 A 1 250 - 415 V 1/12
GW 96 536 32 A 1 250 - 415 V 1/12
No. of poles: 4P
GW 96 537 16 A 1 250 - 415 V 1/12
GW 96 538 32 A 1 250 - 415 V 1/12

On-Off switches
On-off switches with indicator lamp

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Code Rated current Characteristics No. of modules Rated voltage Pack
EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 1P
GW 96 539 16 A With red indicator lamp 1 230 V 3/12
GW 96 540 32 A With red indicator lamp 1 230 V 1/12
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 541 16 A With red indicator lamp 1 230 V 1/12
GW 96 542 32 A With red indicator lamp 1 230 V 1/12
GW 96 542
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: indicator light with LED.
NOTE: they can be padlocked with the accessory GW96041, to lock the operating lever in either the “ON” or “OFF” position. For padlocks with max Ø 5 mm.

515
90 AM

Lever switches
Lever switches

Code Rated current No. of poles No. of modules Rated voltage Pack
EN 50022 Carton
Type: Change-over switch (1-2)
GW 96 551 16 A 1P 1 250 V 3/12
GW 96 552 16 A 2P 1 250 V 1/12
Type: Three-way switch (1-0-2)
GW 96 553 16 A 1P 1 250 V 3/12
GW 96 554 16 A 2P 1 250 V 1/12
GW 96 554 Type: Two-ways switch (1-2)
GW 96 555 16 A 2P (1NO+1NC) 1 250 V 3/12
GW 96 556 32 A 2P (1NO+1NC) 1 250 V 1/12
NOTE: they can be padlocked with the accessory GW96041, to lock the operating lever in either the “ON” or “OFF” position. For padlocks with max Ø 5 mm.

Rotary Switches
Voltmeter switches
Code Description Characteristics Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 851 4 positions Phase - Neutral 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
GW 96 852 4 positions Phase - Phase 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
GW 96 853 7 positions Phase - Phase and Phase - Neutral 16 A 690 V 3 1/4

GW 96 851

Ammeter switch
Code Description Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 856 4 positions 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
NOTES: the GW96856 can also be used as a single-pole command three-way switch with 4 positions.

GW 96 856

Line switches

Code Description Characteristics Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
No. of poles: 2P
GW 96 951 2 positions - 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
GW 96 952 3 positions 0 central 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
GW 96 953 3 positions With 0 return position 16 A 690 V 3 1/4
APPLICATIONS: DIN rail three-way switches usable for motor, pump and fan command.

GW 96 951

516
Contactors CTR
Contactors

Code Contacts Control coil voltage (V) No. of modules Pack

EN 50022 Carton
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 20 A - CTR20
GW D6 701 1NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 702 2NO 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 703 2NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 705 2NC 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 706 1NO+1NC 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 703 GW D6 707 1NO+1NC 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 708 3NO 230 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 709 4NO 230 ac 2 3/12
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 25 A - CTR25
GW D6 711 2NO 24 ac/dc 2 3/12
GW D6 712 2NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 713 3NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 714 4NO 24 ac/dc 2 3/12
GW D6 715 4NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 716 4NC 24 ac/dc 2 3/12
GW D6 717 4NC 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 718 3NO+1NC 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 40 A - CTR40
GW D6 721 2NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 722 3NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 723 4NO 24 ac/dc 3 2/8
GW D6 724 4NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 725 2NO+2NC 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 726 4NC 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 63 A - CTR63
GW D6 731 2NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 732 3NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 733 4NO 24 ac/dc 3 2/8
GW D6 734 4NO 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 735 3NO+1NC 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8
GW D6 736 4NC 230 ac - 220 dc 3 2/8

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Manual control contactors
Code Contacts Control coil voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 20 A - CTRM20
GW D6 741 2NO 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 742 2NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 743 2NC 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 744 1NO+1NC 230 ac 1 6/24
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 25 A - CTRM25
GW D6 751 2NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 752 3NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 753 4NO 24 ac/dc 2 3/12
GW D6 754 4NO 230 ac - 220 dc 2 3/12
GW D6 742
Rated current (AC-1/AC-7a): 32 A - CTRM32
GW D6 755 2NO+2NC 12 ac/dc 2 3/12
APPLICATIONS: they have a three positions built-in toggle handle switch (A - O - I) to enable permanent opening or closing manually leaving out normal contactor function
Position A: working as normal contactor
Position O: working as manual control contactor (contacts locked mechanically)
Position I: working as manual control contactor (contacts are switched without control coil voltage). When coil is energized the toggle handle switch is automatically set to position A maintaining the previuos contacts
status.
CHARACTERISTICS: they can be combined with auxiliary contacts and sealing terminal covers
NOTE: it’s suggested the use of a spacer insert between adjacent contactors to ensure optimum operation.

517
90 AM

Installation relays RLM

Installation relay 16 A

Code Contacts Control coil voltage (V) No. of modules Pack

EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 601 1NO 8 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 602 1NO 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 603 1NO 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 604 1NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 606 1 Changeover 8 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 608 1 Changeover 12 ac/dc 1 6/24
GW D6 604
GW D6 610 1 Changeover 24 ac/dc 1 6/24
GW D6 611 1 Changeover 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 617 1NO+1NC 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 618 1NO+1NC 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 619 1NO+1NC 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 624 2NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 626 2 Changeover 8 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 627 2 Changeover 12 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 629 2 Changeover 24 ac/dc 2 3/12
GW D6 630 2 Changeover 230 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 632 4NO 12 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 633 4NO 24 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 634 4NO 230 ac 2 3/12
CHARACTERISTICS: relay with single stable state; the contacts are maintained in switched position only while the control coil is supplied. they can be combined with auxiliary contacts (except for GWD6608 e GWD6610)
and sealing terminal covers.
APPLICATION: command of low voltage circuits with high number of switchovers (lighting, heating and ventilation systems). they have a three positions built-in toggle handle switch (A - O - I) to enable permanent opening
or closing manually independently of the external commands:
Position A: automatic operation as a momentary relay.
Position O: operation as a manually commanded momentary relay (contacts locked mechanically in the rest state).
Position I: operation as a manually commanded momentary relay (contacts switched without the need for a remote control with return to automatic on A as soon as the lever is released).

518
Accessories for CTR contactors and RLM installation relays
Auxiliary contacts
Code Contacts Contact rating in AC-15 No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 761 2NO 6 A (230 V) 4 A (400 V) 0.5 1/12
GW D6 762 1NO+1NC 6 A (230 V) 4 A (400 V) 0.5 1/12
APPLICATION: used in order to signal the contacts position (open or closed).
NOTE: each device can be associated with 1 auxiliary contact. Auxiliary contacts cannot be coupled with GWD6608 and GWD6610 installation relays.

GW D6 761

Spacer insert
Code No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 766 0.5 12
APPLICATIONS: used in order to have a better heat dissipation when more contactors/relay are installed in adjacent position.
SUGGESTIONS FOR AN OPTIMAL HEAT DISSIPATION:
- Room temperature up to 40°C: 1 spacer every 3 side-by-side devices.
- Room temperature between 40°C and 55°C: 1 spacer every 2 side-by-side devices.

GW D6 766

Sealing terminal covers

Code Suitable for contactor No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D6 763 1 mod. width 2 1/10
GW D6 764 2 mod. width 2 1/10
GW D6 765 3 mod. width 2 1/10
APPLICATIONS: they enable to seal terminal screws, preventing access to cable connections.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW D6 764

519
90 AM

Latching relay RLB

Latching relay 16 A

Code Contacts Control coil voltage (V) No. of modules Pack

EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 641 1NO 8 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 642 1NO 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 643 1NO 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 644 1NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 646 1 Changeover 8 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 647 1 Changeover 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 644
GW D6 648 1 Changeover 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 649 1 Changeover 24 dc 1 6/24
GW D6 650 1 Changeover 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 652 1NO+1NC 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 653 1NO+1NC 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 654 1NO+1NC 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 657 2NO 12 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 658 2NO 24 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 659 2NO 230 ac 1 6/24
GW D6 663 2 Changeover 24 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 664 2 Changeover 230 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 667 4NO 12 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 668 4NO 24 ac 2 3/12
GW D6 669 4NO 230 ac 2 3/12

520
Accessories for latching relay RLB
Auxiliary contacts
Code Contacts Contact rating in AC-15 No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 676 1 Changeover 4A (230V) 0.5 1/20
GW D6 677 1NO+1NC 4A (230V) 0.5 1/20
GW D6 678 2NO 4A (230V) 0.5 1/20
APPLICATION: used in order to signal the contacts position (open or closed).
NOTE: it is possible to use 1 auxiliary contact for each contactor. It is not possible to use auxiliary contacts with GWD6649 latching relay.

GW D6 676

Centralized command
Code Functions No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 671 Central command 0.5 1/20
GW D6 672 Group command 0.5 1/20
NOTE: It is not possible to use them with GWD6649 latching relay.
APPLICATION:
- GWD6671: used to centralize the command in only one point allowing to simultaneously turning ON and OFF 2 or more relays independently by their position. In order to use this function every relay has to mount this
accessory.
- GWD6672: used to realize the simultaneously command of 2 or more groups of centralized relays from one point. In order to obtain this function it is necessary to install this accessory for each group of centralized relay.
EXAMPLE: It is possible to centralize the command of a group of latching relay installed on a building floor (every relay has a GWD6671 coupled). With the GWD6672 it is possible to command from one point all groups of
centralized relays installed on the different buildings floors.

GW D6 671

Spacer insert
Code No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 766 0.5 12
APPLICATIONS: used in order to have a better heat dissipation when more contactors/relay are installed in adjiacent position.
SUGGESTIONS FOR AN OPTIMAL HEAT DISSIPATION:
- Operating temperature up to 40°C: no limitations.
- Operating temperature between 40°C and 55°C: No limitation for AC coils, 1 spacer every 3 adjacent relays with DC coils:
- Operating temperature between 55°C and 70°C: 1 spacer every 3 adjacent relays with AC coils. It is not possible the adjacent installation of relay with DC coil.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW D6 766

521
90 AM

Monitoring relays
Current monitoring relay - 1 phase AC electrical system
Code Rated voltage (V) Controlled current Output contacts Contact capacity (A) No. of modules Pack
(A) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 906 230 ac 10 1 Changeover 5 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: overcurrent control: the output contact changes status when the measured current exceeds the “MAX” set value.
Undercurrent control: the output contact changes status when the measured current falls below the “MIN” set value.
Window function: the output contact changes status when the measured current is not within the “MIN”-”MAX” set range.
Adjustment of contact switchover delay, from minimum 0.1s to maximum 10s.
For the three operating modes, there is a memory function for exceeding the set threshold.
NOTE: if you need to monitor currents greater than 10A, use a current transformer (CT).
If necessary, connect the output contact with a device (usually a contactor) suitable for the needs of the line to be commanded.

GW 96 906

Phase monitoring relay - 3 phase electrical system

Code Rated voltage (V) Controlled Adjustable Output contacts Contact capacity No. of modules Pack
voltage (V) asymmetry (A) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 907 230/400 ac 230/400 ac 5% ... 25% 1 Changeover 5 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: phase sequence check: if the check shows that the phases are not in the correct sequence, the output contact will change its status.
Phase and neutral failure: if one of the three phases or the neutral fails, the output contact will change its status.
Asymmetry check: if the measured asymmetry value exceeds the set threshold, the output contact will change its status.
NOTE: if necessary, connect the output contact with a device (usually a contactor) suitable for the needs of the line to be commanded.

GW 96 907

Undervoltage monitoring relay - 1 phase AC/DC electrical system

Code Rated voltage (V) Controlled voltage Output contacts Contact capacity (A) No. of modules Pack
(V) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 908 24 ac/dc - 230 ac 24 ac/dc - 230 ac 1 Changeover 5 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: undervoltage check: when the measured voltage falls below the set value, the output contact will change its status.
The contact switches back again when the measured voltage exceeds the set value plus the hysteresis.
NOTE: if necessary, connect the output contact with a device (usually a contactor) suitable for the needs of the line to be commanded.

GW 96 908

Undervoltage monitoring relay - 3 phase AC electrical system

Code Rated voltage (V) Controlled voltage Output contacts Contact capacity (A) No. of modules Pack
(V) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 909 230/400 ac 230/400 ac 1 Changeover 5 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: undervoltage check with variable threshold: when the measured voltage of one of the phases falls below the set value, the output contact will change its status.
The undervoltage threshold can be adjusted from 160 V to 240 V (Phase - Neutral).
NOTE: if necessary, connect the output contact with a device (usually a contactor) suitable for the needs of the line to be commanded.

GW 96 909

522
Load management relay P-COMFORT
Load management relay P-Comfort (wire version)
Code Rated voltage (V) Rated current Type relay contact Capacity relay No. of modules Pack
contact EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 916 230 ac 32 A Changeover (potential free contact) 16 A AC1 250 V ac 2 1/6
APPLICATION: The P-Comfort relay can be installed in electrical systems up to 6 kW. In the event of overload due to the simultaneous switching of several electric loads, P-Comfort prevents power supply interruption
disconnecting the non-preferential loads wired to the relay inside the device. After a time period, P-Comfort automatically power supplies non-preferential loads again, avoiding service interruptions. P-Comfort allows the
measurement and visualisation on the display of the active energy values (supplied and absorbed), and instantaneous active power (supplied and absorbed).

GW D6 916

Load management relay P-Comfort RF ZigBee (radio frequency version)

Code Rated voltage (V) Rated current Type relay contact Capacity relay No. of modules Pack
contact EN 50022 Carton
GW A1 916 230V ac 32 A Changeover (potential free contact) 16 A AC1 250 V ac 2 1/6
APPLICATION: The P-Comfort relay can be installed in electrical systems up to 6 kW. In the event of overload due to the simultaneous switching of several electric loads, P-Comfort prevents power supply interruption
disconnecting the non-preferential loads connected by radio frequency to smart plug RF ZigBee (GWA1526), to flush-mounting actuator RF ZigBee (GWA1523) or wired to the relay inside the device (max 10 devices). The
disconnection and connection of preferential loads can be set by Priority (regardless of power consumption) or by Power (depending on the power consumption).

GW A1 916

KNX Secure load management relay P-COMFORT - IP20 - DIN rail mounting
Code Supply voltage Rated current Type relay contact Capacity relay No. DIN modules Pack
contact Carton
GW A9 916 230V ac - 50Hz 32 A Changeover (potential free contact) 16 A AC1 250 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: load management to control the activation/deactivation of electrical appliances wired to the relay inside the device or connected to KNX actuators, preventing the main line power supply disconnection
and avoiding service interruptions. The device supports KNX Secure. To be configured with ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: allows the measurement, the visualisation on the display and the sending on the KNX bus of the active energy (exported and imported), instantaneous active and reactive power (exported and imported),
voltage, current, power factor and frequency.
NOTES: equipped with coupling terminal for connection to bus.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW A9 916

523
90 AM

Accessories for P-COMFORT RF ZIGBEE (radio frequency version)

Smart plug RF ZIGBEE - German Standard - 230V AC
Code Type of plug Socket-outlet type Dimensions ØxH (mm) Colour Pack
Carton
GW A1 526 2P+E - 10A 2P+E - 10A 41x45 White 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: adapter with side earthing and safety shields. Measures the power consumed of the load connected and sends the data to the P-Comfort RF ZigBee which disconnects the load according to the
current setting.

GW A1 526

ZigBee 1-channel actuator with power meter

Code Supply voltage No. output channels Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 523 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via a 230V output contact (NO) with the measure of the instantaneous power. Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230Vac): 2300W, loads controlled
from toroidal transformers: 450W, loads controlled from electronic transfomers: 600W, compact fluorescent lamps: 150W, LED lamps (230Vac): 150W, motors: 500W. Equipped with 1 input for the local command of the
output.
APPLICATIONS: execution of ON-OFF commands, timed commands, priority commands, scene management commands and instantaneous consumption metering (instantaneous power). Measures the power consumed
by the connected load and, when combined with a RF ZigBee P-comfort load management relay, can disconnect the load according to the chosen setting of the P-Comfort.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes or in Chorus blanking modules GW1x750.

GW A1 523

Blanking modules for housing ZigBee contacts interfaces and actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 750 Glossy white 1 1/12
GW 15 750 Satin White 1 1/12
GW 13 750 Natural satin beige 1 1/12
GW 12 750 Satin black 1 1/12
GW 14 750 Glossy Titanium 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-module blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and the fast identification of the ZigBee contacts interfaces and actuators.
NOTES: snap-fit design.

GW 14 750

524
Kit P-COMFORT RF ZIGBEE (radio frequency version)
Pre-installed kit P-Comfort RF Zigbee and Smart plug
Code Number of smart plugs included Pack
Carton
GW A1 911 1 1
GW A1 912 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: P-Comfort RF ZigBee provided with the kit is pre-installed to operate in Priority mode: when the power threshold is exceeded, loads connected to the Smart plug 1 are disconnected, then the loads
connected to the Smart plug 2 and after all the loads wired to the relay inside the device. The reconnection of non-preferential loads is done following reverse sequence.

GW A1 912

BIOCOMFORT main disconnection switch

Main disconnection switch with self learning function
Code Rated voltage (V) Rated current Monitoring voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 339 230 ac 16 A 5 - 230 dc 1 1/2
APPLICATIONS: the BIOCOMFORT disconnection switch reduces the voltage of the electrical system when the loads connected to it in the sleeping area are switched off. It is not necessary to manually adjust the relay
tripping threshold because the main disconnection switch, thanks to the self-learning function, automatically learns the value of the current absorbed by the loads and applies it as the tripping threshold. During operation
of the disconnection switch, the line downstream of BIOCOMFORT is powered by a continuous monitoring voltage (5-230 V dc). This voltage prevents the formation of electromagnetic fields in the sleeping area and is
necessary for restoring the mains voltage (230 V ac) at any moment when a load is switched on.

GW 96 339

Base load
Code Rated voltage (V) Pack
Carton
GW 96 340 230 ac 1/5
NOTE: base load necessary for fluorescent lamps, low consumption lamps, LED lamps, halogen lamps with transformer, dimmers, electronic transformers or loads with absorption lower than 30 mA (e.g. loads with
stand-by).

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 96 340

525
90 AM
PROGRAMMING

Timers
Multifunction timer
Code Rated coil voltage Regulation field Type of contacts Contact rating - In No. of modules Pack
(V) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 814 24....240 ac/dc 0.05 s - 100 h 1 Changeover 8A 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: allows to activate and deactivate the power supply to a load for a time set.
NOTE: cannot be used with illuminated push-buttons.

GW 96 814

Asymmetrical cycle timer

Code Rated coil voltage Regulation field Type of contacts Contact rating - In No. of modules Pack
(V) EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 815 12....240 ac/dc 0.05 s - 100 h 1 Changeover 8A 1 1/8
APPLICATIONS: allows to activate and deactivate the power supply to a load, for a time set with different ON and OFF times.
NOTE: cannot be used with illuminated push-buttons.

GW 96 815

Staircase lighting time delay switches

Code Rated voltage (V) Regulation field Type of contacts Contact rating - In No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 809 230 ac 30 s - 12 min 1 NO 16 A 1 1/8
APPLICATION: timed management of the lights in passageway environments (stairs, corridors, entrances, etc.).
CHARACTERISTICS: the electronic staircase time switch, without switch-off warning, also allow to:
-turn off the lights completely by prolonged pressing of push-button (energy saving function).
-to extend lighting time by rapid and multiple pressing of the push-button (pumping function).

GW 96 809

526
Analogue/electromechanical time switches TMR
Compact daily time switches
Code Charge reserve Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 771 No 1 NO 16 A 230V ac 1 1/12
GW D6 772 150 h 1 NO 16 A 230V ac 1 1/12
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to daily programming; particularly useful for timing control of functions (for example: ventilation, lighting, heating, irrigation), comfort optimization
and energy saving.
NOTE: 24 hours quadrant with 96 trippers (minimum adjustment of the time switch: 15 minutes).
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with the switch for the choice of operating mode:
- OFF permanent mode
- automatic (according to the set programming with the trippers)
- ON permanent mode

GW D6 771

Daily time switch

Code Charge reserve Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 773 150 h 1 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 2 1/6
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to daily programming; particularly useful for timing control of functions (for example: ventilation, lighting, heating, irrigation), comfort optimization
and energy saving.
NOTE: 24 hours quadrant with 48 trippers (minimum adjustment of the time switch: 30 minutes).
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with the switch for the choice of operating mode:
- OFF permanent mode
- automatic (according to the set programming with the trippers)
- ON permanent mode

GW D6 773

Weekly time switch

Code Charge reserve Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 776 150 h 1 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 2.5 1/4
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to daily programming; particularly useful for timing control of functions (for example: ventilation, lighting, heating, irrigation), comfort optimization
and energy saving.
NOTE: 7 days quadrant with 84 trippers (minimum adjustment of the time switch: 2 hours).
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with the switch for the choice of operating mode:
- OFF permanent mode
- automatic (according to the set programming with the trippers)
- ON permanent mode

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW D6 776

527
90 AM

Digital time switches TMR

Compact weekly time switch
Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Charge reserve No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 781 1 NO 16 A 230V ac 4 years 1 1/6
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to weekly programming; particularly useful for timing control of functions (for example: ventilation, lighting, heating, irrigation), comfort
optimization and energy saving.
NOTE: quadrant with 48 virtual trippers (minimum adjustment of the time switch: 30 minutes).

GW D6 781

Weekly time switches

Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Charge reserve No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 782 1 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 5 years 2 1/3
GW D6 783 2 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 5 years 2 1/3
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to weekly programming; particularly useful for timing control of functions (for example: ventilation, lighting, heating, irrigation), comfort
optimization and energy saving.
NOTE: maximum number of programs that can be stored: 120.
CHARACTERISTICS: The NFC interface allows the connection with smartphone and tablet to transfer the programs set on the time swtich by means of the specific APP. Particularly with free of charge Gewiss TimerOn APP
GW D6 782 you can:
- create programs directly on your smartphone and tablet
- transfer programs created on several time switches
- copy and paste programs among several time switches
- switch channels manually
- obtain settings (date, time, coordinates) automatically and transfer them to the time switch

Twilight switch TMR

Twilight switch (with outdoor probe)
Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Brightness control No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 779 1 NO 16 A 230V ac 1...100 lux 1 1/3
APPLICATIONS: command the ON/OFF switching of lighting devices according to outdoor lighting measured by outdoor probe.
NOTE: maximum distance beetwen the probe and the twilight switch: 50 m (we reccomend using twisted or double insulated cable).

GW D6 779

Outdoor probe for twilight switch

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D6 780 Twilight switch GWD6779 1/4
NOTE: maximum distance beetwen the probe and the twilight switch: 50 m (we reccomend using twisted or double insulated cable).

GW D6 780

528
Astronomical switch TMR
Astronomical switch with simplified programming
Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Charge reserve No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 785 1 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 5 years 2 1/4
APPLICATIONS: command ON/OFF switching of lighting devices (without the outdoor probe) according to sunrise and sunset of geographical area.
NOTE: equipped with display with virtual trippers to set one or more OFF switching periods during the night (minimum adjustment of the time switch: 30 minutes). The programming is daily type.

GW D6 785

Astronomical switch

Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Charge reserve No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 786 2 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 3 years 2 1/3
APPLICATIONS: command ON/OFF switching of lighting devices (without the outdoor probe) according to sunrise and sunset of geographical area.
NOTE: commands the ON/OFF night weekly switching, divided beetwen 2 contacts (maximum number of 120 programs can be stored divided beetwen 2 channels).
CHARACTERISTICS: The NFC interface allows the connection with smartphone and tablet to transfer the programs set on the astronomical swtich by means of the specific APP.
Particularly with free of charge Gewiss TimerOn APP you can:
- create programs directly on your smartphone and tablet
GW D6 786 - transfer programs created on several astronomical switches
- copy and paste programs among several astronomical switches
- switch channels manually
- obtain settings (date, time, coordinates) automatically and transfer them to the astronomical switch

Time/astronomical switches TMR

Time/astronomical switches

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Code Type of contacts Contact rating Rated voltage (V) Charge reserve No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 788 1 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 5 years 2 1/3
GW D6 789 2 Changeover 16 A 230V ac 5 years 2 1/3
APPLICATIONS: command and management of electrical loads according to weekly or astronomical programming; for GWD6789 code it is possibile to set a different program for each channel (time or astronomical).
NOTE: maximum number of programs that can be stored: 120.
CHARACTERISTICS: The Bluetooth interface allows the connection with smartphone and tablet to transfer the programs set on the time/astronomical swtich by means of the specific APP.
Particularly with free of charge Gewiss TimerOn APP you can:
GW D6 788 - create programs directly on your smartphone and tablet
- transfer programs created on several time/astronomical switches
- copy and paste programs among several time/astronomical switches
- switch channels manually
- obtain settings (date, time, coordinates) automatically and transfer them to the time switch

529
90 AM
MEASUREMENT

Voltmeters
Single-phase digital voltmeter with direct connection
Code Scale Supply voltage Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 867 0 - 500 V 230 V ac 0.5 2 1/4

GW 96 867

Ammeters
Analogue ammeters - 40/60 Hz
Code Capacity Connection Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 872 20 A Direct 1.5 3 1/4
GW 96 878 5A Using C.T./5 A 1.5 3 1/4
NOTE: GW96878 does not have a scale. Select the most suitable interchangeable scale based on the primary current of the C.T..

GW 96 871

Interchangeable scales for GW96878 analogue ammeter

Code Scale (A) Pack
Carton
GW 96 971 40 1/10
GW 96 972 50 1/10
GW 96 973 60 1/10
GW 96 974 100 1/10
GW 96 975 150 1/10
GW 96 976 250 1/10
GW 96 977 400 1/10
GW 96 978 600 1/10
GW 96 979 1000 1/10
GW 96 980 1200 1/10
GW 96 981 1500 1/10

Digital ammeter for connection using current transformer

Code Capacity Supply voltage Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 879 5 - 999 A 230 V ac 0.5 2 1/4
NOTE: connection using a current transformer (up to 1000 A) with secondary of 5 A.

GW 96 879

530
Energy meters
Single-phase digital energy meters for direct connection
Code Type MID Integrated Accuracy I max (A) Rated voltage (V) No. of modules Pack
Modbus EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 801 No No 1 40 A 230 ac 1 1/5
GW D6 802 Yes No 1 40 A 230 ac 1 1/5
GW D6 803 Yes Yes 1 40 A 230 ac 1 1/5
APPLICATION: they allow the measurement and visualisation on the display (No. digits: 5 units + 2 decimals) of the active energy values (exported and imported), instantaneous active power
(exported and imported), voltage, current, power factor and frequency.
If the GWD6801 and GWD6802 energy meters are used with the KNX GW90876 interface, the measured values can be sent by KNX BUS network.
If the GWD6801 and GWD6802 energy meters are used with the MODBUS GWD6820 interface, the measured values can be sent by Modbus RS485 netwok.
If the GWD6801 and GWD6802 energy meters are used with the LAN-TCP/IP GWD6821 interface, the measured values can be sent by TCP/IP network.
CHARACTERISTICS: the energy meters have an impulse output for remote energy consumption control.

GW D6 801

Three-phase digital energy meters

Code Type MID Integrated Accuracy Connection Rated No. of Pack
Modbus voltage (V) modules Carton
EN 50022
GW D6 804 Yes Yes 1 (active energy) 2 (reactive energy) Direct (I max=80 A) 400 ac 4 1/2
GW D6 805 Yes Yes 1 (active energy) 2 (reactive energy) Using C.T./5 A 400 ac 4 1/2
GW D6 807 Yes No 1 (active energy) 2 (reactive energy) Direct (I max=80 A) 400 ac 4 1/2
GW D6 809 Yes No 1 (active energy) 2 (reactive energy) Using C.T./5 A 400 ac 4 1/2
APPLICATION: they allow the measurement and visualisation on the display (No. digits: 7 units + 2 decimals) of the active and reactive energy values (exported and imported), instantaneous
active and reactive power values (exported and imported), apparent power, voltage, current, power factor, frequency, THD voltage and THD current.
If the GWD6807 and GWD6809 energy meters are used with the KNX GW90876 interface, the measured values can be sent by KNX BUS network.
If the GWD6807 and GWD6809 energy meters are used with the MODBUS GWD6820 interface, the measured values can be sent by Modbus RS485 network.
If the GWD6801 and GWD6802 energy meters are used with the LAN-TCP/IP GWD6821 interface, the measured values can be sent by TCP/IP network.
GW D6 809 CHARACTERISTICS: the meters have two impulse outputs for remote energy consumption control.

Communication interfaces for single-phase and three-phase energy meters

Code Technology No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 90 876 KNX 1 1/5
GW D6 820 RS485 MODBUS 1 1/5
GW D6 821 LAN-TCP/IP 1 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: GW90876 to be configured with ETS software.
APPLICATIONS: KNX BUS, MODBUS RS485 or TCP/IP interface send values measured by the energy meters GWD6801, GWD6802, GWD6807 and GWD6809. The interfaces are optically coupled with the energy meters
if installed side-by-side.

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
GW 90 876

531
90 AM

Hour counter
Hour counter
Code N. digit Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW D6 911 5 unit + 2 decimals 1/100 h (36 s.) 2 1/6
APPLICATIONS: computing the operating hours of electrical devices (motors, machines, tools, adjustment devices etc.).

GW D6 911

Multimeter
Voltage/current multimeter
Code Type of display Rated voltage (V) Measured sizes Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 897 LED 3 units on 3 lines 230 ac V, I 0.5 2 1/4
NOTE: connection using current transformers (up to 1000 A) with secondary of 5 A.

GW 96 897

Network analyser
Network analyser
Code Type of display Measured sizes Accuracy No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 899 LCD V, I, F, W, VAR, VA, kWH, kVARH, power factor 2 4 1/2
NOTE: connection using current transformers with secondary of 5 A. It allows remote communication of all measured sizes via RS485 (MODBUS RTU).

GW 96 899

Current transformers
Current transformers with 5 A secondary
Code Primary current Primary circuit with bar Primary circuit with Performance Accuracy Pack
cable Carton
GW 96 441 15 A Wound - 3 VA 1 1
GW 96 442 25 A Wound - 3 VA 1 1
GW 96 443 40 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 1.5 VA 3 1
GW 96 444 50 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 2 VA 3 1
GW 96 445 60 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 2 VA 3 1
GW 96 446 100 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 2.5 VA 1 1
GW 96 447 150 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 3 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 448 250 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 5 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 449 400 A Busbar 30x10 mm max Cable Ø 25 mm max 6 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 450 600 A Busbar 40x10 mm max Cable Ø 32 mm max 10 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 452 GW 96 451 1000 A Busbar 64x20 mm max Cable Ø 50 mm max 20 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 452 1200 A Busbar 64x20 mm max Cable Ø 50 mm max 15 VA 0.5 1
GW 96 453 1500 A Busbar 64x20 mm max Cable Ø 50 mm max 20 VA 0.5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: two types of primary circuit: wound type (supplied with busbar or primary terminal already available) and through type (with a hole through which the busbar, or the cable constituting the primary, is
passed). Transformers up to 600 A can be installed on DIN rail.
APPLICATIONS: allow the measurement of high currents by analogue and digital ammeters; provide a current to the secondary which is proportional to the primary current.
NOTE: current transformers can be used up to 20% more than the primary current without derating (permanent rated thermal current Icth = 120% Ipr).

532
SIGNALLING

Indicator lights
Indicator lights

Code Type Colour No. of modules Pack

EN 50022 Carton
Rated voltage: 12-24-48 V ac/dc
GW 96 586 Single Red 1 1/12
GW 96 587 Single Green 1 1/12
GW 96 588 Single Yellow 1 1/12
GW 96 589 Single Blue 1 1/12
GW 96 590 Single White 1 1/12
GW 96 592 Rated voltage: 230 V ac
GW 96 581 Single Red 1 3/12
GW 96 582 Single Green 1 3/12
GW 96 583 Single Yellow 1 3/12
GW 96 584 Single Blue 1 3/12
GW 96 585 Single White 1 3/12
GW 96 591 Double Green/Red 1 1/12
GW 96 592 Triple Red 1 1/12
GW 96 598 Triple Red/Green/Yellow 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: indicator light with LED.

Illuminated push-buttons
Illuminated push-buttons

Code Contacts Indicator light Characteristics Rated current No. of modules Pack
colour EN 50022 Carton
Rated lamp voltage: 12-24-48 V ac/dc
GW 96 570 1 NO Green Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 571 1 NC Red Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12

ACCESSORIES
Rated lamp voltage: 230 V ac

MODULAR
GW 96 566 1 NO Green Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 567 1 NC Red Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 568 GW 96 568 1 NO + 1 NC Green Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 569 1 NO + 1 NC Red Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: indicator light with LED.

Push-buttons without lighting

Push-buttons

Code Contacts Characteristics Rated current No. of modules Pack

EN 50022 Carton
Rated voltage: 230 V ac
GW 96 561 1 NO Single push-button 16 A 1 3/12
GW 96 562 1 NC Single push-button 16 A 1 3/12
GW 96 563 1 NO + 1 NC Single push-button 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 564 1 NO / 1 NO Double push-button (grey / grey) 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 565 1 NO / 1 NC Double push-button (green / red) 16 A 1 1/12
GW 96 565

533
90 AM

Bells and buzzers

Bells
Code Rated voltage Power loss No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 401 12 V 5 VA 1 12
GW 96 402 230 V 10 VA 1 12
GW 96 403 230 V 6.1 VA 2 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW96403 incorporates a transformer with a very low safety voltage of 24 V~.
APPLICATIONS: acoustic signal of an operation in the domestic and commercial sectors.

GW 96 402

Buzzers
Code Rated voltage Power loss No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 406 12 V 5 VA 1 12
GW 96 407 230 V 10 VA 1 12
GW 96 408 230 V 6.1 VA 2 6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW96408 incorporates a transformer with a very low safety voltage of 24 V~.
APPLICATIONS: acoustic signal of an operation in the domestic and commercial sectors.

GW 96 408

Combined transformer-bell-buzzer
Code Rated voltage Power loss No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 411 230 V 3.8 VA 2 4
CHARACTERISTICS: GW96411 iincorporates a transformer with a very low safety voltage of 24 V.

GW 96 411

Transformers
Bells transformers (for discontinuous use)
Code Rated power Primary voltage Secondary voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 421 6 VA (12 V) 4 VA (8 V) 2 VA (4 V) 230 V 4+8=12 V 2 6
GW 96 422 6 VA (24 V) 3 VA (12 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 2 6
GW 96 423 10 VA (12 V)/6.6 VA (8 V)/3.3 VA (4 V) 230 V 4+8=12 V 2 6
GW 96 424 10 VA (24 V)/5 VA (12 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 2 6
GW 96 425 15 VA (12 V)/10 VA (8 V)/5 VA (4 V) 230 V 4+8=12 V 2 6
GW 96 426 15 VA (24 V)/7.5 VA(12 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 2 6
GW 96 431 30 VA (12 V)/20 VA (8 V)/10 VA (4 V) 230 V 4+8=12 V 3 4
GW 96 432 30 VA (24 V)/15 VA (12 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 3 4
GW 96 433 40 VA (12 V)/27 VA (8 V)/13 VA (4 V) 230 V 4+8=12 V 3 4
GW 96 434 40 VA (24 V)/20 VA (12 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 3 4
GW 96 421
APPLICATIONS: distribution and realisation of SELV very low voltage safety circuits, with a value lower or equal to 24 V.
They allow electrical separation between the primary and secondary circuits, thus allowing the supply of bells and similar discontinuous operation signalling devices. They can also be used to supply the shunt trip release
GW96011 with a rated voltage up to 24 V ac. To know the maximum number of releases that can be supplied with the transformers, refer to the technical characteristics.

534
 Transformers for bells and buzzers (switch off type)
Code Rated power Primary voltage Secondary voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 781 8 VA 230 V 8V 2 1/6

GW 96 781

Safety transformers
Code Rated power Primary voltage Secondary voltage No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 321 15 VA (12/24 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 3 4
GW 96 322 25 VA (12/24 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 3 4
GW 96 323 40 VA (12/24 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 4 1
GW 96 324 63 VA (12/24 V) 230 V 12+12=24 V 6 1
GW 96 325 100 VA (24 V) 230 V 24 V 8 1

GW 96 323

OTHER ACCESSORIES

Accessories for mounting on DIN rail EN 50022

Socket-outlets for mounting on DIN rail EN 50022
Code No. of poles Standard Rated voltage (V) Rated current No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 96 522 2P+E German 250 V ac 16 A 2.5 2/8
GW 96 523 2P+E German, with lid 250 V ac 16 A 2.5 2/8
GW 96 524 2P+E French 250 V ac 16 A 2.5 2/8
GW 96 525 2P+E Italian / German 250 V ac 10/16 A* 2.5 2/8
GW 96 526 2P+E Danish 250 V ac 16 A 2.5 2/8

ACCESSORIES
* 10 A italian standard / 16 A german standard

MODULAR
GW 96 523

CHORUSMART Range components and supports for mounting on DIN rail EN 50022
Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250 V ac
Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 204

535
90 AM
Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply batteries Minimum autonomy Lamp Pack
Carton
GW 10 661 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2h White LED 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for anti black-out inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket-outlet of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 10 661

Supports for assembling CHORUSMART devices on DIN EN 50022 rail

Code Description No. DIN modules Pack
Carton
GW 16 841 1 module 1.5 5/300
GW 16 842 2 modules 3 5/150
GW 16 843 3 modules 4 5/50
CHARACTERISTICS: tool-free manual release system for flush-mounting devices.
NOTES: pay attention when using particularly deep devices (two-pole, three-way switches, movement detectors and IR receivers, relays, German standard socket-outlets with front tightening, quick wiring terminals, British
standard socket-outlets, interlocked switched sockets-outlets, shaver sockets-outlets, USB power supplies, MCCB and RCCB, anti-black-out and emergency lamps, ringers and buzzers, thermostats and timed thermostats,
programmers, water and gas detectors, timers, dimmers, touch commands, electronic soft-click push buttons with interlock, KNX flush-mounting timed thermostats, etc.) as they may interfere with the DIN rail, preventing
the correct passage of the wires.

GW 16 841

SYSTEM Range components and supports for mounting on DIN rail EN 50022
Italian/German standard socket-outlets - 250 V ac
Code Description Earth pit Type For plug pins No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 246 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 30/120
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 246

Extractable anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Autonomy Type of lamp No. SYSTEM Pack
batteries modules Carton
GW 20 833 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni-Mh 2h White LED 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with inhibition selector on the front. Replaceable batteries (battery pack 4.8 V 40 mAh).
APPLICATION: according to CEI 64-8 (chapter 37).

GW 20 833

Supports for assembling SYSTEM devices on DIN rail EN 50022

Code Description No. of modules Pack
EN 50022 Carton
GW 26 409 1 module 1.5 5/300
GW 26 410 2 modules 3 5/150

GW 26 409

536
90 AM

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INTELLIGENT LOAD MANAGEMENT SIMPLIFIED ACCESSORY OVERVOLTAGE UNDER CONTROL

MANAGEMENT

P-COMFORT allows for effective management Auxiliary contacts and trip coils, common The LST surge protection device range
of the energy consumed or produced in the to all circuit breakers, guarantee simplicity, offers maximum protection against intense
electrical system, because it can prevent interchangeability, multiple uses and atmospheric discharges caused by direct and
power outages in case of overload or activate rationalisation of the items. indirect lightning. The easy-to-extract cartridges
non-preferential loads to maximize the self- makes it quicker and more convenient to
produced energy of the photovoltaic system. replace used cartridges.

537
Prewired string boards and modular devices in DC
PREWIRED STRING BOARDS
2 STRINGS

String voltage (V) 600 dc 800 dc

In (A) 25 20

No. of board modules 1x12 1x12

No. of rotary switch disconnectors 2P 1 1

No. of surge protective devices 1 1

No. of disconnectable fuse-holders - -

GW D9 901 GW D9 906

ROTARY SWITCH DISCONNECTORS SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES LST

In (A) Rated voltage (V) 2P 4P TYPE 1+2 TYPE 2

GW 96 186 For photovoltaic applications

25 600 DC -
3.5 mod. Imax (kA) 1000 Vdc 600 Vdc 1000 Vdc

GW 96 187 GW D6 429 GW D6 426 GW D6 428

32 1000 DC - 40
3.5 mod. 3 mod. / Iimp=5kA 3 mod. 3 mod.

DISCONNECTABLE FUSE-HOLDERS FUSES

In (A) Rate voltage (V) Fuse size (mm) 1P 2P Breaking capacity Rated voltage Fuse size
In (A) GPV type
GW 96 226 GW 96 227 dc (kA) (V) (mm)
20 1000 DC 10.3x38
1 mod. 2 mod. 6 GW 72 131

8 GW 72 132

10 GW 72 133
30 1000 dc 10.3x38
12 GW 72 134

16 GW 72 135

20 GW 72 136

538
90 PV
Products for photovoltaic systems
The 90 PV range comprises 2 versions of string boards able to meet the most
varying photovoltaic plant engineering requirements, from the residential
context to the commercial/industrial one. In addition to string boards, the
range also includes modular products specifically for the DC side of the
photovoltaic system.

PREWIRED STRING BOARDS

Prewired string boards

Prewired string boards
Code No. of strings Rated current No. of board modules Pack
Carton
String voltage: 600 V dc
GW D9 901 2 25 A 1x12 1
String voltage: 800 V dc
GW D9 906 2 20 A 1x12 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable glands as spare parts and equipotential terminal blocks.
DC fuses not included. Refer to the fuse code list.

GW D9 901

DC MODULAR DEVICES

Switch disconnectors
DC rotary switch disconnectors
Code No. of poles Rated current Rated voltage DC No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 96 186 2P 25 A 600 V 3.5 1
GW 96 187 4P 32 A 1000 V 3.5 1

ACCESSORIES
NOTE: utilisation category DC21B. These switch disconnectors cannot be combined.

MODULAR
GW 96 187

Surge protective devices LST

Surge protective devices for photovoltaic applications

Code Impulse current Maximum discharge Rated voltage DC No. of modules EN Aux end-of-life Pack
current 50022 contact Carton
Type: 1+2
GW D6 429 5 kA 40 kA 1000 V 3 No 1/4
Type: 2
GW D6 426 - 40 kA 600 V 3 No 1
GW D6 428 - 40 kA 1000 V 3 No 1
CHARACTERISTICS: SPDs are equipped with extractable cartridges with optic end-of-life signal.
GW D6 426

NEWS

539
90 PV
Extractable spare cartridges for LST for photovoltaic applications
Code Impulse current Maximum discharge current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
Suitable for: GWD6429
GW D6 449 5 kA 40 kA 1000 V dc 1
Suitable for: GWD6426 and GWD6428
GW D6 446 - 40 kA 600 V dc 1
GW D6 448 - 40 kA 1000 V dc 1

GW D6 446

Disconnectable fuse-holders
Disconnectable fuse-holders
Code No. of poles Rated current Rated voltage Fuse dimension No. of modules EN Pack
(mm) 50022 Carton
GW 96 226 1P 20 A 1000 V dc 10.3x38 1 12
GW 96 227 2P 20 A 1000 V dc 10.3x38 2 6
NOTE: utilization category DC20B.

GW 96 227

Fuses
Cylindrical fuses - Type GPV
Code Rated current Rated voltage DC Breaking capacity DC Pack
Carton
Dimensions (mm): Ø 10.3 x 38
GW 72 131 6A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 132 8A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 133 10 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 134 12 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 135 16 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
GW 72 136 20 A 1000 V 30 kA 10
APPLICATIONS: photovoltaic systems.

GW 72 131

NEWS

540
90 PV

ACCESSORIES
MODULAR
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

READY TO CONNECT RIGHT AWAY ALREADY TESTED AND CERTIFIED COMPLETENESS OF RANGE

To allow for easy, fast and secure connection, The string distribution boards are tested in The GEWISS AC protection offer meets all
the string boards include cable glands and GEWISS laboratories, passing and exceeding system needs, from residential to tertiary/
equipotential terminal blocks. The cable glands all tests required by EN 61439-1 and EN industrial, with a wide range of products,
are supplied loose, to allow entry of the cables 61439-2 for the issue of product certification. including modular devices, moulded case
according to your needs (from the top, the circuit breakers, modular accessories and
bottom or the sides). distribution boards.

541
Moulded case circuit
brakers

542
MSX 97 MSS CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

Moulded case circuit Rotary switch

breakers for power disconnectors
distribution

p. 553 p. 583

543
MSX

MSXc - Compact moulded case circuit breakers

MSX 160c

16kA 25kA
Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 3P 3P+N

25 GW D9 001 GW D9 011 GW D9 041 GW D9 051

40 GW D9 002 GW D9 012 GW D9 042 GW D9 052

THERMAL MAGNETIC

Adjustable thermal
Fixed magnetic

63 GW D9 003 GW D9 013 GW D9 043 GW D9 053

80 GW D9 004 GW D9 014 GW D9 044 GW D9 054

100 GW D9 005 GW D9 015 GW D9 045 GW D9 055

125 GW D9 026 GW D9 036 GW D9 066 GW D9 076

160 GW D9 027 GW D9 037 GW D9 067 GW D9 077

MSX 250c

16kA 25kA
Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 3P 3P+N

160 GW D9 087 GW D9 097 GW D9 107 GW D9 117

THERMAL MAGNETIC

Adjustable magnetic
Adjustable thermal

250 GW D9 088 GW D9 098 GW D9 108 GW D9 118

544
MSX - Moulded case circuit breakers
MSX 125

36kA 65kA
Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 3P+N 4P
20 GW D9 121 GW D9 131 GW D9 141 GW D9 151 GW D9 161 GW D9 171
Adjustable magnetic
Adjustable thermal

32 GW D9 122 GW D9 132 GW D9 142 GW D9 152 GW D9 162 GW D9 172

50 GW D9 123 GW D9 233 GW D9 143 GW D9 153 GW D9 263 GW D9 173
63 GW D9 124 GW D9 134 GW D9 144 GW D9 154 GW D9 164 GW D9 174
THERMAL MAGNETIC

100 GW D9 125 GW D9 135 GW D9 145 GW D9 155 GW D9 165 GW D9 175

125 GW D9 126 GW D9 136 GW D9 146 GW D9 156 GW D9 166 GW D9 176
20 GW D9 201 - GW D9 211 - - -
Adjustable

32 GW D9 202 - GW D9 212 - - -
magnetic

63 GW D9 204 - GW D9 214 - - -
100 GW D9 205 - GW D9 215 - - -
125 GW D9 206 - GW D9 216 - - -
100 - - GW D9 195 - - -
TMG

125 - - GW D9 196 - - -

MSX 160 - MSX 250

36kA 65kA
Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 3P+N 4P
Adjustable

Adjustable

160 GW D9 127 GW D9 137 GW D9 147 GW D9 157 GW D9 167 GW D9 177

magnetic
thermal

250 GW D9 128 GW D9 148 GW D9 138 GW D9 158 GW D9 178 GW D9 168

THERMAL MAGNETIC

Adjustable

160 GW D9 207 - GW D9 217 - - -

magnetic

250 GW D9 208 - GW D9 218 - - -

160 - - GW D9 197 - - -
TMG

250 - - GW D9 198 - - -

MSX 400
CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

36kA 50kA 85kA

Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 3P+N 4P 3P 4P
Adjustable magnetic
Adjustable thermal
MAGNETIC
THERMAL

400 GW D9 361 GW D9 362 GW D9 363 GW D9 365 GW D9 366 GW D9 367 GW D9 368 GW D9 370

545
MSX

MSXE - Electronic moulded case circuit breakers

MSXE 160 - MSXE 250

36kA 65kA 125kA

Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 3P+N 4P 3P 4P
40 GW D9 302 GW D9 312 GW D9 322 GW D9 332 GW D9 342 GW D9 352 GW D9 502 GW D9 522
ELECTRONIC

125 GW D9 306 GW D9 316 GW D9 326 GW D9 336 GW D9 346 GW D9 356 GW D9 506 GW D9 526

LSI

160 GW D9 307 GW D9 317 GW D9 327 GW D9 337 GW D9 347 GW D9 357 GW D9 507 GW D9 527

250 GW D9 308 GW D9 318 GW D9 328 GW D9 338 GW D9 348 GW D9 358 GW D9 508 GW D9 528

MSXE 400 - MSXE 630

36kA 50kA 70kA 85kA

Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 3P+N 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
250 - - GW D9 329 - - GW D9 359 - - - GW D9 389
ELECTRONIC

LSI

400 GW D9 371 GW D9 372 GW D9 373 GW D9 375 GW D9 376 GW D9 377 - - GW D9 531 GW D9 533

630 GW D9 381 GW D9 382 GW D9 383 GW D9 385 GW D9 386 GW D9 387 GW D9 535 GW D9 537 - -
400 - - GW D9 374 - - GW D9 378 - - - GW D9 534
LSIG

630 - - GW D9 384 - - GW D9 388 - GW D9 538 - -

MSXE 1000

50kA 70kA
Release In [A]
3P 3P+N 4P 3P 4P
800 GW D9 401 GW D9 402 GW D9 403 GW D9 561 GW D9 563
ELECTRONIC

LSI

1000 GW D9 406 GW D9 407 GW D9 408 GW D9 565 GW D9 567

800 - - GW D9 404 - GW D9 564
LSIG

1000 - - GW D9 409 - GW D9 568

MSXE 1250 - MSXE 1600

50kA 70kA
Release In [A] Terminals
3P 4P 3P 4P
front GW D9 411* GW D9 415* GW D9 581 GW D9 583
1250
rear GW D9 412* GW D9 416* GW D9 585 GW D9 587
LSI

front GW D9 421* GW D9 425* - -

ELECTRONIC

1600
rear GW D9 422* GW D9 426* - -
front - GW D9 417* - GW D9 584
1250
rear - GW D9 418* - GW D9 588
LSIG

front - GW D9 427* - -
1600
rear - GW D9 428* - -
* Adding the final letter B at the end of the GW codes in table MSXE 1250 - MSXE 1600 gives the corresponding versions with cable mechanical interlock

546
MSXD - Thermal magnetic MCCB + RCD
MSXD 125

3P 3P+N
Release In [A]
25kA 36kA 25kA 36kA

20 GW D9 241 GW D9 261 GW D9 551 GW D9 571

Adjustable residual current
Adjustable thermal

32 GW D9 242 GW D9 262 GW D9 552 GW D9 572

Fixed Magnetic

50 GW D9 243 GW D9 263 GW D9 553 GW D9 573

MCCB
RCD

63 GW D9 244 GW D9 264 GW D9 554 GW D9 574

100 GW D9 245 GW D9 265 GW D9 555 GW D9 575

125 GW D9 246 GW D9 266 GW D9 556 GW D9 576

MSXD 160 - MSXD 250

3P 3P+N
Release In [A]
25kA 36kA 25kA 36kA
Adjustable residual current
Adjustable thermal

160 GW D9 247 GW D9 267 GW D9 557 GW D9 277

Fixed Magnetic
MCCB
RCD

250 GW D9 248 GW D9 268 GW D9 558 GW D9 278

MSXM - Switch disconnector

MSXM
MSXM 160c MSXM 250c MSXM 400 - MSXM 630 MSXM 1000 MSXM 1250 - MSXM 1600

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

In [A] Terminals 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
160 front GW D9 441 GW D9 442 - - - - - - - -
250 front - - GW D9 443 GW D9 444 - - - - - -
400 front - - - - GW D9 445 GW D9 446 - - - -
630 front - - - - GW D9 447 GW D9 448 - - - -
800 front - - - - - - GW D9 449 GW D9 450 - -
1000 front - - - - - - GW D9 451 GW D9 452 - -
front - - - - - - - - GW D9 453* GW D9 454*
1250
rear - - - - - - - - GW D9 459* GW D9 460*
front - - - - - - - - GW D9 455* GW D9 456*
1600
rear - - - - - - - - GW D9 457* GW D9 458*
* Adding the final letter B at the end of the GW codes gives the corresponding versions with cable mechanical interlock

547
MSX

Technical data - MSX moulded case circuit breakers

TYPE MSX 160c MSX 250c MSX 125 MSX 160 - MSX 250 MSXE 160 - MSXE 250

Standard: IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2
25, 40, 63, 80, 20, 32, 50, 63, 100,
Rated current (In): (A) 160, 250 125, 160, 250 40, 125, 160, 250
100, 125, 160 125

Utilization category: A A A A A

Brief allowable rated current for 0.3s (Icw): (kA) - - - - -

Number of poles: 3P, 3P+N 3P, 3P+N 3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 3P+N, 4P
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
Rated operating voltage (Ui): (V) 525 ac - 250 dc 525 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 8 8 8 8 8
Overvoltage category: IV IV IV IV IV
Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 690 800 800 800 800
Rated breaking capacity (Icu)
220/240V (kA) 25 35 25 35 50 85 65 85 65 85 150
400/415V (kA) 16 25 16 25 36 65 36 65 36 65 125
Alternating current: 440V (kA) 10 15 10 15 25 50 25 50 25 50 120
525V (kA) 6 7.5 6 7.5 22 25 25 25 25 25 45
690V (kA) - - - - 6 6 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 20
Direct current: 250V (kA) 13 20 13 15 25 40 40 40 - - -
Service breaking capacity (Ics)
220/240V (kA) 13 18 13 27 50 85 65 85 65 85 150
400/415V (kA) 8 13 8 19 36/30 36/33 36 36 36 36 85
Alternating current: 440V (kA) 5 7.5 5 12 25 25 25 25 25 25 80
525V (kA) 3 4 3 6 22 22 25 25 25 25 45
690V (kA) - - - - 6 6 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15
Direct current: 250V (kA) 7 10 7 12 19 40 40 40 - - -
Adjustable thermal Adjustable thermal Adjustable thermal Adjustable thermal
Type of protection: Electronic LSI
Fixed magnetic Adjustable magnetic Adjustable magnetic Adjustable magnetic
Fixed Fixed Fixed
Versions: Fixed Fixed
Plug-in Plug-in Plug-in1
Mounting on DIN rail by means of the accessory: yes yes yes yes no
Mounting position: any any any any any
Upline/downline power supply: yes yes yes yes yes
Front for cables (FW) • (20A÷100A) - • - -
Front (FC) • (125-160A) • • • •
Terminals: Front extended (FB) • (63÷160A) • • • •
Front extended spread terminals (FB) • (63÷160A) • - - -
Rear (RC) • (63÷160A) • • • •
14,000 (≤125A) 20,000 (MSX 160)
Electrical life (415V ac): (No. cycles) 6,000 30,000 10,000
10,000 (160 A) 10,000 (MSX 250)
Mechanical life: (No. cycles) 20,000 18,000 30,000 30,000 30,000
Can be equipped with motor operator: no yes yes yes yes
Interlock type: - Lever / Cable Lever / Cable Lever / Cable Lever / Cable
Operating temperature: (°C) -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65
Reference temperature: (°C) 50 50 50 50 40
Storage temperature: (°C) -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65
Tropicalization: 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95%
Width (3P / 4P) (mm) 75 / 100 105 / 140 90 / 120 105 / 140 105 / 140
Dimensions: Height (mm) 130 165 155 165 165
Depth (mm) 68 68 68 68 103

Weight (3P / 4P): (kg) 0.8 / 1 1.5 / 1.9 1.1 / 1.4 1.5 / 1.9 2.3 / 3.1

Key:
• supplied as standard 1 max 225A
• optional 2 max 536A
- not available

548
 MSX 400 MSXE 400 MSXE 630 MSXE 1000 MSXE 1250 MSXE 1600

IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2 IEC EN 60947-2

400 250, 400 630 800 1000 1250 1600

A B A B A B B

- 5 - 10 - 15 20
3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 3P+N, 4P 3P, 4P 3P, 4P
50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60 50/60
690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac 690 ac 690 ac 690 ac 690 ac
8 8 8 8 8 8
IV IV IV IV IV IV
800 800 800 800 800 800

50 85 100 50 85 100 50 85 100 85 85 100 85 100 85

36 50 85 36 50 85 36 50 70 50 50 70 50 70 50
30 45 80 25 45 80 25 45 65 50 45 65 45 65 45
22 30 30 15 30 30 15 30 30 30 30 35 30 45 30
15 20 20 10 20 20 10 20 20 20 20 25 20 25 20
40 40 40 - - - - - - - - - - - -

50 85 85 50 85 85 85 85 85 85 65 75 65 75 65
36 50 85 36 50 85 50 50 50 50 38 50 38 50 38
30 45 80 25 45 80 50 45 50 50 34 50 34 50 34
22 30 30 15 30 30 30 30 30 30 23 30 23 34 23
15 15 15 10 15 15 15 15 15 20 15 20 15 20 15
40 40 40 - - - - - - - - - - - -
Adjustable thermal Electronic LSI Electronic LSI Electronic LSI Electronic LSI Electronic LSI
Adjustable magnetic Electronic LSIG Electronic LSIG Electronic LSIG Electronic LSIG Electronic LSIG
Fixed Fixed Fixed
Fixed, Plug-in Fixed Fixed Fixed
Plug-in Plug-in 2 Plug-in2
no no no no no no
any any any any any any
yes yes yes yes yes yes
- - - - - - -
• • • • - - -
• • • • • • •
• • • - - - -
• • • • • • •

4,500 4,500 4,500 4,000 4,000 2,000

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
15,000 15,000 15,000 10,000 5,000 5,000
MOULDED CASE

yes yes yes yes yes yes

Lever / Cable Lever / Cable Lever / Cable Lever / Cable Cable Cable
-5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65
50 40 40 40 40 40
-20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65
65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95%
140 / 185 140 / 185 140 / 185 210 / 280 210 / 280 210 / 280
260 260 260 273 370 370
103 103 103 103 120 140

4.3 / 5.6 4.3 / 5.7 5 / 6.5 9.1 / 12.3 11 / 14.8 19.8 / 25 27 / 35

549
MSX

Technical data - Switch disconnectors MSXM

TYPE MSXM 160c MSXM 250c MSXM 400 - MSXM 630

Standard: IEC EN 60947-3 IEC EN 60947-3 IEC EN 60947-3

Rated uninterrupted current (Iu): (A) 160 250 400, 630

AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A

Utilization category:
DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A

Number of poles: 3P, 4P 3P, 4P 3P, 4P

Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60 50/60

Rated operating voltage (Ui): (V) 690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc

Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 8 8 8

Overvoltage category: IV IV IV

Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 690 800 800

Rated short-circuit making capacity (Icm): (kA) 2.8 6 9

Brief allowable rated current for 0.3s (Icw): (kA) 2 3 5

Fixed
Versions: (kA) Fixed Fixed
Plug-in1

Mounting on DIN rail by means of the accessory: yes yes no

Mounting position: any any any

Upline/downline power supply: yes yes yes

Front for cables (FW) - - -

Front (FC) • • •

Terminals: Front extended (FB) • • •

Front extended spread terminals (FB) • • •

Rear (RC) • • •

Electrical life (415V ac): (No. cycles) 10,000 6,000 4,500

Mechanical life: (No. cycles) 20,000 18,000 15,000

Can be equipped with motor operator: no yes yes

Interlock type: - Lever / Cable Lever / Cable

Operating temperature: (°C) -5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65

Reference temperature: (°C) 50 50 50

Storage temperature: (°C) -20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65

Tropicalization: 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95%

Width (3P / 4P) (mm) 75 / 100 105 / 140 140 / 185

Dimensions: Height (mm) 130 165 260

Depth (mm) 68 68 103

4.2 / 5.6 (MSXM 400)

Weight (3P / 4P): (kg) 0.7 / 0.9 1.5 / 1.9
4.4 / 5.8 (MSXM 630)

Key:
• supplied as standard 1 max 536A
• optional
- not available

550
 MSXM 1000 MSXM 1250 MSXM 1600

IEC EN 60947-3 IEC EN 60947-3 IEC EN 60947-3

800 1000 1250 1600

AC-23A AC-23A AC-23A

DC-22A DC-22A DC-22A

3P, 4P 3P, 4P 3P, 4P

50/60 50/60 50/60

690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc 690 ac - 250 dc

8 8 8

IV IV IV

800 800 800

17 32 45

10 15 20

Fixed,
Fixed Fixed Fixed
Plug-in

no no no

any any any

yes yes yes

- - - -

• - - -

• • • •

- - - -

• • - •

4,000 4,000 2,000

10,000 5,000 5,000

yes yes yes

Lever / Cable Cable Cable

-5 +65 -5 +65 -5 +65

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE
50 50 50

-20 +65 -20 +65 -20 +65

65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95%

210 / 280 210 / 280 210 / 280

273 370 370

103 120 140

8.5 / 11.5 10.4 / 14 18.2 / 23.4 24.9 / 32.9

551
Technical data - MSXD MCCB with residual current protection
TYPE MSXD 125 MSXD 160 - MSXD 250

IEC 60947-1 IEC 60947-1

Standard: IEC 60947-2 IEC 60947-2
IEC 60755 IEC 60755
Rated current (In): (A) 20, 32, 50, 63, 100, 125 160, 250
Utilization category: A A
Number of poles: 3P, 3P+N 3P, 3P+N
Rated frequency: (Hz) 50/60 50/60
Rated operating voltage (Ui): (V) 525 ac 525 ac
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp): (kV) 8 8
Overvoltage category: IV IV
Rated insulation voltage (Ui): (V) 525 525
Rated breaking capacity (Icu)
220/240V (kA) 35 50 35 65
Alternating 400/415V (kA) 25 36 25 36
current: 440V (kA) 15 25 15 25
525V (kA) 8 22 10 25
Service breaking capacity (Ics)
220/240V (kA) 27 50 27 65
Alternating 400/415V (kA) 19 36/30 19 36
current: 440V (kA) 12 25 12 25
525V (kA) 6 22 7.5 25
Adjustable thermal Adjustable thermal
Type of protection:
Fixed magnetic Fixed magnetic
Versions: Fixed Fixed
Mounting on DIN rail by means of the accessory: yes yes
Mounting position: any any
Upline/downline power supply: yes yes
Front for cables (FW) • -
Front (FC) • •
Terminals: Front extended (FB) • •
Front extended spread terminals (FB) - -
Rear (RC) • •
Electrical life (415V ac): (No. cycles) 30,000 10,000
Mechanical life: (No. cycles) 30,000 10,000
Can be equipped with motor operator: yes yes
Interlock type: - -
Operating temperature: (°C) -5 +65 -5 +65
Reference temperature: (°C) 50 50
Storage temperature: (°C) -20 +65 -20 +65
Tropicalization: 65°C - RH 95% 65°C - RH 95%
Width (3P / 4P) (mm) 68 / 120 68 / 140
Dimensions: Height (mm) 155 165
Depth (mm) 68 68
Weight (3P / 4P): (kg) 1.4 1.9
Key:
• supplied as standard
• optional
- not available

Coordination between switch disconnectors and MCCB - 400/415V ac

SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
MSXM 1000 MSXM 1000
RANGE Icu [kA] MSXM 160c MSXM 250c MSXM 400 MSXM 630 MSXM 1250 MSXM 1600
(800A) (1000A)
16 16
MSX 160c
25 25
16 16
MSX 250c
25 25
25 25
MSX/E/D 160 36 36
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

65 36
25 25
MSX/E/D 250 36 36
65 36
36 36
MSX/E 400 50 50
85 85
36 36
MSX/E 630 50 50
70 70
50 50
MSXE 1000 (800A)
70 70
50 50
MSXE 1000 (1000A)
70 70
50 50
MSXE 1250
70 70
MSXE 1600 50 50

552
MSX
Moulded case circuit breakers for power distribution
The moulded case circuit breakers MSX range is made up of circuit breakers
with thermo-magnetic release, circuit breakers with thermo-magnetic release
and Overcurrent Protection, circuit breakers with electronic release and switch
disconnectors.

MSXc - COMPACT MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

MSX 160c - Compact moulded case circuit breakers up to 160 A - 16 kA

Adjustable thermal and fixed magnetic release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 001 25 A 525 V 1
GW D9 002 40 A 525 V 1
GW D9 003 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 004 80 A 525 V 1
GW D9 005 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 026 125 A 525 V 1
GW D9 027 160 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 011 25 A 525 V 1
GW D9 037
GW D9 012 40 A 525 V 1
GW D9 013 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 014 80 A 525 V 1
GW D9 015 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 036 125 A 525 V 1
GW D9 037 160 A 525 V 1
NOTES: or mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8875.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 4 modules for 3P versions and 6 modules for 3P+N versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 25A ÷ 100A versions supplied with front terminals for copper cables (FW).
125A and 160A versions supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii:
25A-40A: Ii = 600A
63A-80A: Ii = 1000A
100-125A: Ii = 1500A
160A: Ii = 1600A

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

553
MSX

MSX 160c - Compact moulded case circuit breakers up to 160 A - 25 kA

Adjustable thermal and fixed magnetic release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 041 25 A 525 V 1
GW D9 042 40 A 525 V 1
GW D9 043 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 044 80 A 525 V 1
GW D9 045 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 066 125 A 525 V 1
GW D9 067 160 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 051 25 A 525 V 1
GW D9 053
GW D9 052 40 A 525 V 1
GW D9 053 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 054 80 A 525 V 1
GW D9 055 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 076 125 A 525 V 1
GW D9 077 160 A 525 V 1
NOTES: or mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8875.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 4 modules for 3P versions and 6 modules for 3P+N versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 25A ÷ 100A versions supplied with front terminals for copper cables (FW).
125A and 160A versions supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii:
25A-40A: Ii = 600A
63A-80A: Ii = 1000A
100-125A: Ii = 1500A
160A: Ii = 1600A

554
MSX 250c - Compact moulded case circuit breakers up to 250 A - 16 kA
Adjustable thermal and adjustable magnetic release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 087 160 A 525 V 1
GW D9 088 250 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 097 160 A 525 V 1
GW D9 098 250 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 3P+N versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 098 CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii:
160A: Ii = 5 - 8 - 10 - 13 x In
250A: Ii = 5 - 7 - 9 - 11 x In

MSX 250c - Compact moulded case circuit breakers up to 250 A - 25 kA

Adjustable thermal and adjustable magnetic release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 107 160 A 525 V 1
GW D9 108 250 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 117 160 A 525 V 1
GW D9 118 250 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 3P+N versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 118 CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii:
160A: Ii = 5 - 8 - 10 - 13 x In
250A: Ii = 5 - 7 - 9 - 11 x In

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

555
MSX
MSX - MCCB’S

MSX 125 - MCCB’S 125A - 36kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 121 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 122 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 123 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 124 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 125 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 126 125 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 131 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 132 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 145
GW D9 133 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 134 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 135 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 136 125 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 141 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 142 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 143 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 144 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 145 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 146 125 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 5 modules for 3P versions and 7 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii:
20A ÷100A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 12 x In
125A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x In

Magnetic adjustable for motors protection

Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 201 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 202 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 204 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 205 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 206 125 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 211 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 212 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 214 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 215
GW D9 215 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 216 125 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 5 modules for 3P versions and 7 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable magnetic release li:
20A ÷ 100A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 12 x In
125A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x In.

Adjustable thermal protection and fixed magnetic for generators protection (TMG)
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 195 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 196 125 A 690 V 1
NOTESS: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 7 modules.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In.
fixed magnetic release Ii = 3 x In.

GW D9 196

NEWS

556
MSX 125 - MCCB’S 125A - 65kA
Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 151 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 152 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 153 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 154 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 155 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 156 125 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 161 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 162 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 175
GW D9 163 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 164 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 165 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 166 125 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 171 20 A 690 V 1
GW D9 172 32 A 690 V 1
GW D9 173 50 A 690 V 1
GW D9 174 63 A 690 V 1
GW D9 175 100 A 690 V 1
GW D9 176 125 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 5 modules for 3P versions and 7 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii:
20A ÷100A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 12 x In
125A: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x In

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

NEWS

557
MSX

MSX 160 - MCCB’S 160A - 36kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 127 160 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 137 160 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 147 160 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 147 CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 13 x ln

Magnetic adjustable for motors protection

Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 207 160 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 217 160 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 13 x ln.

GW D9 217

Adjustable thermal protection and fixed magnetic for generators protection (TMG)
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 197 160 A 690 V 1
NOTESS: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In.
fixed magnetic release Ii = 3 x In.

GW D9 197

MSX 160 - MCCB’S 160A - 65kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 157 160 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 167 160 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 177 160 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 177 CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 - 13 x ln

NEWS

558
MSX 250 - MCCB’S 250A - 36kA
Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 128 250 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 148 250 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 138 250 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 138 CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x ln

Magnetic adjustable for motors protection

Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 208 250 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 218 250 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x ln.

GW D9 218

Adjustable thermal protection and fixed magnetic for generators protection (TMG)
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 198 250 A 690 V 1
NOTESS: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876. The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In.
fixed magnetic release Ii = 3 x In.

GW D9 198

MSX 250 - MCCB’S 250A - 65kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

GW D9 158 250 A 690 V 1

No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 178 250 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 168 250 A 690 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for 3P versions and 8 modules for 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 168 CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release: Ii = 6 - 8 - 10 x ln

NEWS

559
MSX

MSX 400 - MCCB’S 400A - 36kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 361 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 362 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 363 400 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii = 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 x In
GW D9 363

MSX 400 - MCCB’S 400A - 50kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 365 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 366 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 367 400 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustable thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Adjustable magnetic release Ii = 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 x In
GW D9 366

MSX 400 - MCCB’S 400A - 85kA

Thermal and magnetic adjustable release
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 368 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 370 400 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment thermal release Ir = 0,63 - 0,8 - 1 x In.
adjustment magnetic release Ii = 6 - 7 - 8 - 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 x In

GW D9 370

NEWS

560
MSXD - MCCB’S WITH RESIDUAL CURRENT PROTECTION

MSXD 125 - MCCB’S with residual current protection up to 125A - 25kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 241 20 A 525 V 1
GW D9 242 32 A 525 V 1
GW D9 243 50 A 525 V 1
GW D9 244 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 245 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 246 125 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 551 20 A 525 V 1
GW D9 556
GW D9 552 32 A 525 V 1
GW D9 553 50 A 525 V 1
GW D9 554 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 555 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 556 125 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 7 modules.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii:
20A ÷ 100A: Ii = 12 x In
125A: Ii = 10 x In
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700

MSXD 125 - MCCB’S with residual current protection up to 125A - 36kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 261 20 A 525 V 1
GW D9 262 32 A 525 V 1
GW D9 263 50 A 525 V 1
GW D9 264 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 265 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 266 125 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 571 20 A 525 V 1
GW D9 576
GW D9 572 32 A 525 V 1
GW D9 573 50 A 525 V 1
GW D9 574 63 A 525 V 1
GW D9 575 100 A 525 V 1
GW D9 576 125 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876. CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 7 modules.

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii:
20A ÷ 100A: Ii = 12 x In
125A: Ii = 10 x In
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700

NEWS

561
MSX

MSXD 160 - MCCB’S with residual current protection 160A - 25kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 247 160 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 557 160 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii = 13 x ln
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
GW D9 557
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700

MSXD 160 - MCCB’S with residual current protection 160A - 36kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 267 160 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 277 160 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii = 13 x ln
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
GW D9 277
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700

MSXD 250 - MCCB’S with residual current protection 250A - 25kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 248 250 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 558 250 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii = 13 x ln
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
GW D9 558
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700

MSXD 250 - MCCB’S with residual current protection 250A - 36kA

Thermal and residual current release adjustable, fixed magnetic
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 268 250 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 278 250 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 8 modules.
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: Adjustable thermal release Ir = 0.63 - 0,8 - 1 x In
Fixed magnetic release Ii = 13 x ln
Residual current circuit breaker tripping (Idn) and delay (dt) thresholds are adjustable:
GW D9 278
Idn (A): 0.03 - 0.1 - 0.3 - 0.5 - 1 - 3
dt (ms): 0 - 60 - 200 - 400 - 700
NEWS

562
MSXE - MCCB’S WITH ELECTRONIC RELEASE

MSXE 160 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 160A - 36kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 302 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 306 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 307 160 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 312 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 316 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 317 160 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 322 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 317
GW D9 326 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 327 160 A LSI 690 V 1
NOTES: it is not possible mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 x In.
Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 160 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 160A - 65kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 332 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 336 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 337 160 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 342 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 346 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 347 160 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 352 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 347
GW D9 356 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 357 160 A LSI 690 V 1
NOTES: it is not possible mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 160 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 160A - 125kA

Electronic release
CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 502 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 506 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 507 160 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 522 40 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 526 125 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 527 160 A LSI 690 V 1
NOTESS: it is not possible mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail.
GW D9 527 ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In
Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

NEWS

563
MSX

MSXE 250 - MCCB’S with electronic release 250A - 36kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 308 250 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 318 250 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 328 250 A LSI 690 V 1
NOTES: it is not possible mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
GW D9 318 Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 250 - MCCB’S with electronic release 250A - 65kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 338 250 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 348 250 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 358 250 A LSI 690 V 1
NOTES: it is not possible mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 9,95 - 1 x In.
GW D9 348 Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 250 - MCCB’S with electronic release 250A - 125kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 508 250 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 528 250 A LSI 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC)
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

GW D9 528

NEWS

564
MSXE 400 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 400A - 36kA
Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 371 400 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 372 400 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 329 250 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 373 400 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 374 400 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 372 CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 400 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 400A - 50kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 375 400 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 376 400 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 359 250 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 377 400 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 378 400 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
GW D9 376 CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 400 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 400A - 85kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 531 400 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 389 250 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 533 400 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 534 400 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC)
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.
CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE
GW D9 533

NEWS

565
MSX

MSXE 630 - MCCB’S with electronic release 630A - 36kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 381 630 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 382 630 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 383 630 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 384 630 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,85 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
GW D9 382 Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 630 - MCCB’S with electronic release 630A - 50kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 385 630 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 386 630 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 387 630 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 388 630 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES: supplied with front terminals (FC).
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,85 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
GW D9 386 Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 630 - MCCB’S with electronic release 630A - 70kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 535 630 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 537 630 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 538 630 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC)
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,85 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

GW D9 537

NEWS

566
MSXE 1000 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 1000A - 50kA
Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 401 800 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 406 1000 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 3P+N
GW D9 402 800 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 407 1000 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 403 800 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 408 1000 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 404 800 A LSIG 690 V 1
GW D9 408
GW D9 409 1000 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC) for 800A versions. Supplied with extended front terminals (FB) for 1000A versions. Operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breaker.

MSXE 1000 - MCCB’S with electronic release up to 1000A - 70kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release type Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 561 800 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 565 1000 A LSI 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 563 800 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 567 1000 A LSI 690 V 1
GW D9 564 800 A LSIG 690 V 1
GW D9 568 1000 A LSIG 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC) for 800A versions.
GW D9 567 supplied with extended front terminals (FB) for 1000A versions.
operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

NEWS

567
MSX

MSXE 1250 - MCCB’S with electronic release 1250A - 50kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release Rated voltage Terminal type Interlocked Pack
type Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 411 1250 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 411 B 1250 A LSI 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 412 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 412 B 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear Yes 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 415 1250 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 415 B 1250 A LSI 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 416 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 416 B 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear Yes 1
GW D9 415
GW D9 417 1250 A LSIG 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 417 B 1250 A LSIG 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 418 1250 A LSIG 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 418 B 1250 A LSIG 690 V Rear Yes 1
NOTES: tthe codes with the final letter B indicate circuit breaker with cable mechanical interlock already fitted on it (cable for mechanical interlock to be ordered separately).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breaker.

MSXE 1250 - MCCB’S with electronic release 1250A - 70kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release Rated voltage Terminal type Interlocked Pack
type Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 581 1250 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 585 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 583 1250 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 587 1250 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 584 1250 A LSIG 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 588 1250 A LSIG 690 V Rear No 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.
GW D9 583 CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breakers.

MSXE 1600 - MCCB’S with electronic release 1600A - 50kA

Electronic release
Code Rated current Electronic release Rated voltage Terminal type Interlocked Pack
type Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 421 1600 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 421 B 1600 A LSI 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 422 1600 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 422 B 1600 A LSI 690 V Rear Yes 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 425 1600 A LSI 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 425 B 1600 A LSI 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 426 1600 A LSI 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 426 B 1600 A LSI 690 V Rear Yes 1
GW D9 426
GW D9 427 1600 A LSIG 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 427 B 1600 A LSIG 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 428 1600 A LSIG 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 428 B 1600 A LSIG 690 V Rear Yes 1
NOTES: tthe codes with the final letter B indicate circuit breaker with cable mechanical interlock already fitted on it (cable for mechanical interlock to be ordered separately).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.
CHARACTERISTICS: current regulation field Ir = 0,4 - 0,5 - 0,63 - 0,8 - 0,9 - 0,95 - 1 x In.
Neutral 100% or 50% protected for 4P circuit breaker.

NEWS

568
MSXM - SWITCH DISCONNECTORS

MSXM 160c - Switch disconnectors 160 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 441 160 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 442 160 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8875.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 4 modules for the 3P versions and 6 modules for the 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).

GW D9 442

MSXM 250c - Switch disconnectors 250 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 443 250 A 525 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 444 250 A 525 V 1
NOTES: for mounting on EN 50022 DIN rail, choose the fixing bracket GWD8876.
The space taken up on the EN 50022 DIN rail is approximately 6 modules for the 3P versions and 8 modules for the 4P versions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).

GW D9 444

MSXM 400 - Switch disconnectors 400 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 445 400 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 446 400 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).

GW D9 446

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

569
MSX

MSXM 630 - Switch disconnectors 630 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 447 630 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 448 630 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC).

GW D9 448

MSXM 1000 - Switch disconnectors up to 1000 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 449 800 A 690 V 1
GW D9 451 1000 A 690 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 450 800 A 690 V 1
GW D9 452 1000 A 690 V 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with front terminals (FC). Operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.

GW D9 450

MSXM 1250 - Switch disconnectors 1250 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Terminal type Interlocked Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 453 1250 A 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 453 B 1250 A 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 459 1250 A 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 459 B 1250 A 690 V Rear Yes 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 454 1250 A 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 454 B 1250 A 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 460 1250 A 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 460 B 1250 A 690 V Rear Yes 1
GW D9 454
NOTES: the codes with the final letter B indicate MMCB’s with mechanical interlock wire already mounted (interlock cable to be ordered separately).
EQUIPMENT: operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.

MSXM 1600 - Switch disconnectors 1600 A

Switch-disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Terminal type Interlocked Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW D9 455 1600 A 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 455 B 1600 A 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 457 1600 A 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 457 B 1600 A 690 V Rear Yes 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW D9 456 1600 A 690 V Front No 1
GW D9 456 B 1600 A 690 V Front Yes 1
GW D9 458 1600 A 690 V Rear No 1
GW D9 458 B 1600 A 690 V Rear Yes 1
GW D9 457
NOTES: the codes with the final letter B indicate MMCB’s with mechanical interlock wire already mounted (interlock cable to be ordered separately).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: operating lever extension for manual closing and opening operations.

570
ACCESSORIES FOR MOULDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary contacts of open/closed position
Code Type of contact Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c-250c
GW D8 501 1 Changeover 1
Suitable for: MSX/D/E/M125-1600
GW D8 504 1 Changeover 1
APPLICATIONS: used in order to signal the position ON or OFF of the MCCB’s.
CHARACTERISTICS: they are identified by the grey colour and with the AX symbol on the product.

GW D8 501

Auxiliary contacts of fault indicator switch

Code Type of contact Assembly position Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c-250c
GW D8 502 1 Changeover Left 1
GW D8 503 1 Changeover Right 1
Suitable for: MSX/D/E/M125-1600
GW D8 505 1 Changeover - 1
APPLICATIONS: used in order to indicate the circuit breaker tripping status.
NOTES: GWD8502 must be placed to the left of the circuit breaker lever.
GWD8503 must be placed to the right of the circuit breaker lever.
CHARACTERISTICS: they are identified by the grey and black colours and with the AL symbol on the product.
GW D8 502

Opening releases
Shunt trip releases
Code Rated voltage (V) Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c-250c
GW D8 512 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 513 380 - 450 V ac 1
GW D8 514 24V ac/dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M125-1000
GW D8 519 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 520 380 - 450 V ac 1
GW D8 522 24V ac/dc 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1250-1600
GW D8 527 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 512
GW D8 528 380 - 450 V ac 1
GW D8 529 24V ac/dc 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the remote release of a MCCB’S when a certain voltage is applied to its terminals. When the release is powered, the contacts and the operating lever of the MCCB’s assume the tripped position.
NOTE: The operating voltage range is 85% to 110% in AC and 75% to 125% in DC.
CHARACTERISTICS: they are identified by the grey colour and the SH symbol on the product. CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

Remote tripping device for MSXD

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 510 MSXD125-160-250 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the remote tripping of a RCBO’s of MSXD series via NO push button connected.
NOTE: voltage-independent release unit.
The release unit must be positioned external on the right side of the MCCB’s.

GW D8 510

571
MSX
Under voltage releases (UV)
Code Rated voltage (V) Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c-250c
GW D8 542 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 545 380 - 450 V ac 1
GW D8 546 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M125-630
GW D8 552 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 554 380 - 450 V ac 1
GW D8 557 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000-1600
GW D8 564 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 542
GW D8 567 380 - 415 V ac 1
GW D8 571 24 V dc 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the remote release of a MCCB’S when the voltage applied to its terminals is between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. When the release is not powered, the contacts and the circuit breaker
operating lever assume the tripped position.
NOTE: they prevent the circuit breaker from closing until the voltage is greater than at least 85% of its rated voltage.
CHARACTERISTICS: They are identified by grey and black colours and with the UV symbol on the product.

Delayed under voltage releases (UV)

Code Rated voltage (V) Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c-250c
GW D8 544 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 548 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M125-630
GW D8 553 200 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 555 380 - 415 V ac 1
GW D8 558 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000
GW D8 565 220 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 568 380 - 415 V ac 1
GW D8 544
GW D8 572 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1250-1600
GW D8 566 220 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 569 380 - 415 V ac 1
GW D8 573 24 V dc 1
APPLICATIONS: n order to allow remotely tripping of a circuit breaker when the voltage applied to its terminals is between 35% and 70% of its rated voltage. When the undervoltage release is not supplied, the contacts
and the circuit breaker lever assume the circuit breaker tripping status.
NOTE : they prevent the closing of circuit breaker until the voltage exceeds at least 85% of its rated voltage.
The undervoltage release must be mounted outside, to the right of the crcuit breaker.
CHARACTERISTICS: They have 500ms delay time.

Motor operating devices

Motor operating devices
Code Rated voltage (V) Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 581 230 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 582 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 584 230 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 585 24 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/D/E160-250
GW D8 590 230 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 591 24 V dc 1
GW D8 590
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 595 110 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 596 24 - 48 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M1000
GW D8 598 110 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 599 24 - 48 V dc 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M1250-1600
GW D8 602 230 - 240 V ac 1
GW D8 603 24 V dc 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the MCCB’S remote opening and closing depending on the electrical signals received.
CHARACTERISTICS: to be mounted on the front of the MCCB’s.

572
Rotary handles
Direct rotary handle
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 618 MSX/M160c 1
GW D8 619 MSX/M250c 1
GW D8 620 MSX/D125 1
GW D8 621 MSX/D/E160-250 1
GW D8 622 MSX/E/M400-630 1
GW D8 623 MSXE/M1000 1
GW D8 624 MSXE/M1250-1600 1

GW D8 618

Extended rotary handle

Code Colour Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c
GW D8 625 Black 1
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 626 Black 1
GW D8 627 Red - emergency 1
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 628 Black 1
GW D8 629 Red - emergency 1
Suitable for: MSX/D/E160-250
GW D8 630
GW D8 630 Black 1
GW D8 631 Red - emergency 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 632 Black 1
GW D8 633 Red - emergency 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000
GW D8 634 Black 1
GW D8 635 Red - emergency 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1250-1600
GW D8 636 Black 1
GW D8 637 Red - emergency 1

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

573
MSX

Mechanical interlock
Lever mechanical interlocks type
Code Type Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 641 Right mechanical interlock 1
GW D8 643 Left mechanical interlock 1
Suitable for: MSX125
GW D8 644 Right mechanical interlock 1
GW D8 646 Left mechanical interlock 1
Suitable for: MSX/E160-250
GW D8 647 Right mechanical interlock 1
GW D8 649 Left mechanical interlock 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 650 Right mechanical interlock 1
GW D8 652 Left mechanical interlock 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000
GW D8 653 Right mechanical interlock 1
GW D8 655 Left mechanical interlock 1
NOTE: to create the lever interlock system it is necessary to provide and install both the left and right interlocks, depending on the size of the switch. It is suggested to use rotary handles or motor operators for circuit
breakers MSX/E/M 400-630 and MSXE/M 1000.
CHARACTERISTICS: mechanism to be fixed on the front of both equal size 3 or 4 poles circuit breakers.

Cable mechanical interlocks type

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 661 MSX/M250c 1
GW D8 662 MSX125 1
GW D8 663 MSX/E160-250 1
GW D8 664 MSX/E/M400-630 1
GW D8 665 MSXE/M1000 1
NOTE: the wire interlock consists of two mechanisms connected by a steel cable. The mechanisms are fixed on two circuit breakers, limited by the length and bending capacity of the wire. To create the wire interlock
system it is necessary to provide and install a mechanism for each interlocked circuit breaker.
The cable is to be ordered separately. It is suggested to use rotary handles or motor operators for circuit breakers MSX/E/M 400-630 and MSXE/M 1000.
CHARACTERISTICS: mechanism to be fixed on the front of both 3 or 4 pole circuit breakers (also with different sizes).
The circuit breakers can be placed in separate cubicles and at different heights.
GW D8 661

Cables for mechanical interlock

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 666 MSX/D/E/M/c125-1000 1
GW D8 668 MSXE/M1250-1600 1
CHARACTERISTICS:cable length 1m

GW D8 666

574
Mechanical block
Padlocks lever lock
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 671 MSX/M160c-250c 1
GW D8 672 MSX/D/E125-250 1
GW D8 673 MSX/E/M400-1000 1
GW D8 674 MSXE/M1250-1600 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the circuit breaker lever to be locked in the ON or OFF status using up to 3 padlocks.
NOTE: tthe locking devices for models 125A, 160A and 250A accept padlocks with a diameter of 5mm.
Locking devices for models from 400A to 1600A accept padlocks with a diameter of 8mm.

GW D8 671

Plug-in versions
Fixed part for plug-in MCCB
Code Suitable for MCCB Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX125
GW D8 681 3P 1
GW D8 682 4P 1
Suitable for: MSX/E160-250
GW D8 683 3P 1
GW D8 684 4P 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 685 3P 1
GW D8 686 4P 1
GW D8 681
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 687 3P 1
GW D8 688 4P 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the quick replacement of the switch, without the need to interfere with the connections.
NOTE: to obtain the circuit-breaker in plug-in version, in addition to its fixes base, you need to provide the conversion kit.
CHARACTERISTICS: the circuit breaker in the plug-in version is automatically locked in the base when the operating lever is in the ON position. It can’t be removed until the operating lever is in the OFF or tripped position.

Conversion kit from fixed to plug-in version

Code Suitable for MCCB Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX125
GW D8 691 3P 1
GW D8 692 4P 1
Suitable for: MSX160-250
GW D8 693 3P 1
GW D8 694 4P 1
Suitable for: MSXE160-250
GW D8 695 3P 1
GW D8 696 4P 1
GW D8 694
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400
GW D8 697 3P 1 CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

GW D8 698 4P 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M630
GW D8 699 3P 1
GW D8 700 4P 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 701 3P 1
GW D8 702 4P 1
APPLICATIONS: allows the quick replacement of the of the MCCB’s without the need to work on the connections.
NOTE: tto obtain the circuit-breaker in plug-in version, in addition to the transformation kit, you need to provide its fixed base.

575
MSX
Terminals for fixed part
Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX125
GW D8 711 3 1
GW D8 712 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/E160-250
GW D8 713 3 1
GW D8 714 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 715 3 1
GW D8 716 4 1
GW D8 714
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 717 3 1
GW D8 718 4 1
NOTE: they can be oriented and used as front or rear terminals

Terminal covers for fixed part terminals

Code Suitable for MCCB No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX125
GW D8 719 3P 1 1
GW D8 720 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/E160-250
GW D8 721 3P 1 1
GW D8 722 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 723 3P 1 1
GW D8 724 4P 1 1
GW D8 722
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 725 3P 1 1
GW D8 726 4P 1 1

Plugs for internal accessories mounted on plug-in MCCB’s

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX125-630
GW D8 733 Auxiliary contacts 1
GW D8 734 Opening release 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000
GW D8 735 Auxiliary contacts 1
GW D8 736 Opening release 1
APPLICATIONS: to be considered in case of a MCCB’s in plug-in version with internal accessories. Requires 1 plug for each internal accessory (auxiliary contact or opening release).
NOTE: tto obtain the MCCB’S in plug-in version with internal accessories, in addition to the socket, a plug must be installed inside the fixed base.

GW D8 733

Sockets for internal accessories mounted on plug-in MCCB’s

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 731 MSX125-1000 1
APPLICATIONS: to be considered in case of a MCCB’s in plug-in version with internal accessories. Requires 1 plug for each internal accessory (auxiliary contact or opening trip unit). Identical socket for each accessory
type.
NOTE: to obtain the MCCB’S in plug-in version with internal accessories, in addition to the socket, a plug must be installed inside the fixed base.

GW D8 731

576
Connection terminals
Extended front terminals FC
Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c
GW D8 741 3 1
GW D8 742 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 743 3 1
GW D8 744 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 745 3 1
GW D8 746 4 1
GW D8 742
Suitable for: MSX/D/E160-250
GW D8 747 3 1
GW D8 748 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400
GW D8 749 3 1
GW D8 750 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M630
GW D8 751 3 1
GW D8 752 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 754 3 1
GW D8 756 4 1
APPLICATIONS: terminals for the front connection of busbars or cable terminals.

Extended divaricated front terminals FB

Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c
GW D8 761 3 1
GW D8 762 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 763 3 1
GW D8 764 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400
GW D8 765 3 1
GW D8 766 4 1
GW D8 761
Suitable for: MSXE/M630
GW D8 767 3 1
GW D8 768 4 1
APPLICATIONS: terminals for the rear connection of busbars or cable terminals.

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

577
MSX
Front terminals for cables FW
Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 771 3 1
GW D8 772 4 1
APPLICATIONS: terminals for the front connection of bare wires.

GW D8 772

Rear terminals RC
Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c
GW D8 783 3 1
GW D8 784 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 785 3 1
GW D8 786 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 787 3 1
GW D8 788 4 1
GW D8 784
Suitable for: MSX/D160-250
GW D8 789 3 1
GW D8 790 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE160-250
GW D8 791 3 1
GW D8 792 4 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400
GW D8 793 3 1
GW D8 794 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M630
GW D8 795 3 1
GW D8 796 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (800A)
GW D8 797 3 1
GW D8 798 4 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000 (1000A)
GW D8 799 3 1
GW D8 800 4 1
APPLICATIONS: terminals for the rear connection of busbars or cable terminals.

578
 Terminal covers
Code For terminals Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSX/M160c
GW D8 811 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 812 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 813 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 814 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 815 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 816 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/M250c
GW D8 817 Front FC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 818 Front FC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 812
GW D8 819 Front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 820 Front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 821 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 822 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 823 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 824 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/D125
GW D8 825 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 826 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 827 Front for cables FW MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 828 Front for cables FW MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 829 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 830 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/D160-250
GW D8 831 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 832 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/D/E160-250
GW D8 835 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 836 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSXE160-250
GW D8 837 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 838 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSX/E/M400-630
GW D8 839 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 840 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 841 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 842 Front extended spread FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 843 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 844 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1000
GW D8 845 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 846 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
GW D8 847 Rear RC MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 848 Rear RC MCCB’s 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSXE/M1250
GW D8 849 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 3P 1 1
GW D8 850 Front FC and front extended FB MCCB’s 4P 1 1
APPLICATIONS: prevent direct contact with the under voltage terminals of a circuit breaker.
NOTE: they cannot be mounted together with dividers.

Seals for terminal covers CIRCUIT BRAKERS

MOULDED CASE

Code Suitable for Pack

Carton
GW D8 862 MSX/M250c 1
GW D8 863 MSX/D/E/M125-630 1

GW D8 862

579
MSX
Dividers
Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D8 871 MSX/M160c 1 1
GW D8 870 MSX/M250c 1 1
GW D8 872 MSX/D125 1 1
GW D8 869 MSX/D160-250 1 1
GW D8 873 MSXE160-250 1 1
GW D8 874 MSX/E/M400-1600 1 1
APPLICATIONS: ensure insulation between the phases of the circuit breaker terminals.
NOTE: they cannot be mounted with terminal covers.
Dividers are supplied for each circuit breaker (2 pieces for 3P MCCBs and 3 pieces for 3P+N and 4P MCCBs). Additional divider can be ordered individually. All dividers can be mounted on either side (line and load) of a
circuit breaker.
GW D8 871

Brackets for fixing on din rail

Brackets for fixing on din rail
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D8 875 MSX/M160c 1
GW D8 876 MSX/D/M/c125-250 1
APPLICATIONS: allow to install the MCCB’S on DIN rail.

GW D8 876

Automatic switchover control unit

Automatic switchover control unit
Code Voltage operating Installation Pack
Carton
GW D8 886 8V ÷ 35V dc Pannel 1
APPLICATIONS: allows automatic switchover between the power supply network (single-phase or three-phase) and the generator line.
NOTE: for the correct functioning of the switchover control unit it is necessary
: -the power supply GWD8887
- 1 two positions built-in toggle handle switch with 2 contacts 1NO+1NC (preferably key)
- 2 fuse holders 3P+N (fuses 10.3x38) GW96312
- 2 fuse holders 2P (fuses 10.3x38) GW96302
- 1 contactor 2NO+2NC GWD6725
In addition, circuit breakers for protection of the power supply network and the generator line must each have the following accessories
: - 1 mechanical interlock (lever or cable)
GW D8 886 - 1 motor operator
- 2 auxiliary contacts of position (AX)
- 1 auxiliary contact of fault indicator switch (AL)
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 4-line backlit display.

Automatic switchover control unit

Code Input voltage Output current Pack
Carton
GW D8 887 90V ÷ 305V ac 1A a 24V dc 1
APPLICATIONS: supplies direct current power to the automatic switchover control unit GWD8886 when the power supply network fails by taking power from the generator or from the battery (optional).
CHARACTERISTICS: the device can be mounted on DIN rail or plate.

GW D8 887

580
MSX
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

AN IDEAL RANGE FOR EVERY INTEGRATED RCCB DEDICATED AND COMPLETE

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
REQUIREMENT ACCESSORIES
MOULDED CASE

The MSX moulded case circuit breaker range The MSXD range, with integrated residual The MSX range includes a wide range of
includes MCBs, RCCBs, electronic circuit current protection, are similar in size to circuit common accessories that allow streamlined
breakers, and rotary disconnect switches. breakers, but with no need for external relays installation and additional features such as
or additional blocks. remote opening, remote operation, motor
control and more.

581
Rotary switch disconnectors
SWITCH DISCONNECTORS
MSS ATS 160
MSS125
MSS 125 MSS 160 MSS 250 MSS 630 AUTOMATIC
THREE-WAY SWITCH (I O II)
THREE-WAY SWITCH

In [A] 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 4P 4P
63 GW 97 721 GW 97 724 - - - - - - GW 97 758 GW 97 762
100 GW 97 722 GW 97 725 - - - - - - GW 97 760 GW 97 764
125 GW 97 723 GW 97 726 - - - - - - GW 97 761 -
160 - - GW 97 727 GW 97 728 - - - - - GW 97 767
250 - - - - GW 97 729 GW 97 730 - - - -
400 - - - - - - GW 97 731 GW 97 733 - -
630 - - - - - - GW 97 732 GW 97 734 - -

DOOR COUPLING ROTARY HANDLES - IP65

MSS 125 - MSS 160 MSS 250 - MSS 630 MSS 125 - THREE-WAY SWITCH (I 0 II)
Black handle Red handle Black handle Red handle Black handle
GW 98 521 GW 98 524 GW 98 522 GW 98 525 GW 98 523

Note: all the rotary handles include transmission rods.

REPLACEMENT HANDLES

MSS 125 MSS 160 MSS 250 - MSS 630 MSS 125 - THREE-WAY SWITCH (I 0 II)
GW 98 526 GW 98 527 GW 98 528 GW 98 529

AUXILIARY CONTACTS

MSS 125 MSS 160 ATS

MSS 125 - MSS 160 MSS 250 - MSS 630
THREE-WAY SWITCH (I 0 II) AUTOMATIC THREE-WAY SWITCH
GW 98 514 GW 98 515 GW 98 516 GW 97 774

TERMINAL COVERS (1 CODE = 1 PIECE)

MSS 160 ATS

MSS 160 MSS 250 MSS 630
AUTOMATIC THREE-WAY SWITCH
3P - 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 4P
GW 98 508 GW 98 509 GW 98 510 GW 98 511 GW 98 512 GW 97 773

582
97 MSS
Rotary switch disconnectors
The MSS rotary control switch disconnectors guarantee robustness and
reliability in the control and isolation of circuits up to 630 A.The range consists
of four different sizes depending on the current with high performance both in
alternating current and in direct current.

MSS - ROTARY SWITCH DISCONNECTORS UP TO 630 A

MSS 125 - Switch disconnectors

Switch disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW 97 721 63 A 400 V 6 1
GW 97 722 100 A 400 V 6 1
GW 97 723 125 A 400 V 6 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 724 63 A 400 V 6 1
GW 97 725 100 A 400 V 6 1
GW 97 726 125 A 400 V 6 1
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022 or on plate.
GW 97 724

MSS 160 - Switch disconnectors

Switch disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW 97 727 160 A 400 V 8 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 728 160 A 400 V 8 1
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022 or on plate.

GW 97 728

MSS 250 - Switch disconnectors

Switch disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

No. of poles: 3P
GW 97 729 250 A 400 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 730 250 A 400 V 1
NOTE: mounting on plate.

GW 97 730

583
97 MSS

MSS 630 - Switch disconnectors

Switch disconnectors
Code Rated current Rated voltage Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 3P
GW 97 731 400 A 400 V 1
GW 97 732 630 A 400 V 1
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 733 400 A 400 V 1
GW 97 734 630 A 400 V 1
NOTE: mounting on plate.

GW 97 734

MSS 125 - Three-way switch disconnector (I 0 II)

Three-way switch disconnector (I 0 II)

Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack

Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 758 63 A 400 V 12 1
GW 97 760 100 A 400 V 12 1
GW 97 761 125 A 400 V 12 1
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022 or on plate.

GW 97 761

MSS 160 ATS - Automatic three-way switch disconnectors

Monobloc automatic switchover system with 3 positions
Code Rated current Rated voltage No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
No. of poles: 4P
GW 97 762 63 A 230 V 19 1
GW 97 764 100 A 230 V 19 1
GW 97 767 160 A 230 V 19 1
APPLICATIONS:
-line switchover via remote control;
-automatic inversion - while charged - of the source of two low voltage networks;
-management of power supply rescue systems, with interruption of the supply to the load during transfer.
It is possible to force operation in manual mode, via the AUTO/MAN selector.
NOTE: mounting on DIN rail EN 50022 or on plate.
GW 97 767

584
Door coupling rotary handles - IP65
Door coupling rotary handles - IP65
Code Handle colour Length shaft Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSS 125 / MSS 160
GW 98 521 Black 200 mm 1
GW 98 524 Red - emergency 200 mm 1
Suitable for: MSS 250 / MSS 630
GW 98 522 Black 320 mm 1
GW 98 525 Red - emergency 320 mm 1
Suitable for: MSS 125 - Three-way switch disconnector
GW 98 523 Black 200 mm 1
NOTE: all the rotary coupling handles include a shaft extension.
GW 98 522 APPLICATIONS: the rotary coupling handles include a door locking function.

Auxiliary contacts
Auxiliary contacts
Code No. of pieces Max no. of pieces per No. and type of contact Contact rating Pack
switch Carton
Suitable for: MSS 125 / MSS 160
GW 98 514 1 2 1 Changeover 5 A - 250 V 1
Suitable for: MSS 250 / MSS 630
GW 98 515 1 1 1 Changeover 16 A - 250 V 1
Suitable for: MSS 125 - Three-way switch disconnector
GW 98 516 2 2 1 Changeover 5 A - 250 V 1
Suitable for: MSS 160 ATS - Automatic three-way switch disconnector
GW 97 774 1 2 3 Changeover 5 A - 250 V 1
NOTE: auxiliary contacts are of the early closing type.
GW 98 516

Socket-outlet clamp
Code No. of elements Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSS 160 ATS - Automatic three-way switch disconnector
GW 97 775 2 1
APPLICATION: makes 2 connection terminals available for wires with a section <= 1.5 mm and 2 single-pole.
Can be assembled in all terminals, without altering the capacity of the power terminals.

GW 97 775

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

585
97 MSS

Terminal covers
Terminal covers
Code No. of poles Number of terminal covers Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSS 160
GW 98 508 3P - 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSS 250
GW 98 509 3P 1 1
GW 98 510 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSS 630
GW 98 511 3P 1 1
GW 98 512 4P 1 1
Suitable for: MSS 160 ATS - Automatic three-way switch disconnector
GW 98 508
GW 97 773 4P 2 1
NOTE: for upstream and downstream protection, order 2 items with this code.

Installation accessories
Common output point busbar
Code No. of poles Pack
Carton
Suitable for: MSS 125 - Three-way switch disconnector
GW 98 517 4P 1
Suitable for: MSS 160 ATS - Automatic three-way switch disconnector
GW 97 772 4P 1
APPLICATION: facilitate the creation of a common point upstream or downstream for MSS 125 (GW98517), and output only for MSS 160 ATS (GW97772), avoiding the use of cables. The use of this accessory does not
alter the capacity of the power terminals.

GW 98 517

Spare part handles for direct rotary operation

Code Suitable for Rated current Pack
Carton
GW 98 526 MSS 125 63 A - 100 A - 125 A 1
GW 98 527 MSS 160 160 A 1
GW 98 528 MSS 250 / MSS 630 250 A - 400 A - 630 A 1
GW 98 529 MSS 125 - Three-way switch disconnector (I - 0 - II) 63 A - 100 A - 125 A 1

GW 98 528

586
97 MSS
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

FULL RANGE OF ACCESSORIES HIGH PERFORMANCE SEAMLESS INTEGRATION

CIRCUIT BRAKERS
MOULDED CASE

To meet the most specific needs, the rotary The MSS rotary disconnect switches guarantee With dedicated mounting kits, the MSS
switches can be combined with IP65 watertight performance in both AC and DC and ensure disconnect switches integrate seamlessly with
reset rotary switches (including reset rods), maximum robustness, both in the case of short all QDX range enclosures. The exceptional
auxiliary contacts, terminal covers and parallel circuits and of numerous operations in critical installation versatility of the MSS rotary
connections. conditions of use. disconnect switches makes them fully
compatible with the 46 range distribution
boards.

587
Electrical distribution
boards

47 CVX 160 I 47 CVX 160 E QDX 630 L

Flush-mounting Wall-mounting Modular

distribution boards up distribution boards distribution boards
to 160 A up to 160 A with up to 630 A - IP43
extractable frame

p. 593 p. 602 p. 619

588
QDX 630 H QDX 1600 H BUSBAR

Monobloc and modular Modular enclosures Distribution systems

distribution boards up to 1600 A - IP55 for distribution boards
up to 630 A - IP55
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

p. 639 p. 660 p. 684

ELECTRICAL

589
General characteristics
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS AND CABINETS

CVX 160I CVX 160E QDX 630L QDX 630H QDX 1600H
400 (wall-mounting) 250 (wall-mounting)
Rated current In (A) 160 160 1600
630 (floor-mounting) 630 (floor-mounting)
Monobloc
monobloc (wall-mounting)
Structure (panels and DIN rails monobloc modular modular
modular (floor-mounting)
included)

Version flush-mounting wall-mounting wall and floor-mounting wall and floor-mounting floor-mounting

External cable compartment yes yes yes

Extractable frame yes yes

Degree of protection (IP) 30-40 30-40-55-65 30-43 30-55 30-55

Front panels plastic plastic metal metal metal

1000 - 1200 1000 - 1200

Functional height (mm) 600 - 800 - 1000 600 - 800 - 1000 - 1200 1800 - 2000
1600 - 1800 - 2000 1600 - 1800 - 2000
300 - 600 - 850 600 - 850 - 600+200
(wall-mounting) (wall-mounting)
Functional lenght (mm) 600 600 400 - 600 - 850 - 600+300
400 - 600 - 850 400 - 600 - 850 - 600+300
(floor-mounting) (floor-mounting)
140 (without door)
200 - 300 (wall-mounting)
Functional depth (mm) 105 170 (with solid door) 200 - 300 600 - 800
250 - 400 (floor-mounting)
180 (with glass door)
1 (wall-mounting)
Separation forms 1 1 1 - 2a 1-2a
1 - 2a (floor-mounting)

590
47 CVX 160 I

CVX 160 I distribution boards

CVX 160 I STRUCTURES
BOARDS WITH DIN RAILS, FRONT PANELS AND ALL FIXING ACCESSORIES INCLUDED
STRUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x600 mm 600x800 mm 600x1000 mm

GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS
No. MODULES EN 50022 (17,5 mm)
In: up to 160A
Capacity: 24 modules * per row
Installation: indoor environments
96 120 144
Colour: RAL 7035 grey

No. rows x No. modules 4 rows x 24 modules 5 rows x 24 modules 6 rows x 24 modules

Front panels with window 200 (first row) 200 (first and second row)
(mm) 150
height: 150 (other rows) 150 (other rows)

IP 30 GW 47 072 GW 47 073 GW 47 074

without door

GW 47 082 GW 47 083 GW 47 084

glass door
IP 40

GW 47 087 GW 47 088 GW 47 089

solid door

* EN 50022 modules (17.5 mm)

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

591
CVX 160 I distribution boards
CVX 160 I DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION

FRONT PANELS DIN RAIL KIT

Double
Window Solid Pairs EN 50022 EN 50035
EN 50022 rail
panels panels of hinges rail rail
(aluminium)
Front
panel
height
(mm)

50 - GW 47 173 - - - -

150 GW 47 178 GW 47 174

GW 47 191 GW 47 251 GW 47 252 GW 47 253

200 GW 47 179 GW 47 175

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
Wiring Security
Module Document
Earth bar trunking Nuts in cage lock
mask pocket
supports with key

GW 47 193 GW 47 194 E GW 47 195 GW 47 291 GW 46 447 GW 47 192

SPARE DOORS
only for IP 40

Board glass door solid door

functional
height
(mm)

600 GW 47 116 GW 47 121

800 GW 47 117 GW 47 122

1000 GW 47 118 GW 47 123

592
47 CVX 160 I
Flush-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A
The CVX 160 I range of pre-assembled flush-mounting distribution boards up
to 160A allows configurations to be made to suit your needs, from a minimum
capacity of 96 modules up to a maximum of 144, with three different heights
from 600 mm to 1000 mm.

STRUCTURES

IP30 distribution boards

Preassembled distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Complete with
outfit for modular devices - Without door
Code Functional dim. LxHxD Box dimensions BxHxD Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
(mm) (mm) Carton
GW 47 072 600x600x105 680x670x105 730x706x25 96 (24x4) 1
GW 47 073 600x800x105 680x870x105 730x906x25 120 (24x5) 1
GW 47 074 600x1000x105 680x1070x105 730x1106x25 144 (24x6) 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification in accordance with standard CEI 23-51.
Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile.
NOTES: IP30 distribution boards cannot be fitted with glass or solid doors.

GW 47 072

IP40 distribution boards

Preassembled distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Complete with
outfit for modular devices - Flat smoked tempered safety glass door with 2 locks
Code Functional dim. LxHxD Box dimensions BxHxD Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
(mm) (mm) Carton
GW 47 082 600x600x105 680x670x105 730x706x65 96 (24x4) 1
GW 47 083 600x800x105 680x870x105 730x906x65 120 (24x5) 1
GW 47 084 600x1000x105 680x1070x105 730x1106x65 144 (24x6) 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-52.
Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 082

Preassembled distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Complete with
outfit for modular devices - Blank door in sheet metal with 2 locks
Code Functional dim. LxHxD Box dimensions BxHxD Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
(mm) (mm) Carton
GW 47 087 600x600x105 680x670x105 730x706x34 96 (24x4) 1
GW 47 088 600x800x105 680x870x105 730x906x34 120 (24x5) 1
GW 47 089 600x1000x105 680x1070x105 730x1106x34 144 (24x6) 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: mortar guard. Service identification label. Self-adhesive label to be filled out for certification according to standard CEI 23-51.
Front panels complete with EN 50022 rail (DIN 35) and fixing accessories. Blanking module profile. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 087
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

593
47 CVX 160 I
FRONT CONFIGURATION

Front panels
Front panels with window for modular devices
Code External dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 178 600x150 1/10
GW 47 179 600x200 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile, pair of hinges.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip, prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

GW 47 179

Blank front panels

Code External dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 173 600x50 1/10
GW 47 174 600x150 1/10
GW 47 175 600x200 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip, prearrangement of the panels, except GW47173, for rotation hinges (included).

GW 47 175

594
INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

DIN rail kit

DIN rails for modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers up to 160 A (MSX/M
160c, MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 range) - Complete with brackets and supports for assembly
Code Section dim. HxD (mm) Profile Material Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 251 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) Galvanized metal 1/10
GW 47 252 2x(35x7.5) Double EN 50022 (DIN 35) Aluminium 1/10
GW 47 253 32x15 EN 50035 (G 32) Galvanized metal 1/10
NOTES: for the assembly of the MSX moulded case circuit breakers on DIN rail, order the appropriate fixingl kit.
Depth adapter GWD3317 is necessary if modular devices are mounted close to MCCB on the same DIN rail.

GW 47 251

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

595
47 CVX 160 I
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
Pair of hinges for front panels
Code Fixing type Opening angle Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 47 191 Clip 90° For panels H higher than 50 mm 1/20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 panel closing cap.

GW 47 191

Pair of supports for the fixing of wiring trunking

Code Fixing type Quantity Pack
Carton
GW 47 194 E Clip on functional profile 2 pieces 1/20
APPLICATIONS: assembly of wiring trunking up to 60 mm in width vertically and up to 40 mm horizontally.

GW 47 194 E

Blanking module profile in plastic material - Colour grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 47 291 24 10
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

GW 47 291

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

596
 Perforated and threaded earth busbar
Code Dimensions LxHxD N./diam. of threaded Step drilling For distribution boards Pack
(mm) holes Carton
GW 47 193 575x20x5 24xM6 18 mm Flush and surface mounting 1/5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. (2 screws and 2 nuts in cage M6) 24 tin-plated screws M6.

GW 47 193

Adhesive document pocket

Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10

GW 46 447

Security lock
Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 47 192 Yale type 1/10
NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.

GW 47 192

Nut in cage
Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 47 195 Galvanised steel 10/100
APPLICATIONS: it is suitable for mounting wiring trunking and accessories on functional profile.

GW 47 195

Set of 4 metal brackets

Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 47 197 For fixing on plasterboard 1/10
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

GW 47 197

597
47 CVX 160 I

Spare parts
Tempered smoked-glass flat safety doors for IP40 enclosures
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 116 600x600 1
GW 47 117 600x800 1
GW 47 118 600x1000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 116

Solid doors in painted sheet metal for IP40 distribution boards

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 121 600x600 1
GW 47 122 600x800 1
GW 47 123 600x1000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 121

598
47 CVX 160 I
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

SCREW AND TOOL-FREE FAST FIXING OF INSULATION COMPLETE WITH ACCESSORIES

MOUNTING PANELS DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

The rail brackets have been designed for The plastic front panels allow quick fitting via Once the distribution board size is chosen, a
screw-free fitting thanks to coupling on two ¼ turn inserts and require no grounding. A single order code includes the DIN rails and
functional profiles. In addition, the innovative kit is included throughout the range to enable front insulation panels, as well as the metal
support allows the rails to be attached to the the panels to be hinged. case and door.
brackets and adjusted in depth without the use
of screws and tools.

599
47 CVX 160 E

CVX 160 E distribution boards

CVX 160 E STRUCTURES
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS

In: up to 160 A
Capacity: 24 modules per row STRUCTURES
Installation: indoor environments
Colour: RAL 7035 grey

FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x600 mm 600x800 mm 600x1000 mm 600x1200 mm

Without door

IP 30 GW 47 001 E GW 47 002 E GW 47 003 E GW 47 004 E

Glass door

GW 47 011 E GW 47 012 E GW 47 013 E GW 47 014 E

IP 40
Solid door

GW 47 021 E GW 47 022 E GW 47 023 E GW 47 024 E

Glass door

GW 47 031 E GW 47 032 E GW 47 033 E GW 47 034 E

IP 55
Solid door

GW 47 041 E GW 47 042 E GW 47 043 E GW 47 044 E

Solid door

IP 65 - GW 47 062 E GW 47 063 E GW 47 064 E

NOTE: the codes do not include DIN rail and front panels.

EXAMPLES OF BOARD CONFIGURATIONS

Pitch 150 mm
NO.ROWS / NO.MODULES MAX

4 rows - 96 modules* 5 rows - 120 modules* 6 rows - 144 modules* 8 rows - 192 modules*

Pitch 200 mm

3 rows - 72 modules* 4 rows - 96 modules* 5 rows - 120 modules* 6 rows - 144 modules*

* EN 50022 modules (17.5 mm)

600
 CVX 160 E DISTRIBUTION BOARD CONFIGURATION

MOULDED CASE
KIT FOR INSTALLATION OF DEVICE ON
DIN RAIL KIT INSTALLATION
DIN RAIL AND FRONT PANELS
KIT

Window panels Window Solid Pairs EN 50022 Double EN 50022 Double For moulded
with EN 50022 panels panels of hinges rail rail (aluminium) EN 50022 rail case circuit breakers
rail (aluminium)
Front
panel
height
(mm)

50 - - GW 47 173 - - - - -

GW 47 297
150 GW 47 171 GW 47 178 GW 47 174
(MSX/M 160c)

GW 47 298
GW 47 191 GW 47 181 GW 47 183 GW 47 182
(MSX/D 125)
200 GW 47 172 GW 47 179 GW 47 175
GW 47 299
(MSX/D 160)

COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS
Earth bar Wiring Caged Cable Module Document Security lock Earth terminal
trunking nuts gland plate mask pocket with key blocks
supports

GW 47 198
GW 47 193 GW 47 194 E GW 47 195 GW 47 291 GW 46 447 GW 47 192* GW 45 538
(Higher - Lower)

*Not suitable for boards with IP65 protection degree

SPARE DOORS
IP 40 IP 55 IP 65

Board Glass door Solid door Glass door Solid door Solid door
functional
height
(mm)

600 GW 47 116 GW 47 121 GW 47 136 GW 47 141 -

800 GW 47 117 GW 47 122 GW 47 137 GW 47 142 GW 47 162

1000 GW 47 118 GW 47 123 GW 47 138 GW 47 143 GW 47 163

1200 GW 47 119 GW 47 124 GW 47 139 GW 47 144 GW 47 164

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

601
47 CVX 160 E
Wall-mounting distribution boards up to 160 A with
extractable frame
The CVX 160 E range of surface-mounted distribution boards up to 160A can be
configured according to any requirement, from a minimum capacity of 72 modules
up to a maximum of 192, using the appropriate choice of installation kits with
holes every 150 mm or 200 mm.

STRUCTURES

IP30 distribution boards

Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Without door - With
extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 001 E 600x600x140 700x700x140 1
GW 47 002 E 600x800x140 700x900x140 1
GW 47 003 E 600x1000x140 700x1100x140 1
GW 47 004 E 600x1200x140 700x1300x140 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4pcs brackets complete with screws for wall fixing, 2pcs cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws.
NOTES: IP30 distribution boards cannot be fitted with glass or solid doors.

GW 47 001 E

IP40 distribution boards

Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Smoked flat tempered
safety glass door equipped with 2 locks - With extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 011 E 600x600x180 700x700x180 1
GW 47 012 E 600x800x180 700x900x180 1
GW 47 013 E 600x1000x180 700x1100x180 1
GW 47 014 E 600x1200x180 700x1300x180 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 011 E

Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Solid sheet metal door
equipped with 2 locks - With extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 021 E 600x600x170 700x700x170 1
GW 47 022 E 600x800x170 700x900x170 1
GW 47 023 E 600x1000x170 700x1100x170 1
GW 47 024 E 600x1200x170 700x1300x170 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 021 E

602
IP55 distribution boards
Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 Smoked flat tempered
safety glass door equipped with 2 locks - With extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 031 E 600x600x180 700x700x180 1
GW 47 032 E 600x800x180 700x900x180 1
GW 47 033 E 600x1000x180 700x1100x180 1
GW 47 034 E 600x1200x180 700x1300x180 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door and the cable gland plates.

GW 47 031 E

Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour grey RAL 7035 - Solid sheet metal door
equipped with 2 locks - With extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 041 E 600x600x170 700x700x170 1
GW 47 042 E 600x800x170 700x900x170 1
GW 47 043 E 600x1000x170 700x1100x170 1
GW 47 044 E 600x1200x170 700x1300x170 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. 2 cable gland plates (upper and lower) complete with fixing screws. 2 double-fin keys.
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door and the cable gland plates.

GW 47 041 E

IP65 distribution boards

Monobloc distribution boards in painted sheet steel - Colour Grey RAL 7035 - Solid sheet metal
door equipped with rod-mechanism lock - With extractable frame
Code Functional dim. LxHxD (mm) Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 062 E 600x800x170 700x900x170 1
GW 47 063 E 600x1000x170 700x1100x170 1
GW 47 064 E 600x1200x170 700x1300x170 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 brackets complete with screws for wall mounting. Key in zama.
CHARACTERISTICS: sealing gaskets applied on the door. Single lock with rod-mechanism lock with 4 mounting pins.

GW 47 064 E

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

603
47 CVX 160 E
FRONT CONFIGURATION

Installation kit for devices on DIN rail

Installation kit for modular devices (90 range) and moulded case devices up to 160 A (MSX/M 160c,
MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 range) - Complete with front panels with windows and standard DIN rail EN
50022 (DIN 35)
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Section dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 171 600x150 35x15 1/10
GW 47 172 600x200 35x15 1/8
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile; pair of hinges; Standard EN 50022 (DIN 35) DIN rail in galvanised sheet metal with depth adjustment.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip. Option on the panels for rotation hinges (included).
NOTES: for the assembly of the MSX moulded case circuit breakers on DIN rail, order the appropriate fixingl kit.
Depth adapter GWD3317 is necessary if modular devices are mounted close to MCCB on the same DIN rail.
GW 47 172

Installation kit for fixed MCCB’s on plate

Installation kit for a boxed RCD up to 160A (MSX/M 160c, MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 series) complete
with drilled front panels and attachment plates
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) For MCCB No. of poles Installation Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 297 600x200 MSX/M160c 3P - 4P Horizontal 1/5
GW 47 298 600x200 MSX/D125 3P - 4P Horizontal 1/5
GW 47 299 600x200 MSX/D160 3P - 4P Horizontal 1/5
COMPONENTS: The kit consists of 1 galvanised steel plate, 1 plastic front panel with 1 pair of hinges and attachment accessories.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 Grey front panel, in quick-coupling insulating material with ergonomic RAL 5003 Blue handle.

GW 47 297

Front panels
Front panels with window for modular devices
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 178 600x150 1/10
GW 47 179 600x200 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: blanking module profile. Pair of hinges.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip; prearrangement of the panels for rotation hinges (included).

GW 47 179

Blank front panels

Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 173 600x50 1/10
GW 47 174 600x150 1/10
GW 47 175 600x200 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: pair of hinges.
CHARACTERISTICS: quick coupling front panel, in Grey RAL 7035 insulating material, with ergonomic Blue RAL 5003 grip. Prearrangement of the panels, except GW47173, for rotation hinges (included)

GW 47 175

604
INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

DIN rail kit

DIN rails for modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers up to 160 A (MSX/M
160c, MSX/D 125, MSX/D 160 range) - Complete with brackets and supports for assembly
Code Section dim. HxD (mm) Profile Material Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 181 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) Galvanized metal 1/10
GW 47 183 2x(35x7.5) Double EN 50022 (DIN 35) Aluminium 1/10
GW 47 182 32x15 EN 50035 (G 32) Galvanized metal 1/10
NOTES: To mount the MSX moulded case circuit breakers, order the appropriate DIN rail mounting kit.
Stacking of modular and moulded case devices requires the depth adapter GWD3317.

GW 47 181

Back-mounting plates
Back-mounting plates for non-modular devices complete with mounting supports
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) No. mounting straps Pack
Carton
Modules: 24
GW 47 186 600x200 2 1/5
GW 47 187 600x400 4 1/5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: support brackets and relative fixing accessories.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to adjust the depth of the plate; hot galvanised sheet metal plate 15/10 mm thick.

GW 47 186

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

605
47 CVX 160 E
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
Pair of hinges for front panels
Code Fixing type Opening angle Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 47 191 Clip 90° For panels H higher than 50 mm 1/20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 1 panel closing cap.

GW 47 191

Pair of supports for the fixing of wiring trunking

Code Fixing type Quantity Pack
Carton
GW 47 194 E Clip on functional profile 2 pieces 1/20
APPLICATIONS: assembly of wiring trunking up to 60 mm in width vertically and up to 40 mm horizontally.

GW 47 194 E

Blanking module profile in plastic material - Colour grey RAL 7035

Code No. of modules EN 50022 Pack
Carton
GW 47 291 24 10
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on DIN perforated front panels.

GW 47 291

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

606
 Perforated and threaded earth busbar
Code Dimensions LxHxD N./diam. of threaded Step drilling For distribution boards Pack
(mm) holes Carton
GW 47 193 575x20x5 24xM6 18 mm Flush and surface mounting 1/5
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing accessories. (2 screws and 2 nuts in cage M6) 24 tin-plated screws M6.

GW 47 193

Earth terminal blocks

Code N. terminal and section (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 45 538 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
CHARACTERISTICS: copper bar with a 20 x 5 section and 6.5 mm hole spacing.

GW 45 538

Adhesive document pocket

Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10

GW 46 447

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

607
47 CVX 160 E
Security lock
Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 47 192 Yale type 1/10
NOTE: the lock is supplied with identical keys.
It’s not suited for IP65 version.

GW 47 192

Nut in cage
Code Characteristics Pack
Carton
GW 47 195 Galvanised steel 10/100
APPLICATIONS: it is suitable for mounting wiring trunking and accessories on functional profile.

GW 47 195

608
Spare parts
Tempered smoked-glass flat safety doors for IP40 enclosures
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 116 600x600 1
GW 47 117 600x800 1
GW 47 118 600x1000 1
GW 47 119 600x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 116

Solid doors in painted sheet metal for IP40 distribution boards

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 121 600x600 1
GW 47 122 600x800 1
GW 47 123 600x1000 1
GW 47 124 600x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 121

Tempered smoked-glass flat safety doors for IP55 enclosures

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 136 600x600 1
GW 47 137 600x800 1
GW 47 138 600x1000 1
GW 47 139 600x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins. 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 136

Solid doors in painted sheet metal for IP55 distribution boards

Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 141 600x600 1
GW 47 142 600x800 1
GW 47 143 600x1000 1
GW 47 144 600x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 2 mounting pins, 2 double-fin keys.

GW 47 141
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

609
47 CVX 160 E
Solid doors in painted sheet steel for IP65 distribution boards equipped with rod-mechanism
closures
Code For boards LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 47 162 600x800 1
GW 47 163 600x1000 1
GW 47 164 600x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: 4 mounting pins. Key in zama.

GW 47 164

Cable gland plate - Colour Blue RAL 5003

Code Description No. of pieces Material Pack
Carton
GW 47 198 Top/Bottom plate 1 Plastic 1/10

GW 47 198

610
47 CVX 160 E
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

SCREW AND TOOL-FREE FAST FIXING OF INSULATION FACILITATED WIRING

MOUNTING PANELS DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

The rail brackets have been designed for The plastic front panels allow quick fitting via The removable frame makes it easier to connect
screw-free fitting thanks to coupling on two ¼ turn inserts and require no grounding. A the switches, allowing convenient bench wiring
functional profiles. In addition, the innovative kit is included throughout the range to enable first and then installation in the finished circuit
support allows the rails to be attached to the the panels to be hinged. box.
brackets and adjusted in depth without the use
of screws and tools.

611
QDX 630 L

QDX 630 L distribution boards

QDX 630 L WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x1000 mm 600x1200 mm 850x1000 mm

DEPTH 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

144 mod. 192 mod. 144 mod. 210 mod. 144 mod. 210 mod.
Pitch 150 mm
(24x6) (24x8) (24x6) (35x6) (35x6) (35x6)
Modular Capacity
120 mod. 144 mod. 120 mod. 175 mod. 120 mod. 175 mod.
Pitch 200 mm
(24x5) (24x6) (24x5) (35x5) (24x5) (35x5)

Rear Frames GW D3 015 GW D3 016 GW D3 017

Bases and headboards GW D3 001 GW D3 004 GW D3 001 GW D3 004 GW D3 002 GW D3 005

Front uprights GW D3 007 GW D3 008 GW D3 007

Side panels GW D3 011 GW D3 013 GW D3 012 GW D3 014 GW D3 011 GW D3 013

Glass doors GW D3 605 GW D3 606 GW D3 607

Blind doors GW D3 609 GW D3 610 GW D3 611

Internal compartment - - GW D3 031 GW D3 032

Side-by-side kit

NOTE: 850mm wide structures can be used as 24-module structures plus internal compartment, adding the appropriate internal compartment kit.
NOTE: 300mm wide structures are external compartments dedicated to the cables, terminal block or busbar system.

612
 QDX 630 L WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
850x1200 mm 300x1000 mm 300x1200 mm

200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

192 mod. 280 mod. 192 mod. 280 mod.

- -
(24x8) (35x8) (24x8) (35x8)

144 mod. 210 mod. 144 mod. 210 mod.

- -
(24x6) (35x6) (24x6) (35x6)

GW D3 018 GW D3 019 GW D3 020

GW D3 002 GW D3 005 GW D3 003 GW D3 006 GW D3 003 GW D3 006

GW D3 008 GW D3 009 GW D3 010

GW D3 012 GW D3 014 GW D3 011 GW D3 013 GW D3 012 GW D3 014

GW D3 608 - -

GW D3 612 GW D3 613 GW D3 614

GW D3 033 GW D3 034 - -

GW D3 035
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

613
QDX 630 L

QDX 630 L distribution boards

QDX 630 L FLOOR-MOUNTING STUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x1600 mm 600x1800 mm 600x2000 mm

DEPTH 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

240 mod. 288 mod. 312 mod.

Pitch 150 mm
(24x10) (24x12) (24x13)
Modular Capacity
192 mod. 216 mod. 240 mod.
Pitch 200 mm
(24x8) (24x9) (24x10)

Rear Frames GW D3 059 GW D3 060 GW D3 061

Bases and headboards GW D3 615 GW D3 616 GW D3 615 GW D3 616 GW D3 615 GW D3 616

Front uprights GW D3 047 GW D3 048 GW D3 049

Side panels GW D3 053 GW D3 054 GW D3 055 GW D3 056 GW D3 057 GW D3 058

Glass doors GW D3 627 GW D3 628 GW D3 629

Blind doors GW D3 633 GW D3 634 GW D3 635

Internal compartment - - -

Side-by-side kit

NOTE: 850mm wide structrures can be used as 24-module structures plus internal compartment, adding the appropriate internal compartment kit.

614
 QDX 630 L FLOOR-MOUNTING STUCTURES
850x1600 mm 850x1800 mm 850x2000 mm

200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

240 mod. 350 mod. 240 mod. 350 mod. 288 mod. 420 mod. 288 mod. 420 mod. 312 mod. 455 mod. 312 mod. 455 mod.
(24x10) (35x10) (24x10) (35x10) (24x12) (35x12) (24x12) (35x12) (24x13) (35x13) (24x13) (35x13)

192 mod. 280 mod. 192 mod. 280 mod. 216 mod. 315 mod. 216 mod. 315 mod. 240 mod. 350 mod. 240 mod. 350 mod.
(24x8) (35x8) (24x8) (35x8) (24x9) (35x9) (24x9) (35x9) (24x10) (35x10) (24x10) (35x10)

GW D3 062 GW D3 063 GW D3 064

GW D3 617 GW D3 618 GW D3 617 GW D3 618 GW D3 617 GW D3 618

GW D3 047 GW D3 048 GW D3 049

GW D3 053 GW D3 054 GW D3 055 GW D3 056 GW D3 057 GW D3 058

GW D3 630 GW D3 631 GW D3 632

GW D3 636 GW D3 637 GW D3 638

GW D3 083 GW D3 084 GW D3 085 GW D3 086 GW D3 087 GW D3 088

GW D3 035
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

615
QDX 630 L

QDX 630 L distribution boards

QDX 630 L EXTERNAL COMPARTMENT
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 400x1600 mm 400x1800 mm 400x2000 mm

DEPTH 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

Rear Frames GW D3 065 GW D3 066 GW D3 067

Bases and headboards GW D3 619 GW D3 620 GW D3 619 GW D3 620 GW D3 619 GW D3 620

Front uprights GW D3 050 GW D3 051 GW D3 052

Side panels GW D3 053 GW D3 054 GW D3 055 GW D3 056 GW D3 057 GW D3 058

Blind doors GW D3 639 GW D3 640 GW D3 641

616
QDX 630 L configurations
Wall-mounting board IP43 QDX 630 L
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 600x1200x300 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 680x1260x295 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 413 DIN35 PROFILE B600 QDX630L/H/1600H
1 GW D3 004 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x300
1 GW D3 008 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B600/850 H1200
1 GW D3 014 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 1200x300
1 GW D3 016 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. REAR FRAME 600x1200
1 GW D3 606 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x1200 AR
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
1 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR

Wall-mounting board IP43 QDX 630 L with external compartment

Functional dimension (LxHxD): (600+300)x1000x200 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 970x1060x205 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 47 691 GUIDE EN 50 022 - DIN 35
1 GW D3 001 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x200
1 GW D3 003 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 300x200
1 GW D3 007 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B600/850 H1000
1 GW D3 009 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B300 H1000
1 GW D3 011 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 1000x200
1 GW D3 015 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. REAR FRAME 600x1000
1 GW D3 019 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. REAR FRAME 300x1000
1 GW D3 605 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x1000 AR
1 GW D3 613 QDX 630L WALL MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 300x1000 AR
1 GW D3 035 QDX 630L WALL/FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 311 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 125mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm

Floor-mounting board IP43 QDX 630 L

Functional dimension (LxHxD): 600x1600x200 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 680x1760x230 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 413 DIN35 PROFILE B600 QDX630L/H/1600H
1 GW 45 545 HORIZ. FOUR-POLE DIVIDER 250A 24M 21 CONN. - QDX630-1600
1 GW D3 615 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x200 GR
1 GW D3 047 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B600/850 H1600
1 GW D3 053 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 1600x200
1 GW D3 059 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. REAR FRAME 600x1600
1 GW D3 627 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x1600 AR
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 311 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 125mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
3 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
1 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

617
QDX 630 L configurations
Floor-mounting board IP43 QDX 630 L with internal compartment
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 850x2000x300 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 880x2160x320 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 413 DIN35 PROFILE B600 QDX630L/H/1600H
2 GW 45 557 2 COPPER FLAT BARS 400 A 30x5 2000mm
1 GW D3 618 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 850X300 GR
1 GW D3 049 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B600/850 H200O
1 GW D3 058 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x300
1 GW D3 064 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. REAR FRAME 850x2000
1 GW D3 632 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 850x2000 AR
1 GW D3 088 QQDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. INTERN.COMPART. 2000x300
6 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
6 GW D3 313 QQDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QQDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QQDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
1 GW D3 324 QQDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x300
1 GW D3 428 QQDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
1 GW D3 471 QQDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR
1 GW D3 505 QKIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
2 GW D3 709 QDX630L BUSBAR-HOLDER INT.COMPARTMENT D300

Floor-mounting board IP43 QDX 630 L with external compartment

Functional dimension (LxHxD): 600+400x2000x300 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 1080x2160x320 mm
Quantity Code Description
2 GW 45 558 2 COPPER FLAT BARS 630 A 30x10 2000mm
1 GW D3 035 QDX 630L WALL/FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT
1 GW D3 616 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x300 GR
1 GW D3 620 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 400X300 GR
1 GW D3 049 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B600/850 H200O
1 GW D3 052 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS B400 H200O
1 GW D3 058 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x300
1 GW D3 061 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. REAR FRAME 600x2000
1 GW D3 067 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. REAR FRAME 400x2000
1 GW D3 629 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR
1 GW D3 641 QDX 630L FLOOR MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 400x2000 AR
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 321 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x100
1 GW D3 326 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x600
1 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
1 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
2 GW D3 708 QDX630L BUSBAR-HOLDER EXT.COMPARTMENT D300

618
QDX 630 L
Modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP43
The QDX 630 L series of modular boards is available in both wall and floor
versions. Both solutions share the same concept, accessories and quick and
easy wiring modes. In fact, wiring is possible with the “structure completely
open” and subsequently, the assembly of the board is completed.

STRUCTURES - DEGREE OF PROTECTION WITH DOOR IP43

Wall-mounting distribution boards

Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 001 600x200 650x205 1
GW D3 002 850x200 850x205 1
GW D3 004 600x300 650x295 1
GW D3 005 850x300 850x295 1
EQUIPMENT: no. 4 wall mounting brackets.

GW D3 002

Rear frames
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 015 600x1000 1
GW D3 016 600x1200 1
GW D3 017 850x1000 1
GW D3 018 850x1200 1
CHARACTERISTICS: bottom of the panel equipped with removable functional frames to create the internal compartment (internal compartment kit must be ordered separately).
IP43 gasket already applied on the bottom.

GW D3 018

Pair of front uprights

Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 007 1000 1060 1
GW D3 008 1200 1260 1

GW D3 008

Pair of side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 011 1000x200 1
GW D3 012 1200x200 1
GW D3 013 1000x300 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 014 1200x300 1
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 012

619
QDX 630 L

Floor-mounting distribution boards

Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 615 600x200 650x230 1
GW D3 616 600x300 650x320 1
GW D3 617 850x200 850x230 1
GW D3 618 850x300 850x320 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no. 2 wall mounting brackets.
Inspectable plinth (supplied loose) inside the package.
NOTES:H=100 mm plinth height.

GW D3 618

Rear frames
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 059 600x1600 1
GW D3 060 600x1800 1
GW D3 061 600x2000 1
GW D3 062 850x1600 1
GW D3 063 850x1800 1
GW D3 064 850x2000 1
CHARACTERISTICS: bottom of the panel equipped with removable functional frames to create the internal compartment (internal compartment kit must be ordered separately).
IP43 gasket already applied on the bottom.

GW D3 064

Pair of front uprights

Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 047 1600 1660 1
GW D3 048 1800 1860 1
GW D3 049 2000 2060 1

GW D3 049

Pair of side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 053 1600x200 1
GW D3 054 1600x300 1
GW D3 055 1800x200 1
GW D3 056 1800x300 1
GW D3 057 2000x200 1
GW D3 058 2000x300 1

GW D3 058

Pair of ventilated side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 089 1600x300 1
GW D3 090 1800x300 1
GW D3 091 2000x300 1
NOTES: In the case of the installation of aerated side panels, the enclosure protection rating is IP30.
Each side panel has 2 surfaces with slots drilling (one lower and one upper) each 58 cm² in size.

GW D3 089

NEWS

620
Doors
Glass doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 605 600x1000 1
GW D3 606 600x1200 1
GW D3 607 850x1000 1
GW D3 608 850x1200 1
GW D3 627 600x1600 1
GW D3 628 600x1800 1
GW D3 629 600x2000 1
GW D3 630 850x1600 1
GW D3 631 850x1800 1
GW D3 632 850x2000 1
GW D3 632
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).
Tempered glass.

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 609 600x1000 1
GW D3 610 600x1200 1
GW D3 611 850x1000 1
GW D3 612 850x1200 1
GW D3 633 600x1600 1
GW D3 634 600x1800 1
GW D3 635 600x2000 1
GW D3 636 850x1600 1
GW D3 637 850x1800 1
GW D3 638 850x2000 1
GW D3 638
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).

Internal compartment
Internal compartments
Code Suitable for structures LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 031 850x1000x200 1
GW D3 032 850x1000x300 1
GW D3 033 850x1200x200 1
GW D3 034 850x1200x300 1
GW D3 083 850x1600x200 1
GW D3 084 850x1600x300 1
GW D3 085 850x1800x200 1
GW D3 086 850x1800x300 1
GW D3 087 850x2000x200 1
GW D3 088 850x2000x300 1
GW D3 088
COMPONENTS: Triangular panel key for opening the internal compartment door, 3 crosspieces for attaching cables.
CHARACTERISTICS: Can be mounted on the right or left-hand side of board, B = 850 mm.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

621
QDX 630 L

External compartment
Bases and headboards
Code Suitable for Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 003 Wall-mounting distr. boards 300x200 290x205 1
GW D3 006 Wall-mount cabinet 300x300 290x295 1
GW D3 619 Floor-mounting distribution boards 400x200 400x230 1
GW D3 620 Floor-mounting distribution boards 400x300 400x320 1
COMPONENTS: 3 crosspieces for attaching cables.
4 wall attachment brackets for GWD3003 and GWD3006; 2 wall attachment brackets for GWD3619 and GWD3620.
Inspectable base for GWD3619 and GWD3620, supplied loose inside the package.
NOTES: Base height = 100 mm.
Associating the external compartment with the structure can be carried out using the side attachment kit, to be ordered separately.

GW D3 620

Rear frames
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 019 300x1000 1
GW D3 020 300x1200 1
GW D3 065 400x1600 1
GW D3 066 400x1800 1
GW D3 067 400x2000 1
CHARACTERISTICS: IP43 gasket already applied at bottom.

GW D3 067

Pair of front uprights

Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 009 1000 1060 1
GW D3 010 1200 1260 1
GW D3 050 1600 1660 1
GW D3 051 1800 1860 1
GW D3 052 2000 2060 1

GW D3 009

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 613 300x1000 1
GW D3 614 300x1200 1
GW D3 639 400x1600 1
GW D3 640 400x1800 1
GW D3 641 400x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: triangular insert key for opening the external compartment door.
CHARACTERISTICS: reversible door opening (right/left).

GW D3 641

NEWS

622
FRONT CONFIGURATION

Device installation on DIN rail

Window panels with DIN rail
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
No. modules: 24
GW D3 301 600x150 1
GW D3 302 600x200 1
GW D3 303 600x300 1
No. modules: 35
GW D3 304 850x150 1
GW D3 305 850x200 1
GW D3 306 850x300 1
COMPONENTS: Aluminium EN 50022 double rail (DIN 35).
GW D3 302 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: Mounting the DIN rail requires brackets (bracket type depends on the depth of the panel), to be ordered separately.

Pair of DIN rail mounting brackets

Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 311 200 Modular devices range 90 1
GW D3 312 200 MCCB’s MSX/D/M/c 160-250 1
GW D3 313 300 Modular devices range 90 1
GW D3 314 300 MCCB’s MSX/D/M/c 160-250 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no. 1 horizontal wiring trunking support for GWD3311 and no. 2 for horizontal wiring trunking supports for GWD3313. The supports must be mounted on the back of the of the double EN
50022 (DIN 35) rail.

GW D3 311

MSX moulded case circuit breakers installation on plate

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in horizontal position fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 501 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 502 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 503 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 504 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 505 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 509 Horizontal MSX/M160c 850x200 1
GW D3 510 Horizontal MSX/D125 850x200 1
GW D3 511 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 504
GW D3 512 Horizontal MSXE160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 513 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in vertical position fixed version

Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 555 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1
GW D3 517 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x300 1
GW D3 518 Vertical MSXE160-250 600x300 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 519 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1

Functional width: 850 mm
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 556 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1

GW D3 523 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 524 Vertical MSXE160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 525 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
GW D3 517
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

NEWS

623
QDX 630 L
Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 531 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 532 Horizontal MSX/M250c 600x200 1
GW D3 533 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 534 Horizontal MSX/D160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 535 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 536 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 568 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 568 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 569 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 570 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 569

Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 541 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 542 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 543 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 544 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 557 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanized sheet metal support plate, overhead brackets (if required) and pre-cut panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotating hinges and 1/4 turn locks.
NOTES: the kits are suitable for 3P and 4P switches.

GW D3 557

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 558 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 559 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: piastra di supporto in lamiera zincata, staffe di rialzo (se necessarie) e pannello pretranciato.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 558

NEWS

624
MSS switch disconnectors installation on plate
Installation kit for switch disconnectors up to 630 A fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 551 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 600x300 1
GW D3 553 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 600x400 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 552 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 850x300 1
GW D3 554 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 850x400 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.
GW D3 553

Front panels
Blind front panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 321 600x100 1
GW D3 322 600x150 1
GW D3 323 600x200 1
GW D3 324 600x300 1
GW D3 325 600x400 1
GW D3 326 600x600 1
GW D3 327 850x100 1
GW D3 328 850x150 1
GW D3 329 850x200 1
GW D3 330 850x300 1
GW D3 324 GW D3 331 850x400 1
GW D3 332 850x600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

Aeration front panels

Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 333 600x200 1
GW D3 334 850x200 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

GW D3 333

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

625
QDX 630 L
INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

Back-mounting plates
Back-mounting plate for non-modular devices
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 336 600x200 1
GW D3 337 600x400 1
GW D3 338 600x600 1
GW D3 339 600x800 1
GW D3 340 600x1000 1
GW D3 341 850x200 1
GW D3 342 850x400 1
GW D3 343 850x600 1
GW D3 344 850x800 1
GW D3 345 850x1000 1
GW D3 336

Dividers
Vertical dividers
Code Suitable for structures HxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 351 1000x200 1 1
GW D3 352 1200x200 1 1
GW D3 353 1000x300 1 1
GW D3 354 1200x300 1 1
GW D3 355 1600x200 1 1
GW D3 356 1800x200 1 1
GW D3 357 2000x200 1 1
GW D3 358 1600x300 1 1
GW D3 359 1800x300 1 1
GW D3 360 2000x300 1 1
GW D3 351
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic dividers to realize Form 2 configuration in the case of busbars mounted in the internal and external compartment.

Horizontal dividers
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 361 600x200 1 1
GW D3 362 850x200 1 1
GW D3 363 600x300 1 1
GW D3 364 850x300 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: metal dividers used to divide the distribution board into sections.

GW D3 361

626
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
DIN rail mounting tool
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 821 Wall and floor boards 1
CHARACTERISTICS: tool required for mounting and disassembling the double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail on the brackets.

GW D3 821

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

Pair of hole din row cover

Code Length (mm) No. of pieces Pack

Carton
GW D3 318 1000 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on window panels.

GW D3 318

DIN profiles
Code Section dim. HxD (mm) Profile Pack
Carton
Length: 24 modules
GW 45 413 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 414 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 35 modules
GW 45 418 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 419 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 2000 mm
GW 47 691 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1/5
GW 47 692 32x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1/5
NOTE: 24 and 35 modules DIN guides have fixing holess.
The 2000 mm DIN guides have no fixing holes.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

627
QDX 630 L
Wiring vertical trunking supports
Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 426 4 1
GW D3 428 8 1
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the installation of vertical wiring trunking with heights H=40 mm, H=60 mm or H=80 mm.
NOTES: not suitable for distribution boards with functional depth P=200 mm.

GW D3 426

Pair of supports for horizontal terminal block and earth bar

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 471 Distribution boards L=600/850 mm 1

GW D3 471

Ventilation kit
Code IP degree Rated voltage Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 46 448 IP44 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz 125x117 123x115 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed
power equal to 20 W.
APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 448

Aeration kit
Code IP degree Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 471 IP44 125x117 123x115 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 471

Additional plinths
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 822 400x200 1
GW D3 823 600x200 1
GW D3 824 850x200 1
GW D3 825 400x300 1
GW D3 826 600x300 1
GW D3 827 850x300 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional inspectable plinth (H=100 mm) to facilitate cable entry and/or raise the distribution board

NEWS

628
 Kit for side-by-side coupling
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 035 Wall and floor boards 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws and gasket.

GW D3 035

Copper earth busbars

Code Suitable for Installation Section (mm²) Length (mm) N./diam. of holes Pack
Carton
GW 45 565 Structures L=600 mm Horizontal 25x4 420 13 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 566 Structures L=850 mm Horizontal 25x4 620 21 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 559 Internal / external compartment Vertical 20x5 1750 68 Holes M6 and 2 holes M12 1

GW 45 565

Earth terminal blocks

Code Suitable for structures L (mm) N. terminal and section (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 45 568 600 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
GW 45 569 850 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
CHARACTERISTICS: copper busbars with a 20 x 5 section and 6.5 mm hole spacing.

GW 45 568

Document holder pocket in self-adhesive insulating material with kit of blank labels
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: can be inserted in all GEWISS enclosures from dimension 405x500x200 mm upwards.

GW 46 447

Lifting eyebolts
Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 441 200 1
GW D3 442 300 1
NOTES: suitable for wall and floor mounting distribution boards.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 441

629
QDX 630 L

Spare parts
Spare part lock
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 844 External compartment door 1
GW D3 845 Glass door / blind door 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: spare part locks supplied with keys.

GW D3 845

Spare part door keys

Code Type Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 439 Yale Wall / floor mounting distribution boards 1
GW D3 852 Triangular Internal / external compartment 1/10

GW D3 439

Spare part wall fixing brackets

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 452 Wall-mounting distribuion boards 1
GW D3 453 Floor-mounting distribution boards 1

GW D3 452

Spare part screws

Code Screws type Pack
Carton
GW D3 454 M6x10 (25 pcs) 1
GW D3 455 M6x12 (25 pcs) 1

GW D3 454

1/4 turn locks and spare part hinges

Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 457 Front panels 4 pcs (locks) and 4 pcs (hinges) 1

GW D3 457

NEWS

630
QDX 630 L
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

DIN RAIL: QUICK ASSEMBLY AND FACILITATED MAINTENANCE INTEGRATED GASKET

DISASSEMBLY DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

The screw-free snap-in system is simple and The independent fixing of the front part and the The IP43 rated seal is already fitted in the
immediate thanks to the quick assembly and removable sidewalls ensure the best working distribution board, with no need for an external
disassembly of the dual aluminium DIN rails. conditions for the operator. roll.

631
QDX 630 H

QDX 630 H distribution boards

QDX 630 H WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x1000 mm 600x1200 mm

DEPTH 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

144 mod. 192 mod.

Pitch 150mm
(24x6) (24x8)
Modular Capacity
120 mod. 144 mod.
Pitch 200 mm
(24x5) (24x6)

Monobloc structures GW D3 101 GW D3 107 GW D3 102 GW D3 108

Glass doors GW D3 651 GW D3 652

Blind doors GW D3 655 GW D3 656

Vertical coupling kit GW D3 121 GW D3 124 GW D3 121 GW D3 124

* Structures equipped with a side compartment (200 mm wide) dedicated to cables, terminal block or busbar system.

632
 QDX 630 H WALL-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
(600+200)x1000 mm (600+200)x1200 mm 850x1000 mm 850x1200 mm

200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm 200 mm 300 mm

144 mod. 192 mod. 210 mod. 280 mod.

(24x6) (24x8) (35x6) (35x8)

120 mod. 144 mod. 175 mod. 180 mod.

(24x5) (24x6) (35x5) (35x6)

GW D3 103 * GW D3 109 * GW D3 104 * GW D3 110 * GW D3 105 GW D3 111 GW D3 106 GW D3 112

GW D3 651 GW D3 652 GW D3 653 GW D3 654

GW D3 655 GW D3 656 GW D3 657 GW D3 658

GW D3 122 GW D3 125 GW D3 122 GW D3 125 GW D3 123 GW D3 126 GW D3 123 GW D3 126

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

633
QDX 630 H

QDX 630 H distribution boards

QDX 630 H FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x1600 mm 600x1800 mm 600x2000 mm

DEPTH 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm

Pitch 240 mod. 288 mod. 312 mod.

150mm (24x10) (24x12) (24x13)
Modular Capacity
Pitch 192 mod. 216 mod. 240 mod.
200 mm (24x8) (24x9) (24x10)

Bases and headboards GW D3 659 GW D3 660 GW D3 659 GW D3 660 GW D3 659 GW D3 660

Front uprights

GW D3 147 GW D3 148 GW D3 149 GW D3 150 GW D3 152 GW D3 153

Rear uprights and functional frames

Side panels GW D3 675 GW D3 676 GW D3 677 GW D3 678 GW D3 680 GW D3 681

Rear panels GW D3 684 GW D3 685 GW D3 686

Glass doors GW D3 696 GW D3 697 GW D3 698

Blind doors GW D3 803 GW D3 804 GW D3 805

Blind doors for side compartment - - -

Side-by-side kit

NOTE: the 600+300mm wide structures have a side compartment (300 mm wide) dedicated to the cables, terminal block or busbar system.

634
 QDX 630 H FLOOR-MOUNTING STRUCTURES
(600+300)x1600 mm (600+300)x1800 mm (600+300)x2000 mm 850x1600 mm 850x1800 mm 850x2000 mm

250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm

240 mod. 288 mod. 312 mod. 350 mod. 420 mod. 455 mod.
(24x10) (24x12) (24x13) (35x10) (35x12) (35x13)

192 mod. 216 mod. 240 mod. 280 mod. 315 mod. 350 mod.
(24x8) (24x9) (24x10) (35x8) (35x9) (35x10)

GW D3 663 GW D3 664 GW D3 663 GW D3 664 GW D3 663 GW D3 664 GW D3 667 GW D3 668 GW D3 667 GW D3 668 GW D3 667 GW D3 668

GW D3 156 GW D3 158 GW D3 161

GW D3 170 GW D3 172 GW D3 175 GW D3 147 GW D3 148 GW D3 149 GW D3 150 GW D3 152 GW D3 153

GW D3 171 GW D3 173 GW D3 176

GW D3 675 GW D3 676 GW D3 677 GW D3 678 GW D3 680 GW D3 681 GW D3 675 GW D3 676 GW D3 677 GW D3 678 GW D3 680 GW D3 681

GW D3 687 GW D3 688 GW D3 689 GW D3 690 GW D3 691 GW D3 692

GW D3 696 GW D3 697 GW D3 698 GW D3 699 GW D3 801 GW D3 802

GW D3 803 GW D3 804 GW D3 805 GW D3 806 GW D3 807 GW D3 808

GW D3 812 GW D3 813 GW D3 814 - - -

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 217
ELECTRICAL

635
QDX 630 H

QDX 630 H distribution boards

QDX 630 H EXTERNAL COMPARTMENT
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 400x1600 mm 400x1800 mm 400x2000 mm

DEPTH 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm 250 mm 400 mm

Bases and headboards GW D3 671 GW D3 672 GW D3 671 GW D3 672 GW D3 671 GW D3 672

Uprights GW D3 163 GW D3 164 GW D3 166

Side panels GW D3 675 GW D3 676 GW D3 677 GW D3 678 GW D3 680 GW D3 681

Rear panels GW D3 693 GW D3 694 GW D3 695

Blind doors GW D3 809 GW D3 810 GW D3 811

636
QDX 630 H configurations
Wall-mounting board IP55 QDX 630 H
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 600x1000x200 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 620x1060x215 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 413 DIN35 PROFILE B600 QDX630L/H/1600H
1 GW D3 101 QDX 630H WALL MOUNT. CASE 600x1000x200
1 GW D3 651 QDX 630H WALL MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x1000 AR
4 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
4 GW D3 311 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 125mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
1 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR

Wall-mounting board IP55 QDX 630 H with side compartment

Functional dimension (LxHxD): (600+200)x1200x300 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 840x1260x305 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 545 HORIZ. FOUR-POLE DIVIDER 250A 24M 21 CONN. - QDX630-1600
1 GW 47 691 GUIDE EN 50 022 - DIN 35
1 GW D3 110 QDX 630H WALL MOUNT. CASE 600+200x1200x300
1 GW D3 652 QDX 630H WALL MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x1200 AR
2 GW D3 301 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x150
2 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
4 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
2 GW D3 467 HORIZ. CROSS PIECES B600+200 PARETE QDX630H
1 GW D3 551 KIT MSS250 600x300 HORIZ/VERT

Floor-mounting board IP55 QDX 630 H

Functional dimension (LxHxD): 850x1800x250 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 900x2000x250 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 418 DIN35 PROFILE B850 QDX630L/H/1600H
2 GW 45 551 2 COPPER FLAT BARS 250 A 20x5 1000mm
1 GW D3 667 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 850x250 GR
1 GW D3 149 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600/850x1800x250
1 GW D3 677 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 1800x250 GR
1 GW D3 691 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 850x1800 GR
1 GW D3 801 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 850x1800 AR
3 GW D3 305 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 850x200
3 GW D3 311 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 125mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 327 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 850x100
1 GW D3 329 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 850x200
1 GW D3 332 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 850x850
1 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR
1 GW D3 552 KIT MSS250 850x300 HORIZ/VERT
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

1 GW D3 722 QDX630H/1600H BUSBAR-HOLDER 250-400A L850

ELECTRICAL

637
QDX 630 H configurations
Floor-mounting board IP55 QDX 630 H with side compartment
Functional dimension (LxHxD): (600+300)x2000x400 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 995x2200x400 mm
Quantity Code Description
2 GW 45 558 2 COPPER FLAT BARS 630 A 30x10 2000mm
1 GW D3 664 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600+300x400 GR
1 GW D3 161 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS 600/+300x2000
1 GW D3 176 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600/+300x2000
1 GW D3 681 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x400 GR
1 GW D3 689 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600+300x2000 GR
1 GW D3 698 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR
1 GW D3 814 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE COMPART.DOOR 600+300x2000 GR
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 321 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x100
1 GW D3 326 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x600
1 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
1 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
2 GW D3 727 QDX630H BUSBAR-HOLDER INT.COMPART. 630-800A D400

Floor-mounting board IP55 QDX 630 H with external compartment

Functional dimension (LxHxD): (600+400)x2000x400 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 1100x2200x400 mm
Quantity Code Description
1 GW 45 413 DIN35 PROFILE B600 QDX630L/H/1600H
1 GW D3 660 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x400 GR
1 GW D3 672 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 400x400 GR
1 GW D3 153 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600/850x2000x400
1 GW D3 166 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 400x2000
1 GW D3 681 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x400 GR
1 GW D3 686 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600x2000 GR
1 GW D3 695 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 400x2000 GR
1 GW D3 698 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR
1 GW D3 811 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 400x2000 AR
1 GW D3 217 QDX 630-1600H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT
6 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
6 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
1 GW D3 324 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x300
1 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
2 GW D3 468 HORIZ. CROSS PIECES B400 QDX630H
1 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR
1 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
2 GW D3 754 QDX630H/1600H SHAPED BUSBAR-HOLDER AL
2 GW D3 791 QDX ALUMINIUM SHAPED BUSBARS 630A 30x40

638
QDX 630 H
Monobloc and modular distribution boards up to 630 A - IP55
The QDX 630 H range of boards is available in two distinct solutions, wall and floor
mounting. Monobloc structure in welded sheet metal for wall mounting version
and modular structure with fully removable front for floor mounting version. It is
ideal in all those applications where maximum protection from external agents is
needed.

STRUCTURES - DEGREE OF PROTECTION WITH DOOR IP55

Wall-mounting distribution boards

Case
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 101 600x1000x200 620x1060x215 1
GW D3 102 600x1200x200 620x1260x215 1
GW D3 103 (600+200)x1000x200 840x1060x215 1
GW D3 104 (600+200)x1200x200 840x1260x215 1
GW D3 105 850x1000x200 820x1060x215 1
GW D3 106 850x1200x200 820x1260x215 1
GW D3 107 600x1000x300 620x1060x305 1
GW D3 108 600x1200x300 620x1260x305 1
GW D3 109 (600+200)x1000x300 840x1060x305 1
GW D3 110 (600+200)x1200x300 840x1260x305 1
GW D3 101 GW D3 111 850x1000x300 820x1060x305 1
GW D3 112 850x1200x300 820x1260x305 1
EQUIPMENT: no. 4 wall mounting brackets.
NOTES: The GWD3103, GWD3104, GWD3109 and GWD3110 cases are equipped with an associated side compartment (200 mm wide) for the cables, terminal block or bar system. To secure the cables in the side
compartment, use the pair of GWD3467 crosspieces, to be ordered separately.
The doors of the side compartment for codes GWD3103, GWD3104, GWD3109 and GWD3110 are supplied pre-mounted on the case.

Glass doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 651 600x1000 1
GW D3 652 600x1200 1
GW D3 653 850x1000 1
GW D3 654 850x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).
Tempered glass.

GW D3 651

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 655 600x1000 1
GW D3 656 600x1200 1
GW D3 657 850x1000 1
GW D3 658 850x1200 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).

GW D3 655
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

639
QDX 630 H

Floor mounting distribution boards - Single board

Base and headboard
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 659 600x250 650x250 1
GW D3 660 600x400 650x400 1
GW D3 667 850x250 850x250 1
GW D3 668 850x400 850x400 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no. 2 wall mounting brackets.
Inspectable plinth (supplied loose) inside the package.
NOTES:H=100 mm plinth height.

GW D3 659

Uprights and functional frames

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 147 1600x250 1700x250 1
GW D3 148 1600x400 1700x400 1
GW D3 149 1800x250 1900x250 1
GW D3 150 1800x400 1900x400 1
GW D3 152 2000x250 2100x250 1
GW D3 153 2000x400 2100x400 1

GW D3 152

Pair of side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 675 1600x250 1
GW D3 676 1600x400 1
GW D3 677 1800x250 1
GW D3 678 1800x400 1
GW D3 680 2000x250 1
GW D3 681 2000x400 1

GW D3 680

Pair of ventilated side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 815 1600x400 1
GW D3 816 1800x400 1
GW D3 817 2000x400 1
NOTES: In the case of installation of aerated side panels, the enclosure protection rating is IP30.
Each side panel has 2 surfaces with slits (one lower and one upper) each 58 cm² in size.

GW D3 218

Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 684 600x1600 1
GW D3 685 600x1800 1
GW D3 686 600x2000 1
GW D3 690 850x1600 1
GW D3 691 850x1800 1
GW D3 692 850x2000 1

GW D3 686

NEWS

640
Floor-mounting distribution boards with side compartment
Bases and headboard
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 663 (600+300)x250 945x250 1
GW D3 664 (600+300)x400 945x400 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Structures are equipped with an associated side compartment (300 mm wide) for the cables, terminal block or bar system.
COMPONENTS: 2 wall mounting brackets and 4 crosspieces for attaching cables.
Inspectable base supplied loose inside the package.
NOTES: Base height = 100 mm.

GW D3 664

Uprights and functional frames

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 170 1600x250 1700x250 1
GW D3 172 1800x250 1900x250 1
GW D3 175 2000x250 2100x250 1
NOTES: uprights and functional frames suitable only for floor-mounting distribution boards with side compartment with functional depth P=250 mm.

GW D3 175

Front uprights
Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 156 1600x400 1700x400 1
GW D3 158 1800x400 1900x400 1
GW D3 161 2000x400 2100x400 1
NOTES: uprights suitable only for floor-mounting distribution boards with side compartment with functional depth P=400 mm.
To complete the structure you need the rear uprights and functional frames to be ordered separately.

GW D3 161

Rear uprights and rear functional frames

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 171 1600x400 1700x400 1
GW D3 173 1800x400 1900x400 1
GW D3 176 2000x400 2100x400 1
NOTES: uprights and functional frames suitable only for floor-mounting distribution boards with side compartment with functional depth P=400 mm.
To complete the structure you need the front uprights and functional frames to be ordered separately.

GW D3 176

Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 687 (600+300)x1600 1
GW D3 688 (600+300)x1800 1
GW D3 689 (600+300)x2000 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 689

NEWS

641
QDX 630 H
Blind doors for side compartment
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 812 (600+300)x1600 1
GW D3 813 (600+300)x1800 1
GW D3 814 (600+300)x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: triangular insert key for opening side compartment door.

GW D3 814

Doors
Glass doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 696 600x1600 1
GW D3 697 600x1800 1
GW D3 698 600x2000 1
GW D3 699 850x1600 1
GW D3 801 850x1800 1
GW D3 802 850x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).
Tempered glass.
GW D3 698

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 803 600x1600 1
GW D3 804 600x1800 1
GW D3 805 600x2000 1
GW D3 806 850x1600 1
GW D3 807 850x1800 1
GW D3 808 850x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).

GW D3 805

NEWS

642
External compartment
Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 671 400x250 400x250 1
GW D3 672 400x400 400x400 1
COMPONENTS: 2 wall mounting brackets.
Inspectable base supplied loose inside the package.
NOTES: Base height = 100 mm.
Associating the external compartment with the structure can be carried out using the side attachment kit, to be ordered separately.
To secure the cables in the outer compartment, use the pair of GWD3468 crosspieces, to be ordered separately.

GW D3 672

Uprights and functional frames

Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 163 400x1600 400x1700 1
GW D3 164 400x1800 400x1900 1
GW D3 166 400x2000 400x2100 1

GW D3 166

Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 693 400x1600 1
GW D3 694 400x1800 1
GW D3 695 400x2000 1

GW D3 695

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 809 400x1600 1
GW D3 810 400x1800 1
GW D3 811 400x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: door with triangular panel locks.
CHARACTERISTICS:possibility of mounting the door with reversible opening (right/left).

GW D3 811
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

643
QDX 630 H
FRONT CONFIGURATION

Device installation on DIN rail

Window panels with DIN rail
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
No. modules: 24
GW D3 301 600x150 1
GW D3 302 600x200 1
GW D3 303 600x300 1
No. modules: 35
GW D3 304 850x150 1
GW D3 305 850x200 1
GW D3 306 850x300 1
COMPONENTS: Aluminium EN 50022 double rail (DIN 35).
GW D3 302 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: Mounting the DIN rail requires brackets (bracket type depends on the depth of the panel), to be ordered separately.

Pair of DIN rail mounting brackets

Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 311 200 / 250 Modular devices range 90 1
GW D3 312 200 / 250 MCCB’s MSX/D/M/c 160-250 1
GW D3 313 400 Modular devices range 90 1
GW D3 314 400 MCCB’s MSX/D/M/c 160-250 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no. 1 horizontal wiring trunking support for GWD3311 and no. 2 for horizontal wiring trunking supports for GWD3313. The supports must be mounted on the back of the of the double EN
50022 (DIN 35) rail.

GW D3 313

MSX moulded case circuit breakers installation on plate

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in horizontal position fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 501 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 502 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 503 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 504 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 505 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 509 Horizontal MSX/M160c 850x200 1
GW D3 510 Horizontal MSX/D125 850x200 1
GW D3 511 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 504
GW D3 512 Horizontal MSXE160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 513 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in vertical position fixed version

Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 555 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1
GW D3 517 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x300 1
GW D3 518 Vertical MSXE160-250 600x300 1
GW D3 519 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 556 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1
GW D3 523 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 524 Vertical MSXE160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 525 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
GW D3 517
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

NEWS

644
 Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 531 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 532 Horizontal MSX/M250c 600x200 1
GW D3 533 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 534 Horizontal MSX/D160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 535 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 536 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 568 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 568 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 569 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 570 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 569

Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 541 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 542 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 543 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 544 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 557 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanized sheet metal support plate, overhead brackets (if required) and pre-cut panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotating hinges and 1/4 turn locks.
NOTES: the kits are suitable for 3P and 4P switches.

GW D3 557

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 558 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 559 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: piastra di supporto in lamiera zincata, staffe di rialzo (se necessarie) e pannello pretranciato.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 558
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

645
QDX 630 H

MSS switch disconnectors installation on plate

Installation kit for switch disconnectors up to 630 A fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 551 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 600x300 1
GW D3 553 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 600x400 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 552 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 850x300 1
GW D3 554 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 850x400 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.
GW D3 553

Front panels
Blind front panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 321 600x100 1
GW D3 322 600x150 1
GW D3 323 600x200 1
GW D3 324 600x300 1
GW D3 325 600x400 1
GW D3 326 600x600 1
GW D3 327 850x100 1
GW D3 328 850x150 1
GW D3 329 850x200 1
GW D3 330 850x300 1
GW D3 324 GW D3 331 850x400 1
GW D3 332 850x600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

Aeration front panels

Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 333 600x200 1
GW D3 334 850x200 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

GW D3 333

646
INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

Back-mounting plates
Back-mounting plate for non-modular devices
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 336 600x200 1
GW D3 337 600x400 1
GW D3 338 600x600 1
GW D3 339 600x800 1
GW D3 340 600x1000 1
GW D3 341 850x200 1
GW D3 342 850x400 1
GW D3 343 850x600 1
GW D3 344 850x800 1
GW D3 345 850x1000 1
GW D3 336 GW D3 346 600x1800 1
GW D3 347 600x2000 1
GW D3 348 850x1800 1
GW D3 349 850x2000 1
CHARACTERISTICS: The GWD3346, GWD3347, GWD3348 and GWD3349 bottom plates replace the functional frames and can be adjusted in depth.
NOTES: The GWD3346, GWD3347, GWD3348 and GWD3349 bottom plates are not suitable for boards with a functional depth of 250 mm.

Dividers
Vertical dividers
Code Suitable for structures HxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 365 1600x250 1 1
GW D3 366 1800x250 1 1
GW D3 367 2000x250 1 1
GW D3 368 1600x400 1 1
GW D3 369 1800x400 1 1
GW D3 370 2000x400 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic dividers to realize Form 2 configuration in the case of busbars mounted in the side and external compartment.
NOTES: segregation not suitable for wall-mounting boards.

GW D3 366

Horizontal dividers
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 375 600x200/250 1 1
GW D3 376 850x200/250 1 1
GW D3 377 600x400 1 1
GW D3 378 850x400 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: metal dividers used to divide the distribution board into sections.
NOTES: GWD3377 and GWD3378 are not suitable for wall-mounting distribution boards.

GW D3 375
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

647
QDX 630 H
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
DIN rail mounting tool
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 821 Wall and floor boards 1
CHARACTERISTICS: tool required for mounting and disassembling the double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail on the brackets.

GW D3 821

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

Pair of hole din row cover

Code Length (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 318 1000 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on window panels.

GW D3 318

Metal front finishing profiles for IP30 enclosures without door

Code Suitable for structures No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Profile: Horizontal
GW D3 224 L=600 mm 2 1
GW D3 225 L=850 mm 2 1
Profile: Vertical
GW D3 226 H=1600 mm 2 1
GW D3 227 H=1800 mm 2 1
GW D3 228 H=2000 mm 2 1

GW D3 226

NEWS

648
 DIN profiles
Code Section dim. HxD (mm) Profile Pack
Carton
Length: 24 modules
GW 45 413 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 414 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 35 modules
GW 45 418 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 419 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 2000 mm
GW 47 691 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1/5
GW 47 692 32x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1/5
GW 45 413 NOTE: 24 and 35 modules DIN guides have fixing holess.
The 2000 mm DIN guides have no fixing holes.

Wiring vertical trunking supports

Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 426 4 1
GW D3 428 8 1
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the installation of vertical wiring trunkings with heights H=40 mm, H=60 mm or H=80 mm.
NOTES:not suitable for distribution boards with functional depth P= 200/ 250 mm.

GW D3 426

Pair of supports for horizontal terminal block and earth bar

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 471 Distribution boards L=600/850 mm 1

GW D3 471

Ventilation kit
Code IP degree Rated voltage Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 46 448 IP44 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz 125x117 123x115 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed
power equal to 20 W.
APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 448

Aeration kit
Code IP degree Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 471 IP44 125x117 123x115 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

GW 46 471

649
QDX 630 H
Additional plinths
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 828 400x250 1
GW D3 829 600x250 1
GW D3 830 850x250 1
GW D3 831 (600+300)x250 1
GW D3 832 400x400 1
GW D3 833 600x400 1
GW D3 834 850x400 1
GW D3 835 (600+300)x400 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional inspectable plinth (H=100 mm) to facilitate cable entry and/or raise the distribution board

Kit for side-by-side coupling

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 217 Floor-mounting distribution boards 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws and gasket.

GW D3 217

Overlay kit for wall-mounted boards

Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 121 600x200 1
GW D3 122 (600+200)x200 1
GW D3 123 850x200 1
GW D3 124 600x300 1
GW D3 125 (600+200)x300 1
GW D3 126 850x300 1
NOTES: not suitable for floor-mounting distribution boards.

GW D3 121

Copper earth busbars

Code Suitable for Installation Section (mm²) Length (mm) N./diam. of holes Pack
Carton
GW 45 565 Structures L=600 mm Horizontal 25x4 420 13 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 566 Structures L=850 mm Horizontal 25x4 620 21 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 559 Side compartment/external Vertical 20x5 1750 68 Holes M6 and 2 holes M12 1

GW 45 565

Earth terminal blocks

Code Suitable for structures L (mm) N. terminal and section (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 45 568 600 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
GW 45 569 850 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
CHARACTERISTICS: copper busbars with a 20 x 5 section and 6.5 mm hole spacing.

GW 45 568

NEWS

650
 Document holder pocket in self-adhesive insulating material with kit of blank labels
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: can be inserted in all GEWISS enclosures from dimension 405x500x200 mm upwards.

GW 46 447

Lifting eyebolts
Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 443 250 1
GW D3 444 400 1
NOTES: Not suitable for wall-mounting distribution boards.
To lift the wal-mounting distribution boards use the supplied wall mounting brackets.

GW D3 443

Pair of crosspieces for attachment

Code Type Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 467 Horizontal Wall-mounted distribution board with associated side compartment 1
GW D3 468 Horizontal External compartment 1

GW D3 467

Spare parts
Spare part locks for wall-mounting distribution boards
Code Suitable to Pack
Carton
GW D3 847 Glass door / blind door 1
GW D3 848 Side compartment door 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: spare part locks supplied with keys.

GW D3 847

Spare part locks for floor-mounting distribution boards

Code Suitable to Pack
Carton
GW D3 850 External compartment door 1
GW D3 851 Glass door / blind door 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: spare part locks supplied with keys.

ELECTRICAL

GW D3 851

NEWS

651
QDX 630 H
Spare part door keys
Code Type Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 439 Yale Wall / floor mounting distribution boards 1
GW D3 852 Triangular Side / external compartment 1/10

GW D3 439

Spare part wall fixing brackets

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 451 Wall-mounting distribuion boards 1
GW D3 453 Floor-mounting distribution boards 1

GW D3 451

Spare part screws

Code Screws type Pack
Carton
GW D3 454 M6x10 (25 pcs) 1
GW D3 455 M6x12 (25 pcs) 1

GW D3 454

Inserts for screws

Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 853 Side panels 10 1
NOTES: Not suitable for wall-mounting distribution boards.

GW D3 853

1/4 turn locks and spare part hinges

Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 457 Front panels 4 pcs (locks) and 4 pcs (hinges) 1
GW D3 458 Doors for wall-mounting boards 5 pcs (hinges) 1

GW D3 457

NEWS

652
QDX 630 H
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

DIN RAIL: QUICK ASSEMBLY AND EASIER ASSEMBLY AND BUSBAR SYSTEM IN EACH
DISASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE POSITION DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

The screw-free snap-in system is simple and The side and rear panels can be easily removed The linear bar system (in the switch zone at
immediate thanks to the quick assembly and in complete safety. The removable front, and the bottom of the distribution board) or sloped
disassembly of the dual aluminium DIN rails. fully removable side and rear panels allow the busbar system (in the cable compartment) is
operator to assemble the structure upright. also available in aluminium.

653
QDX 1600 H

QDX 1600 H cabinets

QDX 1600 H FLOOR-MOUNTING STUCTURES
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 600x1800 mm 600x2000 mm

DEPTH 600 mm 600 mm 800 mm

288 mod. 312 mod.
Pitch 150mm
(24x12) (24x13)
Modular Capacity
216 mod. 240 mod.
Pitch 200 mm
(24x9) (24x10)

Bases and headboards GW D3 661 GW D3 661 GW D3 662

Front uprights

GW D3 168 GW D3 169

Rear uprights and functional frames

Short rear uprights and functional frames* GW D3 168R GW D3 169R6 -

Side panels GW D3 679 GW D3 682 GW D3 683

Rear panels GW D3 685 GW D3 686

Glass doors GW D3 697 GW D3 698

Blind doors GW D3 804 GW D3 805

Blind doors for side compartment - - -

Side-by-side kit

NOTE: the 600+300mm wide structures have a side compartment (300 mm wide) dedicated to the cables, terminal block or busbar system.
* Short rear uprights and functional frames are only required in the case of busbars mounted horizontally at the headboard or base

654
 QDX 1600 H FLOOR-MOUNTING STUCTURES
(600+300)x1800 mm (600+300)x2000 mm 850x1800 mm 850x2000 mm

600 mm 600 mm 800 mm 600 mm 600 mm 800 mm

288 mod. 312 mod. 420 mod. 455 mod.
(24x12) (24x13) (35x12) (35x13)
216 mod. 240 mod. 315 mod. 350 mod.
(24x9) (24x10) (35x9) (35x10)

GW D3 665 GW D3 665 GW D3 666 GW D3 669 GW D3 669 GW D3 670

GW D3 159 GW D3 162

GW D3 168 GW D3 169

GW D3 174 GW D3 177

GW D3 174R GW D8 177R6 - GW D3 168R GW D3 169R6 -

GW D3 679 GW D3 682 GW D3 683 GW D3 679 GW D3 682 GW D3 683

GW D3 688 GW D3 689 GW D3 691 GW D3 692

GW D3 697 GW D3 698 GW D3 801 GW D3 802

GW D3 804 GW D3 805 GW D3 807 GW D3 808

GW D3 813 GW D3 814 - - -
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 217

655
QDX 1600 H

QDX 1600 H cabinets

QDX 1600 H EXTERNAL COMPARTMENT
FUNCTIONAL DIM. (LxH) 400x1800 mm 400x2000 mm

DEPTH 600 mm 600 mm 800 mm

Bases and headboards GW D3 673 GW D3 673 GW D3 674

Uprights and functional frames GW D3 165 GW D3 167

Side panels GW D3 679 GW D3 682 GW D3 683

Rear panels GW D3 694 GW D3 695

Blind doors GW D3 810 GW D3 811

656
QDX 1600 H configurations
Floor-mounting cabinet IP55 QDX 1600 H with side and external
compartment
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 400+(600+300)x2000x600 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 1395x2200x625 mm
Quantity Code Description
2 GW 45 558 2 COPPER FLAT BARS 630 A 30x10 2000mm
1 GW 47 691 GUIDE EN 50 022 - DIN 35
1 GW D3 665 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600+300x600 GR
1 GW D3 673 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 400x600 GR
1 GW D3 162 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS 600+300x2000
1 GW D3 167 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 400x2000
1 GW D3 177 DX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600+300x2000
1 GW D3 682 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x625 GR
1 GW D3 689 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600+300x2000 GR
1 GW D3 695 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 400x2000 GR
1 GW D3 698 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR
1 GW D3 811 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 400x2000 AR
1 GW D3 814 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE COMPART.DOOR 600+300x2000 GR
1 GW D3 217 QDX 630-1600H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT
5 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
5 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 321 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x100
1 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
5 GW D3 472 QDX1600H SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK P600
1 GW D3 501 KIT MSX/M160c 600x200 HORIZ FIX
2 GW D3 503 KIT MSX/D/M/c160-250 600x200 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
6 GW D3 714 QDX N.20 SCREWS FOR SHAPED BUSBARS M8X25
2 GW D3 734 QDX1600H BUSBAR-HOLDER INT/EXT.COMP. 630-800A D600

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

657
QDX 1600 H configurations

Floor-mounting cabinet IP55 QDX 1600 H

2 columns with side and external compartment
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 400+(600+300)+850x2000x600 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 2245x2200x625 mm
Quantity Code Description Quantity Code Description
2 GW 45 418 DIN35 PROFILE B850 QDX630L/H/1600H 2 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200
1 GW 47 691 GUIDE EN 50 022 - DIN 35 8 GW D3 305 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 850x200
QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 10 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
1 GW D3 665
600+300x600 GR 1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 669 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 850x600 GR 1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
1 GW D3 673 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 400x600 GR 2 GW D3 329 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 850x200
1 GW D3 162 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS 600+300x2000 2 GW D3 372 QDX1600H VERTICAL DIVIDER 2000x625
1 GW D3 167 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 400x2000 2 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
1 GW D3 169 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600/850x2000 2 GW D3 471 QDX SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK/EARTH BAR
1 GW D3 177 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600+300x2000 5 GW D3 472 QDX1600H SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK P600
1 GW D3 682 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x625 GR 1 GW D3 501 KIT MSX/M160c 600x200 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 689 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600+300x2000 GR 2 GW D3 503 KIT MSX/D/M/c160-250 600x200 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 692 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 850x2000 GR 2 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 695 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 400x2000 GR 1 GW D3 507 KIT MSX/E/M1250 600x400 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 698 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR 6 GW D3 714 QDX N.20 SCREWS FOR SHAPED BUSBARS M8X25
1 GW D3 802 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 850x2000 AR 2 GW D3 760 QDX1600H SHAPED BUSBAR-HOLDER AL INT/EXT.COMP. 1600A
1 GW D3 811 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 400x2000 AR 2 GW D3 794 QDX ALUMINIUM SHAPED BUSBARS 1600A 60x30
QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE COMPART.DOOR
1 GW D3 814
600+300x2000 GR
2 GW D3 217 QDX 630-1600H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT

658
QDX 1600 H configurations

Floor-mounting cabinet IP55 QDX 1600 H

2 columns with side and external compartment
Functional dimension (LxHxD): 400+600+400+(600+300)x2000x800 mm
External dimension (LxHxD): 2445x2200x800 mm
Quantity Code Description Quantity Code Description
2 GW 47 691 GUIDE EN 50 022 - DIN 35 1 GW D3 821 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNTING TOOL GR
1 GW D3 662 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 600x800 GR 1 GW D3 318 QDX BLANKING MODULES PROFILE 1000mm
QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 1 GW D3 321 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x100
1 GW D3 666
600+300x800 GR 1 GW D3 323 QDX BLIND FRONT PANEL 600x200
2 GW D3 674 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. BASE-HEADBOARD 400x800 2 GW D3 428 QDX WIRING TRUNKING VERTICAL SUPPORTS 8 PIECES
QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. FRONT UPRIGHTS 2 GW D3 472 QDX1600H SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK P600
1 GW D3 162
600+300x2000 6 GW D3 473 QDX1600H SUPPORTS FOR HORIZ. TERMIN.BLOCK P800
2 GW D3 167 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 400x2000 5 GW D3 501 KIT MSX/M160c 600x200 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 169 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600/850x2000 3 GW D3 503 KIT MSX/D/M/c160-250 600x200 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 177 QDX 1600H FLOOR MOUNT. UPRIGHTS 600+300x2000 2 GW D3 505 KIT MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 HORIZ FIX
1 GW D3 683 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE PANELS 2000x800 GR 1 GW D3 522 KIT MSX/E/M1600 600x700 VERT FIX
1 GW D3 686 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600x2000 GR 4 GW D3 714 QDX N.20 SCREWS FOR SHAPED BUSBARS M8X25
1 GW D3 689 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 600+300x2000 GR QDX1600H SHAPED BUSBAR-HOLDER AL INT/EXT.COMP.
2 GW D3 695 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. REAR PANEL 400x2000 GR 2 GW D3 762
1600A
2 GW D3 698 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. GLASS DOOR 600x2000 AR 2 GW D3 763 QDX1600H SHAPED BUSBAR-HOLDER AL 1600A D600-800
2 GW D3 811 QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. BLIND DOOR 400x2000 AR 1 GW D3 767 HORIZ. BARS CROSSPIECES QDX1600H L600
QDX 630H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE COMPART.DOOR 1 GW D3 769 HORIZ. BARS CROSSPIECES EXT CABLE COMP. QDX1600H
1 GW D3 814
600+300x2000 GR QDX1600H N.4 JOINTS ALUM. SHAPED BUSBARS
3 GW D3 217 QDX 630-1600H FLOOR MOUNT. SIDE-BY-SIDE KIT 1 GW D3 774
1250/1600A
4 GW D3 302 QDX WINDOW PANEL WITH DIN RAIL 600x200 4 GW D3 794 QDX ALUMINIUM SHAPED BUSBARS 1600A 60x30
4 GW D3 313 QDX DIN RAIL MOUNT.BRACKETS 90 RANGE - 220mm
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

659
QDX 1600 H
Modular enclosures up to 1600 A - IP55
The QDX 1600 H series of cabinets makes robustness its strong point,
specifically in all those applications where both a high level of protection from
external agents and a high breaking power from the short circuit are required.

STRUCTURES - DEGREE OF PROTECTION WITH DOOR IP55

Floor-mounting distributon boards - Single board

Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 661 600x600 650x625 1
GW D3 662 600x800 650x800 1
GW D3 669 850x600 850x625 1
GW D3 670 850x800 850x800 1
ACCESSORIES: inspectable plinth (supplied loose) inside the package.
NOTES: H=100 mm plinth height.

GW D3 662

Uprights and functional frames

Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 168 1800 1900 1
GW D3 169 2000 2100 1

GW D3 169

Reduced uprights and reduced functional frames

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 168 R 1800x600 1900x625 1
GW D3 169 R6 2000x600 2100x625 1
NOTES: uprights and functional frames to be used only in the case of busbars positioned horizontally at the top or bottom of the distribution board.

GW D3 168 R

NEWS

660
 Pair of side panels
Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 679 1800x600 1
GW D3 682 2000x600 1
GW D3 683 2000x800 1

GW D3 682

Pair of ventilated side panels

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 818 1800x600 1
GW D3 819 2000x600 1
GW D3 820 2000x800 1
NOTES: In the case of installation of aerated side panels, the enclosure protection rating is IP30.
Each side panel has 2 surfaces with slits (one lower and one upper) each 58 cm² in size.

GW D3 222

Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 685 600x1800 1
GW D3 686 600x2000 1
GW D3 691 850x1800 1
GW D3 692 850x2000 1

GW D3 686

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

661
QDX 1600 H

Floor-mounting distribution boards with side compartment

Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 665 (600+300)x600 945x625 1
GW D3 666 (600+300)x800 945x800 1
CHARACTERISTICS: Structures are equipped with an associated side compartment (300 mm wide) for the cables, terminal block or bar system.
COMPONENTS: to secure the cables in the side compartment, use the pair of GWD3461 crosspieces, to be ordered separately.
Inspectable base supplied loose inside the package.
NOTES: Base height = 100 mm.

GW D3 666

Front uprights
Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 159 1800 1900 1
GW D3 162 2000 2100 1
NOTES: to complete the structure you need the rear uprights and functional frames to be ordered separately.

GW D3 162

Rear uprights and rear functional frames

Code Functional dim. H (mm) External dim H (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 174 1800 1900 1
GW D3 177 2000 2100 1
NOTES: to complete the structure you need the front uprights to be ordered separately.

GW D3 177

Reduced uprights and reduced functional frames

Code Functional dim. HxD (mm) External dim. HxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 174 R 1800x600 1900x625 1
GW D3 177 R6 2000x600 2100x625 1
NOTES: uprights and functional frames to be used only in the case of busbars positioned horizontally at the top or bottom of the distribution board.

GW D3 177 R6

NEWS

662
 Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 688 (600+300)x1800 1
GW D3 689 (600+300)x2000 1

GW D3 689

Blind doors for side compartment

Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 813 (600+300)x1800 1
GW D3 814 (600+300)x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: triangular insert key for opening side compartment door.

GW D3 814

Doors
Glass doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 697 600x1800 1
GW D3 698 600x2000 1
GW D3 801 850x1800 1
GW D3 802 850x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).
Smoked tempered glass.

GW D3 698

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 804 600x1800 1
GW D3 805 600x2000 1
GW D3 807 850x1800 1
GW D3 808 850x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).

GW D3 805
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

NEWS

663
QDX 1600 H

External compartment
Bases and headboards
Code Functional dim. LxD (mm) External dim. LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 673 400x600 400x625 1
GW D3 674 400x800 400x850 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED : to fix the cables in the external compartment, use the pair of crosspieces GWD3462 to be ordered separately. Inspectable plinth (supplied loose) inside the package. NOTES: H=100 mm plinth
height. The external compartment can be put together with the structure by using the special side kit to be ordered separately.

GW D3 674

Uprights and functional frames

Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) External dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 165 400x1800 400x1900 1
GW D3 167 400x2000 400x2100 1

GW D3 167

Rear panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 694 400x1800 1
GW D3 695 400x2000 1

GW D3 695

Blind doors
Code Suitable for structures LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 810 400x1800 1
GW D3 811 400x2000 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: rod-mechanism lock door, equipped with rotary handle with security lock and Yale type key.
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to assemble the door with reversible opening (right/left).

GW D3 811

NEWS

664
FRONT CONFIGURATION

Devices installation on DIN rail

Window panels with DIN rail
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
No. modules: 24
GW D3 301 600x150 1
GW D3 302 600x200 1
GW D3 303 600x300 1
No. modules: 35
GW D3 304 850x150 1
GW D3 305 850x200 1
GW D3 306 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail in aluminium.
GW D3 302 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock. NOTES: mounting of DIN rail requires brackets (bracket type depends on the depth of the board) to be
ordered separately.

Pair of DIN rail mounting brackets

Code Suitable for structure D (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 313 600 / 800 Modular devices range 90 1
GW D3 314 600 / 800 MCCB’s MSX/D/M/c 160-250 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: no. 2 horizontal wiring trunking supports for GWD3313. The supports must be mounted on the back of the of the double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail.

GW D3 313

Installation MSX moulded case circuit breaker on plate

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in horizontal position fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 501 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 502 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 503 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 504 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 505 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 509 Horizontal MSX/M160c 850x200 1
GW D3 510 Horizontal MSX/D125 850x200 1
GW D3 511 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 504
GW D3 512 Horizontal MSXE160-250 850x200 1
GW D3 513 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 1600 A in horizontal position fixed version

Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 506 Horizontal MSXE/M1000 600x400 1
GW D3 507 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 600x400 1
GW D3 508 Horizontal MSXE/M 1600 600x400 1
Functional width: 850 mm
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 514 Horizontal MSXE/M1000 850x400 1

GW D3 515 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 850x400 1
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 516 Horizontal MSXE/M 1600 850x400 1

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 506 CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

665
QDX 1600 H
Installation kit for MCCB’s up to 630 A in vertical position fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 555 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1
GW D3 517 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x300 1
GW D3 518 Vertical MSXE160-250 600x300 1
GW D3 519 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 556 Vertical MSX/D125 600x300 1
GW D3 523 Vertical MSX/D/M/c 160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 524 Vertical MSXE160-250 850x300 1
GW D3 525 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
GW D3 517
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for MCCB’S up to 1600A in vertical position fixed version

Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 520 Vertical MSXE/M1000 600x600 1
GW D3 521 Vertical MSXE/M1250 600x700 1
GW D3 522 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 600x700 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 526 Vertical MSXE/M1000 850x600 1
GW D3 527 Vertical MSXE/M1250 850x700 1
GW D3 528 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 850x700 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 520 CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 531 Horizontal MSX/M160c 600x200 1
GW D3 532 Horizontal MSX/M250c 600x200 1
GW D3 533 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 534 Horizontal MSX/D160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 535 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 536 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 568 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 568 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 569 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 570 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 569

NEWS

666
 Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 1600A with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 537 Horizontal MSXE/M1000 600x400 1
GW D3 538 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 600x400 1
GW D3 571 Horizontal MSX/E/M1000 850x400 1
GW D3 574 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 850x400 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 537

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 1600A on plate with direct rotary handle
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 572 Vertical MSX/E/M1000 600x600 1
GW D3 575 Vertical MSXE/M1250 600x700 1
GW D3 539 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 600x700 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 573 Vertical MSXE/M1000 850x600 1
GW D3 576 Vertical MSXE/M1250 850x700 1
GW D3 578 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 850x700 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 572 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 630A with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 541 Horizontal MSX/D125 600x200 1
GW D3 542 Horizontal MSX/D/M/c 160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 543 Horizontal MSXE160-250 600x200 1
GW D3 544 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 600x300 1
GW D3 557 Horizontal MSX/E/M400-630 850x300 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanized sheet metal support plate, overhead brackets (if required) and pre-cut panel.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotating hinges and 1/4 turn locks.
NOTES: the kits are suitable for 3P and 4P switches.

GW D3 557

Installation kit for vertical MCCB’S up to 630A on plate with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 558 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 600x500 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 559 Vertical MSX/E/M400-630 850x500 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: piastra di supporto in lamiera zincata, staffe di rialzo (se necessarie) e pannello pretranciato.
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

GW D3 558

Horizontal installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 1600A with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 545 Horizontal MSXE/M1000 600x400 1
GW D3 546 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 600x400 1
Functional width: 850 mm
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 560 Horizontal MSX/E/M1000 850x400 1

GW D3 563 Horizontal MSXE/M1250 850x400 1
ELECTRICAL

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.
GW D3 545

NEWS

667
QDX 1600 H
Vertical installation kit for fixed version MSX up to 1600A with motor operating device
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 561 Vertical MSX/E/M1000 600x600 1
GW D3 564 Vertical MSXE/M1250 600x700 1
GW D3 547 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 600x700 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 562 Vertical MSXE/M1000 850x600 1
GW D3 565 Vertical MSXE/M1250 850x700 1
GW D3 567 Vertical MSXE/M 1600 850x700 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
GW D3 561 CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTES: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.

Installation MSS switch disconnectors on plate

Installation kit for switch disconnectors up to 630 A fixed version
Code Installation Suitable for Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
Functional width: 600 mm
GW D3 551 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 600x300 1
GW D3 553 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 600x400 1
Functional width: 850 mm
GW D3 552 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 250 850x300 1
GW D3 554 Horizontal/Vertical MSS 630 850x400 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: galvanised sheet metal support plate, raiser brackets and pre-drilled panel.
CHARACTERISTICS:RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.
NOTE: The kits are suitable for 3P and 4P MCCB’s.
GW D3 553

Front panels
Blind front panels
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 321 600x100 1
GW D3 322 600x150 1
GW D3 323 600x200 1
GW D3 324 600x300 1
GW D3 325 600x400 1
GW D3 326 600x600 1
GW D3 327 850x100 1
GW D3 328 850x150 1
GW D3 329 850x200 1
GW D3 330 850x300 1
GW D3 324 GW D3 331 850x400 1
GW D3 332 850x600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

Aeration front panels

Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 333 600x200 1
GW D3 334 850x200 1
CHARACTERISTICS: RAL 7035 grey painted sheet metal panels equipped with rotation hinges and 1/4 turn lock.

GW D3 333

NEWS

668
INTERNAL CONFIGURATION

Back-mounting plates
Back-mounting plate for non-modular devices
Code Functional dim. LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 336 600x200 1
GW D3 337 600x400 1
GW D3 338 600x600 1
GW D3 339 600x800 1
GW D3 340 600x1000 1
GW D3 341 850x200 1
GW D3 342 850x400 1
GW D3 343 850x600 1
GW D3 344 850x800 1
GW D3 345 850x1000 1
GW D3 336 GW D3 346 600x1800 1
GW D3 347 600x2000 1
GW D3 348 850x1800 1
GW D3 349 850x2000 1
CHARACTERISTICS: The GWD3346, GWD3347, GWD3348 and GWD3349 bottom plates replace the functional frames and can be adjusted in depth.

Dividers
Vertical dividers
Code Suitable for structures HxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 371 1800x600 1 1
GW D3 372 2000x600 1 1
GW D3 374 2000x800 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: metal dividers to realize Form 2 segregation in the case of busbars mounted in the side and external compartment.

GW D3 371

Horizontal dividers
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 377 600x400 1 1
GW D3 378 850x400 1 1
CHARACTERISTICS: metal dividers used to divide the distribution board into sections.

GW D3 377

Horizontal busbars segregations

Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) Installation No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 379 600x600 Base and head 1 1
GW D3 380 600x800 Base and head 1 1
GW D3 381 850x600 Base and head 1 1
GW D3 382 850x800 Base and head 1 1
GW D3 383 600x800 At any height 1 1
GW D3 384 850x800 At any height 1 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

CHARACTERISTICS: metal dividers to realize Form 2 segregation in the case of busbars horizontally mounted.
ELECTRICAL

GW D3 379

NEWS

669
QDX 1600 H
COMPLEMENTARY ITEMS

Accessories
DIN rail mounting tool
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 821 Floor-mounting distribution boards 1
CHARACTERISTICS: tool required for mounting and disassembling the double EN 50022 (DIN 35) rail on the brackets.

GW D3 821

Depth adapter
Code Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 317 600 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plastic adapter for compensation of the different installation depths on DIN rail EN 50022 of the modular devices (90 range) and moulded case circuit breakers (MSX range).

GW D3 317

Pair of hole din row cover

Code Length (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 318 1000 2 1
CHARACTERISTICS: clip fixing on window panels.

GW D3 318

Metal front finishing profiles for IP30 enclosures without door

Code Suitable for structures No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Profile: Horizontal
GW D3 224 L=600 mm 2 1
GW D3 225 L=850 mm 2 1
Profile: Vertical
GW D3 227 H=1800 mm 2 1
GW D3 228 H=2000 mm 2 1

GW D3 228

NEWS

670
 DIN profiles
Code Section dim. HxD (mm) Profile Pack
Carton
Length: 24 modules
GW 45 413 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 414 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 35 modules
GW 45 418 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1
GW 45 419 35x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1
Length: 2000 mm
GW 47 691 35x15 EN 50022 (DIN 35) 1/5
GW 47 692 32x15 EN 50035 (G 32) 1/5
GW 45 413 NOTE: 24 and 35 modules DIN guides have fixing holess.
The 2000 mm DIN guides have no fixing holes.

Wiring vertical trunking supports

Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 426 4 1
GW D3 428 8 1
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the installation of vertical wiring trunking with heights H=40 mm, H=60 mm or H=80 mm.

GW D3 426

Pair of supports for horizontal terminal block and earth bar

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 471 Distribution boards L=600/850 mm 1

GW D3 471

Pair of supports for vertical terminal block

Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 472 600 1
GW D3 473 800 1

GW D3 472

Ventilation kit
Code IP degree Rated voltage Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance Pack
(mm) Carton
GW 46 448 IP44 230 V - 50 / 60 Hz 125x117 123x115 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the fan takes in air from the outside and introduces it into the distribution board, creating a slight overpressure that prevents foreign particles from entering. Max fan capacity 60 m³/h. Absorbed
power equal to 20 W.
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

APPLICATIONS: forced ventilation in critical thermal conditions.

ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.
ELECTRICAL

GW 46 448

671
QDX 1600 H
Aeration kit
Code IP degree Fixing hole (mm) Screws centre distance (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 471 IP44 125x117 123x115 1/10
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: drilling template.

GW 46 471

Additional plinths
Code Suitable for structures LxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 836 400x600 1
GW D3 837 600x600 1
GW D3 838 850x600 1
GW D3 839 (600+300)x600 1
GW D3 840 400x800 1
GW D3 841 600x800 1
GW D3 842 850x800 1
GW D3 843 (600+300)x800 1
CHARACTERISTICS: additional inspectable plinth (H=100 mm) to facilitate cable entry and/or raise the distribution board

Kit for side-by-side coupling

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 217 Floor-mounting distribution boards 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws and gasket.

GW D3 217

Copper earth busbars

Code Suitable for Installation Section (mm²) Length (mm) N./diam. of holes Pack
Carton
GW 45 565 Structures L=600 mm Horizontal 25x4 420 13 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 566 Structures L=850 mm Horizontal 25x4 620 21 Holes M6 and 2 holes ø 6 mm 1
GW 45 560 Side compartment/external Vertical 60x5 1750 140 holes Ø 10,5 mm 1

GW 45 565

Earth terminal blocks

Code Suitable for structures L (mm) N. terminal and section (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 45 568 600 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
GW 45 569 850 2x(1x35+11x16+13x10) 1
CHARACTERISTICS: copper busbars with a 20 x 5 section and 6.5 mm hole spacing.

GW 45 568

NEWS

672
 Document holder pocket in self-adhesive insulating material with kit of blank labels
Code Dimensions LxH (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 46 447 230x310 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: can be inserted in all GEWISS enclosures from dimension 405x500x200 mm upwards.

GW 46 447

Lifting eyebolts
Code Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 445 600 / 800 1

GW D3 445

Pair of fixing crosspieces

Code Type Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 461 Horizontal Side compartment 1
GW D3 462 Horizontal External compartment 1
GW D3 463 Horizontal Structures L=600 1
GW D3 464 Horizontal Structures L=850 1
GW D3 465 Lateral Structures D=600 1
GW D3 466 Lateral Structures D=800 1

GW D3 461

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

673
QDX 1600 H

Spare parts
Spare part lock
Code Suitable to Pack
Carton
GW D3 850 External compartment door 1
GW D3 851 Glass door / blind door 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: spare part locks supplied with keys.

GW D3 850

Spare part door keys

Code Type Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW D3 439 Yale Floor-mounting distribution boards 1
GW D3 852 Triangular Side / external compartment 1/10

GW D3 439

Spare part screws

Code Screws type Pack
Carton
GW D3 454 M6x10 (25 pcs) 1
GW D3 455 M6x12 (25 pcs) 1

GW D3 454

Inserts for screws

Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 853 Side panels 10 1

GW D3 853

1/4 turn locks and spare part hinges

Code Suitable for No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 457 Front panels 4 pcs (locks) and 4 pcs (hinges) 1

GW D3 457

NEWS

674
QDX 1600 H
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

DIN RAIL: QUICK ASSEMBLY AND EASIER ASSEMBLY AND BUSBAR SYSTEM IN EACH
DISASSEMBLY MAINTENANCE POSITION DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

The screw-free snap-in system is simple and The side panels and the rear panel can be easily Fast, cost-effective and versatile, the universal
immediate thanks to the quick assembly and removed in complete safety. The removable aluminium busbar system allows the maximum
disassembly of the dual aluminium DIN rails. front and fully removable side and rear panels customisation of GEWISS panels, thanks to the
allow the operator to assemble the structure various positioning configurations.
upright.

675
BUSBAR

QDX 630 L wall-mounting and floor-mounting distribution boards

FLAT COPPER BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

DEPTH 200 MM

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES) CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A)
Maximum centre distance between busbar Internal
depending External compartment
holders (mm) depending on max.Icc (kA) compartment
on IP rating
Cross-section N. bars
IP30 IP43 Code 6kA 10kA 16kA 20kA 25kA B=850 mm B=300 mm B=400 mm
BxH (mm) per phase

GW 45 551
(1000 mm)
20x5
300 250 1 900 500 300 250 -
M6
GW 45 555
(1750 mm)
GW D3 701 GW D3 702 GW D3 707
GW 45 553
(1000 mm)
30x5
450 400 1 1000 650 400 300 -
M6
GW 45 557
(1750 mm)

GW 45 554
(1000 mm)
30x10
730 630 1 1000 1000 950 750 600 - - -
M6
GW 45 558
(1750 mm)

(1)
Only form 1

QDX 630 H wall-mounting distribution boards

FLAT COPPER BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

DEPTH 200 MM

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES) CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) Maximum centre distance between
depending busbar holders (mm) Side compartment
on IP rating depending on max.Icc (kA)
Cross-section N. bars
IP30 IP55 Type Code 6kA 10kA 16kA 20kA B=600+200 mm
BxH (mm) per phase
GW 45 551
(1000 mm)
20x5
300 250 Flat 1 900 500 300 250
M6
GW 45 555
(1750 mm)
GW D3 702
GW 45 553
(1000 mm)
30x5
450 400 Flat 1 1000 650 400 300
M6
GW 45 557
(1750 mm)

676
 FLAT COPPER BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

DEPTH 300 MM

Single distribution board (1) Internal compartment External compartment

B=600 mm B=850 mm B=850 mm B=400 mm

GW D3 703 GW D3 705 GW D3 709 GW D3 707

GW D3 704 GW D3 706 - GW D3 708

BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

DEPTH 300 MM

Side compartment

B=600+200 mm

GW D3 702
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

677
BUSBAR

QDX 630 H floor-mounting distribution boards

FLAT COPPER BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)
DEPTH 250 MM

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES) CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) Maximum centre distance between

External
depending busbar holders (mm) Single distribution board (1) Side
compartment
on IP rating depending on max.Icc (kA)

Cross-section N. bars B=600+300

IP30 IP55 Type Code 6kA 10kA 16kA 20kA 25kA B=600 mm B=850 mm B=400 mm
BxH (mm) per phase mm

GW 45 551
(1000 mm)

20x5
300 250 Flat 1 900 500 300 250 -
M6

GW 45 555
(1750 mm)

GW D3 721 GW D3 722 GW D3 723 GW D3 724

GW 45 553
(1000 mm)
30x5
450 400 Flat 1 1000 650 400 300 -
M6

GW 45 557
(1750 mm)

GW 45 554
(1000 mm)

30x10
730 630 Flat 1 1000 1000 950 750 600 - - - -
M6

GW 45 558
(1750 mm)

(1)
Only form 1

678
 FLAT COPPER BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)
DEPTH 400 MM

Single distribution board (1) Side External compartment

B=600 mm B=850 mm B=600+300 mm B=400 mm

GW D3 721 GW D3 722 GW D3 723 GW D3 724

GW D3 725 GW D3 726 GW D3 727 GW D3 728

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

679
BUSBAR

QDX 1600 H floor-mounting cabinets

FLAT AND SHAPED COPPER BARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)

DEPTH 600 MM

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES) CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) Maximum centre distance between

Single distribution Side External
depending busbar holders (mm)
board (1) compartment compartment
on IP rating depending on max.Icc (kA)

Busbar Cross-section N. bars

IP30 IP55 Code 6kA 10kA 16kA 20kA 25kA 35kA 50kA 70kA 85kA B=600 mm B=850 mm B=600+300 mm B=400 mm
Type BxH (mm) per phase

GW 45 551
(1000 mm)
20x5
300 250 Flat 1 900 500 300 250 - - - - -
M6
GW 45 555
(1750 mm)
GW D3 721 GW D3 722 GW D3 733
GW 45 553
(1000 mm)
30x5
450 400 Flat 1 1000 650 400 300 - - - - -
M6
GW 45 557
(1750 mm)

GW 45 554
(1000 mm)
30x10
730 630 Flat 1 1000 1000 950 750 600 - - - - GW D3 729 GW D3 731 GW D3 734
M6
GW 45 558
(1750 mm)

GW 49 678 60x5
900 800 Flat (1750 mm) 1 - - 650 500 400 250 200 - -
Ø10,5

GW 49 679 100x5
1350 1250 Flat (1750 mm) 1 - - 850 700 500 350 250 - - GW D3 730 GW D3 732 GW D3 735
Ø10,5

GW 49 680 100x10
1700 1600 Flat (1750 mm) 1 - - 900 900 900 750 500 350 300
Ø10,5

GW D3 781 50x30
900 800 Shaped (1830 mm) M8 sealing 1 - - 1000 900 750 500 350 - -
drive-screws

GW D3 782 50x30
1350 1250 Shaped (1830 mm) M8 sealing 1 - - 1000 1000 900 650 450 300 - GW 3741 GW 3742 GW D3 743
drive-screws

GW D3 783 50x30
1700 1600 Shaped (1830 mm) M8 sealing 1 - - 1000 1000 1000 800 550 400 -
drive-screws

(1)
Only form 1

680
 FLAT AND SHAPED COPPER BARS
BUSBAR HOLDERS AND CROSSPIECES (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)
DEPTH 800 MM DEPTH 600/800 MM DEPTH 800 MM

Side External
Single distribution board (1) Busbar holder Crosspieces Busbar holder Crosspieces
compartment compartment

B=600 /
B=600 mm B=850 mm B=600+300 mm B=400 mm - B=850 mm B=400 mm - B=600 mm B=850 mm B=400 mm
600+300 mm

GW D3 721 GW D3 722 GW D3 736 - - - - - - - -

GW D3 729 GW D3 731 GW D3 737 - - - - - - - -

GW D3 730 GW D3 732 GW D3 738 GW D3 745 GW D3 747 GW D3 748 GW D3 749 GW D3 745 GW D3 767 GW D3 768 GW D3 769

GW D3 741 GW D3 742 GW D3 744 GW D3 746 GW D3 747 GW D3 748 GW D3 749 GW D3 746 GW D3 767 GW D3 768 GW D3 769
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

681
BUSBAR

QDX 630 H floor-mounting distribution boards - QDX 1600 H cabinets

SHAPED ALUMINIUM BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)
DEPTH 400 MM

BUSBAR (1 CODE= 2 PIECES) CENTRE DISTANCE

Capacity (A) Maximum centre distance between

Side External
depending busbar holders (mm) Single distribution board (1)
compartment compartment
on IP rating depending on max.Icc (kA)

Cross-section N. bars
IP30 IP55 Busbar Type Code 16kA 20kA 25kA 35kA 50kA 70kA B=600 mm B=850 mm B=600+300 mm B=400 mm
BxH (mm) per phase

GW D3 751 GW D3 752 - -

GW D3 791 30x40
730 630 Shaped (1734 mm) M8 sealing 1 850 850 850 600 - -
drivescrews

- - GW D3 753 GW D3 754

- - - -

GW D3 792 30x40
900 800 Shaped (1734 mm) M8 sealing 1 850 850 850 600 350 -
drivescrews

- - - -

GW D3 793 60x30
1350 1250 Shaped (1734 mm) M8 sealing 1 850 850 850 600 350 250 - - - -
drivescrews

GW D3 794 60x30
1700 1600 Shaped (1734 mm) M8 sealing 1 850 850 850 600 350 250 - - - -
drivescrews

(1)
Only form 1

682
 SHAPED ALUMINIUM BUSBARS
BUSBAR HOLDER WITH CROSSPIECE (1 CODE = 2 PIECES)
DEPTH 600/800 MM DEPTH 600/800 MM DEPTH 800 MM

Side External
Single distribution board (1) Busbar holder Crosspieces Busbar holder Crosspieces
compartment compartment

B=600 /
B=600 mm B=850 mm B=600+300 mm B=400 mm - B=850 mm B=400 mm - B=600 mm B=850 mm B=400 mm
600+300 mm

GW D3 755 GW D3 757 - - - - - - - - -

GW D3 759
(for 600 mm depth)
- - GW D3 754 GW D3 764 GW D3 765 GW D3 766 GW D3 754 GW D3 767 GW D3 768 GW D3 769
GW D3 761
(for 800 mm depth)

GW D3 755 GW D3 757 - - - - - - - - -

GW D3 759
(for 600 mm depth)
- - GW D3 754 GW D3 764 GW D3 765 GW D3 766 GW D3 754 GW D3 767 GW D3 768 GW D3 769
GW D3 761
(for 800 mm depth)

GW D3 760
(for 600 mm depth)
GW D3 756 GW D3 758 GW D3 763 GW D3 764 GW D3 765 GW D3 766 GW D3 763 GW D3 767 GW D3 768 GW D3 769
GW D3 762
(for 800 mm depth)
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

683
BUSBAR
Distribution systems for distribution boards
The BUSBAR range, in addition to distribution terminal blocks, consists of flat
and shaped busbars in copper and aluminium in order to make distribution
system inside QDX boards.

DISTRIBUTION TERMINAL BLOCKS

Horizontal divider
Horizontal four-pole divider 250 A with pre-drilled threaded M6 busbars
Code No. of modules EN Installation Input connecting Output connecting Icw (1s) Pack
50022 capacity capacity Carton
For boards: QDX 630L/H - 1600H
GW 44 700 16 On profile EN 50022 1xM12 10xM6 17 kA 1/2
GW 45 545 24 On functional profile 1xM8+2xM6 21xM6 23 kA 1
GW 45 546 35 On functional profile 1xM8+2xM6 32xM6 20 kA 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the connection capacity indicated is “per pole”; can also be fixed on the back-mounting plate.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing brackets on functional profile. Complete with protection shield and bolts and screws for cable input and output connections.
NOTES: usable with front panel of a height greater than, or equal to, 200mm.

GW 44 700

Horizontal four-pole divider 400 A with pre-drilled threaded M6 busbars

Code No. of modules EN Installation Input connecting Output connecting Icw (1s) Pack
50022 capacity capacity Carton
For boards: QDX 630L/H - 1600H
GW 45 547 24 On functional profile 1xM8+2xM6 21xM6 23 kA 1
GW 45 548 35 On functional profile 1xM8+2xM6 32xM6 20 kA 1
CHARACTERISTICS: the indicated connection capacity is “per pole”; can also be fixed on the back-mounting plate.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing brackets on functional profile. Complete with protection shield and bolts and screws for cable input and output connections.
NOTES: an be used with front panel of a height greater than, or equal to, 200mm.
GW45547 and GW45548 are not suitable for P=200 mm QDX 630L and P=250 mm QDX630H distribution boards.

GW 45 547

Modular dividers
Two-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover - fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 691 68x47x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/40
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 693 134x47x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.

GW 44 693

Four-pole distribution terminal blocks with transparent protection cover. Fixing on plate or DIN rail
EN 50022 - 750V - T 85°C
Code Outer dim. No. of modules Input connecting Output connecting capacity Icw (1s) Pack
LxHxD (mm) EN 50022 capacity Carton
Rated current (A): 100
GW 44 696 72x98x45 4 1x(6-35) mm² [1x(4-25) + 5x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/20
Rated current (A): 125
GW 44 698 138x98x45 8 1x(6-35) mm² [2x(4-25) + 2x(4-16) + 10x(1.5-10)] mm² 6 kA 1/10
Rated current (A): 160
GW 44 699 186x136x70 11 1x(16-50) mm² [2x(10-35) + 2x(6-25) + 8x(4-16)] mm² 10 kA 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: terminal tightening torque: input cables 4 Nm, output cables 1.5 Nm.
the indicated connection capacity is “per pole” and refers to the fitting of cables with “test prods”.
GW 44 699

684
FLAT BUS-BAR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS

Flat busbar distribution systems

2 flat busbars in pre-drilled electrolytic copper
Code Rated current Section (mm²) Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 45 551 250 A 20x5 1000 1
GW 45 553 400 A 30x5 1000 1
GW 45 554 630 A 30x10 1000 1
GW 45 555 250 A 20x5 1750 1
GW 45 557 400 A 30x5 1750 1
GW 45 558 630 A 30x10 1750 1
GW 49 678 800 A 60x5 1750 1
GW 49 679 1250 A 100x5 1750 1
GW 49 680 1600 A 100x10 1750 1
NOTE: from GW45551 to GW45558: M6 threaded busbars. GW49678 and GW49680: 10.5 mm through hole busbars.

Busbar-holder for flat busbars

Pair of busbar-holders with crosspieces for vertical flat busbars for QDX 630L distribution boards
Code Rated current Section busbars For boards Suitable for structures Installation Pack
(mm²) D (mm) Carton
GW D3 701 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Wall and floor 200 Internal compartment 1
GW D3 702 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Wall mounting 200 External compartment 1
GW D3 703 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 300 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 704 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 300 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 705 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 300 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 706 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 300 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 707 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 200 - 300 External compartment 1
GW D3 708 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 300 External compartment 1
GW D3 709 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 300 Internal compartment 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Crosspieces and fixing screw to the structure.
GW D3 706

Pair of busbar-holders with crosspieces for vertical flat busbars for QDX 630H distribution boards
Code Rated current Section busbars For boards Suitable for structures Installation Pack
(mm²) D (mm) Carton
GW D3 702 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Wall mounting 250 - 300 Side compartment 1
GW D3 721 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 250 - 400 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 722 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 250 - 400 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 723 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 250 - 400 Side compartment 1
GW D3 724 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 250 - 400 External compartment 1
GW D3 725 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 400 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 726 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 400 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 727 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 400 Side compartment 1
GW D3 728 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 400 External compartment 1
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: Crosspieces and fixing screw to the structure.
GW D3 724

Pair of busbar-holders with crosspieces for vertical flat busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Section busbars For boards Suitable for Installation Pack
(mm²) structures D (mm) Carton
GW D3 721 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 722 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 729 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 730 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 60x5 - 100x5 - 100x10 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 731 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 732 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 60x5 - 100x5 - 100x10 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 733 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 734 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 735 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 60x5 - 100x5 - 100x10 Floor-mounting 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 736 250 A - 400 A 20x5 - 30x5 Floor-mounting 800 Side by side / external compartment 1
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS

GW D3 729 GW D3 737 630 A 30x10 Floor-mounting 800 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 738 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 60x5 - 100x5 - 100x10 Floor-mounting 800 Side by side / external compartment 1
ELECTRICAL

685
BUSBAR
Pair of busbar-holders for horizontal flat busbars for QDX 1600H distributions boards
Code Rated current Section busbars (mm²) For boards Suitable for structures Pack
D (mm) Carton
GW D3 745 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 60x5 - 100x5 - 100x10 Floor-mounting 600 - 800 1

GW D3 745

Pair of crosspieces for horizontal flat busbars for QDX 1600H distributions boards

Code For busbar Busbars position Suitable for Installation Pack

holder structures D (mm) Carton
GW D3 747 GWD3745 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structure B=600, side by side compartment 1
GW D3 748 GWD3745 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 749 GWD3745 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 767 GWD3745 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 768 GWD3745 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 769 GWD3745 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 748

686
Copper shaped busbars
Pair of copper shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Section busbars (mm²) Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 781 800 A 50x15 1830 1
GW D3 782 1250 A 50x31 1830 1
GW D3 783 1600 A 50x32 1830 1

GW D3 781

Busbar holders for copper shaped busbars

Pair of busbar-holders for vertical copper shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Suitable for structures D (mm) Installation Pack
Carton
GW D3 741 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 742 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 743 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 744 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 800 Side by side / external compartment 1

GW D3 741

Pair of busbar-holders for horizontal copper shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 746 800 A - 1250 A - 1600 A 600 - 800 1

GW D3 746

Pair of crosspieces for horizontal shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards

Code For busbar Busbars position Suitable for Installation Pack

holder structures D (mm) Carton
GW D3 747 GWD3746 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structure B=600, side by side compartment 1
GW D3 748 GWD3746 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 749 GWD3746 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 767 GWD3746 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 768 GWD3746 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 769 GWD3746 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 747
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

687
BUSBAR

Aluminium shaped busbars

Pair of aluminium shaped busbars for QDX 630H- 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Section busbars (mm²) Length (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 791 630 A 30x40 1734 1
GW D3 792 800 A 30x40 1734 1
GW D3 793 1250 A 60x30 1734 1
GW D3 794 1600 A 60x30 1734 1
CHARACTERISTICS: anodised aluminium busbars and nickel contact surface, applied with cold spray technology, in order to allow the connection with cables, flexible and rigid busbars.

GW D3 791

Busbar holders for alluminium shaped busbars

Pair of busbar-holders for vertical aluminium shaped busbars for QDX 630H distribution boards
Code Rated current For boards Suitable for structures Installation Pack
D (mm) Carton
GW D3 751 630 A Floor-mounting 400 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 752 630 A Floor-mounting 400 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 753 630 A Floor-mounting 400 Side compartment 1
GW D3 754 630 A Floor-mounting 400 External compartment 1

GW D3 751

Pair of busbar-holders for vertical aluminium shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current For boards Suitable for structures Installation Pack
D (mm) Carton
GW D3 755 630 A - 800 A Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 756 1250 A - 1600 A Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 757 630 A - 800 A Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 758 1250 A - 1600 A Floor-mounting 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 759 630 A - 800 A Floor-mounting 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 760 1250 A - 1600 A Floor-mounting 600 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 761 630 A - 800 A Floor-mounting 800 Side by side / external compartment 1
GW D3 762 1250 A - 1600 A Floor-mounting 800 Side by side / external compartment 1

GW D3 755

Pair of busbar-holders for horizontal aluminium shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards
Code Rated current Suitable for structures D (mm) Pack
Carton
GW D3 754 630 A - 800 A 600 - 800 1
GW D3 763 1250 A - 1600 A 600 - 800 1

GW D3 763

Pair of crosspieces for horizontal aluminium shaped busbars for QDX 1600H distribution boards

Code For busbar-holders Busbars position Suitable for Installation Pack

structures D (mm) Carton
GW D3 764 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structure B=600, side by side compartment 1
GW D3 765 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 766 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal base/headboard Position 1 600 - 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 767 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=600 1
GW D3 768 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 Structures L=850 1
GW D3 769 GWD3754, GWD3763 Horizontal at any height Position 2 800 External compartment 1
GW D3 764

688
Flexible straps
Copper flexible busbars - Length: 2 metres per piece
Code Rated current Quantity Dimensions (mm) Section (mm²) Pack
Carton
GW 47 650 160 A 2 2x15.5x0.8 24,8 1
GW 47 652 250 A 2 3x20x1 60 1
GW 47 653 400 A 2 5x20x1 100 1
GW 47 654 630 A 2 8x24x1 192 1
GW 47 655 1000 A 2 8x40x1 320 1
CHARACTERISTICS: conductor in electrolytic copper with high resistance compound vinyl insulation (duty voltage 1000 V).

GW 47 652

Accessories for busbars

Joints for copper shapehd busbars
Code For bars (In) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 771 800 A 4 1
GW D3 772 1250/1600 A 4 1
APPLICATIONS: joints for connecting vertical and horizontal busbars.
CHARACTERISTICS: kit consisting of
: - 4 copper joints (section 50x10) of length 100 mm
- no. 32 hammer screws, washers and nuts.

GW D3 771

Joints for alluminium shapehd busbars

Code For bars (In) Section (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 773 630/800 A 40x8 4 1
GW D3 774 1250/1600 A 80x10 4 1
APPLICATIONS: joints for connecting vertical and horizontal busbars.
CHARACTERISTICS: kit consisting of
: - 4 aluminium joints of length
: - 95 mm (phase 1)
- 125 mm (phase 2)
- 155 mm (phase 3)
- 185 mm (neutral)
- no. 12 hammer screws, washers and nuts for GWD3773 or no. 20 hammer screws, washers and nuts for GWD3774.
GW D3 773

Cut-out coupling elements for shaped busbars

Code No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 775 4 1
APPLICATIONS: joints for connecting the shaped bars (copper and aluminium) with cables with cable terminals.
CHARACTERISTICS: kit consisting of
:- no. 4 M6 drilled busbars
- no. 8 25x8 hammer screws, washers and nuts for fixing joints on the bars.

GW D3 775
DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

689
BUSBAR
Support bases for copper shaped busbars
Code Suitable for QDX 1600H structures No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 776 B=600 mm 4 1
GW D3 777 B=850 mm 4 1
GW D3 778 P=600 mm 4 1
GW D3 779 P=800 mm 4 1
APPLICATIONS: brackets to hold the bars in vertical position.
CHARACTERISTICS: kit consisting of
:- 1 metal bracket
- 4 plastic bases
- 8 fixing screws
- 1 mounting crosspiece (one different for each code).
GW D3 776

Adhesives for shaped busbars

Code No. pieces per phase (L1 - L2 - L3 - N) Pack
Carton
GW D3 713 10 1
APPLICATIONS: adhesives to identify the phases (L1-L2-L3) and neutral (N) to be applied on copper and aluminium shaped bars.
NOTE: Quantities (10 pieces) refer to each individual phase for a total of 40 pieces.

GW D3 713

M8 drive-screws for shaped busbars

Code Length (mm) For bars (In) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
Aluminium (630A-800A-1250A-1600A) & copper
GW D3 714 25 20 1
(800A-1250A)
GW D3 715 35 Copper (1600A) 20 1
NOTE: no. 20 hammer screws, washers and nuts.

GW D3 714

Spare accessories for busbars

Phase Compensators for linear busbar holders
Code Thickness (mm) No. of pieces Pack
Carton
GW D3 711 5 4 1
GW D3 712 10 4 1
NOTE: GWD3711 suitable for bars with 5mm thickness for linear bar holders.
GWD3712 suitable for 10mm thick busbars for linear busbar holders.

GW D3 712

690
BUSBAR
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

QUICK CONNECT ALUMINUM BAR SYSTEM FLEXIBILITY OF USE

DISTRIBUTION BOARDS
ELECTRICAL

Connections to the busbar system are facilitated Quick, inexpensive, versatile, the universal The pre-drilled holes, with 25 mm spacing, on
by the special shape of the contoured busbar aluminum bar system allows for maximum the flat bars allows for quick bar, strap or cable
section, with a special sliding hammer screw customization of GEWISS switchboards, connection. In addition, junctions between flat
in the profile that allows the connection of thanks to different positioning configurations. bars and contoured busbars can be made
junctions at any point on the busbar, avoiding easily using special joints.
the need to drill holes.

691
Building

692
ChoruSmart System 27 Combi

Innovative domestic range characterized A range of modular devices ideal for A complete and versatile system of
by a wide choice of materials, shapes flush-mounted (for rectangular or square modular containers, which can be
and finishes, able to satisfy any need. boxes), wall-mounted and for special perfectly integrated into the SYSTEM
Five styles of plates (ONE, GEO, EGO applications. The SYSTEM domestic domestic range, which is able to meet
/ EGO SMART, LUX, ICE / ICE Touch) range stands out for its glossy white or the high protection installation needs
made in different colors and materials, satin black finish devices and the plates of the residential sectors, tertiary and
with modular devices in six color variants in 14 colors and in two different shapes, industrial sectors. The 27 COMBI series
with three glossy finishes (white, ivory modern or classic, with a glossy finish. is available both in the IP40 version and
and painted titanium) and three satin The line includes controls, sockets, in the watertight versions with IP55 and
finishes (white, natural beige and black) protections, indicators, connectors and IP65 degree of protection, recommended
and three different sizes (½ module, devices for control, safety and home for all outdoor applications subject to
1, 2 modules). Available for flush- and comfort. severe atmospheric conditions.
wall-mounted installations, ChoruSmart
can be integrated with Smart Home &
Building solutions.

Playbus Dahlia Smart home & building Data and energy

solutions distribution

A range of modular devices A wide choice of plates, The GEWISS offer makes The speed and reliability of
for domestic and similar uses, realized in technopolymer it possible to create a wide the networks play an ever
which can be assembled in seven colors with range of home automation more important role in the
on supports for rectangular glossy finish: white, ivory, functions (light control, communication sector. For
flush-mounted boxes up to hemp, cream, light grey, movement roller shutters, this reason, GEWISS has
18 modules. The domestic dark grey, anthracite grey. climate control, comfort, created Data Center: a
range is distinguished by the Plates available in different safety, energy saving, load complete, integrated range of
satin black devices and the modularities, from 1 to 5 management, remote control products for LAN structured
plates in two different shapes, gang, installable indifferently with smartphone/tablet) in network cabling. A solution
modern or classic, with glossy in horizontal or in vertical the residential and tertiary that stands out for the
or matt finishes. The line position. sector, exploiting various extreme flexibility it offers in
includes controls, sockets, technologies: traditional, terms of office workstation
protections, indicators, wireless ZigBee (Connected configuration, as well as the
connectors and devices for Smart Home), KNX bus simplicity and speed of wiring
control, safety and home (Home & Building Pro). and the superior reliability of
comfort. the connections. GEWISS
also offers an extensive range
of power take-offs, with plugs,
socket-outlets and adapters.

693
ChoruSmart

Domestic range

Plates

p. 697

694
Domestic range Domestic range Domestic range CHORUSMART

Installation accessories Modular devices Antibacterial range

p. 769 p. 788 p. 971

695
 ONE International plates

WHITE TONER BLACK IVORY HEMP

Technopolymer

GW 16 122 TB 2 modules GW 16 122 TN 2 modules GW 16 122 TI 2 modules GW 16 122 TC 2 modules

GW 16 123 TB 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 TN 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 TI 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 TC 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 124 TB 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 TN 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 TI 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 TC 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 126 TB 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 TN 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 TI 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 TC 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 127 TB 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 TN 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 TI 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 TC 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 128 TB 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 TN 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 TI 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 TC 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 129 TB 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 TN 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 TI 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 TC 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK TITANIUM

GW 16 122 VW 2 modules GW 16 122 VL 2 modules GW 16 122 VN 2 modules GW 16 122 VT 2 modules

GW 16 123 VW 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VL 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VN 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VT 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 124 VW 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VL 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VN 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VT 2+2 modules vert.
Painted technopolymer

GW 16 126 VW 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VL 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VN 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VT 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 127 VW 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VL 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VN 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VT 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 128 VW 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VL 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VN 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VT 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 129 VW 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VL 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VN 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VT 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

TUSCAN RED TEAL SOFT COPPER GOLD

GW 16 122 VD 2 modules GW 16 122 VZ 2 modules GW 16 122 VX 2 modules GW 16 122 VO 2 modules

GW 16 123 VD 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VZ 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VX 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 123 VO 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 124 VD 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VZ 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VX 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 124 VO 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 126 VD 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VZ 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VX 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 126 VO 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 127 VD 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VZ 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VX 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 127 VO 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 128 VD 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VZ 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VX 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 128 VO 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 129 VD 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VZ 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VX 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 129 VO 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

Centre distance 71 mm
Modularity

2+2+2+2 modules

2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2+2+2 modules

Metallic effect For customized plates please contact our GEWISS Sales Organization

696
ChoruSmart
ONE International plates
Informal in appearance and classic in geometry, ONE is the ChoruSmart
system’s range of plates dedicated to those who want to furnish their homes

CHORUSMART
with simple touches. ONE’s understated and discreet design enhances any
space, bringing harmony and aesthetic consistency to every room. Available in
a wide range of colours, ONE comes in every shade you need to give free rein
to your imagination.

ONE INTERNATIONAL PLATES

Technopolymer
ONE International - White
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 TB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 TB 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 TB 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 TB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 TB 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 TB 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 TB 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 TB

ONE International - Toner black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 TN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 TN 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 TN 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 TN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 TN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 TN 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 TN 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 TN

ONE International - Ivory

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 TI 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 TI 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 TI 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 TI 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 TI 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 TI 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 TI 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 TI

ONE International - Hemp

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 TC 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 TC 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 TC 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 TC 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 TC 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 TC 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 TC 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 TC

697
ChoruSmart - Plates

Painted technopolymer
ONE International - Satin white
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VW 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VW 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VW 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VW 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VW 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VW 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VW 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VW

ONE International - Natural beige

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VL 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VL 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VL 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VL 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VL 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VL 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VL 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VL

ONE International - Satin black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VN 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VN 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VN 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 129 VN 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VN

698
 ONE International - Titanium
Code Description Type Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 122 VT 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VT 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VT 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VT 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VT 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VT 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VT 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VT

ONE International - Tuscan red

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VD 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VD 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VD 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VD 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VD 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VD 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VD 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VD

ONE International - Teal

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VZ 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VZ 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VZ 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VZ 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VZ 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VZ 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VZ 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VZ

699
ChoruSmart - Plates
ONE International - Soft copper
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VX 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VX 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VX 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VX 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VX 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VX 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VX 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VX

ONE International - Gold

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 VO 2 modules - 12
GW 16 123 VO 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 124 VO 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 126 VO 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 127 VO 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 128 VO 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 129 VO 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 122 VO

700
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

REFINED DESIGN FINISHES HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

Minimal in shape, classic in style: ONE The ONE International plate, with its minimal The plates can be customised through a
International plates enhance any room, appearance, is available in various colours and choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
bringing harmony and beauty to every corner in 2 finishes: glossy and satin, for every need. installation to be adapted to the style of the
of the house. interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 701
 GEO International plates

WHITE TONER BLACK IVORY HEMP

Technopolymer

GW 16 422 TB 2 modules GW 16 422 TN 2 modules GW 16 422 TI 2 modules GW 16 422 TC 2 modules

GW 16 423 TB 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 TN 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 TI 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 TC 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 424 TB 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 TN 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 TI 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 TC 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 426 TB 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 TN 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 TI 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 TC 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 427 TB 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 TN 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 TI 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 TC 2+2+2 modules vert.

SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK TITANIUM

GW 16 422 VW 2 modules GW 16 422 VL 2 modules GW 16 422 VN 2 modules GW 16 422 VT 2 modules

GW 16 423 VW 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VL 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VN 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VT 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 424 VW 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VL 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VN 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VT 2+2 modules vert.
Painted technopolymer

GW 16 426 VW 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VL 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VN 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VT 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 427 VW 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VL 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VN 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VT 2+2+2 modules vert.

TUSCAN RED TEAL SOFT COPPER GOLD

GW 16 422 VD 2 modules GW 16 422 VZ 2 modules GW 16 422 VX 2 modules GW 16 422 VO 2 modules

GW 16 423 VD 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VZ 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VX 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 423 VO 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 424 VD 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VZ 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VX 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 424 VO 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 426 VD 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VZ 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VX 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 426 VO 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 427 VD 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VZ 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VX 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 427 VO 2+2+2 modules vert.

Centre distance 71 mm
Modularity

2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules

Metallic effect For customized plates please contact our GEWISS Sales Organization

702
ChoruSmart
GEO International plates
The GEO plate with clean, regular lines fits perfectly into any environment with
its simplicity and style. The materials and colours contribute to creating the

CHORUSMART
right harmony that stands the test of time. Made from technopolymer, GEO
resists the impact and stresses of everyday use. The different colours and the
simple and light shapes make GEO a young and informal furnishing element
that conveys a minimalist style in any space.

GEO INTERNATIONAL PLATES

Technopolymer
GEO International - White
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 TB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 TB 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 TB 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 TB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 TB 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 TB

GEO International - Toner black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 TN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 TN 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 TN 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 TN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 TN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 TN

GEO International - Ivory

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 TI 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 TI 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 TI 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 TI 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 TI 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 TI

GEO International - Hemp

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 TC 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 TC 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 TC 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 TC 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 TC 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 TC

703
ChoruSmart - Plates

Painted technopolymer
GEO International - Satin white
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VW 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VW 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VW 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VW 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VW 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VW

GEO international - Natural beige

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VL 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VL 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VL 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VL 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VL 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VL

GEO international - Satin black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VN 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VN 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VN

704
 GEO International - Titanium
Code Description Type Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 422 VT 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VT 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VT 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VT 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VT 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VT

GEO International - Tuscan red

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VD 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VD 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VD 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VD 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VD 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VD

GEO International - Teal

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VZ 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VZ 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VZ 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VZ 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VZ 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VZ

705
ChoruSmart - Plates
GEO International - Soft copper
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VX 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VX 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VX 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VX 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VX 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VX

GEO International - Gold

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 422 VO 2 modules - 12
GW 16 423 VO 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 424 VO 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 426 VO 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 427 VO 2+2+2 modules Vertical 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 422 VO

706
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

MINIMAL DESIGN FINISHES HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

The colours and simple, light shapes make The GEO International plate, simple and The plates can be customised through a
GEO International a youthful and informal youthful, is available in various colours and in 2 choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
furnishing item that expresses a minimalist style finishes: glossy and satin, for every need. installation to be adapted to the style of the
wherever it is placed. interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 707
 EGO International plates

SATIN WHITE CLAY NATURAL BEIGE

GW 16 022 PW 2 modules GW 16 022 CY 2 modules GW 16 022 NB 2 modules

GW 16 023 PW 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 CY 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 NB 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 024 PW 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 CY 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 NB 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 026 PW 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 CY 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 NB 2+2+2 modules horiz.

DARK SAND SATIN BLACK

GW 16 022 DS 2 modules GW 16 022 DB 2 modules

Painted technopolymer

GW 16 023 DS 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 DB 2+2 modules horiz.

GW 16 024 DS 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 DB 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 026 DS 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 DB 2+2+2 modules horiz.

MAGNETIC GRAY LIGHT BRONZE STEEL

GW 16 022 GR 2 modules GW 16 022 BR 2 modules GW 16 022 ST 2 modules

GW 16 023 GR 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 BR 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 ST 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 024 GR 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 BR 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 ST 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 026 GR 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 BR 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 ST 2+2+2 modules horiz.

SOFT COPPER GOLD COPPER BROWN SHADE

GW 16 022 CS 2 modules GW 16 022 SG 2 modules GW 16 022 CP 2 modules GW 16 022 BS 2 modules

GW 16 023 CS 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 SG 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 CP 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 023 BS 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 024 CS 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 SG 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 CP 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 024 BS 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 026 CS 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 SG 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 CP 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 026 BS 2+2+2 modules horiz.

Centre distance 71 mm
Modularity

2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2 modules

Metallic effect For customized plates please contact our GEWISS Sales Organization

708
ChoruSmart
EGO International plates
With their clean, compact lines, EGO plates make the right impression. Modern
shapes with slightly curved surfaces that taper towards the edges convey

CHORUSMART
balance and simplicity. The opalescent profiles inside the plate, in aesthetic
continuity with the EGO SMART versions, add a subtle element of unique
identity. Every detail is designed to ensure appeal and personality.

EGO INTERNATIONAL PLATES

Painted technopolymer
EGO International - Satin white
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 PW 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 PW 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 PW 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 PW 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 PW

EGO International - Clay

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 CY 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 CY 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 CY 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 CY 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 CY

EGO International - Natural beige

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 NB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 NB 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 NB 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 NB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 NB

709
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO International - Dark sand
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 DS 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 DS 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 DS 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 DS 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 DS

EGO International - Satin black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 DB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 DB 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 DB 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 DB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 DB

EGO International - Magnetic gray

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 GR 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 GR 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 GR 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 GR 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 GR

710
 EGO International - Light bronze
Code Description Type Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 022 BR 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 BR 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 BR 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 BR 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 BR

EGO International - Steel

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 ST 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 ST 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 ST 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 ST 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 ST

EGO International - Soft copper

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 CS 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 CS 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 CS 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 CS 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 CS

711
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO International - Gold
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SG 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 SG 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 SG 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 SG 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 SG

EGO International - Copper

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 CP 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 CP 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 CP 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 CP 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 CP

EGO International - Brown shade

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 BS 2 modules - 12
GW 16 023 BS 2+2 modules Horizontal 12
GW 16 024 BS 2+2 modules Vertical 12
GW 16 026 BS 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 022 BS

712
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

ATTENTION TO DETAIL INNOVATION HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

Three thematic lines of plates to match perfectly EGO International was designed as a modern The plates can be customised through a
with ChoruSmart devices. A total of 12 colours, plate and has evolved in the EGO SMART choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
all with satin finishes. International version, an innovative concept of installation to be adapted to the style of the
SMART HOME. interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 713
 EGO SMART International plates

SATIN WHITE CLAY NATURAL BEIGE

GW 16 022 S PW 2 modules GW 16 022 S CY 2 modules GW 16 022 S NB 2 modules

DARK SAND SATIN BLACK

Painted technopolymer

GW 16 022 S DS 2 modules GW 16 022 S DB 2 modules

MAGNETIC GRAY LIGHT BRONZE STEEL

GW 16 022 S GR 2 modules GW 16 022 S BR 2 modules GW 16 022 S ST 2 modules

SOFT COPPER GOLD COPPER BROWN SHADE

GW 16 022 S CS 2 modules GW 16 022 S SG 2 modules GW 16 022 S CP 2 modules GW 16 022 S BS 2 modules

Modularity

2 modules

Metallic effect For customized plates please contact our GEWISS Sales Organization

714
ChoruSmart
EGO SMART International plates
The EGO SMART plates go beyond pure aesthetics to become an element
of interaction with the user and with other ChoruSmart system connected

CHORUSMART
devices. Through RGB LED edge strips and a graphic display, the plates
communicate operating statuses and alarms detected by other smart functions
controlling your home. The EGO SMART and EGO plates, with their harmonious
aesthetics, can be installed within the same system for a seamlessly designed
look throughout the interior environment.

EGO SMART INTERNATIONAL PLATES

Painted technopolymer
EGO SMART International - Satin white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SPW 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 022 SPW

EGO SMART International - Clay

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SCY 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SCY

EGO SMART International - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SNB 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 022 SNB

715
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO SMART International - Dark sand
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SDS 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SDS

EGO SMART International - Satin black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SDB 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 022 SDB

EGO SMART International - Magnetic gray

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SGR 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be powered by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or GW1x826, or
by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 022 SGR

716
 EGO SMART International - Light bronze
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 022 SBR 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be powered by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or GW1x826, or
by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 022 SBR

EGO SMART International - Steel

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SST 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SST

EGO SMART International - Soft copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SCS 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SCS

717
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO SMART International - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SSG 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SSG

EGO SMART International - Copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SCP 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SCP

EGO SMART International - Brown shade

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 022 SBS 2 modules GW16821N, GW16822N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 022 SBS

718
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATION SIMPLICITY DOUBLED FUNCTIONS

The plate communicates with the user through To recognise the associated function, each The EGO SMART plates expands the functions
simple and immediate visual feedback. The command can be linked to a different graphic. managed from the control point. The manually
display is dynamic: text messages scroll and Lighting icons, messages and colours can be activated proximity sensor enables the Shift
icons change shape to indicate the activation selected from the Home Gateway App with a mode on the plate, doubling the functions of
and operation of the commanded loads. The wide variety of choices. the control units installed, without taking up
edges are illuminated with a coloured beam of additional space.
light: each colour corresponds to a different
signal.
719
 ChoruSmart

LUX International plates

WHITE WHITE MONOCHROME TONER BLACK TONER BLACK LAVY

Technopolymer

GW 16 222 TB 2 modules GW 16 222 YB 2 modules GW 16 222 TN 2 modules GW 16 222 YN 2 modules

GW 16 223 TB 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 YB 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 TN 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 YN 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 224 TB 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 YB 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 TN 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 YN 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 226 TB 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 YB 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 TN 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 YN 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 227 TB 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 YB 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 TN 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 YN 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 228 TB 2+2+2+2 modules orizzont. GW 16 228 YB 2+2+2+2 modules orizzont. GW 16 228 TN 2+2+2+2 modules orizzont. GW 16 228 YN 2+2+2+2 modules orizzont.
GW 16 229 TB 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 YB 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 TN 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 YN 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

TITANIUM TITANIUM MONOCHROME SLATE ABSOLUTE SLATE

Painted technopolymer

GW 16 222 VT 2 modules GW 16 222 YT 2 modules GW 16 222 VA 2 modules GW 16 222 YA 2 modules

GW 16 223 VT 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 YT 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 VA 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 YA 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 224 VT 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 YT 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 VA 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 YA 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 226 VT 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 YT 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 VA 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 YA 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 227 VT 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 YT 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 VA 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 YA 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 228 VT 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 YT 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 VA 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 YA 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 229 VT 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 YT 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 VA 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 YA 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

Metallic effect For customized plates please contact our GEWISS Sales Organization

720
 CHORUSMART
SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK BRUSHED
MONOCHROME MONOCHROME MONOCHROME ALUMINIUM

GW 16 222 XW 2 modules GW 16 222 XL 2 modules GW 16 222 XM 2 modules GW 16 222 XS 2 modules

GW 16 223 XW 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 XL 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 XM 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 XS 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 224 XW 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 XL 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 XM 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 XS 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 226 XW 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 XL 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 XM 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 XS 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 227 XW 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 XL 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 XM 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 XS 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 228 XW 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 XL 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 XM 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 XS 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
Metal

GW 16 229 XW 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 XL 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 XM 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 XS 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

BRUSHED
ALUMINIUM LAVY GOLD ANTIQUE BRASS

GW 16 222 WS 2 modules GW 16 222 XG 2 modules GW 16 222 XQ 2 modules

GW 16 223 WS 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 XG 2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 223 XQ 2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 224 WS 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 XG 2+2 modules vert. GW 16 224 XQ 2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 226 WS 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 XG 2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 226 XQ 2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 227 WS 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 XG 2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 227 XQ 2+2+2 modules vert.
GW 16 228 WS 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 XG 2+2+2+2 modules horiz. GW 16 228 XQ 2+2+2+2 modules horiz.
GW 16 229 WS 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 XG 2+2+2+2 modules vert. GW 16 229 XQ 2+2+2+2 modules vert.

Centre distance 71 mm
Modularity

2+2+2+2 modules

2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2 modules 2+2+2 modules 2+2+2+2 modules

721
ChoruSmart
LUX International plates
LUX plates, with their modern, refined lines, marry the high-tech spirit of
modernity with the refined and elegant taste of tradition. Glass and metal
versions are added to the classic technopolymer plates. With monochrome
variants of the LUX plates, uniformity of colour becomes the distinctive
character of each ChoruSmart lighting device.

LUX INTERNATIONAL PLATES

Technopolymer
LUX International - White
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 TB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 TB 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 TB 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 TB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 TB 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 TB 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 TB 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame chromed. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 TB

Lux International - Monochrome white

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 YB 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 YB 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 YB 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 YB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 YB 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 YB 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 YB 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame in the same white colour as the plate. Glossy finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 YB

LUX International - Toner black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 TN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 TN 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 TN 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 TN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 TN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 TN 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 TN 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame chromed. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 TN

LUX International - Toner black lavy

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 YN 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 YN 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 YN 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 YN 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 YN 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 YN 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 YN 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame in the same black colour as the plate, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 YN

722
Painted technopolymer

CHORUSMART
LUX International - Titanium
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 VT 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 VT 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 VT 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 VT 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 VT 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 VT 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 VT 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame chromed. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 VT

LUX International - Monochrome titanium

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 YT 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 YT 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 YT 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 YT 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 YT 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 YT 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 YT 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same titanium colour as the plate, glossy finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 YT

LUX International - Slate

Code Description Type Centre distance Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 VA 2 modules - - 12
GW 16 223 VA 2+2 modules Horizontal 71 mm 6
GW 16 224 VA 2+2 modules Vertical 71 mm 6
GW 16 226 VA 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 71 mm 1
GW 16 227 VA 2+2+2 modules Vertical 71 mm 1
GW 16 228 VA 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 71 mm 1
GW 16 229 VA 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 71 mm 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame chromed. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 VA

LUX International - Absolute slate

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 YA 2 modules - 12
GW 16 223 YA 2+2 modules Horizontal 6
GW 16 224 YA 2+2 modules Vertical 6
GW 16 226 YA 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 YA 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 YA 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 YA 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same slate colour as the plate, glossy finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 YA

723
ChoruSmart - Plates

Metal
LUX International - Monochrome satin white
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 XW 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XW 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XW 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XW 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XW 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XW 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XW 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same white colour as the plate, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XW

LUX International - Monochrome natural beige

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 XL 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XL 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XL 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XL 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XL 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XL 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XL 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same natural beige colour as the plate, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XL

LUX International - Monochrome satin black

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 XM 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XM 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XM 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XM 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XM 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XM 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XM 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same black colour as the plate, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XM

724
 LUX International - Brushed aluminium
Code Description Type Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 222 XS 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XS 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XS 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XS 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XS 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XS 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XS 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XS

LUX International - Brushed aluminium lavy

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 WS 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 WS 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 WS 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 WS 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 WS 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 WS 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 WS 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in black colour, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 WS

LUX International - Gold

Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 XG 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XG 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XG 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XG 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XG 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XG 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XG 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same gold colour as the plate, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XG

725
ChoruSmart - Plates
LUX International - Antique brass
Code Description Type Pack
Carton
GW 16 222 XQ 2 modules - 1
GW 16 223 XQ 2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 224 XQ 2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 226 XQ 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 227 XQ 2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
GW 16 228 XQ 2+2+2+2 modules Horizontal 1
GW 16 229 XQ 2+2+2+2 modules Vertical 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in dark bronze colour, matt finish. Centre distance 71 mm.

GW 16 222 XQ

726
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

CONTEMPORARY STYLE MATERIALS AND FINISHES HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

The LUX International plate, with its modern Classic and elegantly designed, LUX The plates can be customised through a
shapes, is the perfect blend of modernity and International plates are available in the metal choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
the elegant aesthetics of tradition. and technopolymer versions, in a variety of installation to be adapted to the style of the
colours and in 2 finishes: glossy and satin, to interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
satisfy every aesthetic and installation need. to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 727
 ONE plates

WHITE TONER BLACK IVORY HEMP

Technopolymer

GW 16 101 TB 1 module GW 16 101 TN 1 module GW 16 101 TI 1 module GW 16 101 TC 1 module

GW 16 102 TB 2 modules GW 16 102 TN 2 modules GW 16 102 TI 2 modules GW 16 102 TC 2 modules
GW 16 103 TB 3 modules GW 16 103 TN 3 modules GW 16 103 TI 3 modules GW 16 103 TC 3 modules
GW 16 104 TB 4 modules GW 16 104 TN 4 modules GW 16 104 TI 4 modules GW 16 104 TC 4 modules
GW 16 106 TB 6 modules GW 16 106 TN 6 modules GW 16 106 TI 6 modules GW 16 106 TC 6 modules
GW 16 109 TB 6 modules large
GW 16 108 TB 4+4 modules
GW 16 112 TB 6+6 modules

SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK TITANIUM

GW 16 101 VW 1 module GW 16 101 VL 1 module GW 16 101 VN 1 module GW 16 101 VT 1 module

GW 16 102 VW 2 modules GW 16 102 VL 2 modules GW 16 102 VN 2 modules GW 16 102 VT 2 modules
GW 16 103 VW 3 modules GW 16 103 VL 3 modules GW 16 103 VN 3 modules GW 16 103 VT 3 modules
Painted technopolymer

GW 16 104 VW 4 modules GW 16 104 VL 4 modules GW 16 104 VN 4 modules GW 16 104 VT 4 modules

GW 16 106 VW 6 modules GW 16 106 VL 6 modules GW 16 106 VN 6 modules GW 16 106 VT 6 modules
GW 16 108 VW 4+4 modules GW 16 108 VL 4+4 modules GW 16 108 VN 4+4 modules GW 16 108 VT 4+4 modules
GW 16 112 VW 6+6 modules GW 16 112 VL 6+6 modules GW 16 112 VN 6+6 modules GW 16 112 VT 6+6 modules

TUSCAN RED TEAL SOFT COPPER GOLD

GW 16 101 VD 1 module GW 16 101 VZ 1 module GW 16 101 VX 1 module GW 16 101 VO 1 module

GW 16 102 VD 2 modules GW 16 102 VZ 2 modules GW 16 102 VX 2 modules GW 16 102 VO 2 modules
GW 16 103 VD 3 modules GW 16 103 VZ 3 modules GW 16 103 VX 3 modules GW 16 103 VO 3 modules
GW 16 104 VD 4 modules GW 16 104 VZ 4 modules GW 16 104 VX 4 modules GW 16 104 VO 4 modules
GW 16 106 VD 6 modules GW 16 106 VZ 6 modules GW 16 106 VX 6 modules GW 16 106 VO 6 modules
Modularity

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules

4+4 modules (**) 6+6 modules (**)

6 modules 6 modules large (*)

Metallic effect
(*) White
(**) White, Satin white, Natural beige, Satin black and Titanium

728
ChoruSmart
ONE plates
An informal appearance and classic shapes: the ONE line of plates in the
ChoruSmart system is dedicated to all those who desire a home interior

CHORUSMART
finished with a minimal simplicity. ONE’s restrained and discreet design
enhances any environment, bringing harmony and aesthetic coherence to all
rooms. Available in a wide variety of colour tones, ONE can be fitted in any
shade to leave room for the imagination.

ONE ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

Technopolymer
ONE - White
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 TB 1 module - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 102 TB 2 modules - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 103 TB 3 modules - GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 104 TB 4 modules - GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 TB 6 modules - GW16806 12
GW 16 109 TB 6 modules Large GW16806 6
GW 16 108 TB 4+4 modules Overlapping GW16808 6
GW 16 112 TB 6+6 modules Overlapping GW16812 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. GW16109TB total width 202 mm.

GW 16 103 TB

ONE - Toner black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 TN 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 TN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 TN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 TN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 TN 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 103 TN

ONE - Ivory
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 TI 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 TI 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 TI 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 TI 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 TI 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 103 TI

ONE - Hemp
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 TC 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 TC 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 TC 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 TC 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 TC 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 103 TC

729
ChoruSmart - Plates

Painted technopolymer
ONE - Satin white
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VW 1 module - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 102 VW 2 modules - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 103 VW 3 modules - GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 104 VW 4 modules - GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VW 6 modules - GW16806 12
GW 16 108 VW 4+4 modules Overlapping GW16808 6
GW 16 112 VW 6+6 modules Overlapping GW16812 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 103 VW

ONE - Natural beige

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VL 1 module - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VL 2 modules - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VL 3 modules - GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 VL 4 modules - GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VL 6 modules - GW16806 6
GW 16 108 VL 4+4 modules Overlapping GW16808 6
GW 16 112 VL 6+6 modules Overlapping GW16812 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 103 VL

ONE - Satin black

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VN 1 module - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VN 2 modules - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VN 3 modules - GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 VN 4 modules - GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VN 6 modules - GW16806 6
GW 16 108 VN 4+4 modules Overlapping GW16808 6
GW 16 112 VN 6+6 modules Overlapping GW16812 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 103 VN

730
 ONE - Titanium
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 101 VT 1 module - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VT 2 modules - GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VT 3 modules - GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 VT 4 modules - GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VT 6 modules - GW16806 6
GW 16 108 VT 4+4 modules Overlapping GW16808 6
GW 16 112 VT 6+6 modules Overlapping GW16812 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 103 VT

ONE - Tuscan red

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VD 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VD 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VD 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 VD 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VD 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 103 VD

ONE - Teal
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VZ 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VZ 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VZ 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 104 VZ 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VZ 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 103 VZ

731
ChoruSmart - Plates
ONE - Soft copper
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VX 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VX 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VX 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 104 VX 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VX 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 103 VX

ONE - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 VO 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 VO 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 VO 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 104 VO 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 VO 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 103 VO

732
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

REFINED DESIGN FINISHES HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

Minimal in shape, classic in style: ONE plates The ONE plate, with its minimal appearance, The plates can be customised through a
enhance any room, bringing harmony and is available in various colours and in 2 finishes: choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
beauty to every corner of the house. glossy and satin, for every need. installation to be adapted to the style of the
interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 733
 GEO plates

WHITE TONER BLACK IVORY HEMP

Technopolymer

GW 16 401 TB 1 module GW 16 401 TN 1 module GW 16 401 TI 1 module GW 16 401 TC 1 module

GW 16 402 TB 2 modules GW 16 402 TN 2 modules GW 16 402 TI 2 modules GW 16 402 TC 2 modules
GW 16 403 TB 3 modules GW 16 403 TN 3 modules GW 16 403 TI 3 modules GW 16 403 TC 3 modules
GW 16 404 TB 4 modules GW 16 404 TN 4 modules GW 16 404 TI 4 modules GW 16 404 TC 4 modules
GW 16 406 TB 6 modules GW 16 406 TN 6 modules GW 16 406 TI 6 modules GW 16 406 TC 6 modules

SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK TITANIUM

GW 16 401 VW 1 module GW 16 401 VL 1 module GW 16 401 VN 1 module GW 16 401 VT 1 module

GW 16 402 VW 2 modules GW 16 402 VL 2 modules GW 16 402 VN 2 modules GW 16 402 VT 2 modules
GW 16 403 VW 3 modules GW 16 403 VL 3 modules GW 16 403 VN 3 modules GW 16 403 VT 3 modules
Painted technopolymer

GW 16 404 VW 4 modules GW 16 404 VL 4 modules GW 16 404 VN 4 modules GW 16 404 VT 4 modules

GW 16 406 VW 6 modules GW 16 406 VL 6 modules GW 16 406 VN 6 modules GW 16 406 VT 6 modules

TUSCAN RED TEAL SOFT COPPER GOLD

GW 16 401 VD 1 module GW 16 401 VZ 1 module GW 16 401 VX 1 module GW 16 401 VO 1 module

GW 16 402 VD 2 modules GW 16 402 VZ 2 modules GW 16 402 VX 2 modules GW 16 402 VO 2 modules
GW 16 403 VD 3 modules GW 16 403 VZ 3 modules GW 16 403 VX 3 modules GW 16 403 VO 3 modules
GW 16 404 VD 4 modules GW 16 404 VZ 4 modules GW 16 404 VX 4 modules GW 16 404 VO 4 modules
GW 16 406 VD 6 modules GW 16 406 VZ 6 modules GW 16 406 VX 6 modules GW 16 406 VO 6 modules
Modularity

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules

Metallic effect

734
ChoruSmart
GEO plates
The GEO plate with clean, regular lines fits perfectly into any environment with
its simplicity and style. The materials and colours contribute to creating the

CHORUSMART
right harmony that stands the test of time. Made from technopolymer, GEO
resists the impact and stresses of everyday use. The different colours and the
simple and light shapes make GEO a young and informal furnishing element
that conveys a minimalist style in any space.

GEO ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

Technopolymer
GEO - White
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 TB 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 402 TB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 403 TB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 404 TB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 TB 6 modules GW16806 12
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 403 TB

GEO - Toner black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 TN 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 TN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 TN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 TN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 TN 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 403 TN

GEO - Ivory
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 TI 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 TI 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 TI 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 TI 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 TI 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 403 TI

GEO - Hemp
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 TC 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 TC 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 TC 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 TC 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 TC 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 403 TC

735
ChoruSmart - Plates

Painted technopolymer
GEO - Satin white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VW 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 402 VW 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 403 VW 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 404 VW 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VW 6 modules GW16806 12
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 403 VW

GEO - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VL 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 402 VL 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VL 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 404 VL 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VL 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 403 VL

GEO - Satin black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VN 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 VN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 VN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VN 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 403 VN

736
 GEO - Titanium
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 401 VT 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 VT 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VT 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 VT 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VT 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 403 VT

GEO - Tuscan red

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VD 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 VD 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VD 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 VD 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VD 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 403 VD

GEO - Teal
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VZ 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 402 VZ 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VZ 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 404 VZ 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VZ 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 403 VZ

737
ChoruSmart - Plates
GEO - Soft copper
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VX 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 402 VX 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VX 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 404 VX 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VX 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 403 VX

GEO - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 401 VO 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 402 VO 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 403 VO 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 404 VO 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 406 VO 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 403 VO

738
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

MINIMAL DESIGN FINISHES HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

The colours and simple, light shapes make The GEO Plate, simple and youthful, is available The plates can be customised through a
GEO a youthful and informal furnishing item in various colours and in 2 finishes: glossy and choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
that expresses a minimalist style wherever it is satin, for every need. installation to be adapted to the style of the
placed. interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 739
 EGO plates
SATIN WHITE CLAY NATURAL BEIGE

GW 16 001 PW 1 module GW 16 001 CY 1 module GW 16 001 NB 1 module

GW 16 002 PW 2 modules GW 16 002 CY 2 modules GW 16 002 NB 2 modules
GW 16 003 PW 3 modules GW 16 003 CY 3 modules GW 16 003 NB 3 modules
GW 16 004 PW 4 modules GW 16 004 CY 4 modules GW 16 004 NB 4 modules
GW 16 007 PW 7 modules GW 16 007 CY 7 modules GW 16 007 NB 7 modules

DARK SAND SATIN BLACK

GW 16 001 DS 1 module GW 16 001 DB 1 module

GW 16 002 DS 2 modules GW 16 002 DB 2 modules
GW 16 003 DS 3 modules GW 16 003 DB 3 modules
Painted technopolymer

GW 16 004 DS 4 modules GW 16 004 DB 4 modules

GW 16 007 DS 7 modules GW 16 007 DB 7 modules

MAGNETIC GRAY LIGHT BRONZE STEEL

GW 16 001 GR 1 module GW 16 001 BR 1 module GW 16 001 ST 1 module

GW 16 002 GR 2 modules GW 16 002 BR 2 modules GW 16 002 ST 2 modules
GW 16 003 GR 3 modules GW 16 003 BR 3 modules GW 16 003 ST 3 modules
GW 16 004 GR 4 modules GW 16 004 BR 4 modules GW 16 004 ST 4 modules
GW 16 007 GR 7 modules GW 16 007 BR 7 modules GW 16 007 ST 7 modules

SOFT COPPER GOLD COPPER BROWN SHADE

GW 16 001 CS 1 module GW 16 001 SG 1 module GW 16 001 CP 1 module GW 16 001 BS 1 module

GW 16 002 CS 2 modules GW 16 002 SG 2 modules GW 16 002 CP 2 modules GW 16 002 BS 2 modules
GW 16 003 CS 3 modules GW 16 003 SG 3 modules GW 16 003 CP 3 modules GW 16 003 BS 3 modules
GW 16 004 CS 4 modules GW 16 004 SG 4 modules GW 16 004 CP 4 modules GW 16 004 BS 4 modules
GW 16 007 CS 7 modules GW 16 007 SG 7 modules GW 16 007 CP 7 modules GW 16 007 BS 7 modules
Modularity

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 7 modules

Metallic effect

740
ChoruSmart
EGO plates
With their clean, compact lines, EGO plates make the right impression. Modern
shapes with slightly curved surfaces that taper towards the edges convey

CHORUSMART
balance and simplicity. The opalescent profiles inside the plate, in aesthetic
continuity with the EGO SMART versions, add a subtle element of unique
identity. Every detail is designed to ensure appeal and personality.

EGO PLATES

Painted technopolymer
EGO - Satin white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 PW 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 PW 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 003 PW 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 004 PW 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 PW 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 003 PW

EGO - Clay
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 CY 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 CY 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 CY 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 004 CY 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 CY 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 003 CY

EGO - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 NB 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 NB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 003 NB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 96
GW 16 004 NB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 NB 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 003 NB

EGO - Dark sand

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 DS 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 DS 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 DS 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 004 DS 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 DS 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 003 DS

741
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO - Satin Black
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 DB 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 DB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 DB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 004 DB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 DB 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.

GW 16 003 DB

EGO - Magnetic gray

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 GR 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 GR 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 GR 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 24
GW 16 004 GR 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 GR 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 GR

EGO - Light bronze

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 BR 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 BR 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 BR 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 BR 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 BR 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 BR

742
 EGO - Steel
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 001 ST 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 ST 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 ST 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 ST 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 ST 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 ST

EGO - Soft copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 CS 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 CS 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 CS 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 CS 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 CS 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 CS

EGO - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 SG 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 SG 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 SG 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 SG 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 SG 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 SG

743
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO - Copper
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 CP 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 CP 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 CP 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 CP 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 CP 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 CP

EGO - Brown shade

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 001 BS 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 002 BS 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 003 BS 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 004 BS 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 007 BS 7 modules GW16807N 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.

GW 16 003 BS

744
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

PRECIOUS FINISHES INNOVATION HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

Three thematic lines of plates for a perfect EGO was designed as a modern plate and The plates can be customised through a
match with ChoruSmart devices. A total of 12 has evolved in the EGO SMART version, an choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
colors, all with a satin finish. innovative concept of SMART HOME. installation to be adapted to the style of the
interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 745
 EGO SMART plates

SATIN WHITE CLAY NATURAL BEIGE

GW 16 003 S PW 3 modules GW 16 003 S CY 3 modules GW 16 003 S NB 3 modules

GW 16 004 S PW 4 modules GW 16 004 S CY 4 modules GW 16 004 S NB 4 modules

DARK SAND SATIN BLACK

GW 16 003 S DS 3 modules GW 16 003 S DB 3 modules

GW 16 004 S DS 4 modules GW 16 004 S DB 4 modules
Painted technopolymer

MAGNETIC GRAY LIGHT BRONZE STEEL

GW 16 003 S GR 3 modules GW 16 003 S BR 3 modules GW 16 003 S ST 3 modules

GW 16 004 S GR 4 modules GW 16 004 S BR 4 modules GW 16 004 S ST 4 modules

SOFT COPPER GOLD COPPER BROWN SHADE

GW 16 003 S CS 3 modules GW 16 003 S SG 3 modules GW 16 003 S CP 3 modules GW 16 003 S BS 3 modules

GW 16 004 S CS 4 modules GW 16 004 S SG 4 modules GW 16 004 S CP 4 modules GW 16 004 S BS 4 modules
Modularity

3 modules 4 modules

Metallic effect

746
ChoruSmart
EGO SMART plates
The EGO SMART plates go beyond pure aesthetics to become an element
of interaction with the user and with other ChoruSmart system connected

CHORUSMART
devices. Through RGB LED edge strips and a graphic display, the plates
communicate operating statuses and alarms detected by other smart functions
controlling your home. The EGO SMART and EGO plates, with their harmonious
aesthetics, can be installed within the same system for a seamlessly designed
look throughout the interior environment.

EGO SMART PLATES

Painted technopolymer
EGO SMART - Satin white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SPW 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SPW 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: The plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242
or GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 003 SPW

EGO SMART - Clay

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SCY 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SCY 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same plate box: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or GW1x826, or
by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; the connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SCY

EGO SMART - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SNB 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SNB 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: The plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242
or GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 003 SNB

747
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO SMART - Dark sand
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SDS 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SDS 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SDS

EGO SMART - Satin black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SDB 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SDB 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: The plate must be supplied with power by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed within the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242
or GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 003 SDB

EGO SMART - Magnetic gray

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SGR 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SGR 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be powered by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or GW1x826, or
by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 003 SGR

748
 EGO SMART - Light bronze
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 003 SBR 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SBR 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be powered by one of the following connected devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or GW1x826, or
by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.

GW 16 003 SBR

EGO SMART - Steel

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SST 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SST 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply. The connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SST

EGO SMART - Soft copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SCS 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SCS 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; the connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SCS

749
ChoruSmart - Plates
EGO SMART - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SSG 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SSG 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; the connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SSG

EGO SMART - Copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SCP 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SCP 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; the connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SCP

EGO SMART - Brown shade

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 003 SBS 3 modules GW16803N 1
GW 16 004 SBS 4 modules GW16804N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect. The plate has a dot-matrix display on the upper portion, RGB LED strips (along the outer and inner edges at the top and bottom) and a proximity sensor.
APPLICATIONS: visualisation of dynamic icons on the display indicating the functions associated with the devices installed in the plate; event/alarm signalling using the display (messages) and/or RGB led strips.
NOTES: the plate must be supplied with power by one of the following Smart devices, which must be installed in the same box as the plate: GWA1201, GWA1202, GWA1231, GWA1232, GWA1241, GWA1242 or
GW1x826, or by a dedicated GWA1700 power supply; the connection cable from the plate to the device powering it is included in the plate package.
Codes not held as stock, for delivery times contact your local representative.

GW 16 003 SBS

750
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATION SIMPLICITY DOUBLED FUNCTIONS

The plate communicates with the user through To recognise the associated function, each The EGO SMART plate expands the functions
simple and immediate visual feedback. The command can be linked to a different graphic. managed from the control point. The manually
display is dynamic: text messages scroll and Lighting icons, messages and colours can be activated proximity sensor enables the Shift
icons change shape to indicate the activation selected from the Home Gateway App with a mode on the plate, doubling the functions of
and operation of the commanded loads. The wide variety of choices. the control units installed, without taking up
edges are illuminated with a coloured beam of additional space.
light: each colour corresponds to a different
signal.
751
 ChoruSmart

LUX plates

WHITE WHITE MONOCHROME TONER BLACK TONER BLACK LAVY

Technopolymer

GW 16 202 TB 2 modules GW 16 202 YB 2 modules GW 16 202 TN 2 modules GW 16 202 YN 2 modules

GW 16 203 TB 3 modules GW 16 203 YB 3 modules GW 16 203 TN 3 modules GW 16 203 YN 3 modules
GW 16 204 TB 4 modules GW 16 204 YB 4 modules GW 16 204 TN 4 modules GW 16 204 YN 4 modules
GW 16 206 TB 6 modules GW 16 206 YB 6 modules GW 16 206 TN 6 modules GW 16 206 YN 6 modules

TITANIUM TITANIUM MONOCHROME SLATE ABSOLUTE SLATE

Painted technopolymer

GW 16 202 VT 2 modules GW 16 202 YT 2 modules GW 16 202 VA 2 modules GW 16 202 YA 2 modules

GW 16 203 VT 3 modules GW 16 203 YT 3 modules GW 16 203 VA 3 modules GW 16 203 YA 3 modules
GW 16 204 VT 4 modules GW 16 204 YT 4 modules GW 16 204 VA 4 modules GW 16 204 YA 4 modules
GW 16 206 VT 6 modules GW 16 206 YT 6 modules GW 16 206 VA 6 modules GW 16 206 YA 6 modules

SATIN WHITE NATURAL BEIGE SATIN BLACK

MONOCHROME MONOCHROME MONOCHROME

GW 16 202 XW 2 modules GW 16 202 XL 2 modules GW 16 202 XM 2 modules

GW 16 203 XW 3 modules GW 16 203 XL 3 modules GW 16 203 XM 3 modules
GW 16 204 XW 4 modules GW 16 204 XL 4 modules GW 16 204 XM 4 modules
GW 16 206 XW 6 modules GW 16 206 XL 6 modules GW 16 206 XM 6 modules
PEARLY BRONZE ANODIC BROWN ANODIC BROWN
Metal

GW 16 202 XP 2 modules GW 16 202 XV 2 modules GW 16 202 XF 2 modules

GW 16 203 XP 3 modules GW 16 203 XV 3 modules GW 16 203 XF 3 modules
GW 16 204 XP 4 modules GW 16 204 XV 4 modules GW 16 204 XF 4 modules
GW 16 206 XP 6 modules GW 16 206 XV 6 modules GW 16 206 XF 6 modules
MONOCHROME ALUMINIUM SOFT COPPER MAGNETIC GRAY

GW 16 202 XA 2 modules GW 16 202 XE 2 modules GW 16 202 XR 2 modules

GW 16 203 XA 3 modules GW 16 203 XE 3 modules GW 16 203 XR 3 modules
GW 16 204 XA 4 modules GW 16 204 XE 4 modules GW 16 204 XR 4 modules
GW 16 206 XA 6 modules GW 16 206 XE 6 modules GW 16 206 XR 6 modules
Metallic effect

752
 CHORUSMART
BRUSHED BRUSHED
ALUMINIUM ALUMINIUM LAVY GOLD ANTIQUE BRASS
Metal

GW 16 202 XS 2 modules GW 16 202 WS 2 modules GW 16 202 XG 2 modules GW 16 202 XQ 2 modules

GW 16 203 XS 3 modules GW 16 203 WS 3 modules GW 16 203 XG 3 modules GW 16 203 XQ 3 modules
GW 16 204 XS 4 modules GW 16 204 WS 4 modules GW 16 204 XG 4 modules GW 16 204 XQ 4 modules
GW 16 206 XS 6 modules GW 16 206 WS 6 modules GW 16 206 XG 6 modules GW 16 206 XQ 6 modules

LIGHT OAK WALNUT

Wood

GW 16 202 WK 2 modules GW 16 202 WU 2 modules

GW 16 203 WK 3 modules GW 16 203 WU 3 modules
GW 16 204 WK 4 modules GW 16 204 WU 4 modules
GW 16 206 WK 6 modules GW 16 206 WU 6 modules

NATURAL REFLECTION PEARLY GRAY

Glass

GW 16 202 GT 2 modules GW 16 202 GP 2 modules

GW 16 203 GT 3 modules GW 16 203 GP 3 modules
GW 16 204 GT 4 modules GW 16 204 GP 4 modules
GW 16 206 GT 6 modules GW 16 206 GP 6 modules
Modularity

2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules

753
ChoruSmart
LUX plates
LUX plates, with their modern, refined lines, marry the high-tech spirit
of modernity with the refined and elegant taste of tradition. Wood, glass
and metal versions are added to the classic technopolymer plates. With
monochrome variants of the LUX plates, uniformity of colour becomes the
distinctive character of each ChoruSmart lighting device.

LUX ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

Technopolymer
LUX - White
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 TB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 TB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 TB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 TB 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame chromed.

GW 16 203 TB

LUX - Monochrome white

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 YB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 YB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 YB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 YB 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame in the same white colour as the plate, glossy finish.

GW 16 203 YB

LUX - Toner black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 TN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 TN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 TN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 TN 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame chromed.

GW 16 203 TN

LUX - Toner black lavy

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 YN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 YN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 YN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 YN 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.
NOTES: inner frame in the same black colour of the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 YN

754
Painted technopolymer

CHORUSMART
LUX - Titanium
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 VT 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 VT 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 VT 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 VT 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame chromed.

GW 16 203 VT

LUX - Monochrome titanium

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 YT 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 YT 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 YT 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 YT 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: gglossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same titanium colour of the plate, glossy finish.

GW 16 203 YT

LUX - Slate
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 VA 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 VA 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 VA 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 VA 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame chromed.

GW 16 203 VA

LUX - Absolute slate

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 YA 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 203 YA 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 204 YA 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 206 YA 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same slate colour of the plate, glossy finish.

GW 16 203 YA

755
ChoruSmart - Plates

Metal
LUX - Monochrome satin white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XW 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XW 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XW 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XW 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same white colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XW

LUX - Monochrome natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XL 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XL 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XL 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XL 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same natural beige colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XL

LUX - Monochrome satin black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XM 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XM 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XM 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XM 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in same black colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XM

LUX - Pearly bronze

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XP 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XP 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XP 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XP 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XP

LUX - Anodic brown

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XV 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XV 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XV 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XV 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in dark bronze colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XV

756
 LUX - Gunbarrel grey
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 16 202 XF 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XF 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XF 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XF 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same gunbarrel grey colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XF

LUX - Monochrome aluminium

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XA 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XA 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XA 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XA 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in the same aluminium colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XA

LUX - Soft copper

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XE 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XE 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XE 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XE 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same soft copper colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XE

LUX - Magnetic gray

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XR 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XR 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XR 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XR 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same magnetic gray colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XR

LUX - Brushed aluminium

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XS 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XS 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XS 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XS 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XS

757
ChoruSmart - Plates
LUX - Brushed aluminium lavy
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 WS 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 WS 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 WS 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 WS 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in black colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 WS

LUX - Gold
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XG 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XG 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XG 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XG 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish, metallic effect.
NOTES: inner frame in the same gold colour as the plate, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XG

LUX - Antique brass

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 XQ 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 203 XQ 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 6
GW 16 204 XQ 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 6
GW 16 206 XQ 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in dark bronze colour, matt finish.

GW 16 203 XQ

758
Wood

CHORUSMART
LUX - Light oak
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 WK 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 203 WK 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 204 WK 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 206 WK 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish. Design variations in the wooden plates are a sign of the quality and authenticity of the materials used.

GW 16 203 WK

LUX - Walnut
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 WU 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 203 WU 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 204 WU 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 206 WU 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in dark bronze colour, matt finish. Design variations in the wooden plates are a sign of the quality and authenticity of the materials used.

GW 16 203 WU

759
ChoruSmart - Plates

Glass
LUX - Natural reflection
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 GT 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 203 GT 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 204 GT 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 206 GT 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish.
Design variations in the glass plates are a sign of quality and indicate the genuineness of the materials used.

GW 16 203 GT

LUX - Pearly gray

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 202 GP 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 203 GP 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 204 GP 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 206 GP 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: matt finish.
NOTES: inner frame in light bronze colour, matt finish. Design variations in the glass plates are a sign of quality and indicate the genuineness of the materials used.

GW 16 203 GP

760
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

CONTEMPORARY STYLE MATERIALS HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

The LUX plate, with its modern shapes, is the Classic and elegantly designed, LUX plates The plates can be customised through a
perfect blend of modernity and the elegant meet all your needs with their wide variety of choice of colours and finishes. This allows the
aesthetics of tradition. materials, from technopolymer to metal, from installation to be adapted to the style of the
wood to glass. interiors and enhance all applications. Thanks
to tampography and lasering, the plates can
be customised with lettering, trademarks and
logos. Please contact the GEWISS Commercial
department to discuss the feasibility of any
customisation. 761
 ICE plates

WHITE BLACK NATURAL BEIGE TITANIUM

Glass

GW 16 902 CB 2 modules GW 16 902 CN 2 modules GW 16 902 CL 2 modules GW 16 902 CT 2 modules

GW 16 903 CB 3 modules GW 16 903 CN 3 modules GW 16 903 CL 3 modules GW 16 903 CT 3 modules
GW 16 904 CB 4 modules GW 16 904 CN 4 modules GW 16 904 CL 4 modules GW 16 904 CT 4 modules
GW 16 906 CB 6 modules GW 16 906 CN 6 modules GW 16 906 CL 6 modules GW 16 906 CT 6 modules

ICE TOUCH plates

WHITE BLACK NATURAL BEIGE TITANIUM

Glass

GW 16 955 CB GW 16 955 CN GW 16 955 CL GW 16 955 CT

ICE TOUCH KNX plates

WHITE BLACK NATURAL BEIGE TITANIUM

Glass

GW 16 946 CB GW 16 946 CN GW 16 946 CL GW 16 946 CT

ICE TOUCH ICE TOUCH KNX

Modularity

2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules

6 TOUCH AREAS WITH INTERCHANGEABLE SYMBOLS

762
ChoruSmart
ICE plates
ICE glass plates meet the most sophisticated technological and aesthetic
needs and represent a new frontier for lighting devices. Available in

CHORUSMART
four different colours (white, natural beige, black and titanium), ICE can
accommodate all modular devices in the ChoruSmart range. Commands,
systems for energy off-take, protection and signalling, comfort, climate control
and technical alarms: ICE can meet the needs of any environment.

ICE ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

Glass
ICE - White
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 902 CB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 903 CB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 904 CB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 906 CB 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 903 CB

ICE - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 902 CL 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 903 CL 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 904 CL 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 906 CL 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 903 CL

763
ChoruSmart - Plates
ICE - Black
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 902 CN 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 903 CN 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 904 CN 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 906 CN 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 903 CN

ICE - Titanium
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 902 CT 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 903 CT 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 1
GW 16 904 CT 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 1
GW 16 906 CT 6 modules GW16806 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 16 903 CT

764
ICE TOUCH ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

CHORUSMART
Glass
ICE TOUCH - White
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CB 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative and may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CB

ICE TOUCH - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CL 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative and may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CL

ICE TOUCH - Black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CN 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative: they may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CN

ICE TOUCH - Titanium

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CT 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative: they may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CT

765
ChoruSmart - Plates
ICE TOUCH KNX ITALIAN STANDARD PLATES

Glass
ICE TOUCH KNX - White
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 946 CB 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plates made of glass with a glossy finish, to match the KNX touch-panel modules (GWA9421).
NOTES: the symbols shown in the image are purely indicative: they can be customised using the adhesive icons supplied with the touch-panel module. The plate code is unique, regardless of the number of channels to
be activated (from 1 to 6).

GW 16 946 CB

ICE TOUCH KNX - Natural beige

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 946 CL 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plates made of glass with a glossy finish, to match the KNX touch-panel modules (GWA9421).
NOTES: the symbols shown in the image are purely indicative: they can be customised using the adhesive icons supplied with the touch-panel module. The plate code is unique, regardless of the number of channels to
be activated (from 1 to 6).

GW 16 946 CL

ICE TOUCH KNX - Black

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 946 CN 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plates made of glass with a glossy finish, to match the KNX touch-panel modules (GWA9421).
NOTES: the symbols shown in the image are purely indicative: they can be customised using the adhesive icons supplied with the touch-panel module. The plate code is unique, regardless of the number of channels to
be activated (from 1 to 6).

GW 16 946 CN

ICE TOUCH KNX - Titanium

Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 946 CT 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: plates made of glass with a glossy finish, to match the KNX touch-panel modules (GWA9421).
NOTES: the symbols shown in the image are purely indicative: they can be customised using the adhesive icons supplied with the touch-panel module. The plate code is unique, regardless of the number of channels to
be activated (from 1 to 6).

GW 16 946 CT

766
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

REFINED FINISHES ELEGANT AND MODERN HIGHLY CUSTOMISABLE

With the ICE Touch and ICE Touch KNX Glass, the material of elegance, encapsulates The plates can be customised through a
plates, your home responds to every gesture a heart of pure technology, with touch controls choice of colours and finishes. This allows
with just a touch of your fingertip. The purity or traditional keys that enhance every simple the installation to be adapted to the style of
of white, the elegance of natural beige, the gesture. the interiors and enhance all applications.
rationality of titanium and the allure of black are Thanks to tampography and lasering, the
complemented by the refined luminous symbols plates can be customised with lettering,
that identify the keys selected, enhancing the trademarks and logos. Please contact the
plate in its purest expression. GEWISS Commercial department to discuss
the feasibility of any customisation. 767
 Special plates and free-standing enclosures
GW 16 702 TBN GW 16 703 TBN GW 16 704 TBN
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Watertight plates

GW 16 702 TNN GW 16 703 TNN GW 16 704 TNN

Glossy black Glossy black Glossy black
GW 16 702 VTN GW 16 703 VTN GW 16 704 VTN
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium

2 modules - IP55 3 modules - IP55 4 modules - IP55

International standard Italian standard Italian standard

Free-standing and wall-

mounting enclosures
1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 4 modules 6 modules
Plates for profiles

GW 16 711 TB GW 16 712 TB GW 16 723 TB GW 16 724 TB GW 16 854 GW 16 856

Blank plates
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Satin white Satin white
GW 16 711 TN GW 16 712 TN GW 16 723 TN GW 16 724 TN GW 16 864 GW 16 866
Glossy black Glossy black Glossy black Glossy black Satin black Satin black
GW 16 711 VT GW 16 712 VT
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium

Self-supporting plates Blank plates Enclosures

for ONE plates

Wall-mounting boxes
Horizontal Vertical
and trunking used as
For mini-trunking

GW 16 743 GW 16 744 GW 16 752 GW 16 753 GW 16 754

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
skirting

GW 16 773 GW 16 774 GW 16 782 GW 16 783 GW 16 784

Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black

3 modules boxes for 4 modules boxes for 2 modules boxes for 2+2 modules boxes for
ONE plates ONE plates ONE International plates ONE International plates

Enclosures for outdoors Accessories

Supports for DIN rail

Empty enclosures

Protective covers

GW 16 502 GW 16 512 GW 16 873 GW 16 841

2 modules 2 modules 3 modules 1 module - 1.5 DIN module
for painting

GW 16 503 GW 16 513 GW 16 874 GW 16 842

3 modules 3 modules 4 modules 2 modules - 3 DIN modules
GW 16 504 GW 16 514 GW 16 876 GW 16 843
4 modules 4 modules 6 modules 3 modules - 4 DIN modules
GW 16 877 N
For rectangular 7 modules GW 16 871
Grey RAL 7035 Grey RAL 7035 DIN rail
supports For square supports
IP55

Supports for ONE, GEO, EGO, LUX, ICE plates

square and rectangular
round/square boxes

Supports for round/

Supports for

boxes

GW 16 821 GW 16 822 GW 16 802

With clutches - 2 modules For screws (not included) For screws - 2 modules
GW 16 823 2 modules
With long clutches - 2 modules
rectangular boxes
Supports for

GW 16 803 GW 16 804 GW 16 806 GW 16 807 N GW 16 808 GW 16 812

With screws - 3 modules With screws - 4 modules With screws - 6 modules With screws - 7 modules With screws - 4+4 modules With screws - 6+6 modules
GW 16 824 GW 16 825
For screws (not included) for French boxes For screws (not included) for French boxes

Supports for EGO SMART plates

round/square boxes

rectangular boxes
Supports for

Supports for

GW 16 821 N (**) GW 16 822 N (**) GW 16 803 N (*) GW 16 804 N (*)

With clutches - 2 modules For screws (not included) - 2 modules With screws - 3 modules With screws - 4 modules

(*) compatible with the whole range of ONE, GEO, EGO, LUX and ICE plates for rectangular boxes.
(**) compatible with the whole range of ONE International, GEO International, EGO International and LUX International plates for round/square boxes.

768
ChoruSmart
Installation accessories
Wide variety of installation accessories for all modular devices and plates
from the ChoruSmart range. Watertight plates with ergonomic membrane and

CHORUSMART
2 to 4 modules. Self-supporting plates for profiles and panels. Free-standing
and surface-mounted panels. Surface-mounted boxes and self-supporting
protected watertight enclosures. Supports for rectangular, round and square
boxes available in standard and smart versions. Covers for flush-mounted
boxes from 2 to 7 modules for painting and finishing.

SPECIAL PLATES AND PANELS

Watertight plates
Watertight plates - Italian standard - IP55
Code Description Colour Included support Pack
Carton
GW 16 703 TBN 3 modules Glossy white GW16803 1/24
GW 16 704 TBN 4 modules Glossy white GW16804 1/24
GW 16 703 TNN 3 modules Glossy black GW16803 1/12
GW 16 704 TNN 4 modules Glossy black GW16804 1/12
GW 16 703 VTN 3 modules Glossy titanium GW16803 1/12
GW 16 704 VTN 4 modules Glossy titanium GW16804 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: support included, equipped with 2 screws (length 30 mm). Ergonomic membrane made of UV-resistant material. Maximum opening angle lid 160° facilitated by a comfortable handle.
APPLICATIONS: for installation on rectangular (3 and 4 modules) flush mounting boxes.
NOTES: IP55 degree guaranteed with closed lid and watertight plate mounted on smooth and waterproof walls, without grooves.
GW 16 703 TBN

Watertight plates - International standard - IP55

Code Description Colour Included support Pack
Carton
GW 16 702 TBN 2 modules Glossy white GW16822 1/24
GW 16 702 TNN 2 modules Glossy black GW16822 1/12
GW 16 702 VTN 2 modules Glossy titanium GW16822 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: support included, equipped with 2 self-tapping screws (length 22 mm). Ergonomic membrane made of UV-resistant material. Maximum opening angle lid 160° facilitated by a comfortable handle.
APPLICATIONS: for installations on round/square flush mounting boxes equipped with screw columns (axles distance 60mm).
NOTES: IP55 degree guaranteed with closed lid and watertight plate mounted on smooth and waterproof walls, without grooves.

GW 16 702 TBN

Plates for profiles

Self-supporting plates for profiles and panels

Code Description Colour Plate Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 711 TB 1 module Glossy white Halogen free 1/48
GW 16 712 TB 2 modules Glossy white Halogen free 1/24
GW 16 711 TN 1 module Glossy black Halogen free 1/24
GW 16 712 TN 2 modules Glossy black Halogen free 1/24
GW 16 711 VT 1 module Glossy titanium Halogen free 1/12
GW 16 712 VT 2 modules Glossy titanium Halogen free 1/12
GW 16 711 TB CHARACTERISTICS: complete with insulating box and supports. Diameter for cable input max. 10mm.
NOTES: the insulating box is equipped with a tug-proof cable fastener device and a corrugated conduit fastener device.

NEWS

769
ChoruSmart - Installation accessories

Blank plates
Blank plates

Code Description Colour For support codes Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 723 TB 3 modules Glossy white GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N Halogen free 1/24
GW 16 724 TB 4 modules Glossy white GW16804, GW16804N Halogen free 1/24
GW 16 723 TN 3 modules Glossy black GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N Halogen free 1/12
GW 16 724 TN 4 modules Glossy black GW16804, GW16804N Halogen free 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: support not included for installation on rectangular boxes.

GW 16 723 TB

Free-standing and wall-mounting enclosures

Free-standing and wall-mounting enclosures for ONE plates
Code Description Colour Support Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 16 854 4 modules Satin white GW16804 140x90x69 1/30
GW 16 856 6 modules Satin white GW16806 181x90x69 1/15
GW 16 864 4 modules Satin black GW16804 140x90x69 1/30
GW 16 866 6 modules Satin black GW16806 181x90x69 1/15
CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of plates).
Diameter for cable input max. 10mm.
NOTES: cable gland and safety cable fastener included. For wall-mounting, use wall plugs with a countersunk head, max Ø 3.5mm.

GW 16 854

BOXES, ENCLOSURES AND SUPPORTS

Wall-mounting boxes
Wall-mounting boxes for mini-trunking and trunking used as skirting for ONE plates

Code Description Support Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Characteristics Pack

Carton
Colour: Satin White
GW 16 743 3 modules GW16803 118x90x46 Halogen free 3/60
GW 16 744 4 modules GW16804 140x90x46 Halogen free 1/30
Colour: Satin black
GW 16 773 3 modules GW16803 118x90x46 Halogen free 3/30
GW 16 774 4 modules GW16804 140x90x46 Halogen free 1/30
GW 16 743 CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of plates). Pre-arranged for mini-trunking with dimensions BxH (mm): 15x8, 15x10, 22x10, 30x15.
NOTES: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

Wall-mounting boxes for mini-trunking and trunking used as skirting for ONE International plates

Code Description Type Support Outer dim. LxHxD Characteristics Pack

(mm) Carton
Colour: Satin White
GW 16 752 2 modules - GW16822 90x90x46 Halogen free 1/30
GW 16 753 2+2 modules Horizontal GW16822 161x90x46 Halogen free 1/15
GW 16 754 2+2 modules Vertical GW16822 90x161x46 Halogen free 1/15
Colour: Satin black
GW 16 782 2 modules - GW16822 90x90x46 Halogen free 1/30
GW 16 752 GW 16 783 2+2 modules Horizontal GW16822 161x90x46 Halogen free 1/15
GW 16 784 2+2 modules Vertical GW16822 90x161x46 Halogen free 1/15
CHARACTERISTICS: support and plate not included. Use ONE International plates (interchangeability with the entire colour range of the plates).
Pre-arranged for mini-trunking with dimensions BxH (mm): 15x15, 20x20, 22x10, 30x10, 30x15, 35x15, 45x15.
GW16754 and GW16784 to be used together with plates with a centre distance of 71mm.
GW16752 - GW16782 supplied with 2 fixing screws. GW16753 - GW16754 - GW16783 - GW16784 supplied with 6 fixing screws.
NOTES: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

770
Enclosures for outdoors

CHORUSMART
Self-supporting, empty, protected enclosures - IP40
Code Description Colour Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 16 502 2 modules Grey RAL 7035 66x82x56 5/80
GW 16 503 3 modules Grey RAL 7035 99x82x56 3/60
GW 16 504 4 modules Grey RAL 7035 132x82x56 1/40
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.
NOTES: not suitable for the installation of 1/2 module devices.

GW 16 503

Self-supporting, empty, watertight enclosures - IP55

Code Description Colour Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 16 512 2 modules Grey RAL 7035 66x82x69 5/60
GW 16 513 3 modules Grey RAL 7035 99x82x69 2/40
GW 16 514 4 modules Grey RAL 7035 132x82x69 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407. Ergonomic membrane, in UV-resistant material, Snap closing system.
NOTES: not suitable for the installation of 1/2 module devices.

GW 16 513

Complementary items
Brass terminal for through-line earth conductor
Code Section (mm²) Fixing Pack
Carton
GW 26 407 4 Pressure-operated 200/1600

GW 26 407

Special self-tapping screws for fixing the devices

Code Dimensions (mm) Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 24 224 TC 3.5x17 Wood, plastic, aluminium 500/7000
GW 24 225 TC 3.5x30 Deep-mounted boxes 300/4200
GW 24 229 TC 3.5x50 Deep-mounted boxes 300/4200

GW 24 224

771
ChoruSmart - Installation accessories

Supports
Italian standard supports for EGO SMART plates

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 803 N 3 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 6/240
GW 16 804 N 4 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 6/120
CHARACTERISTICS: specific supports for 3 and 4 module Italian standard EGO SMART plates; supports are also compatible with the other Italian standard ChoruSmart 3 and 4 module plates ONE, GEO, LUX, ICE and
EGO.

GW 16 803 N

International standard supports for EGO SMART plates

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 821 N 2 modules With fixing clutches (included) Halogen free 20/120
GW 16 822 N 2 modules For screws (not included) Halogen free 20/120
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16821N equipped with fixing clutches for installation on round boxes. Supports specifically for international standard EGO SMART plates; the supports are also compatible with the other
ChoruSmart international standard plates, including ONE, GEO, LUX and EGO.
NOTES: GW16822N support can be installed on single round and square boxes or in a horizontal composition; the GW16821N support can be installed on single stand-alone round boxes.

GW 16 822 N

International standard supports for ONE, GEO, EGO, LUX plates

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 821 2 modules With fixing clutches Halogen free 12/120
GW 16 822 2 modules For screws (not included) Halogen free 20/120
GW 16 823 2 modules With long fixing clutches Halogen free 12/120
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16821 and GW16823 equipped with fixing clutches for installation on round boxes.
NOTES: GW16821 and GW16823 supports can be installed on single round boxes or in vertical composition.

GW 16 822

French standard supports

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 824 4 modules For screws (not incl.) horiz. centre dist. 57mm Halogen free 12/60
GW 16 825 6 modules For screws (not incl.) horiz. centre dist. 2x57mm Halogen free 12/48
CHARACTERISTICS: supports pre-arranged for fixing on French Standard rectangular boxes.
NOTES: GW16824 fit the ChoruSmart 4 modules plates. GW16825 fit the ChoruSmart 6 modules plates.

GW 16 824

772
 Protective covers for painting, for CHORUSMART range, International Standard
Code Description Suitable for support Colour Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW16821, GW16822, GW16823, GW16831,
GW 16 871 2 modules Transparent 60/480
GW16821N, GW16822N
CHARACTERISTICS: total protection during painting and finishing operations.
NOTES: snap-in mounting to facilitate assembly and removal operations.

GW 16 871

Italian standard supports for ONE, GEO, EGO, LUX and ICE plates

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 16 802 2 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 12/120
GW 16 803 3 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 12/240
GW 16 804 4 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 12/120
GW 16 806 6 modules 4 screws (included) Halogen free 12/72
GW 16 807 N 7 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 12/72
GW 16 808 4+4 modules 4 screws (included) Halogen free 12/48
GW 16 802
GW 16 812 6+6 modules 4 screws (included) Halogen free 12/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW16802 predisposed for fixing on both rectangular 3-module boxes (centre distance 83.5mm) and round/square boxes (centre distance 60mm) equipped with fixing columns. To be completed with
2-module standard plates.
NOTES: GW16808 and GW16812 to be used with white or titanium colour ONE plates. GW16807N to be used with EGO plates.

Protective covers for painting, for CHORUSMART range, Italian Standard

Code Description Suitable for support Colour Pack
Carton
GW 16 873 3 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N Transparent 120/480
GW 16 874 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N Transparent 60/240
GW 16 876 6 modules GW16806 Transparent 60/240
GW 16 877 N 7 modules GW16807N Transparent 60/240
CHARACTERISTICS: total protection during painting and finishing operations.
NOTES: snap-in mounting to facilitate assembly and removal operations.

GW 16 873

773
ChoruSmart - Installation accessories
Supports for assembling CHORUSMART devices on DIN EN 50022 rail
Code Description No. DIN modules Pack
Carton
GW 16 841 1 module 1.5 5/300
GW 16 842 2 modules 3 5/150
GW 16 843 3 modules 4 5/50
CHARACTERISTICS: tool-free manual release system for flush-mounting devices.
NOTES: pay attention when using particularly deep devices (two-pole, three-way switches, movement detectors and IR receivers, relays, German standard socket-outlets with front tightening, quick wiring terminals, British
standard socket-outlets, interlocked switched sockets-outlets, shaver sockets-outlets, USB power supplies, MCCB and RCCB, anti-black-out and emergency lamps, ringers and buzzers, thermostats and timed thermostats,
programmers, water and gas detectors, timers, dimmers, touch commands, electronic soft-click push buttons with interlock, KNX flush-mounting timed thermostats, etc.) as they may interfere with the DIN rail, preventing
the correct passage of the wires.

GW 16 841

774
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

MODERN DESIGN SIMPLIFIED INSTALLATION DURABILITY OVER TIME

160°

The watertight plates, available in three elegant The door opening up to 160° ensures easy The new handle and spring design makes it
colors and equipped with a large transparent access to the devices. Additionally, the easier to release and open the door. The new
ergonomic membrane, feature a simple and possibility of mounting on deeply positioned gasket offers greater resistance to weather
discreet design, making them ideal for housing flush-mounted boxes makes the plate conditions, giving the plate robustness and
and protecting the ChoruSmart domestic range installation simple and quick. durability over time.
devices.

775
 ChoruSmart

Command devices - rockers

GW 10 001 GW 10 002 GW 10 003 GW 10 021 GW 10 022
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 001 GW 15 002 GW 15 003 GW 15 021 GW 15 022
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 001 GW 13 002 GW 13 003 GW 13 021 GW 13 022
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 001 GW 12 002 GW 12 003 GW 12 021 GW 12 022
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 001 GW 14 002 GW 14 003 GW 14 021 GW 14 022
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 001 1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 002 1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 003 1/2M-1P-10 AX 1/2M-1P-10 AX
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*)
GW 10 031 GW 10 032 GW 10 033
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 031 GW 15 032 GW 15 033
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 031 GW 13 032 GW 13 033
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 031 GW 12 032 GW 12 033
One-way switches

Satin black Satin black Satin black

GW 14 031 GW 14 032 GW 14 033
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 031 2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 032 2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 033
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory
GW 10 004 GW 10 005 GW 10 006 GW 10 007
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 004 GW 15 005 GW 15 006 GW 15 007
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 004 GW 13 005 GW 13 006 GW 13 007
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 004 GW 12 005 GW 12 006 GW 12 007
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 004 GW 14 005 GW 14 006 GW 14 007
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-2P-16 AX GW 11 004 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-10 AX 1M-2P-25 AX
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) With key Heavy-duty loads
GW 10 034 GW 10 035
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 034 GW 15 035
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 034 GW 13 035
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 034 GW 12 035
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 034 GW 14 035
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-2P-16 AX 2M-2P-16 AX
Illuminable (*)

GW 10 051 GW 10 052 GW 10 053 GW 10 054 GW 10 061

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 051 GW 15 052 GW 15 053 GW 15 054 GW 15 061
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 051 GW 13 052 GW 13 053 GW 13 054 GW 13 061
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 051 GW 12 052 GW 12 053 GW 12 054 GW 12 061
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
Two-way switches

GW 14 051 GW 14 052 GW 14 053 GW 14 054 GW 14 061

Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 051 1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 052 1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 053 1M-1P-10 AX 1/2M-1P-10 AX
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory With key
GW 10 071 GW 10 072 GW 10 073
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 071 GW 15 072 GW 15 073
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 071 GW 13 072 GW 13 073
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 071 GW 12 072 GW 12 073
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 071 GW 14 072 GW 14 073
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 071 2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 072 2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 073
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory

GW 10 121 GW 10 122 GW 10 123

Three-way switches

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

GW 15 121 GW 15 122 GW 15 123
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 121 GW 13 122 GW 13 123
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 121 GW 12 122 GW 12 123
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 121 GW 14 122 GW 14 123
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-10 AX GW 11 121 1M-2P-10 AX 2M-1P-10 AX GW 11 123
Positions 1-0-2 Glossy ivory Positions 1-0-2 Positions 1-0-2 Glossy ivory

GW 10 091 GW 10 092 GW 10 093

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 091 GW 15 092 GW 15 093
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 091 GW 13 092 GW 13 093
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 091 GW 12 092 GW 12 093
Intermediate switches

Satin black Satin black Satin black

GW 14 091 GW 14 092 GW 14 093
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 091 1M-1P-16 AX GW 11 092 1M-1P-16 AX
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*)
GW 10 101 GW 10 102 GW 10 103
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 101 GW 15 102 GW 15 103
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 101 GW 13 102 GW 13 103
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 101 GW 12 102 GW 12 103
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 101 GW 14 102 GW 14 103
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 101 2M-1P-16 AX GW 11 102 2M-1P-16 AX
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) (*) supplied without LED signalling unit

776
 Command devices - rockers

CHORUSMART
GW 10 131 GW 10 132 GW 10 133 GW 10 136 GW 10 137
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 131 GW 15 132 GW 15 133 GW 15 136 GW 15 137
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 131 GW 13 132 GW 13 133 GW 13 136 GW 13 137
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 131 GW 12 132 GW 12 133 GW 12 136 GW 12 137
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 131 GW 14 132 GW 14 133 GW 14 136 GW 14 137
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 131 1M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 132 1M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 133 1M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 136 1M-1P-NC-16 A
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory With pull-cord Glossy ivory

GW 10 138 GW 10 139 GW 10 140 GW 10 141

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 138 GW 15 139 GW 15 140 GW 15 141
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 138 GW 13 139 GW 13 140 GW 13 141
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 138 GW 12 139 GW 12 140 GW 12 141
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 138 GW 14 139 GW 14 140 GW 14 141
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-NC+NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO+NC-16 A 1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A GW 11 140 1M-1P-NO+NO-16 A
Stop Start With interlock Glossy ivory Double

GW 10 142 GW 10 143 GW 10 144

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 142 GW 15 143 GW 15 144
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 142 GW 13 143 GW 13 144
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 142 GW 12 143 GW 12 144
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 142 GW 14 143 GW 14 144
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO-16 A
Green - Illuminable (*) Red - Illuminable (*) Opal - Illuminable (*)

GW 10 151 GW 10 152 GW 10 153 GW 10 161 GW 10 162

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 151 GW 15 152 GW 15 153 GW 15 161 GW 15 162
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
Push-buttons

GW 13 151 GW 13 152 GW 13 153 GW 13 161 GW 13 162

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 151 GW 12 152 GW 12 153 GW 12 161 GW 12 162
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 151 GW 14 152 GW 14 153 GW 14 161 GW 14 162
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 153 1/2M-1P-NO-10 A 1/2M-1P-NO-10 A
Light - Illuminable (*) Key - Illuminable (*) Bell - Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*)

GW 10 171 GW 10 172 GW 10 173

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 171 GW 15 172 GW 15 173
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 171 GW 13 172 GW 13 173
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 171 GW 12 172 GW 12 173
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 171 GW 14 172 GW 14 173
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 171 2M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 172 2M-1P-NO-16 A GW 11 173
Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory

GW 10 145 GW 10 134 GW 10 135

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 145 GW 15 134 GW 15 135
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 145 GW 13 134 GW 13 135
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 145 GW 12 134 GW 12 135
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 145 GW 14 134 GW 14 135
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M-2P-NO-10 A 1M-2P-NO-16 A 1M-2P-NO-16 A
With key Illuminable (*)

GW 10 191 GW 10 192
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 191 GW 15 192
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 191 GW 13 192
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 191 GW 12 192
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 191 GW 14 192
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-NO-10 A 3M-1P-NO-10 A
With illuminated name plate (*) With illuminated name plate (*)

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

777
 ChoruSmart

Command devices - rockers

GW 10 031 F GW 10 032 F GW 10 033 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 031 F GW 15 032 F GW 15 033 F
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 031 F GW 13 032 F GW 13 033 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 031 F GW 12 032 F GW 12 033 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black
One-way switches

GW 14 031 F GW 14 032 F GW 14 033 F

(quick wiring)

Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium

2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)
GW 10 034 F GW 10 035 F
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 034 F GW 15 035 F
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 034 F GW 13 035 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 034 F GW 12 035 F
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 034 F GW 14 035 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-2P-16 AX 2M-2P-16 AX
Illuminable (*)

GW 10 071 F GW 10 072 F GW 10 073 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Two-way switches

GW 15 071 F GW 15 072 F GW 15 073 F

(quick wiring)

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 071 F GW 13 072 F GW 13 073 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 071 F GW 12 072 F GW 12 073 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 071 F GW 14 072 F GW 14 073 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)
Intermediate switches

GW 10 101 F GW 10 102 F GW 10 103 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 101 F GW 15 102 F GW 15 103 F
(quick wiring)

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 101 F GW 13 102 F GW 13 103 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 101 F GW 12 102 F GW 12 103 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 101 F GW 14 102 F GW 14 103 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 10 171 F GW 10 172 F GW 10 173 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 171 F GW 15 172 F GW 15 173 F
Push-buttons
(quick wiring)

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 171 F GW 13 172 F GW 13 173 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 171 F GW 12 172 F GW 12 173 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 171 F GW 14 172 F GW 14 173 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-NO-16 A 2M-1P-NO-16 A 2M-1P-NO-16 A
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 10 078 F GW 10 159 F GW 10 160 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 078 F GW 15 159 F GW 15 160 F
Combined devices

Satin white Satin white Satin white

(quick wiring)

GW 13 078 F GW 13 159 F GW 13 160 F

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 078 F GW 12 159 F GW 12 160 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 078 F GW 14 159 F GW 14 160 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Two-way switch 1P-16 AX+ Two-way switch 1P-16 AX+ Push-button 1P-NO-16 A+
Two-way switch 1P-16 AX Push-button 1P-NO-16 A Push-button 1P-NO-16 A

GW 10 915 GW 10 912 GW 10 913 GW 10 916

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 915 GW 15 912 GW 15 913 GW 15 916
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
Push-buttons elettronici soft-click

GW 13 915 GW 13 912 GW 13 913 GW 13 916

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 915 GW 12 912 GW 12 913 GW 12 916
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 915 GW 14 912 GW 14 913 GW 14 916
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Universal 1M-NO-230 V ac For BUS inputs For BUS inputs
1M-1P-NO Backlit 1M-1P-NO 1M-1P-NO
Backlit Backlit

GW 10 917 GW 10 918 GW 10 914

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 917 GW 15 918 GW 15 914
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 917 GW 13 918 GW 13 914
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 917 GW 12 918 GW 12 914
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 917 GW 14 918 GW 14 914
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
For BUS inputs For BUS inputs With interlock
2M-1P-NO 2M-1P-NO 1M-1P-NO+NO
Backlit Backlit
(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

778
 Command devices - rockers

CHORUSMART
GW 10 501 GW 10 502 GW 10 503 GW 10 504 GW 10 505 GW 10 506 GW 10 507 GW 10 508 GW 10 509
Lenses with illuminating symbols

Neutral Light Stair light Table light Bell Fan Key Alarm ON
for rocker button keys

GW 10 510 GW 10 511 GW 10 512 GW 10 513 GW 10 514 GW 10 515 GW 10 516 GW 10 517 GW 10 518

OFF Nurse Waitress Dimmer increase Dimmer decrease UP arrow DOWN arrow UP-DOWN arrow RIGHT-LEFT arrow

GW 10 531 GW 10 532 GW 10 533 GW 10 534 GW 10 535 GW 10 536 GW 10 537 GW 10 538 GW 10 539 GW 10 540
One Two Three Four Five Six Seven Eight Nine Zero

GW 10 541 GW 10 543 GW 10 544 GW 10 545 GW 10 546

Interchangeable

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
button keys

GW 15 541 GW 15 543 GW 15 544 GW 15 545 GW 15 546

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 541 GW 13 543 GW 13 544 GW 13 545 GW 13 546
General Sat. natural beige Key Sat. natural beige Bell Sat. natural beige Vertical arrow Sat. natural beige Horizontal arrow Sat. natural beige
GW 12 541 GW 12 543 GW 12 544 GW 12 545 GW 12 546
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 541 GW 14 543 GW 14 544 GW 14 545 GW 14 546
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Interchangeable
diffusers

GW 10 547 GW 10 548 GW 10 549

Red Green Opal

GW 10 197 GW 10 195 GW 10 198 GW 10 199

Blanking modules

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

GW 15 197 GW 15 195 GW 15 198 GW 15 199
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 197 GW 13 195 GW 13 198 GW 13 199
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 197 GW 12 195 GW 12 198 GW 12 199
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 197 GW 14 195 GW 14 198 GW 14 199
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1/2M GW 11 197 1M GW 11 195 2M GW 11 198 3M
Glossy ivory Glossy ivory Glossy ivory

GW 10 196 GW 10 194 GW 10 594

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Motion/presence

GW 15 196 GW 15 194 GW 15 594

Cable outlets

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 196 GW 13 194 GW 13 594
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 196 GW 12 194 GW 12 594
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 196 GW 14 194 GW 14 594
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M GW 11 196 2M Motion detector 1M GW 10 595
Glossy ivory 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Ceiling-mounted presence detector
220-240 V ac 50/60 Hz

GW 10 721 GW 10 724 GW 10 726

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 721 GW 15 724 GW 15 726
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 721 GW 13 724 GW 13 726
Relays

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige

GW 12 721 GW 12 724 GW 12 726
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 721 GW 14 724 GW 14 726
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Latching Monostable Call
1M-1P-10 AX-250 V ac 1M-1P-10 A-250 V ac-1NO/NC 1M-1P-NO/NC-12 V ac/dc

779
 ChoruSmart

Adjustment
GW 10 564 GW 10 567 GW 10 575
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 564 GW 15 567 GW 15 575
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 564 GW 13 567 GW 13 575
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 564 GW 12 567 GW 12 575
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 564 GW 14 567 GW 14 575
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
GW 11 564 Resistive 100-500 W GW 11 567 Universal
Resistive 100-900 W Glossy ivory Inductive 100-500 VA Glossy ivory Resist. 10-160 W - LED 4-160 W
Inductive 40-300 VA With two-way switch Electr. transf. 10-160 W
230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz With two-way switch 230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Dimmer

GW 10 568 GW 10 572 A GW 10 573 A

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 568 GW 15 572 A GW 15 573 A
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 568 GW 13 572 A GW 13 573 A
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 568 GW 12 572 A GW 12 573 A
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 568 GW 14 572 A GW 14 573 A
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Resistive 60-500 W Res./Ind. 40-300 W Res./Ind. 40-300 W GW 11 573 A
Inductive 60-500 VA Electr. transf. 40-300 W Electr. transf. 40-300 W Glossy ivory
230 V ac-50 Hz LED 5-150 W LED 5-150 W
230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz

Hotel components

GW 10 039 GW 10 731 GW 10 732 GW 10 733

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Interchangeable button

GW 15 039 GW 15 731 GW 15 732 GW 15 733

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
keys for rockers
Badge switches

GW 13 039 GW 13 731 GW 13 732 GW 13 733

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 039 GW 12 731 GW 12 732 GW 12 733
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 039 GW 14 731 GW 14 732 GW 14 733
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-1P-NO-16 AX GW 11 039 DND MUR DND + MUR
Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory

GW 10 736
Glossy white
Double indicator lamps

GW 15 736
Satin white
GW 13 736
Sat. natural beige
GW 12 736
Satin black
GW 14 736
Glossy titanium
1M - Opal
DND + MUR
Illuminable (*)

Articles designed exclusively for export to a limited number of Countries not belonging to the EU (or candidates for
membership) or the European Free Trade Association. Check with Gewiss Customer Service to make sure the product meets
the regulation of the Country in question before importing it. (*) supplied without LED signalling unit

780
 Command devices - axial

CHORUSMART
Roller-shutter modules
Dimmer modules
Switch modules
EVO

EVO

EVO
GW 10 671 GW 10 672 GW 10 673 GW 10 674 GW 10 675 GW 10 676
1M 2M 1M 2M 1M 2M
100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz
Auxiliary modules

GW 10 677 GW 10 678 GW 10 679 GW 10 680

1 command 1 command 2 commands 2 commands
1M 2M 1M 2M
100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz

GW 10 551 S GW 10 552 S GW 10 553 S GW 10 554 S

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 551 S GW 15 552 S GW 15 553 S GW 15 554 S
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 551 S GW 13 552 S GW 13 553 S GW 13 554 S
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 551 S GW 12 552 S GW 12 553 S GW 12 554 S
Interchangeable button keys

Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black

GW 14 551 S GW 14 552 S GW 14 553 S GW 14 554 S
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
for axial modules

Button key - 1M Button key - 2M Button key - 1M Button key - 2M

To be completed with lens To be completed with lens To be completed with 2 To be completed with 2
lenses lenses
GW 10 555 S GW 10 556 S GW 10 557 S GW 10 558 S
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 555 S GW 15 556 S GW 15 557 S GW 15 558 S
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 555 S GW 13 556 S GW 13 557 S GW 13 558 S
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 555 S GW 12 556 S GW 12 557 S GW 12 558 S
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 555 S GW 14 556 S GW 14 557 S GW 14 558 S
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium

Button key - 1M Button key - 2M Button key - 1M Button key - 2M

With diffuser With diffuser With 2 diffusers With 2 diffusers

GW 10 501 A GW 10 502 A GW 10 503 A GW 10 504 A GW 10 505 A GW 10 506 A GW 10 507 A GW 10 508 A GW 10 509 A GW 10 510 A GW 10 511 A
Neutral Light Stair light Table light Bell Burglar alarm Key ON OFF ON OFF Socket-outlet
Lenses with illuminating symbols
for axial button keys

GW 10 512 A GW 10 513 A GW 10 514 A GW 10 515 A GW 10 516 A GW 10 517 A GW 10 518 A GW 10 519 A GW 10 520 A GW 10 521 A GW 10 522 A
Dimmer Dimmer increase Dimmer decrease Arrow Open Close Roller shutter Roller shutter up Roller shutter down Curtain open Curtain close

GW 10 523 A GW 10 524 A GW 10 525 A GW 10 526 A GW 10 527 A GW 10 528 A GW 10 529 A GW 10 530 A GW 10 531 A GW 10 532 A GW 10 533 A
Piantana Lampadario Applique Luce corridoio Scenario Party In Out Good morning Good night TV

GW 10 534 A GW 10 535 A GW 10 536 A GW 10 537 A GW 10 538 A GW 10 539 A GW 10 540 A GW 10 541 A GW 10 542 A

Riscaldamento Raffrescamento Riscaldamento/ Comfort Precomfort Economy Auto Do not disturb Make up the room
Raffrescamento (DND) (MUR)

Command devices - touch

GW 16 955 CB
ICE TOUCH plates in glass
interchangeable symbols

interchangeable symbols

interchangeable symbols

interchangeable symbols

Glossy white
Roller-shutter module

GW 16 955 CL
Auxiliary modules

Glossy natural beige

Dimmer module
Switch module

GW 16 955 CN
Glossy black
GW 16 955 CT
Glossy titanium

GW 10 922 GW 10 923 GW 10 921 GW 10 924 GW 10 925

1M 1M 1M 1 command - 1M 2 commands - 1M
100-240 V ac 100-240 V ac 100-240 V ac 100-240 V ac 100-240 V ac
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz

781
 ChoruSmart

Power
GW 10 201 GW 10 203
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 201 GW 15 203
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 201 GW 13 203
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 201 GW 12 203
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 201 GW 14 203
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 203 GW 10 213 GW 10 223 GW 10 233
Dual amperage Glossy ivory 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Italian

Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage

GW 10 208 GW 10 209
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 208 GW 15 209
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 208 GW 13 209
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 208 GW 12 209
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 208 GW 14 209
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2x2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 3x2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage

GW 10 204 GW 10 205
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 204 GW 15 205
Italian/German

Satin white Satin white

GW 13 204 GW 13 205
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 204 GW 12 205
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 204 GW 14 205
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 10 214 GW 10 224 GW 10 234
Dual amperage 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage - Illuminable (*) Dual amperage - Illuminable (*) Dual amperage - Illuminable (*)

GW 10 241 GW 10 242 GW 10 341 GW 10 241 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 241 GW 15 242 GW 15 341 GW 15 241 F
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 241 GW 13 242 GW 13 341 GW 13 241 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 241 GW 12 242 GW 12 341 GW 12 241 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 241 GW 14 242 GW 14 341 GW 14 241 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 241 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 242 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
German

Glossy ivory With lid - IP40 Glossy ivory Front-tightening terminals Quick wiring

GW 10 251 GW 10 351 GW 10 251 F

2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Front-tightening terminals Quick wiring

GW 10 246 GW 10 247 GW 10 248 GW 10 247 F

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 246 GW 15 247 GW 15 248 GW 15 247 F
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 246 GW 13 247 GW 13 248 GW 13 247 F
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 246 GW 12 247 GW 12 248 GW 12 247 F
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 246 GW 14 247 GW 14 248 GW 14 247 F
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 246 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 247 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Glossy ivory Glossy ivory Front-tightening terminals Quick wiring
French

GW 10 258 GW 10 257 F GW 10 260

2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac Accessory for dedicated lines
Front-tightening terminals Quick wiring

GW 10 286 GW 10 287 GW 10 288 GW 10 310

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Euro-American

GW 15 286 GW 15 287 GW 15 288 GW 15 310

Multistandard

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 286 GW 13 287 GW 13 288 GW 13 310
USA

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 286 GW 12 287 GW 12 288 GW 12 310
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 286 GW 14 287 GW 14 288 GW 14 310
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-15 A-250/125 V ac 2P-15 A-250/125 V ac GW 11 287 2P+E-15 A-250/125 V ac GW 11 288 2P+E-13 A-250 V ac
Glossy ivory Glossy ivory 15 A-127 V ac

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

782
 Power

CHORUSMART
GW 10 346 GW 10 281 GW 10 282
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 281 GW 15 282
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 281 GW 13 282

Israeli
Swiss

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige

GW 12 281 GW 12 282
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 281 GW 14 282
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac GW 11 281 GW 10 291 2P-10 A-250 V ac
Type 13 Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Illuminable (*)

GW 10 296 GW 10 297 GW 10 298 GW 10 299

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 296 GW 15 297 GW 15 298 GW 15 299

Indian/South
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white

African
British

GW 13 296 GW 13 297 GW 13 298 GW 13 299

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 296 GW 12 297 GW 12 298 GW 12 299
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 296 GW 14 297 GW 14 298 GW 14 299
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-13 A-250 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac

GW 10 306 GW 10 307 GW 10 301

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 306 GW 15 307 GW 15 301
Satin white Satin white Argentinian Satin white
Australian

GW 13 306 GW 13 307 GW 13 301

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 306 GW 12 307 GW 12 301
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 306 GW 14 307 GW 14 301
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac 2P+E-10 A-250 V ac

GW 10 391 GW 10 392
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 391 GW 15 392
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 391 GW 13 392
Chinese

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige

GW 12 391 GW 12 392
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 391 GW 14 392
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac

GW 10 311 GW 10 312
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 311 GW 15 312
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

Satin white Satin white

GW 13 311 GW 13 312
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 311 GW 12 312
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 311 GW 14 312
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-16 A-230 V ac 2P+E-16 A-230 V ac

GW 10 321 GW 10 322
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 321 GW 15 322
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 321 GW 13 322
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 321 GW 12 322
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 321 GW 14 322
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P+E-16 A-230 V ac 2P+E-16 A-230 V ac

GW 10 331
Glossy white
GW 15 331
socket-outlet

Satin white
GW 13 331
Shaver

Sat. natural beige

GW 12 331
Satin black
GW 14 331
Glossy titanium
230 V ac-50/60 Hz GW 11 331
Glossy ivory

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

783
 ChoruSmart

Data

GW 10 361 GW 10 362 GW 10 363 GW 10 371 GW 10 372 GW 10 373

TV-SAT (F female)
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
TV (IEC male)

GW 15 361 GW 15 362 GW 15 363 GW 15 371 GW 15 372 GW 15 373

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 361 GW 13 362 GW 13 363 GW 13 371 GW 13 372 GW 13 373
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 361 GW 12 362 GW 12 363 GW 12 371 GW 12 372 GW 12 373
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 361 GW 14 362 GW 14 363 GW 14 371 GW 14 372 GW 14 373
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
0 dB GW 11 361 5 dB 10 dB 0 dB GW 11 371 5 dB 10 dB
Glossy ivory Glossy ivory

GW 10 381 GW 10 382 GW 10 383

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
TV and TV-SAT

GW 15 381 GW 15 382 GW 15 383

accessories

TV-FM-SAT

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 381 GW 13 382 GW 13 383
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 381 GW 12 382 GW 12 383
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 381 GW 14 382 GW 14 383
GW 20 277 Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Terminal resistance TV-FM GW 11 381 TV-FM-SAT TV-SAT GW 11 383
75 ohm 0 dB Glossy ivory 0 dB 0 dB Glossy ivory

GW 10 367 GW 10 377 GW 10 386 GW 10 387

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

antenna sockets
GW 15 367 GW 15 377 GW 15 386 GW 15 387
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 367 GW 13 377 Covers for GW 13 386 GW 13 387
TV-SAT

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 367 GW 12 377 GW 12 386 GW 12 387
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 367 GW 14 377 GW 14 386 GW 14 387
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
IEC male F female For combined For combined
0dB 0dB TV-R sockets TV-R-SAT sockets

GW 10 401 GW 10 406 GW 10 409

Telephone sockets

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

GW 15 401 GW 15 406 GW 15 409
Adapters for
optical fiber
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 401 GW 13 406 GW 13 409
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 401 GW 12 406 GW 12 409
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 401 GW 14 406 GW 14 409
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
RJ11 GW 11 401 British 6 RJ11 GW 38 335
Glossy ivory contacts Angled SC/APC

GW 10 421 GW 10 422 GW 10 423 GW 10 424

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 421 GW 15 422 GW 15 423 GW 15 424
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 421 GW 13 422 GW 13 423 GW 13 424
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 421 GW 12 422 GW 12 423 GW 12 424
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 421 GW 14 422 GW 14 423 GW 14 424
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
RJ45 cat. 5e GW 11 421 RJ45 cat. 5e GW 11 422 RJ45 cat. 6 GW 11 423 RJ45 cat. 6 GW 11 424
Data sockets

UTP Glossy ivory FTP Glossy ivory UTP Glossy ivory FTP Glossy ivory

GW 10 431 GW 10 438 GW 10 433

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 431 GW 15 438 GW 15 433
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 431 GW 13 438 GW 13 433
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural
GW 12 431 GW 12 438 beige
Satin black Satin black GW 12 433
GW 14 431 GW 14 438 Satin black
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium GW 14 433
AMP/Keystone GW 11 431 SYSTIMAX AMP/Keystone Jack Glossy
Jack adapters Glossy ivory Commscope adapters titanium
adapters

GW 10 451 GW 10 452 GW 10 453 GW 10 454 GW 10 458

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Audio and video

GW 15 451 GW 15 452 GW 15 453 GW 15 454 GW 15 458

SELV sockets

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
sockets

GW 13 451 GW 13 452 GW 13 453 GW 13 454 GW 13 458

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 451 GW 12 452 GW 12 453 GW 12 454 GW 12 458
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 451 GW 14 452 GW 14 453 GW 14 454 GW 14 458
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2P-6 A-24 V 2P-6 A-24 V Dual RCA For loudspeaker Speaker connector
Polarised

GW 10 459 GW 10 449 GW 10 415 GW 10 417

couplers and sockets

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

USB chargers - 5V

GW 15 459 GW 15 449 GW 15 415 GW 15 417

USB and HDMI

Power Delivery
USB chargers

Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 459 GW 13 449 GW 13 415 GW 13 417
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 459 GW 12 449 GW 12 415 GW 12 417
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 459 GW 14 449 GW 14 415 GW 14 417
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
USB socket GW 38 056 GW 38 057 Dual USB charger USB charger Type C 30W USB charger Type C 63W
HDMI coupler USB coupler Type A+C - 1M-3 A Power Delivery Power Delivery
100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz

784
 Protection

CHORUSMART
Miniature circuit breakers

GW 10 461 GW 10 462 GW 10 463 GW 10 466 GW 10 467 GW 10 468

One-way switches

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 461 GW 15 462 GW 15 463 GW 15 466 GW 15 467 GW 15 468
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 461 GW 13 462 GW 13 463 GW 13 466 GW 13 467 GW 13 468
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 461 GW 12 462 GW 12 463 GW 12 466 GW 12 467 GW 12 468
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 461 GW 14 462 GW 14 463 GW 14 466 GW 14 467 GW 14 468
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1P-6 A-3 kA 1P-10 A-3 kA 1P-16 A-3 kA 1P+N-6 A-3 kA 1P+N-10 1P+N-16
C-characteristic C-characteristic C-characteristic C-characteristic A-3 kA A-3 kA
C-characteristic C-characteristic

GW 10 491 GW 10 492
Glossy white Glossy white
Protection devices

GW 15 491 GW 15 492
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 491 GW 13 492
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 491 GW 12 492
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 491 GW 14 492
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Fuse holder Surge
In MAX=16 A protection

GW 10 482 GW 10 485 GW 10 488

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 482 GW 15 485 GW 15 488
Residual miniature circuit breakers

Satin white Satin white Satin white

GW 13 482 GW 13 485 GW 13 488
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 482 GW 12 485 GW 12 488
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 482 GW 14 485 GW 14 488
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1P+N-6 A-3 kA-10 mA 1P+N-10 A-3 kA-10 mA 1P+N-16 A-3 kA-10 mA
C-characteristic-A type C-characteristic-A type C-characteristic-A type

GW 10 483 GW 10 486 GW 10 489

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 483 GW 15 486 GW 15 489
Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 483 GW 13 486 GW 13 489
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 483 GW 12 486 GW 12 489
Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 483 GW 14 486 GW 14 489
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1P+N-6 A-3 kA-30 mA 1P+N-10 A-3 kA-30 mA 1P+N-16 A-3 kA-30 mA
C-characteristic-A type C-characteristic-A type C-characteristic-A type

785
 ChoruSmart

Signalling

GW 10 661 GW 10 662 GW 10 663 GW 10 666

Anti black-out lamps

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

Emergency lamps
GW 13 661 GW 15 662 GW 15 663 GW 15 666
Sat. natural beige Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 12 661 GW 13 662 GW 13 663 GW 13 666
Satin black Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 14 661 GW 12 662 GW 12 663 GW 12 666
Glossy titanium Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 662 GW 14 663 GW 14 666
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz GW 11 662 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Extractable Glossy ivory

GW 10 601 GW 10 602
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 601 GW 15 602
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 601 GW 13 602
Ringers

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige

GW 12 601 GW 12 602
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 601 GW 14 602
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
12 V ac-50 Hz 230 V ac-50 Hz GW 11 602
Glossy ivory

GW 10 606 GW 10 607
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 606 GW 15 607
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 606 GW 13 607
Buzzers

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige

GW 12 606 GW 12 607
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 606 GW 14 607
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
12 V ac-50 Hz 230 V ac-50 Hz

GW 10 641 GW 10 642 GW 10 643 GW 10 644 GW 10 628

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 641 GW 15 642 GW 15 643 GW 15 644 GW 15 628
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 641 GW 13 642 GW 13 643 GW 13 644 GW 13 628
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 641 GW 12 642 GW 12 643 GW 12 644 GW 12 628
Double indicator lamps
Single indicator lamps

Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 641 GW 14 642 GW 14 643 GW 14 644 GW 14 628
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1/2M - Opal 1/2M - Green 1/2M - Red 1/2M - Amber 1M - Opal
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 10 621 GW 10 622 GW 10 623 GW 10 624 GW 10 629

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
GW 15 621 GW 15 622 GW 15 623 GW 15 624 GW 15 629
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 621 GW 13 622 GW 13 623 GW 13 624 GW 13 629
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 621 GW 12 622 GW 12 623 GW 12 624 GW 12 629
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 621 GW 14 622 GW 14 623 GW 14 624 GW 14 629
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
1M - Opal 1M - Green 1M - Red GW 11 623 1M - Amber 1M - Red/Green
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Glossy ivory Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 10 631 GW 10 632 GW 10 633 GW 10 634

Protruding indicator

Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white

GW 15 631 GW 15 632 GW 15 633 GW 15 634
Satin white Satin white Satin white Satin white
GW 13 631 GW 13 632 GW 13 633 GW 13 634
lamps

Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 631 GW 12 632 GW 12 633 GW 12 634
Satin black Satin black Satin black Satin black
GW 14 631 GW 14 632 GW 14 633 GW 14 634
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M-12 V ac/dc-230 V ac-50/60 Hz 2M-12 V ac/dc-230 V ac-50/60 Hz 2M-12 V ac/dc-230 V ac-50/60 Hz 2M-12 V ac/dc-230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Opal Green Red Amber

GW 10 651 GW 10 656
Glossy white Glossy white
Stair riser lamps

GW 15 651 GW 15 656
Satin white Satin white
GW 13 651 GW 13 656
Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 12 651 GW 12 656
Satin black Satin black
GW 14 651 GW 14 656
Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
2M 4M
Opal Opal

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

786
 Energy, climate and comfort management

CHORUSMART
GW 16 970 CB GW 10 705 GW 10 709
Glossy white Glossy white Glossy white
Thermoregulation

GW 16 970 CL GW 15 705 GW 15 709

Glossy natural beige Satin white Satin white
GW 16 970 CN GW 13 705 GW 13 709
Glossy black Sat. natural beige Sat. natural beige
GW 16 970 CT GW 12 705 GW 12 709
Glossy titanium Satin black Satin black
GW 14 705 GW 14 709
Thermostat/Chronothermostat Glossy titanium Glossy titanium
Thermo ICE WiFi Thermostat GW 11 705 Thermostat
110-230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz Glossy ivory 100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz
Wall-mounting

GW 10 581
Glossy white
Electronic timers

GW 12 581
Satin black
GW 14 581
Glossy titanium

230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Daily/Weekly

Technical alarms
GW 10 711 GW 10 712
Glossy white Glossy white
GW 12 711 GW 15 712
Satin black Satin white
Detectors

GW 14 711 GW 13 712
Glossy titanium Sat. natural beige
GW 12 712
Satin black
GW 14 712
Glossy titanium
GPL Methane gas GW A1 514 GW A1 521
12 V ac/dc 12 V ac/dc Water sensor Zigbee 1-channel actuator Zigbee
Battery powered 230 V ac-50 Hz
Accessories

GW A1 541 GW 10 720 GW 30 522

Wall-mounting support for Power supply Gas solenoid valve
water sensor 100/240 V ac-50/60 Hz 3/4”-230 V ac-12 VA
12 V dc

Accessories
GW 10 881
LED signalling units

Blu
Cartridge lamps

GW 10 882
White
GW 10 883
Keys

Red
GW 10 884
Green
GW 10 885
Amber
230 V ac-50/60 Hz GW 10 894 GW 20 902 GW 20 903 GW 20 901 GW 30 912
White White White For one-way/two- For push-buttons
12/24 V ac/dc 12 V-S6x36 24 V-S6x36 way switches

Standard supports for ONE, GEO, EGO, LUX and ICE plates
Support for round/square
and rectangular boxes
round/square boxes

Protective covers

GW 16 873
Supports for

for painting

3 modules
GW 16 874
4 modules
GW 16 877 N
7 modules
GW 16 821 GW 16 822 GW 16 802 For rectangular GW 16 871
With clutches - 2 modules For screws (not included) - 2 For screws - 2 modules supports For square supports
modules
GW 16 823
With long clutches - 2 modules
rectangular boxes
Supports for

GW 16 803 GW 16 804 GW 16 806 GW 16 807 N GW 16 808 GW 16 812

For screws - 3 modules For screws - 4 modules For screws - 6 modules For screws - 7 modules For screws - 4+4 modules For screws - 6+6 modules

GW 16 824 GW 16 825
For screws (not included) for French boxes For screws (not included) for French boxes

787
ChoruSmart
Glossy white modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite
combination between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is
able to satisfy all design, functional and installation requirements. Available
in glossy white, bright and versatile, they include rocker button keys with ½,
1 and 2 modules to optimise space, and axial keys in EVO or SMART version
for advanced functions. The front attachment system facilitates assembly and
release without removing the support.

COMMAND - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

Command devices - rockers - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 10 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 10 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 10 021 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 12/24
GW 10 022 1P - 10AX illuminable With diffuser 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 10 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 10 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 10 001
GW 10 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48
GW 10 005 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 12/24
GW 10 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 10 034 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 10 035 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW10006 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.
GW 10 004

One-way switch 2P - 250V ac - heavy duty loads

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 007 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 10 007

788
 Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 10 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 10 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 10 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
GW 10 054 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 1/2
GW 10 061 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 10 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 10 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 10 051
GW 10 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW10054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 10 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 10 093 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 10 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 10 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 10 103 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 10 091

Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 10 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 10 121

Three-way switch 2P - 250 V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 122 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 10 122

789
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 10 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 10 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 10 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 10 137 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 12/24
GW 10 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red 12/24
GW 10 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green 12/24
GW 10 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 10 141 1P NO+NO - 16 A Double - 12/24
GW 10 131 GW 10 142 1P NO - 16A illuminable Green diffuser - 12/24
GW 10 143 1P NO - 16A illuminable Red diffuser - 12/24
GW 10 144 1P NO - 16A illuminable Opal diffuser - 12/24
GW 10 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Light 12/24
GW 10 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Key 12/24
GW 10 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 10 161 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 6/24
GW 10 162 1P NO - 10A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 10 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 10 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 10 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW10136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW10140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW10141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

Push-buttons 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 134 2P NO - 16A Neutral O 12/24
GW 10 135 2P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 10 145 2P NO - 10A With key - 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW10145 equipped with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

GW 10 134

Push-buttons 1P with illuminated name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm (not included) 2W 6/24
No. modules: 3
GW 10 192 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 4/16
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.

GW 10 191

790
Command devices - rockers - quick wiring terminals

CHORUSMART
One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 031 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 10 032 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 10 033 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 031 F

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 034 F 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 10 035 F 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 034 F

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 071 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 10 072 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 10 073 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 071 F

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 101 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 10 102 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 10 103 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 101 F

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 171 F 1P NO - 16A Neutral 6/24
GW 10 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser 6/24
GW 10 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 171 F

791
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Combined command devices - rockers - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of Pack
230V LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 10 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 10 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 10 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A Neutral UP - DOWN - STOP - 6/24
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 160 F

Command devices - axial - screw terminals

Axial switch module - EVO
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 671 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
GW 10 672 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: devices for the control of 1 On/Off lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for the control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Local push button with axial activation for control of the lamps connected to the device.
Equipped with 1 input to replicate the local control of the load via auxiliary module GW10677, GW10678 or NO-type and 1 input buttons for the centralisation OFF function.
APPLICATIONS: Bistable, monostable and timed load. Centralisation function (OFF) by means of a dedicated input, the possibility of being able to switch the load on by means of auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons.
The devices are equipped with a configurable blue LED that can be set to OFF, location mode or for signalling the connected load status.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10671 must be completed with the GW10551S or GW10555S button keys. The GW10672 must be completed with the GW10552S or GW10556S
button keys.

GW 10 671

Axial dimmer module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 673 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
GW 10 674 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two local axial-operated buttons for dimming the connected load.
Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary modules GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Using dedicated inputs, load switches can be added via auxiliary axial modules, or NO-type buttons, or the inputs can be set, via programming, for
centralised OFF function. The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set to OFF mode, location or signalling of the connected load.
NOTES: To avoid overheating, multiple dimmers cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two dimmers are installed in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. The devices must be completed with a front button: GW10673 must be completed with the GW10553S or GW10557S button keys; GW10674 must
be completed with the GW10554S or GW10558S button keys.

GW 10 673

Axial roller shutter module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Max current supplied No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 675 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
GW 10 676 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., through 2 live interlocked output contacts. Two axial-operated local buttons control the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to operate roller-shutters/venetian blinds via the auxiliary axial modules or NO-type up/down buttons, or they can be set,
through programming, for centralisation functions (Up/Down). The devices are equipped with blue LEDs which can be configured to facilitate location and to signal the movement of the roller-shutter/Venetian blind.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10675 must be completed with the GW10553S or GW10557S button keys; the GW10676 must be completed with the GW10554S or GW10558S
button keys.

GW 10 675

1-command auxiliary axial modules

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 677 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 678 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO switch modules.
The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set to OFF, location or display of the load status.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10677 must be completed with the GW10551S or GW10555S button keys. GW10678 must be completed with the GW10552S or GW10556S button
keys.

GW 10 677

792
 2-command auxiliary axial modules
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 10 679 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 680 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO dimmer and roller-shutter modules.
The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set for location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10679 must be completed with the GW10553S or GW10557S button keys. GW10680 must be completed with the GW10554S or GW10558S button
keys.

GW 10 679

Interchangeable button keys for axial devices

Code Colour Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 551 S Glossy white To be completed with lens 1 1/48
GW 10 552 S Glossy white To be completed with lens 2 1/48
GW 10 553 S Glossy white To be completed with 2 lenses 1 1/48
GW 10 554 S Glossy white To be completed with 2 lenses 2 1/48
GW 10 555 S Glossy white With 1 diffuser 1 1/48
GW 10 556 S Glossy white With 1 diffuser 2 1/48
GW 10 557 S Glossy white With 2 diffusers 1 1/48
GW 10 558 S Glossy white With 2 diffusers 2 1/48
NOTES: for use to complete the EVO axial modules and auxiliary axial controls.

GW 10 551 S

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable rocker command devices
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 10 501 Neutral 20/240
GW 10 502 Light 20/240
GW 10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW 10 504 Table light 20/240
GW 10 505 Bell 20/240
GW 10 506 Fan 20/240
GW 10 507 Key 20/240
GW 10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW 10 509 ON 20/240
GW 10 510 OFF 20/240
GW 10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW 10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW 10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW 10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW 10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW 10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 10 531 One 20/240
GW 10 532 Two 20/240
GW 10 533 Three 20/240
GW 10 534 Four 20/240
GW 10 535 Five 20/240
GW 10 536 Six 20/240
GW 10 537 Seven 20/240
GW 10 538 Eight 20/240
GW 10 539 Nine 20/240
GW 10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTES: to be used in place of the neutral lens in the illuminable rocker command devices.

793
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Lenses with illuminating symbols for axial button keys
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 501 A Neutral 24
GW 10 502 A Light 24
GW 10 503 A Stair light 24
GW 10 504 A Table light 24
GW 10 505 A Bell 24
GW 10 506 A Burglar alarm 24
GW 10 507 A Key 24
GW 10 508 A ON OFF 24
GW 10 509 A ON 24
GW 10 510 A OFF 24
GW 10 511 A Socket-outlet 24
GW 10 512 A Dimmers 24
GW 10 513 A Dimmer increase 24
GW 10 514 A Dimmer decrease 24
GW 10 515 A Arrow 24
GW 10 516 A Open 24
GW 10 517 A Close 24
GW 10 518 A Roller shutter 24
GW 10 519 A Roller shutter up 24
GW 10 520 A Roller shutter down 24
GW 10 521 A Curtain open 24
GW 10 522 A Curtain close 24
GW 10 523 A Floor light 24
GW 10 524 A Ceiling light 24
GW 10 525 A Wall light 24
GW 10 526 A Aisle light 24
GW 10 527 A Scenario 24
GW 10 528 A Party 24
GW 10 529 A In 24
GW 10 530 A Out 24
GW 10 531 A Good morning 24
GW 10 532 A Good night 24
GW 10 533 A TV 24
GW 10 534 A Heating 24
GW 10 535 A Cooling 24
GW 10 536 A Heating/Cooling 24
GW 10 537 A Comfort 24
GW 10 538 A Precomfort 24
GW 10 539 A Economy 24
GW 10 540 A Auto 24
GW 10 541 A Do not disturb 24
GW 10 542 A Make up the room 24
NOTES: for use to customise the interchangeable push buttons for axial controls with 1 and 2 lenses.

Interchangeable button keys and diffusers for rocker devices

Button keys for rocker controls and interchangeable diffusers for indicator lights
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Description: Keys 22x22 mm
GW 10 541 General 4/48
GW 10 543 Key 4/48
GW 10 544 Bell 4/48
GW 10 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW 10 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
Description: Diffusers
GW 10 547 Red 4/48
GW 10 548 Green 4/48
GW 10 549 Opal diffuser 4/48
APPLICATIONS: replacement diffusers for indicators GW10142, GW10143 and GW10144.
NOTES: the ChoruSmart modular system allows the use of 22 x 22 mm interchangeable buttons in place of the standard buttons fitted on the control devices GW10141, GW10142, GW10143 and GW10144. Symbols/
diffusers not suitable for the EVO axial keys.

794
Soft-click, rocker electronic push buttons

CHORUSMART
Universal soft-click electronic push-button
Code Type of contact Button key Type of use No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 915 1NO/NC 4A (AC1) 230 V ac - Potential-free Neutral Relay, dimmer, bus contacts interfaces 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button suitable for connection of KNX BUS contacts interfaces, or the command of bistable relays, electronic one-way switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.

GW 10 915

Backlit soft-click electronic push-button

Code Supply voltage Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
GW 10 912 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 4A (AC1) 230 V ac With diffuser Relay, dimmer 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for controlling latching relays, electronic switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.
Equipped with amber localisation LED.

GW 10 912

Backlit soft-click electronic push-buttons for BUS inputs

Code Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 913 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
GW 10 916 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 10 917 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
GW 10 918 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for BUS inputs, suitable for KNX BUS contact interface connections. Equipped with 2-colour (amber/green) LED with colour selector (can be set up to work as a night-time localisation
lamp or to indicate the load status).

GW 10 913

Double soft-click electronic push-button

Code Type of contact Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 914 Dual, potential-free and with interlock Neutral UP - DOWN 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: double push-button suitable for connecting KNX BUS contact interfaces or electronic control panels for moving roller shutters.

GW 10 914

795
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Touch command modules

Touch one-way switch module
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 922 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: device for the On/Off control of 1 lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Equipped with 1 input for replicating local control of the load via the GW10924 auxiliary touch control modules, NO-type
buttons and 1 input for the centralisation of the OFF function. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification
by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: bistable, monostable and timed load control. Centralisation function (OFF) through the dedicated input.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 922

Touch dimmer module

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 923 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two touch areas for dimming the connected load. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary touch 2-command
modules GW10925, NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function OFF. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer,
function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Centralised OFF function, via dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, multiple products cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. When installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. To be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 923

Touch roller shutter module

Code Supply voltage Maximum output power No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 921 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., by means of 2 interlocked live output contacts. Two touch areas for controlling the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the touch auxiliary 2-command modules GW10925, NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating a centralisation function (up/
down). The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. Centralisation function (Up/Down) by means of a dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 921

1-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 924 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10922 module. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function
identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 924

2-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 925 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10921 and GW10923 modules. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable, built-in buzzer
and functions identifiable by the icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 925

796
ICE TOUCH plates

CHORUSMART
ICE TOUCH - white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CB 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative and may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CB

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 10 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 10 198 2 modules 2 1/48
GW 10 199 3 modules 3 1/48

GW 10 195

Cable outlet
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 194 2 modules 2 6/48
GW 10 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: GW10196 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.
GW10194 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 4mm ø, max 10mm ø. To be installed with the cable output downwards.

GW 10 194

797
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Movement detectors
Movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts Pack
Carton
GW 10 594 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 3 A (AC1) 230 V ac 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited. Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive loads: 700 W,
incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps: 2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA, LED loads: 60 W (max.
10 lamps). Not suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through. Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly. Detection beam angle 120°, depth of detection max 8 metres.

GW 10 594

Ceiling-mounted presence detector

Code Supply voltage Installation height (m) Light sensor Dimensions HxØ (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 595 220/240 V ac - 50/60 Hz From 2,2 to 6 < 3 ÷ 2000 Lux 44x111,5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: presence sensor, sensing range: 360° circle (max. diameter 18 metres); installable with fixing springs on a surface-mounted or recessed box. Suitable for the control of incandescent/halogen lamps:
1000W, LED lamps : 200W (4 / 23 W - max. 8 lamps).
NOTES: equipped with a surface-mount box capable of holding sensors from IP20 to IP44.

GW 10 595

Relay
Relay - 230V ac 50/60Hz
Code Type No. of poles Output contacts Coil Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 10 721 Latching relay 1P 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
GW 10 724 Monostable relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10721 suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 1000 W, fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: GW10721 command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
GW10721 motor function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW10724 as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the command and use circuits.

GW 10 724

Call relay - 12V ac/dc

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 726 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW10136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW10145). green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 10 726

798
HOTEL COMPONENTS - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 10 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 039

Interchangeable button keys

Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 731 With diffuser DND 1 4/48
GW 10 732 With diffuser MUR 1 4/48
GW 10 733 Neutral DND+MUR 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings. To be used for the customization of the Chorus command devices. GW10731 and GW10732 suitable for one-way switches,
two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons. GW10733 suitable for three-way switches and push-buttons with central OFF position.

GW 10 733

Indicator light device

Double indicator lamp
Code Diffuser colour Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 736 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units not included.

GW 10 736

799
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
POWER - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 10 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW 10 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 204

Italian standard double socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 208 2x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 10 208

Italian standard triple socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 10 209

800
Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

CHORUSMART
Italian standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 233 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 213

Italian/German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 234 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.

GW 10 214

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 241

German standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 10 242

801
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 251

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 341 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 341

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 351

German Standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 241 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 241 F

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 251 F

802
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 10 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 246

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 248 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 248

French Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines, with front tightening terminals - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 258 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260

GW 10 258

French standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 247 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 247 F

French standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 257 F

803
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
French standard socket-outlet accessory, for dedicated lines
Code Colour For sockets Pack
Carton
GW 10 260 Red GW10257F - GW10258 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+E French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in dedicated line circuits.

GW 10 260

Socket-outlets - Israeli Standard

Israeli Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 281 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 281

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 291

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 282 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 282

804
Socket-outlets - international standard

CHORUSMART
Swiss standard socket-outlet - 250 V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 346 2P+E - 10A - type 13 Ø 4 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 346

USA standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48

GW 10 286

Euro-American standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 10 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 10 288

British Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 296 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 6/48
GW 10 297 2P+E - 15A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 10 296

Indian-South African Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 298 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 10 298

805
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
South african standard socket-outlet - 250 V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 299 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4,5 mm 1 12/240
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 299

Argentinian Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 301 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48

GW 10 301

Australian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 306 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 10 307 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 6/48

GW 10 306

Multistandard socket-outlet - 250/127V ac

Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 310 2P+E - 13A/250 V ac - 15A/127 V ac 2 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for plugs compliant with the following standards: Europlug 2P 2.5A - 250V, British 2P+E 13A - 250V, Italian 2P 10A - 250V, Danish 2P 10A - 250V, Chinese 2P+E 10A - 250V, Argentinean/
Australian 2P+E 10A - 250V, Indian 2P+E 6A - 250V, USA 2P+E 15A - 127V. Not suitable for 2P+E German and French sockets because they don’t offer earth continuity.
NOTES: the multistandard energy sockets GW1x310 are in compliance with the safety requirements defined by the International Standard IEC 60884-1. These sockets may not be in compliance with the standard sheets
used in the country where they are sold, hence their usage could be prohibited or however, restricted only for specific applications. The plugs allowed are listed in the technical datasheet. Please contact directly Gewiss
technical service for further information.

GW 10 310

Chinese standard socket-outlets - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 391 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 10 392 2P+E - 16A Flat 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 392

806
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

CHORUSMART
Interlocked switched socket-outlets with miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac
Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
breakers Carton
GW 10 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/6
GW 10 312 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 10 311

Interlocked switched socket-outlets with residual miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac

Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking Idn No. modules Pack
breakers capacity Carton
GW 10 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/4
GW 10 322 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 10 321

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 10 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 10 331

DATA - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 10 362 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 10 363 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5dB GW10362 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load. (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination)

GW 10 361

807
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - female F connector
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 10 372 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 10 373 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5dB GW10372 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet
towards the user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 10 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 10 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 10 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW10381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW10382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW10383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 10 382

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 367 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 10 367

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 377 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 10 377

Covers for TV-SAT-R antenna sockets

Code Description No. holes Pack
Carton
GW 10 386 For TV-R base 2 1/24
GW 10 387 For TV/R-SAT base 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for integration on the Chorus range of TV-SAT-R standard bases available on the market.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

GW 10 386

808
Telephone sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 10 401

RJ11 telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 409 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 10 409

British standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 406 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

GW 10 406

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 10 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 10 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 10 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 10 421

809
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Adapters for housing data connectors
Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
GW 10 438 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the GEWISS
adapter.

GW 10 431

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 433 AMP / Keystone Jack 2 4/100
NOTES: due to technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the data socket and the GEWISS empty
enclosure.

GW 10 433

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

Socket-outlets for auxiliary circuits

SELV sockets
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 451 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised Flat 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: Centre distance 12,4mm.

GW 10 451

810
 Audio and video sockets

CHORUSMART
Audio and video sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW 10 454 For loudspeaker 1 1/24
GW 10 458 Speaker socket 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW10454 welding connection. GW10458 front access terminals for inserting 1.5 mm² rigid wires, insulator punching rear connection suitable for cables AWG24 or max 0.25mm².

GW 10 453

USB and HDMI couplers and sockets

USB sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 459 USB socket-outlet 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type USB 2.0 female connector, with screw terminals on the back.

GW 10 459

USB and HDMI couplers

Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

USB chargers
USB power supply for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max. total PD USB-IF Outputs/N° No. modules Pack
power and type Carton
output
GW 10 449 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5V dc 15 W - - 2 / A+C 1 1/10
GW 10 415 j 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 30 W Yes Yes 1/C 1 1/12
GW 10 417 k 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 63 W Yes Yes 2/C 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW10449 USB charger suitable for charging a single electronic device (e.g., tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g., tablet and smartphone). The distribution of power output across the two ports
depends on the charging status of the connected devices.
GW10415 USB charger for fast charging up to 30W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging electronic devices such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, and smartwatches. Charging compatibility with
market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW10417 USB charger for fast charging up to 63W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging one or two electronic devices simultaneously, such as PCs, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, and small power
tools. Charging compatibility with market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW 10 415

NEWS
Availability: j July 2025 k November 2025

811
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
PROTECTION - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 461 Single pole (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 10 462 Single pole (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 10 463 Single pole (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 10 466 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 10 467 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 10 468 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12

GW 10 463

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity Idn No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 482 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 10 483 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 10 485 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 10 486 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 10 488 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 10 489 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6

GW 10 488

Protection devices
Fuse holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 491 16 Ø 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.

GW 10 491

Surge protection device - 230V ac

Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 492 275 V ac 50/60Hz 1 kV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage (resulting from atmospheric conditions or manoeuvres) that could be channelled from the power supply lines.

GW 10 492

812
INDICATOR - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1/2 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 641 Opal diffuser Neutral 1/2 2/48
GW 10 642 Green Safety 1/2 2/48
GW 10 643 Red Danger 1/2 2/48
GW 10 644 Amber Attention 1/2 2/48
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 10 642

Single indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 621 Opal diffuser Neutral 1 1/24
GW 10 622 Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 10 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
GW 10 624 Amber Attention 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 10 622

Double indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 628 Opal diffuser 1 1/24
GW 10 629 Red/green 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 10 629

Protruding indicator lamps - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 631 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 10 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green White LED 2 1/24
GW 10 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red White LED 2 1/24
GW 10 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber White LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 10 633

813
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp
Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 10 656 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.

GW 10 656

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply batteries Minimum autonomy Lamp Pack
Carton
GW 10 661 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2h White LED 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for anti black-out inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket-outlet of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 10 661

Anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 10 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 10 662

Autonomous emergency lamps

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 10 663 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 2 1/6
GW 10 666 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green mains presence signal LED. Highly efficient, white LED lamps.
APPLICATIONS: compliant with standards EN60598-2-22.

GW 10 663

814
Acoustic signalling devices

CHORUSMART
Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 10 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 10 601

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 10 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 10 606

815
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

Timer devices
Electronic daily/weekly timer, 1-channel
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 581 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO/NC 8A(AC1)/4A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with rechargeable buffer battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (date, day, time) in the event of a blackout.

GW 10 581

Temperature control devices

Connected thermostat - ZigBee
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 709 100 - 240 V ac/dc - 50/60 Hz 1 NO / NC 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounted thermostat for the control of heating/cooling systems with manual temperature management and possibility of shutdown. Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF),
proportional-integral (PWM). The thermostat can control a solenoid valve for heating or cooling through a local contact or via Zigbee, in which case the solenoid valve must be controlled by a Zigbee actuator. GWA1521,
GWA1522, GWA1523, GW1x826, GWA1201, and GWA1202 Zigbee connected actuators can be used.
The thermostat is equipped with integrated temperature and humidity sensors. The thermostat has an input for a NTC sensor (GW10800 and GW1x900 sensors can be used) for external temperature measurement (e.g.,
for compensation of temperatures measured locally by the thermostat or for protection in case of underfloor heating/cooling).
APPLICATIONS: climate control (heating or cooling) of a housing unit or area; option to manage a daily or weekly heating/cooling profile via the APP. The device measures humidity, if a threshold (defined during
configuration) is exceeded, Zigbee can activate a dehumidification system and display/notify the measurement on the APP.
Use in traditional unconnected systems: the connected thermostat can also be used in traditional unconnected installations. In this case, configuration is not carried out via the APP and the NTC sensor input can only be
used to compensate for the temperature measurement detected locally by the thermostat.
GW 10 709

Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 10 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 10 705

Thermo ICE Wi-Fi thermostat - wall-mounting

Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CB White 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy).
Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface
with touch commands (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming
temperature profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or by remote via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS:
The THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
GW 16 970 CB functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

816
Dimmer

CHORUSMART
Universal rotating electronic regulator
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 575 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for dimming incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ac (10-160 W); low-voltage halogen lamps (12 V ac) with electronic transformers (10-160 W) and LED lamps 230 V ac (4-160W), rotary
control with 2-way switch. Equipped with amber-colour-red signalling LED. Can be operated without neutral connection.
NOTES: the installation of more than one dimmer side-by-side in a single container is not permitted. To avoid overheating, insert a blanking module between two dimmers. If installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%.

GW 10 575

Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 10 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW10567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW10564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact GEWISS Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 10 564

Universal electronic regulators with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 572 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
GW 10 573 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V
AC with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-
buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 10 572 A

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 568 230V ac - 50 Hz 60 - 500 W 60 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 10 568

817
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
TECHNICAL ALARMS - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION

Gas detectors
LPG detector
Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 711 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 10 711

Methane gas detector

Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 712 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 10 712

Power supply unit 12Vdc

Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 720 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 300 mA 52x33x17 1/10
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering LPG detectors (GW1x711, GW2x868, GW30520), methane detectors (GW1x712, GW2x867, GW30519); Thermo ICE KNX (GW16974CB, GW16974CL, GW16974CN,
GW16974CT) thermostats.

GW 10 720

818
Anti-flood system with Zigbee wireless transmission

CHORUSMART
Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Blanking module for housing RF Zigbee actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 750 Glossy white 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-module blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and fast identification of the flush-mounting RF Zigbee actuator.
NOTES: snap-in assembly.

GW 10 750

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

819
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps - 2W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50
GW 20 903 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50

GW 20 902

Accessories
Set of 2 keys for command devices
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

820
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
821
ChoruSmart
Satin white modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite
combination between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is
able to satisfy all design, functional and installation requirements. Available in
satin white, distinctive and elegant, they include rocker button keys with ½,
1 and 2 modules to optimise space, and axial keys in EVO or SMART version
for advanced functions. The front attachment system facilitates assembly and
release without removing the support.

COMMAND - SATIN WHITE VERSION

Command devices - rockers - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 15 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 15 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 15 021 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 12/24
GW 15 022 1P - 10AX illuminable With diffuser 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 15 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 15 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 15 001
GW 15 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48
GW 15 005 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 12/24
GW 15 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 15 034 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 15 035 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW15006 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.
GW 15 004

One-way switch 2P - 250V ac - heavy duty loads

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 007 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. LED or fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 15 007

822
 Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 15 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 15 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 15 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
GW 15 054 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 1/2
GW 15 061 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 15 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 15 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 15 051
GW 15 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW15054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 15 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 15 093 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 15 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 15 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 15 103 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 15 091

Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 15 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 15 121

Three-way switch 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 122 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 15 122

823
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 15 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 15 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 15 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 15 137 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 12/24
GW 15 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red 12/24
GW 15 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green 12/24
GW 15 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 15 141 1P NO+NO - 16 A Double - 12/24
GW 15 131 GW 15 142 1P NO - 16A illuminable Green diffuser - 12/24
GW 15 143 1P NO - 16A illuminable Red diffuser - 12/24
GW 15 144 1P NO - 16A illuminable Opal diffuser - 12/24
GW 15 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Light 12/24
GW 15 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Key 12/24
GW 15 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 15 161 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 6/24
GW 15 162 1P NO - 10A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 15 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 15 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 15 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW15136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW15140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW15141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

Push-buttons 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 134 2P NO - 16A Neutral O 12/24
GW 15 135 2P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 15 145 2P NO - 10A With key - 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW15145 equipped with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

GW 15 134

Push-buttons 1P with illuminated name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm (not included) 2W 6/24
No. modules: 3
GW 15 192 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 4/16
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.

GW 15 191

824
Command devices - rockers - quick wiring terminals

CHORUSMART
One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 031 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 15 032 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 15 033 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 031 F

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 034 F 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 15 035 F 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 034 F

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 071 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 15 072 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 15 073 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 071 F

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 101 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 15 102 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 15 103 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 101 F

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 171 F 1P NO - 16A Neutral 6/24
GW 15 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser 6/24
GW 15 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 171 F

825
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Combined command devices - rockers - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of Pack
230V LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 15 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 15 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 15 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A Neutral - - 6/24
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 160 F

Command devices - axial - screw terminals

Axial switch module - EVO
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 671 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
GW 10 672 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: devices for the control of 1 On/Off lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for the control of incandescent and halogen (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent lamps
(240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Local push button with axial activation for control of the lamps connected to the device. Equipped with 1 input to replicate the local
control of the load via auxiliary module GW10677, GW10678 or NO-type and 1-input buttons for the centralisation OFF function.
APPLICATIONS: Bistable, monostable and timed load command. Centralisation function (OFF) by means of a dedicated input, the possibility of being able to switch the load on by means of auxiliary axial modules or
NO-type buttons. The devices are equipped with a configurable blue LED that can be set to OFF, easy location mode or for signalling the connected load status.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10671 must be completed with the GW15551S or GW15555S button keys. The GW10672 must be completed with the GW15552S or GW15556S
button keys.

GW 10 671

Axial dimmer module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 673 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
GW 10 674 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two local axial operated buttons for dimming the connected load.
Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type buttons or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to add a load switching-on function through auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons, or inputs can be set, via
programming, for the centralised OFF function. The devices are equipped with blue LEDs that can be set to OFF, location mode or for signalling the connected load.
NOTES: To avoid overheating, multiple dimmers cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure. Insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two dimmers are installed in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. The devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10673 must be completed with the GW15553S or GW15557S button keys; GW10674
must be completed with the GW15554S or GW15558S button keys.

GW 10 673

Axial roller shutter module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Max current supplied No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 675 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
GW 10 676 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., through 2 live interlocked output contacts. Two axial-operated local buttons control the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to operate roller-shutters/venetian blinds via the auxiliary axial modules or NO-type up/down buttons, or they can be set,
through programming, for centralisation functions (Up/Down). The devices are equipped with blue LEDs which can be configured to facilitate location at night and to signal the movement of the roller-shutter/Venetian blind.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10675 must be completed with the GW15553S or GW15557S button keys.GW10676 must be completed with the GW15554S or GW15558S button
keys.

GW 10 675

1-command auxiliary axial modules

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 677 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 678 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO switch modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10677 must be completed with the GW15551S or GW15555S button keys. GW10678 must be completed with the GW15552S or GW15556S button
keys.

GW 10 677

826
 2-command auxiliary axial modules
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 10 679 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 680 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO dimmer and roller-shutter modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10679 must be completed with the GW15553S or GW15557S button keys. GW10680 must be completed with the GW15554S or GW15558S button
keys.

GW 10 679

Interchangeable keys for axial devices

Code Colour Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 551 S Satin White To be completed with lens 1 1/48
GW 15 552 S Satin White To be completed with lens 2 1/48
GW 15 553 S Satin White To be completed with 2 lenses 1 1/48
GW 15 554 S Satin White To be completed with 2 lenses 2 1/48
GW 15 555 S Satin White With 1 diffuser 1 1/48
GW 15 556 S Satin White With 1 diffuser 2 1/48
GW 15 557 S Satin White With 2 diffusers 1 1/48
GW 15 558 S Satin White With 2 diffusers 2 1/48
NOTES: for use to complete the EVO axial modules and auxiliary axial controls.

GW 15 551 S

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Symbols for backlit rocker command devices
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 10 501 Neutral 20/240
GW 10 502 Light 20/240
GW 10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW 10 504 Table light 20/240
GW 10 505 Bell 20/240
GW 10 506 Fan 20/240
GW 10 507 Key 20/240
GW 10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW 10 509 ON 20/240
GW 10 510 OFF 20/240
GW 10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW 10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW 10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW 10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW 10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW 10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 10 531 One 20/240
GW 10 532 Two 20/240
GW 10 533 Three 20/240
GW 10 534 Four 20/240
GW 10 535 Five 20/240
GW 10 536 Six 20/240
GW 10 537 Seven 20/240
GW 10 538 Eight 20/240
GW 10 539 Nine 20/240
GW 10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTES: to be used in place of the neutral lens in the illuminable rocker command devices.

827
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Lenses with illuminating symbols for axial button keys
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 501 A Neutral 24
GW 10 502 A Light 24
GW 10 503 A Stair light 24
GW 10 504 A Table light 24
GW 10 505 A Bell 24
GW 10 506 A Burglar alarm 24
GW 10 507 A Key 24
GW 10 508 A ON OFF 24
GW 10 509 A ON 24
GW 10 510 A OFF 24
GW 10 511 A Socket-outlet 24
GW 10 512 A Dimmers 24
GW 10 513 A Dimmer increase 24
GW 10 514 A Dimmer decrease 24
GW 10 515 A Arrow 24
GW 10 516 A Open 24
GW 10 517 A Close 24
GW 10 518 A Roller shutter 24
GW 10 519 A Roller shutter up 24
GW 10 520 A Roller shutter down 24
GW 10 521 A Curtain open 24
GW 10 522 A Curtain close 24
GW 10 523 A Floor light 24
GW 10 524 A Ceiling light 24
GW 10 525 A Wall light 24
GW 10 526 A Aisle light 24
GW 10 527 A Scenario 24
GW 10 528 A Party 24
GW 10 529 A In 24
GW 10 530 A Out 24
GW 10 531 A Good morning 24
GW 10 532 A Good night 24
GW 10 533 A TV 24
GW 10 534 A Heating 24
GW 10 535 A Cooling 24
GW 10 536 A Heating/Cooling 24
GW 10 537 A Comfort 24
GW 10 538 A Precomfort 24
GW 10 539 A Economy 24
GW 10 540 A Auto 24
GW 10 541 A Do not disturb 24
GW 10 542 A Make up the room 24
NOTES: for use to customise the interchangeable push buttons for axial controls with 1 and 2 lenses.

Interchangeable button keys and diffusers for rocker devices

Button keys for rocker controls and interchangeable diffusers for indicator lights
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Description: Keys 22x22 mm
GW 15 541 General 4/48
GW 15 543 Key 4/48
GW 15 544 Bell 4/48
GW 15 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW 15 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
Description: Diffusers
GW 10 547 Red 4/48
GW 10 548 Green 4/48
GW 10 549 Opal diffuser 4/48
APPLICATIONS: replacement diffusers for indicators GW15142, GW15143 and GW15144.
NOTES: the ChoruSmart modular system allows the use of 22 x 22 mm interchangeable buttons in place of the standard buttons fitted on the control devices GW15141, GW15142, GW15143 and GW15144. Symbols/
diffusers not suitable for the EVO axial keys.

828
Soft-click, rocker electronic push buttons

CHORUSMART
Universal soft-click electronic push-button
Code Type of contact Button key Type of use No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 915 1NO/NC 4A (AC1) 230 V ac - Potential-free Neutral Relay, dimmer, bus contacts interfaces 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button suitable for connection of KNX BUS contacts interfaces, or the command of bistable relays, electronic one-way switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.

GW 15 915

Backlit soft-click electronic push-button

Code Supply voltage Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
GW 15 912 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 4A (AC1) 230 V ac With diffuser Relay, dimmer 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for controlling latching relays, electronic switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.
Equipped with amber localisation LED.

GW 15 912

Backlit electronic push-buttons for BUS inputs

Code Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 913 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
GW 15 916 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 15 917 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
GW 15 918 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for BUS inputs, suitable for KNX BUS contact interface connections. Equipped with 2-colour (amber/green) LED with colour selector (can be set up to work as a night-time localisation
lamp or to indicate the load status).

GW 15 913

Double soft-click electronic push-button

Code Type of contact Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 914 Dual, potential-free and with interlock Neutral UP - DOWN 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: double push-button suitable for connecting KNX BUS contact interfaces or electronic control panels for moving roller shutters.

GW 15 914

829
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Touch command modules

Touch one-way switch module
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 922 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: device for the On/Off control of 1 lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Equipped with 1 input for replicating local control of the load via the GW10924 auxiliary touch control modules, NO-type
buttons and 1 input for the centralisation of the OFF function. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification
by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: bistable, monostable and timed load control. Centralisation function (OFF) through the dedicated input.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 922

Touch dimmer module

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 923 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two touch areas for dimming the connected load. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary touch 2-command
modules GW10925, NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function OFF. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer,
function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Centralised OFF function, via dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, multiple products cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. When installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. To be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 923

Touch roller shutter module

Code Supply voltage Maximum output power No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 921 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., by means of 2 interlocked live output contacts. Two touch areas for controlling the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the touch auxiliary 2-command modules GW10925, NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating a centralisation function (up/
down). The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. Centralisation function (Up/Down) by means of a dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 921

1-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 924 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10922 module. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function
identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 924

2-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 925 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10921 and GW10923 modules. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable, built-in buzzer
and functions identifiable by the icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 925

830
ICE TOUCH plates

CHORUSMART
ICE TOUCH - white
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CB 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative and may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CB

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 15 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 15 198 2 modules 2 1/48
GW 15 199 3 modules 3 1/48

GW 15 195

Cable outlets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 194 2 modules 2 6/48
GW 15 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: GW15196 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.
GW15194 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 4mm ø, max 10mm ø. To be installed with the cable output downwards.

GW 15 194

831
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Movement detectors
Movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts Pack
Carton
GW 15 594 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 3 A (AC1) 230 V ac 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited.
Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive loads: 700 W, incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps:
2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA, LED loads: 60 W (max. 10 lamps).
Not suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through.
Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly. Detection beam angle 120°, depth of detection max 8 metres.

GW 15 594

Ceiling-mounted presence detector

Code Supply voltage Installation height (m) Light sensor Dimensions HxØ (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 595 220/240 V ac - 50/60 Hz From 2,2 to 6 < 3 ÷ 2000 Lux 44x111,5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: presence sensor, sensing range: 360° circle (max. diameter 18 metres); installable with fixing springs on a surface-mounted or recessed box. Suitable for the control of incandescent/halogen lamps:
1000W, LED lamps : 200W (4 / 23 W - max. 8 lamps).
NOTES: equipped with a surface-mount box capable of holding sensors from IP20 to IP44.

GW 10 595

Relay
Relay - 230V ac 50/60Hz
Code Type No. of poles Output contacts Coil Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 15 721 Latching relay 1P 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
GW 15 724 Monostable relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW15721 suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 1000 W, fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: GW15721 command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
GW15721 motor function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW15724 as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the command and use circuits.

GW 15 724

Call relay - 12V ac/dc

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 726 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW15136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW15145). green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 15 726

832
HOTEL COMPONENTS - SATIN WHITE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 15 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 15 039

Interchangeable button keys

Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 731 With diffuser DND 1 4/48
GW 15 732 With diffuser MUR 1 4/48
GW 15 733 Neutral DND+MUR 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings. To be used for the customization of the Chorus command devices. GW15731 and GW15732 suitable for one-way switches,
two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons. GW15733 suitable for three-way switches and push-buttons with central OFF position.

GW 15 733

Indicator light device

Double indicator lamp
Code Diffuser colour Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 736 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units not included.

GW 15 736

833
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
POWER - SATIN WHITE VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 15 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW 15 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 204

Italian standard double socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 208 2x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 15 208

Italian standard triple socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 15 209

834
Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

CHORUSMART
Italian standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 233 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 213

Italian/German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 234 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.

GW 10 214

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 241

German standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 15 242

835
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 251

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 341 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 15 341

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 351

German Standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 241 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 241 F

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 251 F

836
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 15 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 246

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 248 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 15 248

French Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines, with front tightening terminals - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 258 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260

GW 10 258

French standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 247 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 15 247 F

French standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 257 F

837
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
French standard socket-outlet accessory, for dedicated lines
Code Colour For sockets Pack
Carton
GW 10 260 Red GW10257F - GW10258 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+E French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in dedicated line circuits.

GW 10 260

Socket-outlets - Israeli Standard

Israeli Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 281 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 15 281

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 291

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 282 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 282

838
Socket-outlets - international standard

CHORUSMART
USA standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48

GW 15 286

Euro-American standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 15 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 15 288

British Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 296 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 6/48
GW 15 297 2P+E - 15A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 15 296

Indian-South African Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 298 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 15 298

839
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
South african standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 299 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4,5 mm 1 12/240
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 299

Argentinian Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 301 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48

GW 15 301

Australian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 306 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 15 307 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 6/48

GW 15 306

Multistandard socket-outlet - 250/127V ac

Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 310 2P+E - 13A/250 V ac - 15A/127 V ac 2 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for plugs compliant with the following standards: Europlug 2P 2.5A - 250V, British 2P+E 13A - 250V, Italian 2P 10A - 250V, Danish 2P 10A - 250V, Chinese 2P+E 10A - 250V, Argentinean/
Australian 2P+E 10A - 250V, Indian 2P+E 6A - 250V, USA 2P+E 15A - 127V. Not suitable for 2P+E German and French sockets because they don’t offer earth continuity.
NOTES: the multistandard energy sockets GW1x310 are in compliance with the safety requirements defined by the International Standard IEC 60884-1. These sockets may not be in compliance with the standard sheets
used in the country where they are sold, hence their usage could be prohibited or however, restricted only for specific applications. The plugs allowed are listed in the technical datasheet. Please contact directly Gewiss
technical service for further information.

GW 15 310

Chinese standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 391 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 15 392 2P+E - 16A Flat 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 15 392

840
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

CHORUSMART
Interlocked switched socket-outlets with miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac
Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
breakers Carton
GW 15 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/6
GW 15 312 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 15 311

Interlocked switched socket-outlets with residual miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac

Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking Idn No. modules Pack
breakers capacity Carton
GW 15 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/4
GW 15 322 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 15 321

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 15 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 15 331

DATA - SATIN WHITE VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 15 362 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 15 363 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW15361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5dB GW15362 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load. (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination)

GW 15 361

841
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - female F connector
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 15 372 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 15 373 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW15371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5dB GW15372 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet
towards the user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 15 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 15 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 15 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW15381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW15382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW15383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 15 382

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 367 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 15 367

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 377 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 15 377

Covers for TV-SAT-R antenna sockets

Code Description No. holes Pack
Carton
GW 15 386 For TV-R base 2 1/24
GW 15 387 For TV/R-SAT base 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for integration on the Chorus range of TV-SAT-R standard bases available on the market.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

GW 15 386

842
Telephone sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 15 401

RJ11 telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 409 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 15 409

British standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 406 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

GW 15 406

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 15 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 15 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 15 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 15 421

843
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Adapters for housing data connectors
Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
GW 15 438 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the GEWISS
adapter.

GW 15 431

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 433 AMP / Keystone Jack 2 4/100
NOTES: due to technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the data socket and the GEWISS empty
enclosure.

GW 15 433

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

Socket-outlets for auxiliary circuits

SELV sockets
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 451 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
GW 15 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised Flat 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: Centre distance 12.4mm.

GW 15 451

844
 Audio and video sockets

CHORUSMART
Audio and video sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW 15 454 For loudspeaker 1 1/24
GW 15 458 Speaker socket 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: GW15453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW15454 welding connection. GW15458 front access terminals for inserting 1.5 mm² rigid wires, insulator punching rear connection suitable for cables AWG24 or max 0.25mm².

GW 15 453

USB and HDMI couplers and sockets

USB sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 459 USB socket-outlet 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type USB 2.0 female connector, with screw terminals on the back.

GW 15 459

USB and HDMI couplers

Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

USB chargers
USB power supply for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output Max. total PD USB-IF Outputs/N° No. Pack
voltage power output and type modules Carton
GW 15 449 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5V dc 15 W - - 2 / A+C 1 1/10
GW 15 415 j 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 30 W Yes Yes 1/C 1 1/12
GW 15 417 k 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 63 W Yes Yes 2/C 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW15449 USB charger suitable for charging a single electronic device (e.g., tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g., tablet and smartphone). The distribution of power output across the two ports
depends on the charging status of the connected devices.
GW15415 USB charger for fast charging up to 30W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging electronic devices such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, and smartwatches. Charging compatibility with
market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW15417 USB charger for fast charging up to 63W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging one or two electronic devices simultaneously, such as PCs, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, and small power
tools. Charging compatibility with market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.

GW 15 415

NEWS
Availability: j July 2025 k November 2025

845
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
PROTECTION - SATIN WHITE VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 461 Single pole (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 15 462 Single pole (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 15 463 Single pole (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 15 466 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 15 467 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 15 468 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12

GW 15 463

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity Idn No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 482 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 15 483 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 15 485 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 15 486 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 15 488 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 15 489 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6

GW 15 488

Protection devices
Fuse holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 491 16 Ø 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.

GW 15 491

Surge protection device - 230V ac

Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 492 275 V ac 50/60Hz 1 kV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage (resulting from atmospheric conditions or manoeuvres) that could be channelled from the power supply lines.

GW 15 492

846
INDICATOR - SATIN WHITE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1/2 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 641 Opal diffuser Neutral 1/2 2/48
GW 15 642 Green Safety 1/2 2/48
GW 15 643 Red Danger 1/2 2/48
GW 15 644 Amber Attention 1/2 2/48
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 15 642

Single indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 621 Opal diffuser Neutral 1 1/24
GW 15 622 Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 15 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
GW 15 624 Amber Attention 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 15 622

Double indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 628 Opal diffuser 1 1/24
GW 15 629 Red/green 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 15 629

Protruding indicator lamps - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 631 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 15 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green White LED 2 1/24
GW 15 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red White LED 2 1/24
GW 15 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber White LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 15 633

847
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp
Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 15 656 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.

GW 15 656

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 15 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 15 662

Autonomous emergency lamps

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 15 663 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 2 1/6
GW 15 666 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green mains presence signal LED. Highly efficient, white LED lamps.
APPLICATIONS: compliant with standards EN60598-2-22.

GW 15 663

848
Acoustic signalling devices

CHORUSMART
Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 15 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 15 601

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 15 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 15 606

849
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - SATIN WHITE VERSION

Temperature control devices

Connected thermostat - ZigBee
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 709 100 - 240 V ac/dc - 50/60 Hz 1 NO / NC 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounted thermostat for the control of heating/cooling systems with manual temperature management and possibility of shutdown. Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF),
proportional-integral (PWM). The thermostat can control a solenoid valve for heating or cooling through a local contact or via Zigbee, in which case the solenoid valve must be controlled by a Zigbee actuator. GWA1521,
GWA1522, GWA1523, GW1x826, GWA1201, and GWA1202 Zigbee connected actuators can be used.
The thermostat is equipped with integrated temperature and humidity sensors. The thermostat has an input for a NTC sensor (GW10800 and GW1x900 sensors can be used) for external temperature measurement (e.g.,
for compensation of temperatures measured locally by the thermostat or for protection in case of underfloor heating/cooling).
APPLICATIONS: climate control (heating or cooling) of a housing unit or area; option to manage a daily or weekly heating/cooling profile via the APP. The device measures humidity, if a threshold (defined during
configuration) is exceeded, Zigbee can activate a dehumidification system and display/notify the measurement on the APP.
Use in traditional unconnected systems: the connected thermostat can also be used in traditional unconnected installations. In this case, configuration is not carried out via the APP and the NTC sensor input can only be
used to compensate for the temperature measurement detected locally by the thermostat.
GW 15 709

Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 15 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 15 705

Thermo ICE Wi-Fi thermostat - wall-mounting

Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CB White 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy).
Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface
with touch commands (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming
temperature profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or by remote via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS: The THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
GW 16 970 CB NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

850
Dimmer

CHORUSMART
Universal rotating electronic regulator
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 575 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for dimming incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ac (10-160 W); low-voltage halogen lamps (12 V ac) with electronic transformers (10-160 W) and LED lamps 230 V ac (4-160W), rotary
control with 2-way switch. Equipped with amber-colour-red signalling LED. Can be operated without neutral connection.
NOTES: the installation of more than one dimmer side-by-side in a single container is not permitted. To avoid overheating, insert a blanking module between two dimmers. If installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%.

GW 15 575

Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 15 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW15567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW15564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact GEWISS Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 15 564

Universal electronic regulators with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 572 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
GW 15 573 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V
AC with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-
buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 15 572 A

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 568 230V ac - 50 Hz 60 - 500 W 60 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 15 568

851
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
TECHNICAL ALARMS - SATIN WHITE VERSION

Gas detectors
Methane gas detector
Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 712 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 15 712

Power supply unit 12Vdc

Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 720 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 300 mA 52x33x17 1/10
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering LPG detectors (GW1x711, GW2x868, GW30520), methane detectors (GW1x712, GW2x867, GW30519); Thermo ICE KNX (GW16974CB, GW16974CL, GW16974CN,
GW16974CT) thermostats.

GW 10 720

852
Anti-flood system with Zigbee wireless transmission

CHORUSMART
Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Blanking module for housing RF Zigbee actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 15 750 Satin White 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-modules blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and fast identification of the flush-mounting RF Zigbee actuator.
NOTES: snap-in assembly.

GW 15 750

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

853
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps - 2W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50
GW 20 903 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50

GW 20 902

Accessories
Set of 2 keys for command devices
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

854
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
855
ChoruSmart
Satin natural beige modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite
combination between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is
able to satisfy all design, functional and installation requirements. Available
in satin natural beige, warm and enveloping, they include rocker button keys
with ½, 1 and 2 modules to optimise space, and axial keys in EVO or SMART
version for advanced functions. The front attachment system facilitates
assembly and release without removing the support.

COMMAND - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

Command devices - rockers - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 13 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 13 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 13 021 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 12/24
GW 13 022 1P - 10AX illuminable With diffuser 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 13 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 13 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 13 001
GW 13 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48
GW 13 005 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 12/24
GW 13 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 13 034 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 13 035 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW13006 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.
GW 13 004

One-way switch 2P - 250V ac - heavy duty loads

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 007 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. LED or fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 13 007

856
 Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 13 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 13 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 13 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
GW 13 054 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 1/2
GW 13 061 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 13 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 13 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 13 051
GW 13 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW13054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 13 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 13 093 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 13 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 13 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 13 103 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 13 091

Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 13 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 13 121

Three-way switch 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 122 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 13 122

857
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 13 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 13 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 13 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 13 137 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 12/24
GW 13 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red 12/24
GW 13 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green 12/24
GW 13 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 13 141 1P NO+NO - 16 A Double - 12/24
GW 13 131 GW 13 142 1P NO - 16A illuminable Green diffuser - 12/24
GW 13 143 1P NO - 16A illuminable Red diffuser - 12/24
GW 13 144 1P NO - 16A illuminable Opal diffuser - 12/24
GW 13 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Light 12/24
GW 13 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Key 12/24
GW 13 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 13 161 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 6/24
GW 13 162 1P NO - 10A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 13 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 13 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 13 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW13136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW13140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW13141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

Push-buttons 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 134 2P NO - 16A Neutral O 12/24
GW 13 135 2P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 13 145 2P NO - 10A With key - 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW13136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW13140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW13141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

GW 13 134

Push-buttons 1P with illuminated name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm (not included) 2W 6/24
No. modules: 3
GW 13 192 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 4/16
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.

GW 13 191

858
Command devices - rockers - quick wiring terminals

CHORUSMART
One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 031 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 13 032 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 13 033 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 031 F

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 034 F 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 13 035 F 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 034 F

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 071 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 13 072 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 13 073 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 071 F

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 101 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 13 102 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 13 103 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 101 F

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 171 F 1P NO - 16A Neutral 6/24
GW 13 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser 6/24
GW 13 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 171 F

859
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Combined command devices - rockers - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of Pack
230V LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 13 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 13 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 13 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A Neutral UP - DOWN - STOP - 6/24
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 160 F

Command devices - axial - screw terminals

Axial switch module - EVO
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 671 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
GW 10 672 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: devices for the control of 1 On/Off lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for the control of incandescent and halogen (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent lamps
(240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Local push button with axial activation for control of the lamps connected to the device.
Equipped with 1 input to replicate the local control of the load via auxiliary module GW10677, GW10678 or NO-type and 1 input buttons for the centralisation OFF function.
APPLICATIONS: Bistable, monostable and timed load. Centralisation function (OFF) by means of a dedicated input, the possibility of being able to switch the load on by means of auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons.
The devices are equipped with a configurable blue LED that can be set to OFF, easy location mode or for signalling the connected load status.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10671 must be completed with the GW13551S or GW13555S button keys. The GW10672 must be completed with the GW13552S or GW13556S
button keys.

GW 10 671

Axial dimmer module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 673 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
GW 10 674 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two local axial operated buttons for dimming the connected load.
Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type buttons or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to add a load switching-on function through auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons, or inputs can be set, via
programming, for the centralised OFF function. The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set to OFF, location mode or for signalling the connected load.
NOTES: To avoid overheating, multiple dimmers cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure. Insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two dimmers are installed in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. The devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10673 must be completed with the GW13553S or GW13557S button keys; GW10674
must be completed with the GW13554S or GW13558S button keys.

GW 10 673

Axial roller shutter module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Max current supplied No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 675 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
GW 10 676 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., through 2 live interlocked output contacts. Two axial-operated local buttons control the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to operate roller-shutters/venetian blinds via the auxiliary axial modules or NO-type up/down buttons, or they can be set,
through programming, for centralisation functions (Up/Down). The devices are equipped with blue LEDs which can be configured to facilitate location at night and to signal the movement of the roller-shutter/Venetian blind.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10675 must be completed with the GW13553S or GW13557S button keys.GW10676 must be completed with the GW13554S or GW13558S button
keys.

GW 10 675

1-command auxiliary axial modules

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 677 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 678 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO switch modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or to display the load status.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10677 must be completed with the GW13551S or GW13555S button keys. The GW10678 must be completed with the GW13552S or GW13556S
button keys.

GW 10 677

860
 2-command auxiliary axial modules
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 10 679 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 680 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO dimmer and roller-shutter modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or to display the load status.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10679 must be completed with the GW13553S or GW13557S button keys. The GW10680 must be completed with the GW13554S or GW13558S
button keys.

GW 10 679

Interchangeable keys for axial devices

Code Colour Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 551 S Natural satin beige To be completed with lens 1 1/48
GW 13 552 S Natural satin beige To be completed with lens 2 1/48
GW 13 553 S Natural satin beige To be completed with 2 lenses 1 1/48
GW 13 554 S Natural satin beige To be completed with 2 lenses 2 1/48
GW 13 555 S Natural satin beige With 1 diffuser 1 1/48
GW 13 556 S Natural satin beige With 1 diffuser 2 1/48
GW 13 557 S Natural satin beige With 2 diffusers 1 1/48
GW 13 558 S Natural satin beige With 2 diffusers 2 1/48
NOTES: for use for completing EVO axial modules and auxiliary axial controls.

GW 13 551 S

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable rocker command devices
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 10 501 Neutral 20/240
GW 10 502 Light 20/240
GW 10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW 10 504 Table light 20/240
GW 10 505 Bell 20/240
GW 10 506 Fan 20/240
GW 10 507 Key 20/240
GW 10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW 10 509 ON 20/240
GW 10 510 OFF 20/240
GW 10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW 10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW 10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW 10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW 10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW 10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 10 531 One 20/240
GW 10 532 Two 20/240
GW 10 533 Three 20/240
GW 10 534 Four 20/240
GW 10 535 Five 20/240
GW 10 536 Six 20/240
GW 10 537 Seven 20/240
GW 10 538 Eight 20/240
GW 10 539 Nine 20/240
GW 10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTES: for use in place of the neutral lens in the illuminated tilting control devices.

861
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Lenses with illuminating symbols for axial button keys
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 501 A Neutral 24
GW 10 502 A Light 24
GW 10 503 A Stair light 24
GW 10 504 A Table light 24
GW 10 505 A Bell 24
GW 10 506 A Burglar alarm 24
GW 10 507 A Key 24
GW 10 508 A ON OFF 24
GW 10 509 A ON 24
GW 10 510 A OFF 24
GW 10 511 A Socket-outlet 24
GW 10 512 A Dimmers 24
GW 10 513 A Dimmer increase 24
GW 10 514 A Dimmer decrease 24
GW 10 515 A Arrow 24
GW 10 516 A Open 24
GW 10 517 A Close 24
GW 10 518 A Roller shutter 24
GW 10 519 A Roller shutter up 24
GW 10 520 A Roller shutter down 24
GW 10 521 A Curtain open 24
GW 10 522 A Curtain close 24
GW 10 523 A Floor light 24
GW 10 524 A Ceiling light 24
GW 10 525 A Wall light 24
GW 10 526 A Aisle light 24
GW 10 527 A Scenario 24
GW 10 528 A Party 24
GW 10 529 A In 24
GW 10 530 A Out 24
GW 10 531 A Good morning 24
GW 10 532 A Good night 24
GW 10 533 A TV 24
GW 10 534 A Heating 24
GW 10 535 A Cooling 24
GW 10 536 A Heating/Cooling 24
GW 10 537 A Comfort 24
GW 10 538 A Precomfort 24
GW 10 539 A Economy 24
GW 10 540 A Auto 24
GW 10 541 A Do not disturb 24
GW 10 542 A Make up the room 24
NOTES: for use to customise the interchangeable push buttons for axial controls with 1 and 2 lenses.

Interchangeable button keys and diffusers for rocker devices

Button keys for rocker controls and interchangeable diffusers for indicator lights
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Description: Keys 22x22 mm
GW 13 541 General 4/48
GW 13 543 Key 4/48
GW 13 544 Bell 4/48
GW 13 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW 13 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
Description: Diffusers
GW 10 547 Red 4/48
GW 10 548 Green 4/48
GW 10 549 Opal diffuser 4/48
APPLICATIONS: replacement diffusers for indicators GW13142, GW13143 and GW13144.
NOTES: the ChoruSmart modular system allows the use of 22 x 22 mm interchangeable buttons in place of the standard buttons fitted on the control devices GW13141, GW13142, GW13143 and GW13144. Symbols/
diffusers not suitable for the EVO axial keys.

862
Soft-click, rocker electronic push buttons

CHORUSMART
Universal soft-click electronic push-button
Code Type of contact Button key Type of use No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 915 1NO/NC 4A (AC1) 230 V ac - Potential-free Neutral Relay, dimmer, bus contacts interfaces 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button suitable for connection of KNX BUS contacts interfaces, or the command of bistable relays, electronic one-way switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.

GW 13 915

Backlit soft-click electronic push-button

Code Supply voltage Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
GW 13 912 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 4A (AC1) 230 V ac With diffuser Relay, dimmer 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for controlling latching relays, electronic switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.
Equipped with amber localisation LED.

GW 13 912

Backlit soft-click electronic push-buttons for BUS inputs

Code Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 913 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
GW 13 916 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 13 917 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
GW 13 918 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for BUS inputs, suitable for KNX BUS contact interface connections. Equipped with 2-colour (amber/green) LED with colour selector (can be set up to work as a night-time localisation
lamp or to indicate the load status).

GW 13 913

Double soft-click electronic push-button

Code Type of contact Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 914 Dual, potential-free and with interlock Neutral UP - DOWN 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: double push-button suitable for connecting KNX BUS contact interfaces or electronic control panels for moving roller shutters.

GW 13 914

863
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Touch command modules

Touch one-way switch module
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 922 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: device for the On/Off control of 1 lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Equipped with 1 input for replicating local control of the load via the GW10924 auxiliary touch control modules, NO-type
buttons and 1 input for the centralisation of the OFF function. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification
by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: bistable, monostable and timed load control. Centralisation function (OFF) through the dedicated input.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 922

Touch dimmer module

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 923 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two touch areas for dimming the connected load. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary touch 2-command
modules GW10925, NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function OFF. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer,
function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Centralised OFF function, via dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, multiple products cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. When installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. To be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 923

Touch roller shutter module

Code Supply voltage Maximum output power No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 921 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., by means of 2 interlocked live output contacts. Two touch areas for controlling the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the touch auxiliary 2-command modules GW10925, NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating a centralisation function (up/
down). The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. Centralisation function (Up/Down) by means of a dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 921

1-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 924 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10922 module. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function
identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 924

2-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 925 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10921 and GW10923 modules. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable, built-in buzzer
and functions identifiable by the icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 925

864
ICE TOUCH plates

CHORUSMART
ICE TOUCH - natural beige
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CL 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative and may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CL

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 13 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 13 198 2 modules 2 1/48
GW 13 199 3 modules 3 1/48

GW 13 195

Cable outlets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 194 2 modules 2 6/48
GW 13 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: GW13196 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.
GW13194 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 4mm ø, max 10mm ø. To be installed with the cable output downwards.

GW 13 194

865
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Movement detectors
Movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts Pack
Carton
GW 13 594 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 3 A (AC1) 230 V ac 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited.
Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive loads: 700 W, incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps:
2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA, LED loads: 60 W (max. 10 lamps).
Not suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through.
Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly. Detection beam angle 120°, depth of detection max 8 metres.

GW 13 594

Ceiling-mounted presence detector

Code Supply voltage Installation height (m) Light sensor Dimensions HxØ (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 595 220/240 V ac - 50/60 Hz From 2,2 to 6 < 3 ÷ 2000 Lux 44x111,5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: presence sensor, sensing range: 360° circle (max. diameter 18 metres); installable with fixing springs on a surface-mounted or recessed box. Suitable for the control of incandescent/halogen lamps:
1000W, LED lamps : 200W (4 / 23 W - max. 8 lamps).
NOTES: equipped with a surface-mount box capable of holding sensors from IP20 to IP44.

GW 10 595

Relay
Relay - 230V ac 50/60Hz
Code Type No. of poles Output contacts Coil Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 13 721 Latching relay 1P 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
GW 13 724 Monostable relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW13721 suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 1000 W, fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: GW13721,GW13723 command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
GW13721 motor function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW13724 as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the command and use circuits.

GW 13 724

Call relay - 12V ac/dc

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 726 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW13136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW13145). green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 13 726

866
HOTEL COMPONENTS - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 13 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 13 039

Interchangeable button keys

Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 731 With diffuser DND 1 4/48
GW 13 732 With diffuser MUR 1 4/48
GW 13 733 Neutral DND+MUR 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings. To be used for the customization of the Chorus command devices. GW13731 and GW13732 suitable for one-way switches,
two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons. GW13733 suitable for three-way switches and push-buttons with central OFF position.

GW 13 733

Indicator light device

Double indicator lamp
Code Diffuser colour Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 736 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units not included.

GW 13 736

867
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
POWER - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 13 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW 13 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 204

Italian standard double socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 208 2x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 13 208

Italian standard triple socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 13 209

868
Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

CHORUSMART
Italian standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 233 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 213

Italian/German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 234 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.

GW 10 214

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 241

German standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 13 242

869
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 251

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 341 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 13 341

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 351

German Standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 241 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 241 F

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 251 F

870
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 13 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 246

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 248 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 13 248

French Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines, with front tightening terminals - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 258 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260

GW 10 258

French standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 247 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 13 247 F

French standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 257 F

871
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
French standard socket-outlet accessory, for dedicated lines
Code Colour For sockets Pack
Carton
GW 10 260 Red GW10257F - GW10258 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+E French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in dedicated line circuits.

GW 10 260

Socket-outlets - Israeli Standard

Israeli Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 281 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 13 281

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 291

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 282 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 282

872
Socket-outlets - international standard

CHORUSMART
USA standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48

GW 13 286

Euro-American standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 13 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 13 288

British Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 296 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 6/48
GW 13 297 2P+E - 15A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 13 296

Indian-South African Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 298 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 13 298

873
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
South african standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 299 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4,5 mm 1 12/240
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 299

Argentinian Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 301 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48

GW 13 301

Australian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 306 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 13 307 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 6/48

GW 13 306

Multistandard socket-outlet - 250/127V ac

Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 310 2P+E - 13A/250 V ac - 15A/127 V ac 2 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for plugs compliant with the following standards: Europlug 2P 2.5A - 250V, British 2P+E 13A - 250V, Italian 2P 10A - 250V, Danish 2P 10A - 250V, Chinese 2P+E 10A - 250V, Argentinean/
Australian 2P+E 10A - 250V, Indian 2P+E 6A - 250V, USA 2P+E 15A - 127V. Not suitable for 2P+E German and French sockets because they don’t offer earth continuity.
NOTES: the multistandard energy sockets GW1x310 are in compliance with the safety requirements defined by the International Standard IEC 60884-1. These sockets may not be in compliance with the standard sheets
used in the country where they are sold, hence their usage could be prohibited or however, restricted only for specific applications. The plugs allowed are listed in the technical datasheet. Please contact directly Gewiss
technical service for further information.

GW 13 310

Chinese standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 391 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 13 392 2P+E - 16A Flat 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 13 392

874
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

CHORUSMART
Interlocked switched socket-outlets with miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac
Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
breakers Carton
GW 13 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/6
GW 13 312 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 13 311

Interlocked switched socket-outlets with residual miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac

Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking Idn No. modules Pack
breakers capacity Carton
GW 13 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/4
GW 13 322 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 13 321

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 13 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 13 331

DATA - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 13 362 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 13 363 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW13361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5dB GW13362 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load. (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination)

GW 13 361

875
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - female F connector
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 13 372 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 13 373 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW13371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5dB GW13372 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet
towards the user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 13 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 13 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 13 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW13381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW13382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW13383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 13 382

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 367 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 13 367

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 377 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 13 377

Covers for TV-SAT-R antenna sockets

Code Description No. holes Pack
Carton
GW 13 386 For TV-R base 2 1/24
GW 13 387 For TV/R-SAT base 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for integration on the Chorus range of TV-SAT-R standard bases available on the market.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

GW 13 386

876
Telephone sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 13 401

RJ11 telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 409 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 13 409

British standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 406 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

GW 13 406

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 13 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 13 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 13 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 13 421

877
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Adapters for housing data connectors
Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
GW 13 438 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the GEWISS
adapter.

GW 13 431

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 433 AMP / Keystone Jack 2 4/100
NOTES: due to technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the data socket and the GEWISS empty
enclosure.

GW 13 433

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

Socket-outlets for auxiliary circuits

SELV sockets
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 451 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
GW 13 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised Flat 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: Centre distance 12.4mm.

GW 13 451

878
 Audio and video sockets

CHORUSMART
Audio and video sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW 13 454 For loudspeaker 1 1/24
GW 13 458 Speaker socket 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: GW13453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW13454 welding connection. GW13458 front access terminals for inserting 1.5 mm² rigid wires, insulator punching rear connection suitable for cables AWG24 or max 0.25mm².

GW 13 453

USB and HDMI couplers and sockets

USB sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 459 USB socket-outlet 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type USB 2.0 female connector, with screw terminals on the back.

GW 13 459

USB and HDMI couplers

Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

USB charger
USB power supply for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max. total PD USB-IF Outputs/N° No. Pack
power output and type modules Carton
GW 13 449 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5V dc 15 W - - 2 / A+C 1 1/10
GW 13 415 j 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 30 W Yes Yes 1/C 1 1/12
GW 13 417 k 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 63 W Yes Yes 2/C 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW13449 USB charger suitable for charging a single electronic device (e.g., tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g., tablet and smartphone). The distribution of power output across the two ports
depends on the charging status of the connected devices.
GW13415 USB charger for fast charging up to 30W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging electronic devices such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, and smartwatches. Charging compatibility with
market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW13417 USB charger for fast charging up to 63W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging one or two electronic devices simultaneously, such as PCs, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, and small power
tools. Charging compatibility with market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.

GW 13 415

NEWS
Availability: j July 2025 k November 2025

879
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
PROTECTION - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 461 Single pole (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 13 462 Single pole (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 13 463 Single pole (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 13 466 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 13 467 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 13 468 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12

GW 13 463

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity Idn No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 482 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 13 483 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 13 485 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 13 486 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 13 488 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 13 489 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6

GW 13 488

Protection devices
Fuse holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 491 16 Ø 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.

GW 13 491

Surge protection device - 230V ac

Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 492 275 V ac 50/60Hz 1 kV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage (resulting from atmospheric conditions or manoeuvres) that could be channelled from the power supply lines.

GW 13 492

880
INDICATOR - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1/2 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 641 Opal diffuser Neutral 1/2 2/48
GW 13 642 Green Safety 1/2 2/48
GW 13 643 Red Danger 1/2 2/48
GW 13 644 Amber Attention 1/2 2/48
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 13 642

Single indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 621 Opal diffuser Neutral 1 1/24
GW 13 622 Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 13 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
GW 13 624 Amber Attention 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 13 622

Double indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 628 Opal diffuser 1 1/24
GW 13 629 Red/green 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 13 629

Protruding indicator lamps - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 631 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 13 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green White LED 2 1/24
GW 13 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red White LED 2 1/24
GW 13 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber White LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 13 633

881
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp
Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 13 656 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.

GW 13 656

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply batteries Minimum autonomy Lamp Pack
Carton
GW 13 661 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2h LED 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for anti black-out inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket-outlet of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 13 661

Anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 13 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 13 662

Autonomous emergency lamps

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 13 663 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 2 1/6
GW 13 666 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green mains presence signal LED. Highly efficient, white LED lamps.
APPLICATIONS: compliant with standards EN60598-2-22.

GW 13 663

882
Acoustic signalling devices

CHORUSMART
Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 13 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 13 601

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 13 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 13 606

883
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

Temperature control devices

Connected thermostat - ZigBee
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 709 100 - 240 V ac/dc - 50/60 Hz 1 NO / NC 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounted thermostat for the control of heating/cooling systems with manual temperature management and possibility of shutdown. Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF),
proportional-integral (PWM). The thermostat can control a solenoid valve for heating or cooling through a local contact or via Zigbee, in which case the solenoid valve must be controlled by a Zigbee actuator. GWA1521,
GWA1522, GWA1523, GW1x826, GWA1201, and GWA1202 Zigbee connected actuators can be used.
The thermostat is equipped with integrated temperature and humidity sensors. The thermostat has an input for a NTC sensor (GW10800 and GW1x900 sensors can be used) for external temperature measurement (e.g.,
for compensation of temperatures measured locally by the thermostat or for protection in case of underfloor heating/cooling).
APPLICATIONS: climate control (heating or cooling) of a housing unit or area; option to manage a daily or weekly heating/cooling profile via the APP. The device measures humidity, if a threshold (defined during
configuration) is exceeded, Zigbee can activate a dehumidification system and display/notify the measurement on the APP.
Use in traditional unconnected systems: the connected thermostat can also be used in traditional unconnected installations. In this case, configuration is not carried out via the APP and the NTC sensor input can only be
used to compensate for the temperature measurement detected locally by the thermostat.
GW 13 709

Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 13 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 13 705

Thermo ICE Wi-Fi thermostat - wall-mounting

Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CL Natural beige 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1/16
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy).
Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface
with touch commands (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming
temperature profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or by remote via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS: the THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
GW 16 970 CL NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

884
Dimmer

CHORUSMART
Universal rotating electronic regulator
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 575 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for dimming incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ac (10-160 W); low-voltage halogen lamps (12 V ac) with electronic transformers (10-160 W) and LED lamps 230 V ac (4-160W), rotary
control with 2-way switch. Equipped with amber-colour-red signalling LED. Can be operated without neutral connection.
NOTES: the installation of more than one dimmer side-by-side in a single container is not permitted. To avoid overheating, insert a blanking module between two dimmers. If installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%.

GW 13 575

Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 13 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW13567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW13564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact GEWISS Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 13 564

Universal electronic regulators with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 572 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
GW 13 573 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V
AC with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-
buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 13 572 A

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 568 230V ac - 50 Hz 60 - 500 W 60 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 13 568

885
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
TECHNICAL ALARMS - NATURAL SATIN BEIGE VERSION

Gas detectors
Methane gas detector
Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 712 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 13 712

Power supply unit 12Vdc

Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 720 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 300 mA 52x33x17 1/10
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering LPG detectors (GW1x711, GW2x868, GW30520), methane detectors (GW1x712, GW2x867, GW30519); Thermo ICE KNX (GW16974CB, GW16974CL, GW16974CN,
GW16974CT) thermostats.

GW 10 720

886
Anti-flood system with Zigbee wireless transmission

CHORUSMART
Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Blanking module for housing RF Zigbee actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 13 750 Natural satin beige 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-module blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and fast identification of the flush-mounting RF Zigbee actuator.
NOTES: snap-in assembly.

GW 13 750

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

887
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps - 2W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50
GW 20 903 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50

GW 20 902

Accessories
Set of 2 keys for command devices
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

888
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
889
ChoruSmart
Satin black modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite
combination between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is
able to satisfy all design, functional and installation requirements. Available
in satin black, elegant and classy, they include rocker button keys with ½, 1
and 2 modules to optimise space, and axial keys in EVO or SMART version for
advanced functions. The front attachment system facilitates assembly and
release without removing the support.

COMMAND - SATIN BLACK VERSION

Command devices - rockers - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 12 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 12 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 12 021 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 12/24
GW 12 022 1P - 10AX illuminable With diffuser 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 12 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 12 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 12 001
GW 12 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48
GW 12 005 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 12/24
GW 12 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 12 034 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 12 035 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW12006 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.
GW 12 004

One-way switch 2P - 250V ac - heavy duty loads

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 007 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices. (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.)

GW 12 007

890
 Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 12 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 12 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 12 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
GW 12 054 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 1/2
GW 12 061 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 12 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 12 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 12 051
GW 12 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW12054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 12 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 12 093 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 12 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 12 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 12 103 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 12 091

Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 12 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 12 121

Three-way switch 2P - 250 V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 122 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 12 122

891
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 12 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 12 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 12 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 12 137 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 12/24
GW 12 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red 12/24
GW 12 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green 12/24
GW 12 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 12 141 1P NO+NO - 16 A Double - 12/24
GW 12 131 GW 12 142 1P NO - 16A illuminable Green diffuser - 12/24
GW 12 143 1P NO - 16A illuminable Red diffuser - 12/24
GW 12 144 1P NO - 16A illuminable Opal diffuser - 12/24
GW 12 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Light 12/24
GW 12 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Key 12/24
GW 12 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 12 161 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 6/24
GW 12 162 1P NO - 10A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 12 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 12 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 12 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW12136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW12140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW12141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

Push-buttons 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 134 2P NO - 16A Neutral O 12/24
GW 12 135 2P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 12 145 2P NO - 10A With key - 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW12145 equipped with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

GW 12 134

Push-buttons 1P with illuminated name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm (not included) 2W 6/24
No. modules: 3
GW 12 192 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 4/16
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.

GW 12 191

892
Command devices - rockers - quick wiring terminals

CHORUSMART
One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 031 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 12 032 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 12 033 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 031 F

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 034 F 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 12 035 F 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 034 F

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 071 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 12 072 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 12 073 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 071 F

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 101 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 12 102 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 12 103 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 101 F

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 171 F 1P NO - 16A Neutral 6/24
GW 12 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser 6/24
GW 12 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 171 F

893
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Combined command devices - rockers - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of Pack
230V LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 12 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 12 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 12 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A Neutral UP - DOWN - STOP - 6/24
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 160 F

Command devices - axial - screw terminals

Axial switch module - EVO
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 671 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
GW 10 672 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: devices for the control of 1 On/Off lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for the control of incandescent and halogen (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent lamps
(240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Local push button with axial activation for control of the lamps connected to the device.
Equipped with 1 input to replicate the local control of the load via auxiliary module GW10677, GW10678 or NO-type and 1 input buttons for the centralisation OFF function.
APPLICATIONS: Bistable, monostable and timed load command. Centralisation function (OFF) by means of a dedicated input, the possibility of being able to switch the load on by means of auxiliary axial modules or NO-
type buttons. The devices are equipped with a configurable blue LED that can be set to OFF, easy location mode or for signalling the connected load status.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10671 must be completed with the GW12551S or GW12555S button keys. The GW10672 must be completed with the GW12552S or GW12556S
button keys.

GW 10 671

Axial dimmer module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 673 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
GW 10 674 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two local axial operated buttons for dimming the connected load.
Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type buttons or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to add a load switching-on function through auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons, or inputs can be set, via
programming, for the centralised OFF function. The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set to OFF, location mode or for signalling the connected load.
NOTES: To avoid overheating, multiple dimmers cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure. Insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two dimmers are installed in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. The devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10673 must be completed with the GW12553S or GW12557S button keys; GW10674
must be completed with the GW12554S or GW12558S button keys.

GW 10 673

Axial roller shutter module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Max current supplied No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 675 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
GW 10 676 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., through 2 live interlocked output contacts. Two axial-operated local buttons control the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to operate roller-shutters/venetian blinds via the auxiliary axial modules or NO-type up/down buttons, or they can be set,
through programming, for centralisation functions (Up/Down). The devices are equipped with blue LEDs which can be configured to facilitate location at night and to signal the movement of the roller-shutter/Venetian blind.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10675 must be completed with the GW12553S or GW12557S button keys.GW10676 must be completed with the GW12554S or GW12558S button
keys.

GW 10 675

1-command auxiliary axial modules

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 677 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 678 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO switch modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10677 must be completed with the GW12551S or GW12555S button keys. GW10678 must be completed with the GW12552S or GW12556S button
keys.

GW 10 677

894
 2-command auxiliary axial modules
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 10 679 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 680 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO dimmer and roller-shutter modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10679 must be completed with the GW12553S or GW12557S button keys. GW10680 must be completed with the GW12554S or GW12558S button
keys.

GW 10 679

Interchangeable keys for axial devices

Code Colour Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 551 S Satin black To be completed with lens 1 1/48
GW 12 552 S Satin black To be completed with lens 2 1/48
GW 12 553 S Satin black To be completed with 2 lenses 1 1/48
GW 12 554 S Satin black To be completed with 2 lenses 2 1/48
GW 12 555 S Satin black With 1 diffuser 1 1/48
GW 12 556 S Satin black With 1 diffuser 2 1/48
GW 12 557 S Satin black With 2 diffusers 1 1/48
GW 12 558 S Satin black With 2 diffusers 2 1/48
NOTES: for use to complete the EVO axial modules and auxiliary axial controls.

GW 12 551 S

Lens with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable rocker command devices
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 10 501 Neutral 20/240
GW 10 502 Light 20/240
GW 10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW 10 504 Table light 20/240
GW 10 505 Bell 20/240
GW 10 506 Fan 20/240
GW 10 507 Key 20/240
GW 10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW 10 509 ON 20/240
GW 10 510 OFF 20/240
GW 10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW 10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW 10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW 10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW 10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW 10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 10 531 One 20/240
GW 10 532 Two 20/240
GW 10 533 Three 20/240
GW 10 534 Four 20/240
GW 10 535 Five 20/240
GW 10 536 Six 20/240
GW 10 537 Seven 20/240
GW 10 538 Eight 20/240
GW 10 539 Nine 20/240
GW 10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTES: for use in place of the neutral lens in the illuminated tilting control devices.

895
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Lenses with illuminating symbols for axial button keys
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 501 A Neutral 24
GW 10 502 A Light 24
GW 10 503 A Stair light 24
GW 10 504 A Table light 24
GW 10 505 A Bell 24
GW 10 506 A Burglar alarm 24
GW 10 507 A Key 24
GW 10 508 A ON OFF 24
GW 10 509 A ON 24
GW 10 510 A OFF 24
GW 10 511 A Socket-outlet 24
GW 10 512 A Dimmers 24
GW 10 513 A Dimmer increase 24
GW 10 514 A Dimmer decrease 24
GW 10 515 A Arrow 24
GW 10 516 A Open 24
GW 10 517 A Close 24
GW 10 518 A Roller shutter 24
GW 10 519 A Roller shutter up 24
GW 10 520 A Roller shutter down 24
GW 10 521 A Curtain open 24
GW 10 522 A Curtain close 24
GW 10 523 A Floor light 24
GW 10 524 A Ceiling light 24
GW 10 525 A Wall light 24
GW 10 526 A Aisle light 24
GW 10 527 A Scenario 24
GW 10 528 A Party 24
GW 10 529 A In 24
GW 10 530 A Out 24
GW 10 531 A Good morning 24
GW 10 532 A Good night 24
GW 10 533 A TV 24
GW 10 534 A Heating 24
GW 10 535 A Cooling 24
GW 10 536 A Heating/Cooling 24
GW 10 537 A Comfort 24
GW 10 538 A Precomfort 24
GW 10 539 A Economy 24
GW 10 540 A Auto 24
GW 10 541 A Do not disturb 24
GW 10 542 A Make up the room 24
NOTES: for use to customise the interchangeable push buttons for axial controls with 1 and 2 lenses.

Interchangeable button keys and diffusers

Button keys for rocker controls and interchangeable diffusers for indicator lights
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Description: Keys 22x22 mm
GW 12 541 General 4/48
GW 12 543 Key 4/48
GW 12 544 Bell 4/48
GW 12 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW 12 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
Description: Diffusers
GW 10 547 Red 4/48
GW 10 548 Green 4/48
GW 10 549 Opal diffuser 4/48
APPLICATIONS: replacement diffusers for indicators GW12142, GW12143 and GW12144.
NOTES: The ChoruSmart modular system allows the use of interchangeable buttons 22 x 22 mm to replace the standard buttons supplied on command devices GW12141, GW12142, GW12143 and GW12144.

896
Soft-click, rocker electronic push buttons

CHORUSMART
Universal soft-click electronic push-button
Code Type of contact Button key Type of use No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 915 1NO/NC 4A (AC1) 230 V ac - Potential-free Neutral Relay, dimmer, bus contacts interfaces 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button suitable for connection of KNX BUS contact interfaces, or the command of bistable relays, electronic one-way switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.

GW 12 915

Backlit soft-click electronic push-button

Code Supply voltage Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
GW 12 912 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 4A (AC1) 230 V ac With diffuser Relay, dimmer 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for controlling latching relays, electronic switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.
Equipped with amber localisation LED.

GW 12 912

Backlit soft-click electronic push-buttons for BUS inputs

Code Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 913 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
GW 12 916 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 12 917 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
GW 12 918 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for BUS inputs, suitable for KNX BUS contact interface connections. Equipped with 2-colour (amber/green) LED with colour selector (can be set up to work as a night-time localisation
lamp or to indicate the load status).

GW 12 913

Double soft-click electronic push-button

Code Type of contact Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 914 Dual, potential-free and with interlock Neutral UP - DOWN 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: double push-button suitable for connecting KNX BUS contact interfaces or electronic control panels for moving roller shutters.

GW 12 914

897
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Touch command modules

Touch one-way switch module
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 922 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: device for the On/Off control of 1 lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Equipped with 1 input for replicating local control of the load via the GW10924 auxiliary touch control modules, NO-type
buttons and 1 input for the centralisation of the OFF function. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification
by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: bistable, monostable and timed load control. Centralisation function (OFF) through the dedicated input.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 922

Touch dimmer module

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 923 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two touch areas for dimming the connected load. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary touch 2-command
modules GW10925, NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function OFF. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer,
function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Centralised OFF function, via dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, multiple products cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. When installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. To be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 923

Touch roller shutter module

Code Supply voltage Maximum output power No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 921 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., by means of 2 interlocked live output contacts. Two touch areas for controlling the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the touch auxiliary 2-command modules GW10925, NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating a centralisation function (up/
down). The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. Centralisation function (Up/Down) by means of a dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 921

1-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 924 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10922 module. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function
identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 924

2-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 925 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10921 and GW10923 modules. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable, built-in buzzer
and functions identifiable by the icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 925

898
ICE TOUCH plates

CHORUSMART
ICE TOUCH - black
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CN 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative: they may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CN

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 12 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 12 198 2 modules 2 1/48
GW 12 199 3 modules 3 1/48

GW 12 195

Cable outlet
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 194 2 modules 2 6/48
GW 12 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: GW12196 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.
GW12194 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 4mm ø, max 10mm ø. To be installed with the cable output downwards.

GW 12 194

899
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Movement detectors
Movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts Pack
Carton
GW 12 594 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 3 A (AC1) 230 V ac 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited.
Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive loads: 700 W, incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps:
2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA, LED loads: 60 W (max. 10 lamps).
Not suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through.
Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly. Detection beam angle 120°, depth of detection max 8 metres.

GW 12 594

Ceiling-mounted presence detector

Code Supply voltage Installation height (m) Light sensor Dimensions HxØ (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 595 220/240 V ac - 50/60 Hz From 2,2 to 6 < 3 ÷ 2000 Lux 44x111,5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: presence sensor, sensing range: 360° circle (max. diameter 18 metres); installable with fixing springs on a surface-mounted or recessed box. Suitable for the control of incandescent/halogen lamps:
1000W, LED lamps : 200W (4 / 23 W - max. 8 lamps).
NOTES: equipped with a surface-mount box capable of holding sensors from IP20 to IP44.

GW 10 595

Relay
Relay - 230V ac 50/60Hz
Code Type No. of poles Output contacts Coil Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 12 721 Latching relay 1P 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
GW 12 724 Monostable relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12721 suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 1000 W, fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: GW12721 command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
GW12721, motor function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW12724 as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the command and use circuits.

GW 12 721

Call relay - 12V ac/dc

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 726 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW12136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW12145). green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 12 726

900
HOTEL COMPONENTS - SATIN BLACK VERSION

CHORUSMART
Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 12 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 12 039

Interchangeable button keys

Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 731 With diffuser DND 1 4/48
GW 12 732 With diffuser MUR 1 4/48
GW 12 733 Neutral DND+MUR 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings. To be used for the customization of the Chorus command devices. GW12731 and GW12732 suitable for one-way switches,
two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons. GW12733 suitable for three-way switches and push-buttons with central OFF position.

GW 12 733

Indicator light device

Double indicator lamp
Code Diffuser colour Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 736 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units not included.

GW 12 736

901
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
POWER - SATIN BLACK VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 12 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW 12 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 204

Italian standard double socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 208 2x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 12 208

Italian standard triple socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 12 209

902
Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

CHORUSMART
Italian standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 233 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 213

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 234 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.

GW 10 214

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 241

German standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 12 242

903
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 251

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 341 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 12 341

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 351

German Standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 241 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 241 F

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 251 F

904
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 12 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 246

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 248 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 12 248

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 258 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 258

French standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 247 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 12 247 F

French standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 257 F

905
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
French standard socket-outlet accessory, for dedicated lines
Code Colour For sockets Pack
Carton
GW 10 260 Red GW10257F - GW10258 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+E French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in dedicated line circuits.

GW 10 260

Socket-outlets - Israeli Standard

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 281 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 281

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 291

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 282 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 282

906
Socket-outlets - international standard

CHORUSMART
USA standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48

GW 12 286

Euro-American standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 12 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 12 288

British Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 296 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 6/48
GW 12 297 2P+E - 15A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 12 296

Indian/South African Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 298 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 12 298

907
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
South african standard socket-outlet - 250 V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 299 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4,5 mm 1 12/240
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 299

Argentinian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 301 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48

GW 12 301

Australian standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 306 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 12 307 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 6/48

GW 12 306

Multistandard socket-outlet - 250/127V ac

Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 310 2P+E - 13A/250 V ac - 15A/127 V ac 2 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for plugs compliant with the following standards: Europlug 2P 2.5A - 250V, British 2P+E 13A - 250V, Italian 2P 10A - 250V, Danish 2P 10A - 250V, Chinese 2P+E 10A - 250V, Argentinean/
Australian 2P+E 10A - 250V, Indian 2P+E 6A - 250V, USA 2P+E 15A - 127V. Not suitable for 2P+E German and French sockets because they don’t offer earth continuity.
NOTES: the multistandard energy sockets GW1x310 are in compliance with the safety requirements defined by the International Standard IEC 60884-1. These sockets may not be in compliance with the standard sheets
used in the country where they are sold, hence their usage could be prohibited or however, restricted only for specific applications. The plugs allowed are listed in the technical datasheet. Please contact directly Gewiss
technical service for further information.

GW 12 310

Chinese standard socket-outlets - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 391 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 12 392 2P+E - 16A Flat 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 12 392

908
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

CHORUSMART
Interlocked switched socket-outlets with miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac
Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
breakers Carton
GW 12 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/6
GW 12 312 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 12 311

Interlocked switched socket-outlets with residual miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac

Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking Idn No. modules Pack
breakers capacity Carton
GW 12 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/4
GW 12 322 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 12 321

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 12 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 12 331

DATA - SATIN BLACK VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 12 362 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 12 363 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24 V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5dB GW12362 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 12 361

909
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - female F connector
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 12 372 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 12 373 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24 V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5dB GW12372 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet
towards the user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 12 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 12 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 12 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW12381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW12382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW12383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 12 382

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 367 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 12 367

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 377 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 12 377

Covers for TV-SAT-R antenna sockets

Code Description No. holes Pack
Carton
GW 12 386 For TV-R base 2 1/24
GW 12 387 For TV/R-SAT base 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for integration on the Chorus range of TV-SAT-R standard bases available on the market.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

GW 12 386

910
Telephone sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 12 401

RJ11 telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 409 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 12 409

British standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 406 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

GW 12 406

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 12 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 12 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 12 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 12 421

911
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Adapters for housing data connectors
Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
GW 12 438 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the GEWISS
adapter.

GW 12 431

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 433 AMP / Keystone Jack 2 4/100
NOTES: due to technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the data socket and the GEWISS empty
enclosure.

GW 12 433

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

Socket-outlets for auxiliary circuits

SELV sockets
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 451 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
GW 12 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised Flat 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: Centre distance 12,4mm.

GW 12 451

912
 Audio and video sockets

CHORUSMART
Audio and video sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW 12 454 For loudspeaker 1 1/24
GW 12 458 Speaker socket 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW12454 welding connection. GW12458 front access terminals for inserting 1.5 mm² rigid wires, insulator punching rear connection suitable for cables AWG24 or max 0.25mm².

GW 12 453

USB and HDMI couplers and sockets

USB sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 459 USB socket-outlet 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type USB 2.0 female connector, with screw terminals on the back.

GW 12 459

USB and HDMI couplers

Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

USB chargers
USB power supply for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output Max. total PD USB-IF Outputs/N° No. Pack
voltage power output and type modules Carton
GW 12 449 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5V dc 15 W - - 2 / A+C 1 1/10
GW 12 415 j 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 30 W Yes Yes 1/C 1 1/12
GW 12 417 k 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 63 W Yes Yes 2/C 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW12449 USB charger suitable for charging a single electronic device (e.g., tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g., tablet and smartphone). The distribution of power output across the two ports
depends on the charging status of the connected devices.
GW12415 USB charger for fast charging up to 30W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging electronic devices such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, and smartwatches. Charging compatibility with
market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW12417 USB charger for fast charging up to 63W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging one or two electronic devices simultaneously, such as PCs, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, and small power
tools. Charging compatibility with market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.

GW 12 415

NEWS
Availability: j July 2025 k November 2025

913
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
PROTECTION - SATIN BLACK VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 461 Single pole (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 12 462 Single pole (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 12 463 Single pole (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 12 466 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 12 467 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 12 468 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12

GW 12 463

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity Idn No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 482 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 12 483 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 12 485 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 12 486 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 12 488 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 12 489 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6

GW 12 488

Protection devices
Fuse holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 491 16 Ø 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.

GW 12 491

Surge protection device - 230V ac

Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 492 275 V ac 50/60Hz 1 kV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage (resulting from atmospheric conditions or manoeuvres) that could be channelled from the power supply lines.

GW 12 492

914
INDICATOR - SATIN BLACK VERSION

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1/2 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 641 Opal diffuser Neutral 1/2 2/48
GW 12 642 Green Safety 1/2 2/48
GW 12 643 Red Danger 1/2 2/48
GW 12 644 Amber Attention 1/2 2/48
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 12 642

Single indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 621 Opal diffuser Neutral 1 1/24
GW 12 622 Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 12 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
GW 12 624 Amber Attention 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATION: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 12 622

Double indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 628 Opal diffuser 1 1/24
GW 12 629 Red/green 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 12 629

Protruding indicator lamps - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 631 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 12 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green White LED 2 1/24
GW 12 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red White LED 2 1/24
GW 12 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber White LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 12 633

915
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp
Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 12 656 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.

GW 12 656

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply batteries Minimum autonomy Lamp Pack
Carton
GW 12 661 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2h White LED 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for anti black-out, inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket-outlet of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 12 661

Anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 12 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 12 662

Autonomous emergency lamps

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 12 663 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 2 1/6
GW 12 666 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green mains presence signal LED. Highly efficient, white LED lamps.
APPLICATIONS: compliant with standards EN60598-2-22.

GW 12 663

916
Acoustic signalling devices

CHORUSMART
Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 12 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 12 601

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 12 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 12 606

917
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - SATIN BLACK VERSION

Timer devices
Electronic daily/weekly timer, 1-channel
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 581 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO/NC 8A(AC1)/4A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with rechargeable buffer battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (date, day, time) in the event of a blackout.

GW 12 581

Temperature control devices

Connected thermostat - ZigBee
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 709 100 - 240 V ac/dc - 50/60 Hz 1 NO / NC 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounted thermostat for the control of heating/cooling systems with manual temperature management and possibility of shutdown. Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF),
proportional-integral (PWM). The thermostat can control a solenoid valve for heating or cooling through a local contact or via Zigbee, in which case the solenoid valve must be controlled by a Zigbee actuator. GWA1521,
GWA1522, GWA1523, GW1x826, GWA1201, and GWA1202 Zigbee connected actuators can be used.
The thermostat is equipped with integrated temperature and humidity sensors. The thermostat has an input for a NTC sensor (GW10800 and GW1x900 sensors can be used) for external temperature measurement (e.g.,
for compensation of temperatures measured locally by the thermostat or for protection in case of underfloor heating/cooling).
APPLICATIONS: climate control (heating or cooling) of a housing unit or area; option to manage a daily or weekly heating/cooling profile via the APP. The device measures humidity, if a threshold (defined during
configuration) is exceeded, Zigbee can activate a dehumidification system and display/notify the measurement on the APP.
Use in traditional unconnected systems: the connected thermostat can also be used in traditional unconnected installations. In this case, configuration is not carried out via the APP and the NTC sensor input can only be
used to compensate for the temperature measurement detected locally by the thermostat.
GW 12 709

Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 12 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 12 705

Thermo ICE wi-fi thermostat - wall-mounting

Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CN Black 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy). Control
algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface with
touch controls (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming temperature
profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or remotely via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS: The THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
GW 16 970 CN NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

918
Dimmer

CHORUSMART
Universal rotating electronic regulator
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 575 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for dimming incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ac (10-160 W); low-voltage halogen lamps (12 V ac) with electronic transformers (10-160 W) and LED lamps 230 V ac (4-160W), rotary
control with 2-way switch. Equipped with amber-colour-red signalling LED. Can be operated without neutral connection.
NOTES: the installation of more than one dimmer side-by-side in a single container is not permitted. To avoid overheating, insert a blanking module between two dimmers. If installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%.

GW 12 575

Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 12 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW12567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW12564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact GEWISS Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 12 564

Universal electronic regulators with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 572 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
GW 12 573 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V
AC with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-
buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 12 572 A

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 568 230V ac - 50 Hz 60 - 500 W 60 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 12 568

919
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
TECHNICAL ALARMS - SATIN BLACK VERSION

GAS detectors
LPG detector
Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 711 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 12 711

Methane gas detector

Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 712 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 12 712

Power supply unit 12Vdc

Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 720 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 300 mA 52x33x17 1/10
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering LPG detectors (GW1x711, GW2x868, GW30520), methane detectors (GW1x712, GW2x867, GW30519); Thermo ICE KNX (GW16974CB, GW16974CL, GW16974CN,
GW16974CT) thermostats.

GW 10 720

920
Anti-flood system with Zigbee wireless transmission

CHORUSMART
Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Blanking module for housing RF Zigbee actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 12 750 Satin black 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-module blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and fast identification of the flush-mounting RF Zigbee actuator.
NOTES: snap-in assembly.

GW 12 750

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

921
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps - 2W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50
GW 20 903 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50

GW 20 902

Accessories
Set of 2 keys for command devices
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

922
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
923
ChoruSmart
Glossy titanium modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite
combination between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is
able to satisfy all design, functional and installation requirements. Available
in glossy painted titanium, innovative and trendy, they include rocker button
keys with ½, 1 and 2 modules to optimise space, and axial keys in EVO or
SMART version for advanced functions. The front attachment system facilitates
assembly and release without removing the support.

COMMAND - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

Command devices - rockers - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 14 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 14 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 14 021 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 12/24
GW 14 022 1P - 10AX illuminable With diffuser 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 14 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 14 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 14 001
GW 14 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48
GW 14 005 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 12/24
GW 14 006 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 14 034 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 14 035 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW14006 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.
GW 14 004

One-way switch 2P - 250V ac - heavy duty loads

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 007 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 12/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 14 007

924
 Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 14 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 14 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 14 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
GW 14 054 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1/12
No. modules: 1/2
GW 14 061 1P - 10AX Neutral 100 W 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 14 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 14 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 14 051
GW 14 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW14054 equipped with 2 keys. Key extractable in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 14 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 14 093 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 14 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 14 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 14 103 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 14 091

Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 14 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 14 121

Three-way switch 2P - 250 V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 122 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 14 122

925
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 14 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 14 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 14 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 14 137 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 12/24
GW 14 138 1P NC+NO - 16 A Stop Red 12/24
GW 14 139 1P NO+NC - 16 A Start Green 12/24
GW 14 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 14 141 1P NO+NO - 16 A Double - 12/24
GW 14 131 GW 14 142 1P NO - 16A illuminable Green diffuser - 12/24
GW 14 143 1P NO - 16A illuminable Red diffuser - 12/24
GW 14 144 1P NO - 16A illuminable Opal diffuser - 12/24
GW 14 151 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Light 12/24
GW 14 152 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Key 12/24
GW 14 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 1/2
GW 14 161 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 6/24
GW 14 162 1P NO - 10A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
No. modules: 2
GW 14 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 14 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 14 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW14136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW14140 Button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).
GW14141 independent push-buttons that can also be activated simultaneously.

Push-buttons 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 134 2P NO - 16A Neutral O 12/24
GW 14 135 2P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 14 145 2P NO - 10A With key - 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: GW14145 equipped with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

GW 14 134

Push-buttons 1P with illuminated name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 191 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm (not included) 2W 6/24
No. modules: 3
GW 14 192 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 4/16
CHARACTERISTICS: lamp not included.

GW 14 191

926
Command devices - rockers - quick wiring terminals

CHORUSMART
One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 031 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 14 032 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 14 033 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 031 F

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V Pack
LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 034 F 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 6/24
GW 14 035 F 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 034 F

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 071 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 14 072 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 14 073 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 071 F

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 101 F 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 14 102 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
GW 14 103 F 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 101 F

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Pack
Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 171 F 1P NO - 16A Neutral 6/24
GW 14 172 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser 6/24
GW 14 173 F 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 171 F

927
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Combined command devices - rockers - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of Pack
230V LED lamps Carton
No. modules: 2
GW 14 078 F Twin two-way switch 1P - 16 AX Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 14 159 F Two-way switch 1P - 16 AX / Push-button 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 200 W 6/24
GW 14 160 F Twin push-button 1P NO - 16 A Neutral UP - DOWN - STOP - 6/24
NOTES: spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 160 F

Command devices - axial - screw terminals

Axial switch module - EVO
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 671 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
GW 10 672 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: devices for the control of 1 On/Off lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for the control of incandescent and halogen (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent lamps
(240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Local push button with axial activation for control of the lamps connected to the device.
Equipped with 1 input to replicate the local control of the load via auxiliary module GW10677-GW10678 or NO-type and 1 input buttons for the centralisation OFF function.
APPLICATIONS: Bistable, monostable and timed load command. Centralisation function (OFF) by means of a dedicated input, the possibility of being able to switch the load on by means of auxiliary axial modules or
NO-type buttons. The devices are equipped with a configurable blue LED that can be set to OFF, easy location mode or for signalling the connected load status.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10671 must be completed with the GW14553S or GW14557S button keys. The GW10674 must be completed with the GW14554S or GW14558S
button keys.

GW 10 671

Axial dimmer module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 673 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
GW 10 674 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two local axial operated buttons for dimming the connected load.
Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type buttons or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to add a load switching-on function through auxiliary axial modules or NO-type buttons, or inputs can be set, via
programming, for the centralised OFF function. The devices are equipped with configurable blue LEDs that can be set to OFF, location mode or for signalling the connected load.
NOTES: To avoid overheating, multiple dimmers cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure. Insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two dimmers are installed in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. The devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10673 must be completed with the GW14553S or GW14557S button keys; GW10674
must be completed with the GW14554S or GW14558S button keys.

GW 10 673

Axial roller shutter module - EVO

Code Supply voltage Max current supplied No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 675 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
GW 10 676 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., through 2 live interlocked output contacts. Two axial-operated local buttons control the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the auxiliary module GW10679, GW10680 or NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating the centralisation function.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. The dedicated inputs can be used to operate roller-shutters/venetian blinds via the auxiliary axial modules or NO-type up/down buttons, or they can be set,
through programming, for centralisation functions (Up/Down). The devices are equipped with blue LEDs which can be configured to facilitate location at night and to signal the movement of the roller-shutter/Venetian blind.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10675 must be completed with the GW14553S or GW14557S button keys.GW10676 must be completed with the GW14554S or GW14558S button
keys.

GW 10 675

1-command auxiliary axial modules

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 677 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 678 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO switch modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10677 must be completed with the GW14551S or GW14555S button keys. GW10678 must be completed with the GW14552S or GW14556S button
keys.

GW 10 677

928
 2-command auxiliary axial modules
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton

CHORUSMART
GW 10 679 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 1 1/12
GW 10 680 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz n. 2 x 1A (AC1) 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: auxiliary controls to be used in conjunction with the EVO dimmer and roller-shutter modules.
The devices are equipped with blue LEDs for easy location or for displaying the status of the load.
APPLICATIONS: when connected to the local inputs of the EVO axial controls, they allow replication of the local load control or the management of centralised controls.
NOTES: the devices must be completed with a front button key: GW10679 must be completed with the GW14553S or GW14557S button keys. GW10680 must be completed with the GW14554S or GW14558S button
keys.

GW 10 679

Interchangeable keys and diffusers for axial devices

Code Colour Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 551 S Glossy Titanium To be completed with lens 1 1/48
GW 14 552 S Glossy Titanium To be completed with lens 2 1/48
GW 14 553 S Glossy Titanium To be completed with 2 lenses 1 1/48
GW 14 554 S Glossy Titanium To be completed with 2 lenses 2 1/48
GW 14 555 S Glossy Titanium With 1 diffuser 1 1/48
GW 14 556 S Glossy Titanium With 1 diffuser 2 1/48
GW 14 557 S Glossy Titanium With 2 diffusers 1 1/48
GW 14 558 S Glossy Titanium With 2 diffusers 2 1/48
NOTES: for use to complete the EVO axial modules and auxiliary axial controls.

GW 14 551 S

Lens with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable rocker command devices
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 10 501 Neutral 20/240
GW 10 502 Light 20/240
GW 10 503 Stair light 20/240
GW 10 504 Table light 20/240
GW 10 505 Bell 20/240
GW 10 506 Fan 20/240
GW 10 507 Key 20/240
GW 10 508 Alarm 20/240
GW 10 509 ON 20/240
GW 10 510 OFF 20/240
GW 10 511 Nurse 20/240
GW 10 512 Waitress 20/240
GW 10 513 Dimmer increase 20/240
GW 10 514 Dimmer decrease 20/240
GW 10 515 UP arrow 20/240
GW 10 516 DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 517 UP - DOWN arrow 20/240
GW 10 518 RIGHT - LEFT arrow 20/240
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 10 531 One 20/240
GW 10 532 Two 20/240
GW 10 533 Three 20/240
GW 10 534 Four 20/240
GW 10 535 Five 20/240
GW 10 536 Six 20/240
GW 10 537 Seven 20/240
GW 10 538 Eight 20/240
GW 10 539 Nine 20/240
GW 10 540 Zero 20/240
NOTES: for use in place of the neutral lens in the illuminated tilting control devices.

929
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Lenses with illuminating symbols for axial button keys
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 501 A Neutral 24
GW 10 502 A Light 24
GW 10 503 A Stair light 24
GW 10 504 A Table light 24
GW 10 505 A Bell 24
GW 10 506 A Burglar alarm 24
GW 10 507 A Key 24
GW 10 508 A ON OFF 24
GW 10 509 A ON 24
GW 10 510 A OFF 24
GW 10 511 A Socket-outlet 24
GW 10 512 A Dimmers 24
GW 10 513 A Dimmer increase 24
GW 10 514 A Dimmer decrease 24
GW 10 515 A Arrow 24
GW 10 516 A Open 24
GW 10 517 A Close 24
GW 10 518 A Roller shutter 24
GW 10 519 A Roller shutter up 24
GW 10 520 A Roller shutter down 24
GW 10 521 A Curtain open 24
GW 10 522 A Curtain close 24
GW 10 523 A Floor light 24
GW 10 524 A Ceiling light 24
GW 10 525 A Wall light 24
GW 10 526 A Aisle light 24
GW 10 527 A Scenario 24
GW 10 528 A Party 24
GW 10 529 A In 24
GW 10 530 A Out 24
GW 10 531 A Good morning 24
GW 10 532 A Good night 24
GW 10 533 A TV 24
GW 10 534 A Heating 24
GW 10 535 A Cooling 24
GW 10 536 A Heating/Cooling 24
GW 10 537 A Comfort 24
GW 10 538 A Precomfort 24
GW 10 539 A Economy 24
GW 10 540 A Auto 24
GW 10 541 A Do not disturb 24
GW 10 542 A Make up the room 24
NOTES: for use to customise the interchangeable push buttons for axial controls with 1 and 2 lenses.

Interchangeable button keys and diffusers for rocker devices

Button keys for rocker controls and interchangeable diffusers for indicator lights
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
Description: Keys 22x22 mm
GW 14 541 General 4/48
GW 14 543 Key 4/48
GW 14 544 Bell 4/48
GW 14 545 Vertical arrow 4/48
GW 14 546 Horizontal arrow 4/48
Description: Diffusers
GW 10 547 Red 4/48
GW 10 548 Green 4/48
GW 10 549 Opal diffuser 4/48
APPLICATIONS: diffusers to be used in place of those on the indicator lamps GW14142,GW14143,GW14144.
NOTES: the Chorusmart modular system allows the use of 22 x 22mm interchangeable button keys in place of the standard button keys fitted on the command devices GW14141, GW14142, GW14143, GW14144.

930
Soft-click, rocker electronic push buttons

CHORUSMART
Universal soft-click electronic push-button
Code Type of contact Button key Type of use No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 915 1NO/NC 4A (AC1) 230 V ac - Potential-free Neutral Relay, dimmer, bus contacts interfaces 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button suitable for connection of KNX BUS contact interfaces, or the command of bistable relays, electronic one-way switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.

GW 14 915

Backlit soft-click electronic push-button

Code Supply voltage Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
GW 14 912 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 4A (AC1) 230 V ac With diffuser Relay, dimmer 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for controlling latching relays, electronic switches for heavy duty loads, or dimmers with a remote control input.
Equipped with amber backlit LED.

GW 14 912

Backlit soft-click electronic push-buttons for BUS inputs

Code Type of contact Button key Type of use Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 913 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
GW 14 916 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/12
No. modules: 2
GW 14 917 1NO - Potential-free With diffuser Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
GW 14 918 1NO - Potential-free With replaceable neutral lens Bus contacts interfaces 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: push-button for BUS inputs, suitable for KNX BUS contact interface connections. Equipped with 2-colour (amber/green) LED with colour selector (can be set up to work as a night-time localisation
lamp or to indicate the load status).

GW 14 913

Double soft-click electronic push-button

Code Type of contact Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 914 Dual, potential-free and with interlock Neutral UP - DOWN 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: double push-button suitable for connecting KNX BUS contact interfaces or electronic control panels for moving roller shutters.

GW 14 914

931
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Touch command modules

Touch one-way switch module
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 922 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 NO 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: device for the On/Off control of 1 lighting device through a live output contact. Suitable for control of incandescent and halogen lamps (240Vac): 1000W, LED lamps (240Vac): 100W, fluorescent
lamps (240Vac): 120W, halogen lamps powered by electronic transformers (240Vac): 250VA. Equipped with 1 input for replicating local control of the load via the GW10924 auxiliary touch control modules, NO-type
buttons and 1 input for the centralisation of the OFF function. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification
by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: bistable, monostable and timed load control. Centralisation function (OFF) through the dedicated input.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 922

Touch dimmer module

Code Supply voltage Halogen load Inductive load LED load No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 923 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 4 ÷ 150 W 4 - 150 VA 4 ÷ 150 W 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: trailing edge load drive mode (max. 5 lamps). Two touch areas for dimming the connected load. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the load via the auxiliary touch 2-command
modules GW10925, NO-type buttons, or for creating the centralisation function OFF. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer,
function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the dimmable load connected to the devices. Centralised OFF function, via dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, multiple products cannot be installed side-by-side inside in the same enclosure; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. When installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%. To be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 923

Touch roller shutter module

Code Supply voltage Maximum output power No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 921 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2,3 A 240 V ac (according to IEC 60669-2-1) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Devices for the control of a motor to operate roller-shutters, curtains, venetian blinds, awnings, etc., by means of 2 interlocked live output contacts. Two touch areas for controlling the motor
connected to the device. Equipped with 2 inputs for replicating local control of the motor via the touch auxiliary 2-command modules GW10925, NO-type up/down buttons, or for creating a centralisation function (up/
down). The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
APPLICATIONS: control of the motor connected to the devices. Centralisation function (Up/Down) by means of a dedicated inputs.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 921

1-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 924 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10922 module. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable built-in buzzer, function
identification by means of icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed using ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 924

2-command auxiliary touch module

Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 925 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz - 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for controlling the GW10921 and GW10923 modules. The device is equipped with blue LEDs for easy location that can be set to two different light intensity levels. Excludable, built-in buzzer
and functions identifiable by the icons on the ICE touch plates.
NOTES: to be completed with ICE touch plates (codes: GW16955CB, GW16955CL, GW16955CN, GW16955CT).

GW 10 925

932
ICE TOUCH plates

CHORUSMART
ICE TOUCH - titanium
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 955 CT 6 touch areas GW16803, GW16803N 1
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish. The plate is to be used in combination with the touch modules (switch module GW10922, roller shutter module GW10921, dimmer module GW10923, 1-control auxiliary module
GW10924, 2-control auxiliary module GW10925).
NOTES: the symbols displayed in the image are purely indicative: they may be customised using the icons supplied with the touch plate. The code of the plate is unique and independent of the number of icons used (from
2 to 6).

GW 16 955 CT

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 14 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 14 198 2 modules 2 1/48
GW 14 199 3 modules 3 1/48

GW 14 195

Cable outlet
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 194 2 modules 2 6/48
GW 14 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: GW14196 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.
GW14194 with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 4mm ø, max 10mm ø. To be installed with the cable output downwards.

GW 14 194

933
ChoruSmart - Modular devices

Movement detectors
Movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts Pack
Carton
GW 14 594 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO 3 A (AC1) 230 V ac 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited.
Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive loads: 700 W, incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps:
2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA, LED loads: 60 W (max. 10 lamps).
Not suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through.
Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly. Detection beam angle 120°, depth of detection max 8 metres.

GW 14 594

Ceiling-mounted presence detector

Code Supply voltage Installation height (m) Light sensor Dimensions HxØ (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 595 220/240 V ac - 50/60 Hz From 2,2 to 6 < 3 ÷ 2000 Lux 44x111,5 1
CHARACTERISTICS: presence sensor, sensing range: 360° circle (max. diameter 18 metres); installable with fixing springs on a surface-mounted or recessed box. Suitable for the control of incandescent/halogen lamps:
1000W, LED lamps : 200W (4 / 23 W - max. 8 lamps).
NOTES: equipped with a surface-mount box capable of holding sensors from IP20 to IP44.

GW 10 595

Relay
Relay - 230V ac 50/60Hz
Code Type No. of poles Output contacts Coil Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 14 721 Latching relay 1P 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
GW 14 724 Monostable relay 1P 1NO/NC 10A(AC1)/2A(AC15)250V ac 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14721 suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 1000 W: fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact
fluorescent lamps (CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: GW14721 command of lighting devices from more than one point, by means of remote NO push-buttons.
GW14721, motor function/stop commands (extractors, air agitators, etc.).
GW14724 as an auxiliary element for commanding special loads, for distance signalling, for electrical separation between the command and use circuits.

GW 14 721

Call relay - 12V ac/dc

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 726 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms (e.g. GW14136) and alarm reset (e.g. GW14145). green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 14 726

934
HOTEL COMPONENTS - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

CHORUSMART
Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 14 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted)
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 14 039

Interchangeable button keys

Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 731 With diffuser DND 1 4/48
GW 14 732 With diffuser MUR 1 4/48
GW 14 733 Neutral DND+MUR 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings. To be used for the customization of the Chorus command devices. GW14731 and GW14732 suitable for one-way switches,
two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons. GW14733 suitable for three-way switches and push-buttons with central OFF position.

GW 14 733

Indicator light device

Double indicator lamp
Code Diffuser colour Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 736 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units not included.

GW 14 736

935
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
POWER - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 14 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 204 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
GW 14 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 204

Italian standard double socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 208 2x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 2 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 14 208

Italian standard triple socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 209 3x2P+E - 16A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 3 4/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 14 209

936
Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

CHORUSMART
Italian standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 233 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 213

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 234 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary network.

GW 10 214

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 241

German standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 14 242

937
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 10 251

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 341 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 14 341

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 10 351

German Standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 241 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 241 F

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 10 251 F

938
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 14 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 246

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 248 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.

GW 14 248

French Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 258 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Front access terminals with screw fixing, side input of the conductors.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 258

French standard socket-outlet with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 247 F 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.

GW 14 247 F

French standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with quick wiring terminals - 250 V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 257 F 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Spring quick wiring, no tools necessary.
To be used in combination with plugs equipped with accessory GW10260.

GW 10 257 F

939
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
French standard socket-outlet accessory, for dedicated lines
Code Colour For sockets Pack
Carton
GW 10 260 Red GW10257F - GW10258 10/100
CHARACTERISTICS: to be fixed directly on the 2P+E French standard plug, to avoid the incorrect insertion in dedicated line circuits.

GW 10 260

Socket-outlets - Israeli Standard

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 281 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 281

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.

GW 10 291

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 282 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 282

940
Socket-outlets - international standard

CHORUSMART
USA standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 286 2P+E - 15A Flat parallel horizontal 1 12/48

GW 14 286

Euro-American Standard socket-outlets - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 14 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 14 288

British Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 296 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 6/48
GW 14 297 2P+E - 15A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 14 296

Indian/South African Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 298 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 14 298

941
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
South african standard socket-outlet - 250 V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 299 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4,5 mm 1 12/240
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 299

Argentinean standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 301 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48

GW 14 301

Australian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 306 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 14 307 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 6/48

GW 14 306

Multistandard socket-outlet - 250/127 V ac

Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 310 2P+E - 13A/250 V ac - 15A/127 V ac 2 10/40
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for plugs compliant with the following standards: Europlug 2P 2.5A - 250V, British 2P+E 13A - 250V, Italian 2P 10A - 250V, Danish 2P 10A - 250V, Chinese 2P+E 10A - 250V, Argentinean/
Australian 2P+E 10A - 250V, Indian 2P+E 6A - 250V, USA 2P+E 15A - 127V. Not suitable for 2P+E German and French sockets because they don’t offer earth continuity.
NOTES: the multistandard energy sockets GW1x310 are in compliance with the safety requirements defined by the International Standard IEC 60884-1. These sockets may not be in compliance with the standard sheets
used in the country where they are sold, hence their usage could be prohibited or however, restricted only for specific applications. The plugs allowed are listed in the technical datasheet. Please contact directly Gewiss
technical service for further information.

GW 14 310

Chinese standard socket-outlets - 250 V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 391 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 6/48
GW 14 392 2P+E - 16A Flat 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 14 392

942
Interlocked switched socket-outlets

CHORUSMART
Interlocked switched socket-outlets with miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac
Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
breakers Carton
GW 14 311 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 2 1/6
GW 14 312 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 14 311

Interlocked switched socket-outlets with residual miniature circuit breaker - 230V ac

Code Description Socket-out type Miniature circuit Breaking Idn No. modules Pack
breakers capacity Carton
GW 14 321 2P+E - 16A P17-P11 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 3 1/4
GW 14 322 2P+E - 16A P40 1P+N 16A 3 kA 10 mA 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: Interlocked switched socket-outlets with automatic miniature circuit breaker (C characteristic) and residual current circuit breaker (type A). Pits under tension only with plug inserted.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for installation in the system terminations to protect the load.

GW 14 321

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American Standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 14 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 14 331

DATA - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 14 362 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 14 363 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5dB GW14362 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load. (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination)

GW 14 361

943
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz) class A shielding - female F connector
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
GW 14 372 Through wiring 5 dB 1 1/24
GW 14 373 Through wiring 10 dB 1 1/24
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500mA).
GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5dB GW14372 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditional use: it is a special feedthrough socket-outlet, and must be used as such, with the only difference that the user port (socket-outlet
towards the user device) must always be closed with a 75-Ohm load (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 14 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 14 382 TV-FM-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 14 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW14381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW14382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW14383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 14 382

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 367 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 14 367

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 Mhz), class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 377 Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 14 377

Covers for TV-SAT-R antenna sockets

Code Description No. holes Pack
Carton
GW 14 386 For TV-R base 2 1/24
GW 14 387 For TV/R-SAT base 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: suitable for integration on the Chorus range of TV-SAT-R standard bases available on the market.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: fixing screws.

GW 14 386

944
Telephone sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 14 401

RJ11 telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 409 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 2 1/24
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 14 409

British standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 406 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

GW 14 406

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 14 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 14 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 14 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 14 421

945
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Adapters for housing data connectors
Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
GW 14 438 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the Gewiss
adapter.

GW 14 431

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 433 AMP / Keystone Jack 2 4/100
NOTES: due to technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the data socket and the Gewiss empty
enclosure.

GW 14 433

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

Socket-outlets for auxiliary circuits

SELV sockets
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 451 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
GW 14 452 2P - 6A - 24V polarised Flat 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: Centre distance 12,4mm.

GW 14 451

946
 Audio and video sockets

CHORUSMART
Audio and video sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 453 Double RCA 1 1/24
GW 14 454 For loudspeaker 1 1/24
GW 14 458 Speaker socket 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14453 double RCA stud connector, red and white, weld-in connection.
GW14454, welding connection. GW14458 front access terminals for inserting 1.5mm² rigid wires, insulator punching rear connection suitable for cables AWG24 or max 0.25mm².

GW 14 453

USB and HDMI couplers and sockets

USB sockets
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 459 USB socket-outlet 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: A-type USB 2.0 female connector, with screw terminals on the back.

GW 14 459

USB and HDMI couplers

Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

USB chargers
USB power supply for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output Max. total PD USB-IF Outputs/N° No. Pack
voltage power output and type modules Carton
GW 14 449 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5V dc 15 W - - 2 / A+C 1 1/10
GW 14 415 j 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 30 W Yes Yes 1/C 1 1/12
GW 14 417 k 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 5-9-15-20 V dc 63 W Yes Yes 2/C 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: GW14449 USB charger suitable for charging a single electronic device (e.g., tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g., tablet and smartphone). The distribution of power output across the two ports
depends on the charging status of the connected devices.
GW14415 USB charger for fast charging up to 30W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging electronic devices such as notebooks, tablets, smartphones, and smartwatches. Charging compatibility with
market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.
GW14417 USB charger for fast charging up to 63W with Power Delivery technology. Suitable for charging one or two electronic devices simultaneously, such as PCs, tablets, smartphones, smartwatches, and small power
tools. Charging compatibility with market devices is guaranteed by USB-IF certification.

GW 14 415

NEWS
Availability: j July 2025 k November 2025

947
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
PROTECTION - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 461 Single pole (1P) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 14 462 Single pole (1P) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 14 463 Single pole (1P) 16 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 14 466 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 14 467 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 1 1/12
GW 14 468 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 1 1/12

GW 14 463

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Rated current (A) Breaking capacity Idn No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 482 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 14 483 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 14 485 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 14 486 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6
GW 14 488 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 10 mA 2 1/6
GW 14 489 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 3 kA 30 mA 2 1/6

GW 14 488

Protection devices
Fuse holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 491 16 Ø 6.3x32 mm 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: fuse not included.

GW 14 491

Surge protection device - 230V ac

Code Uc Up No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 492 275 V ac 50/60Hz 1 kV 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for status signalling.
APPLICATIONS: protection for electronic devices (TV, HI-FI, computer, etc.) from overvoltage of atmospheric origin, or manoeuvres, that could be channelled by the power supply lines.

GW 14 492

948
INDICATOR - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1/2 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 641 Opal diffuser Neutral 1/2 2/48
GW 14 642 Green Safety 1/2 2/48
GW 14 643 Red Danger 1/2 2/48
GW 14 644 Amber Attention 1/2 2/48
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 14 642

Single indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 621 Opal diffuser Neutral 1 1/24
GW 14 622 Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 14 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
GW 14 624 Amber Attention 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 14 622

Double indicator lamps - 1 module

Code Diffuser colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 628 Opal diffuser 1 1/24
GW 14 629 Red/green 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 14 629

Protruding indicator lamps - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 631 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 14 632 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Green White LED 2 1/24
GW 14 633 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red White LED 2 1/24
GW 14 634 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Amber White LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 14 633

949
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp
Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 651 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 2 1/24
GW 14 656 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Opal diffuser White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.

GW 14 656

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply batteries Minimum autonomy Lamp Pack
Carton
GW 14 661 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 2h White LED 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with a 3-position selector on the front panel, for anti black-out, inhibition and night functioning.
To be inserted in any socket-outlet of the Italian, German or French type. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 14 661

Anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 14 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 14 662

Autonomous emergency lamps

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 14 663 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 2 1/6
GW 14 666 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h White LED 4 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: green mains presence signal LED. Highly efficient, white LED lamps.
APPLICATIONS: compliant with standard EN60598-2-22.

GW 14 663

950
Acoustic signalling devices

CHORUSMART
Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 601 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 14 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 14 601

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 606 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
GW 14 607 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 70 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 14 606

951
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

Timer devices
Electronic daily/weekly timer, 1-channel
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 581 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO/NC 8A(AC1)/4A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with rechargeable buffer battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (date, day, time) in the event of a blackout.

GW 14 581

Temperature control devices

Connected thermostat - ZigBee
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 709 100 - 240 V ac/dc - 50/60 Hz 1 NO / NC 5A (AC1) 240 V ac 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: flush-mounted thermostat for the control of heating/cooling systems with manual temperature management and possibility of shutdown. Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF),
proportional-integral (PWM). The thermostat can control a solenoid valve for heating or cooling through a local contact or via Zigbee, in which case the solenoid valve must be controlled by a Zigbee actuator. GWA1521,
GWA1522, GWA1523, GW1x826, GWA1201, and GWA1202 Zigbee connected actuators can be used.
The thermostat is equipped with integrated temperature and humidity sensors. The thermostat has an input for a NTC sensor (GW10800 and GW1x900 sensors can be used) for external temperature measurement (e.g.,
for compensation of temperatures measured locally by the thermostat or for protection in case of underfloor heating/cooling).
APPLICATIONS: climate control (heating or cooling) of a housing unit or area; option to manage a daily or weekly heating/cooling profile via the APP. The device measures humidity, if a threshold (defined during
configuration) is exceeded, Zigbee can activate a dehumidification system and display/notify the measurement on the APP.
Use in traditional unconnected systems: the connected thermostat can also be used in traditional unconnected installations. In this case, configuration is not carried out via the APP and the NTC sensor input can only be
used to compensate for the temperature measurement detected locally by the thermostat.
GW 14 709

Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 14 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 14 705

Thermo ICE wi-fi thermostat - wall-mounting

Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CT Titanium 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy). Control
algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface with
touch controls (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming temperature
profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or remotely via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS: The THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
GW 16 970 CT NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

952
Dimmer

CHORUSMART
Universal rotating electronic regulator
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 575 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for dimming incandescent and halogen lamps 230 V ac (10-160 W); low-voltage halogen lamps (12 V ac) with electronic transformers (10-160 W) and LED lamps 230 V ac (4-160W), rotary
control with 2-way switch. Equipped with amber-colour-red signalling LED. Can be operated without neutral connection.
NOTES: the installation of more than one dimmer side-by-side in a single container is not permitted. To avoid overheating, insert a blanking module between two dimmers. If installing two dimmers in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be controlled by each dimmer must be reduced by 50%.

GW 14 575

Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 14 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW14567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW14564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact Gewiss Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 14 564

Universal electronic regulators with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 572 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
GW 14 573 A 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V
AC with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-
buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 14 572 A

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 568 230V ac - 50 Hz 60 - 500 W 60 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 14 568

953
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
TECHNICAL ALARMS - GLOSSY TITANIUM VERSION

Gas detectors
LPG detector
Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 711 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 14 711

Methane gas detector

Code Supply voltage Tripping threshold Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 712 12V ac/dc 9% LIE 1NO/NC 10A(NO)/3A(NC)250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: relay output for the automatic command of the gas interception solenoid valve (manual reset) GW30522. Sound intensity: 85dB at 1m.

GW 14 712

Power supply unit 12Vdc

Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current supplied Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 10 720 100 ÷ 240 V ac - 50/60 Hz 12V dc 300 mA 52x33x17 1/10
APPLICATIONS: to be used for powering LPG detectors (GW1x711, GW2x868, GW30520), methane detectors (GW1x712, GW2x867, GW30519); Thermo ICE KNX (GW16974CB, GW16974CL, GW16974CN,
GW16974CT) thermostats.

GW 10 720

954
Anti-flood system with Zigbee wireless transmission

CHORUSMART
Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Blanking module for housing RF Zigbee actuators

Code Colour No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 14 750 Glossy Titanium 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-module blanking module with pad printing. Allows the housing and fast identification of the flush-mounting RF Zigbee actuator.
NOTES: snap-in assembly.

GW 14 750

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

955
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps - 2W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50
GW 20 903 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White S6x36 50

GW 20 902

Accessories
Set of keys for command devices
Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

956
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
957
ChoruSmart
Glossy ivory modular devices
The ChoruSmart modular devices make it possible to create infinite combination
between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is able to satisfy all
design, functional and installation requirements. Available in glossy ivory, bright
and versatile, they include rocker button keys with 1 and 2 modules to optimise
space. The front attachment system facilitates assembly and release without
removing the support.

COMMAND - IVORY VERSION

Command devices - screw terminals

One-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 11 001 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 11 002 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 11 003 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 11 031 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 11 032 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 11 033 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 11 001

One-way switches 2P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 11 004 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 12/48

GW 11 004

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 11 051 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/96
GW 11 052 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
GW 11 053 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 11 071 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/24
GW 11 072 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/24
GW 11 073 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW 11 051

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED lamps Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 11 091 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 12/48
GW 11 092 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 11 101 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 6/12
GW 11 102 1P - 16AX illuminable With diffuser 200 W 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.

GW 11 091

958
 Three-way switches 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V LED Pack
lamps Carton

CHORUSMART
No. modules: 1
GW 11 121 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 11 123 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 11 121

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Pack
Carton
No. modules: 1
GW 11 131 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 12/96
GW 11 132 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 12/24
GW 11 133 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 12/24
GW 11 136 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1/12
GW 11 140 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 12/24
GW 11 153 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens Bell 12/24
No. modules: 2
GW 11 171 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 6/24
GW 11 172 1P NO - 16A illuminable With diffuser - 6/24
GW 11 131
GW 11 173 1P NO - 16A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 6/24
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use LED signalling units, not included.
GW11136 Cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW11140 button with mechanical interlock.
Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).

Badge switch
Badge switch
Code Description For badge card max. Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
width LED lamps Carton
GW 11 039 1P NO - 16 AX illuminable 54 mm 200 W 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: the product can be fitted directly in 2-module plates; with plates of a greater modularity, you are advised to use 2 blanking modules for a 1/2 module (one on the right and one on the left).
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted).
NOTES: badges not included. The article uses LED signalling units, not included.

GW 11 039

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 195 1 module 1 10/200
GW 11 197 1/2 module 1/2 4/48
GW 11 198 2 modules 2 1/48

GW 11 195

959
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
Cable outlet
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 196 1 module 1 1/48
NOTES: with anti-traction cable fastener device, cables min 6mm ø, max 10mm ø.

GW 11 196

POWER - IVORY VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 11 203

Socket-outlets - German Standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 241 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 11 241

German Standard socket-outlet with lid IP40 - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 242 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Equipped with a transparent rigid cover with a glossy finish. IP40 degree of protection with the cover closed.

GW 11 242

960
Socket-outlets - French Standard

CHORUSMART
French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 246 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 1/24
GW 11 247 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 11 246

Socket-outlets - international standard

Euro-American Standard socket-outlets - 250/125V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 287 2P - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48
GW 11 288 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm Flat 1 12/48

GW 11 288

Shaver socket-outlet
Euro-American Standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 11 331 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 11 331

961
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
DATA - IVORY VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 361 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW11361 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 11 361

Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz) class A shielding - female F connector

Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 371 Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: GW11371 allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 11 371

TV-FM-SAT sockets
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 381 TV-FM Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
GW 11 383 TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: TV-FM direct co-axial socket-outlet GW11381: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm.
TV-FM-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW11382: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female IEC-type FM connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
TV-SAT direct co-axial socket-outlet GW11383: male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm, female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlets with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 11 383

Telephone sockets
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 401 RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24

APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 11 401

962
Data sockets

CHORUSMART
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 421 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 11 422 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 11 423 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 11 424 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e; LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 11 421

Adapter for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 431 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the Gewiss
adapter.

GW 11 431

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (Chorus, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

USB and HDMI couplers

USB and HDMI couplers
Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System and Playbus) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

963
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
INDICATOR - IVORY VERSION

Indicator light devices

Single indicator lamps - 1 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 623 Red Danger 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 11 623

Anti black-out and emergency lamps

Anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. modules Pack
batteries Carton
GW 11 662 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni - Mh 1h LED 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED to indicate mains presence. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 11 662

Acoustic signalling devices

Ringers
Code Supply voltage Max power consumption Sound intensity No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 602 230V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 11 602

964
ENERGY MANAGEMENT, CLIMATE AND COMFORT - IVORY VERSION

CHORUSMART
Temperature control devices
Thermostat
Code Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts No. modules Pack
adjustment Carton
GW 11 705 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz From +5°C to +35°C 1NO / NC 8A(AC1) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: choice of working mode by means of selector located on the front: summer (air-conditioner), OFF, winter (boiler).
Two-colour front LED to signal the output status (open/closed contact). The lighting up of the LED also indicates mains presence.

GW 11 705

Dimmer
Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads
Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 564 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 900 W 40 - 300 VA 1 1/12
GW 11 567 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 100 - 500 W 100 - 500 VA 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW11567 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW11564 compliance with the EMC directive is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation provided
with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact Gewiss Customer Service
to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side by side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 11 564

Universal electronic regulator with push-button

Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 11 573 A 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 2 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: for the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V AC (40-300W), low voltage halogen lamps with electronic and winding transformers (40-300W), LED lamps 230V AC with
dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with
NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 11 573 A

965
ChoruSmart - Modular devices
ACCESSORIES

Signalling unit
LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

966
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

INNOVATIVE AESTHETIC VARIABILITY SCALABLE

ChoruSmart offers the best technologies for an The wide range of options for customising the ChoruSmart began as a traditional domestic
aesthetic and functional experience suitable for devices, in terms of colour and modularity, series, but with the addition of a few
every person. In particular, the new EVO axial ensures a vast choice of solutions. Six Connected Smart Home or Home&Building Pro
and touch controls offer the ability to centralize colourways are available: three with a satin elements, it can become smart and suitable
the management of lights and shutters with an finish and three with a glossy finish, for a perfect for both renovations and new buildings. The
extremely simplified installation. match between the devices and the plate. combination of colours, materials, finishes and
shapes offers something for every taste and
need.
967
 ChoruSmart

ONE plates - Antibacterial white

Technopolymer

GW 16 101 AB GW 16 102 AB GW 16 103 AB GW 16 104 AB

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules

GW 16 106 AB
6 modules

ONE International plates - Antibacterial white

Technopolymer

GW 16 122 AB GW 16 123 AB
2 modules 2+2 modules - horizontal

GW 16 124 AB
2+2 modules - vertical

GW 16 126 AB GW 16 127 AB
2+2+2 modules - horizontal 2+2+2 modules - vertical

Supports
Supports for round/square
and rectangular boxes (*)
round/square boxes (*)
Supports for

GW 16 821 With clutches - 2 modules GW 16 822 GW 16 802

GW 16 823 With long clutches - 2 modules With screws (not included) - 2 modules With screws - 2 modules
rectangular boxes (*)
Supports for

GW 16 803 GW 16 804 GW 16 806

With screws - 3 modules With screws - 4 modules With screws - 6 modules

(*) Without antibacterial treatment

968
 Command - Antibacterial white

CHORUSMART
Intermediate switches

Three-way switches
Two-way switches
One-way switches

GW 10 001 AB GW 10 004 AB GW 10 007 AB GW 10 051 AB GW 10 091 AB GW 10 122 AB

1M-1P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-25 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-2P-10 AX
Heavy-duty loads Positions 1-0-2
Push-buttons

GW 10 131 AB GW 10 136 AB GW 10 137 AB GW 10 140 AB

1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NO-16 A 1M-1P-NC-16 A 1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A
With pull-cord With interlock
illuminated symbols
Interchangeable

Lenses with
button keys

GW 10 505 AB GW 10 507 AB GW 10 511 AB

Bell Key Nurse
GW 10 738 AB GW 10 739 AB
With diffuser With neutral lens
Blanking modules

Relay

GW 10 195 AB GW 10 726 AB
1M Call
1M-1P-NO/NC-12 V ac/dc

Power - Antibacterial white

Italian/German
Italian

GW 10 201 AB GW 10 203 AB GW 10 213 AB GW 10 223 AB GW 10 204 AB GW 10 214 AB GW 10 224 AB

2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage - Illuminable (**) Dual amperage - Illuminable (**)
German

French

GW 10 241 AB GW 10 251 AB GW 10 341 AB GW 10 351 AB GW 10 247 AB

2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Front tightening terminals Front tightening terminals
Shaver socket-outlet
Israeli

GW 10 281 AB GW 10 291 AB GW 10 282 AB 2P- GW 10 331 AB

2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 10 A-250 V ac 230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Illuminable (**) Illuminable (**)

(**) supplied without signalling units

969
 Data - Antibacterial white
TV male IEC

TV-SAT

GW 10 361 AB GW 10 383 AB
0 dB 0 dB
Telephone sockets

SELV sockets
Data sockets

GW 10 401 AB GW 10 423 AB GW 10 424 AB GW 10 431 AB GW 10 451 AB

RJ11 RJ45 cat. 6 RJ45 cat. 6 AMP/Keystone 2P-6 A-24 V
UTP FTP Jack adapter

Signalling and adjustment - Antibacterial white

Protruding indicator
Single indicator
lamps

lamps

GW 10 622 AB GW 10 623 AB GW 10 633 AB

1M - Green 1M - Red 2M-12 V ac/dc-230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Illuminable (**) Illuminable (**) Red
Dimmer

GW 10 572A AB
Res./Ind. 40-300 W
Electr. transf. 40-300 W
LED 5-150 W

Accessories
Signalling units (*)
LED

GW 10 881 GW 10 882 GW 10 883 GW 10 884 GW 10 885 GW 10 894

Blue White Red Green Amber White
230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 12/24 V ac/dc

(**) supplied without signalling units

970
ChoruSmart
Antibacterial range
A range of ChoruSmart modular devices and plates made in antibacterial
technopolymer, white colour and glossy finish, suitable for hospitals, structures

CHORUSMART
for aged people, schools and wherever cleanness and hygiene are an essential
component. The effectiveness of the antibacterial treatment, based on the
addition of silver ions, is able to reduce the bacterial growth by 99% within 24
hours and has been tested according to the ISO 22196 (MRSA and Escherichia
coli strains) through certified laboratories.

ONE PLATES - ANTIBACTERIAL

Technopolymer
ONE - White - Antibacterial
Code Description For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 16 101 AB 1 module GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 102 AB 2 modules GW16802, GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 103 AB 3 modules GW16803, GW16803N 12
GW 16 104 AB 4 modules GW16804, GW16804N 12
GW 16 106 AB 6 modules GW16806 6
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Glossy finish.

GW 16 103 AB

ONE INTERNATIONAL PLATES - ANTIBACTERIAL

Technopolymer
ONE International - White - Antibacterial
Code Description Type Centre distance Pack
Carton
GW 16 122 AB 2 modules - - 12
GW 16 123 AB 2+2 modules Horizontal 71 mm 12
GW 16 124 AB 2+2 modules Vertical 71 mm 12
GW 16 126 AB 2+2+2 modules Horizontal 71 mm 6
GW 16 127 AB 2+2+2 modules Vertical 71 mm 6
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Glossy finish.

GW 16 124 AB

COMMAND - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION - ANTIBACTERIAL

Command devices - screw terminals

One-way switch 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED No. modules Pack
lamps Carton
GW 10 001 AB 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.

GW 10 001 AB

971
ChoruSmart - Antibacterial
One-way switches 2P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
LED lamps Carton
GW 10 004 AB 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 1 12/48
GW 10 007 AB 2P - 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.
APPLICATIONS: GW10007AB suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. LED or fluorescent lamp batteries) or high-consumption devices (e.g. ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 10 004 AB

Two-way switch 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED No. modules Pack
lamps Carton
GW 10 051 AB 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.

GW 10 051 AB

Intermediate switch 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED No. modules Pack
lamps Carton
GW 10 091 AB 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 12/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.

GW 10 091 AB

Three-way switch 2P - 250 V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V No. modules Pack
LED lamps Carton
GW 10 122 AB 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: anti-bacterial treatment. Three stable positions. In the central (OFF) position both contacts are open. Equipped with 6 terminals.
APPLICATIONS: circuit commands that require an interlock (e.g. activation of motorised devices with direction inversion). Selective control of 2 circuits.

GW 10 122 AB

Push-buttons 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 131 AB 1P NO - 16A Neutral - 1 12/96
GW 10 136 AB 1P NO - 16A Pull-cord - 1 1/12
GW 10 137 AB 1P NC - 16A Neutral O red 1 12/24
GW 10 140 AB 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. GW10136AB cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with red knob.
GW10140AB button with mechanical interlock. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF); advisable for activating motorised devices with direction reversal (e.g. roller-shutters, curtains, etc.).

GW 10 131 AB

972
Interchangeable button keys

CHORUSMART
Interchangeable button keys
Code Button key No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 738 AB With diffuser 1 4/48
GW 10 739 AB With replaceable neutral lens 1 4/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Suitable for one-way switches, two-way switches, intermediate switches and push-buttons.

GW 10 738 AB

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Lenses with illuminated symbols
Code Symbol Pack
Carton
GW 10 505 AB Bell 20
GW 10 507 AB Key 20
GW 10 511 AB Nurse 20
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.
NOTES: to be used in place of the neutral lens in the illuminable command devices.

GW 10 505 AB

Blanking module
Blanking module
Code Description No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 195 AB 1 module 1 10/200
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.

GW 10 195 AB

Relay
Call relay - 12V ac/dc
Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 726 AB 12V ac/dc 1P 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Inlets for remote NO push-buttons for alarms and alarm reset. Green LED for alarm status signalling.

GW 10 726 AB

973
ChoruSmart - Antibacterial
POWER - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION - ANTIBACTERIAL

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 201 AB 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 12/96
GW 10 203 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/96
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. With safety shields.

GW 10 203 AB

Italian/German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 204 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. With safety shields.

GW 10 204 AB

Socket-outlets for dedicated lines - Italian/German Standard

Italian standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 213 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
GW 10 223 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P11-P17 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, satin finish. With safety shields.

GW 10 213 AB

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour Socket-out type For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 214 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
GW 10 224 AB 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage illuminable Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, satin finish. With safety shields. Pit of side and central earth contacts. Pre-arranged for housing LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: possibility to indicate presence of auxiliary supply.

GW 10 214 AB

974
Socket-outlets - German Standard

CHORUSMART
German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 241 AB 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, glossy finish. With safety shields.

GW 10 241 AB

German Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 251 AB 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, satin finish. With safety shields.

GW 10 251 AB

German Standard socket-outlet with front tightening terminals - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 341 AB 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, glossy finish. With safety shields.
Front access terminals with screw fixing, cables side entry.

GW 10 341 AB

German standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines with front tightening terminals - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 351 AB 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 6/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment, satin finish. With safety shields.
Front access terminals with screw fixing, cables side entry.

GW 10 351 AB

975
ChoruSmart - Antibacterial

Socket-outlet - French standard

French standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 247 AB 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 6/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. With safety shields.

GW 10 247 AB

Socket-outlets - israeli standard

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 281 AB 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: anti-bacterial treatment, safety shields.
Predisposed to house the LED indicator unit - not included.

GW 10 281 AB

Israeli standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 291 AB 2P+E - 16 A illuminable Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: anti-bacterial treatment, safety shields.
Predisposed to house the LED indicator unit - not included. Satin finish

GW 10 291 AB

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 282 AB 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. With safety shields.

GW 10 282 AB

976
Shaver socket-outlet

CHORUSMART
Euro-American standard shaver socket-outlet with insulation transformer
Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. modules Pack
voltage Carton
GW 10 331 AB 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120-230V ac 20 VA 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. The socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading.
The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug.
The relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting boxes or free-standing containers.

GW 10 331 AB

DATA - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION - ANTIBACTERIAL

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz), class A shielding - male IEC connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 361 AB Direct 0 dB 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Allows the passage of voltage/current of remote power supply and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24V - 500 mA).
APPLICATIONS: socket-outlets suitable for return channel.

GW 10 361 AB

TV-SAT socket
Code Connectors Description Attenuation No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 383 AB TV-SAT Direct 0 dB 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.Male IEC-type TV connector ø 9.5mm; female F-type SAT connector.
NOTES: demixed socket-outlet with input for co-axial cable Ø 5mm or 7mm.

GW 10 383 AB

Telephone socket
RJ11 telephone socket
Code Description Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 401 AB RJ11 Screw-on terminals 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 10 401 AB

977
ChoruSmart - Antibacterial

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description Number pairs Use category Cables Connection No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 423 AB RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/24
GW 10 424 AB RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV).
NOTES: circuit identification label included.

GW 10 423 AB

Adapters for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 431 AB AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/48
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment.
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the Gewiss
adapter.

GW 10 431 AB

Socket-outlet for auxiliary circuits

SELV socket
Code Description For plug pins No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 451 AB 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 1 12/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Centre distance 12.4 mm.

GW 10 451 AB

978
INDICATOR - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION - ANTIBACTERIAL

CHORUSMART
Indicator light devices
Single indicator lamps - 1 module
Code Diffuser colour Colour meaning No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 622 AB Green Safety 1 1/24
GW 10 623 AB Red Danger 1 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. LED signalling units, not included.
APPLICATIONS: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 10 622 AB

Protruding indicator lamp - 2 modules

Code Supply voltage Diffuser colour Lamp No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 633 AB 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 50/60 Hz Red LED 2 1/24
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. Highly efficient white LED, powered at 12V ac/dc - 230V ac with double power supply inlet.
APPLICATIONS: suitable for special applications such as the signalling of calls from hospital wards.
NOTES: complete with lamp.

GW 10 633 AB

REGULATION - GLOSSY WHITE VERSION - ANTIBACTERIAL

Dimmer
Universal electronic regulator with push-button
Code Supply voltage No. modules Pack
Carton
GW 10 572 AAB 230V ac - 50/60 Hz 1 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: with antibacterial treatment. For the regulation and switching of incandescent and halogen lamps 230V ac (40-300W), low voltage halogen and LED lamps with electronic and winding transformers
(40-300W), LED lamps 230V ac with dimmer function (5-150W). Manual selection of the type of load (Leading Edge or Trailing Edge piloting), soft-start function for lamp protection. Possibility to command and regulate
from remote control push-buttons with NO contacts. Equipped with orange signalling LED.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If two regulators are installed in the same box,
the maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 10 572 AAB

979
ChoruSmart - Antibacterial
ACCESSORIES

Signalling units
LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

980
 CHORUSMART
ChoruSmart
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

ANTIBACTERIAL EFFECT SAFE ENVIRONMENT EXTENSIVE RANGE

The antibacterial effect is achieved by a special The antibacterial protection remains effective The ChoruSmart antibacterial range, already
silver ion additive (Biomaster technology) for the lifetime of the treated product. The active complete with Italian and international standard
mixed with the technopolymer, which reduces ingredient is incorporated into the material, so solutions, is increased with addition of flush-
bacterial load growth by 99% over 24 hours. it does not diminish or migrate, ensuring the mounted enclosures and junction boxes in
highest efficiency over time. antibacterial versions, offering a unique solution
for the most diverse needs.

981
System

982
Domestic range Domestic range SYSTEM

Plates Modular devices

p. 988 p. 1004

983
 System

TOP SYSTEM plates

CLOUD WHITE TITANIUM SOFT CHROME

GW 22 501 1 module GW 22 601 1 module GW 22 651 1 module

GW 22 502 2 modules GW 22 602 2 modules GW 22 652 2 modules
GW 22 503 3 modules GW 22 603 3 modules GW 22 653 3 modules
GW 22 504 4 modules GW 22 604 4 modules GW 22 654 4 modules

Metallised technopolymer
GW 22 506 6 modules GW 22 606 6 modules GW 22 656 6 modules
Painted technopolymer

GW 22 507 4+4 modules GW 22 607 4+4 modules GW 22 657 4+4 modules

Technopolymer

GW 22 508 6+6 modules GW 22 608 6+6 modules

TONER BLACK SLATE ANTIQUE GOLD

GW 22 511 1 module GW 22 611 1 module GW 22 661 1 module

GW 22 512 2 modules GW 22 612 2 modules GW 22 662 2 modules
GW 22 513 3 modules GW 22 613 3 modules GW 22 663 3 modules
GW 22 514 4 modules GW 22 614 4 modules GW 22 664 4 modules
GW 22 516 6 modules GW 22 616 6 modules GW 22 666 6 modules
GW 22 517 4+4 modules GW 22 617 4+4 modules GW 22 667 4+4 modules
GW 22 618 6+6 modules

ENGLISH WALNUT
Technopolymer - classic colour

GW 22 671 1 module
GW 22 672 2 modules
GW 22 673 3 modules
GW 22 674 4 modules
GW 22 676 6 modules
GW 22 677 4+4 modules

984
 GERANIUM RED VENETIAN GREEN SKY BLUE

SYSTEM
GW 22 521 1 module GW 22 541 1 module GW 22 561 1 module
GW 22 522 2 modules GW 22 542 2 modules GW 22 562 2 modules
GW 22 523 3 modules GW 22 543 3 modules GW 22 563 3 modules
GW 22 524 4 modules GW 22 544 4 modules GW 22 564 4 modules
GW 22 526 6 modules GW 22 546 6 modules GW 22 566 6 modules
GW 22 527 4+4 modules GW 22 547 4+4 modules GW 22 567 4+4 modules

CLASSIC BURGUNDY RACING GREEN JAZZ BLUE

Technopolymer - pastel colours

GW 22 531 1 module GW 22 551 1 module GW 22 571 1 module

GW 22 532 2 modules GW 22 552 2 modules GW 22 572 2 modules
GW 22 533 3 modules GW 22 553 3 modules GW 22 573 3 modules
GW 22 534 4 modules GW 22 554 4 modules GW 22 574 4 modules
GW 22 536 6 modules GW 22 556 6 modules GW 22 576 6 modules
GW 22 537 4+4 modules GW 22 557 4+4 modules GW 22 577 4+4 modules

CORN YELLOW

GW 22 581 1 module
GW 22 582 2 modules
GW 22 583 3 modules
GW 22 584 4 modules
GW 22 586 6 modules
GW 22 587 4+4 modules
Modularity

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 4+4 modules 6+6 modules (*)

(*) Cloud white, slate and titanium

985
 System

VIRNA plates

CLOUD WHITE TITANIUM SOFT CHROME

GW 22 101 1 module GW 22 281 1 module GW 22 251 1 module

GW 22 102 2 modules GW 22 282 2 modules GW 22 252 2 modules
GW 22 103 3 modules GW 22 283 3 modules GW 22 253 3 modules
GW 22 104 4 modules GW 22 284 4 modules GW 22 254 4 modules

Metallised technopolymer
Painted technopolymer

GW 22 106 6 modules GW 22 286 6 modules GW 22 256 6 modules

Technopolymer

GW 22 107 4+4 modules GW 22 287 4+4 modules GW 22 257 4+4 modules

GW 22 108 6+6 modules GW 22 288 6+6 modules

TONER BLACK SLATE ANTIQUE GOLD

GW 22 111 1 module GW 22 291 1 module GW 22 261 1 module

GW 22 112 2 modules GW 22 292 2 modules GW 22 262 2 modules
GW 22 113 3 modules GW 22 293 3 modules GW 22 263 3 modules
GW 22 114 4 modules GW 22 294 4 modules GW 22 264 4 modules
GW 22 116 6 modules GW 22 296 6 modules GW 22 266 6 modules
GW 22 117 4+4 modules GW 22 297 4+4 modules GW 22 267 4+4 modules
GW 22 298 6+6 modules

ENGLISH WALNUT
Technopolymer - classic colour

GW 22 271 1 module
GW 22 272 2 modules
GW 22 273 3 modules
GW 22 274 4 modules
GW 22 276 6 modules
GW 22 277 4+4 modules

986
 GERANIUM RED VENETIAN GREEN SKY BLUE

SYSTEM
GW 22 121 1 module GW 22 141 1 module GW 22 161 1 module
GW 22 122 2 modules GW 22 142 2 modules GW 22 162 2 modules
GW 22 123 3 modules GW 22 143 3 modules GW 22 163 3 modules
GW 22 124 4 modules GW 22 144 4 modules GW 22 164 4 modules
GW 22 126 6 modules GW 22 146 6 modules GW 22 166 6 modules
GW 22 127 4+4 modules GW 22 147 4+4 modules GW 22 167 4+4 modules

CLASSIC BURGUNDY RACING GREEN JAZZ BLUE

Technopolymer - pastel colours

GW 22 131 1 module GW 22 151 1 module GW 22 171 1 module

GW 22 132 2 modules GW 22 152 2 modules GW 22 172 2 modules
GW 22 133 3 modules GW 22 153 3 modules GW 22 173 3 modules
GW 22 134 4 modules GW 22 154 4 modules GW 22 174 4 modules
GW 22 136 6 modules GW 22 156 6 modules GW 22 176 6 modules
GW 22 137 4+4 modules GW 22 157 4+4 modules GW 22 177 4+4 modules

CORN YELLOW

GW 22 181 1 module
GW 22 182 2 modules
GW 22 183 3 modules
GW 22 184 4 modules
GW 22 186 6 modules
GW 22 187 4+4 modules
Modularity

1 module 2 modules 3 modules 4 modules 6 modules 4+4 modules 6+6 modules (*)

(*) Cloud white, slate and titanium

987
System
Plates
The technopolymer plates, available in two different shapes, Top System and
Virna, and in 14 colour shades are the ideal solution for every installation.Top
System: classic forms, resistant materials. A line of simple, functional plates
that can enhance every environment, bringing harmony and beauty to the entire
home.Virna: plates with unmistakable modern style, created to meet the needs of
contemporary design. The elegance of the rectangular form is enhanced by the
lightness and simplicity of the lines which surround the command buttons.

TOP SYSTEM PLATES

Technopolymer
TOP SYSTEM - Cloud white
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 501 1 module - GW24201 96
GW 22 502 2 modules - GW24262 96
GW 22 503 3 modules - GW24201 96
GW 22 504 4 modules - GW24202 96
GW 22 506 6 modules - GW24230 48
GW 22 507 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 508 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 503

TOP SYSTEM - Toner black

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 511 1 module - GW24201 96
GW 22 512 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 513 3 modules - GW24201 96
GW 22 514 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 516 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 517 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 513

Technopolymer, in pastel colours

TOP SYSTEM - Geranium red
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 521 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 522 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 523 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 524 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 526 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 527 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 523

988
 TOP SYSTEM - Classic burgundy
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 531 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 532 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 533 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 534 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 536 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 537 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 533

SYSTEM
TOP SYSTEM - Venetian green
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 541 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 542 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 543 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 544 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 546 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 547 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 543

TOP SYSTEM - Racing green

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 551 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 552 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 553 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 554 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 556 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 557 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 553

TOP SYSTEM - Sky blue

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 561 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 562 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 563 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 564 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 566 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 567 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 563

TOP SYSTEM - Jazz blue

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 571 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 572 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 573 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 574 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 576 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 577 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 573

989
System - Plates
TOP SYSTEM - Corn yellow
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 581 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 582 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 583 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 584 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 586 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 587 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 583

Painted technopolymer
TOP SYSTEM - Titanium
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 601 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 602 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 603 3 modules - GW24201 12
GW 22 604 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 606 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 607 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 608 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 603

TOP SYSTEM - Slate

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 611 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 612 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 613 3 modules - GW24201 12
GW 22 614 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 616 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 617 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 618 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 613

Technopolymer, classic colour

TOP SYSTEM - English walnut
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 671 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 672 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 673 3 modules - GW24201 12
GW 22 674 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 676 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 677 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6

GW 22 673

990
Metallised technopolymer
TOP SYSTEM - Soft chrome
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 651 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 652 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 653 3 modules - GW24201 12
GW 22 654 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 656 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 657 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

SYSTEM
GW 22 653

TOP SYSTEM - Antique gold

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 661 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 662 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 663 3 modules - GW24201 12
GW 22 664 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 666 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 667 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 663

VIRNA PLATES

Technopolymer
VIRNA - Cloud white
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 101 1 module - GW24201 96
GW 22 102 2 modules - GW24262 96
GW 22 103 3 modules - GW24201 96
GW 22 104 4 modules - GW24202 96
GW 22 106 6 modules - GW24230 48
GW 22 107 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 108 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 103

VIRNA - Toner black

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 111 1 module - GW24201 96
GW 22 112 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 113 3 modules - GW24201 96
GW 22 114 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 116 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 117 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 113

991
System - Plates

Technopolymer, in pastel colours

VIRNA - Geranium red
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 121 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 122 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 123 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 124 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 126 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 127 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 123

VIRNA - Classic burgundy

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 131 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 132 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 133 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 134 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 136 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 137 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 133

VIRNA - Venetian green

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 141 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 142 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 143 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 144 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 146 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 147 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 143

VIRNA - Racing green

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 151 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 152 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 153 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 154 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 156 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 157 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 153

VIRNA - Sky blue

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 161 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 162 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 163 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 164 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 166 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 167 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 163

992
 VIRNA - Jazz blue
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 171 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 172 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 173 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 174 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 176 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 177 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 173

SYSTEM
VIRNA - Corn yellow
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 181 1 module - GW24201 24
GW 22 182 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 183 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 184 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 186 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 187 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 183

Painted technopolymer
VIRNA - Titanium
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 281 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 282 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 283 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 284 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 286 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 287 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 288 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 283

VIRNA - Slate
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 291 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 292 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 293 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 294 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 296 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 297 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
GW 22 298 6+6 modules Overlapping GW24241 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 293

993
System - Plates

Technopolymer, classic colour

VIRNA - English walnut
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 271 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 272 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 273 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 274 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 276 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 277 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6

GW 22 273

Metallised technopolymer
VIRNA - Soft chrome
Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 251 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 252 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 253 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 254 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 256 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 257 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 253

VIRNA - Antique gold

Code Description Configuration For support codes Pack
Carton
GW 22 261 1 module - GW24201 12
GW 22 262 2 modules - GW24262 12
GW 22 263 3 modules - GW24201 24
GW 22 264 4 modules - GW24202 12
GW 22 266 6 modules - GW24230 8
GW 22 267 4+4 modules Overlapping GW24240 6
CHARACTERISTICS: glossy finish.

GW 22 263

994
SPECIAL PLATES, ENCLOSURES AND SUPPORTS

COMPACT self-supporting plates

Self-supporting plates - Cloud white

Code Description Configuration For flush mounting box For wall mounting Characteristics Pack
boxes Carton
GW 24 001 1 module - GW24403, GW24403PM GW24006 Halogen free 1/120
GW 24 002 2 modules - GW24403, GW24403PM GW24006 Halogen free 1/120

SYSTEM
GW 24 003 3 modules - GW24403, GW24403PM GW24006 Halogen free 1/120
GW 24 004 4 modules - GW24404, GW24404PM - Halogen free 1/60
GW 24 005 3+3 modules Overlapping GW24206 GW24007 Halogen free 1/60

GW 24 001

Blank plates for rectangular flush-mounting boxes

Code Description Configuration Fixing Colour Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 24 211 3 modules - With screw Cloud white Halogen free 1/120
GW 24 212 3 modules - With screw Toner black Halogen free 1/120
GW 24 213 4 modules - With screw Cloud white Halogen free 1/60
GW 24 214 4 modules - With screw Toner black Halogen free 1/60
GW 24 215 3+3 modules Overlapping With screw Cloud white Halogen free 1/60
GW 24 216 3+3 modules Overlapping With screw Toner black Halogen free 1/60
GW 24 211

Watertight plates
Self-supporting watertight plates for installation on flush-mounting rectangular boxes - IP55
Code Description Colour Plate For flush mounting box Pack
Carton
GW 22 451 3 modules Cloud white Rectangular 3 modules 30
GW 22 452 3 modules Black Rectangular 3 modules 30
GW 22 453 3 modules Grey RAL 7035 Rectangular 3 modules 30
GW 22 461 4 modules Cloud white Rectangular 4 modules 30
GW 22 462 4 modules Black Rectangular 4 modules 30
GW 22 463 4 modules Grey RAL 7035 Rectangular 4 modules 30
CHARACTERISTICS: ergonomic membrane with notches in UV-resistant material. Snap closing system. Opening made easy by wide key.

GW 22 451

995
System - Plates

Plates for profiles

Self-supporting plates for profiles and panels complete with insulating box
Code Description Configuration Colour Plate Pack
Carton
GW 24 008 1 module - Cloud white 1/60
GW 24 009 1 module - Toner black 1/60
GW 24 010 2 modules - Cloud white 1/60
GW 24 011 2 modules - Toner black 1/60
GW 24 022 2+2 modules Overlapping Cloud white 1/30
GW 24 023 2+2 modules Overlapping Toner black 1/30
CHARACTERISTICS: box colour, Grey RAL7035.

GW 24 008

Wall-mounting boxes
Wall-mounting boxes for TOP SYSTEM plates

Code Suitable for Colour For trunking dim. For conduits max Characteristics Pack
(mm) Ø (mm) Carton
GW 22 471 1/2/3 modules TOP SYSTEM Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 Halogen free 3/60
GW 22 472 4 modules TOP SYSTEM Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 Halogen free 3/30
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 22 471

Wall-mounting boxes for COMPACT self-supporting plates

Code Suitable for Colour For trunking dim. For conduits max Characteristics Pack
(mm) Ø (mm) Carton
GW 24 006 1/2/3 modules COMPACT Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 - 25 Halogen free 3/60
GW 24 007 3+3 modules COMPACT Cloud white 14x8.5 30x13 20x10 16 - 20 - 25 Halogen free 3/30
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 24 006

Wall-mounting boxes for VIRNA plates

Code Suitable for plates Colour For trunking dim. (mm) For conduits max Characteristics Pack
Ø (mm) Carton
GW 32 431 1/2/3 modules Cloud white 15x17 / 22x10 / 25x17 16 - 20 Halogen free 3/60
GW 32 432 1/2/3 modules Toner black 15x17 / 22x10 / 25x17 16 - 20 Halogen free 3/60
CHARACTERISTICS: fitted for fixing the earth terminal GW26407.

GW 32 431

996
Free-standing and wall-mounting enclosures
Free-standing and wall-mounting enclosures
Code Description Colour Outer dim. LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW 24 018 4 modules Cloud white 126x91x60 1/30
GW 24 019 4 modules Toner black 126x91x60 1/30
GW 24 020 6 modules Cloud white 181x91x60 1/20
GW 24 021 6 modules Toner black 181x91x60 1/20
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: cable gland (for max Ø 10 mm cable), cable clamp.

SYSTEM
GW 24 018

997
System - Plates

Supports
Insulating supports to install TOP SYSTEM / VIRNA plates on rectangular boxes

Code Description Configuration Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 24 201 3 modules - 2 screws (included) Halogen free 10/300
GW 24 202 4 modules - 2 screws (included) Halogen free 10/150
GW 24 230 6 modules - 4 screws (included) Halogen free 10/100
GW 24 240 4+4 modules Overlapping 4 screws (included) Halogen free 10/60
GW 24 241 6+6 modules Overlapping 4 screws (included) Halogen free 10/40

GW 24 201

Insulating supports to install TOP SYSTEM / VIRNA plates on square/rectangular boxes

Code Description Fixing Characteristics Pack

Carton
GW 24 262 2 modules 2 screws (included) Halogen free 10/120

GW 24 262

Supports for assembling SYSTEM devices on DIN rail

Code Description No. DIN modules Pack
Carton
GW 26 409 1 module 1.5 5/300
GW 26 410 2 modules 3 5/150

GW 26 409

998
 SYSTEM
System
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

TWO LINES, ONE SINGLE OFFER A COMPLETE SOLUTION INSTALLATION FLEXIBILITY

The System range includes two lines of plates, The System devices are compatible with a The domestic System series offers maximum
one more rounded and the other with a squarer wide range of accessories and can be installed application flexibility. It is highly versatile, with
design, in a domestic series recognised for its in any electrical installation: flush- and surface- two attachment options, from the front or
reliability and robustness. mounted rectangular boxes, flush-mounted back of the support, making the mounting and
square boxes, profiles and DIN rails, floor release of devices quick and easy.
turrets and 27 Combi enclosures.

999
 System

Command - white
One-way switches

GW 20 571 GW 20 572 GW 20 583 GW 20 503 GW 20 504 GW 20 584 GW 20 005 GW 20 585

1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-10 AX 1M-2P-25 AX
Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) With key For heavy duty loads

Intermediate switches
Two-way switches

GW 20 576 GW 20 577 GW 20 588 GW 20 008 GW 20 589 GW 20 579 GW 20 580

1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-10 AX 2M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX
Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) With key Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 20 510 GW 20 515 GW 20 529 GW 20 531 GW 20 511 GW 20 512 GW 20 513 GW 20 514 GW 20 530 GW 20 522 GW 20 523
Push-buttons

1M-1P-NO-10 A Backlit 230 V ac 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NC-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO+NC-10 A 1M-1P-NC+NO-10 A
GW 20 516 Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Key Bell Light Stair light With key Start Stop
Backlit 12/24 V

GW 20 520 GW 20 521 GW 20 519 GW 20 517 GW 20 591 GW 20 024 GW 20 527 GW 20 518

1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A 1M-1P-NC-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A 2M-1P-NO-10 A 3M-1P-NO-10 A 2M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A
With interlock With interlock Illuminable name plate (*) Illuminable name plate (*) Illuminable (*) With pull-cord
Three-way switches

Miniature lamp

Cartridge lamp

GW 10 893 12/24 V ac/dc White GW 20 902 S6x36 12 V ac/dc White

GW 30 943 230 V ac Red GW 20 903 S6x36 24 V ac/dc White
GW 20 559 GW 20 528 GW 20 560 GW 30 944 230 V ac Green GW 20 904 S6x31 12 V ac/dc White
1M-1P-10 AX 1M-1P-10 AX 1M-2P-10 AX GW 30 946 110/230 V ac Light blue GW 20 905 S6x31 24 V ac/dc White
Positions 1-0-2 Positions 1-0-2 Positions 1-0-2 GW 30 947 110/230 V ac White GW 20 906 S6,3x28 110/230 V ac Red
Lenses with illuminated

GW 20 533 GW 20 537 GW 20 538 GW 20 539 GW 20 549 GW 20 550 GW 20 551 GW 20 595 GW 20 561 GW 20 562 GW 20 563 GW 20 564 GW 20 565
symbol

Neutral

GW 20 540 GW 20 542 GW 20 592 GW 20 593 GW 20 596 GW 20 597 GW 20 594 GW 20 566 GW 20 567 GW 20 568 GW 20 569 GW 20 570
General services Technical services Numerical services
Blanking modules and
cable output
Infrared

Relay

GW 20 821 GW 20 071 GW 20 072 GW 20 074 GW 20 076 GW 20 056 GW 20 073 GW 20 058

Movement detector Latching Latching Monostable Call 1M 2M 1M
1M-1NO-3 A 1M-1P-10 A-250 V ac 1M-2P-10 A-250 V ac 1M-1P-10 A-250 V ac- 1M-1P-NO/NC-12 V ac/dc Cable output
1NO/NC

(*) supplied without signalling unit

1000
 Power - white
Italian

GW 20 201 GW 20 203 GW 20 295 GW 20 281 GW 20 286 GW 20 291

2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2x2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage

SYSTEM
Italian/German

Swiss
GW 20 205 GW 20 246 GW 20 296 GW 20 282 GW 20 287 GW 20 351
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-10 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Type 12
German

French
GW 20 265 GW 20 297 GW 20 283 GW 20 288 GW 20 206 GW 20 207 GW 20 312
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Australian
British

GW 20 208 GW 20 209 GW 20 357 GW 20 356

2P+E-13 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac
Euro-american/USA

GW 20 212 GW 20 214 GW 20 216

2P+E-10/15 A-250/125 V ac 2P+E-15 A-125 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac
Argentinian

Israeli

GW 20 248 GW 20 220 GW 20 298 GW 20 299 GW 20 320

2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P-10 A-250 V ac
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)
Special sockets

GW 20 239 GW 20 234 GW 20 241

SELV SELV For loudspeaker
2P-6 A-24 V 2P-6 A-24 V
Polarised

(*) supplied without signalling unit

1001
 System

Data - white

Telephone sockets
TV-SAT

GW 20 277
F female IEC male IEC female Terminal
GW 20 391 - 0 dB GW 20 381 - 0 dB GW 20 228 - 0 dB resistance 75
GW 20 396 - 5 dB GW 20 386 - 5 dB GW 20 229 - 20 dB ohm
GW 20 392 - 10 dB GW 20 382 - 10 dB GW 20 230 - Term. 20 dB

GW 20 251 GW 20 235 GW 20 272

RJ11 French 8 contacts British 6 contacts
Data sockets

GW 20 685 Cat. 6 GW 20 686 Cat. 6 GW 20 266 IBM

GW 20 684 Cat. 6 GW 20 243 Cat. 5e GW 20 267 SYSTIMAX Commscope
GW 20 271 Cat. 5e GW 20 270 AMP/Keystone Jack

RJ45 - UTP RJ45 - FTP Adapters GW 20 238

Unwired enclosure for SUB-D 9/15/25 PIN
USB and HDMI couplers

USB power supply

GW 38 056 GW 38 057 GW 20 363

HDMI coupler USB coupler Dual USB charger
Type A+C - 1M-3 A
100-240 V ac - 50/60 Hz

Power, comfort and climate management - white

Electronic timer
Dimmer

GW 20 802
Resistive 100-500 W
GW 20 811
Resistive 100-500 W
GW 20 803
Resistive 100-900 W
GW 20 828
Resistive 60-500 W
GW 20 829
For electronic transformers
GW 20 825
230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Timer GW 20 810
2M
230 V ac-50/60 Hz Inductive 100-500 VA Inductive 40-300 VA Inductive 60-500 VA 230 V ac-50/60 Hz Daily/Weekly
With two-way switch 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz
230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Thermoregulation

GW 20 852 GW 16 970 CB
Thermostat Thermostat/Chronothermostat
230 V ac-50/60 Hz Thermo ICE WiFi
110-230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Wall-mounting

GW 20 431 - 6 A GW 20 437 - 6 A
Protection devices

GW 20 432 - 10 A GW 20 438 - 10 A
Automatic circuit

GW 20 433 - 16 A GW 20 439 - 16 A
1P 1P+N-10 mA
breakers

GW 20 434 - 6 A GW 20 448 - 6 A
GW 20 435 - 10 A GW 20 449 - 10 A
GW 20 436 - 16 A GW 20 450 - 16 A
1P+N 1P+N-30 mA

GW 20 454 - 6 A
Miniature circuit breakers GW 20 423 GW 20 401
GW 20 455 - 10 A Residual miniature circuit
3 kA GW 20 456 - 16 A Surge protection device Fuse-holder
breakers
C characteristic 1P+N colour red In MAX=16 A
3 kA
C characteristic

Articles designed exclusively for export to a limited number of Countries not belonging to the EU (or candidates for membership) or the European Free Trade Association. Check with Gewiss
Customer Service to make sure the product meets the regulation of the Country in question before importing it.
(*) supplied without signalling unit

1002
 Hotel components - white

Double indicator lamp

Shaver socket-outlet

Three-way switch
Climate control
Badge switch

GW 20 820 GW 20 841 GW 20 853 GW 20 651 GW 20 656

1P-NO-10 A 230 V ac-50/60 Hz Thermostat for fan-coil 1M-1P-10 AX 1M - Opal
Backlit 230 V ac 230 V ac-50/60 Hz DND + MUR DND + MUR Illuminable (*)

SYSTEM
Indicator and technical alarms - white
Anti black-out lamps

Ringers and buzzers

GW 20 833 GW 20 835 GW 20 613- 12 V ac GW 20 617- 12 V ac

230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz GW 20 616- 230 V ac GW 20 620- 230 V ac
Removable Ringers Buzzers
Indicator lamps

GW 20 603 GW 20 607- 230 V ac

GW 20 604 GW 20 608- 12/24 V ac/dc
GW 20 605
GW 20 606
GW 20 631

Flat diffuser Flat diffuser complete GW 20 634 GW 20 601 GW 20 623 GW 20 602 GW 20 627 GW 20 622
Illuminable (*) with lamp Stair riser lamp GW 20 625 GW 20 626 GW 20 629 GW 20 628 Lamp-holder E27
2M Flat diffuser 12/24 V ac/dc Protruding diffuser 12/24 V ac/dc
Accessories
Detectors

GW A1 514 GW A1 521 GW A1 541 GW 30 522

Flood alarm ZigBee 1-channel actuator ZigBee Wall-mounting support GAS solenoid valve
230 V ac-50 Hz for flood alarm 3/4”-230 V ac-12 VA

Supports
Supports for square and rectangular boxes

Supports for rectangular boxes

GW 24 262 GW 24 201 With screws - 3 modules GW 24 202 With screws - 4 modules GW 24 230 With screws - 6 modules
With screws - 2 modules

GW 24 240 With screws - 4+4 modules GW 24 241 With screws - 6+6 modules

(*) supplied without signalling unit

1003
System
White modular devices
The System modular devices make it possible to create infinite combination
between devices and plates, thanks to a complete range that is able to satisfy
all design, functional and installation requirements. Colour and finiture: glossy
white, bright and versatile. Ideal for flush-mounting solutions (for rectangular
or square boxes), surface-mounting solutions, and for special applications. The
range includes commands, socket- outlets, protection, indicators, connectors
and devices for the control, safety and comfort of your home.

COMMAND - WHITE VERSION

Command devices
One-way switches - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 571 1P - 16AX Neutral - 200 W 1 80/320
GW 20 572 1P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 583 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 503 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 504 2P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 584 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 005 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW20572, GW20504 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW20005 supplied with 2 keys. The key can be extracted in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

GW 20 571

One-way switch 2P for heavy-duty installations - 25A - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V No. SYSTEM Pack
LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 585 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. set of fluorescent lamp) or high consumption devices (ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 20 585

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V No. SYSTEM modules Pack
LED lamps Carton
GW 20 576 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 80/320
GW 20 577 1P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 588 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 1 30/60
GW 20 008 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW20577 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW20008 supplied with 2 keys. The key can be extracted in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

GW 20 576

Intermediate switch 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED No. SYSTEM modules Pack
lamps Carton
GW 20 579 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 30/60

GW 20 579

1004
 Three-way switch 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 559 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 1 30/60
GW 20 528 1P - 10AX With replaceable neutral lens - 100 W 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
GW20528 - not-illuminated product; equipped with neutral lens.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 20 559

SYSTEM
Three-way switch 2P - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V No. SYSTEM Pack
LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 560 2P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With 6 terminal blocks.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 20 560

Push-buttons - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 510 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 1 80/160
GW 20 511 1P NO - 10A With symbol Key 1 15/30
GW 20 512 1P NO - 10A With symbol Bell 1 30/60
GW 20 513 1P NO - 10A With symbol Light 1 15/30
GW 20 514 1P NO - 10A With symbol Stair light 1 15/30
GW 20 515 1P NO - 10 A backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 20 516 1P NO - 10 A backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 20 529 1P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 20 531 1P NC - 10 A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 1 15/30
GW 20 519 1P NC - 10A Neutral Circle 1 15/30
GW 20 510 GW 20 520 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock Double circles 1 15/30
GW 20 521 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 1 30/60
GW 20 522 1P NO - 10A - Aux. NC Start Green 1 30/60
GW 20 523 1P NC - 10A - Aux. NO Stop Red 1 30/60
GW 20 517 2P NO - 10A Neutral Double circle 1 30/60
GW 20 518 2P NO - 10A With pull-cord - 1 20/40
GW 20 530 2P NO - 10A With key 0/1 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included. GW20520, GW20521, both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW20515 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW20516 - white LED 12/24Vac/dc (0.4W) signalling unit. GW20518, cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with a knob.
GW20530 supplied with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

Push-buttons with illuminable name-plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 591 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 2 15/30
GW 20 024 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 3 20/40
CHARACTERISTICS: supplied without lamp.

GW 20 024

1005
System - Modular devices
Wide-button illuminable control devices - 2M - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Type Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 589 1P - 16 AX - illuminable With diffuser Switch 200 W 2 15/30
GW 20 580 1P - 16 AX - illuminable With diffuser Intermediate switch 200 W 2 1/15
GW 20 527 1P NO - 10 A - illuminable With diffuser Push-button - 2 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.

GW 20 589

Blanking modules and outlet

Blanking modules and cable outlet
Code Description No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 056 1 module 1 10/480
GW 20 073 2 modules 2 30/60
GW 20 058 1 module with outlet for cable Ø 4 and Ø 8mm 1 60/120
APPLICATIONS: in addition to their normal use, they permit installing signal socket-outlets, microswitches and LEDs after appropriate drilling/preparation.

GW 20 056

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable switches and push-buttons
Code Description Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 20 533 Neutral - 20
GW 20 537 Open door Key 20
GW 20 538 Bell Bell 20
GW 20 539 Light Light 20
GW 20 540 Stair light Stairs 20
GW 20 542 Service - 20
Suitable for: Technical services
GW 20 549 Dimmer - 20
GW 20 550 Ventilation/Extraction - 20
GW 20 551 Monitor/TV - 20
GW 20 592 Opening arrows Opening arrows 20
GW 20 593 Closing arrows Closing arrows 20
GW 20 594 Off OFF 20
GW 20 595 On ON 20
GW 20 596 Up arrow - 20
GW 20 597 Down arrow - 20
Suitable for: Numerical services
GW 20 561 One 1 20
GW 20 562 Two 2 20
GW 20 563 Three 3 20
GW 20 564 Four 4 20
GW 20 565 Five 5 20
GW 20 566 Six 6 20
GW 20 567 Seven 7 20
GW 20 568 Eight 8 20
GW 20 569 Nine 9 20
GW 20 570 Zero 0 20
NOTES: to be used in place of the neutral lens supplied with the illuminable command devices.

1006
Movement detector
IR movement detector
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 821 230V ac - 50/60Hz 1NO 3A(AC1) 250V ac 1 1/6
CHARACTERISTICS: adjustment of the intervention duration 15 sec - 10 min. Light sensitive threshold adjustment - min. 10 lux - max. inhibited. Sensor with fixed lens. Suitable for commanding halogen lamps/resistive
loads: 700 W, incandescent lamps: 450 W, low voltage halogen lamps (12 V) controlled by toroidal or electronic transformers: 450 W, uncompensated fluorescent lamps: 2x58 W, motors and gear motors: 400 VA. Not
suitable for compensated fluorescent lamps, for discharge lamps and for all loads not indicated that must be commanded using a support relay.
APPLICATIONS: Energy-saving: command of the lighting of rooms and areas only when people pass through. Comfort and safety: automatic command of circuits without needing to activate one-way switches.
NOTES: do not install the product in watertight plates: the lid membrane does not allow the detector lens to work correctly.

SYSTEM
GW 20 821

Relay
Latching relay
Code No. of poles Output contacts Coil No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 071 1 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/5
GW 20 072 2 10 AX 250V ac 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for commanding incandescent/halogen lamps: 800 W, fluorescent tubes with electronic ballast: 400 W, fluorescent tubes with electromechanical ballast: 360 W, compact fluorescent lamps
(CFL): 200 W, LED lamps (230V ac): 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electronic ballast: 200 W, low voltage halogen or LED lamps with electromechanical ballast: 400 W.
APPLICATIONS: command of lighting devices from several points, via push-buttons. Start/stop control of motors (extractors, air agitators, etc.).

GW 20 071

Monostable relay
Code No. of poles Output contacts Coil No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 074 1 1 NO/NC 10A(AC1) / 4A(AC15) 250V ac 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 1/5
APPLICATIONS: As an auxiliary element to control special loads, for remote signalling, and for electrical separation between control and user circuits.

GW 20 074

Call relay - 12V

Code Supply voltage No. of poles Output contacts No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 076 12V ac/dc 1 1NO/NC 12 V (max. 1A) 1 1/5
CHARACTERISTICS: reset button integrated on the front and green mains presence indicator lamp.

GW 20 076

1007
System - Modular devices
POWER - WHITE VERSION

Socket-outlets - Italian/German standard

Italian Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description Type For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 201 2P+E - 10A P11 Ø 4 mm 1 80/160
GW 20 203 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage P17-11 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 80/320
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 203

Italian/German Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description Earth pit Type For plug pins No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 205 2P+E - 16A Side and central P30 Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 30/60
GW 20 246 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 30/120
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 205

Italian Standard dual socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description Type For plug pins Input No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 291 2x2P+E 16A Dual amp. P17-11 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1x16 A 2 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. The wiring is carried out via 3 terminals that power the socket-outlets, without using U-bolts.

GW 20 291

Socket-outlets - international standard

German Standard socket-outlet - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 265 2P+E - 16A Ø 4.8 mm 2 30/120
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 265

1008
 French standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 206 2P - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 30/60
GW 20 207 2P+E - 16A Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 206

SYSTEM
British standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 208 2P+E - 13 A Flat 2 30/60
GW 20 209 2P+E - 16A Ø 7 mm 2 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.
NOTES: given the size of the plugs, it is not possible to install two or more socket-outlets side-by-side.

GW 20 208

Swiss socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 351 2P+E - 10A - type 12 Ø 4 mm 1 30/60
NOTES: contact Gewiss customer service to check if the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before purchasing it. The socket is no longer compliant with Swiss standard SEV1011 of 2009.

GW 20 351

Euro American standard socket-outlet - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 212 2P+E - 15A Ø 4 mm/ flat 1 30/60

GW 20 212

USA standard socket-outlets - 250/125V ac

Code Description For plug pins Shape No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 214 2P+E - 15A - 125V ac Flat parallel horizontal Parallel horizontal 1 30/60
GW 20 216 2P+E - 15A - 250V ac Flat Flat, aligned vertical 1 30/60

GW 20 214

1009
System - Modular devices
Argentinian Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac
Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 248 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 30/60

GW 20 248

Australian standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 357 2P+E - 10A Flat 2 30/60
GW 20 356 2P+E - 15A Flat 2 30/60

GW 20 356

Israeli Standard socket-outlets - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 220 2P+E - 16A Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 40/80
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing miniature lamps, not included.

GW 20 220

Israeli standard socket-outlet - 250V ac

Code Description For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 320 2P - 10 A Round Ø 4 mm 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 320

Socket-outlets for dedicated lines

Italian standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour Type For plug pins No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 295 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Red P17-11 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 80/320
GW 20 281 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Green P17-11 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 30/60
GW 20 286 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Orange P17-11 Ø 4 / 5 mm 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 281

1010
 Italian/German Standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V AC
Code Description Earth pit Colour Type For plug pins No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 296 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central Red P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 30/60
GW 20 282 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central Green P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 15/30
GW 20 287 2P+E - 16 A Dual amperage Side and central Orange P40 Ø 4 / 4.8 / 5 mm 2 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 282

SYSTEM
German standard socket-outlets for dedicated lines - 250V ac
Code Description Colour For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 297 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4.8 mm 2 15/30
GW 20 283 2P+E - 16A Green Ø 4.8 mm 2 15/30
GW 20 288 2P+E - 16A Orange Ø 4.8 mm 2 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 283

French Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 312 2P+E - 16A Red Ø 4 / 4.8 mm 2 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields.

GW 20 312

Israeli Standard socket-outlet for dedicated lines - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 298 2P+E - 16A Red Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 40/80
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing miniature lamps, not included.

GW 20 298

Israeli standard socket-outlet for special requirements - 250V ac

Code Description Colour For plug pins No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 299 2P+E - 16A Blue Round Ø 4 / 4.4 mm 2 40/80
CHARACTERISTICS: with safety shields. Pre-arranged for housing miniature lamps, not included.

GW 20 299

1011
System - Modular devices
DATA - WHITE VERSION

TV-SAT sockets
Coaxial TV-SAT sockets (5-2400 MHz) class A shielding - F female connector
Code Description Type Attenuation No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 391 Direct With passage of current 0 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 396 Through wiring - 5 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 392 Through wiring - 10 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW20391 permits carrying a remote power supply voltage/current and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24 V - 500 mA). GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows
you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV-SAT 5 dB GW20396 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditioned use, it is a special through socket-outlet and as such must be used, with the only difference that the user door (socket-outlet towards
the user device) must always be closed with a load of 75 Ohm (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 20 396

Coaxial TV sockets (5-2400 MHz) class A shielding - IEC male connector Ø 9.5 mm
Code Description Type Attenuation No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 381 Direct With passage of current 0 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 386 Through wiring - 5 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 382 Through wiring - 10 dB 1 15/30
GW 20 277 Terminal resistance 75 ohm - - - 50/200
CHARACTERISTICS: GW20381 permits carrying a remote power supply voltage/current and/or control signals towards the user port (max 24 V - 500 mA). GW20277 in combination with feedthrough socket-outlets allows
you to make terminal socket-outlets.
APPLICATIONS: Socket-outlets suitable for return channel.
NOTES: the TV 5 dB GW20386 coaxial socket-outlet is defined with conditioned use, it is a special through socket-outlet and as such must be used, with the only difference that the user door (socket-outlet towards the
user device) must always be closed with a load of 75 Ohm (TV, VCR, SAT receiver or 75-Ohm termination).

GW 20 386

Resistive coaxial TV sockets (40-860 MHz) - IEC female connector Ø 9.5mm

Code Description Attenuation No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 228 Direct 0 dB 1 30/60
GW 20 229 Branched 20 dB 1 30/60
GW 20 230 Terminated - 75 ohm 20 dB 1 30/60
Items designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area.
Contact Gewiss Customer Service to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.

GW 20 229

Socket-outlets for auxiliary and signal circuits

Socket-outlets for SELV auxiliary circuit
Code Description For plug pins Centre distance No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 239 2P - 6A - 24V Ø 3 mm 12.4 mm 1 15/30
GW 20 234 2P - 6A - 24V polarized Flat 12.4 mm 1 15/30

GW 20 234

1012
 Signal socket-outlet for phonic circuits
Code Description No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 241 For loudspeaker 1 15/30

GW 20 241

SYSTEM
Telephone sockets
RJ11 telephone sockets
Code Description Cables type Connection No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 251 RJ11 Twisted pair Screw-on terminals 1 15/30
APPLICATIONS: telephone, telefax, modem.

GW 20 251

French Standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 235 French 8 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 15/30

GW 20 235

British Standard telephone socket

Code Description Connection No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 272 British 6 contacts Screw-on terminals 1 15/30

GW 20 272

1013
System - Modular devices

Data sockets
RJ45 sockets
Code Description No. pairs Use category Cables Connection No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 271 RJ45 4 5e UTP Toolless 1 15/30
GW 20 243 RJ45 4 5e FTP Toolless 1 15/30
GW 20 685 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 15/30
GW 20 684 RJ45 4 6 UTP Toolless 1 1/15
GW 20 686 RJ45 4 6 FTP Toolless 1 15/30
APPLICATIONS: LANs up to 100MHz (e.g. Ethernet, Token Ring networks) for cat. 5e. LANs up to 250MHz (e.g. Videoconference systems, CCTV) for cat. 6.

GW 20 686

Adapters for housing data connectors

Code Compatibility No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 266 IBM 1 1/120
GW 20 267 SYSTIMAX COMMSCOPE 1 1/120
GW 20 270 AMP / Keystone Jack 1 1/120
NOTES: with regard to the technological developments and dimensional variants introduced by connector manufacturers, you are advised to check in advance the full compatibility between the connector and the Gewiss
adapter.

GW 20 266

Adapters for optical fiber

Angled SC/APC adapter
Code Type Tilt For connectors Compatibility Colour Pack
Carton
GW 38 335 Female/Female 40° SC/APC Keystone Jack Green RAL 6018 1/25
CHARACTERISTICS: cable outlet inclined of 40° to the wall line. With ceramic fiber optic sleeve and dust caps. The front output is protected with safety cap and unmissable cord. Suitable to join two single-mode SC/APC
fiber optic patch cables.
NOTES: for adapters (ChoruSmart, System and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack coupling.

GW 38 335

USB and HDMI couplers

USB and HDMI couplers
Code Description Type Compatibility Pack
Carton
GW 38 056 HDMI coupler Female/Female Keystone Jack 1/48
GW 38 057 USB coupler Female/Female - A type Keystone Jack 1/48
NOTES: for adapters designed to house data connectors (ChoruSmart, System, Playbus and Dahlia) with Keystone Jack type coupling and permutation panels.

GW 38 056

1014
USB power supply
Dual USB chargers for electronic devices
Code Supply voltage Output voltage Max current Type of port No. modules Pack
supplied Carton
GW 20 363 100-240 V ac - 50-60 Hz 5V dc 3A A+C 1 1/10
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for recharging a single electronic device (e.g. tablet) or two devices simultaneously (e.g. a tablet and smartphone). The division of the current delivered to the two outputs depends on the state
of charge of the connected devices.

SYSTEM
GW 20 363

Enclosures for conventional networks

Empty enclosure for housing SUB-D connectors
Code Description No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 238 SUB-D 9 / 15 / 25 PIN 3 20/40

GW 20 238

1015
System - Modular devices
PROTECTION - WHITE VERSION

Miniature circuit breakers

MCB - Miniature circuit breakers - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
Breaking capacity: 3 kA
GW 20 431 Single pole (1P) 6 1 15/30
GW 20 432 Single pole (1P) 10 1 15/30
GW 20 433 Single pole (1P) 16 1 15/30
GW 20 434 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 1 15/30
GW 20 435 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 1 15/30
GW 20 436 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 1 15/30

GW 20 431

RCBO - Residual current breakers with overcurrent protection - C characteristic - class A - 230V ac
- 50/60 Hz
Code Description Idn Rated current (A) No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
Breaking capacity: 3 kA
GW 20 437 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 mA 6 2 1/15
GW 20 438 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 mA 10 2 1/15
GW 20 439 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 mA 16 2 1/15
GW 20 448 Two-pole (1P+N) 30 mA 6 2 1/15
GW 20 449 Two-pole (1P+N) 30 mA 10 2 1/15
GW 20 450 Two-pole (1P+N) 30 mA 16 2 1/15

GW 20 437

MCB - Red miniature circuit breakers for dedicated circuits - C characteristic - 230V ac
Code Description Rated current (A) No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
Breaking capacity: 3 kA
GW 20 454 Two-pole (1P+N) 6 1 15/30
GW 20 455 Two-pole (1P+N) 10 1 15/30
GW 20 456 Two-pole (1P+N) 16 1 15/30

GW 20 454

1016
Protection devices
Fuse-holder - 250V ac
Code Rated current (A) Fuse type No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 401 16 Ø 6.3 x 32 mm 1 30/60

SYSTEM
GW 20 401

Surge protection device - 250V ac

Code Max.dischargeable energy Maximum discharge current No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 423 75 J 8 kA (8/20 µs) 1 1/14
APPLICATIONS: protection of electronic equipment (TV - HI-FI - computers, etc.) from overvoltage of atmospheric or manoeuvring origin that may be conveyed by the supply lines.

GW 20 423

1017
System - Modular devices
ENERGY, TEMPERATURE AND COMFORT MANAGEMENT - WHITE VERSION

Dimmer
Rotating electronic regulators for resistive/inductive loads
Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 802 230V - 50 / 60 Hz 100-500 W - 1 1/14
GW 20 803 230V - 50 / 60 Hz 100-900 W 40-300 VA 1 1/14
GW 20 811 230V - 50 / 60 Hz 100-500 W 100-500 VA 1 1/14
CHARACTERISTICS: with signalling led orange. GW20811 rotary command with two-way switch.
GW20803 compliance with the EMC requirements is only guaranteed by connecting the regulator to an LC filter with the following characteristics: L=1mH - 5A, C=0.15uF - 275V X2, according to the documentation
provided with the product. Item designated solely for export to a limited number of countries outside of the European Union or countries applying to become part of the European Free Trade Area. Contact Gewiss Customer
Service to check the product meets the regulations of the country concerned before importing it.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 20 802

Electronic regulator with button for resistive/inductive loads

Code Supply voltage Resistive load 230V ac Inductive load 230V ac No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 828 230V - 50 / 60 Hz 60-500 W 60-500 VA 1 1/14
CHARACTERISTICS: possibility to command and regulate from remote control push-buttons with NO contact. With signalling led orange.
NOTES: to avoid overheating, the side-by-side installation of several products in a single container is not permitted; insert a blanking module between two electronic devices. If installing two regulators in the same box, the
maximum loads that can be commanded by each regulator must be reduced by 50%.

GW 20 828

Electronic timers
Electronic daily/weekly timer, 1-channel
Code Supply voltage Output contacts No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 825 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 1NO/NC 8A(AC1)/4A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: with rechargeable buffer battery to guarantee the updating of the calendar (date, day, time) in the event of a blackout.

GW 20 825

Electronic timed button with input for remote control 230V - 50/60Hz
Code Regulation field Relay output No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 810 30 s - 15 min 1NO 10A(AC1)/5A(AC15) 250V ac 2 1/4

GW 20 810

1018
Temperature control devices
Thermo ICE Wi-Fi thermostat - wall-mounting
Code Colour Supply voltage Temperature Output contacts Pack
adjustment Carton
Max switching current at 250Vac:
GW 16 970 CB White 110-230V ac - 50/60Hz From +5°C to +40°C 1
6A (cosΦ = 1); 1,5A (cosΦ = 0,6)
CHARACTERISTICS: wall-mounting thermostat to control heating/cooling and humidification/dehumidification systems and manage the temperature in manual mode or on 3 levels (comfort, pre-comfort, economy).
Control algorithms for two-way systems: two points (ON/OFF), proportional integral (PWM). Includes 1 input for external NTC temperature sensor (e.g.: protection for flood mounting heating). Equipped with a user interface
with touch commands (capacitive) on technopolymer plate and backlit display. The thermostat has built-in proximity, temperature and humidity sensors and a Wi-Fi interface for setting parameters and programming
temperature profiles (timed thermostat function) locally or by remote via specific apps (smartphone and tablet).
APPLICATIONS:
The THERMO ICE Wi-Fi can be used:

SYSTEM
- as an independent intelligent thermostat (in a stand-alone way), i.e. without the need for a Smart Home system, in this case the configuration and control of the device takes place via the “ThermoICE 2.0” APP; or
- integrated into the Gewiss “Connected Smart Home”, in this case the device can interoperate with all the other devices of the “Connected Smart Home” system and is configured and controlled together with all the other
GW 16 970 CB functions of the system via the “Home Gateway” APP.
NOTES: wall-mounting with wall-plugs or on 3-modules rectangular boxes (centre distance 83.5 mm). Plate material: technopolymer.

Electronic summer/winter thermostat with knob adjustment and indicator led - 230V - 50/60Hz
Code Temperature adjustment Output contacts No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 852 From +5°C to +30°C 1 NO / NC 8A(AC1) / 2A(AC15) 250V ac 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: option of controlling night-time reduction via remote control (fixed 4°C).

GW 20 852

Electronic summer/winter thermostat with knob adjustment for fan-coil, 3-speed selector and
solenoid valve command 230V - 50/60HZ
Code Regulation field Output solenoid Output fan Output contacts No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 20 853 +5° C / +30° C Relay NO/NC Three way switch 1P 5A (AC1) / 2A (AC15) 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: temperature adjustment range: from +5°C to +30°C.
Operating modes: solenoid valve thermostat and fixed ventilation, solenoid valve and thermostat-controlled ventilation, only thermostat-controlled ventilation and unconnected solenoid valve.

GW 20 853

1019
System - Modular devices
SIGNALLING - WHITE VERSION

Anti black-out lamps

Extractable anti black-out lamp
Code Supply voltage Power supply Autonomy Type of lamp No. SYSTEM Pack
batteries modules Carton
GW 20 833 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni-Mh 2h White LED 2 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: equipped with inhibition selector on the front. Replaceable batteries (battery pack 4.8 V 40 mAh).
APPLICATION: according to CEI 64-8 (chapter 37).

GW 20 833

Anti black-out lamp

Code Supply voltage Power supply Minimum autonomy Lamp No. SYSTEM Pack
batteries modules Carton
GW 20 835 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz Ni-Mh 1h White LED 1 1/14
CHARACTERISTICS: green LED for the presence of mains voltage signalling. Highly efficient, white LED lamp.

GW 20 835

1020
Acoustic signalling devices
Bells
Code Supply voltage Power input Sound intensity No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 613 12 V - 50 Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 15/30
GW 20 616 230V ac - 50Hz 8 VA 80 dB (at 1 m) 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

SYSTEM
GW 20 613

Buzzers
Code Supply voltage Power input Sound intensity No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 617 12V ac - 50 Hz 8 VA 75 dB (at 1 m) 1 15/30
GW 20 620 230V ac - 50Hz 8 VA 75 dB (at 1 m) 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: for intermittent use (5 sec. ON / 15 sec. OFF).

GW 20 617

Indicator light devices

Single indicator lamps - 12/24/250V ac
Code Diffuser colour Diffuser meaning Fixing for lamp No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
Diffusor type: Flat
GW 20 603 Red Danger Cartridge 1 30/60
GW 20 604 Green Safety Cartridge 1 30/60
GW 20 605 Yellow Attention Cartridge 1 30/60
GW 20 606 Transparent Neutral Cartridge 1 30/60
GW 20 631 Light blue Specific Cartridge 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: supplied without lamp. They use S6x31 mm and S6.3x28 mm cartridge lamps (max 2 W).
NOTES: the meaning of the diffusers refers to the recommendations of standard EN60073 with regard to the use of the colours in indicator lights.

GW 20 603

Double indicator lamps

Code Diffuser colour Lamp voltage No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
Diffusor type: Flat
GW 20 607 Red/green 230V ac 1 15/30
GW 20 608 Light blue 12-24V ac/dc 1 15/30
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: supplied with LED lamps.

GW 20 608

1021
System - Modular devices
Stair riser lamp with white LED light - 12/230V ac
Code Diffuser colour Lamp Lamp voltage No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 634 White Integrated LED 12V ac/dc - 230V ac 2 1/15
CHARACTERISTICS: very bright LED, light adjustment eyelid, 12v ac/dc - 230V ac supply with double supply input.

GW 20 634

Stair riser or special uses lamps with flat diffuser - 12/24V

Code Diffuser colour Fixing for lamp No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 601 Opal diffuser Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 15/30
GW 20 623 Red Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 15/30
GW 20 626 Light blue Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: Supplied without lamp. Use cartridge lamps of the S6x36mm type (max 2W).
APPLICATIONS: identification of steps, obstacles etc.

GW 20 601

Stair riser or special uses lamps with protruding diffuser - 12/24V

Code Diffuser colour Fixing for lamp No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 602 Opal diffuser Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 1/12
GW 20 627 Red Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 1/12
GW 20 628 Green Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 3 1/12
CHARACTERISTICS: Supplied without lamp. Use cartridge lamps of the S6x36mm type (max 2W).
APPLICATIONS: signalling.

GW 20 602

Lamp holder
Code Lampholder type Power Colour No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 622 E27 40 W Black 2 15/30
APPLICATIONS: the product must be installed in compliance with the International CE regulation64-8.

GW 20 622

1022
TECHNICAL ALARMS - WHITE VERSION

Anti-flood system with ZigBee wireless transmission

Zigbee flood alarm - IP20
Code Siren output Temperature sensor Colour Dimensions (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 514 85 dB/3 m 0…50 °C White Ø 60x37 1/3
CHARACTERISTICS: the alarm detects the presence of water and includes a temperature sensor. Powered by CR123-type battery (replaceable).
NOTES: floor-mounting or alternatively wall-mounting possibility through the GWA1541 accessory. To be used in combination with the Zigbee actuator GWA1521 when controlling an electrovalve or a load.

SYSTEM
GW A1 514

1-channel actuator Zigbee

Code Supply voltage Output contacts Dimensions LxHxD (mm) Pack
Carton
GW A1 521 230V ac - 50 Hz 1 NO 10A (AC1) 230 V ac 42x40x20 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: 1-channel actuator for activating loads via the potential-free output contact (NO). Suitable for commanding incandescent lamps (230 V ac): 2300W, loads controlled from toroidal transfomers: 450W,
loads controlled from electronic transformers: 600W, energy saving lamps (compact fluorescent): 150W, LED lamps (230 V ac): 150W, motors: 500W.
APPLICATIONS: when used with the water sensor, provide the installation of a NO push-button to open the electrovalve manually.
NOTES: installation in flush-mounting boxes, junction boxes, etc.

GW A1 521

Accessories
Wall-mounting support for flood alarm
Code Colour Support dimension (mm) Dimensions of probe Cable max. length (cm) Pack
(mm) Carton
GW A1 541 White Ø72x25 Ø50x8 85 1/4
APPLICATIONS: to be used for the wall-mounting of the Zigbee flood alarm GWA1514.

GW A1 541

Solenoid valve, with manual reset, normally open - 230V - 50Hz

Code Delivery Ø Material Power input Pack
Carton
GW 30 522 3/4” Brass 12 VA 1/2

GW 30 522

1023
System - Modular devices
SPECIAL APPLICATIONS - WHITE VERSION

Components for hotel systems

Three-way switch 1P - 250 V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 651 1P - 10AX Neutral DND+MUR 100 W 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF). With “Do not disturb” (DND) and “Make up the room” (MUR) pad printings.

GW 20 651

Double indicator lamp

Code Diffuser colour Symbol Lamp voltage No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 20 656 Opal diffuser DND+MUR 230 V ac 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: supplied with LED lamps (red for DND signalling, green for MUR signalling).

GW 20 656

Universal badge switch with backlit light - 250V ac

Code Description For badge card max. Type Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
width 230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 20 820 1P NO - 10A 54 mm Backlit 230V ac 100 W 3 1/2
CHARACTERISTICS: supplied without badge.
APPLICATIONS: activation of circuits and services in hotel rooms (e.g. lights, air-conditioner, fridge-bar), indication of room occupied (with badge inserted).

GW 20 820

European/American standard shaver socket with insulation transformer

Code Supply voltage For plug pins Selectable output Maximum power No. SYSTEM Pack
voltage modules Carton
GW 20 841 230V ac - 50/60 Hz Ø 4 / 5 - 6.3x1.5 mm 120 - 230V ac 20 VA 3 1/4
CHARACTERISTICS: the socket-outlet is equipped with a self-protection device against overloading. The output voltage should be selected correctly, consulting the rating of the user device before inserting the plug. The
relevant indicator LED allows the chosen voltage to be clearly seen.
NOTES: not suitable for installation in wall-mounting containers of the 27 COMBI range.

GW 20 841

1024
ACCESSORIES

Spare parts and accessories

Miniature lamps with quick coupling terminals
Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Pack
Carton
GW 30 943 230 V ac 0.4 W Fluorescent Red 50
GW 30 944 230V ac 0.4 W Fluorescent Green 50
GW 30 946 110 / 230V ac 0.6 W LED Light blue 50
GW 30 947 110 / 230V ac 0.6 W LED White 50
GW 10 893 12-24V ac/dc 0.4 W LED White 50

SYSTEM
APPLICATIONS: miniature lamps are mounted on all control devices fitted for luminous signalling.

LED signalling units - 230 V ac - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 881 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Blue Blue 50
GW 10 882 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED White White 50
GW 10 883 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Red Red 50
GW 10 884 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Green Green 50
GW 10 885 230 V ac - 50/60 Hz 0.6 W LED Amber Orange 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 881

LED signalling units - 12-24 V ac/dc - 0.6 W

Code Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Cable Colour Pack
Carton
GW 10 894 12-24V ac/dc 0.6 W LED White White 50
NOTES: the LED signalling units are supplied with power supply cables (length 10 cm).

GW 10 894

Cartridge lamps
Code Dimensions (mm) Lamp voltage Lamp power Lamp Light emitted Pack
Carton
GW 20 902 S6x36 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White 50
GW 20 903 S6x36 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White 50
GW 20 904 S6x31 12V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White 50
GW 20 905 S6x31 24V ac/dc 2W Incandescence White 50
GW 20 906 S6.3x28 110 / 230V ac 0.4 W Fluorescent Red 50
GW 20 908 S6.3x28 110 / 230V ac 0.4 W Fluorescent Green 50
NOTES: the cartridge lamps are mounted on the stair riser, on the single indicator lamps and on the push-buttons with a name plate.

GW 20 902

1025
System - Modular devices
Miniature fuses - 250V ac
Code Dimensions (mm) Rated current (A) Rated voltage Pack
Carton
GW 20 911 Ø 5 x 20 2.5 250V ac 20/200
GW 20 921 Ø 6.3 x 32 2 250V ac 10/200
GW 20 922 Ø 6.3 x 32 4 250V ac 10/200
GW 20 923 Ø 6.3 x 32 6 250V ac 10/200
GW 20 924 Ø 6.3 x 32 10 250V ac 10/200
GW 20 925 Ø 6.3 x 32 16 250V ac 10/200

GW 20 911

Set of 2 keys for command devices

Code Suitable for Pack
Carton
GW 20 901 One-way switches - two-way switches 1/100
GW 30 912 Push-buttons 1/100

GW 20 901

1026
 SYSTEM
System
Scan the QR Code and find out all
the technical informations.

TWO LINES, ONE SINGLE OFFER INSTALLATION FLEXIBILITY A COMPLETE SOLUTION

The System range includes two lines of plates, The domestic System series offers maximum The System devices are compatible with a
one more rounded and the other with a squarer application flexibility. It is highly versatile, with wide range of accessories and can be installed
design, in a domestic series recognised for its two attachment options, from the front or in any electrical installation: flush- and surface-
reliability and robustness. back of the support, making the mounting and mounted rectangular boxes, flush-mounted
release of devices quick and easy. square boxes, profiles and DIN rails, floor
turrets and 27 Combi enclosures.

1027
 System

Command - black
One-way switches

GW 21 571 GW 21 572 GW 21 583 GW 21 503 GW 21 504 GW 21 584 GW 21 005 GW 21 585

1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-16 AX 1M-2P-10 AX 1M-2P-25 AX
Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) With key Heavy-duty loads

Intermediate switches
Two-way switches

GW 21 576 GW 21 577 GW 21 588 GW 21 008 GW 21 589 GW 21 579 GW 21 580

1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-10 AX 2M-1P-16 AX 1M-1P-16 AX 2M-1P-16 AX
Backlit 230 V ac Illuminable (*) With key Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)

GW 21 510 GW 21 515 GW 21 529 GW 21 531 GW 21 511 GW 21 512 GW 21 513 GW 21 514 GW 21 530 GW 21 522 GW 21 523
Push-buttons

1M-1P-NO-10 A Backlit 230 V ac 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NC-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO+NC-10 A 1M-1P-NC+NO-10 A
GW 21 516 Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*) Key Bell Light Light scale With key Start Stop
Backlit 12/24 V

GW 21 520 GW 21 521 GW 21 519 GW 21 517 GW 21 591 GW 21 024 GW 21 527 GW 21 518

1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A 1M-1P-NO+NO-10 A 1M-1P-NC-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A 2M-1P-NO-10 A 3M-1P-NO-10 A 2M-1P-NO-10 A 1M-2P-NO-10 A
With interlock With interlock With illuminated name plate (*) With illuminated name plate (*) Illuminable (*) With pull-cord
Three-way switches

Miniature lamp

Cartridge lamp

GW 10 893 12/24 V ac/dc White GW 20 902 S6x36 12 V ac/dc White

GW 30 943 230 V ac Red GW 20 903 S6x36 24 V ac/dc White
GW 21 559 GW 21 528 GW 30 944 230 V ac Green GW 20 904 S6x31 12 V ac/dc White
1M-1P-10 AX 1M-1P-10 AX GW 30 946 110/230 V ac Light blue GW 20 905 S6x31 24 V ac/dc White
Positions 1-0-2 Positions 1-0-2 GW 30 947 110/230 V ac White GW 20 906 S6,3x28 110/230 V ac Red
GW 20 908 S6,3x28 110/230 V ac Green
Lenses with illuminated

GW 20 533 GW 20 537 GW 20 538 GW 20 539 GW 20 549 GW 20 550 GW 20 551 GW 20 595 GW 20 561 GW 20 562 GW 20 563 GW 20 564 GW 20 565
symbol

Neutral

GW 20 540 GW 20 542 GW 20 592 GW 20 593 GW 20 596 GW 20 597 GW 20 594 GW 20 566 GW 20 567 GW 20 568 GW 20 569 GW 20 570
General services Technical services Numerical services
Blanking modules and
cable output
Infrarossi

Relè

GW 21 821 GW 21 071 GW 21 072 GW 21 074 GW 21 076 GW 21 056 GW 21 073 GW 21 058

Movement sensor Latching Latching Monostable Call 1M 2M 1M
1M-1NO-3 A 1M-1P-10 A-250 V ac 1M-2P-10 A-250 V ac 1M-1P-10 A-250 V ac-1NO/NC 1M-1P-NO/NC-12 V ac/dc Cable output

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

1028
 Power - black
Italian

GW 21 201 GW 21 203 GW 20 295 GW 20 281 GW 20 286 GW 21 291

2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2x2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage

SYSTEM
Italian/German

Swiss
GW 21 205 GW 21 246 GW 20 296 GW 20 282 GW 20 287 GW 21 351
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-10 A-250 V ac
Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Dual amperage Type 12
German

French
GW 21 265 GW 20 297 GW 20 283 GW 20 288 GW 21 206 GW 21 207 GW 20 312
2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Australian
British

GW 21 208 GW 21 209 GW 21 357 GW 21 356

2P+E-13 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac
Euro-american/USA

GW 21 212 GW 21 214 GW 21 216

2P+E-10/15 A-250/125 V ac 2P+E-15 A-125 V ac 2P+E-15 A-250 V ac
Argentinian

Israeli

GW 21 248 GW 21 220 GW 20 298 GW 20 299

2P+E-10 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac 2P+E-16 A-250 V ac
Illuminable (*) Illuminable (*)
Special sockets

GW 21 239 GW 21 234 GW 21 241

SELV SELV For loudspeaker
2P-6 A-24 V 2P-6 A-24 V
Polarised

(*) supplied without LED signalling unit

1029
 System

Data - black

Telephone sockets
GW 20 277
TV-SAT

F female IEC male IEC female Terminal

GW 21 391 - 0 dB GW 21 381 - 0 dB GW 21 228 - 0 dB resistance 75
GW 21 396 - 5 dB GW 21 386 - 5 dB GW 21 229 - 20 dB ohm
GW 21 392 - 10 dB GW 21 382 - 10 dB GW 21 230 - Term. 20 dB

GW 21 251 GW 21 235 GW 21 272

RJ11 French 8 contacts British 6 contacts

GW 21 685 Cat. 6 GW 21 266 IBM

Data sockets

GW 21 686 Cat. 6
GW 21 684 Cat. 6 GW 21 267 SYSTIMAX Commscope
GW 21 243 Cat. 5e
GW 21 271 Cat. 5e GW 21 270 AMP/Keystone Jack

RJ45 - UTP RJ45 - FTP Adapters GW 21 238

Unwired enclosure for SUB-D 9/15/25 PIN
USB and HDMI couplers

GW 38 056 GW 38 057
HDMI coupler USB coupler

Power, comfort and climate management - black

Electronic timer
Dimmer

GW 21 802
Resistive 100-500 W
GW 21 811
Resistive 100-500 W
GW 21 803
Resistive 100-900 W
GW 21 828
Resistive 60-500 W
GW 21 829
For electronic transformers
GW 21 825
230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Timer GW 21 810
2M
230 V ac-50/60 Hz Inductive 100-500 VA Inductive 40-300 VA Inductive 60-500 VA 230 V ac-50/60 Hz Daily/Weekly
With two-way switch 230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz
230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Thermoregulation

GW 21 852 GW 16 970 CN
Thermostat Thermostat/Chronothermostat
230 V ac-50/60 Hz Thermo ICE WiFi
110-230 V ac-50/60 Hz
Wall-mounting

GW 21 431 - 6 A GW 21 437 - 6 A
GW 21 432 - 10 A GW 21 438 - 10 A
GW 21 433 - 16 A GW 21 439 - 16 A
Automatic circuit

Protection devices

1P 1P+N-10 mA
breakers

GW 21 434 - 6 A GW 21 448 - 6 A
GW 21 435 - 10 A GW 21 449 - 10 A
GW 21 436 - 16 A GW 21 450 - 16 A
1P+N 1P+N-30 mA

GW 20 454 - 6 A
Miniature circuit breakers GW 20 455 - 10 A Residual miniature circuit GW 21 423 GW 21 401
3 kA GW 20 456 - 16 A breakers Surge protection device Fuse-holder
C characteristic 1P+N colour red 3 kA In MAX=16 A
C characteristic

Articles designed exclusively for export to a limited number of Countries not belonging to the EU (or candidates for membership) or the European Free Trade Association. Check with Gewiss
Customer Service to make sure the product meets the regulation of the Country in question before importing it.
(*) supplied without signalling unit

1030
 Hotel components - black

Shaver socket-outlet

Climate control
Badge switch

GW 21 820 GW 21 841 GW 21 853

1P-NO-10 A 230 V ac-50/60 Hz Thermostat for fan-coil
Backlit 230 V ac 230 V ac-50/60 Hz

SYSTEM
Indicator and technical alarms - black
Anti black-out lamps

Ringers and buzzers

GW 21 833 GW 21 835 GW 21 613- 12 V ac GW 21 617- 12 V ac

230 V ac-50/60 Hz 230 V ac-50/60 Hz GW 21 616- 230 V ac GW 21 620- 230 V ac
Removable Ringers Buzzers

GW 21 603 GW 21 607- 230 V ac

GW 21 604 GW 21 608- 12/24 V ac/dc
Indicator lamps

GW 21 605
GW 21 606
GW 21 631

GW 21 634 GW 20 601 GW 20 623 GW 20 602 GW 20 627 GW 20 622

Flat diffuser Flat diffuser complete Stair riser lamp GW 20 625 GW 20 626 GW 20 629 GW 20 628 Lamp-holder E27
Illuminable (*) with lamp 2M Flat diffuser 12/24 V ac/dc Protruding diffuser 12/24 V ac/dc
Detectors

GW A1 514 GW A1 521 GW A1 541 GW 30 522

Flood alarm ZigBee 1-channel actuator ZigBee Wall-mounting support for GAS solenoid valve
230 V ac-50 Hz flood alarm 3/4”-230 V ac-12 VA

Supports
Supports for square and rectangular boxes

Supports for rectangular boxes

GW 24 262 With screws - 2 modules GW 24 201 GW 24 202 GW 24 230

With screws - 3 modules With screws - 4 modules With screws - 6 modules

GW 24 240 GW 24 241
With screws - 4+4 modules With screws - 6+6 modules

(*) supplied without signalling unit

1031
System
Black modular devices
The System modular devices allow the creation of infinite combinations of
devices and plates, through a complete range that covers all design, functional
and installation needs. Colours and finishes: satin black, elegant and classy.
Ideal for flush-mounted solutions (for rectangular or square boxes), surface-
mounted solutions and special applications. The range includes control units,
socket-outlets, breakers, indicators, connectors and devices for the control,
safety and comfort of your home.

COMMAND - BLACK VERSION

Command devices
One-way switches - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 21 571 1P - 16AX Neutral - 200 W 1 80/320
GW 21 572 1P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 583 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 503 2P - 16 AX Neutral 0/1 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 504 2P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 584 2P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 005 2P - 10AX With key 0/1 100 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW21572, GW21504 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW21005 supplied with 2 keys. The key can be extracted in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

GW 21 571

One-way switch 2P for heavy-duty installations - 25A - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of 230V No. SYSTEM Pack
LED lamps modules Carton
GW 21 585 25 AX Neutral 0/1 250 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: suitable for particular heavy-duty loads (e.g. set of fluorescent lamp) or high consumption devices (ovens, air-conditioners, boilers, etc.).

GW 21 585

Two-way switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V No. SYSTEM modules Pack
LED lamps Carton
GW 21 576 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 80/320
GW 21 577 1P - 16 AX backlit With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 588 1P - 16AX illuminable With replaceable neutral lens 200 W 1 30/60
GW 21 008 1P - 10AX With key 100 W 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW21577 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW21008 supplied with 2 keys. The key can be extracted in both positions. Spare keys: GW20901.

GW 21 576

Intermediate switches 1P - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Rated power of 230V LED No. SYSTEM modules Pack
lamps Carton
GW 21 579 1P - 16AX Neutral 200 W 1 30/60

GW 21 579

1032
 Three-way switch 1P - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 21 559 1P - 10AX Neutral UP - DOWN 100 W 1 30/60
GW 21 528 1P - 10AX With replaceable neutral lens - 100 W 1 30/60
CHARACTERISTICS: three standing positions. Both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
GW21528 - not-illuminated product; equipped with neutral lens.
APPLICATIONS: command of circuits requiring an interlock (e.g. operating motorised devices with direction reversal). 2-user selective control.

GW 21 559

SYSTEM
Push-buttons - 250V ac
Code Description Button key Symbol No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 21 510 1P NO - 10A Neutral - 1 80/160
GW 21 511 1P NO - 10A With symbol Key 1 15/30
GW 21 512 1P NO - 10A With symbol Bell 1 15/30
GW 21 513 1P NO - 10A With symbol Light 1 15/30
GW 21 514 1P NO - 10A With symbol Stair light 1 15/30
GW 21 515 1P NO - 10 A backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 21 516 1P NO - 10 A backlit With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 21 529 1P NO - 10A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 1 30/60
GW 21 531 1P NC - 10 A illuminable With replaceable neutral lens - 1 15/30
GW 21 519 1P NC - 10A Neutral Circle 1 15/30
GW 21 510 GW 21 520 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock Double circles 1 15/30
GW 21 521 1P NO+NO - 10A With interlock UP - DOWN 1 30/60
GW 21 522 1P NO - 10A - Aux. NC Start Green 1 30/60
GW 21 523 1P NC - 10A - Aux. NO Stop Red 1 30/60
GW 21 517 2P NO - 10A Neutral Double circle 1 30/60
GW 21 518 2P NO - 10A With pull-cord - 1 20/40
GW 21 530 2P NO - 10A With key 0/1 1 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included; GW21520, GW21521, both contacts are open in the central position (OFF).
ACCESSORIES SUPPLIED: GW21515 - red fluorescent 230Vac (0.4W) signalling unit. GW21516 - white LED 12/24Vac/dc (0.4W) signalling unit. GW21518, cord in insulating material, 140cm long, with a knob.
GW21530 supplied with 2 keys. Spare keys: GW30912.

Push-button with illuminable name plate - 250V ac

Code Description Lamp voltage Lamp Lamp power No. SYSTEM Pack
modules Carton
GW 21 591 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 2 15/30
GW 21 024 1P NO - 10A 12-24V ac/dc Cartridge lamp S6x36 mm 2W 3 20/40
CHARACTERISTICS: supplied without lamp.

GW 21 024

Wide-button illuminable control devices - 2M - 250V ac

Code Description Button key Type Rated power of No. SYSTEM Pack
230V LED lamps modules Carton
GW 21 589 1P - 16 AX - illuminable With diffuser Switch 200 W 2 15/30
GW 21 580 1P - 16 AX - illuminable With diffuser Intermediate switch 200 W 2 1/15
GW 21 527 1P NO - 10 A - illuminable With diffuser Push-button - 2 15/30
CHARACTERISTICS: the illuminable articles use miniature lamp units, not included.

GW 21 589

1033
System - Modular devices

Blanking modules and cable outlet

Blanking modules and cable outlet
Code Description No. SYSTEM modules Pack
Carton
GW 21 056 1 module 1 10/480
GW 21 073 2 modules 2 30/60
GW 21 058 1 module with outlet for cable Ø 4 and Ø 8mm 1 60/120
APPLICATIONS: in addition to their normal use, they permit installing signal socket-outlets, microswitches and LEDs after appropriate drilling/preparation.

GW 21 056

Lenses with illuminated symbol

Symbols for illuminable switches and push-buttons
Code Description Symbol Pack
Carton
Suitable for: General services
GW 20 533 Neutral - 20
GW 20 537 Open door Key 20
GW 20 538 Bell Bell 20
GW 20 539 Light Light 20
GW 20 540 Stair light Stairs 20
GW 20 542 Service - 20
Suitable for: Technical services
GW 20 549 Dimmer - 20
GW 20 550 Ventilation/Extraction - 20
GW 20 551 Monitor/TV - 20
GW 20 592 Opening arrows Opening arrows 20
GW 20 593 Closing arrows Closing arrows 20
GW 20 594 Off